Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 14, 2015

Registration No. 333-           


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under
The Securities Act of 1933



DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  2836
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  46-3942159
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

840 Memorial Drive
Cambridge, MA 02139
(617) 401-0011

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)



Annalisa Jenkins, M.B.B.S, M.R.C.P.
President and Chief Executive Officer
840 Memorial Drive
Cambridge, MA 02139
(617) 401-0011
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:

Kingsley L. Taft, Esq.
Ryan S. Sansom, Esq.
Goodwin Procter LLP
Exchange Place
Boston, Massachusetts 02109
(617) 570-1000

 

Mary T. Thistle
Chief Business Officer
Dimension Therapeutics, Inc.
840 Memorial Drive
Cambridge, MA 02139
(617) 401-0011

 

Patrick O'Brien, Esq.
Ropes & Gray LLP
Prudential Tower
800 Boylston Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02199
(617) 951-7000



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

            If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, check the following box.     o

            If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

            If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

            If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

            Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large Accelerated Filer  o   Accelerated Filer  o   Non-Accelerated Filer  ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller Reporting Company  o



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 
Title of Each Class of Securities
to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price (1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee

 

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

  $115,000,000   $13,363

 

(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)
Includes the offering price of shares that the underwriters may purchase pursuant to an option to purchase additional shares.

             The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion. Dated                    , 2015.

                    Shares

LOGO

Common Stock



          This is the initial public offering of shares of common stock of Dimension Therapeutics, Inc. We are offering                          shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. The initial public offering price of our common stock is expected to be between $             and $             per share. We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "DMTX."

          We are an "emerging growth company" as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended, and as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements.

           See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 12 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.



           Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 
Per share
 
Total
 

Initial public offering price

  $                       $                      

Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)

  $                       $                      

Proceeds to Dimension Therapeutics, Inc., before expenses

  $                       $                      

(1)
See "Underwriting" for additional disclosure regarding underwriting compensation and estimated offering expenses.

          The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional                      shares from us at the public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.



          The underwriters expect to deliver the shares on or about                          , 2015.

Goldman, Sachs & Co.   Citigroup

 

Wells Fargo Securities

 

Canaccord Genuity

  Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.



   

Prospectus dated             , 2015


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page  

Prospectus Summary

    1  

Risk Factors

    12  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

    66  

Use of Proceeds

    68  

Dividend Policy

    70  

Capitalization

    71  

Dilution

    74  

Selected Financial Data

    77  

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

    79  

Business

    100  

Management

    146  

Executive Compensation

    154  

Director Compensation

    165  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

    167  

Principal Stockholders

    171  

Description of Capital Stock

    174  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

    179  

Certain Material U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Considerations to Non-U.S. Holders

    181  

Underwriting

    185  

Legal Matters

    193  

Experts

    193  

Where You Can Find More Information

    193  

Index to Financial Statements

    F-1  

          You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information other than that contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the underwriters are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover page of this prospectus, or other earlier date stated in this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock.



          The market data and certain other statistical information used throughout this prospectus are based on independent industry publications, governmental publications, reports by market research firms or other independent sources that we believe to be reliable sources. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any third-party information presented in this prospectus, their estimates, in particular, as they relate to projections, involve numerous assumptions, are subject to risks and uncertainties, and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the section titled "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. Some data are also based on our good faith estimates.


Table of Contents

 


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

           This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should also consider, among other things, the matters described under "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," in each case appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless otherwise stated, all references to "us," "our," "DMTX," "Dimension," "we," the "company" and similar designations refer to Dimension Therapeutics, Inc.


Dimension Therapeutics, Inc.

Overview

          We are a leading gene therapy platform company focused on discovering and developing new therapeutic products for people living with rare diseases associated with the liver and caused by genetic mutations. Our initial programs address hemophilia B, hemophilia A, ornithine transcarbamylase, or OTC, deficiency, and glycogen storage disease type Ia, or GSDIa. In August 2015, we submitted an Investigational New Drug application, or IND, with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, for our lead product candidate, DTX101 for the treatment of hemophilia B. In September 2015, we received notification allowing us to proceed with our Phase I/II clinical trial of DTX101. DTX101 was also granted Orphan Drug Designation in the United States in August 2015 and Fast Track Designation in September 2015 for the treatment of hemophilia B. We plan to initiate clinical trials for DTX101 by the end of 2015. We retain the global rights to all of our programs, with the exception of our hemophilia A program, which is partnered with Bayer HealthCare LLC, or Bayer.

          We have developed a robust scientific platform that brings together deep expertise in rare genetic diseases, liver biology, adeno-associated virus, or AAV, gene therapy and vector manufacturing. We believe that by leveraging the expertise created by our platform we will be able to accelerate the research and development of our pipeline of programs while continuing to discover and develop the next generation of products in this field. We have made and continue to make significant investments in order to develop manufacturing processes designed to reliably produce high quality AAV vectors at commercial scale. We believe that our manufacturing processes, methods and expertise will ultimately give us the most comprehensive manufacturing platform developed to date for AAV-based gene therapy product candidates.

Our Focus — The Liver

          The liver is a vital organ that plays an important role in human metabolism and other key physiologic functions. Over 400 described rare monogenic disorders are associated with the liver, many of which have severe or even fatal consequences for patients, and collectively represent a significant unmet medical need. Our product candidates are focused on a subset of these monogenic diseases that we believe are particularly well-suited to our gene therapy platform and are designed to achieve sustained efficacy with low toxicity. We target diseases with readily identifiable patient populations that may allow us to pursue orphan drug designation for our product candidates. In addition, the nature of these diseases permits us to leverage highly predictive preclinical models and well-described, and often clinically validated, biomarkers to shorten time to clinical proof of concept.

 

1


Table of Contents

Our Gene Therapy Technology and Industrialized Manufacturing Approach

          Our gene therapy product candidates and programs are designed to provide a functional copy of an abnormal or missing gene using the most advanced AAV-based vector delivery technology, which has been optimized to potentially offer durable clinical benefit to patients while minimizing risk. AAV vectors have been studied in over 120 clinical trials that suggest an initial favorable safety profile with early signals of efficacy.

          Certain AAV strains, or capsid serotypes, have been identified and characterized as having properties that enhance gene transfer to the liver, including superior gene transfer to liver cells, or hepatocytes, with reduced prevalence of harmful or neutralizing antibodies that can prevent gene transfer. AAV vectors derived from a subset of related capsid serotypes referred to as Clade E have been shown to lead to expression that is 16 to 110 times greater in the liver than with other AAV vectors. Two of the most commonly used capsid serotypes within Clade E are AAV8 and AAVrh10, which are over 90% identical in their DNA sequences, have high affinity for hepatocytes and we believe are well-suited as vectors for gene therapies targeting the liver. Going forward, we will continue to optimize our gene therapy vectors to seek to further increase levels of liver-specific gene transfer while minimizing potential adverse effects.

          In addition to our vector technology, we believe that a comprehensive and scalable manufacturing approach will be important to our success. Our manufacturing platform includes a series of highly selective and robust purification processes that we have adapted and customized for multiple AAV capsid serotypes. This approach is designed to produce higher purity AAV vectors at commercial scale with a greater percentage of AAV capsids containing a therapeutic vector genome than other manufacturing approaches.

Our Pipeline of Programs:

          We have leveraged our focus on the liver, our gene therapy platform technology and our proprietary manufacturing approach to select our initial pipeline of programs. We retain the global rights to all of our programs, with the exception of our hemophilia A program, which is partnered with Bayer.

          Our pipeline of programs is described below.

GRAPHIC

 

2


Table of Contents

    DTX101 is our lead gene therapy product candidate designed to deliver Factor IX, or FIX, gene expression in patients with hemophilia B. Hemophilia B is a rare genetic bleeding disorder resulting from a deficiency in FIX. The current standard of care for patients with hemophilia B involves chronic replacement of FIX protein through intravenous infusion, which is invasive, inconvenient and not curative. In 2013, the World Federation of Hemophilia estimated that there were approximately 28,000 hemophilia B patients worldwide, including approximately 4,000 patients in the United States. Our product candidate DTX101 is an AAVrh10 capsid containing a codon-optimized FIX gene expressing wild-type FIX protein. AAVrh10 is a member of the Clade E family of capsids, which has demonstrated enhanced affinity for the liver. In contrast to other approaches, such as those that use the Padua FIX gene, we believe that delivery of a codon-optimized wild-type FIX gene is the most appropriate method to achieve FIX gene correction while minimizing the risk of excessive blood clotting, or hypercoagulation, and unwanted immune response, or immunogenicity. In academic studies, a different codon-optimized wild-type FIX gene administered to humans with severe hemophilia B has shown preliminary signs of efficacy and an initial favorable safety profile for several years. In our preclinical studies, a single DTX101 intravenous injection led to dose-dependent expression of FIX continuing for at least 32 weeks in a validated mouse model of hemophilia B. In August 2015, we submitted an IND for DTX101 with FDA and in September 2015, we received notification allowing us to proceed with our Phase I/II clinical trial of DTX101. DTX101 was granted Orphan Drug Designation in the United States in August 2015 and Fast Track Designation in September 2015 for the treatment of hemophilia B and we plan to initiate clinical studies of DTX101 by the end of 2015. To evaluate the therapeutic response of DTX101, we plan to assess clotting factor levels and annual bleeding rates, which are two well-established measures of hemophilia B disease status. Based on our preclinical studies completed to date, we believe DTX101 has the potential to be a well-tolerated, effective therapy for hemophilia B.

    DTX301 is our gene therapy product candidate designed for the treatment of patients with OTC deficiency. OTC deficiency is the most common urea cycle disorder and leads to increased levels of ammonia, which can result in irreversible neurocognitive damage and potentially death if treatment is not initiated early during a metabolic crisis. We estimate that there are approximately 10,000 patients worldwide with OTC deficiency, of which we estimate approximately 80% are classified as late-onset, our target population. Approved therapies, which must be taken multiple times a day for the patient's entire life, do not eliminate the risk of future metabolic crises. In our preclinical studies in a well-described mouse model of OTC deficiency, DTX301 resulted in stable expression and activity of OTC and normalization of levels of urinary orotic acid, a marker of ammonia production. We have completed candidate selection and plan to complete IND-enabling studies of DTX301 in the second half of 2016. To evaluate therapeutic response of DTX301, we plan to measure ammonia levels, which is a well-established measure of OTC deficiency disease status.

    DTX401 is our gene therapy program for the treatment of patients with GSDIa, a disease that arises from a defect in glucose-6-phosphatase, or G6Pase, an essential enzyme in glycogen and glucose metabolism. We estimate there are approximately 6,000 GSDIa patients worldwide. There are currently no drug therapies approved for GSDIa, and as a result, patients and their caregivers must manage the disease by maintaining a strict diet and regular delivery of carbohydrates, which may require a feeding tube. Any disruption in carbohydrate delivery may lead to low blood sugar levels, which can cause coma or death. In preclinical studies in well-described mouse and dog models of GSDIa conducted by our collaborators, delivery of the G6Pase gene with an AAV vector restored normal glucose metabolism, reduced glycogen stores, prevented hepatic adenoma formation and increased survival. We plan to complete candidate selection and initiate IND-enabling studies of

 

3


Table of Contents

      DTX401 in the first half of 2016. To evaluate the therapeutic response to DTX401, we plan to measure glucose, which is a well-established measure of GSDIa disease status.

    DTX201 is our Factor VIII, or FVIII, gene therapy program for the treatment of hemophilia A that we are developing in collaboration with Bayer, a global leader in the development and commercialization of innovative therapeutics for treating patients with hemophilia. Under the agreement, we are responsible for the development of DTX201 through a proof-of-concept clinical trial, with full reimbursement from Bayer for all project costs in accordance with the mutually agreed upon research budget. Bayer is responsible for managing and funding any subsequent clinical trials and commercialization. We also received an upfront payment of $20.0 million and are eligible for potential development and commercialization milestone payments of up to $232.0 million, as well as royalties on product sales. The relationship with Bayer brings us non-dilutive financial benefits and allows us to leverage Bayer's significant experience in the hemophilia market. Hemophilia A is the most common form of hemophilia with approximately 140,000 patients worldwide. The only therapies currently available for hemophilia A are intravenously administered FVIII protein or its derivatives. We plan to initiate IND-enabling studies of DTX201 by the end of 2015. To evaluate the therapeutic response of DTX201, we plan to assess clotting factor levels and annual bleeding rates, which are two well-established measures of hemophilia A disease status.

    Beyond our current pipeline of programs, we intend to focus our research and development on future product candidates that treat well-understood rare monogenic diseases associated with the liver that we believe are well-suited to our gene therapy platform and can leverage learnings from our current programs. We select our programs based on demonstrated preclinical proof of concept in well-described or validated animal models. We seek to address clear unmet medical need in readily identifiable patient populations for which there are no therapies or where current standards of care only manage symptoms.

Our Team

          To execute on this opportunity, we have assembled a team of seasoned biopharmaceutical executives, scientific advisory council members and key partners with broad and deep expertise in all aspects of gene therapy, global drug discovery, development, manufacturing and commercialization. Our chief executive officer, Annalisa Jenkins, M.B.B.S., M.R.C.P., is a biopharmaceutical leader with 18 years of experience at Merck Serono and Bristol-Myers Squibb in developing and commercializing novel and innovative products. Our other management team members have successful track records in developing, manufacturing and commercializing drugs across a wide range of therapeutic areas, including rare genetic diseases, through previous experiences at Genzyme Corporation, Sanofi S.A., Shire plc, Novartis International AG, Cubist Pharmaceuticals Inc. and Nationwide Children's Hospital. Our AAV technology is the product of over 25 years of research conducted at University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine by James M. Wilson, M.D., Ph.D., the chair of our scientific advisory council, and his colleagues. We believe our team's combined expertise in gene therapy, global rare disease clinical development and market access provides an advantage over our competitors in developing and commercializing liver-directed gene therapies for patients suffering from severe rare diseases.

          Our progress has been enabled by support from several leading biotech investors, including Fidelity Biosciences, OrbiMed Advisors, New Leaf Venture Partners, Jennison Associates (on behalf of investors), Partner Fund Management, RA Capital Management, Rock Springs Capital and Tourbillon Global Ventures.

 

4


Table of Contents

Our Mission

          We are dedicated to bringing hope to patients and their families living with hemophilia and other rare genetic diseases, through our commitment to scientific innovation. We plan to focus on advancing the science of gene therapy in an innovative, energetic and ethical manner, by building our corporate culture and strengthening our team and community.

Our Culture

          At Dimension, we focus on developing and delivering novel gene therapy treatments that improve health and quality of life for patients with hemophilia and rare diseases associated with the liver. Our team is aligned by core values that guide everything that we do:

    Commitment to our patients, science and the team;

    Collaboration across the organization and externally, ensuring that every voice matters; and

    Community focus on our internal community and giving back to the broader community.

          We seek to foster a collaborative environment of diverse, ethical, committed and highly accomplished people. Together, we live the Dimension values as we continue advancing novel treatments for patients.

Strategy

          Our goal is to utilize our gene therapy platform to transform the lives of patients suffering from severe and chronic genetic disorders associated with the liver by developing, manufacturing and commercializing gene therapies that have the potential to offer a durable and meaningful therapeutic benefit. We select and design our gene therapy programs to accelerate the generation of human proof of concept. Our strategy leverages well-described animal models, relevant biomarkers and relatively small clinical trials appropriate for therapies targeting monogenic diseases associated with the liver. To achieve our goal, we are pursuing the following key strategies:

    Advance our lead product candidate DTX101 through clinical development;

    Initiate and complete IND-enabling activities to advance DTX301 and DTX401 into clinical development;

    Continue to deepen our pipeline through our leading gene therapy platform for product candidates targeting liver-associated rare genetic diseases;

    Maximize the value of our DTX201 collaboration with Bayer;

    Continue to invest in and develop state-of-the-art manufacturing processes to ensure the highest product quality;

    Continue to drive innovative vector research to advance our platform and future gene therapies for rare diseases; and

    Build a premier global ecosystem of patient-focused gene therapy expertise to support our continued leadership as an innovator in the gene therapy field.

 

5


Table of Contents

Risks Associated with Our Business

          Our ability to implement our business strategy is subject to numerous risks, as more fully described in the section entitled "Risk Factors" immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, among others:

    We are a biopharmaceutical company with a limited operating history and have not generated any revenue from product sales. We have incurred significant operating losses since our inception and anticipate that we will incur continued losses for the foreseeable future, and even if we consummate this offering, we will need to raise substantial additional funding.

    We are very early in our development efforts. All of our product candidates are still in preclinical development. If we are unable to advance our product candidates to clinical development, obtain regulatory approval and ultimately commercialize our product candidates, or experience significant delays in doing so, our business will be materially harmed.

    Our AAV gene therapy product candidates have not yet been dosed in any patients and are based on a relatively new technology that has been exposed to a limited number of patients in the clinic, which makes it difficult to predict the time and cost of development and of subsequently obtaining regulatory approval, if at all.

    Our product candidates may cause undesirable side effects or have other properties that could delay or prevent their regulatory approval, limit the commercial profile of an approved label or result in significant negative consequences following any potential marketing approval.

    Genetically defined diseases may have relatively low prevalence and it may be difficult to identify patients with the genetic driver of the disease, which may lead to delays in enrollment for our trials and difficulties in commercializing our product candidates, if approved.

    We intend to rely on third parties to produce our product candidates and other key materials, but these manufacturers have minimal or no experience producing our product candidates and other materials for clinical use or at commercial scale and may not achieve the necessary regulatory approvals or produce our products at the quality, quantities, locations and timing needed to support development or commercialization.

    We are required to pay certain royalties under our license agreements with third-party licensors, and we must meet certain milestones to maintain our license rights.

    Our future success depends in part upon our ability to retain our team of seasoned biopharmaceutical executives and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

          We qualify as an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended, or the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

    being permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements with correspondingly reduced Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations disclosure in this prospectus;

 

6


Table of Contents

    reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;

    no nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements; and

    exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting.

          We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company on the date that is the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1 billion or more; (ii) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these exemptions. We have taken advantage of reduced reporting requirements in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different from the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock. We have irrevocably elected to "opt out" of the exemption for the delayed adoption of certain accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

Company and Other Information

          We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in June 2013. Our principal executive office is located at 840 Memorial Drive, Cambridge, MA 02139, and our telephone number is (617) 401-0011. Our website address is www.dimensiontx.com. We do not incorporate the information on or accessible through our website into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information on, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this prospectus.

          We own various U.S. federal trademark applications and unregistered trademarks, including our company name. All other trademarks or trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this prospectus are referred to without the symbols ® and ™, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights thereto.

 

7


Table of Contents

 


THE OFFERING

Common stock offered by us

                    shares.

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

 

                  shares (or                  shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

Underwriters' option to purchase additional shares

 

We have granted a 30-day option to the underwriters to purchase up to an aggregate of           additional shares of common stock from us at the public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions, on the same terms as set forth in this prospectus.

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering of approximately $           million, or $           million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $           per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We anticipate that we will use the net proceeds from this offering as follows: to advance DTX101 as a treatment for hemophilia B through a Phase I/II clinical trial; to advance DTX301 as a treatment for OTC deficiency through IND-enabling studies and into a Phase I/II clinical trial; to advance DTX401 as a treatment for GSDIa through IND-enabling studies and into a Phase I/II clinical trial; to expand our internal process development capabilities; to continue to advance and to expand our research and development pipeline of our product candidates and other indications; and for working capital and other general corporate purposes, as well as potentially for repaying our secured borrowings. For a more complete description of our intended use of the proceeds from this offering, see "Use of Proceeds."

Risk factors

 

You should carefully read the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Proposed NASDAQ Global Market symbol

 

"DMTX."

          The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 56,646,541 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 10, 2015, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock as of September 10, 2015 into an aggregate of 44,683,824 shares upon the completion of this offering and excludes:

    8,798,231 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 10, 2015, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.95 per share;

 

8


Table of Contents

    35,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant to purchase common stock outstanding as of September 10, 2015, at an exercise price of $0.19 per share;

    229,174 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance as of September 10, 2015 under our 2013 Stock Plan, or the 2013 Plan, which will become available for issuance under our 2015 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or the 2015 Plan, upon effectiveness of the 2015 Plan;

               shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Plan, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part; and

    750,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or 2015 ESPP, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering.

          Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus reflects or assumes the following:

    the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into 44,683,824 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering;

    no exercise of outstanding options or the outstanding warrant after September 10, 2015;

    the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation upon the closing of this offering and the effectiveness of our amended and restated by-laws upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part;

    a 1-for-             reverse split of our common stock effected on             ; and

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to             additional shares of common stock in this offering.

 

9


Table of Contents

 


SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

           You should read the following summary financial data together with our financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus and the "Selected Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" sections of this prospectus. We have derived the statement of operations data for the period from inception (June 20, 2013) to December 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2014 from our audited financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus. The statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 2015 have been derived from our unaudited financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus and have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial information. In the opinion of management, the unaudited data reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected in any future period, and our results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for any full year.

 
  Period from
Inception
(June 20, 2013)
to December 31,
2013
   
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2014
 
 
  2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

                         

Revenue

  $   $ 2,750   $ 159   $ 3,336  

Operating expenses:

                         

Research and development

    2,806     12,974     4,940     14,866  

General and administrative          

    364     2,727     1,084     3,782  

Total operating expenses

    3,170     15,701     6,024     18,648  

Loss from operations

    (3,170 )   (12,951 )   (5,865 )   (15,312 )

Interest expense

        (17 )       (49 )

Net loss

    (3,170 )   (12,968 )   (5,865 )   (15,361 )

Accretion of convertible preferred stock to redemption value

    (8 )   (71 )   (34 )   (23 )

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (3,178 ) $ (13,039 ) $ (5,899 ) $ (15,384 )

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders — basic and diluted (1)

  $ (0.93)   $ (1.24)   $ (0.56)   $ (1.36)  

Weighted average common shares outstanding — basic and diluted (1)

    3,431     10,554     10,466     11,304  

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders — basic and diluted (unaudited) (2)

        $ (0.65)         $ (0.37)  

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding — basic and diluted (unaudited) (2)

          19,896           41,270  

(1)
See Note 13 to our financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus for further details on the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.

(2)
See Note 13 to our financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus for further details on the calculation of basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.

 

10


Table of Contents

 
  As of June 30, 2015  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma (2)   Pro Forma
As Adjusted (3)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 80,653   $ 80,653   $    

Working capital (1)

    73,342     73,342        

Total assets

    88,121     88,121        

Notes payable, net of discount, including current portion

    1,615     1,615        

Convertible preferred stock

    88,895            

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (29,239 )   59,656        

(1)
We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities.

(2)
The pro forma balance sheet data give effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 44,683,824 shares of our common stock upon the completion of this offering.

(3)
The pro forma as adjusted balance sheet data give further effect to the sale by us of       shares of our common stock offered in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $       per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

    A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders' equity by $              million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and stockholders' equity by $              million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $       per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

11


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

           Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risks and uncertainties, together with all other information in this prospectus, including our financial statements and related notes, before investing in our common stock. Any of the risk factors we describe below could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. The market price of our common stock could decline if one or more of these risks or uncertainties actually occur, causing you to lose all or part of the money you paid to buy our common stock. Additional risks that we currently do not know about or that we currently believe to be immaterial may also impair our business. Certain statements below are forward-looking statements. See "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" in this prospectus.


Risks Related to Product Development and Regulatory Approval

We are very early in our development efforts. All of our product candidates are still in preclinical development. If we are unable to advance our product candidates to clinical development, obtain regulatory approval and ultimately commercialize our product candidates, or experience significant delays in doing so, our business will be materially harmed.

          We are very early in our development efforts and all of our lead product candidates are still in preclinical development. We have only recently completed product candidate selection for our DTX101 and DTX301 programs and only recently identified lead product candidates for our DTX201 program. We have invested substantially all of our efforts and financial resources in the identification and preclinical development of our current product candidates, DTX101 for hemophilia B, DTX301 for ornithine transcarbamylase, or OTC, deficiency, DTX401 for glycogen storage disease type Ia, or GSDIa, and DTX201 for hemophilia A. Our ability to generate product revenue, which we do not expect will occur for many years, if ever, will depend heavily on the successful development and eventual commercialization of our product candidates, which may never occur. We currently generate no revenue from sales of any product and we may never be able to develop or commercialize a marketable product.

          Each of our programs and product candidates will require additional preclinical and clinical development, regulatory approval in multiple jurisdictions, obtaining manufacturing supply, capacity and expertise, building of a commercial organization, substantial investment and significant marketing efforts before we generate any revenue from product sales. In addition, our product development programs must be approved or cleared for marketing by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, or certain other foreign regulatory agencies, including the European Medicines Agency, or the EMA, before we may commercialize our product candidates.

          The success of our product candidates will depend on several factors, including the following:

12


Table of Contents

          If we do not succeed in one or more of these factors in a timely manner or at all, we could experience significant delays or an inability to successfully commercialize our product candidates, which would materially harm our business. If we do not receive regulatory approvals for our product candidates, we may not be able to continue our operations.

Our AAV gene therapy product candidates have not yet been dosed in any patients and are based on a relatively new technology that has been exposed to a limited number of patients in the clinic, which makes it difficult to predict the time and cost of development and of subsequently obtaining regulatory approval, if at all. At the moment, no gene therapy product has been approved in the United States and only one such product has been approved in the European Union.

          We have focused our research and development efforts to date on our gene therapy platform, identifying our initial targeted disease indications and our initial product candidates, and our future success depends on our successful development of viable adeno-associated virus, or AAV, gene therapy product candidates. Currently, all of our product candidates are in preclinical development. There can be no assurance that we will not experience problems or delays in developing our product candidates and that such problems or delays will not cause unanticipated costs, or that any such development problems can be solved. We also may experience unanticipated problems or delays in finding or developing sufficient or suitable manufacturing capacity and expertise. Although we believe that we have structured our platform to accelerate the development of our current pipeline relative to others advancing gene therapy product candidates, there is no assurance that our platform will result in a timing advantage, and the process of obtaining regulatory approvals will, in any event, require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. In addition, there is no assurance that our platform will successfully accelerate our preclinical and clinical development.

          The clinical trial requirements of FDA, the EMA and other regulatory authorities and the criteria these regulators use to determine the safety and efficacy of a product candidate vary substantially according to the type, complexity, novelty and intended use and market of the product candidate. The regulatory approval process for novel product candidates such as ours can be more expensive and take longer than for other, better known or more extensively studied product candidates. Only one gene therapy product, Glybera from uniQure N.V., or uniQure, has received marketing

13


Table of Contents

authorization from the European Commission and no gene therapy product has yet been approved in the United States. It is difficult to determine how long it will take or how much it will cost to obtain regulatory approvals for our product candidates in either the United States or the European Union or how long it will take to commercialize our product candidates. Approvals by the European Commission may not be indicative of what FDA may require for approval and different or additional preclinical studies or clinical trials may be required to support regulatory approval in each respective jurisdiction. Delay or failure to obtain, or unexpected costs in obtaining, the regulatory approval necessary to bring a potential product candidate to market could decrease our ability to generate sufficient product revenue, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be harmed.

FDA, the NIH and the EMA have demonstrated caution in their regulation of gene therapy treatments, and ethical and legal concerns about gene therapy and genetic testing may result in additional regulations or restrictions on the development and commercialization of our product candidates, which may be difficult to predict.

          FDA, the U.S. National Institutes of Health, or NIH, and the EMA have each expressed interest in further regulating biotechnology, including gene therapy and genetic testing. For example, the EMA advocates a risk-based approach to the development of a gene therapy product. Agencies at both the federal and state level in the United States, as well as U.S. congressional committees and foreign governments, have also expressed interest in further regulating the biotechnology industry. Such action may delay or prevent commercialization of some or all of our product candidates. For example, in 1999, a patient suffering from OTC deficiency died during a gene therapy clinical trial that utilized an adenovirus vector. It was discovered, unfortunately, that adenoviruses could generate an extreme immune system reaction that can be life-threatening. Thereafter, in January 2000, FDA halted that trial and began investigating 69 other gene therapy trials underway in the United States. Eventually, 28 trials were reviewed, with 13 requiring remedial action. Subsequently, in 2003, FDA suspended 27 additional gene therapy trials involving several hundred patients after learning that a child treated in France had developed leukemia. Although FDA was not aware of any patients treated in these U.S. trials that had suffered illnesses similar to that of the child in France, it nevertheless took precautions. This temporary halt, the largest such action involving gene therapy trials, was a setback for the field.

          Regulatory requirements in the United States and abroad governing gene therapy products have changed frequently and may continue to change in the future. FDA has established the Office of Cellular, Tissue and Gene Therapies within its Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research to consolidate the review of gene therapy and related products, and has established the Cellular, Tissue and Gene Therapies Advisory Committee to advise this review. Prior to submitting an IND, our human gene therapy clinical trials are subject to review by the NIH Office of Biotechnology Activities', or OBA's, Recombinant DNA Advisory Committee, or the RAC. Following an initial review, RAC members make a recommendation as to whether the protocol raises important scientific, safety, medical, ethical or social issues that warrant in-depth discussion at the RAC's quarterly meetings. Even though FDA decides whether individual gene therapy protocols may proceed under an IND, the RAC's recommendations are shared with FDA and the RAC public review process, if undertaken, can delay the initiation of a clinical trial, even if FDA has reviewed the trial design and details and has not objected to its initiation or has notified the sponsor that the study may begin. Conversely, FDA can put an IND on a clinical hold even if the RAC has provided a favorable review or has recommended against an in-depth, public review. Moreover, under guidelines published by the NIH, patient enrollment in our gene therapy clinical trials cannot begin until the investigator for such clinical trial has received a letter from the OBA indicating that the RAC review process has been completed; and Institutional Biosafety Committee, or IBC, approval as well as all other applicable regulatory authorizations have been obtained. While the RAC has completed

14


Table of Contents

its initial review of DTX101 and determined that it does not require a public hearing, the RAC will continue to review DTX101 and may recommend a public hearing in the future with respect to DTX101 or any of our other product candidates. In addition to the government regulators, the IBC and institutional review board, or IRB of each institution at which we conduct clinical trials of our product candidates, would need to review the proposed clinical trial to assess the safety of the trial. In addition, adverse developments in clinical trials of gene therapy products conducted by others may cause FDA or other oversight bodies to change the requirements for approval of any of our product candidates. Similarly, the EMA governs the development of gene therapies in the European Union and may issue new guidelines concerning the development and marketing authorization for gene therapy products and require that we comply with these new guidelines.

          These regulatory review committees and advisory groups and the new guidelines they promulgate may lengthen the regulatory review process, require us to perform additional studies or trials, increase our development costs, lead to changes in regulatory positions and interpretations, delay or prevent approval and commercialization of our product candidates or lead to significant post-approval limitations or restrictions. As we advance our product candidates, we will be required to consult with these regulatory and advisory groups and comply with applicable guidelines. If we fail to do so, we may be required to delay or discontinue development of such product candidates. These additional processes may result in a review and approval process that is longer than we otherwise would have expected. Delays as a result of an increased or lengthier regulatory approval process or further restrictions on the development of our product candidates can be costly and could negatively impact our or our collaborators' ability to complete clinical trials and commercialize our current and future product candidates in a timely manner, if at all.

We may never obtain FDA approval for any of our product candidates in the United States, and even if we do, we may never obtain approval for or commercialize any of our product candidates in any other jurisdiction, which would limit our ability to realize their full market potential.

          In order to eventually market any of our product candidates in any particular foreign jurisdiction, we must establish and comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis regarding safety and efficacy. Approval by FDA in the United States, if obtained, does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions. In addition, clinical trials conducted in one country may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other countries, and regulatory approval in one country does not guarantee regulatory approval in any other country. Approval processes vary among countries and can involve additional product testing and validation and additional administrative review periods. Seeking foreign regulatory approval could result in difficulties and costs for us and require additional preclinical studies or clinical trials which could be costly and time-consuming. Regulatory requirements can vary widely from country to country and could delay or prevent the introduction of our products in those countries. The foreign regulatory approval process involves all of the risks associated with FDA approval. We do not have any product candidates approved for sale in any jurisdiction, including international markets, and we do not have experience in obtaining regulatory approval in international markets. If we fail to comply with regulatory requirements in international markets or to obtain and maintain required approvals, or if regulatory approvals in international markets are delayed, our target market will be reduced and our ability to realize the full market potential of our products will be unrealized.

If preclinical studies do not result in the determination of a minimally effective dose range, we may not obtain the regulatory approvals required to initiate clinical testing.

          As with any systemically delivered AAV gene therapy, it is important that we accurately determine a minimally effective dose in order to successfully execute our clinical trial. Exposure to

15


Table of Contents

the AAV virus has been shown to induce the production of neutralizing antibodies, which can reduce or eliminate the therapeutic effect of subsequently administered intravenous AAV therapies such as our product candidates. Because of the potential for immune response producing neutralizing antibodies making patients ineligible for a second dose of that vector, clinical trials are required to determine the minimum effective dose and the maximum safe dose. If our preclinical studies fail to demonstrate a starting dose in the clinic that might be reasonably expected to result in a clinical benefit, regulatory agencies may not approve the start of our clinical trials. In addition, even if we start our clinical program, we may not be able to recruit patients who will seek assurance of a clinical benefit following administration of our therapy.

Clinical development involves a lengthy and expensive process, with an uncertain outcome. We may incur additional costs or experience delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development and commercialization of our product candidates.

          We plan to initiate a Phase I/II clinical trial of DTX101 as a treatment for hemophilia B by the end of 2015, to complete IND-enabling studies of DTX301 for treatment of OTC deficiency in the second half of 2016, to initiate IND-enabling studies of DTX401 for treatment of GSDIa in the first half of 2016 and to initiate IND-enabling studies of DTX201 for treatment of hemophilia A by the end of 2015. Commencing each of these clinical trials is subject to acceptance by FDA of our IND and finalizing the trial design based on discussions with FDA and other regulatory authorities. In the event that FDA requires us to complete additional preclinical studies or we are required to satisfy other FDA requests, the start of our clinical trials of DTX101 or our other product candidates may be delayed. Even after we receive and incorporate guidance from these regulatory authorities, FDA or other regulatory authorities could disagree that we have satisfied their requirements to commence our clinical trials or change their position on the acceptability of our trial designs or the clinical endpoints selected, which may require us to complete additional preclinical studies or clinical trials or impose stricter approval conditions than we currently expect. Successful completion of our clinical trials is a prerequisite to submitting a biologics license application, or BLA, to FDA and a marketing authorization application, or MAA, to the EMA for each product candidate and, consequently, to obtaining approval and initiating commercial marketing of our current and future product candidates. We do not know whether any of our clinical trials will begin or be completed on schedule, if at all.

          We may experience delays in completing our preclinical studies and initiating or completing clinical trials. We also may experience numerous unforeseen events during, or as a result of, any future clinical trials that we conduct that could delay or prevent our ability to receive marketing approval or commercialize our product candidates, including:

16


Table of Contents

          We could encounter delays if a clinical trial is suspended or terminated by us, the IRBs of the institutions in which such trials are being conducted, the Data Safety Monitoring Board, or DSMB, for such trial or FDA or other regulatory authorities. Such authorities may impose such a suspension or termination due to a number of factors, including failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical protocols, inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial site by FDA or other regulatory authorities resulting in the imposition of a clinical hold, unforeseen safety issues or adverse side effects that arise in our trial or that occur in other gene therapy trials utilizing AAV vectors sponsored by third parties, failure to demonstrate a benefit from using a drug, changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions or lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial. Many of the factors that cause, or lead to, a delay in the commencement or completion of clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of our product candidates. Further, FDA may disagree with our clinical trial design and our interpretation of data from clinical trials, or may change the requirements for approval even after it has reviewed and commented on the design for our clinical trials. Any delays in our preclinical or future clinical development programs may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.

Our transition from HEK293 to a HeLa platform may require comparability studies, which may result in delays to the approval process for our current or future programs and increased costs resulting from additional preclinical trials.

          We have conducted some of our preclinical evaluations with viral vectors produced on a platform utilizing human embryonic kidney 293, or HEK293, cells. We are planning on conducting our Phase I/II trials of DTX101, DTX301 and potentially other programs using viral vectors produced on the HEK293 platform. For Phase III studies and commercial production of each of our product candidates, we plan to use an immortal cell line used in scientific research known as HeLa. HeLa is the oldest and most commonly used human cell line. Even if we successfully complete our planned preclinical studies and clinical trials using vectors produced on our HEK293 platform, FDA or other regulatory authorities may require a clinical bridge study, or comparability study, showing comparability of vectors produced on the HeLa platform prior to commencing Phase III trials of DTX101 and DTX301, delaying the development process. If we make manufacturing or formulation changes to our product candidates in the future, we may need to conduct additional preclinical

17


Table of Contents

studies to bridge our modified product candidates to earlier versions. If we are required to conduct additional clinical trials or other testing of our product candidates beyond those that we currently contemplate, if we are unable to successfully complete clinical trials of our product candidates or other testing, if the results of these trials or tests are not positive or are only modestly positive or if there are safety concerns, we may:

          Our product development costs also will increase if we experience delays in testing or regulatory approvals. We do not know whether any of our preclinical studies or clinical trials will begin as planned, will need to be restructured or will be completed on schedule, or at all. Significant preclinical study or clinical trial delays also could shorten any periods during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize our product candidates or allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do and impair our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates and may harm our business and results of operations. Any delays in our preclinical or future clinical development programs may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.

We may not be successful in our efforts to use and expand our development platform to build a pipeline of product candidates.

          A key element of our strategy is to use our targeted focus, premiere execution and team of leading experts, to identify drivers of genetically defined diseases with high unmet medical need in order to build a pipeline of product candidates. Although our research and development efforts to date have resulted in a pipeline of product candidates, we may not be able to continue to identify and develop new product candidates. Even if we are successful in continuing to build our pipeline, the potential product candidates that we identify may not be suitable for clinical development. For example, they may be shown to have harmful side effects or other characteristics that indicate that they are unlikely to be drugs that will receive marketing approval and achieve market acceptance. If we do not successfully develop and commercialize product candidates based upon our approach, we will not be able to obtain product revenue in future periods, which likely would result in significant harm to our financial position and adversely affect our stock price.

If we are not able to obtain, or if there are delays in obtaining, required regulatory approvals for our product candidates, we will not be able to commercialize, or will be delayed in commercializing, our product candidates and our ability to generate revenue will be materially impaired.

          Our product candidates and the activities associated with their development and commercialization, including their design, testing, manufacture, safety, efficacy, recordkeeping, labeling, storage, approval, advertising, promotion, sale, distribution, import and export are subject to comprehensive regulation by FDA and other regulatory agencies in the United States and by comparable authorities in other countries. Before we can commercialize any of our product candidates, we must obtain marketing approval. We have not received approval or clearance to market any of our product candidates from regulatory authorities in any jurisdiction and it is possible that none of our product candidates or any product candidates we may seek to develop in the future will ever obtain regulatory approval or clearance. We have only limited experience in filing

18


Table of Contents

and supporting the applications necessary to gain regulatory approvals and expect to rely on third-party CROs or regulatory consultants to assist us in this process. Securing regulatory approval requires the submission of extensive preclinical and clinical data and supporting information to the various regulatory authorities for each therapeutic indication to establish the product candidate's safety and efficacy. Securing regulatory approval also requires the submission of information about the biologic manufacturing process to and inspection of manufacturing facilities by, the relevant regulatory authority. Our product candidates may not be effective, may be only moderately effective or may prove to have undesirable or unintended side effects, toxicities or other characteristics that may preclude our obtaining marketing approval or prevent or limit commercial use.

          The process of obtaining regulatory approvals, both in the United States and abroad, is expensive, may take many years if additional clinical trials are required, if approval is obtained at all, and can vary substantially based upon a variety of factors, including the type, complexity and novelty of the product candidates involved. Changes in marketing approval policies during the development period, changes in or the enactment of additional statutes or regulations, or changes in regulatory review for each submitted BLA, or equivalent application types, may cause delays in the approval or rejection of an application. FDA and comparable authorities in other countries have substantial discretion in the approval process and may refuse to accept any application or may decide that our data are insufficient for approval and require additional preclinical, clinical or other studies. Our product candidates could be delayed in receiving, or fail to receive, regulatory approval for many reasons, including the following:

          In addition, even if we were to obtain approval, regulatory authorities may approve any of our product candidates for fewer or more limited indications than we request, may not approve the price we intend to charge for our products, may grant approval contingent on the performance of costly post-marketing clinical trials, may impose certain post-marketing requirements that impose limits on our marketing and distribution activities, or may approve a product candidate with a label that does not include the labeling claims necessary or desirable for the successful commercialization of that product candidate. Any of the foregoing scenarios could materially harm the commercial prospects for our product candidates.

19


Table of Contents

          If we experience delays in obtaining approval or if we fail to obtain approval of our product candidates, the commercial prospects for our product candidates may be harmed and our ability to generate revenue will be materially impaired.

Our product candidates may cause undesirable side effects or have other properties that could delay or prevent their regulatory approval, limit the commercial profile of an approved label or result in significant negative consequences following any potential marketing approval.

          As with many pharmaceutical and biological products, treatment with our product candidates may produce undesirable side effects or adverse reactions or events. Although preclinical safety and biodistribution testing conducted on AAV vectors and data from previous clinical trials of other AAV vectors suggest that our AAV capsids may be well tolerated, known adverse side effects that could result from treatment with AAV vectors include an immunologic reaction to the capsid protein or gene at early time points after administration. In previous clinical trials involving AAV viral vectors for gene therapy, some subjects experienced adverse events, including the development of a T-cell mediated immune response against the vector capsid proteins. If our vectors demonstrate a similar effect, or other adverse events, we may be required to halt or delay further clinical development of our product candidates. In addition, theoretical adverse side effects of AAV vectors include replication and spread of the virus to other parts of the body and insertional oncogenesis, which is the process whereby the insertion of a gene near a gene that is important in cell growth or division results in uncontrolled cell division, which could potentially enhance the risk of malignant transformation or cancer. Potential procedure-related events are similar to those associated with standard coronary diagnostic procedures, and may include vascular injury (e.g., damage to the femoral, radial, or brachial arteries at the site of vascular access, or damage to the coronary arteries) or myocardial injury. If any such adverse events occur, our clinical trials could be suspended or terminated and FDA, the EMA or other foreign regulatory authorities could order us to cease further development of or deny approval of our product candidates for any or all targeted indications. The product-related side effects could affect patient recruitment or the ability of enrolled patients to complete the trial or result in potential product liability claims. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.

Genetically defined diseases may have relatively low prevalence and it may be difficult to identify patients with the genetic driver of the disease, which may lead to delays in enrollment for our trials.

          Genetically defined diseases generally, and especially those for which our current product candidates are targeted, may have relatively low prevalence. For example, we estimate that there are approximately 10,000 patients worldwide with OTC deficiency, 8,000 of whom we estimate have late-onset OTC deficiency, which is our target population, and 6,000 patients worldwide with GSDIa. In addition, approximately 25% of potential patients in the United States have neutralizing antibodies that will significantly affect our product candidates' therapeutic efficacy. As a result, we intend to screen for, and exclude from our clinical trials, patients with neutralizing antibodies to the product candidate that is subject to the clinical trial. Moreover, following administration of any AAV vector, patients are likely to develop neutralizing antibodies specific to the vector administered. These could be significant obstacles to the timely recruitment and enrollment of a sufficient number of eligible patients into our trials. Patient enrollment may be affected by other factors including:

20


Table of Contents

          We intend to engage third parties to develop companion diagnostics for use in our clinical trials to screen for neutralizing antibodies, but such third parties may not be successful in developing such companion diagnostics in a timely manner, or at all. The lack of a suitable companion diagnostics would create difficulty in identifying patients with pre-existing neutralizing antibodies to be excluded from our clinical trials. Our inability to enroll a sufficient number of patients with the applicable genetic alteration for our clinical trials would result in significant delays and could require us to abandon one or more clinical trials altogether. Enrollment delays in our clinical trials may result in increased development costs for our product candidates, which would cause the value of our company to decline and limit our ability to obtain additional financing. Further, if we are unable to include patients with the applicable genetic alteration, this could compromise our ability to seek participation in FDA's expedited review and approval programs, including Breakthrough Therapy Designation and Fast Track Designation, or otherwise to seek to accelerate clinical development and regulatory timelines.

If we or our collaborators are unable to successfully develop and commercialize companion diagnostics for our product candidates, or experience significant delays in doing so, we may not realize the full commercial potential of our product candidates.

          We will need companion diagnostics to determine whether or not we can dose a particular patient with our product. We expect to use predictive biomarkers to identify the right patients for certain of our product candidates. Therefore, our success may depend, in part, on the development and commercialization of companion diagnostics. There has been limited success to date industrywide in developing and commercializing these types of companion diagnostics. Development and manufacturing of companion diagnostics is complex and there are limited manufacturers with the necessary expertise and capability. Even if we are able to find a qualified collaborator, it may not be able to manufacture the companion diagnostics at a cost or in quantities or on timelines necessary for use with our product candidates. To be successful, we need to address a number of scientific, technical and logistical challenges. We have not yet initiated development and commercialization of companion diagnostics. We have little experience in the development and commercialization of diagnostics and may not be successful in developing and commercializing appropriate diagnostics to pair with any of our product candidates that receive marketing approval. University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine currently conducts some of our clinical assays pursuant to a sponsored research agreement, one of which is required for our first planned clinical trial. We intend to enter into agreements with third parties for the automation, characterization and validation, of our companion diagnostic and the manufacture of its critical reagents. However, we may be unable to enter into any such agreement on favorable terms, or at all.

          Companion diagnostics are subject to regulation by FDA and similar regulatory authorities outside the United States as medical devices and require regulatory clearance or approval prior to commercialization. In the United States, companion diagnostics are cleared or approved through FDA's 510(k) premarket notification or premarket approval, or PMA, process. Changes in marketing approval policies during the development period, changes in or the enactment of additional statutes or regulations, or changes in regulatory review for each submitted 510(k) premarket notification, PMA or equivalent application types in jurisdictions outside the United States, may cause delays in the approval, clearance or rejection of an application. Given our limited experience in developing

21


Table of Contents

and commercializing diagnostics, we expect to rely in part or in whole on third parties for companion diagnostic design and commercialization. We and our collaborators may encounter difficulties in developing and obtaining approval or clearance for the companion diagnostics, including issues relating to selectivity/specificity, analytical validation, reproducibility, or clinical validation. Any delay or failure by us or our collaborators to develop or obtain regulatory approval of the companion diagnostics could delay or prevent approval of our product candidates.

Positive results from early preclinical studies of our product candidates are not necessarily predictive of the results of later preclinical studies and clinical trials of our product candidates. If we cannot replicate the positive results from our earlier preclinical studies of our product candidates in our later preclinical studies and clinical trials, we may be unable to successfully develop, obtain regulatory approval for and commercialize our product candidates.

          Positive results from our preclinical studies of our product candidates, and any positive results we may obtain from our early clinical trials of our product candidates, may not necessarily be predictive of the results from required later preclinical studies and clinical trials. Similarly, even if we are able to complete our planned preclinical studies or clinical trials of our product candidates according to our current development timeline, the positive results from our preclinical studies and clinical trials of our product candidates may not be replicated in subsequent preclinical studies or clinical trial results.

          Many companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have suffered significant setbacks in late-stage clinical trials after achieving positive results in early-stage development and we cannot be certain that we will not face similar setbacks. These setbacks have been caused by, among other things, preclinical findings made while clinical trials were underway or safety or efficacy observations made in preclinical studies and clinical trials, including previously unreported adverse events. Moreover, non-clinical and clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses and many companies that believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in preclinical studies and clinical trials nonetheless failed to obtain FDA or EMA approval.

A Breakthrough Therapy Designation by FDA for our product candidates may not lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process and it does not increase the likelihood that our product candidates will receive marketing approval.

          We may seek a Breakthrough Therapy Designation for some of our product candidates. A breakthrough therapy is defined as a drug that is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. For drugs that have been designated as breakthrough therapies, interaction and communication between FDA and the sponsor of the trial can help to identify the most efficient path for clinical development while minimizing the number of patients placed in ineffective control regimens. Drugs designated as breakthrough therapies by FDA may also be eligible for accelerated approval.

          Designation as a breakthrough therapy is within the discretion of FDA. Accordingly, even if we believe one of our product candidates meets the criteria for designation as a breakthrough therapy, FDA may disagree and instead determine not to make such designation. In any event, the receipt of a Breakthrough Therapy Designation for a product candidate may not result in a faster development process, review or approval compared to drugs considered for approval under non-expedited FDA review procedures and does not assure ultimate approval by FDA. In addition, even if one or more

22


Table of Contents

of our product candidates qualify as breakthrough therapies, FDA may later decide that the drugs no longer meet the conditions for qualification.

A Fast Track Designation by FDA may not actually lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process.

          We have sought and received Fast Track Designation for DTX101 and we may seek Fast Track Designation for some of our other product candidates. If a drug is intended for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening condition and the drug demonstrates the potential to address unmet medical needs for this condition, the drug sponsor may apply for Fast Track Designation. FDA has broad discretion whether or not to grant this designation, so even if we believe a particular product candidate is eligible for this designation, we cannot assure you that FDA would decide to grant it. Even though we have obtained Fast Track Designation for DTX101 and even if we receive Fast Track Designation for our other product candidates, we may not experience a faster development process, review or approval compared to non-expedited FDA review procedures. In addition, FDA may withdraw Fast Track Designation for DTX101 or any other product candidate that is granted if it believes that the designation is no longer supported by data from our clinical development program.

We have sought and received Orphan Drug Designation for DTX101 in the United States and we may seek Orphan Drug Designation for some of our other product candidates and we may be unsuccessful or may be unable to maintain the benefits associated with Orphan Drug Designation, including the potential for market exclusivity.

          As part of our business strategy, we have sought and received Orphan Drug Designation for DTX101 in the United States and we may seek Orphan Drug Designation for our other product candidates and we may be unsuccessful or unable to maintain the associated benefits. Regulatory authorities in some jurisdictions, including the United States and Europe, may designate drugs intended to treat relatively small patient populations as orphan drugs. Under the U.S. Orphan Drug Act, FDA may designate a drug as an orphan drug if it is intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally defined as a patient population of fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or a patient population greater than 200,000 in the United States where there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing the drug will be recovered from sales in the United States. In the United States, Orphan Drug Designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as opportunities for grant funding towards clinical trial costs, tax credits for qualified clinical research costs, and prescription drug user-fee waivers.

          Similarly, in the European Union, the European Commission grants Orphan Drug Designation after receiving the opinion of the EMA's Committee for Orphan Medicinal Products on an Orphan Drug Designation application. In the European Union, Orphan Drug Designation is intended to promote the development of drugs that are intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of life-threatening or chronically debilitating conditions affecting not more than 5 in 10,000 persons in the European Union and for which no satisfactory method of diagnosis, prevention, or treatment has been authorized (or the product would be a significant benefit to those affected). Additionally, orphan designation is granted for drugs intended for the diagnosis, prevention, or treatment of a life-threatening, seriously debilitating or serious and chronic condition when, without incentives, it is unlikely that sales of the drug in the European Union would be sufficient to justify the necessary investment in developing the drug. In the European Union, Orphan Drug Designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as reduction of fees or fee waivers.

          Generally, if a drug with an Orphan Drug Designation subsequently receives the first marketing approval for the indication for which it has such designation, the drug is entitled to a period of marketing exclusivity, which precludes the EMA or FDA from approving another marketing

23


Table of Contents

application for the same drug and indication for that time period, except in limited circumstances. If our competitors are able to obtain orphan drug exclusivity prior to use, for products that constitute the same drug and treat the same indications as our product candidates, we may not be able to have competing products approved by the applicable regulatory authority for a significant period of time. The applicable period is seven years in the United States and ten years in the European Union. The European Union exclusivity period can be reduced to six years if a drug no longer meets the criteria for Orphan Drug Designation or if the drug is sufficiently profitable so that market exclusivity is no longer justified.

          Even though we have obtained an Orphan Drug Designation for DTX101 and even if we obtain orphan drug exclusivity for DTX101 and other product candidates, that exclusivity may not effectively protect DTX101 or our other product candidates from competition because different drugs can be approved for the same condition. Even after an orphan drug is approved, FDA can subsequently approve a later application for the same drug for the same condition if FDA concludes that the later drug is clinically superior in that it is shown to be safer in a substantial portion of the target populations, more effective or makes a major contribution to patient care. In addition, a designated orphan drug may not receive orphan drug exclusivity if it is approved for a use that is broader than the indication for which it received orphan designation. Moreover, orphan drug exclusive marketing rights in the United States may be lost if FDA later determines that the request for designation was materially defective or if we are unable to manufacture sufficient quantities of the product to meet the needs of patients with the rare disease or condition. Orphan Drug Designation neither shortens the development time or regulatory review time of a drug nor gives the drug any advantage in the regulatory review or approval process. While we intend to seek Orphan Drug Designation for our other product candidates in addition to DTX101, we may never receive such designations. Even if we do receive such designations, there is no guarantee that we will enjoy the benefits of those designations.

Even if we receive regulatory approval for any of our product candidates, we will be subject to ongoing obligations and continued regulatory review, which may result in significant additional expense. Additionally, our product candidates, if approved, could be subject to labeling and other restrictions and market withdrawal and we may be subject to penalties if we fail to comply with regulatory requirements or experience unanticipated problems with our products.

          If FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority approves any of our product candidates, the manufacturing processes, labeling, packaging, distribution, adverse event reporting, storage, advertising, promotion and recordkeeping for the biologic will be governed by, and subject to, extensive and ongoing regulatory requirements. These requirements include submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports, registration, as well as continued compliance with current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMPs, and Good Clinical Practices, or GCPs, for any clinical trials that we conduct post-approval. Any regulatory approvals that we receive for our product candidates may be subject to limitations on the approved indicated uses for which the product may be marketed or may include conditions of approval, or contain requirements for potentially costly post-marketing testing, including Phase IV clinical trials, and surveillance to monitor the safety and efficacy of the product. FDA also may place other conditions on approvals including the requirement for a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or REMS, to assure the safe use of the product. If FDA concludes a REMS is needed, the sponsor of the BLA must submit a proposed REMS before it can obtain approval. A REMS could include medication guides, physician communication plans, or elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product candidate, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with

24


Table of Contents

our manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in, among other things:

          FDA's policies may change and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained, which would adversely affect our business, prospects and ability to achieve or sustain profitability.


Risks Related to Manufacturing and Commercialization

Gene therapy products are novel, complex and difficult to manufacture. We could experience manufacturing problems that result in delays in our development or commercialization programs or otherwise harm our business.

          The manufacturing process used to produce our product candidates is complex, novel and has not been validated for commercial use. Several factors could cause production interruptions, including equipment malfunctions, facility contamination, raw material shortages or contamination, natural disasters, disruption in utility services, human error or disruptions in the operations of our suppliers.

          Our product candidates require processing steps that are more complex than those required for most small molecule drugs. Moreover, unlike small molecules, the physical and chemical properties of a biologic such as ours generally cannot be fully characterized. As a result, assays of the finished product may not be sufficient to ensure that the product is consistent from lot to lot or will perform in the intended manner. Accordingly, we employ multiple steps to control the manufacturing process to assure that the process works reproducibly and the product candidate is made strictly and consistently in compliance with the process. Problems with the manufacturing process, even minor deviations from the normal process, could result in product defects or manufacturing failures that result in lot failures, product recalls, product liability claims or insufficient inventory. We may encounter problems achieving adequate quantities and quality of clinical-grade materials that meet FDA, the EMA or other applicable standards or specifications with consistent and acceptable production yields and costs.

          In addition, FDA, the EMA and other foreign regulatory authorities may require us to submit samples of any lot of any approved product together with the protocols showing the results of applicable tests at any time. Under some circumstances, FDA, the EMA or other foreign regulatory authorities may require that we not distribute a lot until the agency authorizes its release. Slight deviations in the manufacturing process, including those affecting quality attributes and stability, may result in unacceptable changes in the product that could result in lot failures or product recalls. Lot failures or product recalls could cause us to delay product launches or clinical trials, which could be costly to us and otherwise harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

          We also may encounter problems hiring and retaining the experienced scientific, quality-control and manufacturing personnel needed to operate our manufacturing processes, which could result in delays in production or difficulties in maintaining compliance with applicable regulatory requirements.

25


Table of Contents

          Any problems in our manufacturing process or facilities could make us a less attractive collaborator for potential partners, including larger pharmaceutical companies and academic research institutions, which could limit our access to additional attractive development programs. Problems in our manufacturing process could restrict our ability to meet market demand for our products.

Delays in obtaining a biologics license or disruptions in our manufacturing process may delay or disrupt our commercialization efforts. To date, no cGMP gene therapy manufacturer in the United States has received approval from FDA for the manufacture and commercialization of a gene therapy product.

          Before we can begin to commercially manufacture our product candidates in the facility of a contractor or collaborator, or if we ever establish our own facility, we must obtain a biologics license from FDA. The biologics license is a determination that the product, the manufacturing process, and the manufacturing facility meet applicable requirements to ensure continued safety, purity and potency of the product. An MAA must also be submitted and approved by the appropriate European Union regulatory authority, and the product candidate must be manufactured in accordance with the approved application. To date, no cGMP gene therapy manufacturer in the United States has received approval from FDA for the manufacture and commercialization of a gene therapy product and, therefore, the timeframe required for us to obtain such approval is uncertain.

          We expect our manufacturing strategy will involve the use of one or more CMOs as well as establishing our own capabilities and infrastructure, including a manufacturing process development pilot facility. We expect that development of our own manufacturing facility will provide us with enhanced control of material supply for both clinical trials and the commercial market, enable the more rapid implementation of process changes, and allow for better long-term margins. However, we have no experience as a company in developing a manufacturing facility and may never be successful in developing our own manufacturing facility or capability. Additionally, given that cGMP gene therapy manufacturing is a nascent industry, there are a small number of CMOs with the experience necessary to manufacture our product candidates and we may have difficulty finding or maintaining relationships with such CMOs or hiring experts for internal manufacturing and accordingly, our production capacity may be limited. We may establish multiple manufacturing facilities as we expand our commercial footprint to multiple geographies, which may lead to regulatory delays or prove costly. Even if we are successful, our manufacturing capabilities could be affected by cost-overruns, unexpected delays, equipment failures, lack of capacity, labor shortages, natural disasters, power failures and numerous other factors that could prevent us from realizing the intended benefits of our manufacturing strategy and have a material adverse effect on our business.

          In addition, the manufacturing process for any products that we may develop is subject to FDA and foreign regulatory authority approval process, and we will need to contract with manufacturers who can meet all applicable FDA and foreign regulatory authority requirements on an ongoing basis. If we or our CMOs are unable to reliably produce products to specifications acceptable to FDA or other regulatory authorities, we may not obtain or maintain the approvals we need to commercialize such products. Even if we obtain regulatory approval for any of our product candidates, there is no assurance that either we or our CMOs will be able to manufacture the approved product to specifications acceptable to FDA or other regulatory authorities, to produce it in sufficient quantities to meet the requirements for the potential launch of the product, or to meet potential future demand. Any of these challenges could delay completion of clinical trials, require bridging clinical trials or the repetition of one or more clinical trials, increase clinical trial costs, delay approval of our product candidate, impair commercialization efforts, increase our cost of goods, and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

26


Table of Contents

We intend to produce and to rely on third parties to produce our product candidates and other key materials, but we and these third parties have minimal or no experience producing our product candidates or other materials for late-stage clinical use or at commercial scale, and may not achieve the necessary regulatory approvals or produce our products or other materials at the quality, quantities, locations and timing needed to support development or commercialization.

          Manufacturing of our product candidates is complex and any manufacturer with whom we may enter into an agreement may not have the expertise necessary to or be able to manufacture our product candidates at a cost or in quantities or on timelines necessary for the successful commercialization of our product candidates. If we successfully commercialize any of our product candidates, we will be required to establish commercial manufacturing capabilities, which we expect will rely on one or more third parties, and there is no guarantee that any such third parties will be able to do this in a timely manner, or at all. In addition, in the event that our product development pipeline increases and matures, we will have a greater need for clinical trial and commercial manufacturing capacity. Given that no gene therapy product has been approved in the United States, and only one has been approved in the European Union, there are few manufacturers with expertise in the manufacture of gene therapy products at late-stage clinical or commercial scale.

          Although we have made, and expect to continue to make, substantial investments to develop manufacturing processes designed to produce AAV vectors at commercial scale, we do not have experience in manufacturing gene therapy products at commercial scale. We also have no experience in manufacturing any other pharmaceutical or biological products on a commercial scale and our potential suppliers will have to construct and validate new commercial manufacturing facilities and obtain regulatory approvals for the facilities before being able to produce our product candidates and there can be no assurance that they will succeed in doing so. Although we have specifically invested in developing expertise in manufacturing processes and have hired a team with extensive experience in production of product candidates for clinical use because we believe that these processes will be vital to support manufacture at late-stage clinical scale or, if approved, at commercial scale, we cannot assure you that our experience and expertise at manufacturing our product candidates on a small, clinical scale will be in fact sufficient to manufacture our products at late-stage clinical scale or, if approved, commercial scale. If our third-party manufacturers are unable to produce our viral vectors or product candidates in the necessary quantities, or in compliance with cGMP, or in compliance with other pertinent regulatory requirements, and within our planned time frame and cost parameters, the development and sales of our products, if approved, may be materially harmed.

          We may run into technical or scientific issues related to manufacturing or development that we may be unable to resolve in a timely manner or with available funds. In addition, we have not completed the development, characterization and validation activities necessary for commercial and regulatory approvals. If any of our manufacturing partners does not obtain such regulatory approvals for their facilities, our commercialization efforts will be harmed. In addition, any significant disruption in our supplier relationships could harm our business. We source key materials from third parties, either directly through agreements with suppliers or indirectly through our manufacturers who have agreements with suppliers. There are a small number of suppliers for certain key materials that are used to manufacture our product candidates. Such suppliers may not sell these key materials to our manufacturers at the times we need them or on commercially reasonable terms. We do not have any control over the process or timing of the acquisition of these key materials by our manufacturers. Moreover, we currently do not have any agreements for the commercial production of these key materials.

27


Table of Contents

Any contamination in our or our third parties' manufacturing process, shortages of raw materials or failure of any of our key suppliers to deliver necessary components of our platform could result in delays in our clinical development or marketing schedules.

          Given the nature of biologics manufacturing, there is a risk of contamination. Any contamination could materially adversely affect our or our third-party vendor's ability to produce our gene therapies on schedule and could therefore harm our results of operations and cause reputational damage.

          Some of the raw materials required in our and our third-party vendors manufacturing processes are derived from biological sources. We cannot assure you that we or our third-party vendors have, or will be able to obtain on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, sufficient rights to these materials derived from biological sources. Such raw materials are difficult to procure and may also be subject to contamination or recall. A material shortage, contamination, recall, or restriction on the use of biologically derived substances in the manufacture of our product candidates could adversely impact or disrupt the clinical and commercial manufacturing of our product candidates, which could materially and adversely affect our operating results and development timelines.

          We rely on third-party suppliers for the supply and manufacture of certain components of our technology. Specifically, we have only one source of supply for some of the materials used in the upstream and downstream steps of our manufacturing process. These suppliers are not required to give us advance notice in the event they discontinue supply of the relevant materials. Should our ability to procure these material components from our suppliers be compromised, our ability to continuously operate would be impaired until an alternative supplier is sourced, qualified and tested, which could limit our ability to produce a clinical and commercial supply of our product candidates and harm our business.

Our use of viruses, chemicals and other hazardous materials requires us to comply with regulatory requirements and exposes us to significant potential liabilities.

          Our development and manufacturing processes involve the use of viruses, chemicals and other hazardous materials, and produce waste products. Accordingly, we are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations in the United States, are subject to comparable regulations in Europe and are subject to other foreign regulations governing the use, manufacture, distribution, storage, handling, treatment and disposal of these materials. In addition to ensuring the safe handling of these materials, applicable requirements require increased safeguards and security measures for many of these agents, including controlling access and screening of entities and personnel who have access to them, and establishing a comprehensive national database of registered entities. In the event of an accident or failure to comply with environmental, occupational health and safety and export control laws and regulations, we could be held liable for damages that result, and any such liability could exceed our assets and resources.

Our estimates of the incidence and prevalence for target patient populations for some or all of our product candidates may be inaccurate. If the market opportunities for our product candidates are smaller than we estimate or if any approval that we obtain is based on a narrower definition of the patient population, our revenue and ability to achieve profitability will be adversely affected, possibly materially.

          Our projections of both the number of people who have hemophilia A, hemophilia B, OTC deficiency and GSDIa, as well as the subset of people with these diseases who have the potential to benefit from treatment with our product candidates, are based on estimates. We estimate that the number of addressable patients with moderate to severe hemophilia A and

28


Table of Contents

hemophilia B is approximately 10,300 and 2,800 in the United States, respectively, and approximately 35,800 and 6,000 globally, respectively. Additionally, the precise incidence and prevalence for OTC deficiency and GSDIa are unknown. By our estimate, the number of addressable patients globally with late-onset OTC deficiency is approximately 8,000 and with GSDIa is approximately 6,000.

          The total addressable market opportunity for DTX101 for the treatment of hemophilia B, DTX301 for the treatment of patients with OTC deficiency, DTX401 for the treatment of GSDIa patients and DTX201 for the treatment of hemophilia A will ultimately depend upon, among other things, the diagnosis criteria included in the final label for each of DTX101, DTX301, DTX401 and DTX201, if our product candidates are approved for sale for these indications, acceptance by the medical community and patient access, drug pricing and reimbursement. Additionally, approximately 25% of potential patients estimated to exist in the United States have neutralizing antibodies that will significantly affect our product candidates' therapeutic efficacy. Thus, the number of patients globally may turn out to be lower than expected, patients may not be otherwise amenable to treatment with our products, or new patients may become increasingly difficult to identify or gain access to, all of which would adversely affect our results of operations and our business.

The commercial success of any of our product candidates will depend upon its degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community.

          Ethical, social and legal concerns about gene therapy could result in additional regulations restricting or prohibiting our products. Even with the requisite approvals from FDA in the United States, the EMA in the European Union and other regulatory authorities internationally, the commercial success of our product candidates will depend, in part, on the acceptance of physicians, patients and health care payors of gene therapy products in general, and our product candidates in particular, as medically necessary, cost-effective and safe. Any product that we commercialize may not gain acceptance by physicians, patients, health care payors and others in the medical community. If these products do not achieve an adequate level of acceptance, we may not generate significant product revenue and may not become profitable. The degree of market acceptance of gene therapy products and, in particular, our product candidates, if approved for commercial sale, will depend on several factors, including:

29


Table of Contents

Even if a potential product displays a favorable efficacy and safety profile in preclinical studies and clinical trials, market acceptance of the product will not be fully known until after it is launched.

Our gene therapy approach utilizes vectors derived from viruses, which may be perceived as unsafe or may result in unforeseen adverse events. Negative public opinion and increased regulatory scrutiny of gene therapy may damage public perception of the safety of our product candidates and adversely affect our ability to conduct our business or obtain regulatory approvals for our product candidates.

          Gene therapy remains a novel technology, with no gene therapy product approved to date in the United States and only one gene therapy product approved to date in the European Union. Public perception may be influenced by claims that gene therapy is unsafe, and gene therapy may not gain the acceptance of the public or the medical community. In particular, our success will depend upon physicians who specialize in the treatment of genetic diseases targeted by our product candidates, prescribing treatments that involve the use of our product candidates in lieu of, or in addition to, existing treatments with which they are familiar and for which greater clinical data may be available. More restrictive government regulations or negative public opinion would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects and may delay or impair the development and commercialization of our product candidates or demand for any products we may develop. For example, earlier gene therapy trials led to several well-publicized adverse events, including cases of leukemia and death seen in other trials using other vectors.

          A public backlash developed against gene therapy following the death in September 1999 of a patient who had volunteered for a gene therapy clinical trial that utilized an adenovirus vector at University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine. Researchers at the university, led by James M. Wilson, M.D., Ph.D., the chair of our clinical advisory board, had infused the volunteer's liver with a gene aimed at reversing OTC deficiency. The procedure triggered an extreme immune-system reaction that caused multiple organ failure in a very short time, leading to the first death to occur as a direct result of a gene therapy experiment. In addition, in two gene therapy studies in 2003, 20 subjects treated for X-linked severe combined immunodeficiency using a murine gamma-retroviral vector showed correction of the disease. However, the studies were suspended by FDA after a child in France developed leukemia and ultimately four other subjects were found to have developed leukemia.

          Although none of our current product candidates utilize the human adenovirus or murine gamma-retroviruses used in the above-mentioned 1999 or 2003 studies, our product candidates do use a viral vector delivery system. The risk of cancer remains a concern for gene therapy and we cannot assure you that it will not occur in any of our planned or future clinical studies. In addition, there is the potential risk of delayed adverse events following exposure to gene therapy products due to persistent biological activity of the genetic material or other components of products used to carry the genetic material.

          Serious adverse events in our clinical trials, or other clinical trials involving gene therapy products, particularly AAV gene therapy products such as candidates based on the same capsid serotypes as our product candidates, or occurring during use of our competitors' products, even if not ultimately attributable to the relevant product candidates, and the resulting publicity, could result in increased government regulation, unfavorable public perception, potential regulatory delays in

30


Table of Contents

the testing or approval of our product candidates, stricter labeling requirements for those product candidates that are approved and a decrease in demand for any such product candidates.

We may expend our limited resources to pursue a particular product candidate or indication and fail to capitalize on product candidates or indications that may be more profitable or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.

          Because we have limited financial and managerial resources, we focus on research programs and product candidates that we identify for specific indications. As a result, we may forego or delay pursuit of opportunities with other product candidates or for other indications that later prove to have greater commercial potential. Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to timely capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities. Our spending on current and future research and development programs and product candidates for specific indications may not yield any commercially viable products. If we do not accurately evaluate the commercial potential or target market for a particular product candidate, we may relinquish valuable rights to that product candidate through collaboration, licensing or other royalty arrangements in cases in which it would have been more advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights to such product candidate.

Recently enacted and future legislation may increase the difficulty and cost for us to obtain marketing approval of and commercialize our product candidates and affect the prices we may obtain.

          In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could, among other things, prevent or delay marketing approval of our product candidates, restrict or regulate post-approval activities and affect our ability to profitably sell any products for which we obtain marketing approval.

          For example, in March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or collectively the Affordable Care Act, was enacted to broaden access to health insurance, reduce or constrain the growth of healthcare spending, enhance remedies against fraud and abuse, add new transparency requirements for health care and health insurance industries, impose new taxes and fees on the health industry and impose additional health policy reforms. As implementation of the of the Affordable Care Act is ongoing, the law appears likely to continue the downward pressure on pharmaceutical pricing, especially under the Medicare program, and may also increase our regulatory burdens and operating costs.

          Moreover, the Drug Supply Chain Security Act imposes new obligations on manufacturers of pharmaceutical products related to product tracking and tracing. Legislative and regulatory proposals have been made to expand post-approval requirements and restrict sales and promotional activities for pharmaceutical products. We are not sure whether additional legislative changes will be enacted, or whether the current regulations, guidance or interpretations will be changed, or what the impact of such changes on our business, if any, may be.

31


Table of Contents

We face significant competition in an environment of rapid technological change and the possibility that our competitors may achieve regulatory approval before us or develop therapies that are more advanced or effective than ours, which may harm our business and financial condition, and our ability to successfully market or commercialize our product candidates.

          The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, including the gene therapy field, are characterized by rapidly changing technologies, significant competition and a strong emphasis on intellectual property. We face substantial competition from many different sources, including large and specialty pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic research institutions, government agencies and public and private research institutions, some or all of which may have greater access to capital or resources than we do.

          We are aware of several companies focused on developing gene therapies in various indications using various modalities including AAV vectors, including Spark Therapeutics, Inc., Applied Genetic Technologies Corporation, Asklepios BioPharmaceutical, Inc., Audentes Therapeutics, Inc., Avalanche Biotechnologies, Inc., Voyager Therapeutics, Inc., GenSight Biologies SA, NightstaRx Limited, ReGenX, bluebird bio, Inc. and uniQure as well as several companies addressing other methods for modifying genes and regulating gene expression. Any advances in gene therapy technology made by a competitor may be used to develop therapies that could compete against any of our product candidates. If any of our competitors obtain regulatory approval of a gene therapy product for a disease that our current or future product candidates target, it may significantly diminish the market opportunity for our competing product candidate. This risk is particularly applicable when the patient populations for a disease are very small, which is the case for our product candidates, and in the field of gene therapy where a single administration may be sufficient to durably treat the disease.

          The main competitors for our specific programs are as follows:

          To become and remain profitable, we must develop and eventually commercialize product candidates with significant market potential, which will require us to be successful in a range of challenging activities. These activities can include completing preclinical studies and clinical trials of our product candidates, obtaining marketing approval for these product candidates, manufacturing, marketing and selling those products that are approved and satisfying any post marketing requirements. We may never succeed in any or all of these activities and, even if we do, we may never generate revenues that are significant or large enough to achieve profitability. If we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our failure to become and remain profitable would decrease the value of our company and could impair our ability to raise capital, maintain our research and development efforts, expand our business or continue our operations. A decline in the value of our company also could cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

32


Table of Contents

If we obtain approval to commercialize our product candidates outside of the United States, in particular in the European Union, a variety of risks associated with international operations could harm our business.

          We expect that we will be subject to additional risks in commercializing our product candidates outside the United States, including:

          In some countries, particularly the countries in Europe, the pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a drug. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of our product candidate to other available therapies. If reimbursement of our drugs is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, our business could be harmed, possibly materially.

          Further, in many foreign countries it is common for others to engage in business practices that are prohibited by U.S. laws and regulations applicable to us, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Although we expect to implement policies and procedures designed to comply with these laws and policies, there can be no assurance that our employees, contractors and agents will comply with these laws and policies. If we are unable to successfully manage the challenges of international expansion and operations, our business and operating results could be harmed.

33


Table of Contents

The pricing, insurance coverage and reimbursement status of newly approved products is uncertain. Failure to obtain or maintain adequate coverage and reimbursement for our product candidates, if approved, could limit our ability to market those products and decrease our ability to generate product revenue.

          Our target patient populations are small, and accordingly, the pricing, insurance coverage, and reimbursement status of our product candidates, if approved, must be sufficient to support our commercial infrastructure. Our per-patient prices must be sufficient to recover our development and manufacturing costs and potentially achieve profitability.

          We expect the cost of a single administration of gene therapy products, such as those we are developing, to be substantial, when and if they achieve regulatory approval. We expect that coverage and reimbursement by government and private payors will be essential for most patients to be able to afford these treatments. Accordingly, sales of our product candidates will depend substantially, both domestically and abroad, on the extent to which the costs of our product candidates will be paid by health maintenance, managed care, pharmacy benefit and similar healthcare management organizations, or will be reimbursed by government authorities, private health coverage insurers and other third-party payors. Coverage and reimbursement by a third-party payor may depend upon several factors, including the third-party payor's determination that use of a product is:

          No uniform policy requirement for coverage and reimbursement for drug products exists among third-party payors. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for drug products can differ significantly from payor to payor. As a result, obtaining coverage and reimbursement for a product from third-party payors is a time-consuming and costly process that could require us to provide to each different payor supporting scientific, clinical and cost-effectiveness data. We may not be able to provide data sufficient to gain acceptance with respect to coverage and reimbursement. If coverage and reimbursement are not available, or are available only at limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize our product candidates. Even if coverage is provided, the approved reimbursement amount may not be adequate to realize a sufficient return on our investment. Assuming we obtain coverage for a given product by a third-party payor, the resulting reimbursement payment rates may not be adequate or may require co-payments that patients find unacceptably high. Patients who are prescribed medications for the treatment of their conditions, and their prescribing physicians, generally rely on third-party payors to reimburse all or part of the costs associated with their prescription drugs. Patients are unlikely to use our products unless coverage is provided and reimbursement is adequate to cover all or a significant portion of the cost of our products. Therefore, coverage and adequate reimbursement is critical to new product acceptance. Additionally, there may be significant delays in obtaining coverage and reimbursement for newly approved biologics, and coverage may be more limited than the purposes for which the product is approved by FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities.

          There is significant uncertainty related to third-party coverage and reimbursement of newly approved products. In the United States, third-party payors, including government payors such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs, play an important role in determining the extent to which new drugs and biologics will be covered and reimbursed. The Medicare and Medicaid programs

34


Table of Contents

increasingly are used as models for how private payors and government payors develop their coverage and reimbursement policies. Currently, no gene therapy product has been approved for coverage and reimbursement by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, the agency responsible for administering the Medicare program. It is difficult to predict what CMS will decide with respect to coverage and reimbursement for fundamentally novel products such as ours, as there is no body of established practices and precedents for these types of products. Moreover, reimbursement agencies in the European Union may be more conservative than CMS. For example, several cancer drugs have been approved for reimbursement in the United States and have not been approved for reimbursement in certain European Union Member States. It is difficult to predict what third-party payors will decide with respect to the coverage and reimbursement for our product candidates.

          Outside the United States, international operations generally are subject to extensive government price controls and other market regulations, and increasing emphasis on cost-containment initiatives in the European Union, Canada and other countries may put pricing pressure on us. For example, one gene therapy product was approved in the European Union in 2012 but is yet to be widely available commercially. In many countries, the prices of medical products are subject to varying price control mechanisms as part of national health systems. In general, the prices of medicines under such systems are substantially lower than in the United States. Other countries allow companies to fix their own prices for medical products, but monitor and control company profits. Additional foreign price controls or other changes in pricing regulation could restrict the amount that we are able to charge for our product candidates. Accordingly, in markets outside the United States, the reimbursement for our products may be reduced compared with the United States and may be insufficient to generate commercially reasonable product revenues.

          Moreover, increasing efforts by government and third-party payors in the United States and abroad to cap or reduce healthcare costs may cause such organizations to limit both coverage and the level of reimbursement for new products approved and, as a result, they may not cover or provide adequate payment for our product candidates. Payors increasingly are considering new metrics as the basis for reimbursement rates, such as average sales price, average manufacturer price, or AMP, and actual acquisition cost. The existing data for reimbursement based on some of these metrics is relatively limited, although certain states have begun to survey acquisition cost data for the purpose of setting Medicaid reimbursement rates, and CMS has begun making pharmacy National Average Drug Acquisition Cost and National Average Retail Price data publicly available on at least a monthly basis. Therefore, it may be difficult to project the impact of these evolving reimbursement metrics on the willingness of payors to cover candidate products that we or our partners are able to commercialize. We expect to experience pricing pressures in connection with the sale of any of our product candidates due to the trend toward managed healthcare, the increasing influence of health maintenance organizations and additional legislative changes. The downward pressure on healthcare costs in general, particularly prescription drugs and surgical procedures and other treatments, has become intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products such as ours.

If in the future we are unable to establish U.S. or global sales and marketing capabilities or enter into agreements with third parties to sell and market our product candidates, we may not be successful in commercializing our product candidates if and when they are approved and we may not be able to generate any revenue.

          We do not currently have a sales or marketing infrastructure and have limited experience in the sale, marketing or distribution of drugs or biologics. To achieve commercial success for any approved product candidate for which we retain sales and marketing responsibilities, we must build our sales, marketing, managerial and other non-technical capabilities or make arrangements with third parties to perform these services. In the future, we may choose to build a focused sales and marketing infrastructure to sell, or participate in sales activities with our collaborators for, some of our product candidates if and when they are approved.

35


Table of Contents

          There are risks involved with both establishing our own sales and marketing capabilities and entering into arrangements with third parties to perform these services. For example, recruiting and training a sales force is expensive and time consuming and could delay any product launch. If the commercial launch of a product candidate for which we recruit a sales force and establish marketing capabilities is delayed or does not occur for any reason, we would have prematurely or unnecessarily incurred these commercialization expenses. This may be costly and our investment would be lost if we cannot retain or reposition our sales and marketing personnel.

          Factors that may inhibit our efforts to commercialize our product candidates on our own include:

          If we enter into arrangements with third parties to perform sales, marketing and distribution services, our product revenue or the profitability to us from these revenue streams is likely to be lower than if we were to market and sell any product candidates that we develop ourselves. In addition, we may not be successful in entering into arrangements with third parties to sell and market our product candidates or may be unable to do so on terms that are favorable to us. We likely will have little control over such third parties and any of them may fail to devote the necessary resources and attention to sell and market our product candidates effectively. If we do not establish sales and marketing capabilities successfully, either on our own or in collaboration with third parties, we will not be successful in commercializing our product candidates. Further, our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects will be materially adversely affected.


Risks Related to Our Financial Position and Need for Additional Capital

We are a biopharmaceutical company with a limited operating history and have not generated any revenue from product sales. We have incurred significant operating losses since our inception and anticipate that we will incur continued losses for the foreseeable future.

          We are a biopharmaceutical company with a limited operating history on which to base your investment decision. Biopharmaceutical product development is a highly speculative undertaking and involves a substantial degree of risk. We commenced operations in November 2013. Our operations to date have been limited primarily to organizing and staffing our company, business planning, raising capital, acquiring and developing product and technology rights and conducting research and development activities for our product candidates. We have never generated any revenue from product sales. We have not obtained regulatory approvals for any of our product candidates.

          We have funded our operations to date through proceeds from sales of preferred stock and payments received in connection with our collaboration agreement with Bayer and, to a lesser extent, through borrowings under a loan and security agreement that we entered into with Silicon Valley Bank, or SVB, in August 2014. We have incurred net losses in each year since our inception. As of June 30, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of $31.5 million. Our net loss was $3.2 million for the period from inception (June 20, 2013) to December 31, 2013, $13.0 million for the year

36


Table of Contents

ended December 31, 2014 and $15.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015. Substantially all of our operating losses have resulted from costs incurred in connection with our research and development programs and from general and administrative costs associated with our operations. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and operating losses over the next several years and for the foreseeable future. Our prior losses, combined with expected future losses, have had and will continue to have an adverse effect on our stockholders' deficit and working capital. We expect our research and development expenses to significantly increase in connection with beginning clinical trials of our product candidates. In addition, if we obtain marketing approval for our product candidates, we will incur significant sales, marketing and manufacturing expenses. Once we are a public company, we will incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. As a result, we expect to continue to incur significant and increasing operating losses for the foreseeable future. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with developing pharmaceutical drugs, we are unable to predict the extent of any future losses or when we will become profitable, if at all. Even if we do become profitable, we may not be able to sustain or increase our profitability on a quarterly or annual basis.

          Our ability to become profitable depends upon our ability to generate revenue. To date, we have not generated any revenue from our lead programs and product candidates, DTX101, DTX301, DTX401 and DTX201 and we do not know and do not expect to generate any revenue from the sale of our product candidates in the near future. We do not expect to generate significant product revenue unless and until we or our partners obtain marketing approval of and begin to sell DTX101, DTX301, DTX401 or DTX201, or one of our other product candidates. Our ability to generate product revenue depends on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, our ability to:

          We have entered into a collaboration agreement with Bayer for the development of DTX201 for hemophilia A. Absent our entering into a collaboration or partnership agreement for our remaining product candidates, we expect to incur significant sales and marketing costs as we prepare to commercialize our product candidates. Despite expending these costs, even if we initiate and successfully complete pivotal clinical trials of our product candidates and our product candidates are approved for commercial sale, our product candidates may not be commercially successful. We may not achieve profitability soon after generating product sales, if ever. If we are unable to generate product revenue, we will not become profitable and may be unable to continue operations without continued funding.

Even if we consummate this offering, we will need to raise substantial additional funding. If we are unable to raise capital when needed, we would be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate some of our product development programs or commercialization efforts.

          The development of pharmaceutical drugs is capital-intensive. We plan to initiate a Phase I/II clinical trial of DTX101 as a treatment for hemophilia B by the end of 2015, to complete IND-enabling studies of DTX301 for treatment of OTC deficiency in the second half of 2016, to initiate IND-enabling studies of DTX401 for treatment of GSDIa in the first half of 2016 and to initiate IND-

37


Table of Contents

enabling studies of DTX201 for treatment of hemophilia A by the end of 2015. We expect our expenses to increase in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we continue the research and development of, initiate clinical trials of and seek marketing approval for our product candidates. In addition, depending on the status of regulatory approval or, if we obtain marketing approval for any of our product candidates, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to product sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution to the extent that such sales, marketing and distribution are not the responsibility of Bayer, or other collaborators. We may also need to raise additional funds sooner if we choose to pursue additional indications or geographies for our product candidates or otherwise expand more rapidly than we presently anticipate. Furthermore, upon the closing of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. Accordingly, we will need to obtain substantial additional funding in connection with our continuing operations. If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on attractive terms, we would be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate certain of our research and development programs or future commercialization efforts.

          We expect that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will be sufficient to fund our operations through at least             . Our future capital requirements will depend on and could increase significantly as a result of many factors, including:

          Identifying potential product candidates and conducting preclinical development testing and clinical trials is a time-consuming, expensive and uncertain process that takes years to complete and we may never generate the necessary data or results required to obtain marketing approval and achieve product sales. In addition, our product candidates, if approved, may not achieve commercial success. Our commercial revenue, if any, will be derived from product sales that we do

38


Table of Contents

not expect to be commercially available for many years, if at all. Accordingly, we will need to continue to rely on additional financing to achieve our business objectives.

          Any additional fundraising efforts may divert our management from their day-to-day activities, which may adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates. Dislocations in the financial markets have generally made equity and debt financing more difficult to obtain and may have a material adverse effect on our ability to meet our fundraising needs. We cannot guarantee that future financing will be available in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. Moreover, the terms of any financing may adversely affect the holdings or the rights of our stockholders and the issuance of additional securities, whether equity or debt, by us, or the possibility of such issuance, may cause the market price of our shares to decline. The sale of additional equity or convertible securities would dilute all of our stockholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased fixed payment obligations and we may be required to agree to certain restrictive covenants, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, limitations on our ability to acquire, sell or license intellectual property rights and other operating restrictions that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. We could also be required to seek funds through arrangements with collaborators or otherwise at an earlier stage than otherwise would be desirable and we may be required to relinquish rights to some of our technologies or product candidates or otherwise agree to terms unfavorable to us, any of which may have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and prospects.

          If we are unable to obtain funding on a timely basis, we may be required to significantly curtail, delay or discontinue one or more of our research or development programs or the commercialization of any product candidate or be unable to expand our operations or otherwise capitalize on our business opportunities, as desired, which could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The terms of our loan and security agreement may restrict our ability to engage in certain transactions.

          In August 2014, we entered into a loan and security agreement with SVB. Pursuant to the terms of the loan and security agreement, subject to certain exceptions, we cannot engage in certain transactions unless certain conditions are met or we receive the prior approval of SVB. Such transactions include:

          If SVB does not provide its consent to such actions, we could be prohibited from engaging in transactions that could be beneficial to our business and our stockholders unless we were to repay the loans, which may not be desirable or possible. The loan and security agreement is collateralized by a pledge of substantially all of our assets, except for intellectual property. If we were to default under the loan and security agreement, including for an inability to repay amounts as they become due, and we were unable to obtain a waiver for such a default, SVB would have a right to accelerate our obligation to repay the entire loan and foreclose on these assets in order to

39


Table of Contents

satisfy our obligations under the loan and security agreement. In addition, SVB would also have the right to place a hold on our accounts maintained at SVB and refuse to fund any then unfunded commitments under the loan and security agreement. Any such action on the part of SVB against us could have a materially adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

          Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, contain rules that limit the ability of a company that undergoes an "ownership change" to utilize its net operating loss and tax credit carry forwards and certain built-in losses recognized in years after the ownership change. An "ownership change" is generally defined as any change in ownership of more than 50% of a corporation's stock over a rolling three-year period by stockholders that own (directly or indirectly) 5% or more of the stock of a corporation, or arising from a new issuance of stock by a corporation. If an ownership change occurs, Section 382 generally imposes an annual limitation on the use of pre-ownership change net operating losses, credits and certain other tax attributes to offset taxable income earned after the ownership change. The annual limitation is equal to the product of the applicable long-term tax exempt rate and the value of the company's stock immediately before the ownership change. This annual limitation may be adjusted to reflect any unused annual limitation for prior years and certain recognized built-in gains and losses for the year. In addition, Section 383 generally limits the amount of tax liability in any post-ownership change year that can be reduced by pre-ownership change tax credit carryforwards. This could result in increased U.S. federal income tax liability for us if we generate taxable income in a future period. Limitations on the use of NOLs and other tax attributes could also increase our state tax liability. The use of our tax attributes will also be limited to the extent that we do not generate positive taxable income in future tax periods. As a result of these limitations, we may be unable to offset future taxable income (if any) with losses, or our tax liability with credits, before such losses and credits expire.

          Although we do not expect to incur an ownership change as a result of the transactions described in this offering, it is possible that the transactions described in this offering, when combined with past and future transactions, will cause us to undergo one or more ownership changes. We may have experienced such ownership changes in the past and we may experience ownership changes in the future as a result of this offering or subsequent shifts in our stock ownership, some of which are outside our control. As of December 31, 2014, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $11.2 million and $11.1 million, respectively, both of which begin to expire in 2033. Our ability to utilize those net operating loss carryforwards could be limited by an "ownership change" as described above, which may increase our federal income tax liability.


Risks Related to Our Relationships with Third Parties

Our executive officers, directors, principal stockholders and their affiliates will continue to exercise significant influence over our company after this offering, which will limit your ability to influence corporate matters and could delay or prevent a change in corporate control.

          Immediately following the completion of this offering, disregarding any shares of common stock that they purchase in this offering, the existing holdings of our executive officers, directors, principal stockholders and their affiliates, including entities affiliated with Fidelity Biosciences Corp., or Fidelity Biosciences, and investment funds affiliated with OrbiMed Advisors LLC, or OrbiMed, and New Leaf Venture Partners, L.L.C. will represent beneficial ownership, in the aggregate, of approximately         % of our outstanding common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to acquire additional common stock in this offering and assuming we issue the number of

40


Table of Contents

shares of common stock as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. As a result, these stockholders, if they act together, will be able to influence our management and affairs and the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors and any sale, merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. These stockholders acquired their shares of common stock for substantially less than the price of the shares of common stock being acquired in this offering. These stockholders may also have interests, with respect to their common stock, that are different from those of investors in this offering and the concentration of voting power among these stockholders may have an adverse effect on the price of our common stock. In addition, this concentration of ownership might adversely affect the market price of our common stock by:

          See "Principal Stockholders" in this prospectus for more information regarding the ownership of our outstanding common stock by our executive officers, directors, principal stockholders and their affiliates.

We may seek to establish additional collaborations and, if we are not able to establish them on commercially reasonable terms, we may have to alter our development and commercialization plans.

          Our drug development programs and the potential commercialization of our product candidates will require substantial additional cash to fund expenses. For some of our product candidates, we may decide to collaborate with additional pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for the development and potential commercialization of those product candidates.

          We face significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators. Whether we reach a definitive agreement for a collaboration will depend, among other things, upon our assessment of the collaborator's resources and expertise, the terms and conditions of the proposed collaboration and the proposed collaborator's evaluation of a number of factors. Those factors may include the design or results of clinical trials, the likelihood of approval by FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside the United States, the potential market for the subject product candidate, the costs and complexities of manufacturing and delivering such product candidate to patients, the potential of competing drugs, the existence of uncertainty with respect to our ownership of technology, which can exist if there is a challenge to such ownership without regard to the merits of the challenge and industry and market conditions generally. The collaborator may also consider alternative product candidates or technologies for similar indications that may be available to collaborate on and whether such a collaboration could be more attractive than the one with us for our product candidate. The terms of any additional collaborations or other arrangements that we may establish may not be favorable to us.

          We may also be restricted under existing collaboration agreements from entering into future agreements on certain terms with potential collaborators. Collaborations are complex and time-consuming to negotiate and document. In addition, there have been a significant number of recent business combinations among large pharmaceutical companies that have resulted in a reduced number of potential future collaborators.

          We may not be able to negotiate additional collaborations on a timely basis, on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to do so, we may have to curtail the development of the product candidate for which we are seeking to collaborate, reduce or delay its development program or one

41


Table of Contents

or more of our other development programs, delay its potential commercialization or reduce the scope of any sales or marketing activities, or increase our expenditures and undertake development or commercialization activities at our own expense. If we elect to increase our expenditures to fund development or commercialization activities on our own, we may need to obtain additional capital, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If we do not have sufficient funds, we may not be able to further develop our product candidates or bring them to market and generate product revenue.

          In addition, our collaboration with Bayer and any future collaborations that we enter into may not be successful. The success of our collaboration arrangements will depend heavily on the efforts and activities of our collaborators. Collaborators generally have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to these collaborations. Disagreements between parties to a collaboration arrangement regarding clinical development and commercialization matters can lead to delays in the development process or commercializing the applicable product candidate and, in some cases, termination of the collaboration arrangement. These disagreements can be difficult to resolve if neither of the parties has final decision-making authority. Collaborations with pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies and other third parties often are terminated or allowed to expire by the other party. Any such termination or expiration would adversely affect us financially and could harm our business reputation.

We expect to rely on third parties to conduct our preclinical studies and clinical trials for our product candidates. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, comply with regulatory requirements or meet expected deadlines, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize our product candidates and our business could be substantially harmed.

          We do not have the ability to independently conduct preclinical and clinical trials. We expect to rely on medical institutions, clinical investigators, contract laboratories and other third parties, such as CROs, to conduct preclinical studies and clinical trials for our product candidates. We expect to rely heavily on these parties for execution of preclinical and clinical trials for our product candidates and control only certain aspects of their activities. Nevertheless, we will be responsible for ensuring that each of our preclinical and clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the applicable protocol, legal and regulatory requirements and scientific standards and our reliance on CROs will not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities. For any violations of laws and regulations during the conduct of our preclinical and clinical trials, we could be subject to warning letters or enforcement action that may include civil penalties up to and including criminal prosecution.

          We and our CROs will be required to comply with regulations, including GCPs, for conducting, monitoring, recording and reporting the results of preclinical and clinical trials to ensure that the data and results are scientifically credible and accurate and that the trial patients are adequately informed of the potential risks of participating in clinical trials and their rights are protected. These regulations are enforced by FDA, the Competent Authorities of the Member States of the European Economic Area and comparable foreign regulatory authorities for any drugs in clinical development. FDA enforces GCP regulations through periodic inspections of clinical trial sponsors, principal investigators and trial sites. If we or our CROs fail to comply with applicable GCPs, the clinical data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to perform additional clinical trials before approving our marketing applications. We cannot assure you that, upon inspection, FDA will determine that any of our future clinical trials will comply with GCPs. In addition, our clinical trials must be conducted with product candidates produced in accordance with the requirements in cGMP regulations. Our failure or the failure of our CROs to comply with these regulations may require us to repeat clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process and could also subject us to enforcement action. We

42


Table of Contents

also are required to register our ongoing clinical trials and post the results of completed clinical trials on a government-sponsored database, ClinicalTrials.gov, within certain timeframes. Failure to do so can result in fines, adverse publicity and civil and criminal sanctions.

          Although we intend to design the clinical trials for our product candidates, CROs will conduct all of the clinical trials. As a result, many important aspects of our development programs, including their conduct and timing, will be outside of our direct control. Our reliance on third parties to conduct future preclinical and clinical trials will also result in less direct control over the management of data developed through preclinical and clinical trials than would be the case if we were relying entirely upon our own staff. Communicating with outside parties can also be challenging, potentially leading to mistakes as well as difficulties in coordinating activities. Outside parties may:

          These factors may materially adversely affect the willingness or ability of third parties to conduct our preclinical and clinical trials and may subject us to unexpected cost increases that are beyond our control. If the CROs do not perform preclinical and clinical trials in a satisfactory manner, breach their obligations to us or fail to comply with regulatory requirements, the development, regulatory approval and commercialization of our product candidates may be delayed, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval and commercialize our product candidates, or our development programs may be materially and irreversibly harmed. If we are unable to rely on preclinical and clinical data collected by our CROs, we could be required to repeat, extend the duration of, or increase the size of any clinical trials we conduct and this could significantly delay commercialization and require significantly greater expenditures.

          If any of our relationships with these third-party CROs terminate, we may not be able to enter into arrangements with alternative CROs. If CROs do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet expected deadlines, if they need to be replaced or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols, regulatory requirements or for other reasons, any preclinical studies or clinical trials with which such CROs are associated with may be extended, delayed or terminated. In such cases, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or successfully commercialize our product candidates. As a result, we believe that our financial results and the commercial prospects for our product candidates in the subject indication could be harmed, our costs could increase and our ability to generate revenue could be delayed.

We depend on third parties, including researchers and sublicensees, who are not under our control.

          Since we are party to a collaboration agreement for the development of DTX201 with Bayer and rely on University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine to conduct preclinical studies for certain of our product candidates, we depend upon our sublicensee and independent investigators and scientific collaborators and other universities and medical institutions or private physician scientists, to advise us and to conduct our preclinical studies and clinical trials under agreements with us. These collaborators are not our employees and we cannot control the amount or timing of resources that they devote to our programs or the timing of their procurement of clinical-trial data or

43


Table of Contents

their compliance with applicable regulatory guidelines. Should any of these scientific advisors or those of our sublicensee become disabled or die unexpectedly, or should they fail to comply with applicable regulatory guidelines, we or our sublicensee may be forced to scale back or terminate development of that program. They may not assign as great a priority to our programs or pursue them as diligently as we would if we were undertaking those programs ourselves. These collaborators may also have relationships with other commercial entities, some of which may compete with us. Failing to devote sufficient time and resources to our program or product candidates, or substandard performance and failure to comply with regulatory guidelines, could result in delay of any FDA applications and our commercialization of the product candidate involved. If a conflict of interest arises between their work for us and their work for another entity, we may lose their services. In addition, we will be unable to prevent them from establishing competing businesses or developing competing products. For example, if a key scientist acting as a principal investigator in any of our clinical trials identifies a potential product or compound that is more scientifically interesting to his or her professional interests, his or her availability to remain involved in our clinical trials could be restricted or eliminated. If any of the foregoing were to become inaccessible or terminated, it would be difficult for us to develop and commercialize our biologic product candidates.

We rely on third parties to conduct some aspects of our vector production, product manufacturing, reagent manufacturing, protocol development, research, and preclinical and clinical testing, and these third parties may not perform satisfactorily.

          We do not currently independently conduct all aspects of our vector production, product manufacturing, reagent manufacturing, protocol development, research and monitoring and management of our ongoing preclinical studies and clinical trials. We currently rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties with respect to these items, and control only certain aspects of their activities.

          Most of these third parties may terminate their engagements with us at any time. If we need to enter into alternative arrangements, our product candidate activities may be delayed. Our reliance on these third parties for research and development activities, including the conduct of any IND-enabling studies, reduces our control over these activities but does not relieve us of our responsibility to ensure compliance with all required legal, regulatory and scientific standards and any applicable trial protocols. For example, for product candidates that we develop and commercialize on our own, we will remain responsible for ensuring that each of our IND-enabling studies and clinical trials are conducted in accordance with the trial plan and protocols.

          If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, meet expected deadlines or conduct our studies in accordance with regulatory requirements or our stated study plans and protocols, we may be delayed in completing, or unable to complete, the preclinical studies and clinical trials required to support future IND submissions and approval of our product candidates.

          We rely on our manufacturers to purchase from third-party suppliers the materials necessary to produce our product candidates for our clinical trials. There are a small number of suppliers for certain capital equipment and raw materials that we use to manufacture our product candidates. Such suppliers may not sell these raw materials to our manufacturers at the times we need them or on commercially reasonable terms. We do not have any control over the process or timing of the acquisition of these raw materials by our manufacturers. Moreover, we currently do not have any agreements for the commercial production of these raw materials. Any significant delay in the supply of a product candidate, or the raw material components thereof for an ongoing clinical trial due to the need to replace a third-party manufacturer could considerably delay completion of our clinical trials, product testing and potential regulatory approval of our product candidates. If our

44


Table of Contents

manufacturers or we are unable to purchase these raw materials after regulatory approval has been obtained for our product candidates, our ability to commercially launch and/or generate revenues from the sale of any of our approved products would be impaired. Reliance on third-party manufacturers entails exposure to risks to which we would not be subject if we manufactured the product candidates ourselves, including:

          Any of these events could lead to delays in the development of our product candidates, including delays in our clinical trials, or failure to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, or it could impact our ability to successfully commercialize our current product candidates or any future products. Some of these events could be the basis for FDA or other regulatory action, including injunction, recall, seizure or total or partial suspension of production.

Our relationships with customers and third-party payors will be subject to applicable anti-kickback, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, which could expose us to criminal sanctions, civil penalties, exclusion from government healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm and diminished profits and future earnings.

          Although we do not currently have any drugs on the market, once we begin commercializing our product candidates, we will be subject to additional healthcare statutory and regulatory requirements and enforcement by the federal government and the states and foreign governments in which we conduct our business. Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. Our future arrangements with third-party payors and customers may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we market, sell and distribute our product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. Restrictions under applicable federal and state healthcare laws and regulations in the U.S., include the following:

45


Table of Contents

          Ensuring that our future business arrangements with third parties comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations could involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices do not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations, including anticipated activities to be conducted by our sales team, were to be found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. If any of the physicians or other providers or entities with whom we expect to do business is found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs.

We may in the future form strategic alliances or acquire businesses or drugs and we may not realize the benefits of such acquisitions or arrangements.

          We may acquire additional businesses or drugs, form strategic alliances or create joint ventures with third parties that we believe will complement or augment our existing business. If we acquire businesses with promising markets or technologies, we may not be able to realize the

46


Table of Contents

benefit of acquiring such businesses if we are unable to successfully integrate them with our existing operations and company culture. We may encounter numerous difficulties in developing, manufacturing and marketing any new drugs resulting from a strategic alliance or acquisition that delay or prevent us from realizing their expected benefits or enhancing our business. We cannot assure you that, following any such acquisition, we will achieve the expected synergies to justify the transaction.


Risks Related to Intellectual Property

If we are unable to adequately protect our proprietary technology or obtain and maintain patent protection for our technology and product candidates or if the scope of the patent protection obtained is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize technology and products similar to ours and our ability to successfully commercialize our technology and product candidates may be impaired.

          Our commercial success depends in part on our ability to obtain and maintain proprietary or intellectual property protection in the United States and other countries for our current product candidates and future products, as well as our core technologies, including our manufacturing know-how. We expect to protect our proprietary and intellectual property position by, among other methods, filing patent applications in the United States and abroad related to our proprietary technology, inventions and improvements that are important to the development and implementation of our business. We also rely on trade secrets, know-how and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our proprietary and intellectual property position.

          We have in-licensed patents and patent applications owned by the Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania, or the University of Pennsylvania, relating to various AAV vectors. These patents and patent applications are licensed or sublicensed to ReGenX and sublicensed to us. Our sublicenses are exclusive, but limited to particular fields, such as in vivo gene therapy for hemophilia B, hemophilia A, OTC deficiency, GSDIa, and other future elected indications and are subject to certain retained rights. As described in "Business — Intellectual Property," most of these patents will expire in 2022, although some will expire later. In particular, any patent issuing on our licensed patent application relating to nucleic acid sequences encoding human ornithine transcarbamylase, should any patent issue, would not be expected to expire before 2035. The patent position of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies generally is highly uncertain, involves complex legal and factual questions and has in recent years been the subject of much litigation.

          The degree of patent protection we require to successfully compete in the marketplace may be unavailable or severely limited in some cases and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage. We cannot provide any assurances that any of our licensed patents have, or that any of our pending licensed patent applications that mature into issued patents will include, claims with a scope sufficient to protect our current and future product candidates or otherwise provide any competitive advantage. In addition, the laws of foreign countries may not protect our rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Furthermore, patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, the natural expiration of a patent is generally twenty years after it is filed. Various extensions may be available; however, the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. Moreover, our exclusive license is subject to retained rights, which may adversely impact our competitive position. As a result, our licensed patent portfolio may not provide us with adequate and continuing patent protection sufficient to exclude others from commercializing products similar to our product candidates, including biosimilar versions of such products. In addition, the patent portfolio licensed

47


Table of Contents

to us is, or may be, licensed to third parties, such as outside our field, and such third parties may have certain enforcement rights. Thus, patents licensed to us could be put at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly in litigation filed by or against another licensee or in administrative proceedings brought by or against another licensee in response to such litigation or for other reasons.

          Other parties have developed technologies that may be related or competitive to our own and such parties may have filed or may file patent applications, or may have received or may receive patents, claiming inventions that may overlap or conflict with those claimed in our own patent applications or issued patents. Publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries and patent applications in the United States and in other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing, or in some cases not at all. Therefore, we cannot know with certainty whether the inventors of our licensed patents and applications were the first to make the inventions claimed in those patents or pending patent applications, or that they were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, and commercial value of our patent rights cannot be predicted with any certainty.

          In addition, the patent prosecution process is expensive and time-consuming and we may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. It is also possible that we will fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development output before it is too late to obtain patent protection. We cannot provide any assurances that we will be able to pursue or obtain additional patent protection based on our research and development efforts, or that any such patents or other intellectual property we generate will provide any competitive advantage. Patent prosecution is a lengthy process and the scope of the claims initially submitted for examination may be significantly narrowed by the time they issue, if at all. Moreover, we do not have the right to control the preparation, filing and prosecution of patent applications, or to control the maintenance of the patents, covering technology that we license from third parties. Therefore, these patents and applications may not be filed, prosecuted or maintained in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business. In addition, under our agreement with ReGenX, we do not have the first right to enforce the licensed patents, and our enforcement rights are subject to certain limitations that may adversely impact our ability to use the licensed patents to exclude others from commercializing competitive products. Moreover, ReGenX may have interests which differ from ours in determining whether and the manner in which to enforce such patents.

          Even if we acquire patent protection that we expect should enable us to maintain competitive advantage, third parties, including competitors, may challenge the validity, enforceability or scope thereof, which may result in such patents being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable. In litigation, a competitor could claim that our patents, if issued, are not valid for a number of reasons. If a court agrees, we would lose our rights to those challenged patents.

          The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability and our licensed patents may be challenged in courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad. For example, we may be subject to a third-party submission of prior art to the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, challenging the validity of one or more claims of our licensed patents. Such submissions may also be made prior to a patent's issuance, precluding the granting of a patent based on one of our pending licensed patent applications. We may become involved in opposition, derivation, reexamination, inter partes review, post-grant review or interference proceedings challenging the patent rights of others from whom we have obtained licenses to such rights. Competitors may claim that they invented the inventions claimed in such issued patents or patent applications prior to the inventors of our licensed patents, or may have filed patent applications before the University of Pennsylvania did. A competitor may also claim that we are infringing its patents and that we therefore cannot practice our technology as claimed under

48


Table of Contents

our licensed patents, if issued. Competitors may also contest our licensed patents, if issued, by showing that the invention was not patent-eligible, was not novel, was obvious or that the patent claims failed any other requirement for patentability.

          In addition, the University of Pennsylvania may in the future be subject to claims by former employees, collaborators or consultants asserting an ownership right in our licensed patents or patent applications, as a result of the work they performed on the University of Pennsylvania's behalf. An adverse determination in any such submission or proceeding may result in loss of exclusivity or freedom to operate or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable, in whole or in part, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar technology and therapeutics, without payment to us, or could limit the duration of the patent protection covering our technology and product candidates. Such challenges may also result in our inability to manufacture or commercialize our product candidates without infringing third-party patent rights. In addition, if the breadth or strength of protection provided by our patents and patent applications is threatened, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to license, develop or commercialize current or future product candidates.

          Even if they are unchallenged, our licensed patents and pending patent applications, if issued, may not provide us with any meaningful protection or prevent competitors from designing around our patent claims to circumvent our licensed patents by developing similar or alternative technologies or therapeutics in a non-infringing manner. For example, a third party may develop a competitive therapeutic that provides benefits similar to one or more of our product candidates but that uses a vector or an expression construct that falls outside the scope of our patent protection or license rights. If the patent protection provided by the patents and patent applications we hold or pursue with respect to our product candidates is not sufficiently broad to impede such competition, our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates could be negatively affected, which would harm our business. Although currently all of our patents and patent applications are in-licensed, similar risks would apply to any patents or patent applications that we may own or in-license in the future.

We are required to pay certain royalties under our license agreements with third-party licensors, and we must meet certain milestones to maintain our license rights.

          Under our license agreements with ReGenX, we will be required to pay royalties based on our revenues from sales of our products utilizing the technologies and products sublicensed by ReGenX from the University of Pennsylvania and these royalty payments could adversely affect the overall profitability for us of any products that we may seek to commercialize. In order to maintain our license rights under these license agreements, we will need to meet certain specified milestones, subject to certain cure provisions, in the development of our product candidates and in the raising of funding. In addition, these agreements contain diligence obligations and we may not be successful in meeting all of the obligations in the future on a timely basis or at all. We will need to outsource and rely on third parties for many aspects of the clinical development, sales and marketing of our products covered under our license agreements. Delay or failure by these third parties could adversely affect the continuation of our license agreements with third-party licensors.

All of our current product candidates are licensed from or based upon licenses from the University of Pennsylvania. If any of these license or sublicense agreements are terminated or interpreted to narrow our rights, our ability to advance our current product candidates or develop new product candidates based on these technologies will be materially adversely affected.

          We now depend, and will continue to depend, on our licenses of the University of Pennsylvania technology through ReGenX and potentially on other licensing arrangements or

49


Table of Contents

strategic relationships with third parties for the research, development, manufacturing and commercialization of our current product candidates. If any of our licenses or relationships or any in-licenses on which our licenses are based are terminated or breached, we may:

          Additionally, even if not terminated or breached, our intellectual property licenses or sublicenses may be subject to disagreements over contract interpretation which could narrow the scope of our rights to the relevant intellectual property or technology or increase our financial or other obligations.

          If we experience any of the foregoing, it could have a materially adverse effect on our business and could force us to cease operations which could cause you to lose all of your investment.

Third parties may initiate legal proceedings alleging that we are infringing their intellectual property rights, the outcome of which would be uncertain and could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.

          Our commercial success depends upon our ability and the ability of our collaborators to develop, manufacture, market and sell our product candidates and future products and use our proprietary technologies without infringing the proprietary rights and intellectual property of third parties. The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are characterized by extensive and frequent litigation regarding patents and other intellectual property rights. We may in the future become party to, or threatened with, adversarial proceedings or litigation regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our product candidates, future products and technology, including interference or inter partes review proceedings before the USPTO. Our competitors or other third parties may assert infringement claims against us, alleging that our therapeutics, manufacturing methods, formulations or administration methods are covered by their patents. For example, we do not know which processes we will use for commercial manufacture of our future products, or which technologies owned or controlled by third parties may prove important or essential to those processes. Given the vast number of patents in our field of technology, we cannot be certain or guarantee that we do not infringe existing patents or that we will not infringe patents that may be granted in the future. Many companies have filed, and continue to file, patent applications related to gene therapy and orphan diseases. Some of these patent applications have already been allowed or issued and others may issue in the future. Since this area is competitive and of strong interest to pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, there will likely be additional patent applications filed and additional patents granted in the future, as well as additional research and development programs expected in the future. Furthermore, because patent applications can take many years to issue, may be confidential for 18 months or more after filing and can be revised before issuance, there may be applications now pending which may later result in issued patents that may be infringed by the manufacture, use, sale or importation of our product candidates or future products. If a patent holder believes the manufacture, use, sale or importation of one of our product candidates or future products infringes its patent, the patent holder may sue us even if we have licensed other patent protection for our technology. Moreover, we may face patent infringement claims from non-practicing entities that have no relevant product revenue and against whom our licensed patent portfolio may therefore have no deterrent effect.

50


Table of Contents

          It is also possible that we have failed to identify relevant third-party patents or applications. For example, applications filed before November 29, 2000 and certain applications filed after that date that will not be filed outside the United States remain confidential until patents issue. Moreover, it is difficult for industry participants, including us, to identify all third-party patent rights that may be relevant to our product candidates and technologies because patent searching is imperfect due to differences in terminology among patents, incomplete databases and the difficulty in assessing the meaning of patent claims. We may fail to identify relevant patents or patent applications or may identify pending patent applications of potential interest but incorrectly predict the likelihood that such patent applications may issue with claims of relevance to our technology. In addition, we may be unaware of one or more issued patents that would be infringed by the manufacture, sale, importation or use of a current or future product candidate, or we may incorrectly conclude that a third-party patent is invalid, unenforceable or not infringed by our activities. Additionally, pending patent applications that have been published can, subject to certain limitations, be later amended in a manner that could cover our technologies, our future products or the manufacture or use of our future products. We are aware of, for example, four third-party patent families that include issued U.S. patents with claims that, if valid and enforceable, could be construed to cover some of our product candidates, if and when approved, or their methods of manufacture or use. We are aware of an additional three third-party patent families that include issued European claims that, if valid and enforceable, could be construed to cover certain methods that may be used in the manufacture of our product candidates.

          Third parties may assert infringement claims against us based on existing intellectual property rights and intellectual property rights that may be granted in the future. If we were to challenge the validity of an issued U.S. patent in court, such as an issued U.S. patent of potential relevance to some of our product candidates or future products or manufacture or methods of use, we would need to overcome a statutory presumption of validity that attaches to every U.S. patent. This means that in order to prevail, we would have to present clear and convincing evidence as to the invalidity of the patent's claims. There is no assurance that a court would find in our favor on questions of infringement or validity.

          Patent and other types of intellectual property litigation can involve complex factual and legal questions, and their outcome is uncertain. If we are found, or believe there is a risk we may be found, to infringe a third party's intellectual property rights, we could be required or may choose to obtain a license from such third party to continue developing and marketing our products and technology. However, we may not be able to obtain any such license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, it could be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed to us. Without such a license, we could be forced, including by court order, to cease commercializing the infringing technology or product. In addition, we could be found liable for monetary damages, including treble damages and attorneys' fees if we are found to have willfully infringed a patent. A finding of infringement could prevent us from commercializing our future products or force us to cease some of our business operations, which could materially harm our business. If we lose a foreign patent lawsuit, alleging our infringement of a competitor's patents, we could be prevented from marketing our therapeutics in one or more foreign countries and/or be required to pay monetary damages for infringement or royalties in order to continue marketing. Claims that we have misappropriated the confidential information, trade secrets or other intellectual property of third parties could have a similar negative impact on our business. Any of these outcomes would have a materially adverse effect on our business.

          Even if we are successful in these proceedings, we may incur substantial costs and divert management time and attention in pursuing these proceedings, which could have a material adverse effect on us. If we are unable to avoid infringing the patent rights of others, we may be required to seek a license, defend an infringement action or challenge the validity of the patents in

51


Table of Contents

court, or redesign our future products or processes. Patent litigation is costly and time-consuming. We may not have sufficient resources to bring these actions to a successful conclusion.

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents and other intellectual property rights, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.

          Competitors and other third parties may infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate our licensed patents, any patents we may own or license in the future and other intellectual property rights. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file infringement claims. A court may disagree with our allegations, however, and may refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patents do not cover the third-party technology in question. Further, such third parties could counterclaim that we infringe their intellectual property or that a patent we have asserted against them is invalid or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims challenging the validity, enforceability or scope of asserted patents are commonplace. In addition, third parties may initiate legal proceedings against us to assert such challenges to our intellectual property rights. The outcome of any such proceeding is generally unpredictable. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, obviousness or non-enablement. Patents may be unenforceable if someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the USPTO or made a misleading statement during prosecution. It is possible that prior art of which we and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution exists, which could render our licensed patents invalid. Moreover, it is also possible that prior art may exist that we are aware of but do not believe is relevant to our licensed patents, but that could nevertheless be determined to render those patents invalid. Third parties may also raise similar claims before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad, even outside the context of litigation. Such mechanisms include re-examination, post grant review and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions, such as opposition proceedings. Such proceedings could result in revocation or amendment of our patents in such a way that they no longer cover our product candidates or competitive products. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable.

          An adverse result in any litigation or administrative proceeding could put one or more of our licensed patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly. If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity or unenforceability of our licensed patents covering one of our product candidates, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection covering such product candidate. Competing therapeutics may also be sold in other countries in which our patent coverage might not exist or be as strong. Any of these outcomes would have a materially adverse effect on our business.

Intellectual property litigation could cause us to spend substantial resources and distract our personnel from their normal responsibilities.

          Litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims, with or without merit, is unpredictable and generally expensive and time-consuming and is likely to divert significant resources from our core business, including distracting our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation in certain countries, including the United States, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our

52


Table of Contents

operating losses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing or distribution activities.

          We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to adequately conduct such litigation or proceedings. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing or misappropriating or successfully challenging our intellectual property rights. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace.

Obtaining and maintaining patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

          The USPTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. In addition, periodic maintenance fees on issued patents often must be paid to the USPTO and foreign patent agencies over the lifetime of the patent. While an unintentional lapse can in many cases be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Non-compliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application include, but are not limited to, failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. If we or our licensors fail to maintain the patents and patent applications covering our product candidates, we may not be able to stop a competitor from marketing drugs that are the same as or similar to our product candidates, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

Some intellectual property which we have in-licensed may have been discovered through government funded programs and thus may be subject to federal regulations such as "march-in" rights, certain reporting requirements and a preference for U.S.-based companies. Compliance with such regulations may limit our exclusive rights, and limit our ability to contract with non-U.S. manufacturers.

          Many of the intellectual property rights we have licensed are generated through the use of U.S. government funding and are therefore subject to certain federal regulations. As a result, the U.S. government may have certain rights to intellectual property embodied in our current or future product candidates pursuant to the Bayh-Dole Act of 1980, or Bayh-Dole Act. These U.S. government rights in certain inventions developed under a government-funded program include a non-exclusive, non-transferable, irrevocable worldwide license to use inventions for any governmental purpose. In addition, the U.S. government has the right to require us to grant exclusive, partially exclusive, or non-exclusive licenses to any of these inventions to a third party if it determines that: (i) adequate steps have not been taken to commercialize the invention; (ii) government action is necessary to meet public health or safety needs; or (iii) government action is necessary to meet requirements for public use under federal regulations (also referred to as "march-in rights"). The U.S. government also has the right to take title to these inventions if we, or the applicable licensor, fail to disclose the invention to the government and fail to file an application to register the intellectual property within specified time limits. Intellectual property generated under a government funded program is also subject to certain reporting requirements, compliance with which may require us or the applicable licensor to expend substantial resources. In addition, the U.S. government requires that any products embodying the subject invention or produced through

53


Table of Contents

the use of the subject invention be manufactured substantially in the United States. The manufacturing preference requirement can be waived if the owner of the intellectual property can show that reasonable but unsuccessful efforts have been made to grant licenses on similar terms to potential licensees that would be likely to manufacture substantially in the United States or that under the circumstances domestic manufacture is not commercially feasible. This preference for U.S. manufacturers may limit our ability to contract with non-U.S. product manufacturers for products covered by such intellectual property. To the extent any of our current or future intellectual property is generated through the use of U.S. government funding, the provisions of the Bayh-Dole Act may similarly apply.

We may not be able to effectively enforce our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

          Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on our product candidates in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive. The requirements for patentability may differ in certain countries, particularly in developing countries. Moreover, our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights may be adversely affected by unforeseen changes in foreign intellectual property laws. Additionally, the patent laws of some foreign countries do not afford intellectual property protection to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in certain foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of some countries, particularly developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property rights. This could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our licensed patents or the misappropriation of our other intellectual property rights. For example, many foreign countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner must grant licenses to third parties. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our licensed or owned inventions in all countries outside the United States. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not pursued and obtained patent protection to develop their own therapeutics and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection or license rights, if our ability to enforce our patents to stop infringing activities is inadequate. These therapeutics may compete with our product candidates and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

          The laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in certain foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of some countries, particularly developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, especially those relating to biotechnology. This could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents, if obtained, or the misappropriation of our other intellectual property rights. For example, many foreign countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner must grant licenses to third parties. In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against third parties, including government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, patents may provide limited or no benefit. Patent protection must ultimately be sought on a country-by-country basis, which is an expensive and time-consuming process with uncertain outcomes. Accordingly, we may choose not to seek patent protection in certain countries, and we will not have the benefit of patent protection in such countries.

          Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions, whether or not successful, could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and resources from other aspects of our business. Furthermore, while we intend to protect our intellectual property rights in the major markets for our future products, we cannot ensure that we will be able to initiate or maintain similar efforts in all jurisdictions in which we may wish to market our future products. Accordingly, our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights in such countries may be inadequate.

54


Table of Contents

Changes to the patent law in the United States and other jurisdictions could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our product candidates.

          As is the case with other biopharmaceutical companies, our success is heavily dependent on intellectual property, particularly patents. Obtaining and enforcing patents in the biopharmaceutical industry involve both technological and legal complexity and is therefore costly, time consuming and inherently uncertain. Recent patent reform legislation in the United States and other countries, including the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or Leahy-Smith Act, signed into law on September 16, 2011, could increase those uncertainties and costs. The Leahy-Smith Act includes a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law. These include provisions that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted, redefine prior art and provide more efficient and cost-effective avenues for competitors to challenge the validity of patents. In addition, the Leahy-Smith Act has transformed the U.S. patent system into a "first to file" system. The first-to-file provisions, however, only became effective on March 16, 2013. Accordingly, it is not yet clear what, if any, impact the Leahy-Smith Act will have on the operation of our business. However, the Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could make it more difficult to obtain patent protection for our inventions and increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

          The U.S. Supreme Court has ruled on several patent cases in recent years, either narrowing the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakening the rights of patent owners in certain situations. For example, in Association for Molecular Pathology v. Myriad Genetics, Inc ., the Supreme Court ruled that a "naturally occurring DNA segment is a product of nature and not patent eligible merely because it has been isolated," and invalidated Myriad Genetics's patents on the BRCA1 and BRCA2 genes. Certain claims of our licensed patents relate to isolated AAV vectors, capsid proteins, or nucleic acids. To the extent that such claims are deemed to be directed to natural products, or to lack an inventive concept above and beyond an isolated natural product, a court may decide the claims are invalid under Myriad . Additionally, there have been recent proposals for additional changes to the patent laws of the United States and other countries that, if adopted, could impact our ability to obtain patent protection for our proprietary technology or our ability to enforce our proprietary technology. Depending on future actions by the U.S. Congress, the U.S. courts, the USPTO and the relevant law-making bodies in other countries, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our existing patents and patents that we might obtain in the future.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position may be harmed.

          In addition to the protection afforded by patents, we rely upon unpatented trade secret protection, unpatented know-how and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect our proprietary technology and processes, in part, by entering into confidentiality agreements with our contractors, collaborators, scientific advisors, employees and consultants and invention assignment agreements with our consultants and employees. We may not be able to prevent the unauthorized disclosure or use of our technical know-how or other trade secrets by the parties to these agreements, however, despite the existence generally of confidentiality agreements and other contractual restrictions. Monitoring unauthorized uses and disclosures is difficult and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to protect our proprietary technologies will be effective. If any of the contractors, collaborators, scientific advisors, employees and consultants who are parties to these agreements breaches or violates the terms of any of these agreements, we may not have adequate remedies for any such breach or violation. As a result, we could lose our trade secrets. Enforcing a claim that a third party illegally obtained and is using our trade secrets, like patent litigation, is expensive and time consuming and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, courts outside the United States are sometimes less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets.

55


Table of Contents

          Our trade secrets could otherwise become known or be independently discovered by our competitors. Competitors could purchase our product candidates and attempt to replicate some or all of the competitive advantages we derive from our development efforts, willfully infringe our intellectual property rights, design around our protected technology or develop their own competitive technologies that fall outside of our intellectual property rights. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, we would have no right to prevent them, or those to whom they communicate it, from using that technology or information to compete with us. If our trade secrets are not adequately protected or sufficient to provide an advantage over our competitors, our competitive position could be adversely affected, as could our business.

We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we or our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of, or are in breach of non-competition or non-solicitation agreements with third parties.

          We could in the future be subject to claims that we or our employees have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed alleged trade secrets or other proprietary information or materials of former employers, competitors or other third parties. Although we try to ensure that our employees and consultants do not use the intellectual property, proprietary information, know-how or trade secrets of others without authorization in their work for us, we may in the future be subject to claims that we caused an employee to breach the terms of his or her confidentiality, non-competition or non-solicitation agreement, or that we or these individuals have, inadvertently or otherwise, used or disclosed the alleged trade secrets or other proprietary information or materials of a former employer, competitor or other third party. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and could be a distraction to management. If our defenses to these claims fail, in addition to requiring us to pay monetary damages, a court could prohibit us from using technologies or features that are essential to our product candidates, if such technologies or features are found to incorporate or be derived from the trade secrets or other proprietary information of the former employers or others. An inability to incorporate such technologies or features could have a material adverse effect on our business and may prevent us from successfully commercializing our product candidates. In addition, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel as a result of such claims. Moreover, any such litigation or the threat thereof may adversely affect our ability to hire employees or contract with independent contractors. A loss of key personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize our product candidates, which would have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.


Risks Related to Employee Matters, Managing Growth and
Other Risks Related to Our Business

We have broad discretion in how we use the proceeds of this offering and may not use these proceeds effectively, which could affect our results of operations and cause our stock price to decline.

          We will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds of this offering. We anticipate that we will use the net proceeds from this offering to advance DTX101 as a treatment for hemophilia B through a Phase I/II clinical trial, to advance DTX301 as a treatment for OTC deficiency through IND-enabling studies and into a Phase I/II clinical trial, to advance DTX401 as a treatment for GSDIa through IND-enabling studies and into a Phase I/II clinical trial, in each case, including drug manufacturing, neutralizing antibody assay development and internal personnel and costs, to expand our internal process development capabilities and to continue to advance and to

56


Table of Contents

expand our research and development pipeline of our product candidates and other indications as well as to fund new and ongoing research activities, working capital and other general corporate purposes, which may include funding for the hiring of additional personnel, capital expenditures and the costs of operating as a public company. As a result, investors will be relying upon management's judgment with only limited information about our specific intentions for the use of the balance of the net proceeds of this offering. We may use the net proceeds for purposes that do not yield a significant return or any return at all for our stockholders. In addition, pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

Our future success depends on our ability to retain key executives and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.

          We are highly dependent on the research and development, clinical, commercial and business development expertise of Dr. Annalisa Jenkins, our President and Chief Executive Officer, Dr. Samuel C. Wadsworth, our Chief Scientific Officer, Mary T. Thistle, our Chief Business Officer, Jean Franchi, our Chief Financial Officer, Eric Crombez, our Chief Medical Officer, and Dr. K. Reed Clark, our Senior Vice President of Pharmaceutical Development, as well as the other principal members of our management, scientific, clinical and commercial team. Although we have entered into employment letter agreements with our executive officers, each of them may terminate their employment with us at any time. We do not maintain "key person" insurance for any of our executives or other employees. In addition, we rely on consultants and advisors, including scientific and clinical advisors, to assist us in formulating our research and development and commercialization strategy. Our consultants and advisors may be employed by employers other than us and may have commitments under consulting or advisory contracts with other entities that may limit their availability to us. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain high quality personnel, our ability to pursue our growth strategy will be limited.

          Recruiting and retaining qualified scientific, clinical, manufacturing and sales and marketing personnel will also be critical to our success. The loss of the services of our executive officers or other key employees could impede the achievement of our research, development and commercialization objectives and seriously harm our ability to successfully implement our business strategy. Furthermore, replacing executive officers and key employees may be difficult and may take an extended period of time because of the limited number of individuals in our industry with the breadth of skills and experience required to successfully develop, gain regulatory approval of and commercialize drugs. Competition to hire from this limited pool is intense, and we may be unable to hire, train, retain or motivate these key personnel on acceptable terms given the competition among numerous pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for similar personnel. We also experience competition for the hiring of scientific and clinical personnel from universities and research institutions. Failure to succeed in clinical trials may make it more challenging to recruit and retain qualified scientific personnel.

If we fail to establish and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting, our operating results and our ability to operate our business could be harmed.

          Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place so that we can produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort that needs to be re-evaluated frequently. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. In connection with this offering, we intend to begin the process of documenting, reviewing and improving our internal controls and procedures for compliance with

57


Table of Contents

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will require annual management assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We have begun recruiting additional finance and accounting personnel with certain skill sets that we will need as a public company.

          Implementing any appropriate changes to our internal controls may distract our officers and employees, entail substantial costs to modify our existing processes and take significant time to complete. These changes may not, however, be effective in maintaining the adequacy of our internal controls, and any failure to maintain that adequacy, or consequent inability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis, could increase our operating costs and harm our business. In addition, investors' perceptions that our internal controls are inadequate or that we are unable to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis may harm our stock price and make it more difficult for us to effectively market and sell our service to new and existing customers.

We will need to develop and expand our company, and we may encounter difficulties in managing this development and expansion, which could disrupt our operations.

          As of September 10, 2015 we had 49 full-time employees and, in connection with becoming a public company, we expect to increase our number of employees and the scope of our operations. To manage our anticipated development and expansion, we must continue to implement and improve our managerial, operational and financial systems, expand our facilities and continue to recruit and train additional qualified personnel. Also, our management may need to divert a disproportionate amount of its attention away from its day-to-day activities and devote a substantial amount of time to managing these development activities. Due to our limited resources, we may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations or recruit and train additional qualified personnel. This may result in weaknesses in our infrastructure, give rise to operational mistakes, loss of business opportunities, loss of employees and reduced productivity among remaining employees. The physical expansion of our operations may lead to significant costs and may divert financial resources from other projects, such as the development of our product candidates. If our management is unable to effectively manage our expected development and expansion, our expenses may increase more than expected, our ability to generate or increase our revenue could be reduced and we may not be able to implement our business strategy. Our future financial performance and our ability to commercialize our product candidates, if approved, and compete effectively will depend, in part, on our ability to effectively manage the future development and expansion of our company.

Unfavorable global economic conditions could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

          Our results of operations could be adversely affected by general conditions in the global economy and in the global financial markets. For example, the global financial crisis caused extreme volatility and disruptions in the capital and credit markets. A severe or prolonged economic downturn, such as the global financial crisis, could result in a variety of risks to our business, including, weakened demand for our product candidates and our ability to raise additional capital when needed on acceptable terms, if at all. A weak or declining economy could also strain our suppliers, possibly resulting in supply disruption, or cause our customers to delay making payments for our services. Any of the foregoing could harm our business and we cannot anticipate all of the ways in which the current economic climate and financial market conditions could adversely impact our business.

58


Table of Contents

We or the third parties upon whom we depend may be adversely affected by natural disasters and our business continuity and disaster recovery plans may not adequately protect us from a serious disaster.

          Natural disasters could severely disrupt our operations and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. If a natural disaster, power outage or other event occurred that prevented us from using all or a significant portion of our headquarters, that damaged critical infrastructure, such as our manufacturing facilities, or that otherwise disrupted operations, it may be difficult or, in certain cases, impossible for us to continue our business for a substantial period of time. The disaster recovery and business continuity plans we have in place may prove inadequate in the event of a serious disaster or similar event. We may incur substantial expenses as a result of the limited nature of our disaster recovery and business continuity plans, which, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our internal computer systems, or those of our third-party CROs or other contractors or consultants, may fail or suffer security breaches, which could result in a material disruption of our product candidates' development programs.

          Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems and those of our third-party CROs and other contractors and consultants are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. While we have not experienced any such system failure, accident, or security breach to date, if such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our programs. For example, the loss of clinical trial data for our product candidates could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. To the extent that any disruption or security breach results in a loss of or damage to our data or applications or other data or applications relating to our technology or product candidates, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liabilities and the further development of our product candidates could be delayed.

Our employees, principal investigators, CROs and consultants may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with regulatory standards and requirements and insider trading.

          We are exposed to the risk that our employees, principal investigators, CROs and consultants may engage in fraudulent conduct or other illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct or disclosure of unauthorized activities to us that violate the regulations of FDA and other regulatory authorities, including those laws requiring the reporting of true, complete and accurate information to such authorities; healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations in the United States and abroad; or laws that require the reporting of financial information or data accurately. In particular, sales, marketing and business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, misconduct, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. Activities subject to these laws also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical trials or creating fraudulent data in our preclinical studies or clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and cause serious harm to our reputation. We intend to adopt, prior to the completion of this offering, a code of conduct applicable to all of our employees. However, it is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by employees and other third parties and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or

59


Table of Contents

unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with these laws or regulations. Additionally, we are subject to the risk that a person could allege such fraud or other misconduct, even if none occurred. If any such actions are instituted against us and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings and curtailment of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations.

Product liability lawsuits against us could cause us to incur substantial liabilities and could limit commercialization of any product candidates that we may develop.

          We will face an inherent risk of product liability exposure related to the testing of our product candidates in human clinical trials and will face an even greater risk if we commercially sell any product candidates that we may develop. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against claims that our product candidates caused injuries, we could incur substantial liabilities. Regardless of merit or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

          Although we maintain product liability insurance coverage, it may not be adequate to cover all liabilities that we may incur. We anticipate that we will need to increase our insurance coverage when we begin clinical trials and if we successfully commercialize any product candidate. Insurance coverage is increasingly expensive. We may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in an amount adequate to satisfy any liability that may arise.

If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.

          We are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. Our operations involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological materials. Our operations also produce hazardous waste products. We generally contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and wastes. We cannot eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from these materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from our use of hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any resulting damages and any liability could exceed our resources. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties.

          Although we maintain workers' compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials, this

60


Table of Contents

insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. We do not maintain insurance for environmental liability or toxic tort claims that may be asserted against us in connection with our storage or disposal of biological or hazardous materials.


Risks Related to Our Common Stock and This Offering

If you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your shares.

          You will suffer immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of our common stock you purchase in this offering. Assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, purchasers of common stock in this offering will experience immediate dilution of $         per share in net tangible book value of our common stock. In addition, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will contribute          % of the total amount invested by stockholders since inception but will only own         % of the shares of common stock outstanding. In the past, we issued options and other securities to acquire common stock at prices significantly below the initial public offering price. To the extent these outstanding securities are ultimately exercised, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will sustain further dilution. See "Dilution" for a more detailed description of the dilution to new investors in the offering.

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

          As a public company, particularly after we are no longer an "emerging growth company," we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission and The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, or NASDAQ, have imposed various requirements on public companies, including establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect that these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance.

          Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, we will be required to furnish a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting, including an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm. However, while we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to include an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm. To achieve compliance with Section 404 within the prescribed period, we will be engaged in a process to document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting, which is both costly and challenging. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources, potentially engage outside consultants and adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing that controls are functioning as documented and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting. Despite our efforts, there is a risk that neither we nor our independent registered public accounting firm will be able to conclude within the prescribed timeframe that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as required by Section 404. This could result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements.

61


Table of Contents

The price of our common stock may be volatile and fluctuate substantially, which could result in substantial losses for purchasers of our common stock in this offering.

          Our stock price is likely to be volatile. The stock market in general and the market for biopharmaceutical companies in particular have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, you may not be able to sell your common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including:

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

          Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. Although we anticipate that our common stock will be approved for listing on NASDAQ, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. The initial public offering price of our common stock will be determined through negotiations between us and the underwriters. This initial public offering price may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after this offering. In the absence of an active trading market for our common stock, investors may not be able to sell their common stock at or above the initial public offering price or at the time that they would like to sell.

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they publish negative evaluations of our stock, the price of our stock could decline.

          The trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. We may never obtain research coverage by industry or financial analysts. If no or few analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price of our stock would likely decrease. Even if we do obtain analyst coverage, if one or

62


Table of Contents

more of the analysts covering our business downgrade their evaluations of our stock, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover our stock, we could lose visibility in the market for our stock, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

          Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws may delay or prevent an acquisition of us or a change in our management. These provisions include a classified board of directors, a prohibition on actions by written consent of our stockholders and the ability of our board of directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits the ability of stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock to merge or combine with us. Although we believe these provisions collectively provide for an opportunity to obtain greater value for stockholders by requiring potential acquirors to negotiate with our board of directors, they would apply even if an offer rejected by our board of directors were considered beneficial by some stockholders. In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.

          If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the lock-up and other legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the market price of our common stock could decline. Based upon the number of shares of common stock, on an as-converted basis, outstanding as of September 10, 2015, upon the completion of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of                  shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase an additional                  shares. Of these shares, as of the date of this prospectus, approximately                  shares of our common stock, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market immediately following this offering, assuming that current stockholders do not purchase shares in this offering. The representatives of the underwriters, however, may, in their sole discretion, permit our officers, directors and other stockholders who are subject to these lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements.

          The lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering will expire 180 days from the date of this prospectus. After the lock-up agreements expire, based upon the number of shares of common stock, on an as-converted basis, outstanding as of September 10, 2015, up to an additional                  shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market, approximately         % of which shares are held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates and will be subject to certain limitations of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

          Upon completion of this offering,                  shares of common stock that are either subject to outstanding options, reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans or subject to outstanding warrants will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements and Rule 144 and Rule 701

63


Table of Contents

under the Securities Act. If these additional shares of common stock are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the market price of our common stock could decline.

          After this offering, the holders of approximately                  shares of our common stock will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act, subject to the lock-up agreements described above. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares purchased by affiliates. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the market our common stock.

We are an "emerging growth company," and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

          We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of $1 billion or more; (ii) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and intend to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions include:

          We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of the available exemptions. We have taken advantage of reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus. In particular, we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and have not included all of the executive compensation information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

          In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows

64


Table of Contents

an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, will be your sole source of gain.

          We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business. Additionally, under the loan and security agreement with SVB, we are currently restricted from paying cash dividends and we expect these restrictions to continue in the future. In addition, the terms of any future debt agreements may preclude us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

65


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

           This prospectus, including the sections entitled "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business," contains express or implied forward-looking statements that are based on our management's beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, these statements relate to future events or our future operational or financial performance, and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

66


Table of Contents

          In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as "may," "will," "should," "expects," "intends," "plans," "anticipates," "believes," "estimates," "predicts," "potential," "continue" or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements because they involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which are, in some cases, beyond our control and which could materially affect results. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, among other things, those listed under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. If one or more of these risks or uncertainties occur, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual events or results may vary significantly from those implied or projected by the forward-looking statements. No forward-looking statement is a guarantee of future performance. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from any future results expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.

          The forward-looking statements in this prospectus represent our views as of the date of this prospectus. We anticipate that subsequent events and developments will cause our views to change. However, while we may elect to update these forward-looking statements at some point in the future, we have no current intention of doing so except to the extent required by applicable law. You should therefore not rely on these forward-looking statements as representing our views as of any date subsequent to the date of this prospectus.

67


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

          We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $              million, or $              million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

          A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our net proceeds to us from this offering by $              million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. A 1,000,000 share increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our net proceeds from this offering by $              million, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. We do not expect that a change in the offering price or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on our intended uses of the net proceeds from this offering, although it may impact the amount of time prior to which we may need to seek additional capital.

          We are undertaking this offering in order to access the public capital markets and to increase our liquidity. We anticipate that we will use the net proceeds received by us in this offering as follows:

          We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repay our secured borrowings under a loan and security agreement with SVB, under which we owed $1.6 million in principal and accrued interest as of June 30, 2015. For additional information related to our outstanding debt, including the interest rate and maturity, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Loan and Security Agreement."

          This expected use of the net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the completion of this offering or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures and the extent of clinical development may vary significantly

68


Table of Contents

depending on numerous factors, including the progress of our development efforts, the status of and results from non-clinical studies or clinical trials we may commence in the future, as well as any collaborations that we may enter into with third parties for our product candidates and any unforeseen cash needs. As a result, our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering.

          Pending these uses, we intend to invest the net proceeds in high-quality, investment-grade, short-term fixed income instruments, which include corporate, financial institution, federal agency or U.S. government obligations.

69


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY

          We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings, if any, to fund the development and expansion of our business and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, pursuant to our loan and security agreement with SVB, we are prohibited from paying cash dividends without the prior written consent of SVB. Moreover, the terms of any future debt agreements may preclude us from paying dividends. Any future determination to pay dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on various factors, including applicable laws, our results of operations, financial condition, future prospects, then applicable contractual restrictions and any other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. Investors should not purchase our common stock with the expectation of receiving cash dividends.

70


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

          The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of June 30, 2015:

          The pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only, and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read the following table together with "Selected Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Description of Capital Stock," and the financial statements and related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus.

71


Table of Contents

 
  As of June 30, 2015  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma
As Adjusted (1)
 
 
  (in thousands, except
share and per share data)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 80,653   $ 80,653   $                

Notes payable, net of discount, including current portion

 
$

1,615
 
$

1,615
 
$
 

Convertible preferred stock (Series A and B), $0.0001 par value; 44,683,824 shares authorized, 44,683,824 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    88,895            

Stockholders' equity (deficit):

                   

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; 5,000,000 shares authorized and no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

               

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 68,000,000 shares authorized, 11,962,717 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 150,000,000 shares authorized, 56,646,541 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 150,000,000 shares authorized,             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

    1     6        

Additional paid-in capital

    2,259     91,149        

Accumulated deficit

    (31,499 )   (31,499 )      

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (29,239 )   59,656        

Total capitalization

  $ 61,271   $ 61,271   $    

(1)
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization on a pro forma as adjusted basis by $              million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization on a pro forma as adjusted basis by $              million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

          The actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table excludes:

72


Table of Contents

73


Table of Contents


DILUTION

          If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

          Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) as of June 30, 2015 was $(30.0) million, or $(2.51) per share of our common stock. Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) is the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities and preferred stock, which is not included within our stockholders' equity (deficit). Historical net tangible book value per share represents historical net tangible book value (deficit) divided by the 11,962,717 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2015.

          Our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2015 was $58.9 million, or $1.04 per share of our common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 44,683,824 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents pro forma net tangible book value divided by the total number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2015, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 44,683,824 shares of our common stock upon the completion of this offering.

          After giving further effect to the sale by us of                  shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2015 would have been $              million, or $             per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of $             to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of $             to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering. Dilution per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the assumed initial public offering price per share paid by new investors. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

        $         

Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of June 30, 2015

  $ (2.51 )  

Increase per share attributable to the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock

    3.55    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2015

    1.04    

Increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors purchasing shares in this offering

         

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

         

Dilution per share to new investors purchasing shares in this offering

        $

          A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $             per share and the dilution to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering by $             per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and

74


Table of Contents

commissions. An increase of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $             and decrease the dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering by $             , assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. A decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $             and increase the dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering by $             , assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

          If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in this offering in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $             per share, and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering would be $             per share, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

          The following table summarizes, on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, the number of shares of common stock purchased from us on an as converted to common stock basis, the total consideration paid or to be paid, and the average price per share paid or to be paid by existing stockholders and by new investors in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 
  Shares Purchased   Total Consideration    
 
 
  Average
Price
Per Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing stockholders

            % $                 % $            

New investors

                          $    

Total

          100.0 % $       100.0 %      

          The table above assumes no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares in this offering. If the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the number of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders would be reduced to         % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares of common stock held by new investors participating in the offering would be increased to         % of the total number of shares outstanding after this offering.

          A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors by $              million and, in the case of an increase, would increase the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by              percentage points and, in the case of a decrease, would decrease the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by               percentage points, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors by $              million and, in the case of an increase, would increase the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by              percentage points and, in the case of a decrease,

75


Table of Contents

would decrease the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by              percentage points, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share.

          The table above does not include:

          To the extent that outstanding options and warrants are exercised or shares are issued under our 2015 Plan or 2015 ESPP, you will experience further dilution. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities may result in further dilution to our stockholders.

76


Table of Contents


SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

           You should read the following selected financial data together with our financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus and the "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" section of this prospectus. We have derived the statement of operations data for the period from inception (June 20, 2013) to December 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2014 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 from our audited financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus. The statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 2015 have been derived from our unaudited financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus and have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements. In the opinion of management, the unaudited data reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results that should be expected in any future period, and our results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for any full year.

 
  Period from
Inception
(June 20, 2013)
to December 31,
2013
   
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2014
 
 
  2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

                         

Revenue

  $   $ 2,750   $ 159   $ 3,336  

Operating expenses:

                         

Research and development

    2,806     12,974     4,940     14,866  

General and administrative

    364     2,727     1,084     3,782  

Total operating expenses

    3,170     15,701     6,024     18,648  

Loss from operations

    (3,170 )   (12,951 )   (5,865 )   (15,312 )

Interest expense

        (17 )       (49 )

Net loss

    (3,170 )   (12,968 )   (5,865 )   (15,361 )

Accretion of convertible preferred stock to redemption value

    (8 )   (71 )   (34 )   (23 )

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (3,178 ) $ (13,039 ) $ (5,899 ) $ (15,384 )

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders — basic and diluted (1)

  $ (0.93 ) $ (1.24 ) $ (0.56 ) $ (1.36 )

Weighted average common shares outstanding — basic and diluted (1)

    3,431     10,554     10,466     11,304  

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders — basic and diluted (unaudited) (2)

        $ (0.65 )       $ (0.37 )

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding — basic and diluted (unaudited) (2)

          19,896           41,270  

77


Table of Contents

 
  As of December 31,    
 
 
  As of
June 30,
2015
 
 
  2013   2014  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 4,507   $ 17,913   $ 80,653  

Working capital (3)

    3,422     12,299     73,342  

Total assets

    4,511     22,133     88,121  

Notes payable, net of discount, including current portion

        1,524     1,615  

Convertible preferred stock

    4,707     9,653     88,895  

Total stockholders' deficit

    (1,285 )   (14,191 )   (29,239 )

(1)
See Note 13 to our financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus for further details on the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.

(2)
See Note 13 to our financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus for further details on the calculation of basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.

(3)
We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities.

78


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

           You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the section entitled "Selected Financial Data" and our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere at the end of this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related financing, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, including those factors set forth in the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus, our actual results could differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

          We are a leading gene therapy platform company focused on discovering and developing new therapeutic products for people living with rare diseases associated with the liver and caused by genetic mutations. Our initial programs address hemophilia B, hemophilia A, OTC deficiency and GSDIa. We retain the global rights to all of our programs, with the exception of our hemophilia A program, which is partnered with Bayer. We have developed a robust scientific platform that brings together deep expertise in rare genetic diseases, liver biology, AAV gene therapy and vector manufacturing. We believe that by leveraging the expertise created by our platform we will be able to accelerate the research and development of our pipeline of programs while continuing to discover and develop the next generation of products in this field. We believe that our manufacturing processes, methods and expertise will ultimately give us the most comprehensive manufacturing platform developed to date for AAV-based gene therapy product candidates.

          Our pipeline consists of the following programs for the treatment of hemophilia and other rare diseases:

79


Table of Contents

          Since our inception on June 20, 2013, we have devoted substantially all of our resources to organizing and staffing our company, business planning, raising capital, acquiring and developing product and technology rights, and conducting research and development activities for our product candidates. We do not have any products approved for sale and have not generated any revenue from product sales. We have funded our operations to date with proceeds from the sale of preferred stock, payments received in connection with our collaboration agreement with Bayer, and borrowings under a loan and security agreement. Through June 30, 2015, we had received net proceeds of $88.8 million from our sales of preferred stock, $27.2 million under the collaboration agreement with Bayer, and $1.8 million from borrowings under a loan and security agreement.

          Since our inception, we have incurred significant operating losses. Our net loss was $3.2 million for the period since inception (June 20, 2013) to December 31, 2013, $13.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 and $5.9 million and $15.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015, respectively. As of June 30, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of $31.5 million. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for at least the next several years. We expect our expenses and capital requirements will increase substantially in connection with our ongoing activities, as we:

80


Table of Contents

          We will not generate revenue from product sales unless and until we successfully complete clinical development and obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates. If we obtain regulatory approval for any of our product candidates, we expect to incur significant expenses related to developing our internal commercialization capability to support product sales, marketing and distribution. Further, upon the closing of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company.

          As a result, we will need substantial additional funding to support our continuing operations and pursue our growth strategy. Until such time as we can generate significant revenue from product sales, if ever, we expect to finance our operations through the sale of equity, debt financings or other capital sources, including potential collaborations with other companies or other strategic transactions. We may be unable to raise additional funds or enter into such other agreements or arrangements when needed on favorable terms, or at all. If we fail to raise capital or enter into such agreements as, and when, needed, we may have to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue the development and commercialization of one or more of our product candidates.

          Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with product development, we are unable to predict the timing or amount of increased expenses or when or if we will be able to achieve or maintain profitability. Even if we are able to generate product sales, we may not become profitable. If we fail to become profitable or are unable to sustain profitability on a continuing basis, then we may be unable to continue our operations at planned levels and be forced to reduce or terminate our operations.

          As of June 30, 2015, we had cash and cash equivalents of $80.7 million. We believe that the anticipated net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents as of June 30, 2015, will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through at least             . See "— Liquidity and Capital Resources."

Components of our Results of Operations

          To date, we have not generated any revenue from product sales and do not expect to generate any revenue from the sale of products in the foreseeable future. All of our revenue to date has been derived from our collaboration agreement with Bayer.

          In June 2014, we entered into a research and development collaboration and license agreement with Bayer for the development and commercialization of a gene therapy for the treatment of hemophilia A. Under the terms of our agreement with Bayer, we received a nonrefundable, noncreditable upfront license payment of $20.0 million in June 2014 and we are eligible to receive development and commercialization milestone payments of up to $232.0 million, as well as tiered royalty payments ranging in the high single-digit to low double-digit percentages, not exceeding the mid teens, of net sales of commercialized products resulting from the collaboration, as defined in our agreement with Bayer. Bayer will fund certain research and development services performed by us during the research term and will reimburse us for all project costs, including any third-party costs, in the performance of our obligations under the annual research plan and in accordance with the mutually agreed upon research budget.

          The deliverables under our agreement with Bayer include (1) research services to be provided over the research term, (2) a development and commercialization license and (3) our participation in a Joint Steering Committee, or JSC, and a Joint Research and Development Committee, or JRDC, to be provided over the research term. We determined that the development and commercialization license and involvement in the JSC and the JRDC do not have standalone value to Bayer and, therefore, are not separable from the delivery of the research services. Therefore, all deliverables under the agreement have been combined and accounted for as a single unit of

81


Table of Contents

accounting. Accordingly, the upfront license payment and research payments are being recognized by us as revenue on a straight-line basis over the estimated performance period, which approximates the 54-month research term of the agreement with Bayer that commenced in June 2014. As future research payments are earned, we will recognize as revenue the portion of payments equal to the percentage of the elapsed research term to the total estimated research term, with the remaining portion of consideration received being recognized over the remaining estimated performance period on a straight-line basis. We concluded at the outset of the arrangement that none of the future milestone payments included in the arrangement qualified as substantive milestones. Any future milestone payments will be recognized, along with the other arrangement consideration, over the remaining estimated period of performance, if any, beginning at the time a milestone payment is earned, with a cumulative catch-up being recognized for the elapsed portion of the estimated research term. As of June 30, 2015, we had not earned any milestone or royalty payments.

          During the year ended December 31, 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015, we recognized revenue of $2.8 million, $0.2 million and $3.3 million, respectively, related to our collaboration agreement with Bayer. During the year ended December 31, 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015, we earned research payments under the collaboration agreement of $3.3 million, $0 and $3.4 million, respectively. As of June 30, 2015, we had short-term and long-term deferred revenue of $5.9 million and $16.8 million, respectively, related to our collaboration agreement with Bayer.

          We expect that any future revenue recognized under our collaboration agreement will fluctuate from quarter to quarter as a result of the uncertain timing of future milestone payments and the uncertain quantity of our research services provided from quarter to quarter.

    Operating Expenses

    Research and Development Expenses

          Research and development expenses, which include costs of research services incurred in connection with our collaboration with Bayer, consist primarily of costs incurred in connection with the discovery and development of our product candidates, which include:

    employee-related expenses, including salaries, related benefits, travel and stock-based compensation expense for employees engaged in research and development functions;

    expenses incurred in connection with the preclinical and clinical development of our product candidates, including the sponsored research and option agreement with the University of Pennsylvania and our manufacturing agreement with a contract manufacturing organization, or CMO, and under agreements with contract research organizations, or CROs, and other CMOs;

    facilities costs, depreciation and other expenses, which include direct and allocated expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities, insurance and supplies; and

    payments made under third-party licensing agreements.

          We expense research and development costs as incurred. We recognize external development costs based on an evaluation of the progress to completion of specific tasks using information provided to us by our service providers.

          Our direct research and development expenses are tracked on a program-by-program basis and consist primarily of external costs such as fees paid to academic collaborators, CROs, CMOs and central laboratories in connection with our preclinical development, process development, manufacturing and clinical development activities. We do not allocate employee costs or facility expenses, including depreciation or other indirect costs, to specific product development programs

82


Table of Contents

because these costs are deployed across multiple product development programs and, as such, are not separately classified. We use internal resources primarily to conduct our internal process discovery and development, as well as for managing our preclinical development, process development and clinical development activities. These employees work across multiple development programs and, therefore, we do not track their costs by program.

          The table below summarizes our research and development expenses incurred by development program:

 
  Period from
Inception
(June 20, 2013)
to December 31,
2013
   
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2014
 
 
  2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 

DTX101

  $ 397   $ 4,307   $ 1,713   $ 5,140  

DTX301

        350         606  

DTX201

    364     3,282     1,358     1,696  

DTX401

                245  

Unallocated expenses

    2,045     5,035     1,869     7,179  

Total research and development expenses

  $ 2,806   $ 12,974   $ 4,940   $ 14,866  

          We expect that our expenses will increase substantially in connection with our planned preclinical manufacturing and clinical development activities in the near term. At this time, we cannot reasonably estimate the costs for completing the preclinical and clinical development of any of our product candidates.

          The successful development and commercialization of our product candidates is highly uncertain. This is due to the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with product development and commercialization, including the uncertainty of:

    successful completion of preclinical studies, including toxicology studies, biodistribution studies and minimally efficacious dose studies in animals, and where applicable and requested, under FDA's Good Laboratory Practice, or GLP;

    approval of Investigational New Drug applications, or INDs, for our product candidates to commence planned clinical trials or future clinical trials;

    successful enrollment in, and completion of, preclinical studies and clinical trials;

    successful data from our clinical program that supports an acceptable benefit-risk profile of our product candidates in the intended populations;

    successful development, and subsequent clearance or approval, of companion diagnostics for use as screening criteria for potential patients;

    receipt of regulatory approvals from applicable regulatory authorities;

    establishment of arrangements with third-party manufacturers for clinical supply and commercial manufacturing and, where applicable, commercial manufacturing capabilities;

    successful development of our internal manufacturing processes and transfer to larger-scale facilities operated by either a CMO, or by us;

    establishment and maintenance of patent and trade secret protection or regulatory exclusivity for our product candidates;

    commercial launch of our product candidates, if and when approved, whether alone or in collaboration with others;

83


Table of Contents

    acceptance of the product candidates, if and when approved, by patients, the medical community and third-party payors;

    effective competition with other therapies;

    establishment and maintenance of healthcare coverage and adequate reimbursement;

    enforcement and defense of intellectual property rights and claims; and

    maintenance of a continued acceptable safety profile of the product candidates following approval.

          Any changes in the outcome of any of these variables with respect to the development of our product candidates in preclinical and clinical development could mean a significant change in the costs and timing associated with the development of these product candidates. For example, if FDA or another regulatory authority were to delay our planned start of clinical trials or require us to conduct clinical trials or other testing beyond those that we currently expect or if we experience significant delays in enrollment in any of our planned clinical trials, we could be required to expend significant additional financial resources and time on the completion of clinical development of that product candidate.

    General and Administrative Expenses

          General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and related costs, including stock-based compensation, for personnel in executive, finance and administrative functions. General and administrative expenses also include direct and allocated facility-related costs as well as professional fees for legal, patent, consulting, accounting and audit services.

          We anticipate that our general and administrative expenses will increase in the future as we increase our headcount to support our continued research activities and development of our product candidates. We also anticipate that we will incur increased accounting, audit, legal, regulatory, compliance, director and officer insurance costs as well as investor and public relations expenses associated with being a public company.

    Interest Expense

          Interest expense consists of interest incurred on borrowings at various dates under our loan and security agreement entered into in August 2014.

    Income Taxes

          Since our inception, we have not recorded any U.S. federal or state income tax benefits for the net losses we have incurred in each year or for our earned research and development tax credits, due to our uncertainty of realizing a benefit from those items. As of December 31, 2014, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $11.2 million and $11.1 million, respectively, both of which begin to expire in 2033. As of December 31, 2014, we also had federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of $0.5 million and $0.2 million, respectively, which begin to expire in 2033 and 2029, respectively.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

          Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. The preparation of our financial statements and related disclosures requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in our financial statements. We base our estimates on historical experience, known trends and events and various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the

84


Table of Contents

results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

          While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in the notes to our financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus, we believe that the following accounting policies are those most critical to the judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements.

    Revenue Recognition

          We recognize revenue in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 605, Revenue Recognition . Accordingly, we recognize revenue for each unit of accounting when all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; the seller's price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured.

    Collaborative Research and License Agreement

          The terms of our collaboration agreement with Bayer contains multiple deliverables, including licensing and research and development activities. The arrangement consideration from collaboration agreements, like the one we have with Bayer, typically include nonrefundable upfront license fees, payments for research and development activities, reimbursement of certain third-party costs, payments based upon the achievement of specified development and commercialization milestones, and royalty payments based on product sales derived from the collaboration. We evaluate our collaborative agreements for proper classification in our statements of operations and comprehensive loss based on the nature of the underlying activity. We generally reflect as revenue amounts due under our collaborative agreements related to reimbursement of development activities as we are generally the principal under the arrangement.

          We evaluate multiple-element arrangements based on the guidance in ASC Topic 605-25, Revenue Recognition — Multiple-Element Arrangements , or ASC 605-25. Pursuant to the guidance in ASC 605-25, we evaluate multiple-element arrangements to determine (1) the deliverables included in the arrangement and (2) whether the individual deliverables represent separate units of accounting or whether they must be accounted for as a combined unit of accounting. When deliverables are separable, consideration received is allocated to the separate units of accounting based on the relative selling price method and the appropriate revenue recognition principles are applied to each unit. When we determine that an arrangement should be accounted for as a single unit of accounting, we must determine the period over which the performance obligations will be performed and revenue will be recognized. This evaluation requires us to make judgments about the individual deliverables and whether such deliverables are separable from the other aspects of the contractual relationship. Deliverables are considered separate units of accounting provided that the delivered item has value to the customer on a standalone basis and, if the arrangement includes a general right of return with respect to the delivered item, delivery or performance of the undelivered item is considered probable and substantially in our control. In assessing whether an item has standalone value, we consider factors such as the research, development, manufacturing and commercialization capabilities of the collaboration partner and the availability of the associated expertise in the general marketplace. In addition, we consider whether the collaboration partner can use any other deliverable for its intended purpose without the receipt of the remaining deliverable, whether the value of the deliverable is dependent on the undelivered item, and whether there are other vendors that can provide the undelivered items.

85


Table of Contents

          The consideration received under the arrangement that is fixed or determinable is then allocated among the separate units of accounting based on the relative selling prices of the separate units of accounting. We determine the selling price of a unit of accounting within each arrangement following the hierarchy of evidence prescribed by ASC 605-25. Accordingly, we determine the estimated selling price for units of accounting within each arrangement using vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, of selling price, if available; third-party evidence, or TPE, of selling price if VSOE is not available; or best estimate of selling price, or BESP, if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. We typically use BESP to estimate the selling price as we generally do not have VSOE or TPE of selling price for our units of accounting. Determining the BESP for a unit of accounting requires significant judgment. In developing the BESP for a unit of accounting, we consider applicable market conditions and relevant entity-specific factors, including factors that were contemplated in negotiating the agreement with the customer and estimated costs. We validate the BESP for units of accounting by evaluating whether changes in the key assumptions used to determine the BESP will have a significant effect on the allocation of arrangement consideration between multiple units of accounting.

          We recognize arrangement consideration allocated to each unit of accounting when all of the revenue recognition criteria in ASC 605 are satisfied for that particular unit of accounting. In the event that a deliverable does not represent a separate unit of accounting, we recognize revenue from the combined unit of accounting over the contractual or estimated performance period for the undelivered items, which is typically the term of our research and development obligations. If there is no discernible pattern of performance or objectively measurable performance measures do not exist, then we recognize revenue under the arrangement on a straight-line basis over the period we are expected to complete our performance obligations. Conversely, if the pattern of performance over which the service is provided to the customer can be determined and objectively measurable performance measures exist, then we recognize revenue under the arrangement using the proportional performance method. Revenue recognized is limited to the lesser of the cumulative amount of payments received or the cumulative amount of revenue earned, as determined using the straight-line method or proportional performance method, as applicable, as of the period ending date.

          Significant management judgment is required in determining the level of effort required under an arrangement and the period over which we are expected to complete our performance obligations under an arrangement. Steering committee services that are not inconsequential or perfunctory and that are determined to be performance obligations are combined with other research services or performance obligations required under an arrangement, if any, in determining the level of effort required in an arrangement and the period over which we expect to complete our aggregate performance obligations.

          At the inception of an arrangement that includes milestone payments, we evaluate whether each milestone is substantive and at risk to both parties on the basis of the contingent nature of the milestone. This evaluation includes an assessment of whether: (1) the consideration is commensurate with either our performance to achieve the milestone or the enhancement of the value of the delivered item as a result of a specific outcome resulting from our performance to achieve the milestone, (2) the consideration relates solely to past performance, and (3) the consideration is reasonable relative to all of the deliverables and payment terms within the arrangement. We evaluate factors such as the scientific, clinical, regulatory, commercial and other risks that must be overcome to achieve the particular milestone and the level of effort and investment required to achieve the particular milestone in making this assessment. There is considerable judgment involved in determining whether a milestone satisfies all of the criteria required to conclude that a milestone is substantive. We will recognize revenue in its entirety upon successful accomplishment of any substantive milestones, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Milestones that are not considered substantive are recognized as earned if there

86


Table of Contents

are no remaining performance obligations or over the remaining period of performance, with a cumulative catch-up being recognized for the elapsed portion of the period of performance, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met.

          To date, we have not recorded any substantive milestones under our collaboration agreement with Bayer because no milestones that meet the required criteria listed above have been identified. Payments for achievement of non-substantive milestones are deferred and recognized as revenue over the estimated period of performance applicable to our collaborative arrangement. As these milestones are achieved, we will recognize as revenue a portion of the milestone payment that is equal to the percentage of the performance period completed when the milestone is achieved, multiplied by the amount of the milestone payment, upon achievement of such milestone. We will recognize the remaining portion of the milestone payment over the remaining performance period under either the proportional performance method or on a straight-line basis.

          Amounts received prior to satisfying the revenue recognition criteria listed above are recorded as deferred revenue in the accompanying balance sheets. Although we follow detailed guidelines in measuring revenue, certain judgments affect the application of our revenue policy. For example, in connection with our existing collaboration agreement, we have recorded on our balance sheet short-term and long-term deferred revenue based on our best estimate of when such revenue will be recognized. Short-term deferred revenue consists of amounts that are expected to be recognized as revenue in the next 12 months. Amounts that we expect will not be recognized within the next 12 months are classified as long-term deferred revenue. However, this estimate is based on our current research plan and, if our research plan should change in the future, we may recognize a different amount of deferred revenue over the following 12-month period.

          The estimate of deferred revenue also reflects management's estimate of the periods of our involvement in our collaboration. Our performance obligations under this collaboration consist of participation on steering committees and the performance of other research and development services. In certain instances, the timing of satisfying these obligations can be difficult to estimate. Accordingly, our estimates may change in the future. Such changes to estimates would result in a change in prospective revenue recognition amounts. If these estimates and judgments change over the course of any of our collaborative agreements, it may affect the timing and amount of revenue that we recognize and record in future periods.

    Accrued Research and Development Expenses

          As part of the process of preparing our financial statements, we are required to estimate our accrued research and development expenses. This process involves reviewing open contracts and purchase orders, communicating with our applicable personnel to identify services that have been performed on our behalf and estimating the level of service performed and the associated cost incurred for the service when we have not yet been invoiced or otherwise notified of actual costs. The majority of our service providers invoice us in arrears for services performed, on a pre-determined schedule or when contractual milestones are met; however, some require advanced payments. We make estimates of our accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date in the financial statements based on facts and circumstances known to us at that time. We periodically confirm the accuracy of these estimates with the service providers and make adjustments if necessary. Examples of estimated accrued research and development expenses include fees paid to:

    vendors in connection with preclinical development activities;

    CMOs in connection with the production of preclinical and clinical trial materials;

    CROs and academic sites under sponsored research agreements, or SRAs, in connection with preclinical and clinical studies; and

87


Table of Contents

    investigative sites in connection with clinical trials.

          We base our expenses related to preclinical studies and, in the future, clinical trials on our estimates of the services received and efforts expended pursuant to quotes and contracts with multiple research institutions and CROs that conduct and manage preclinical studies and clinical trials on our behalf. The financial terms of these agreements are subject to negotiation, vary from contract to contract and may result in uneven payment flows. There may be instances in which payments made to our vendors will exceed the level of services provided and result in a prepayment of the expense. In accruing service fees, we estimate the time period over which services will be performed and the level of effort to be expended in each period. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from the estimate, we adjust the accrual or the amount of prepaid expenses accordingly. Although we do not expect our estimates to be materially different from amounts actually incurred, our understanding of the status and timing of services performed relative to the actual status and timing of services performed may vary and may result in reporting amounts that are too high or too low in any particular period. To date, there have not been any material adjustments to our prior estimates of accrued research and development expenses.

    Stock-Based Compensation

          We measure stock options and other stock-based awards granted to employees and directors based on the fair value on the date of the grant and recognize the corresponding compensation expense of those awards, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award. Generally, we issue stock options and restricted stock awards with only service-based vesting conditions and record the expense for these awards using the straight-line method.

          For stock-based awards granted to consultants and non-employees, compensation expense is recognized over the period during which services are rendered by such consultants and non-employees until completed. At the end of each financial reporting period prior to completion of the service, the fair value of these awards is remeasured using the then-current fair value of our common stock and updated assumption inputs in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

          We estimate the fair value of each stock option grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which uses as inputs the fair value of our common stock and assumptions we make for the volatility of our common stock, the expected term of our stock options, the risk-free interest rate for a period that approximates the expected term of our stock options and our expected dividend yield.

    Determination of the Fair Value of Common Stock

          As there has been no public market for our common stock to date, the estimated fair value of our common stock has been determined by our board of directors as of the date of each option grant, with input from management, considering our most recently available third-party valuations of common stock and our board of directors' assessment of additional objective and subjective factors that it believed were relevant and which may have changed from the date of the most recent valuation through the date of the grant. These third-party valuations were performed in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants' Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . Our common stock valuations were prepared using either an option-pricing method, or OPM, or a hybrid method, which used market approaches to estimate our enterprise value. The hybrid method is a probability-weighed expected return method, or PWERM, where the equity value in one or more of the scenarios is calculated using an OPM. The OPM treats common stock and preferred stock as call options on the total equity value of a company, with exercise prices based on the value thresholds at which the allocation among the various holders of a company's securities changes.

88


Table of Contents

Under this method, the common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to stockholders exceeded the value of the preferred stock liquidation preference at the time of the liquidity event, such as a strategic sale or a merger. The PWERM is a scenario-based methodology that estimates the fair value of common stock based upon an analysis of future values for the company, assuming various outcomes. The common stock value is based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns considering each of the possible outcomes available as well as the rights of each class of stock. The future value of the common stock under each outcome is discounted back to the valuation date at an appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate and probability weighted to arrive at an indication of value for the common stock. These third-party valuations were performed at various dates, which resulted in valuations of our common stock of $0.13 per share as of December 31, 2013, $0.19 per share as of June 20, 2014, $1.22 per share as of April 21, 2015, $1.40 per share as of June 1, 2015, $1.66 per share as of August 4, 2015 and $3.49 per share as of September 4, 2015. In addition to considering the results of these third-party valuations, our board of directors considered various objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock as of each grant date, which may be a date later than the most recent third-party valuation date, including:

    the prices at which we sold shares of preferred stock and the superior rights and preferences of the preferred stock relative to our common stock at the time of each grant;

    the progress of our research and development programs, including the status of preclinical studies and planned clinical trials for our product candidates;

    our stage of development and commercialization and our business strategy;

    external market conditions affecting the biotechnology industry, and trends within the biotechnology industry;

    our financial position, including cash on hand, and our historical and forecasted performance and operating results;

    the lack of an active public market for our common stock and our preferred stock;

    the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering, or IPO, or a sale of our company in light of prevailing market conditions; and

    the analysis of IPOs and the market performance of similar companies in the biopharmaceutical industry.

          The assumptions underlying these valuations represent management's best estimates, which involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment. As a result, if factors or expected outcomes change and we use significantly different assumptions or estimates, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different.

          Following the closing of this offering, the fair value of our common stock will be determined based on the quoted market price of our common stock.

    Options Granted

          The following table sets forth by grant date the number of shares subject to options granted between January 1, 2014 and September 10, 2015, the per share exercise price of the options, the

89


Table of Contents

fair value of common stock on each grant date, and the per share estimated fair value of the options:

Grant Date
  Number of Shares
Subject to
Options Granted
  Per Share
Exercise Price
of Options
  Fair Value of
Common Stock
per Share
on Date of
Option Grant
  Per Share
Estimated Fair
Value of
Options
 

March 27, 2014

    134,033   $ 0.13   $ 0.18 (1) $ 0.13  

April 22, 2014

    438,000   $ 0.13   $ 0.18 (1) $ 0.13  

August 12, 2014

    172,500   $ 0.19   $ 0.19   $ 0.13  

August 28, 2014

    220,000   $ 0.19   $ 0.19   $ 0.13  

September 25, 2014

    1,408,000   $ 0.19   $ 0.20 (2) $ 0.14  

October 21, 2014

    232,500   $ 0.19   $ 0.20 (2) $ 0.14  

December 17, 2014

    622,500   $ 0.19   $ 0.20 (2) $ 0.13  

April 29, 2015

    2,039,426   $ 1.22   $ 1.22   $ 0.79  

May 19, 2015

    95,000   $ 1.22   $ 1.22   $ 0.80  

June 3, 2015

    2,338,022   $ 1.40   $ 1.40   $ 0.91  

August 12, 2015

    1,097,000   $ 1.66   $ 1.66   $ 1.07  

September 10, 2015

    27,500   $ 3.49   $ 3.49   $ 2.20  

(1)
At the time of the option grants on March 27, 2014 and April 22, 2014, our board of directors determined that the fair value of our common stock of $0.13 per share calculated in the valuation prepared as of December 31, 2013 reasonably reflected the per share fair value of common stock as of each grant date. However, as described below, the fair value of common stock at the date of these grants was adjusted to $0.18 per share in connection with a retrospective fair value assessment for accounting purposes.

(2)
At the time of the option grants on September 25, 2014, October 21, 2014 and December 17, 2014, our board of directors determined that the fair value of our common stock of $0.19 per share calculated in the valuation prepared as of June 20, 2014 reasonably reflected the per share fair value of common stock as of each grant date. However, as described below, the fair value of common stock at the date of these grants was adjusted to $0.20 per share in connection with a retrospective fair value assessment for accounting purposes.

          In the course of preparing for this offering, in July 2015, we performed a retrospective fair value assessment and concluded that the fair value of our common stock underlying stock options we granted on March 27, 2014 and April 22, 2014 was $0.18 per share for accounting purposes and that the fair value of our common stock underlying stock options we granted on September 25, 2014, October 21, 2014 and December 17, 2014 was $0.20 per share for accounting purposes. The respective reassessed values, which we applied to determine the fair values of the March and April stock option grants and the September, October and December stock option grants to determine stock-based compensation expense for accounting purposes, were based in part upon a revised valuation of our common stock prepared as of December 31, 2013 and a first-time valuation of our common stock prepared as of September 25, 2014, performed on a retrospective basis with the assistance of a third-party specialist. The revised December 31, 2013 valuation and the September 25, 2014 valuation were performed using an OPM to determine our enterprise value.

    Emerging Growth Company Status

          The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, permits an "emerging growth company" such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected to "opt out" of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards when they are required to be adopted by public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

90


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

    Comparison of the Six Months Ended June 30, 2014 and 2015

 
  Six Months
Ended June 30,
   
 
 
  Increase
(Decrease)
 
 
  2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenue

  $ 159   $ 3,336   $ 3,177  

Operating expenses:

                   

Research and development

    4,940     14,866     9,926  

General and administrative

    1,084     3,782     2,698  

Total operating expenses

    6,024     18,648     12,624  

Loss from operations

    (5,865 )   (15,312 )   (9,447 )

Interest expense

        (49 )   (49 )

Net loss

  $ (5,865 ) $ (15,361 ) $ (9,496 )

    Revenue

          We recognized $0.2 million of revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and $3.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015. Revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 resulted from our collaboration agreement with Bayer, which commenced in June 2014. Amounts recorded as deferred revenue under the collaboration agreement with Bayer totaled $22.7 million as of June 30, 2015.

    Research and Development Expenses

 
  Six Months
Ended June 30,
   
 
 
  Increase
(Decrease)
 
 
  2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Direct research and development expenses by program:

                   

DTX101

  $ 1,713   $ 5,140   $ 3,427  

DTX301

        606     606  

DTX201

    1,358     1,696     338  

DTX401

        245     245  

Unallocated research and development expenses:

                   

Personnel related (including stock-based compensation)

    575     3,074     2,499  

Services

    916     1,190     274  

Facility related

    135     555     420  

Lab consumables and other

    243     2,360     2,117  

Total research and development expenses

  $ 4,940   $ 14,866   $ 9,926  

          Research and development expenses were $4.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, compared to $14.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015. The increase of $9.9 million was due to an increase of $3.4 million in DTX101-related expenses as we advanced our preclinical studies, $0.6 million of costs incurred in the preclinical development of DTX301, an increase of $0.3 million in DTX201 project costs as we advanced our preclinical development, $0.2 million of cost incurred in the preclinical development of DTX401 and an increase of $5.3 million of unallocated research and development expenses. The increase of $5.3 million in unallocated research and development expenses was due to an increase in research and

91


Table of Contents

development personnel-related costs (including stock-based compensation) of $2.5 million as a result of the hiring of 27 employees to a total of 36 employees as of June 30, 2015. Lab consumables and other expenses increased by $2.1 million due to a $1.0 million option fee we paid to ReGenX in May 2015 for an additional indication under the 2015 option and license agreement with ReGenX as well as a $1.1 million increase in non-payroll expenses associated with the increase in headcount of employees in research and development functions. Expenses for services provided to us in connection with research and development activities not specific to any program increased by $0.3 million principally due to increased outsourcing of resources. Facility-related costs increased by $0.4 million due to the expansion of our leased facilities.

          We expect that our expenses will increase substantially in connection with our planned preclinical and clinical development activities in the near term. We have elected a total of four indications under the 2013 license agreement with ReGenX. As of December 31, 2013, we had elected two indications (DTX101 and DTX201), a third indication (DTX301) as of December 31, 2014 and a fourth indication as of March 31, 2015 (DTX401). Under the 2015 option and license agreement with ReGenX, as described below under "Business—Collaborations and License Agreements — ReGenX License Agreements," we have the option to elect a total of four indications. In May 2015, we elected our first indication, and in August 2015, we elected our second indication.

    General and Administrative Expenses

          General and administrative expenses were $1.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, compared to $3.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015. The increase of $2.7 million was primarily due to an increase of $1.4 million in personnel-related costs (including stock-based compensation) as a result of the hiring of eight employees to a total of ten employees in general and administrative functions as of June 30, 2015, an increase of $0.8 million in professional fees for legal, accounting and audit services, an increase of $0.2 million in fees for public relations services, and an increase in facility-related costs of $0.1 million due to the expansion of our leased facilities.

    Interest Expense

          We recorded no interest expense for the six months ended June 30, 2014, compared to $49,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2015, which consisted of interest expense incurred on borrowings at various dates under our loan and security agreement entered into in August 2014.

    Comparison of the Period from Inception (June 20, 2013) to December 31, 2013 and the Year Ended December 31, 2014

 
  Period from
Inception
(June 20, 2013)
to December 31,
2013
  Year Ended
December 31,
2014
  Increase
(Decrease)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenue

  $   $ 2,750   $ 2,750  

Operating expenses:

                   

Research and development

    2,806     12,974     10,168  

General and administrative

    364     2,727     2,363  

Total operating expenses

    3,170     15,701     12,531  

Loss from operations

    (3,170 )   (12,951 )   (9,781 )

Interest expense

        (17 )   (17 )

Net loss

  $ (3,170 ) $ (12,968 ) $ (9,798 )

92


Table of Contents

    Revenue

          We recognized no revenue for the period from inception (June 20, 2013) to December 31, 2013 and $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014 resulted from our collaboration with Bayer, which commenced in June 2014. Amounts recorded as deferred revenue under the collaboration agreement with Bayer totaled $22.6 million as of December 31, 2014.

    Research and Development Expenses

 
  Period from
Inception
(June 20, 2013)
to December 31,
2013
  Year Ended
December 31,
2014
  Increase
(Decrease)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Direct research and development expenses incurred by program:

                   

DTX101

  $ 397   $ 4,307   $ 3,910  

DTX301

        350     350  

DTX201

    364     3,282     2,918  

Unallocated research and development expenses:

                   

Personnel related (including stock-based compensation)

    4     2,105     2,101  

Services

    241     1,384     1,143  

Licensing fees paid in common stock

    1,800         (1,800 )

Facility related

        397     397  

Consumables and other

        1,149     1,149  

Total research and development expenses

  $ 2,806   $ 12,974   $ 10,168  

          Research and development expenses were $2.8 million for the period from inception (June 20, 2013) to December 31, 2013, compared to $13.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. While our inception dates to June 20, 2013, significant financial activities commenced in November 2013 following the Series A preferred stock funding and the 2013 license agreement with ReGenX and advanced further following the commencement of research and development work under our collaboration agreement with Bayer in June 2014. The increase of $10.2 million in research and development expenses was due to an increase of $3.9 million in DTX101-related expenses as we advanced our preclinical development, $0.4 million of costs incurred on the preclinical development of DTX301, an increase of $2.9 million in DTX201 project costs as we advanced our preclinical development and an increase of $3.0 million in unallocated research and development expenses. The increase in unallocated research and development expenses was primarily due to an increase of $2.1 million in personnel-related expenses (including stock-based compensation expense) as a result of the hiring of 20 research and development employees during the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $1.1 million in services, an increase of $1.1 million in lab consumables and other expenses and an increase of $0.4 million in facility-related expenses due to the commencement of our lease in March 2014. The increase of $1.1 million in expenses for services that were not specific to any program were related to an increase of $0.4 million in recruiting expenses incurred in connection with the hiring of employees and an increase of $0.7 million in costs of consultants focused on our gene therapy platform. These increases in unallocated expenses were partially offset by a decrease of $1.8 million in licensing fees paid in common stock, which were only incurred in the period from inception (June 20, 2013) to December 31, 2013 in connection with entering into the 2013 license agreement with ReGenX in October 2013.

93


Table of Contents

    General and Administrative Expenses

          General and administrative expenses were $0.4 million for the period from inception (June 20, 2013) to December 31, 2013, compared to $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase of $2.3 million was primarily due to an increase of $0.4 million in personnel-related costs (including stock-based compensation), stemming from the recruitment and hiring of four corporate and administrative employees during the year ended December 31, 2014. In addition, professional fees, including legal, recruiting, consulting, investor relations, accounting and other services provided to us, increased by $1.8 million due to advancing our activities and operations.

    Interest Expense

          We recorded no interest expense for the period from inception (June 20, 2013) to December 31, 2013, compared to $17,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014, which consisted of interest expense incurred on borrowings at various dates under our loan and security agreement entered into August 2014.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

          Since our inception, we have incurred significant operating losses. We have generated revenue to date only from our collaboration agreement with Bayer. We have not yet commercialized any of our product candidates, which are in various phases of preclinical development, and we do not expect to generate revenue from sales of any product for several years, if at all. We have funded our operations to date with proceeds from the sale of preferred stock, payments received in connection with our collaboration agreement with Bayer and borrowings under a loan and security agreement. Through June 30, 2015, we had received net proceeds of $88.8 million from our sales of preferred stock, $27.2 million from our collaboration agreement with Bayer and $1.8 million of borrowings under a loan and security agreement. As of June 30, 2015, we had cash and cash equivalents of $80.7 million.

    Cash Flows

          The following table summarizes our sources and uses of cash for each of the periods presented:

 
  Period from
Inception
(June 20, 2013)
to December 31,
2013
   
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2014
 
 
  2014   2015  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ (192 ) $ 8,760   $ (5,906 ) $ (14,439 )

Cash used in investing activities

        (1,755 )   (799 )   (1,956 )

Cash provided by financing activities

    4,699     6,401     4,875     79,135  

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  $ 4,507   $ 13,406   $ (1,830 ) $ 62,740  

          Operating activities.     During the six months ended June 30, 2015, operating activities used $14.4 million of cash, resulting from our net loss of $15.4 million, partially offset by cash provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $0.3 million and by non-cash charges of $0.6 million. Net cash provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities for the six months ended June 30, 2015 consisted primarily of a $1.0 million increase in accounts payable due to the timing of vendor invoicing and payments, a $0.4 million decrease in accounts receivable from Bayer and a $0.1 million increase in other liabilities. These changes were partially offset by a $1.2 million

94


Table of Contents

increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets, primarily due to prepayments of external program-related expenses.

          During the six months ended June 30, 2014, operating activities used $5.9 million of cash, primarily resulting from our net loss of $5.9 million and cash used by changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $0.1 million, partially offset by non-cash charges of $0.1 million. Net cash used by changes in our operating assets and liabilities during the six months ended June 30, 2014 consisted primarily of a $20.0 million increase in accounts receivable and a $19.8 million increase in deferred revenue, both of which were related to our collaboration agreement with Bayer, as well as a $0.2 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets, partially offset by a $0.2 million increase in accounts payable. The increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets was primarily due to prepayments of operating expenses, and the increase in accounts payable was due to the timing of vendor invoicing and payments.

          During the year ended December 31, 2014, operating activities provided $8.8 million of cash, primarily resulting from cash provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $21.4 million and non-cash charges of $0.3 million, partially offset by our net loss of $13.0 million. Net cash provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2014 consisted primarily of a $22.6 million increase in deferred revenue related to research payments received from Bayer in connection with our collaboration agreement, a $0.8 million increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities and amounts due to related parties and a $0.4 million increase in accounts payable. These increases in accrued expenses and other current liabilities and accounts payable were due to the timing of vendor invoicing and payments. These increases were partially offset by a $2.0 million increase in accounts receivable from Bayer and a $0.4 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets. The increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets was primarily due to deposits and prepayments of maintenance agreements.

          During the period from inception (June 20, 2013) to December 31, 2013, operating activities used $0.2 million of cash, resulting from our net loss of $3.2 million, partially offset by non-cash charges of $1.9 million and by cash provided by changes in our operating assets of $1.1 million. Net cash provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities for the period from inception (June 20, 2013) to December 31, 2013 consisted primarily of a $1.0 million increase in amounts due to related parties and a $0.1 million increase in accounts payable, both which were due to the commencement of our operations.

          Investing activities.     During the six months ended June 30, 2015, we used $2.0 million of cash in investing activities, consisting primarily of purchases of property and equipment.

          During the six months ended June 30, 2014, we used $0.1 million of cash in investing activities, consisting of purchases of property and equipment of $0.7 million and lease deposits of $0.1 million.

          During the year ended December 31, 2014, we used $1.8 million of cash in investing activities, consisting of purchases of property and equipment of $1.7 million and lease deposits of $0.1 million.

          During the period from inception (June 20, 2013) to December 31, 2013, we had no investing activities.

          Financing activities.     During the six months ended June 30, 2015, net cash provided by financing activities was $79.1 million, consisting of net proceeds from our issuances of preferred stock of $79.2 million and net proceeds from our issuance of notes payable of $0.2 million, both of which were partially offset by $0.2 million of payments of IPO costs and $0.1 million of principal repayments under our loan and security agreement.

95


Table of Contents

          During the six months ended June 30, 2014, net cash provided by financing activities was $4.9 million, consisting of net proceeds from our issuance of Series A preferred stock.

          During the year ended December 31, 2014, net cash provided by financing activities was $6.4 million, consisting of net proceeds from our issuance of Series A preferred stock of $4.9 million and net proceeds from our issuance of notes payable of $1.5 million.

          During the period from inception (June 20, 2013) to December 31, 2013, net cash provided by financing activities was $4.7 million, consisting of net proceeds from our issuance of Series A preferred stock.

    Funding Requirements

          We expect our expenses to increase substantially in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we advance the preclinical activities and clinical trials of our product candidates in development. In addition, upon the closing of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company.

          Our expenses will also increase as we:

    pursue the preclinical and clinical development of our most advanced programs and product candidates, including DTX101, DTX301, DTX401 and DTX201;

    continue the research and development of our other product candidates;

    seek to identify and develop additional product candidates;

    scale up our manufacturing processes and capabilities to support our ongoing preclinical activities and clinical trials of our product candidates and commercialization of any of our product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval;

    maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio;

    seek marketing approvals for any of our product candidates that successfully complete clinical development;

    develop and expand our sales, marketing and distribution capabilities for our product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval; and

    expand our operational, financial and management systems and increase personnel, including personnel to support our clinical development, manufacturing and commercialization efforts and our operations as a public company.

          As of June 30, 2015, we had cash and cash equivalents of $80.7 million. We believe that the anticipated net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents as of June 30, 2015, will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through at least             . We have based these estimates on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could utilize our available capital resources sooner than we expect.

          Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with research, development and commercialization of pharmaceutical drugs, we are unable to estimate the exact amount of our working capital requirements. Our future funding requirements will depend on and could increase significantly as a result of many factors, including:

    the scope, progress, results and costs of drug discovery, preclinical development, laboratory testing and clinical trials for our product candidates;

    the scope, prioritization and number of our research and development programs;

96


Table of Contents

    the success of our collaboration with Bayer;

    the success of our development, and the subsequent timing and outcome of regulatory clearance or approval, of companion diagnostics for use as screening criteria for potential patients;

    the costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of our product candidates;

    our ability to establish and maintain additional collaborations on favorable terms, if at all;

    the achievement of milestones or occurrence of other developments that trigger payments under any additional collaboration agreements we obtain;

    the extent to which we are obligated to reimburse, or entitled to reimbursement of, clinical trial costs under future collaboration agreements, if any;

    the costs of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications, maintaining and enforcing our intellectual property rights and defending intellectual property-related claims;

    the extent to which we acquire or in-license other product candidates and technologies;

    the costs of establishing or contracting for manufacturing capabilities if we obtain regulatory clearances to manufacture our product candidates;

    the costs of establishing or contracting for sales and marketing capabilities if we obtain regulatory clearances to market our product candidates; and

    our ability to establish and maintain healthcare coverage and adequate reimbursement.

          Until such time, if ever, that we can generate product revenue sufficient to achieve profitability, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, collaboration agreements, other third-party funding, strategic alliances, licensing arrangements or marketing and distribution arrangements. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a common stockholder. Debt financing and preferred equity financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we raise additional funds through other third-party funding, collaborations agreements, strategic alliances, licensing arrangements or marketing and distribution arrangements, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams, research programs or product candidates or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market products or product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

    Loan and Security Agreement

          On August 21, 2014, we entered into a loan and security agreement with SVB, which provided for advances under an equipment line of up to $1.8 million. Through June 30, 2015, we had borrowed the full $1.8 million available under the loan and security agreement and had made $0.1 million of scheduled principal repayments. Under the loan and security agreement, for each advance under the equipment line, we are obligated to make six monthly, interest-only payments. Thereafter, we are obligated to pay 36 monthly installments of interest and principal. Advances under the loan and security agreement accrue interest at an annual rate of 2.25% plus the greater of (1) 3.25% or (2) the rate of interest per annum from time to time published in the money rates

97


Table of Contents

section of The Wall Street Journal as the prime rate then in effect (the greater of which equated to an interest rate of 5.5% as of June 30, 2015). Borrowings under the loan and security agreement are secured by substantially all of our assets, except for our intellectual property.

          There are no financial covenants associated with the loan and security agreement. There are negative covenants restricting our activities, such as disposing of our business or certain assets, changing our business, management, ownership or business locations, incurring additional debt or liens or making payments on other debt, making certain investments and declaring dividends, acquiring or merging with another entity, engaging in transactions with affiliates or encumbering intellectual property. The obligations under the loan and security agreement are subject to acceleration upon occurrence of specified events of default, including a material adverse change in our business, operations or financial or other condition.

          In connection with entering into the loan and security agreement, in August 2014, we granted to the lender a warrant to purchase 35,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.19 per share. This warrant may be exercised at the option of the lender either by delivery of the exercise price in cash or by a cashless exercise, and will expire in August 2024.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

          The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of June 30, 2015 and the effects that such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods:

 
  Payments Due by Period  
 
  Total   Less Than
1 Year
  1 to 3
Years
  4 to 5
Years
  More than
5 Years
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Operating lease commitments (1)

  $ 1,856   $ 701   $ 1,155   $   $  

Debt obligations (2)

    1,776     655     1,116     5      

Research and development agreement (3)

    488     244     244          

Total

  $ 4,120   $ 1,600   $ 2,515   $ 5   $  

(1)
Amounts in the table reflect payments due for our lease of office and laboratory space in Cambridge, Massachusetts under an operating lease agreement that, as amended, expires in January 2018.

(2)
Amounts in the table reflect the contractually required principal and interest payments payable pursuant to outstanding equipment loans under our loan and security agreement.

(3)
In June 2015, we entered into a three-year cooperative research and development agreement with the Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health and Human Development, an institute of the U.S. National Institutes of Health, to conduct on our behalf a non-clinical study to investigate the effectiveness of a potential gene therapy treatment for patients with GSDIa.

          Under various licensing and related agreements, we will be required to make milestone payments and pay royalties and other amounts to third parties. We have not included any contingent payment obligations, such as milestones or royalties, in the table above as the amount, timing and likelihood of such payments are not known.

          Under the 2013 license agreement with ReGenX, we are required to pay low to mid single-digit royalties on net sales of each developed product as well as milestone fees, if any, owed by ReGenX to GlaxoSmithKline, or GSK, or sublicense fees owed by ReGenX to the University of Pennsylvania or GSK. As a result of our activities under the 2013 license agreement, the milestones

98


Table of Contents

payable will not exceed $1.65 million, not including any applicable 10% sublicensing fees ReGenX may owe the University of Pennsylvania or GSK and for which we would be responsible to ReGenX, and are payable contingent not only on us achieving the milestone, but also on us achieving the milestone before all other licensees. Under the 2015 option and license agreement with ReGenX, we have agreed to make future milestone payments of up to an aggregate of $9.0 million per indication upon achieving specified development milestones with respect to any product developed utilizing any compound covered under the 2015 option and license agreement. As of June 30, 2015, we had not developed a commercial product using the licensed technologies and no pre-commercialization milestones had been achieved under these agreements. We have not included any contingent payment obligations, such as milestones or royalties, in the table above as the amount, timing and likelihood of such payments are not known.

          We have a sponsored research and option agreement with University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine and are committed to spending over a two-year term ending December 31, 2016. This agreement, as amended, allows for termination upon notice, provided that we reimburse University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine for any of its allowable commitments made to others at that time, in an amount not to exceed $1.4 million.

          We enter into contracts in the normal course of business with various third parties for preclinical research studies, clinical trials, testing and other services. These contracts generally provide for termination upon notice, and therefore we believe that our noncancelable obligations under these agreements are not material.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

          We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

          We have reviewed all recently issued standards and have determined that, other than as disclosed in Note 2 to our financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus, such standards will not have a material impact on our financial statements or do not otherwise apply to our operations.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risks

          As of June 30, 2015, we had $80.7 million of cash equivalents comprised of overnight money market funds. As a result, a change in market interest rates would not have any impact on our financial position or results of operations.

          As of June 30, 2015, we had $1.6 million of borrowings outstanding under advances pursuant to our loan and security agreement with SVB. These advances accrue interest at an annual rate of 2.25% plus the greater of (1) 3.25% or (2) the rate of interest per annum from time to time published in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal as the prime rate then in effect, thereby exposing us to interest risk. Based on the $1.6 million of principal outstanding as of June 30, 2015, an immediate 10% change in the prime rate would not have a material impact on our debt-related obligations, financial position or results of operations.

99


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

          We are a leading gene therapy platform company focused on discovering and developing new therapeutic products for people living with rare diseases associated with the liver and caused by genetic mutations. Our initial programs address hemophilia B, hemophilia A, ornithine transcarbamylase, or OTC, deficiency, and glycogen storage disease type Ia, or GSDIa. In August 2015, we submitted an Investigational New Drug application, or IND, with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, for our lead product candidate, DTX101 for the treatment of hemophilia B. In September 2015, we received notification allowing us to proceed with our Phase I/II clinical trial of DTX101. DTX101 was also granted Orphan Drug Designation in the United States in August 2015 and Fast Track Designation in September 2015 for the treatment of hemophilia B. We plan to initiate clinical trials for DTX101 by the end of 2015. We retain the global rights to all of our programs, with the exception of our hemophilia A program, which is partnered with Bayer HealthCare LLC, or Bayer.

          The liver is a vital organ that plays an important role in human metabolism and other key physiologic functions. Over 400 described rare monogenic disorders are associated with the liver, many of which have severe or even fatal consequences for patients, and collectively represent a significant unmet medical need. Our product candidates are focused on a subset of these monogenic diseases that we believe are particularly well-suited to our gene therapy platform and are designed to achieve sustained efficacy with low toxicity. We have developed a robust scientific platform that brings together deep expertise in rare genetic diseases, liver biology, adeno-associated virus, or AAV, gene therapy and vector manufacturing. We believe that by leveraging the expertise created by our platform we will be able to accelerate the research and development of our pipeline of programs while continuing to discover and develop the next generation of products in this field.

          Our gene therapy product candidates and programs are designed to provide a functional copy of an abnormal or missing gene using the most advanced AAV-based vector delivery technology, which has been optimized to potentially offer durable clinical benefit to patients while minimizing risk. We have selected our gene therapy vectors to take advantage of the unique anatomic properties of the liver to maximize clinical benefit with simple peripheral intravenous infusion. AAV vectors have been studied in over 120 clinical trials that suggest an initial favorable safety profile with early signals of efficacy. We have made and continue to make significant investments in order to develop manufacturing processes designed to reliably produce higher purity AAV vectors at commercial scale with a greater percentage of AAV capsids containing a therapeutic vector genome than other manufacturing approaches. We believe that our manufacturing processes, methods and expertise will ultimately give us the most comprehensive manufacturing platform developed to date for AAV-based gene therapy product candidates.

          In selecting our portfolio, we start with a deep understanding of disease biology. We partner with key disease experts who have developed robust models of the relevant diseases we believe will allow us to more reliably predict the right dosing for the right patient populations. Each of our programs has a clear biomarker associated with disease progression that allows for straightforward, early and ongoing assessment of potential durable clinical benefit throughout the development process. To execute on this opportunity, we have assembled a team of seasoned biopharmaceutical executives, scientific advisory council members and key partners with broad and deep expertise in all areas of global drug discovery, development, manufacturing and commercialization. Our goal is to become a fully integrated biotechnology company that is a leader in gene therapy for all populations and ages that suffer from rare, inherited diseases associated with the liver.

100


Table of Contents

          Our pipeline of programs is described below.

GRAPHIC

101


Table of Contents

102


Table of Contents

Our Team

          To execute on this opportunity, we have assembled a team of seasoned biopharmaceutical executives, scientific advisory council members and key partners with broad and deep expertise in all aspects of gene therapy, global drug discovery, development, manufacturing and commercialization. Our chief executive officer, Annalisa Jenkins, M.B.B.S., M.R.C.P., is a biopharmaceutical leader with 18 years of experience at Merck Serono and Bristol-Myers Squibb in developing and commercializing novel and innovative products. Our other management team members have successful track records in developing, manufacturing and commercializing drugs across a wide range of therapeutic areas, including rare genetic diseases, through previous experiences at Genzyme, Sanofi, Shire, Novartis, Cubist and Nationwide Children's Hospital. Our AAV technology is the product of over 25 years of research conducted at University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine by James M. Wilson, M.D., Ph.D., the chair of our scientific advisory council, and his colleagues. We believe our team's combined expertise in gene therapy, global rare disease clinical development and market access provides an advantage over our competitors in developing and commercializing liver-directed gene therapies for patients suffering from severe rare diseases.

          Our progress has been enabled by support from several leading biotech investors, including Fidelity Biosciences, OrbiMed Advisors, New Leaf Venture Partners, Jennison Associates (on behalf of investors), Partner Fund Management, RA Capital Management, Rock Springs Capital and Tourbillon Global Ventures.

Our Mission

          We are dedicated to bringing hope to patients and their families living with hemophilia and other rare genetic diseases, through our commitment to scientific innovation. We plan to focus on advancing the science of gene therapy in an innovative, energetic and ethical manner, by building our corporate culture and strengthening our team and community.

Our Culture

          At Dimension, we focus on developing and delivering novel gene therapy treatments that improve health and quality of life for patients with hemophilia and rare diseases associated with the liver. Our team is aligned by core values that guide everything that we do:

          We seek to foster a collaborative environment of diverse, ethical, committed, and highly accomplished people. Together, we live the Dimension values as we continue advancing novel treatments for patients.

Strategy

          Our goal is to utilize our gene therapy platform to transform the lives of patients suffering from severe and chronic genetic disorders associated with the liver by developing, manufacturing and commercializing gene therapies that have the potential to offer a durable and meaningful therapeutic benefit. We select and design our gene therapy programs to accelerate the generation of human proof of concept. Our strategy leverages well-described animal models, relevant

103


Table of Contents

biomarkers and relatively small clinical trials appropriate for therapies targeting monogenic diseases associated with the liver. To achieve our goal, we are pursuing the following key strategies:

104


Table of Contents

Our Focus — The Liver as a Central Organ for Rare Diseases

          The liver is a vital organ and plays an important role in human metabolism and other key physiologic functions. Hepatocytes, the most common type of liver cell, synthesize and metabolize a large number of proteins, including intracellular and secreted proteins responsible for a diverse range of critical functions in the body. These functions include carbohydrate use and storage, lipid metabolism and the control of bleeding, or hemostasis. In addition, the liver plays an important role in detoxifying naturally occurring metabolites such as ammonia and bilirubin. Numerous inborn errors of metabolism have their origin in the liver, and disruption of key metabolic pathways modulated by the liver can lead to the accumulation of toxic products and subsequent liver damage or to the inappropriate or insufficient production of key proteins for proper metabolic function, both of which can have a range of deleterious systemic effects. There are over 400 described rare monogenic disorders associated with the liver.

          The liver also possesses unique anatomic properties that we believe make it a preferred target for AAV-based gene therapy. The cells lining the blood vessels that supply blood to the liver have a unique characteristic in that they contain small pores known as fenestrae, as shown in the figure below. Fenestrae facilitate the rapid exchange of molecules between the blood vessels and hepatocytes and enable an open communication between the hepatocytes and the vasculature. However, they can also act as a sieve and mechanically restrict or prevent the transport of larger molecules to the liver. AAV-mediated gene transfer takes advantage of this unique feature of the liver and has an ideal size to penetrate the fenestrae to access hepatocytes, which are the target cells for our gene therapy programs and product candidates.

105


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC

          The ideal goal of treatment for liver-associated monogenic diseases, including inborn errors of metabolism, is to revert a harmful or disease-causing genetic trait to its normal state. Substantial progress has been made over the past six decades, beginning with the first report of dietary control of phenylketonuria in the early 1950s. Examples of treatments for monogenic diseases include dietary prescriptions, pharmacologic interventions to allow alternative pathway excretion of toxic metabolites, oral replacement of enzymatic cofactors and use of chelation to enhance excretion. Monogenic disorders caused by enzyme deficiency or dysfunction can be treated with enzyme replacement therapy, or ERT, if the enzyme can effectively reach its intended organ or cell of interest. However, many of these approaches are inadequate for liver-associated diseases due to the liver's unique anatomic properties.

          In a fully developed liver, under normal conditions, less than approximately 1% to 2% of hepatocytes are turning over at any given time while the rest remain in a quiet or resting state. In addition, turnover of mature hepatocytes occurs relatively slowly with the average life span of non-resting hepatocytes ranging from 200 to 300 days. Given the relative lack of hepatocyte turnover, we believe a gene therapy administered to these cells will experience minimal dilution effects due to new hepatocyte generation. In the Nathwani study, published in the New England Journal of Medicine , hemophilia B patients are experiencing durable FIX expression and clinical benefit beyond 4.5 years.

          Our product candidates are focused on well-understood monogenic diseases associated with the liver that we believe are particularly well-suited to our gene therapy platform and are designed to achieve sustained efficacy with low toxicity. We target diseases with readily identifiable patient populations that allow us to pursue orphan drug designation for our product candidates, which we have obtained for DTX101 for the treatment of hemophilia B. Our initial focus is on diseases where restoration to 5% to 10% of normal activity should offer meaningful clinical benefit. In addition, the nature of these diseases permits us to leverage well-described, and often clinically validated, biomarkers and highly predictive preclinical models to shorten time to clinical proof of concept.

          A biomarker is a characteristic that is objectively measured and evaluated as an indicator of normal biologic processes, pathogenic processes or pharmacologic responses to a therapeutic intervention. Because gene therapy aims to revert an abnormal genetic trait to the normal state, we can use well-understood biomarkers of each disorder we target to inform dose selection, evaluate

106


Table of Contents

each of our product candidate's therapeutic efficacy, and serve as a surrogate for an early signal of clinical efficacy.

          We believe our focus on the unique properties of the liver provides efficiencies as we select and pursue additional diseases associated with the liver. In addition, we will apply learnings from our near-term programs to future opportunities, which we believe will allow for rapid understanding and efficient drug development. We believe this will enable us to not only apply our gene therapy technology across multiple severe, genetic diseases today, but across many inborn errors of metabolism associated the liver we have not yet selected.

Gene Therapy

          Genes are composed of sequences of deoxyribonucleic acid, or DNA, which code for proteins that perform a broad range of physiologic functions within all living organisms. Genes are passed on from generation to generation and genetic changes, also known as mutations, can occur. These changes can result in the lack of production of proteins or production of altered proteins with reduced or abnormal function, which can in turn result in disease.

          Gene therapy is a therapeutic approach in which an isolated gene sequence or segment of DNA is administered to a patient, most commonly for the purpose of treating a genetic disease that is caused by mutations. Currently available therapies for genetic diseases focus on administration of large proteins or enzymes and typically address only the symptoms of the disease. Gene therapy aims to address the disease-causing effects of absent or dysfunctional genes by delivering functional copies of the gene to the patient's cells, offering the potential for durable therapeutic benefit.

          For the development of our gene therapy treatments, we are using a modified non-pathogenic virus. All of the viral genes are removed from the virus and replaced with a functional form of the applicable mutant gene that is the cause of the patient's genetic disease. The functional form of a mutant gene is called a therapeutic gene, or transgene. Once a virus is modified by replacement of the viral genes with a transgene, it is called a viral vector. The viral vector delivers the transgene to the target organ, in our case the liver. We have based our viral vectors on a type of virus called AAV, where the resulting vector is called an AAV vector.

          Over the past two decades, gene therapy has evolved from a research-focused tool into a therapeutic modality that we believe is poised to provide broad clinical benefit. A growing body of clinical data supports the development of efficacious and well-tolerated gene therapies for a variety of diseases. In addition, there have been advancements in vector design and manufacturing processes, and regulatory guidelines have been established for the development of a gene therapy product. These key developments support the potential for gene therapy to emerge as an important new therapeutic modality for patients with significant unmet medical needs.

          Gene therapy has historically faced a number of significant challenges, mostly related to three key factors that drive the viability of a potential gene therapy product: efficacy, durability and safety. The efficacy of a gene therapy product is measured by its ability to introduce a gene of interest into target cells at a frequency sufficient to achieve expression of the desired protein at a level that results in a clinically meaningful therapeutic benefit. The durability of a gene therapy product is measured by the period of time over which the therapy is effective. Safety is evaluated based on the nature and severity of any side effects, complications, conditions or diseases that may result from introducing the gene therapy products. Prior gene therapy efforts have struggled to achieve sufficient durability and efficacy while maintaining adequate safety. In addition to these factors, another key challenge faced by the gene therapy industry is a relative lack of manufacturing infrastructure and expertise that would enable the production of these therapies in a reliable and reproducible manner and at a commercially viable scale.

107


Table of Contents

          We believe that our approach to gene therapy meaningfully addresses each of these key issues. AAV vectors, the viral vectors we have chosen as the foundation of our platform, offer improved efficacy, durability and tolerability over other vectors used historically, which in some cases raised serious safety concerns. We have designed our transgenes to achieve targeted expression levels in our organ of choice, the liver, in an effort to improve safety and efficacy. Additionally, we have developed proprietary mammalian cell-based vector manufacturing processes and techniques that produce an end product that is purer and more concentrated than comparable vectors for preclinical and clinical use. Further, we are investing heavily in developing internal process development capabilities and expertise to ensure that our programs and product candidates, if approved, will be able to be produced reliably and reproducibly at commercial scale.

Our Gene Therapy Technology and Industrialized Manufacturing Approach

          We engineer our AAV vectors to target hepatocytes and to produce the required therapeutic protein within the liver. To achieve this goal, our gene therapy approach consists of two key components:

GRAPHIC

          We design our gene therapy vectors to deliver into hepatocytes a transgene that encodes the expression of the missing or dysfunctional protein. The transgene is part of a vector genome, which contains the therapeutic gene copy and DNA promoter sequences that trigger the expression of the transgene in specific tissues. As part of our candidate selection process, we typically evaluate a variety of liver specific promoters in order to select those that drive robust liver-specific gene expression.

          Over the past two decades researchers have learned that the success of a gene therapy platform is highly dependent on the vector selected. We believe that AAV vectors are particularly well-suited for treating genetic diseases associated with the liver and have advantages over other viral vectors, such as adenovirus, herpes virus and lentivirus. These advantages include tolerability,

108


Table of Contents

durable expression, targeting of the liver, simplicity, stability and carrying capacity, as described below:

109


Table of Contents

          The diseases we have chosen to target with our initial product candidates and expanding pipeline represent just the beginning of what we believe will be successful application of our platform technology. Based on our analysis of opportunities for AAV gene therapy in the liver, we believe there are multiple indications for which the technical challenges are greater but for which

110


Table of Contents

the unmet need is greater as well. For example, these include diseases for which transduction efficiencies or expression levels may need to be higher than those we are targeting in our initial indications or further reductions in non-liver gene transfer might be needed. We intend to invest in and optimize our technology in order to address diseases that fall outside our initial target list.

          We have made and continue to make significant investments in order to develop manufacturing processes designed to allow us to reliably produce high quality AAV vectors at commercial scale if one or more of our product candidates is approved. We believe that our manufacturing processes, methods and expertise will give us the most comprehensive manufacturing platform developed to date for production of AAV product candidates at commercial scale, including:

          We have made significant investments in developing our proprietary process for manufacturing our AAV product candidates so that in each process step we can seek to maximize scalability, reliability and quality. We refer to the cell-based AAV vector assembly as the "upstream" portion of the manufacturing process. Once the AAV vector is assembled, it is subjected to purification steps,

111


Table of Contents

which we refer to as the "downstream" portion of the process. The following figure illustrates the steps in our process:

GRAPHIC

          We use mammalian cells in our manufacturing approach for our AAV-based product candidates. In nature, AAV has evolved to grow and function most effectively in mammalian cells, and we believe using this setting in our manufacturing processes contributes to optimal capsid assembly, activity and genome packaging.

          Our AAV manufacturing is currently performed in two mammalian cell types, human embryonic kidney 293 cells, or HEK293 cells, and HeLa cells. Each of these manufacturing systems has specific advantages and is well-established for the manufacture of gene therapy vectors on small scales. HEK293 cells are straightforward to grow and transfect readily, and as a result, are used widely in the biotechnology industry to produce therapeutic proteins and viral vectors for gene therapy on a small scale. Vectors produced using HEK293 cells have been, or are being, used safely in multiple clinical trials, including trials conducted in the United States and the European Union by other biopharmaceutical companies and academic and government institutions. A key advantage of the HEK293 cell manufacturing system is flexibility and the relative speed with which AAV vectors can be manufactured for early Phase I/II clinical trials, allowing the establishment of early indications of therapeutic benefit in patients. Because of these reasons and the strong safety record of the HEK293 cell platform, we chose the HEK293 gene therapy manufacturing platform for the Phase I/II clinical trials of our first two internal clinical programs, DTX101 and DTX301.

          We have successfully transferred our entire HEK293 DTX101 manufacturing process to a CMO, where it is currently being used to manufacture clinical materials pursuant to FDA's current good manufacturing practices, or cGMP, requirements. Since the beginning of 2015, our CMO has successfully completed five cGMP drug substance batches and one drug product batch of DTX101. We are similarly undertaking process development with a CMO on DTX301 to supply material for our IND-enabling studies and subsequently for Phase I/II clinical trials.

112


Table of Contents

          Despite several beneficial characteristics, the HEK293 process has limitations with respect to manufacturing at the scale required for Phase III clinical trials and commercial sale. These scaling limitations relate to the adherent nature of HEK293 cells and the requirement to introduce multiple plasmid DNA components into the cells for each manufacturing run, additional steps that bring added risk and possible process variability that can be avoided with other production systems.

          Given the limitations regarding the HEK293 platform, we have elected to develop an additional upstream manufacturing platform with benefits related to scalability, quality and reliability. We believe the HeLa producer cell system we are developing is unique among AAV vector manufacturing platforms in that it uses a clonal cell platform. This HeLa clonal producer cell system is analogous to many standard and widely used recombinant protein and antibody manufacturing techniques in that a product-specific master cell bank is generated. By using a single cloned cell as the basis for a manufacturing process, we can select a clone with ideal attributes for production, including high vector yield and quality. In addition, the system does not require animal-derived products, which can be a limiting factor in process quality. Importantly, the same downstream purification steps that we have developed and optimized for the HEK293 cell platform can be used for our HeLa platform with minimal modification. This further enhances the scalability of the HeLa platform given the downstream processes employed in HeLa-based AAV vector manufacturing involve operations that are consistent with well-understood and widely used manufacturing processes used to make biologic and antibody drug therapies.

          In the downstream portion of the process, the AAV vector is subjected to rigorous purification steps for enrichment of the desired AAV vector and removal of contaminants. Key contaminants include DNA, proteins and incorrectly assembled AAV capsids that lack the proper capsid proteins or the AAV vector genome. AAV capsids that contain a therapeutic vector genome are referred to as full capsids and represent the active component of the overall AAV vector preparation. AAV capsids that lack a genome are referred to as empty capsids and are not therapeutically active.

          A significant challenge in the manufacturing of AAV vectors is the inability to reliably produce high levels of full AAV vectors, which include all capsid proteins in the right configuration and a functional copy of the desired gene to be delivered. We believe it is critical to manufacture AAV vectors for clinical use that are as free from empty capsids as possible to reduce potential inflammatory and immune responses in patients and to minimize dose-limiting side effects, like elevated liver enzymes. Historically, AAV vector preparations, including some used in clinical trials, contain as little as and sometimes less than 10% full capsids. As compared to other manufacturing platforms, our HeLa clonal cell system and downstream purification processes are designed to enable us to routinely produce higher purity AAV vector products enriched for a substantially greater proportion of full versus empty capsids at clinical and commercial scales.

          In order to scale up our processes for Phase III clinical and commercial scale manufacturing, we intend to transition from the adherent HEK293 cell manufacturing scale used for our DTX101 and DTX301 Phase I/II programs to a high volume HeLa cell-based suspension bioreactor format. We plan to continue to build our internal capabilities to control process development, at least through the 250 liter bioreactor scale, leveraging our deep manufacturing expertise to address the complexities of process scale-up and ensure robust process development in viral manufacturing. This approach will also offer meaningful opportunities to generate unique know-how and enable generation of new intellectual property. We plan to partner with CMOs for clinical and commercial scale production, which typically occurs at 1,000 to 2,000 liter scale. We believe that by focusing on internal process development through the 250-liter scale, we can optimize the robustness of future process transfers to these organizations while maximally controlling our intellectual property.

113


Table of Contents

          In connection with our transition from the HEK293 cell upstream platform to the HeLa cell upstream platform for the DTX101, DTX301 and potentially other programs, we expect that FDA and the EMA will require us to assess the comparability of products produced in HEK293 cells against those produced in HeLa cells. Taking into account standard regulatory guidance on product comparability, we intend to assess comparability through validated analytical processes, in safety and efficacy animal studies, or, if necessary, by dosing a small number of patients at similar doses. We do not believe additional clinical testing, if we determine it is necessary, would significantly change our product development timelines.

          We believe that the numerous benefits of our mammalian cell-based production technology, together with our team's core competency and expertise in vector manufacturing, provide us with a significant competitive differentiation relative to our potential competitors and serve as a key aspect of our overall gene therapy platform.

Our Product Pipeline

DTX101

          DTX101 consists of an AAV vector that uses the AAVrh10 capsid serotype and a codon-optimized FIX gene, which has been designed to preferentially transduce liver cells and express human FIX at therapeutic levels for the treatment of patients with hemophilia B. In August 2015, we submitted an IND for DTX101 with FDA and in September 2015, we received notification allowing us to proceed with our Phase I/II clinical trial of DTX101. DTX101 was granted Orphan Drug Designation in the United States in August 2015 and Fast Track Designation in September 2015 for the treatment of hemophilia B and we expect to initiate clinical trials by the end of 2015. We also intend to submit a clinical trial authorization, or CTA, with the EMA.

          Hemophilia B is a rare, genetic bleeding disorder with X-linked inheritance mostly affecting male adults and children that results from a deficiency of FIX protein. In 2013, the World Federation of Hemophilia estimated there were approximately 28,000 hemophilia B patients worldwide, including approximately 4,000 in the United States.

          Approximately half of hemophilia B cases are classified as severe based on levels of FIX activity that are less than 1% of normal. Disease severity is determined by circulating levels of FIX, with mild hemophilia B classified as a level of FIX in the blood greater than or equal to 5% of normal but less than 50% of normal. Patients with mild hemophilia B typically experience bleeding only after serious injury, trauma or surgery. Moderate disease is classified as FIX levels in the blood that are equal to or greater than 1% of normal but less than 5% of normal. These patients may have bleeds following trauma, or may have spontaneous bleeding episodes, but these will occur less frequently than in those with severe hemophilia B. Severe hemophilia B is classified as a level of FIX in the blood of less than 1% of normal. Patients with severe disease experience frequent spontaneous bleeding episodes, often into their joints and muscles, which can lead to edema, inflammation and debilitating pain.

114


Table of Contents

          The current standard of care for patients with hemophilia B involves chronic replacement of FIX protein through intravenous infusions. Exogenous FIX protein is administered both as prophylaxis as well as during acute bleeding episodes. While this factor was originally derived from plasma collected from healthy donors, FIX is routinely produced by recombinant methods. Before appropriate processing and testing of plasma was in place, many hemophilia patients developed HIV, hepatitis B or hepatitis C infections. While plasma-derived products have been free of the viruses that cause these infections for many years, there remain concerns for a potential risk of transmission of blood borne diseases. A number of virus-free FIX products made by recombinant methods have been approved by regulatory agencies and in the United States only approximately 20% of FIX comes from plasma, while in some other countries 100% is derived from plasma. The worldwide market for hemophilia B products is approximately $1.2 billion and sales of the leading product in this class, BeneFix from Pfizer, were $856 million in 2014. While considered effective, FIX protein replacement therapies are invasive, inconvenient, and not curative. In addition, annual cost per patient is between $100,000 and $300,000.

          Until recently, hemophilia B therapy required intravenous infusions of FIX protein every two to three days. In March 2014, newer recombinant FIX products such as ALPROLIX from Biogen were approved that extend the treatment interval to seven to ten days. While this represents an improvement in convenience, it does not remedy key drawbacks of replacement therapy resulting from peak and trough levels of circulating FIX. We believe that treatment of hemophilia B with gene therapy addresses these issues. In particular, given its potential to provide constant levels of FIX, we believe a FIX gene therapy product will decrease the incidence of spontaneous bleeds, joint bleeds and the long-term damage resulting from them and therefore increase quality of life.

          DTX101 is a gene therapy product candidate designed to treat patients with hemophilia B in a durable fashion, possibly on the basis of a single infusion. We believe our research and development approach to DTX101 for hemophilia B is differentiated from other programs based on the combination of our choice of AAV capsid serotype, selected transgene and robust manufacturing process.

          DTX101 utilizes the AAV capsid serotype AAVrh10 to deliver codon-optimized wild-type FIX preferentially to the liver. DTX101 contains a gene that has been optimized for expression of wild-type FIX protein and incorporates the gene into a conventional single-stranded vector genome architecture that includes a liver-specific promoter. In August 2015, we submitted an IND for DTX101 with FDA and in September 2015, we received notification allowing us to proceed with our Phase I/II clinical trial of DTX101. We plan to initiate clinical trials by the end of 2015.

          An advantage of a gene therapy for extracellular factors such as FIX is that the overall level of the protein in circulation is more important than the amount of protein synthesized by individual cells. Therefore, we believe it is possible to develop effective therapies based on several different properties of gene therapy vectors and vector genomes, including: engineering vectors to achieve highly efficient transduction of host cells; adding alternate cell-type-specific promoters in the vectors to increase the expression of the gene in the host cells; and engineering vector genomes, in this case the codon optimization of the FIX gene, to enhance expression of the therapeutic protein once it is produced by the host cells.

          Previous AAV-directed gene therapy efforts have resulted in poor or inconsistent levels of gene transduction and low levels of FIX expression. Consequently, some have decided to use a mutant version of FIX protein called the Padua variant that has six- to eight-fold higher activity than normal

115


Table of Contents

FIX. This is a way to compensate for low liver transduction efficiency and a lower percentage of full capsids. However, the higher activity of the Padua FIX variant potentially puts patients at risk for hyper-coagulation, or blood clot development, that may increase regulatory questions during clinical development. DTX101 incorporates a gene that expresses the normal sequence of FIX versus a mutant or foreign FIX and is designed to avoid exposing patients to the potential risks associated with long-term exposure to an altered gene product, including immune responses. For these reasons, we believe our optimized and highly purified DTX101 product can provide better clinical benefit at lower capsid dosing with fewer adverse events, including elevated liver enzyme levels associated with exposure to the Padua variant of FIX and/or high loads of empty capsids that have been seen with earlier generation AAV-FIX proof-of-concept products.

          By the end of 2015, we plan to initiate an open-label clinical trial of DTX101 in adult males with moderate/severe to severe hemophilia B (baseline FIX activity £ 2% of normal or documented history of FIX activity £ 2%). We believe we can characterize the DTX101 trial as a Phase I/II trial insofar as we will administer the investigational drug in hemophilia B patients rather than in healthy volunteers, with the intent of assessing not only safety and dosing levels but evaluating early efficacy (change in annual bleed rate) as well. One goal of the study is to identify the dose needed to achieve durable factor levels that will have a clinically significant effect on the number of bleeding episodes. If the trial proceeds as planned, this preliminary data will enable us to further explore and potentially confirm efficacy in a larger number of patients in a subsequent trial.

          In our Phase I/II study, up to 12 subjects will be enrolled to receive a single intravenous infusion of DTX101 at doses ranging from 1.6 x 10 12 genome copies per kilogram to 1.0 x 10 13 genome copies per kilogram. The primary goals of the trial are to evaluate the safety, dose and efficacy of DTX101 based on FIX blood levels, FIX activity and the change in annual bleed rate, which currently average a minimum of fifteen bleeding episodes per year for patients with severe hemophilia B and three or more bleeding episodes per year on prophylaxis. Efficacy will be assessed based on the number of bleeding episodes and dosing requirements for FIX protein replacement therapy. Our goal is to achieve FIX blood levels stabilized to 10% to 20% of normal within 30 days, as we believe that targeting this range offers a meaningful clinical benefit to patients. Pharmacodynamics will be assessed based on FIX activity. Patients will be followed for a period of one year and then be offered enrollment into a long-term, 5-year extension study for safety follow-up.

          In a previous clinical trial described by Nathwani and colleagues in the New England Journal of Medicine in 2014, ten patients with severe hemophilia B in a Phase I dose escalation trial were treated with a codon-optimized wild-type FIX gene delivered using an AAV8 viral capsid at doses ranging from 2×10 11 to 2×10 12 genome copies per kilogram. The trial demonstrated a dose dependent elevation in FIX circulation to a level that was 1% to 6% of the normal level over a median period of 3.2 years, with one patient deriving clinical benefit beyond 4.5 years. In the year following the one-time dose of the AAV8 vector, on average these patients had a 92% decrease in the use of FIX protein therapy and a corresponding drop from an average of 15.5 bleeding episodes per year to 1.5 episodes. The majority of adverse events were mild in severity, with 86% unrelated to the drug, and no increase in the levels of neutralizing antibodies against FIX was observed in any of the ten study subjects. The most common adverse event was an asymptomatic elevation in liver enzymes, which occurred approximately 7 to 10 weeks after vector infusion. Each patient with elevated liver enzymes received a tapering dose of steroids that resulted in resolution of the elevated liver enzymes over a median period of 5 days. Given the results of this study, which used the Clade E AAV8 vector and a different codon-optimized wild-type FIX gene, we believe that DTX101 may also provide meaningful, durable clinical benefit.

116


Table of Contents

          The figures below highlight two of the ten subjects from this study, each of which are representative of subjects that do or do not experience increases in liver enzymes. Each figure shows the FIX protein activity, as a percent of normal levels, and the number of annual bleeding episodes over the years following vector infusion.

GRAPHIC

          In our experiments in preclinical mouse models, shown in the figure below, we demonstrated FIX expression similar to the expression demonstrated by the Nathwani vector published in the New England Journal of Medicine when we delivered both a vector that used AAVrh10, which is the viral capsid used in DTX101, and a vector that used AAV8 and the transgene from the Nathwani trial. We synthesized the same wild-type FIX gene as that published in the Nathwani paper and delivered it to normal mice via tail vein injection. Both vector preparations were produced by the same method to ensure comparability. At the times indicated in the figure below, human FIX protein levels were measured in the blood. All doses of each vector were well tolerated. A single intravenous injection of AAV8 or AAVrh10 led to expression of FIX for at least 32 weeks.

GRAPHIC

          Additional preclinical studies were carried out with the DTX101 product candidate in normal wild-type mice (10 mice per group) and in FIX knockout mice (6 mice per group). FIX knockout

117


Table of Contents

mice have a deletion of 164 amino acids in the FIX protein and exhibit less than 5% of normal FIX activity. The level of expression for intravenous administration of DTX101 was dose-dependent and we observed a minimal effective dose, or MED, between 1.6×10 10 and 5×10 10 gene copies per kg, which produces between 3% and 100% of FIX expression obtained in wild-type mice, respectively. Additionally, the FIX that is produced by DTX101 has functional activity as assessed in a blood coagulation assay. The figure below shows FIX expression on the left and activity on the right at the increasing doses evaluated two, four and six weeks after administration.

GRAPHIC

DTX301

          DTX301 consists of a Clade E AAV capsid containing an OTC gene, which is designed to preferentially express human OTC in the liver for the treatment of symptomatic patients with late-onset OTC deficiency. We have completed candidate selection and plan to complete IND-enabling studies on DTX301 in the second half of 2016. We have submitted an application for Orphan Drug Designation and intend to submit an IND with FDA and a CTA with the EMA. As with DTX101, we expect to evaluate DTX301 in a Phase I/II trial in which we administer the investigational drug in OTC deficiency patients rather than in healthy volunteers, with the intent of assessing not only safety and dosing levels but also evaluating early efficacy as well.

          OTC is part of the urea cycle, an enzymatic pathway in the liver that converts excess nitrogen, in the form of ammonia, to urea for excretion. OTC deficiency is the most common urea cycle disorder and leads to increased levels of ammonia and irreversible neurocognitive damage if treatment is not initiated early during a metabolic crisis. Long-term elevations in ammonia put patients at risk for additional morbidities including seizures, learning disabilities, and speech disorders. The prevalence of OTC deficiency is estimated to be approximately 3,400 patients in the United States and approximately 10,000 patients worldwide, of which we estimate approximately 80% are classified as late-onset, our target population.

          The gene that codes for OTC is X-linked and therefore the majority of patients with severe deficiency are male. Infants with early-onset OTC deficiency initially appear normal but with onset of metabolic crisis rapidly develop cerebral edema and the related signs of lethargy, anorexia, hyperventilation or hypoventilation, hypothermia, seizures, neurologic posturing, coma and death. As a result of the high mortality rate of neonatal OTC deficiency, the majority of patients have late-onset disease, which presents in patients beyond 30 days after birth. In late-onset OTC deficiency, ammonia accumulation may be triggered by illness or stress at almost any time in life,

118


Table of Contents

resulting in multiple mild to severe elevations of ammonia concentration and long-term neurocognitive and executive function changes.

          The current treatments for patients with OTC deficiency are nitrogen scavenging drugs and severe limitations in dietary protein. Drug therapy includes sodium phenylbutyrate (Buphenyl) and glycerol phenylbutyrate (Ravicti), both nitrogen scavengers that help eliminate excess nitrogen, in the form of ammonia, by facilitating its excretion. During a metabolic crisis, patients routinely receive carbohydrate and lipid rich nutrition, including overnight feeding through a nasogastric tube, to limit bodily protein breakdown and ammonia production. In acute cases, ammonia must be removed by dialysis or hemofiltration.

          While liver transplant may be a solution for OTC deficiency and other urea cycle disorders, a transplant carries significant risk, such as those associated with surgery and the requirement for long-term immunosuppression. Between 2002 and 2012, there were 186 liver transplants reported in children with urea cycle disorders. While the overall survival of these children was high, younger children fared worse than older children due to the complex nature of the surgical procedure and challenges arising from long-term immunosuppressive agents to prevent graft rejection. Long-term complications of liver transplants related to the regime of immunosuppressive medications include increased rates of infections, malignancy, and kidney toxicity. This has led to revised guidance to delay transplants in cases where patients may be sufficiently managed with diet and drug therapy. In patients where liver transplant is indicated, patients often die while waiting for transplant.

          DTX301 is a gene therapy product candidate consisting of an AAV vector designed to preferentially express human OTC in the liver. We intend to develop DTX301 for the treatment of patients with moderate to severe OTC deficiency. In OTC deficiency, the enzyme deficiency and ammonia production occurs within liver hepatocytes. Significant reductions in overall ammonia levels can favorably impact disease symptoms, which can be achieved through the expression of as little as 3% of normal OTC activity.

          The ability of DTX301 to direct durable expression of functional OTC was assessed in a mouse model of moderate OTC deficiency, the spf ash OTC mouse, that included three to five animals per group. In this study, DTX301 resulted in stable expression and activity of OTC and normalization of levels of urinary orotic acid, an easy-to-measure marker of ammonia production. These effects were also consistent for 40 weeks following treatment with a single intravenous infusion of DTX301 at 1×10 10  GC or higher. The figure below illustrates normalization of urinary orotic acid in the weeks after administration of DTX301.

GRAPHIC

119


Table of Contents

          In a different study with DTX301 and one other vector, in collaboration with Dr. Wilson and colleagues, we also demonstrated a positive impact on survival with these vectors delivered to the livers of neonate OTC knockout mice. The study, shown in the below figure, investigated the relationship between therapeutic response and survival by testing different numbers of treatments in a mouse model where no OTC is present, or a knockout model. In this model, newborn untreated mice die within 24 hours, which is analogous to the early onset, severe human form of OTC deficiency. A single administration of DTX301 increased survival for up to 42 days. A second group of mice received a second administration of another vector at four weeks, which resulted in 40% of the mice surviving for at least one year. Dr. Wilson and colleagues later re-administered DTX301 to a third group of mice, which resulted in more than 60% survival for approximately 18 months.

GRAPHIC

          Today, repeat administration of identical AAV vectors is often not possible in humans because of the development of neutralizing antibodies, immune system elements that render the vectors less effective or ineffective. We expect to focus initially on late-onset patients who represent the majority of cases of OTC deficiency as well as older patients who had previously been diagnosed with early onset disease in the hope of achieving durable benefit from a single administration.

          Given that the data demonstrate rescue of a severe OTC deficient phenotype in mice, we believe AAV OTC can offer meaningful long-term clinical benefit to patients with late-onset disease. In a subsequent research program, we plan to further explore the potential utility of AAV OTC gene therapy in neonates, including the opportunity for re-dosing.

          We plan to collaborate with the Urea Cycle Disorders Consortium, or the Consortium, for our work on OTC deficiency. The Consortium is a group of clinicians, nurses, and researchers in the United States focused on improving the lives of patients with OTC deficiency and other urea cycle disorders. The Consortium has established centers of clinical and scientific excellence across the United States and Europe and has established one of the largest national registries for patients with urea cycle disorders, including patients with OTC deficiency. The head of the Consortium, Mark Batshaw, M.D., serves as a clinical advisor on and chairman of our clinical advisory board for urea cycle disorders and our Chief Medical Officer, Eric Crombez, M.D., was an original member of the Consortium. Other than our clinical advisor agreement with Dr. Batshaw, we have no written or oral agreements governing our DTX301 collaborations. Our collaboration with the Consortium is informal and neither we nor the Consortium have any contractual obligation to continue working together.

120


Table of Contents

DTX401

          DTX401 consists of an AAV vector designed to preferentially express human G6Pase in the liver for the treatment of severe or uncontrolled cases of GSDIa.

          We plan to complete candidate selection and initiate IND-enabling studies on DTX401 in the first half of 2016. We intend to apply for Orphan Drug Designation and submit an IND with FDA and submit a CTA with the EMA. As with DTX101, we expect to evaluate DTX401 in a Phase I/II trial in which we administer DTX401 to GSD1a patients rather than in healthy volunteers, with the intent of assessing not only safety and dosing levels but also evaluating early signals of efficacy as well.

          GSDIa is an autosomal recessive inborn error of metabolism in which a defect or deficiency in G6Pase prevents the formation and breakdown of glycogen, normally a key energy store required to maintain normal blood glucose levels. In GSDIa, the inability of patients to regulate glucose levels leads to hypoglycemia, or low glucose, and lactic acidemia, or high levels of lactic acid, during fasting. Patients are currently managed through a strict diet and frequent feedings that include overnight administration of uncooked cornstarch or a medical food called Glycosade, a slow release carbohydrate product. Delivery of both involves frequent oral administration or via a feeding or a nasogastric tube, the latter of which can also become disconnected or blocked during use. Any disruption in carbohydrate delivery may lead to low blood sugar levels, which can cause life-threatening results including coma and death. GSDIa patients also face chronic, long-term risks such as growth impairment, neuropathy, kidney stones and hepatocellular adenomas, growths that develop in 70% to 80% of patients over 25 years of age. Of those that develop hepatocellular adenomas, approximately 10% transform into life-threatening hepatocellular carcinoma. There are approximately 6,000 cases of GSDIa worldwide. Similar to OTC deficiency, a liver transplant is a potential solution for GSDIa, but bears significant short- and long-term risk, such as those associated with surgery and the requirement for long-term immunosuppression.

          DTX401 is an AAV gene therapy program that will use an AAV vector designed to preferentially express human G6Pase in the liver. We intend to initially focus our DTX401 clinical development program on adult or young adult patients with uncontrolled or poorly managed disease at risk for acute hypoglycemia. We expect to further our work in this area in collaboration with the Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health and Human Development, or NICHD, an institute of the U.S. National Institutes of Health, through a cooperative research and development agreement, or CRADA, we have entered into and with David Weinstein, M.D., M.M.Sc., of the University of Florida in his role as a clinical advisor on and chairman of our clinical advisory board for GSD1a. In addition, we intend to work collaboratively with patient organizations, including The Children's Fund for Glycogen Storage Disease Research. Other than our CRADA with the NICHD and our clinical advisor agreement with Dr. Weinstein, we have no written or oral agreements governing our DTX401 collaborations. We expect to evaluate the need for formal or informal arrangements on a case by case basis, but there is no legally binding continuing obligation to do any of the foregoing.

          In a canine model of GSDIa that originated from a naturally occurring Maltese dog colony, neonatal administration of an AAV8 vector developed by others containing the G6Pase gene resulted in transient improvement in glucose and a reduction in blood levels of lactic acid as described by Dr. Weinstein and colleagues in 2010 in a peer reviewed article in the journal Human Gene Therapy . The effects of treatment seen in this study diminished by 4 weeks of age as the percent of cells expressing G6Pase decreased as new liver hepatocytes were created, because AAV

121


Table of Contents

vectors do not replicate in cells and the vector genomes are lost during rapid liver growth in the neonate period.

          In order to understand the efficacy of AAV administration after the liver has already grown closer to its adult size, Dr. Weinstein and colleagues delivered the G6Pase gene a second time with a different viral capsid serotype. An AAV1 capsid serotype was used to avoid potential inhibition from neutralizing antibodies that may have been elicited from the first dose of AAV8 vector. Addition of the second vector resulted in higher levels of G6Pase activity and at 11 months, the dog that had been treated twice remained healthy and able to be maintained without any supplemental glucose or carbohydrates. In addition, at this time point absolute hepatic G6Pase activity, which is required to maintain blood glucose levels, was 6.3% of normal levels. These data suggest that approximately 6% of wild-type activity provides a critical threshold for glucose metabolism and liver histology in this animal model. The figure below shows G6Pase activity following administration of the AAV8 vector and following redosing with the AAV1 vector, compared against the G6Pase activity in an untreated normal wild-type dog, an untreated heterozygous dog and an untreated dog with GSD1a. In unpublished studies, Dr. Weinstein and colleagues dosed an additional six dogs under a variety of treatment paradigms with AAV8 and other vectors, all of which have experienced improved survival for at least three years after dosing, with the oldest still alive after approximately eight years. Without treatment, the dogs would have had an expected survival period of four weeks.

GRAPHIC

          Development of hepatic adenomas, and subsequent hepatic carcinomas, is dependent on increased storage of glycogen in the livers of GSDIa patients, suggesting a durable benefit when these build ups can be reduced or eliminated. In this same study, gene therapy delivery of the G6Pase gene reduced glycogen stores in the liver of the GSDIa canine. Five months after delivery of the AAV8 vector, the glycogen peak was 56% less than that in the animal that did not receive gene therapy. Six months after being redosed with the AAV1 vector, levels of hepatic glycogen were further reduced to 26% of the levels in the untreated dog. The figure below shows the levels of glycogen stores in the heterozygous dog, the normal wild-type dog and the dog with untreated

122


Table of Contents

GSDIa, in contrast to those of the gene therapy-treated dog 20 weeks after administration of the AAV8 vector and six months after the redosing with the AAV1 vector.

GRAPHIC

          Preclinical experiments performed by Janice Chou, Ph.D., and colleagues at the NICHD in a mouse model of GSDIa indicate that AAV encoded G6Pase, at levels of activity between 3% and 6%, can restore normal glucose metabolism under fasting conditions and prevent the formation of hepatic adenomas under fasting conditions. The fasting blood glucose profiles of AAV treated knockout mice with low (n=6), medium (n=9) or high (n=5) hepatic G6Pase activity paralleled those of wild-type control mice, although mice with low expression generally had lower blood glucose. In contrast, untreated knockout mice exhibited hypoglycemia within 60-75 minutes, an important hallmark of GSDIa in humans.

          Thus, we believe that patients with GSDIa who are successfully treated with a G6Pase gene therapy can avoid both the acute and longer-term complications associated with abnormal glycogen metabolism.

DTX201

          DTX201 consists of an AAV vector that contains a gene that encodes B domain deleted human Factor VIII, or FVIII, which is the commonly used recombinant FVIII protein used in protein replacement therapy. DTX201 has been designed to preferentially express FVIII at therapeutic levels for the treatment of patients with hemophilia A.

123


Table of Contents

          We are developing DTX201 in collaboration with Bayer and anticipate initiating IND-enabling studies by the end of 2015. As with DTX101, we expect to evaluate DTX201 in a Phase I/II trial in which we administer DTX201 to hemophilia A patients rather than in healthy volunteers, with the intent of assessing not only safety and dosing levels but also evaluating early signals of efficacy as well.

          Hemophilia A is a rare, genetic bleeding disorder and like hemophilia B, occurs in male adults and children due to its X-linked inheritance. Signs and symptoms of disease result from a deficiency of the blood coagulation protein FVIII and like hemophilia B, patients fall in to three levels of clinical severity: mild, moderate and severe. In addition to the risk for excessive bleeding during injury or trauma, hemophilia A patients also suffer from spontaneous bleeding into the large joints and soft tissue and are at risk of intracranial hemorrhage. Even a modest 1% absolute increase in FVIII protein levels with FVIII replacement therapy can markedly reduce spontaneous bleeds.

          Hemophilia A is the most common form of hemophilia and in 2013, the World Federation of Hemophilia estimated that there were approximately 140,000 patients worldwide with hemophilia A, including approximately 13,000 patients in the United States.

          Hemophilia A is currently treated by intravenous replacement of FVIII protein. Similar to FIX for treatment of patients with hemophilia B, FVIII has historically been isolated from human plasma and carried the same risk associated with the plasma-derived products. In the United States approximately 20% of FVIII comes from plasma, while in some other countries 100% is derived from plasma. The availability of gene therapy would avoid the potential risks associated with the use of plasma-derived factors.

          FVIII has a half-life of approximately twelve hours, so it must be administered frequently until a bleeding episode subsides. In severe patients, the recommended dosing frequency for recombinant FVIII protein administered prophylactically is three times a week. The global market for FVIII therapy is approximately $5 billion and is dominated by FVIII products with relatively short half-lives. In addition, annual cost per patient is between $100,000 and $300,000.

          In June 2014, a new recombinant FVIII product, ELOCTATE from Biogen, was approved that extends the treatment interval to five days. While this represents an improvement in convenience, it does not remedy key drawbacks of replacement therapy resulting from peak and trough levels of circulating FVIII. We believe that treatment of hemophilia A with gene therapy addresses these issues. In particular, given its potential to provide constant levels of FVIII, we believe a FVIII gene therapy product will decrease the incidence of spontaneous bleeds, joint bleeds and the long-term damage resulting from them, and therefore increase quality of life.

          DTX201 is a gene therapy program using an AAV vector designed to preferentially express human B domain deleted FVIII in the liver and we have entered into a global development and commercialization agreement with Bayer for this program. Bayer is a worldwide leader in the treatment of hemophilia and contributes valuable expertise in all aspects of the development of this product candidate. As part of our collaboration, we are responsible for the development of DTX201 through a proof-of-concept clinical trial, with full reimbursement of all project costs in accordance with the mutually agreed upon research budget. Bayer is responsible for managing and funding any subsequent clinical trials and commercialization. We also received an upfront payment of $20.0 million and are eligible for potential development and commercialization milestone payments of up to $232.0 million, as well as royalties on product sales.

124


Table of Contents

          The FVIII gene is larger than most other transgenes used in AAV gene therapy. As such, an important challenge for FVIII gene therapy development is the efficient packaging of the relevant gene into the AAV vector. We have undertaken extensive optimization of our vector and tested vectors in multiple animal species to select the transgene for DTX201, and have identified a product candidate with high specificity for transduction of the liver and high levels of FVIII expression. An additional challenge in conducting animal studies with human FVIII is that it is highly immunogenic in most animals, unlike human FIX. This finding is likely reflective of the fact that human recombinant FVIII in hemophilia A patients is immunogenic in approximately 25-30% of patients.

          During the process of identifying and developing our DTX201 product candidate, we carried out several pilot studies in non-human primates with a research AAV FVIII vector prior to initiating more detailed and extensive studies with the final panel of potential DTX201 candidates. Based on published and unpublished studies, we expected delivery of an AAV vector encoding human FVIII into non-human primates would generate an immune response that would prevent direct measurements of the human FVIII protein in the blood. In order to assess human FVIII in the blood, we developed an assay to measure continued AAV FVIII gene expression in the liver at the transcriptional, or RNA, level to understand duration of gene and protein expression in the presence of antibodies.

          In a non-human primate pilot study with these research AAV vectors, a single intravenous infusion with two different AAV capsids A or B led to expression of FVIII that continued for more than 50 weeks. FVIII antibodies developed in 3 out of the 4 animals. In the fourth animal, which was administered AAV capsid B, no FVIII antibodies were observed, allowing for a direct assessment of FVIII protein in its blood. AAV directed FVIII expression at the RNA level was demonstrated in each of the animals at similar levels regardless of whether FVIII antibodies were generated in the animals. The figure below shows FVIII activity as a percent of normal and antibody levels in the two out of the four animals that were administered AAV capsid B over a period of 60 weeks following dosing.

GRAPHIC

125


Table of Contents

          We also carried out animal studies with optimized vectors in FVIII knockout mice and demonstrated FVIII expression for more than 12 weeks after vector administration. AAV vectors were delivered via intravenous infusion at 10 10 gene copies per mouse (equivalent to 5X10 11 GC/kg). The ten FVIII knockout mice we assessed also showed FVIII expression and low-to-no anti-FVIII antibody development, as shown in the graphs below.

GRAPHIC

Our Partners and Advisors

          We have established relationships with key academic and commercial entities to provide us access to cutting edge technologies as well as streamline our product development. Our AAV technology is the product of over 25 years of research at University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine by Dr. Wilson and colleagues. Bayer, our partner in developing DTX201 for the treatment of patients with hemophilia A, has extensive experience in product development, clinical trial execution and marketing in this indication.

          Our scientific and clinical advisors are key thought leaders in gene therapy, and rare and genetic diseases. In addition to Dr. Wilson, our scientific advisors include: Terence R. Flotte, M.D., of the University of Massachusetts Medical School; Emil D. Kakkis, M.D., Ph.D., CEO of Ultragenyx Pharmaceuticals; Ian Alexander, M.B.B.S., Ph.D., of the Sydney Children's Hospitals Network; and Nicola Longo, M.D., Ph.D., of the University of Utah. Our clinical advisors are Mark L. Batshaw, M.D., of Children's National Medical Center, a thought leader in the treatment of urea cycle disorders; and David A. Weinstein, M.D., M.M.Sc., of the University of Florida, a thought leader in the treatment of GSDIa.

Collaborations and License Agreements

          In June 2014, we entered into an agreement with Bayer to research, develop and commercialize AAV gene therapy products for treatment of hemophilia A. The research term of the agreement is 54 months. Under this agreement, Bayer has been granted an exclusive license to develop and commercialize one or more novel gene therapies for hemophilia A and a right of first notice for gene therapy treatments for hemophilia B. We are responsible for the development of DTX201 under the agreement through a proof-of-concept clinical trial, with full reimbursement from Bayer for all project costs in accordance with the mutually agreed upon research budget. Upon the successful demonstration of clinical proof of concept, the agreement requires that Bayer use commercially reasonable efforts to manage and fund any subsequent clinical trials and

126


Table of Contents

commercialization of gene therapy products for treatment of hemophilia A. Bayer will have worldwide rights to commercialize the potential future product.

          In addition to an upfront cash payment of $20.0 million, we are eligible to receive development and commercialization milestone payments of up to $232.0 million. Bayer is obligated to make payments to us upon achievement of such milestones, in addition to tiered royalties based on product sales. Our agreement with Bayer expires on a licensed treatment-by-licensed treatment and country-by-country basis until the later of ten years from the date of first commercial sale or when patent claims have expired, lapsed, been abandoned, or been invalidated in such country. Either party may terminate the agreement for any material breach by the other party that the breaching party fails to cure. Bayer may terminate the agreement upon prior notice to us, either in its entirety or with respect to certain territories subject to the agreement. Bayer may also terminate the agreement upon notice of a product's failure to meet certain criteria or after the successful completion of certain Phase I trials in the event Bayer makes a good faith determination that there is a material safety issue with respect to such product. Either party may terminate the agreement upon bankruptcy or insolvency of the other party, and we may terminate the agreement if Bayer institutes certain actions. Under certain termination circumstances, we would have worldwide rights to the terminated program(s). The agreement also contains customary confidentiality, indemnification, insurance and non-assignment provisions.

          In October 2013, we entered into an exclusive license agreement with ReGenX for the development and commercialization of products to treat hemophilia B, hemophilia A and up to two additional indications using ReGenX's technology. The 2013 license agreement was subsequently amended in June 2014 and September 2014. For further information regarding our relationship with ReGenX, please see "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — License Agreements and Related Agreements with ReGenX" located elsewhere in this prospectus. We elected OTC deficiency and GSD1a as the additional licensed disease indications in September 2014 and January 2015, respectively. Under the 2013 license agreement, ReGenX granted us an exclusive worldwide license under certain intellectual property, subject to certain retained rights, to make, have made, use, import, sell, and offer to sell licensed products for the treatment of hemophilia B, hemophilia A, OTC deficiency and GSD1a using in vivo gene therapy. The intellectual property does not include manufacturing technology beyond know-how related to a triple-transfection method for making AAV vectors, for which our rights extend only through Phase II clinical trials and which we do not intend to use thereafter, and manufacturing technology developed under our 2014 side letter with ReGenX, described below under "Business — Collaborations and License Agreements — Sponsored Research Agreements with Penn — 2014 Side Letter with ReGenX." Our exclusive license is subject to a number of exclusions, including rights regarding the treatment of hemophilia B or hemophilia A using AAV8; and rights to conduct commercial reagent and services businesses, or to provide services to third parties. We do not have the right to control prosecution of the in-licensed patent applications, and our rights to enforce the in-licensed patents are subject to certain limitations.

          Under the terms of the 2013 license agreement, as consideration for the license, ReGenX received shares of our common stock, an annual maintenance fee per disease indication licensed, low to mid single-digit royalty percentages on net sales of licensed products, and milestone fees, if any, owed by ReGenX to GlaxoSmithKline, or GSK, or sublicense fees owed by ReGenX to the University of Pennsylvania or GSK as a result of our activities under the 2013 license agreement.

127


Table of Contents

          We are required to develop licensed products in accordance with certain performance milestones, which include the receipt of certain financing and development milestones. In the event that we fail to meet a particular development performance milestone, we may extend the deadline to achieve such milestone for additional time in exchange for separate payments to ReGenX.

          Our 2013 license agreement with ReGenX will expire upon the expiration, lapse, abandonment, or invalidation of the last claim of the licensed intellectual property to expire, lapse, or become abandoned or unenforceable in all the countries of the world. Upon expiration, our know-how license will become non-exclusive, perpetual, irrevocable and royalty-free with respect to licensed know-how that ReGenX owns in the field and will continue with respect to all of ReGenX's other know-how in the field under its GSK and/or the University of Pennsylvania licenses for so long as its rights from those licensors continue. Subject to certain obligations to Bayer, we may terminate the 2013 license agreement upon prior written notice to ReGenX. ReGenX may terminate the license agreement if we or our affiliates become insolvent, if we are greater than a specified number of days late in paying money due under the 2013 license agreement, or, effective immediately, if we or our affiliates commence certain actions relating to the licensed patents. Either party may terminate the 2013 license agreement for a material breach that is not cured within a specified number of days. If the 2013 license agreement is terminated with respect to an indication, we grant certain rights to ReGenX, including transferring ownership of any applicable regulatory approvals and granting an exclusive license under certain of our intellectual property for use with respect to products covered by the intellectual property we had licensed from ReGenX in that indication.

          In March 2015, we entered into an option and license agreement with ReGenX that grants us the option to exclusively license ReGenX's technology for the development and commercialization of products for additional disease indications. Under this agreement, ReGenX granted us distinct options to obtain, with respect to up to four disease indications, an exclusive worldwide license under the licensed intellectual property, each to make, have made, use, import, sell, and offer for sale licensed products with respect to such disease indication. Any exclusive licenses under this 2015 option and license agreement are subject to a number of exclusions, including manufacturing technology; rights regarding the treatment of hemophilia B or hemophilia A using AAV8; the treatment of certain other conditions using AAV9; and rights to conduct commercial reagent and services businesses, or to provide services to third parties. Moreover, our exercise of any option is subject to availability, and it is possible that rights for indications for which we may be interested have been or will already be licensed, in whole or in part, to a third party before we elect to exercise our rights. We do not have the right to control prosecution of the in-licensed patent applications, and our rights to enforce the in-licensed patents are subject to certain limitations. We exercised an option to exclusively license our first additional disease indication in May 2015 and our second additional disease indication in August 2015.

          Upon our exercise of any or all of the commercial options, as consideration for each such option exercise, we are obligated to pay ReGenX an upfront fee, an annual maintenance fee per option exercised, certain milestone fees per disease indication, mid to high single-digit royalty percentages on net sales of licensed products, and mid single to low double-digit percentages of any sublicense fees we receive from sublicensees for the licensed intellectual property rights.

          We are obligated to use diligent efforts to meet certain development and regulatory milestones for each optioned disease indication, which may be extended for additional time upon the payment of an additional sum.

          The 2015 option and license agreement with ReGenX will expire upon the expiration of the royalty obligations with respect to all licensed products for all licensed indications under all licenses

128


Table of Contents

granted under all exercised commercial options. Any options not exercised will automatically terminate in 2019 (which may extended for additional time for a fee). We may terminate the 2015 option and license agreement upon prior written notice. ReGenX may terminate the 2015 option and license agreement if we or our controlling affiliates become insolvent, if we are greater than a specified number of days late in paying money due under the 2015 option and license agreement, or, effective immediately, if we or our affiliates commence certain actions relating to the licensed patents. Either party may terminate the 2015 option and license agreement for a material breach that is not cured within a specified number of days.

          In January 2015, we entered into an agreement with the University of Pennsylvania to sponsor certain research of Dr. Wilson at University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine related to liver gene therapy and hemophilia. The agreement was subsequently amended in August 2015. In consideration for funding such research, the University of Pennsylvania granted us an option to obtain a worldwide, non-exclusive or exclusive, royalty-bearing license, with the right to sublicense, under certain patent rights conceived, created or reduced to practice in the conduct of the research. We are required to reimburse the University of Pennsylvania for filing, prosecuting and maintaining such patent rights unless and until we decline to exercise our option. Dr. Wilson is required to provide us with task-based, scientific reports of progress and results of the research, and the University of Pennsylvania granted us a royalty-free, nontransferable, non-exclusive right to copy and distribute any research reports furnished to us for any reasonable purpose, provided the results are not made publicly available until certain conditions are met, and the right to use, disclose and otherwise exploit the research results for any reasonable purpose, subject to similar restrictions on our public disclosure of the research results. Otherwise, the sponsored research agreement contains customary confidentiality provisions.

          Our sponsored research agreement with the University of Pennsylvania will expire on December 31, 2016 unless earlier terminated or we mutually agree to extend or renew the agreement. Either party may terminate the agreement if Dr. Wilson becomes unavailable and an acceptable substitute is not found within a certain period of time, or if we fail to mutually agree on an acceptable work plan and budget for the sponsored research. We may also terminate the sponsored research agreement upon written notice to the University of Pennsylvania, as long as we have met all of our payment and performance obligations to date. Either party may terminate this agreement for a material breach that is not cured within a specified number of days.

          Prior to the sponsored research agreement described above, we had sponsored research with the University of Pennsylvania pursuant to a side letter with ReGenX referencing ReGenX's sponsored research agreement with the University of Pennsylvania dated November 1, 2013. In accordance with the side letter and the sponsored research agreement, we submitted research plans to the University of Pennsylvania and made associated payments and cost reimbursements related to such research. The side letter provided that patent rights and know-how developed by University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine under the research plans, to which ReGenX received rights under its license from the University of Pennsylvania, were included in the intellectual property ReGenX licensed to us in our 2013 license agreement for our licensed disease indications. Our 2014 side letter with ReGenX expired on December 31, 2014.

129


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property

          The proprietary nature of, and protection for, our gene therapy technology, our product candidates, and our production methods are an important part of our strategy to develop and commercialize novel medicines. We have in-licensed patents relating to certain of our product candidates, and will rely on trade secret protection to protect aspects of our business that are not amenable to, or that we do not consider appropriate for, patent protection.

          We have in-licensed patents and patent applications owned by the University of Pennsylvania relating to various adeno-associated viruses and vectors utilizing the capsids of those viruses. These patents and patent applications are licensed or sublicensed to ReGenX and sublicensed by ReGenX to us. As described above under "Collaborations and License Agreements — ReGenX License Agreements," our sublicense is exclusive, but limited to particular fields, such as hemophilia B, hemophilia A, OTC deficiency, and GSDIa and is subject to certain retained rights. We do not control the prosecution of our in-licensed patents and patent applications, and our rights to enforce the patents are limited in certain ways. For additional detail regarding the risks associated with our license agreements see "Risk Factors — Risks Related to Intellectual Property."

          As of June 30, 2015, our in-licensed patent rights relating to our product candidates included the following:

          DTX101 :    Our product candidate DTX101 utilizes an AAVrh10 capsid and a codon-optimized FIX gene. We have in-licensed one pending U.S. patent application currently directed to recombinant AAV having an AAVrh10 capsid. Related patents have granted in Australia and Europe and related patent applications are pending in other countries. These patents and patent applications, if granted, will expire in 2022.

          DTX301 :    We expect that our product candidate DTX301 will utilize one of the patented AAV capsids we have in-licensed and contain a codon-optimized version of the OTC gene. Accordingly, depending on which capsid we utilize in DTX301, relevant in-licensed patents and patent applications, if granted, may expire in 2022.

          Our in-license also includes a patent application filed this year under the Patent Cooperation Treaty, directed to the codon-optimized version of the OTC gene that we plan to use in DTX301. If counterparts of this patent application in the U.S. or elsewhere are pursued, and to the extent any such applications ultimately issue as patents, they will expire in 2035.

          DTX401 :    We expect that our product candidate DTX401 will utilize one of the AAV capsids that are claimed in the patents and applications we have in-licensed and contain a version of the G6Pase gene. Accordingly, depending on which capsid we utilize in DTX401, relevant in-licensed patents and patent applications, if granted, may expire between 2022 and 2024.

          DTX201 :    Our product candidate DTX201 will utilize one of the AAV capsids that are claimed in the patents and applications we have in-licensed and contain a B domain deleted Factor VIII gene. These patents and patent applications, if granted, will expire between 2022 and 2024.

          The term of any given patent depends upon the legal term of patents in the countries in which they are obtained. In most countries in which we file, the patent term is 20 years from the date of filing the application. In the United States, a patent's term may be lengthened by patent term adjustment, which compensates a patentee for administrative delays by the USPTO in granting a patent, or may be shortened if a patent is terminally disclaimed over an earlier-filed co-owned patent. In addition, in certain instances, a patent term can be extended to recapture a portion of the term effectively lost as a result of FDA regulatory review period. However, the restoration period cannot be longer than five years and the total patent term including the restoration period must not exceed 14 years following FDA approval. In certain foreign jurisdictions similar extensions as

130


Table of Contents

compensation for regulatory delays are also available. The actual protection afforded by a patent varies on a claim by claim and country by country basis for each applicable product and depends upon many factors, including the type of patent, the scope of its coverage, the availability of regulatory related extensions, the availability of legal remedies in a particular country and the validity and enforceability of the patent.

          We rely, in some circumstances, on trade secrets and unpatented know-how that is either owned by or licensed to us to protect our technology. We seek to protect our proprietary technology and processes, in part, by entering into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, scientific advisors and contractors.

Government Regulation

          Government authorities in the United States at the federal, state and local level and in other countries regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, quality control, approval, labeling, packaging, storage, record-keeping, promotion, advertising, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, marketing and export and import of drug and biological products, such as our product candidates. Generally, before a new drug or biologic can be marketed, considerable data demonstrating its quality, safety and efficacy must be obtained, organized into a format specific for each regulatory authority, submitted for review and approved by the regulatory authority.

          In the United States, FDA regulates biologics under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, the Public Health Service Act, or PHSA, and their implementing regulations. Biologics also are subject to other federal, state and local statutes and regulations. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with appropriate federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or post-market, may subject an applicant to administrative or judicial sanctions. These sanctions could include, among other actions, FDA's refusal to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, a clinical hold, untitled or warning letters, request for product recalls or market withdrawals, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement and civil or criminal penalties. Any agency or judicial enforcement action could have a material adverse effect on us.

          Our product candidates must be approved by FDA through a BLA process before they may be legally marketed in the United States. The process generally involves the following:

131


Table of Contents

          The non-clinical and clinical testing and approval process requires substantial time, effort and financial resources, and we cannot be certain that any approvals for our product candidates will be granted on a timely basis, or at all. The data required to support a BLA are generated in two distinct development stages: non-clinical and clinical. The non-clinical development stage generally involves laboratory evaluations of drug chemistry, formulation and stability, as well as studies to evaluate toxicity in animals, which support subsequent clinical testing. The sponsor must submit the results of the non-clinical studies, together with manufacturing information, analytical data, any available clinical data or literature and a proposed clinical protocol, to FDA as part of the IND. An IND is a request for authorization from FDA to administer an investigational product to humans, and must become effective before human clinical trials may begin.

          The clinical stage of development involves the administration of the investigational product to healthy volunteers or patients under the supervision of qualified investigators, generally physicians not employed by or under the trial sponsor's control, in accordance with GCPs, which include the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent for their participation in any clinical trial. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the clinical trial, dosing procedures, subject selection and exclusion criteria and the parameters to be used to monitor subject safety and assess efficacy. Each protocol, and any subsequent amendments to the protocol, must be submitted to FDA as part of the IND. Furthermore, each clinical trial must be reviewed and approved by an IRB for each institution at which the clinical trial will be conducted to ensure that the risks to individuals participating in the clinical trials are minimized and are reasonable in relation to anticipated benefits. The IRB also approves the informed consent form that must be provided to each clinical trial subject or his or her legal representative, and must monitor the clinical trial until completed. There also are requirements governing the reporting of ongoing clinical trials and completed clinical trial results to public registries.

          Where a trial is conducted at, or sponsored by, institutions receiving funding from U.S. National Institutes of Health, or NIH, for recombinant DNA or synthetic nucleic acid molecule research, which we expect all our trials to be, prior to the submission of an IND to FDA, a protocol and related documentation is submitted to and the trial is registered with the NIH Office of Biotechnology Activities, or OBA, pursuant to the NIH Guidelines for Research Involving Recombinant or Synthetic Nucleic Acid Molecules, or NIH Guidelines. Compliance with the NIH Guidelines is mandatory for investigators at institutions receiving NIH funds for research involving recombinant DNA or synthetic nucleic acid molecules, but many companies and other institutions not otherwise subject to the NIH Guidelines voluntarily follow them and we expect any clinical trial we conduct will be subject to these guidelines. The NIH is responsible for convening the Recombinant DNA Advisory Committee, or RAC, a federal advisory committee that reviews research proposals involving human gene transfer research, and discusses protocols that raise novel or particularly important scientific, safety or ethical considerations at one of its public quarterly public

132


Table of Contents

meetings. The RAC decides whether a protocol raises issues that warrant discussion at its quarterly meetings, and the OBA will notify FDA of the RAC's decision regarding the necessity for full public review of a gene therapy protocol. RAC proceedings and reports are posted to the OBA website and may be accessed by the public. The outcome of the RAC review is a series of recommendations and advice from the RAC. FDA, IRB and Institutional Biosafety Committee, or the IBC, will be notified of the recommendations. The RAC process must be completed and IBC approval (and other applicable regulatory authorizations) must be obtained before patient enrollment can begin.

          A sponsor who wishes to conduct a clinical trial outside the United States may, but need not, obtain FDA authorization to conduct the clinical trial under an IND. If a foreign clinical trial is not conducted under an IND, the sponsor may submit data from the clinical trial to FDA in support of a BLA. FDA will accept a well-designed and well-conducted foreign clinical study not conducted under an IND if the study was conducted in accordance with GCPs, and FDA is able to validate the data through an onsite inspection if deemed necessary.

          Clinical trials generally are conducted in three sequential phases, known as Phase I, Phase II and Phase III, and may overlap.

          Post-approval trials, sometimes referred to as Phase IV clinical trials, may be conducted after initial marketing approval. These trials are used to gain additional experience from the treatment of patients in the intended therapeutic indication. In certain instances, FDA may mandate the performance of Phase IV clinical trials as a condition of approval of a BLA.

          Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials, among other information, must be submitted at least annually to FDA and written IND safety reports must be submitted to FDA and the investigators for serious and unexpected suspected adverse events, findings from other studies suggesting a significant risk to humans exposed to the drug, findings from animal or in vitro testing that suggest a significant risk for human subjects and any clinically important increase in the rate of a serious suspected adverse reaction over that listed in the protocol or investigator brochure.

          Following the RAC review and within 20 working days of consenting the first research participant, investigators must submit documentation to the OBA, including, for example, a copy of the IRB-approved informed consent document, a copy of the protocol approved by the IBC and the IRB, and a copy of the final IBC approval from the clinical trial site. Investigators also have an ongoing responsibility to monitor the trial and to keep OBA (in addition to IRBs, IBCs, FDA, and any

133


Table of Contents

sponsoring NIH institutes or centers), informed of any adverse events in the trial. If there are serious adverse events that are unexpected and possibly associated with the gene transfer product, these must be submitted to OBA within 15 calendar days of sponsor notification, unless they are fatal or life threatening, in which case they must be reported within 7 calendar days. Investigators must also file an annual report with OBA and provide specific information about the trials. Any updated versions of the protocol must be filed with the annual report; if there is a significant amendment to the original protocol that was reviewed by the RAC, OBA may request that the investigator file a new protocol rather than an amendment. Investigators should also notify OBA of any additional sites that are conducting the trial, and submit relevant documents (such as the IBC and IRB approvals) for the new site.

          Phase I, Phase II and Phase III clinical trials may not be completed successfully within any specified period, if at all. FDA or the sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB's requirements or if the drug or biologic has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients. Additionally, some clinical trials are overseen by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the clinical trial sponsor, known as a data safety monitoring board or committee. This group provides authorization for whether a trial may move forward at designated check points based on access to certain data from the trial. Concurrent with clinical trials, companies usually complete additional animal studies and also must develop additional information about the chemistry and physical characteristics of the drug or biologic as well as finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the product; and, among other things, we must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality and purity of the final product. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the product candidates do not undergo unacceptable deterioration over their shelf life.

          Following completion of the clinical trials, data are analyzed to assess safety and efficacy. The results of non-clinical studies and clinical trials are then submitted to FDA as part of a BLA, along with proposed labeling, chemistry and manufacturing information to ensure product quality and other relevant data. In short, the BLA is a request for approval to market the biologic for one or more specified indications and must contain proof of safety, purity, potency and efficacy. The application may include both negative and ambiguous results of non-clinical studies and clinical trials as well as positive findings. Data may come from company-sponsored clinical trials intended to test the safety and efficacy of a product's use or from a number of alternative sources, including studies initiated by investigators. To support marketing approval, the data submitted must be sufficient in quality and quantity to establish the safety and efficacy of the investigational product to the satisfaction of FDA. FDA approval of a BLA must be obtained before a biologic may be marketed in the United States.

          Under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, as amended, each BLA must be accompanied by a user fee. FDA adjusts the PDUFA user fees on an annual basis. According to FDA's fee schedule, effective through September 30, 2015, the user fee for an application requiring clinical data, such as a BLA, is approximately $2.3 million. PDUFA also imposes an annual product fee for human drugs and biologics (approximately $0.1 million) and an annual establishment fee (approximately $0.6 million) on facilities used to manufacture prescription drugs and biologics. Fee waivers or reductions are available in certain circumstances, including a waiver of the application fee for the first application filed by a small business. Additionally, no user fees are assessed on

134


Table of Contents

BLAs for products designated as orphan drugs, unless the product also includes a non-orphan indication.

          FDA reviews all submitted BLAs before it accepts them for filing, and may request additional information rather than accepting the BLA for filing. FDA must make a decision on accepting a BLA for filing within 60 days of receipt. Once the submission is accepted for filing, FDA begins an in-depth review of the BLA. Under the goals and policies agreed to by FDA under PDUFA, FDA has 10 months from the filing date in which to complete its initial review of an original BLA and respond to the applicant, and six months from the filing date for an original BLA designated for priority review. FDA does not always meet its PDUFA goal dates for standard and priority BLAs, and the review process is often extended by FDA requests for additional information or clarification.

          Before approving a BLA, FDA will conduct a pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facilities for the new product to determine whether they comply with cGMPs. FDA will not approve the product unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. FDA also may audit data from clinical trials to ensure compliance with GCP requirements. Additionally, FDA may refer applications for novel drug products or drug products which present difficult questions of safety or efficacy to an advisory committee, typically a panel that includes clinicians and other experts, for review, evaluation and a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions, if any. FDA is not bound by recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations when making decisions on approval. FDA likely will re-analyze the clinical trial data, which could result in extensive discussions between FDA and the applicant during the review process. After FDA evaluates a BLA, it will issue an approval letter or a Complete Response Letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug with specific prescribing information for specific indications. A Complete Response Letter indicates that the review cycle of the application is complete and the application will not be approved in its present form. A Complete Response Letter usually describes all of the specific deficiencies in the BLA identified by FDA. The Complete Response Letter may require additional clinical data, additional pivotal Phase III clinical trial(s) and/or other significant and time-consuming requirements related to clinical trials, non-clinical studies or manufacturing. If a Complete Response Letter is issued, the applicant may either resubmit the BLA, addressing all of the deficiencies identified in the letter, or withdraw the application. Even if such data and information are submitted, FDA may decide that the BLA does not satisfy the criteria for approval. Data obtained from clinical trials are not always conclusive and FDA may interpret data differently than we interpret the same data.

          Under the Orphan Drug Act, FDA may grant orphan designation to a drug or biological product intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally a disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or more than 200,000 individuals in the United States and for which there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making the product available in the United States for this type of disease or condition will be recovered from sales of the product. Orphan drug designation must be requested before submitting a BLA. After FDA grants orphan drug designation, the identity of the therapeutic agent and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by FDA. Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in or shorten the duration of the regulatory review and approval process.

          If a product that has orphan designation subsequently receives the first FDA approval for the disease or condition for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to orphan drug exclusivity, which means that FDA may not approve any other applications to market the same drug for the same indication for seven years from the date of such approval, except in limited

135


Table of Contents

circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan exclusivity by means of greater effectiveness, greater safety, by providing a major contribution to patient care or in instances of drug supply issues. Competitors, however, may receive approval of either a different product for the same indication or the same product for a different indication but that could be used off-label in the orphan indication. Orphan drug exclusivity also could block the approval of one of our products for seven years if a competitor obtains approval before we do of the same product, as defined by FDA, for the same indication we are seeking, or if our product candidate is determined to be contained within the scope of the competitor's product for the same indication or disease. If one of our products designated as an orphan drug receives marketing approval for an indication broader than that which is designated, it may not be entitled to orphan drug exclusivity. Orphan drug status in the European Union has similar, but not identical, requirements and benefits.

          FDA has a fast track program that is intended to expedite or facilitate the process for reviewing new drugs and biologics that meet certain criteria. Specifically, new drugs and biologics are eligible for fast track designation if they are intended to treat a serious or life threatening condition and non-clinical or clinical data demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the condition. Fast track designation applies to both the product and the specific indication for which it is being studied. The sponsor can request FDA to designate the product for fast track status any time before receiving BLA approval, but ideally no later than the pre-BLA meeting.

          Any product submitted to FDA for marketing, including under a fast track program, may be eligible for other types of FDA programs intended to expedite development and review, such as priority review and accelerated approval. Any product is eligible for priority review if it treats a serious or life-threatening condition and, if approved, would provide a significant improvement in safety and effectiveness compared to available therapies.

          FDA will attempt to direct additional resources to the evaluation of an application for a new drug or biologic designated for priority review in an effort to facilitate the review. A product also may be eligible for accelerated approval. An investigational drug may obtain accelerated approval if it treats a serious or life-threatening condition and generally provides a meaningful advantage over available therapies and demonstrates an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit or on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than irreversible morbidity or mortality, or IMM, that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on IMM or other clinical benefit. As a condition of approval, FDA may require that a sponsor of a drug or biologic receiving accelerated approval perform adequate and well-controlled post-marketing clinical trials. If FDA concludes that a drug or biologic shown to be effective can be safely used only if distribution or use is restricted, it will require such post-marketing restrictions, as it deems necessary to assure safe use of the product.

          Additionally, a drug or biologic may be eligible for designation as a breakthrough therapy if the product is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs or biologics, to treat a serious or life-threatening condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the product may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints. The benefits of breakthrough therapy designation include the same benefits as fast track designation, plus intensive guidance from FDA to ensure an efficient drug development program. Fast track designation, priority review, accelerated approval and breakthrough therapy designation do not change the standards for approval, but may expedite the development or approval process.

136


Table of Contents

          Under the Pediatric Research Equity Act, or PREA, a BLA or supplement to a BLA must contain data to assess the safety and efficacy of the drug for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. FDA may grant deferrals for submission of pediatric data or full or partial waivers. The Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, or FDASIA, amended the FDCA to require that a sponsor who is planning to submit a marketing application for a drug that includes a new active ingredient, new indication, new dosage form, new dosing regimen or new route of administration submit an initial Pediatric Study Plan, or PSP, within sixty days of an end-of-Phase II meeting or, if there is no such meeting, as early as practicable before the initiation of the Phase III or Phase II/III study. The initial PSP must include an outline of the pediatric study or studies that the sponsor plans to conduct, including study objectives and design, age groups, relevant endpoints and statistical approach, or a justification for not including such detailed information, and any request for a deferral of pediatric assessments or a full or partial waiver of the requirement to provide data from pediatric studies along with supporting information. FDA and the sponsor must reach an agreement on the PSP. A sponsor can submit amendments to an agreed upon initial PSP at any time if changes to the pediatric plan need to be considered based on data collected from non-clinical studies, early phase clinical trials or other clinical development programs.

          Following approval of a new product, the manufacturer and the approved product are subject to continuing regulation by FDA, including, among other things, monitoring and recordkeeping activities, reporting of adverse experiences, complying with promotion and advertising requirements, which include restrictions on promoting drugs for unapproved uses or patient populations (known as "off-label use") and limitations on industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities. Although physicians may prescribe legally available drugs for off-label uses, manufacturers may not market or promote such uses. Prescription drug promotional materials must be submitted to FDA in conjunction with their first use. Further, if there are any modifications to the drug or biologic, including changes in indications, labeling or manufacturing processes or facilities, the applicant may be required to submit and obtain FDA approval of a new BLA or BLA supplement, which may require the applicant to develop additional data or conduct additional non-clinical studies and clinical trials.

          FDA may also place other conditions on approvals including the requirement for a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or REMS, to assure the safe use of the product. If FDA concludes a REMS is needed, the sponsor of the BLA must submit a proposed REMS. FDA will not approve the BLA without an approved REMS, if required. A REMS could include medication guides, physician communication plans or elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools. Any of these limitations on approval or marketing could restrict the commercial promotion, distribution, prescription or dispensing of products. Product approvals may be withdrawn for non-compliance with regulatory standards or if problems occur following initial marketing.

          FDA regulations require that products be manufactured in specific approved facilities and in accordance with cGMPs. We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties for the production of clinical and commercial quantities of our products in accordance with cGMP regulations. These manufacturers must comply with cGMP regulations that require, among other things, quality control and quality assurance, the maintenance of records and documentation and the obligation to investigate and correct any deviations from cGMP. Manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drugs or biologics are required to register their

137


Table of Contents

establishments with FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with cGMP and other laws. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain cGMP compliance. The discovery of violative conditions, including failure to conform to cGMPs, could result in enforcement actions, and the discovery of problems with a product after approval may result in restrictions on a product, manufacturer or holder of an approved BLA, including voluntary recall.

          For several of our product candidates, companion diagnostics will be needed to determine whether or not we can dose a particular patient with our product. Companion diagnostics can identify patients who are most likely to benefit from a particular therapeutic product; identify patients likely to be at increased risk for serious side effects as a result of treatment with a particular therapeutic product; or monitor response to treatment with a particular therapeutic product for the purpose of adjusting treatment to achieve improved safety or effectiveness. Companion diagnostics are regulated as medical devices by FDA, and we or our collaborators may need to obtain a 510(k) clearance or PMA approval for each companion diagnostic. The level of risk combined with available controls to mitigate risk determines whether a companion diagnostic device requires PMA approval or is cleared through the 510(k) premarket notification process. For a novel therapeutic product for which an IVD companion diagnostic device is essential for the safe and effective use of the product, the companion diagnostic device should be developed and approved or 510(k)-cleared contemporaneously with the therapeutic. The use of the companion diagnostic device will be stipulated in the labeling of the therapeutic product.

          Manufacturing, sales, promotion and other activities following product approval are also subject to regulation by numerous regulatory authorities in the United States in addition to FDA, including the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, other divisions of the Department of Health and Human Services, the United States Department of Justice, the Drug Enforcement Administration, the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the Federal Trade Commission, the Occupational Safety & Health Administration, the Environmental Protection Agency and state and local governments.

          For example, in the United States, sales, marketing and scientific and educational programs also must comply with state and federal fraud and abuse laws. These laws include the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which makes it illegal for any person, including a prescription drug manufacturer (or a party acting on its behalf), to knowingly and willfully solicit, receive, offer or pay any remuneration that is intended to induce or reward referrals, including the purchase, recommendation, order or prescription of a particular drug, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program, such as Medicare or Medicaid. Violations of this law are punishable by up to five years in prison, criminal fines, administrative civil money penalties and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs. In addition, the Patient Protection and Affordable Health Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or collectively the Affordable Care Act, among other things, amends the intent requirement of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and criminal healthcare fraud statutes created by the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA. A person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it. Moreover, the Affordable Care Act provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act.

138


Table of Contents

          Although we would not submit claims directly to payors, manufacturers also can be held liable under the federal False Claims Act, which prohibits anyone from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, for payment to federal programs (including Medicare and Medicaid) claims for items or services, including drugs or biologics, that are false or fraudulent, claims for items or services not provided as claimed or claims for medically unnecessary items or services. The government may deem manufacturers to have "caused" the submission of false or fraudulent claims by, for example, providing inaccurate billing or coding information to customers or promoting a product off-label. In addition, our future activities relating to the reporting of wholesaler or estimated retail prices for our products, the reporting of prices used to calculate Medicaid rebate information and other information affecting federal, state and third-party reimbursement for our products, and the sale and marketing of our products, are subject to scrutiny under this law. Penalties for a False Claims Act violation include three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus mandatory civil penalties of between $5,500 and $11,000 for each separate false claim, the potential for exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs and the potential implication of various federal criminal statutes.

          Pricing and rebate programs must comply with the Medicaid rebate requirements of the U.S. Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990 and more recent requirements in the Affordable Care Act. If products are made available to authorized users of the Federal Supply Schedule of the General Services Administration, additional laws and requirements apply. Products must meet applicable child-resistant packaging requirements under the U.S. Poison Prevention Packaging Act. Manufacturing, sales, promotion and other activities also are potentially subject to federal and state consumer protection and unfair competition laws.

          The distribution of pharmaceutical products is subject to additional requirements and regulations, including extensive record-keeping, licensing, storage and security requirements intended to prevent the unauthorized sale of pharmaceutical products.

          The failure to comply with any of these laws or regulatory requirements subjects firms to possible legal or regulatory action. Depending on the circumstances, failure to meet applicable regulatory requirements can result in criminal prosecution, fines or other penalties, injunctions, requests for recall, seizure of products, total or partial suspension of production, denial or withdrawal of product approvals or refusal to allow a firm to enter into supply contracts, including government contracts. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management's attention from the operation of our business. Prohibitions or restrictions on sales or withdrawal of future products marketed by us could materially affect our business in an adverse way.

          Changes in regulations, statutes or the interpretation of existing regulations could impact our business in the future by requiring, for example: (i) changes to our manufacturing arrangements; (ii) additions or modifications to product labeling; (iii) the recall or discontinuation of our products; or (iv) additional record-keeping requirements. If any such changes were to be imposed, they could adversely affect the operation of our business.

          Depending upon the timing, duration and specifics of FDA approval of our product candidates, some of our U.S. patents may be eligible for limited patent term extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, commonly referred to as the Hatch-Waxman Amendments. The Hatch-Waxman Amendments permit a restoration of the patent term of up to five years as compensation for patent term lost during product development and FDA regulatory review process. Patent-term restoration, however, cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the product's approval date. The patent-term restoration period is generally one-half the time between the effective date of an IND and the submission date of a BLA plus the

139


Table of Contents

time between the submission date of a BLA and the approval of that application, except that the review period is reduced by any time during which the applicant failed to exercise due diligence. Only one patent applicable to an approved drug is eligible for the extension and the application for the extension must be submitted prior to the expiration of the patent. In addition, a patent may only be extended once and only based on a single approved product. Thus, even if a single patent is applicable to multiple products, it can only be extended based on one product. The U.S. PTO, in consultation with FDA, reviews and approves the application for any patent term extension or restoration. In the future, we may apply for restoration of patent term for our currently licensed patents or any patents we may own or license in the future to add patent life beyond its current expiration date, depending on the expected length of the clinical trials and other factors involved in the filing of the relevant BLA.

          An abbreviated approval pathway for biological products shown to be similar to, or interchangeable with, an FDA-licensed reference biological product was created by the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009, or BPCI Act, as part of the Affordable Care Act. This amendment to the PHSA, in part, attempts to minimize duplicative testing. Biosimilarity, which requires that the biological product be highly similar to the reference product notwithstanding minor differences in clinically inactive components and that there be no clinically meaningful differences between the product and the reference product in terms of safety, purity and potency, can be shown through analytical studies, animal studies and a clinical trial or trials. Interchangeability requires that a biological product be biosimilar to the reference product and that the product can be expected to produce the same clinical results as the reference product in any given patient and, for products administered multiple times to an individual, that the product and the reference product may be alternated or switched after one has been previously administered without increasing safety risks or risks of diminished efficacy relative to exclusive use of the reference biological product without such alternation or switch. Complexities associated with the larger, and often more complex, structure of biological products as compared to small molecule drugs, as well as the processes by which such products are manufactured, pose significant hurdles to implementation that are still being worked out by FDA.

          A reference biological product is granted twelve years of data exclusivity from the time of first licensure of the product, and FDA will not accept an application for a biosimilar or interchangeable product based on the reference biological product until four years after the date of first licensure of the reference product. "First licensure" typically means the initial date the particular product at issue was licensed in the United States. Date of first licensure does not include the date of licensure of (and a new period of exclusivity is not available for) a biological product if the licensure is for a supplement for the biological product or for a subsequent application by the same sponsor or manufacturer of the biological product (or licensor, predecessor in interest, or other related entity) for a change (not including a modification to the structure of the biological product) that results in a new indication, route of administration, dosing schedule, dosage form, delivery system, delivery device or strength, or for a modification to the structure of the biological product that does not result in a change in safety, purity, or potency. Therefore, one must determine whether a new product includes a modification to the structure of a previously licensed product that results in a change in safety, purity, or potency to assess whether the licensure of the new product is a first licensure that triggers its own period of exclusivity. Whether a subsequent application, if approved, warrants exclusivity as the "first licensure" of a biological product is determined on a case-by-case basis with data submitted by the sponsor.

          Pediatric exclusivity is another type of regulatory market exclusivity in the United States. Pediatric exclusivity, if granted, adds six months to existing regulatory exclusivity periods. This six-month exclusivity, which attaches to both the twelve-year and four-year exclusivity periods for reference biologics, may be granted based on the voluntary completion of a pediatric trial in accordance with an FDA-issued "Written Request" for such a trial. Furthermore, a biological

140


Table of Contents

product seeking licensure as biosimilar to or interchangeable with a reference product indicated for a rare disease or condition and granted seven years of orphan drug exclusivity may not be licensed by FDA for the protected orphan indication until after the expiration of the seven-year orphan drug exclusivity period or the 12-year reference product exclusivity, whichever is later.

          In the European Union, our future products also may be subject to extensive regulatory requirements. As in the United States, medicinal products can be marketed only if a marketing authorization from the competent regulatory agencies has been obtained.

          Similar to the United States, the various phases of non-clinical and clinical research in the European Union are subject to significant regulatory controls. Although the EU Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC has sought to harmonize the EU clinical trials regulatory framework, setting out common rules for the control and authorization of clinical trials in the EU, the EU Member States have transposed and applied the provisions of the Directive differently. This has led to significant variations in the member state regimes. Under the current regime, before a clinical trial can be initiated it must be approved in each of the EU countries where the trial is to be conducted by two distinct bodies: the National Competent Authority, or NCA, and one or more Ethics Committees, or ECs. Under the current regime all suspected unexpected serious adverse reactions to the investigated drug that occur during the clinical trial have to be reported to the NCA and ECs of the Member State where they occurred.

          The EU clinical trials legislation currently is undergoing a transition process mainly aimed at harmonizing and streamlining clinical-trial authorization, simplifying adverse-event reporting procedures, improving the supervision of clinical trials and increasing their transparency. Recently enacted Clinical Trials Regulation EU No 536/2014 ensures that the rules for conducting clinical trials in the EU will be identical, but will not be effective until May 28, 2016. In the meantime, Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC continues to govern all clinical trials performed in the EU.

          In the European Economic Area, or EEA, (which is comprised of the 27 Member States of the European Union (excluding Croatia) plus Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein), medicinal products can only be commercialized after obtaining a Marketing Authorization, or MA. There are two types of marketing authorizations:

          The Community MA is issued by the European Commission through the Centralized Procedure, based on the opinion of the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use, or CHMP, of the EMA and is valid throughout the entire territory of the EEA. The Centralized Procedure is mandatory for certain types of products, such as biotechnology medicinal products, orphan medicinal products, advanced-therapy medicines such as gene-therapy, somatic cell-therapy or tissue-engineered medicines and medicinal products containing a new active substance indicated for the treatment of HIV, AIDS, cancer, neurodegenerative disorders, diabetes, auto-immune and other immune dysfunctions and viral diseases. The Centralized Procedure is optional for products containing a new active substance not yet authorized in the EEA, or for products that constitute a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation or which are in the interest of public health in the EU.

          National MAs, which are issued by the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA and only cover their respective territory, are available for products not falling within the mandatory scope of the Centralized Procedure. Where a product has already been authorized for marketing in a Member State of the EEA, this National MA can be recognized in another Member States through the Mutual Recognition Procedure. If the product has not received a National MA in any Member

141


Table of Contents

State at the time of application, it can be approved simultaneously in various Member States through the Decentralized Procedure. Under the Decentralized Procedure an identical dossier is submitted to the competent authorities of each of the Member States in which the MA is sought, one of which is selected by the applicant as the Reference Member State, or RMS. The competent authority of the RMS prepares a draft assessment report, a draft summary of the product characteristics, or SPC, and a draft of the labeling and package leaflet, which are sent to the other Member States (referred to as the Member States Concerned) for their approval. If the Member States Concerned raise no objections, based on a potential serious risk to public health, to the assessment, SPC, labeling, or packaging proposed by the RMS, the product is subsequently granted a national MA in all the Member States (i.e., in the RMS and the Member States Concerned).

          Under the above described procedures, before granting the MA, the EMA or the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA make an assessment of the risk-benefit balance of the product on the basis of scientific criteria concerning its quality, safety and efficacy.

          In the European Union, new chemical entities, sometimes referred to as new active substances, qualify for eight years of data exclusivity upon marketing authorization and an additional two years of market exclusivity. The data exclusivity, if granted, prevents regulatory authorities in the European Union from referencing the innovator's data to assess a generic application for eight years, after which generic marketing authorization can be submitted, and the innovator's data may be referenced, but not approved for two years. The overall ten-year period will be extended to a maximum of 11 years if, during the first eight years of those ten years, the marketing authorization holder obtains an authorization for one or more new therapeutic indications which, during the scientific evaluation prior to their authorization, are determined to bring a significant clinical benefit in comparison with existing therapies.

          In the European Union, the EMA's Committee for Orphan Medicinal Products grants orphan drug designation to promote the development of products that are intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of life-threatening or chronically debilitating conditions affecting not more than 5 in 10,000 persons in the European Union (or where it is unlikely that the development of the medicine would generate sufficient return to justify the investment) and for which no satisfactory method of diagnosis, prevention or treatment has been authorized (or, if a method exists, the product would be a significant benefit to those affected).

          In the European Union, orphan drug designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as reduction of fees or fee waivers and ten years of market exclusivity is granted following medicinal product approval. This period may be reduced to six years if the orphan drug designation criteria are no longer met, including where it is shown that the product is sufficiently profitable not to justify maintenance of market exclusivity. Orphan drug designation must be requested before submitting an application for marketing approval. Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review and approval process.

142


Table of Contents

          For other countries outside of the European Union and the United States, such as countries in Eastern Europe, Latin America or Asia, the requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Additionally, the clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with cGCP requirements and the applicable regulatory requirements and the ethical principles that have their origin in the Declaration of Helsinki.

          If we fail to comply with applicable foreign regulatory requirements, we may be subject to, among other things, fines, suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approvals, product recalls, seizure of products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecution.

          Sales of our products will depend, in part, on the extent to which our products will be covered by third-party payors, such as government health programs, commercial insurance and managed healthcare organizations. In the United States no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for drug or biological products exists. Accordingly, decisions regarding the extent of coverage and amount of reimbursement to be provided for any of our products will be made on a payor-by-payor basis. As a result, the coverage determination process is often a time-consuming and costly process that will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our products to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be obtained.

          The United States government, state legislatures and foreign governments have shown significant interest in implementing cost containment programs to limit the growth of government-paid health care costs, including price-controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products for branded prescription drugs. For example, the Affordable Care Act contains provisions that may reduce the profitability of drug products through increased rebates for drugs reimbursed by Medicaid programs, extension of Medicaid rebates to Medicaid managed care plans, mandatory discounts for certain Medicare Part D beneficiaries and annual fees based on pharmaceutical companies' share of sales to federal health care programs. Adoption of general controls and measures, coupled with the tightening of restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could limit payments for pharmaceutical drugs.

          The Medicaid Drug Rebate Program requires pharmaceutical manufacturers to enter into and have in effect a national rebate agreement with the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services as a condition for states to receive federal matching funds for the manufacturer's outpatient drugs furnished to Medicaid patients. Effective in 2010, the Affordable Care Act made several changes to the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, including increasing pharmaceutical manufacturers' rebate liability by raising the minimum basic Medicaid rebate on most branded prescription drugs from 15.1% of average manufacturer price, or AMP, to 23.1% of AMP and adding a new rebate calculation for "line extensions" (i.e., new formulations, such as extended release formulations) of solid oral dosage forms of branded products, as well as potentially impacting their rebate liability by modifying the statutory definition of AMP. The Affordable Care Act also expanded the universe of Medicaid utilization subject to drug rebates by requiring pharmaceutical manufacturers to pay rebates on Medicaid managed care utilization as of 2010 and by expanding the population potentially eligible for Medicaid drug benefits, to be phased-in by 2014. The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, have proposed to expand Medicaid rebate liability to the territories of the United States as well.

          The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, or the MMA, established the Medicare Part D program to provide a voluntary prescription drug benefit to

143


Table of Contents

Medicare beneficiaries. Under Part D, Medicare beneficiaries may enroll in prescription drug plans offered by private entities that provide coverage of outpatient prescription drugs. Unlike Medicare Part A and B, Part D coverage is not standardized. While all Medicare drug plans must give at least a standard level of coverage set by Medicare, Part D prescription drug plan sponsors are not required to pay for all covered Part D drugs, and each drug plan can develop its own drug formulary that identifies which drugs it will cover and at what tier or level. However, Part D prescription drug formularies must include drugs within each therapeutic category and class of covered Part D drugs, though not necessarily all the drugs in each category or class. Any formulary used by a Part D prescription drug plan must be developed and reviewed by a pharmacy and therapeutic committee. Government payment for some of the costs of prescription drugs may increase demand for products for which we receive marketing approval. However, any negotiated prices for our products covered by a Part D prescription drug plan likely will be lower than the prices we might otherwise obtain. Moreover, while the MMA applies only to drug benefits for Medicare beneficiaries, private payors often follow Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own payment rates. Any reduction in payment that results from the MMA may result in a similar reduction in payments from non-governmental payors.

          For a drug product to receive federal reimbursement under the Medicaid or Medicare Part B programs or to be sold directly to U.S. government agencies, the manufacturer must extend discounts to entities eligible to participate in the 340B drug pricing program. The required 340B discount on a given product is calculated based on the AMP and Medicaid rebate amounts reported by the manufacturer. As of 2010, the Affordable Care Act expanded the types of entities eligible to receive discounted 340B pricing, although, under the current state of the law, with the exception of children's hospitals, these newly eligible entities will not be eligible to receive discounted 340B pricing on orphan drugs. In addition, as 340B drug pricing is determined based on AMP and Medicaid rebate data, the revisions to the Medicaid rebate formula and AMP definition described above could cause the required 340B discount to increase.

          As noted above, the marketability of any products for which we receive regulatory approval for commercial sale may suffer if the government and third-party payors fail to provide adequate coverage and reimbursement. An increasing emphasis on cost containment measures in the United States has increased and we expect will continue to increase the pressure on pharmaceutical pricing. Coverage policies and third-party reimbursement rates may change at any time. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained for one or more products for which we receive regulatory approval, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future.

          In addition, in most foreign countries, the proposed pricing for a drug must be approved before it may be lawfully marketed. The requirements governing drug pricing and reimbursement vary widely from country to country. For example, the European Union provides options for its member states to restrict the range of medicinal products for which their national health insurance systems provide reimbursement and to control the prices of medicinal products for human use. A member state may approve a specific price for the medicinal product or it may instead adopt a system of direct or indirect controls on the profitability of the company placing the medicinal product on the market. There can be no assurance that any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for pharmaceutical products will allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements for any of our products. Historically, products launched in the European Union do not follow price structures of the United States and generally prices tend to be significantly lower.

144


Table of Contents

Employees

          As of September 10, 2015, we had 49 full-time employees. Twelve of our employees have Ph.D. degrees and five are M.D.s. Thirty-eight of our employees are engaged in research and development activities. None of our employees are represented by labor unions or covered by collective bargaining agreements. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Facilities

          We lease a facility containing our research and development, laboratory and office space, which consists of approximately 15,000 square feet located at 840 Memorial Drive, Cambridge, Massachusetts. Our lease expires in January 2018. We believe our current facility is sufficient to meet our needs through the lease term. With further capitalization of the company, we plan further expansion of our research and process development facilities.

Legal Proceedings

          We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings.

145


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

          The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors, including their ages as of September 10, 2015:

Name
 
Age
 
Position

Executive Officers:

         

Annalisa Jenkins, M.B.B.S., M.R.C.P. 

    50   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Jean Franchi

    49   Chief Financial Officer

Samuel C. Wadsworth, Ph.D. 

    67   Chief Scientific Officer

Mary T. Thistle

    55   Chief Business Officer

Eric Crombez, M.D. 

    42   Chief Medical Officer

K. Reed Clark, Ph.D. 

    53   Senior Vice President of Pharmaceutical Development

Non-Management Directors:

   
 
 

 

Benjamin Auspitz

    42   Chairman of the Board and Director

Alan Colowick, M.P.H., M.D. (2)(3)

    53   Director

Michael Dybbs, Ph.D. 

    40   Director

Georges Gemayel, Ph.D. (1)(2)(3)

    55   Director

Rishi Gupta, Esq. 

    38   Director

George V. Migausky (1)(3)

    61   Director

Arlene Morris (1)(2)

    63   Director

(1)
Member of the audit committee.

(2)
Member of the compensation committee.

(3)
Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

           Annalisa Jenkins, M.B.B.S., M.R.C.P. , has served as our president, chief executive officer and a director on our board of directors since September 2014. Prior to joining Dimension, Dr. Jenkins served as head of global research and development at Merck Serono Pharmaceuticals from 2013 to 2014, where she also served as executive vice president global development and medical from 2011 to 2013. Prior to this, Dr. Jenkins held several leadership roles at Bristol Myers-Squibb from 1997 to 2011, most recently serving as senior vice president and head of global medical affairs. Earlier in her career, Dr. Jenkins was a medical officer in the British Royal Navy during the Gulf Conflict, achieving the rank of surgeon lieutenant commander. Dr. Jenkins is a member of the board of directors of Ardelyx, Inc., Biothera Pharmaceutical Inc., Viventia Bio Inc., iOX Therapeutics Limited and MedCity. She also is a committee member of the Science Board to FDA, and a member of the European Union Commission's Scientific Panel for Health. She also serves on the boards of Women in Bio and the Center for Talent Innovation (U.K.) and is on the Advisory Panel of the Healthcare Businesswomen's Association. Dr. Jenkins graduated with a degree in medicine from St. Bartholomew's Hospital in the University of London and subsequently trained in cardiovascular medicine in the U.K. National Health Service.

           Jean Franchi joined Dimension as our chief financial officer in August 2015. Prior to joining Dimension, Ms. Franchi served from 2012 to 2015 as the chief financial officer at Good Start Genetics, Inc. Ms. Franchi also held various positions, including senior vice president of corporate finance, senior vice president of business unit finance, vice president of finance and controller, product line and international group, from 1995 to 2011 at Genzyme Corporation, which is owned by Sanofi, S.A. Ms. Franchi received a B.A. from Hofstra University and has successfully completed the Uniform CPA Examination.

146


Table of Contents

           Samuel C. Wadsworth, Ph.D. , has served as our chief scientific officer since November 2013. Before joining Dimension, Dr. Wadsworth served as the head of gene therapy research and early development at Sanofi Genzyme from 2011 to 2013. Previously, he served as group vice president for translational research at Genzyme from 1993 to 2010. He holds a Ph.D. from the University of Chicago and a B.A. from Southern Illinois University.

           Mary T. Thistle joined Dimension as our chief business officer in February 2015. From January 2014 until she joined us, Ms. Thistle served as senior vice president of business development at Cubist Pharmaceuticals Inc., or Cubist. Ms. Thistle joined Cubist in January 2009 and served as its senior director, business development from 2009 to 2012 and then its vice president, business development from 2012 to 2013. From 1997 through 2008, Ms. Thistle served as vice president and then senior vice president at ViaCell, Inc., which was acquired by PerkinElmer LAS in 2007. Ms. Thistle holds a B.S. in business and accounting from the University of Massachusetts.

           Eric Crombez, M.D., joined Dimension as our chief medical officer in December 2014. Prior to joining Dimension, Dr. Crombez served, from 2007 to 2014, as medical director and then senior medical director of Global Clinical Development at Shire. Dr. Crombez also served on the faculty of the David Geffen School of Medicine at the University of California, Los Angeles (UCLA) as an assistant professor, Department of Pediatrics, Division of Medical Genetics from 2005 to 2007. Dr. Crombez holds a B.S. degree in biology from the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, a M.D. from Wayne State University and completed residencies in pediatrics and medical genetics and a fellowship in clinical biochemical genetics at the UCLA School of Medicine.

           K. Reed Clark, Ph.D. , joined Dimension in April 2014 as our vice president of manufacturing and was promoted to our senior vice president of pharmaceutical development in June 2015. Prior to joining Dimension, Dr. Clark served as director of the cGMP Clinical Manufacturing Facility and Preclinical Vector Core, and associate center director at the Center for Gene Therapy at The Research Institute at Nationwide Children's Hospital from 2005 to 2014. Dr. Clark also served on the faculty of the Ohio State University as a professor in the Department of Pediatrics, College of Medicine from 1997 to 2014. Dr. Clark received his B.S. in genetics and Ph.D. in molecular genetics from the Ohio State University, and was a post-doctoral fellow in gene therapy at Nationwide Children's Hospital.

           Benjamin Auspitz has served as the chairman of our board of directors since November 2013. Mr. Auspitz is a partner at Fidelity Biosciences, where he has worked since 2005. Before joining Fidelity Biosciences, he served as therapeutic area head for immuno-inflammatory products at CombinatoRx Inc. from 2001 to 2005. Mr. Auspitz serves on the board of directors of BIKAM Pharmaceuticals, a subsidiary of Shire plc, and previously served on the board of directors of Ultragenyx Pharmaceutical, Inc. Mr. Auspitz was also previously involved in Fidelity Biosciences investments in Ligocyte Pharmaceuticals and Respivert. Mr. Auspitz holds a B.A. from Harvard University. We believe that Mr. Auspitz is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his experience in the venture capital industry, membership of various other boards of directors, and his leadership and management experience.

           Alan B. Colowick, M.P.H., M.D. , has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2015. Since 2010, Dr. Colowick has served in leadership roles at Celgene Corporation, a biotechnology company, where he most recently was president for the Europe, Mid-East, and Africa region from 2012 to 2014 and served as senior vice president Global Medical Affairs from 2010 to 2012. Previously, Dr. Colowick was chief executive officer of Gloucester Pharmaceuticals, LLC, a biotechnology company sold to Celgene in 2010, and president, oncology, for Geron Corporation, a biotechnology company, from 2006 to 2008 where he was responsible for the strategic and operational activities of the company's oncology programs. Earlier in his career, Dr. Colowick held various management positions with Amgen Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, including vice

147


Table of Contents

president of European medical affairs. Dr. Colowick holds a B.S. degree in Molecular Biology from the University of Colorado, an M.D. from Stanford University and an M.P.H. from Harvard University. Dr. Colowick currently serves on the board of directors of Achaogen, Inc. We believe Dr. Colowick is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive management experience with large and emerging biotechnology companies.

           Michael Dybbs, Ph.D. , has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2015. Dr. Dybbs is a partner at New Leaf Venture Partners, L.L.C., which he joined in 2009. Prior to joining New Leaf Venture Partners, L.L.C., Dr. Dybbs was a principal at the Boston Consulting Group where he worked from 2005 to 2009. Dr. Dybbs has served as a director of Versartis, Inc. and numerous private life sciences companies. Dr. Dybbs received an A.B. in biochemical sciences from Harvard College and a Ph.D. in molecular biology from U.C. Berkeley, where he was awarded a Howard Hughes Medical Institute fellowship. We believe that Dr. Dybbs is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his experience in the life sciences industry, the venture capital industry, and his leadership and management experience.

           Georges Gemayel, Ph.D. , has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2015. Since 2010, he has served as a consultant for several biotechnology companies and venture capital funds. From February 2011 to December 2012, Dr. Gemayel served as executive chairman of Syndexa Pharmaceuticals Corp., a privately held drug development company. Prior to that, in 2010 Dr. Gemayel served as executive chairman of FoldRx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. until its acquisition by Pfizer Inc. From June 2008 until November 2009, Dr. Gemayel served as president and chief executive officer of Altus Pharmaceuticals Inc., a publicly traded pharmaceutical company. In November 2009, while Dr. Gemayel was president, chief executive officer and a director, Altus Pharmaceuticals Inc. filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 7 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and ceased operations at such time. From 2003 to 2008, he was executive vice president at Genzyme Corporation where he was responsible for Genzyme Corporation's global therapeutics, transplant, renal and biosurgery businesses. From 2000 to 2003, Dr. Gemayel was employed as vice president, national specialty care, for Hoffmann La-Roche Inc., responsible for its U.S. business for dermatology, oncology, transplantation, hepatitis and HIV. Dr. Gemayel joined Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. in 1988 and served in various positions of increasing responsibility over his tenure there. Dr. Gemayel received his doctorate in pharmacy from St. Joseph University in Beirut, Lebanon and his Ph.D. in pharmacology from Paris-Sud University in Paris, France. Dr. Gemayel currently serves as chairman of the boards of directors of OxThera AB, Enterome Bioscience SA and Orphazyme ApS, all privately held companies, and on the boards of directors of Raptor Pharmaceuticals Corp. and Supernus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. He was previously a director of Adolor Corporation, a publicly traded clinical development company acquired by Cubist Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a director at Prosensa Holding N.V., which was acquired by BioMarin Pharmaceutical Inc., a director at NPS Pharmaceuticals, Inc., which was acquired by Shire plc., the chairman of EpiTherapeutics ApS, which was acquired by Gilead Sciences, Inc., and the chairman of Vascular Magnetics, Inc. a privately owned company. We believe Dr. Gemayel is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his over 25 years of experience in the pharmaceutical industry, including management and executive positions spanning the United States, Europe and the Middle East.

           Rishi Gupta, Esq. , has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2015. Mr. Gupta is a Private Equity Partner at OrbiMed Advisors LLC, or OrbiMed, a healthcare asset management company. He has been employed by OrbiMed since 2004. From 1999 to 2000, Mr. Gupta served as a corporate finance analyst in healthcare investment banking at Raymond James & Associates. From 2000 to 2001, he served as Manager of Corporate Development at Veritas Medicine. Mr. Gupta has served as a director of ChemoCentryx, Sientra, and numerous private companies. Mr. Gupta received his A.B. in biochemical sciences from Harvard College and holds a J.D. from Yale Law School. We believe that Mr. Gupta is qualified to serve on our board of

148


Table of Contents

directors because of his extensive experience in venture capital, financial services, and investing in life sciences companies, and his service as a board member on many healthcare company boards.

           George V. Migausky has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2015. Mr. Migausky is an executive vice president and the chief financial officer of Dyax Corp., which he joined in 2008. Prior to joining Dyax, Mr. Migausky was the chief financial officer of Wellstat Management Company from 2007 to 2008, IGEN International Inc. from 1986 to 2004 and BioVeris Corp. from 2004 to 2007. Mr. Migausky received his undergraduate degree from Boston College and his M.B.A. from Babson College. We believe that Mr. Migausky is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his experience in finance, financial sophistication and years of experience in the life sciences sector.

           Arlene M. Morris has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2015. Ms. Morris was previously the chief executive officer of Syndax Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company focused on the development and commercialization of an epigenetic therapy for treatment-resistant cancers, president from September 2013 to June 2015 and a member of the board of directors from May 2011 to June 2015. From 2003 to January 2011, Ms. Morris served as the president, chief executive officer and a member of the board of directors of Affymax, Inc., a publicly traded biotechnology company. Ms. Morris has also held various management and executive positions at Clearview Projects, Inc., a corporate advisory firm, Coulter Pharmaceutical, Inc., a publicly traded pharmaceutical company, Scios Inc., a publicly traded biopharmaceutical company, and Johnson & Johnson, a publicly traded healthcare company. She is currently a member of the board of directors of Neovacs, SA, a French publicly traded biotechnology company, Biodel, Inc. and Palatin Technologies, Inc., both U.S. biopharmaceutical companies. She is also on the board of the Foundation for Research Development of the Medical University of South Carolina. Ms. Morris received a B.A. in Biology and Chemistry from Carlow College. We believe Ms. Morris is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to her experience as an executive officer of other successful companies in the pharmaceutical industry, and her service as a director of other publicly traded and privately held life science companies.

Composition of Our Board of Directors

          As of September 10, 2015, our board of directors consisted of eight members, each of whom are members pursuant to the board composition provisions of our certificate of incorporation and agreements with our stockholders, which agreements are described under "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions." These board composition provisions will terminate upon the completion of this offering. Upon the termination of these provisions, there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Our nominating and corporate governance committee and our board of directors may therefore consider a broad range of factors relating to the qualifications and background of nominees, which may include diversity, which is not only limited to race, gender or national origin. We have no formal policy regarding board diversity. Our nominating and corporate governance committee's and our board of directors' priority in selecting board members is identification of persons who will further the interests of our stockholders through his or her established record of professional accomplishment, the ability to contribute positively to the collaborative culture among board members, knowledge of our business, understanding of the competitive landscape and professional and personal experiences and expertise relevant to our growth strategy. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until the earlier of their resignation or removal. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part also provide that our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes that all our stockholders

149


Table of Contents

would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors, and that any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office.

Director Independence

          Our board of directors has determined that all members of the board of directors, except Dr. Annalisa Jenkins, are independent directors, including for purposes of the rules of NASDAQ and the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. In making such independence determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each non-employee director has with us and all other facts and circumstances that our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director. In considering the independence of the directors listed above, our board of directors considered the association of our directors with the holders of more than 5% of our common stock. Upon the completion of this offering, we expect that the composition and functioning of our board of directors and each of our committees will comply with all applicable requirements of NASDAQ and the rules and regulations of the SEC. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Staggered Board

          In accordance with the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, our board of directors will be divided into three staggered classes of directors and each will be assigned to one of the three classes. At each annual meeting of the stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the directors of the same class whose terms are then expiring. The terms of the directors will expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during the years 2016 for Class I directors, 2017 for Class II directors and 2018 for Class III directors.

    Our Class I directors will be Benjamin Auspitz, Alan Colowick, M.P.H., M.D. and Georges Gemayel, Ph.D.;

    Our Class II directors will be Michael Dybbs, Ph.D. and Rishi Gupta, Esq.

    Our Class III directors will be Annalisa Jenkins, M.B.B.S., M.R.C.P., George V. Migausky and Arlene Morris.

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering and amended and restated by-laws that will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part provide that the number of our directors shall be fixed from time to time by a resolution of the majority of our board of directors.

          The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent stockholder efforts to effect a change of our management or a change in control.

Board Leadership Structure and Board's Role in Risk Oversight

          Currently, the role of chairman of the board is separated from the role of chief executive officer, and we plan to keep these roles separated following the completion of this offering. We believe that separating these positions allows our chief executive officer to focus on our day-to-day business, while allowing the chairman of the board to lead the board of directors in its fundamental role of providing advice to and independent oversight of management. Our board of directors

150


Table of Contents

recognizes the time, effort and energy that the chief executive officer is required to devote to his position in the current business environment, as well as the commitment required to serve as our chairman, particularly as the board of directors' oversight responsibilities continue to grow. While our amended and restated by-laws and corporate governance guidelines do not require that our chairman and chief executive officer positions be separate, our board of directors believes that having separate positions is the appropriate leadership structure for us at this time and demonstrates our commitment to good corporate governance.

          Risk is inherent with every business, and how well a business manages risk can ultimately determine its success. We face a number of risks, including risks relating to our financial condition, development and commercialization activities, operations, strategic direction and intellectual property as more fully discussed under "Risk Factors" in this prospectus. Management is responsible for the day-to-day management of risks we face, while our board of directors, as a whole and through its committees, has responsibility for the oversight of risk management. In its risk oversight role, our board of directors has the responsibility to satisfy itself that the risk management processes designed and implemented by management are adequate and functioning as designed.

          The role of the board of directors in overseeing the management of our risks is conducted primarily through committees of the board of directors, as disclosed in the descriptions of each of the committees below and in the charters of each of the committees. The full board of directors (or the appropriate board committee in the case of risks that are under the purview of a particular committee) discusses with management our major risk exposures, their potential impact on us, and the steps we take to manage them. When a board committee is responsible for evaluating and overseeing the management of a particular risk or risks, the chairman of the relevant committee reports on the discussion to the full board of directors during the committee reports portion of the next board meeting. This enables the board of directors and its committees to coordinate the risk oversight role, particularly with respect to risk interrelationships.

Committees of Our Board of Directors

          Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will operate pursuant to a charter to be adopted by our board of directors and will be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, the composition and functioning of all of our committees will comply with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, NASDAQ and the SEC rules and regulations.

Audit Committee

          Georges Gemayel, Ph.D., George V. Migausky and Arlene Morris will serve on the audit committee, which will be chaired by George V. Migausky. Our board of directors has determined that Georges Gemayel, Ph.D., George Migausky and Arlene Morris are "independent" for audit committee purposes as that term is defined in the rules of the SEC and the applicable NASDAQ rules, and each has sufficient knowledge in financial and auditing matters to serve on the audit committee. Our board of directors has designated George V. Migausky as an "audit committee financial expert," as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC. The audit committee's responsibilities include:

    appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

151


Table of Contents

    pre-approving auditing and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;

    reviewing the overall audit plan with our independent registered public accounting firm and members of management responsible for preparing our financial statements;

    reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures as well as critical accounting policies and practices used by us;

    coordinating the oversight and reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting;

    establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting-related complaints and concerns;

    recommending based upon the audit committee's review and discussions with management and our independent registered public accounting firm whether our audited financial statements shall be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K;

    monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to our financial statements and accounting matters;

    preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules to be included in our annual proxy statement;

    reviewing all related person transactions for potential conflict of interest situations and approving all such transactions; and

    reviewing quarterly earnings releases.

Compensation Committee

          Alan Colowick, M.P.H., M.D., Georges Gemayel, Ph.D. and Arlene Morris will serve on the compensation committee, which will be chaired by Arlene Morris. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the compensation committee is "independent" as defined in the applicable NASDAQ rules. The compensation committee's responsibilities include:

    annually reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer;

    evaluating the performance of our chief executive officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives and determining the compensation of our chief executive officer;

    reviewing and approving the compensation of our other executive officers;

    reviewing and establishing our overall management compensation, philosophy and policy;

    overseeing and administering our compensation and similar plans;

    evaluating and assessing potential and current compensation advisors in accordance with the independence standards identified in the applicable NASDAQ rules;

    retaining and approving the compensation of any compensation advisors;

    reviewing and approving our policies and procedures for the grant of equity-based awards;

    evaluating and approving director compensation;

    preparing the compensation committee report required by SEC rules, if and when required, to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

152


Table of Contents

    reviewing and approving the retention or termination of any consulting firm or outside advisor to assist in the evaluation of compensation matters.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

          Alan Colowick, M.P.H., M.D., Georges Gemayel, Ph.D. and George V. Migausky will serve on the nominating and corporate governance committee, which will be chaired by Georges Gemayel, Ph.D. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the nominating and corporate governance committee is "independent" as defined in the applicable NASDAQ rules. The nominating and corporate governance committee's responsibilities include:

    developing and recommending to the board of directors criteria for board and committee membership;

    establishing procedures for identifying and evaluating board of director candidates, including nominees recommended by stockholders;

    reviewing the size and composition of the board of directors to ensure that it is composed of members containing the appropriate skills and expertise to advise us;

    identifying individuals qualified to become members of the board of directors;

    recommending to the board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the board's committees;

    developing and recommending to the board of directors a code of business conduct and ethics and a set of corporate governance guidelines; and

    overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and management.

          Our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

          None of the members of our compensation committee has at any time during the prior three years been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Corporate Governance

          Prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, we will adopt a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a current copy of the code will be posted on the Corporate Governance section of our website, which is located at www.dimensiontx.com. If we make any substantive amendments to, or grant any waivers from, the code of business conduct and ethics for any officer or director, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website or in a current report on Form 8-K. We do not incorporate the information on or accessible through our website into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information on, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this prospectus.

153


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Executive Compensation Overview

          Historically, our executive compensation program has reflected our growth and development-oriented corporate culture. To date, the compensation of our chief executive officer and our other executive officers identified in the 2014 Summary Compensation Table below, who we refer to as the named executive officers, has consisted of a combination of base salary, bonuses and long-term incentive compensation in the form of stock options or restricted stock awards. Our named executive officers, like all full-time employees, are eligible to participate in our health and welfare benefit plans. As we transition from a private company to a publicly traded company, we will evaluate our compensation values and philosophy and compensation plans and arrangements as circumstances require. At a minimum, we expect to review executive compensation annually with input from an independent compensation consultant. As part of this review process, we expect the board of directors and the compensation committee to apply our values and philosophy, while considering the compensation levels needed to ensure our executive compensation program remains competitive. We will also review whether we are meeting our retention objectives and the potential cost of replacing a key employee.

2014 Summary Compensation Table

          The following table presents information regarding the total compensation awarded to, earned by, and paid to our named executive officers for services rendered to us in all capacities for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Name and Principal Position
  Salary
($)
  Bonus
($) (5)
  Stock
Awards
($) (6)
  Option
Awards
($) (6)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($) (7)
  All Other
Compensation
($)
  Total
($)
 

Annalisa Jenkins, M.B.B.S., M.R.C.P.,
Chief Executive Officer (1)

    122,885             193,764     55,500     14,820 (8)   386,969  

Thomas R. Beck, M.D.,
Former Interim Chief Executive Officer (2)

   
218,750
   
   
52,260
   
   
   
   
271,010
 

Samuel C. Wadsworth, Ph.D.,
Chief Scientific Officer

   
307,000
   
   
127,456
   
   
122,800
   
66,330

(9)
 
623,586
 

Eric Crombez, M.D.,
Chief Medical Officer (3)

   
27,500
   
75,000
   
   
50,309
   
9,900
   
   
162,709
 

K. Reed Clark, Ph.D.
Senior Vice President (4)

   
168,750
   
25,000
   
   
46,075
   
42,400
   
75,099

(10)
 
357,324
 

(1)
Dr. Jenkins joined Dimension on September 23, 2014. Her annualized base salary for 2014 was $450,000.

(2)
Dr. Beck resigned as our interim chief executive officer on September 22, 2014. His annualized base salary for 2014 was $300,000.

(3)
Dr. Crombez joined Dimension on December 1, 2014. His annualized base salary for 2014 was $330,000.

(4)
Dr. Clark joined Dimension on April 1, 2014. His annualized base salary for 2014 was $225,000.

(5)
The amounts reported represent sign-on bonuses paid to Drs. Crombez and Clark in 2014 pursuant to the terms of their offer letters. The full amount of the sign-on bonus paid to Dr. Crombez is $150,000, half of which was paid to him in 2014 and the remainder of which was paid to him in 2015.

(6)
Amounts reflect the grant date fair value of stock and option awards granted in 2014 calculated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board, Accounting Standards Codification 718, or ASC 718. Such grant date fair value does not take into account any estimated forfeitures related to service-vesting conditions. For information regarding assumptions underlying the valuation of equity awards, see Note 11 to our financial statements for the year ended

154


Table of Contents

    December 31, 2014. These amounts do not correspond to the actual value that may be recognized by the named executive officers upon vesting of the applicable awards.

(7)
The amounts reported represent incentive bonuses paid in early 2015 based upon the achievement of company performance objectives related to product development, partnerships and operations and individual performance objectives for the year ended December 31, 2014.

(8)
Represents amounts paid to Dr. Jenkins for reimbursement for temporary living expenses in the Cambridge, Massachusetts area, which were paid to Dr. Jenkins pursuant to the terms of her offer letter.

(9)
Represents $29,310 paid to Dr. Wadsworth in 2015 to cover taxes related to his March 2014 restricted stock grant and a related tax gross-up payment of $37,020.

(10)
Represents $17,142 for reimbursement for commuting costs between Boston, Massachusetts and Dr. Clark's home in Ohio, $25,000 in rent for an apartment in the Cambridge, Massachusetts area, $11,506 for reimbursement for costs related to Dr. Clark's move from Ohio to Massachusetts and $21,451 for tax gross-up payments related to such travel and temporary living expenses.

Employment Arrangements with Our Named Executive Officers

          We have entered into amended and restated employment agreements with each of our named executive officers, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering. Except as noted below, these employment agreement and offer letters provide for "at will" employment.

    Dr. Annalisa Jenkins

          Dr. Jenkins' base salary will be $480,000 upon effectiveness of the amended and restated employment agreement, which is subject to annual review and adjustment, and she will be eligible to earn an annual cash incentive bonus with a target amount equal to 50% of her base salary. Dr. Jenkins is also eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans available to our employees, subject to the terms of those plans.

          Dr. Jenkins' amended and restated employment agreement provides that, in the event that her employment is terminated by us without "cause" (as defined in her amended and restated employment agreement), subject to the execution and effectiveness of a separation agreement, including a general release of claims in our favor, she will be entitled to receive (i) an amount equal to 12 months of base salary, payable in substantially equal installments over 12 months following her termination, and (ii) if Dr. Jenkins is participating in our group health plan immediately prior to her termination, a monthly cash payment until the earlier of 12 months following termination or the end of Dr. Jenkins' COBRA health continuation period in an amount equal to the amount that we would have made to provide health insurance to Dr. Jenkins had she remained employed with us. In addition, all time-based equity awards held by Dr. Jenkins as of the closing of this offering that would have vested in the six-month period following her termination had she remained employed by us during such period will accelerate and vest as of the date of termination. In lieu of the payments and benefits described above, in the event that Dr. Jenkins' employment is terminated by us without cause or Dr. Jenkins resigns for "good reason" (as defined in her amended and restated employment agreement), in either case within 18 months following a "change in control" (as defined in her amended and restated employment agreement), subject to the execution and effectiveness of a separation agreement, including a general release of claims in our favor, she will be entitled to receive (i) a lump sum cash payment equal to 18 months of her then-current base salary (or her base salary in effect immediately prior to the change in control, if higher) plus a pro-rated portion of her target bonus, (ii) if Dr. Jenkins is participating in our group health plan immediately prior to her termination, a monthly cash payment until the earlier of 18 months following termination or the end of Dr. Jenkins' COBRA health continuation period in an amount equal to the amount that we would have made to provide health insurance to her had she remained employed with us and (iii) full acceleration of all time-based equity awards held by Dr. Jenkins.

155


Table of Contents

          In addition, Dr. Jenkins has entered into a proprietary information and inventions assignment agreement that contains, among other things, non-competition and non-solicitation provisions that apply during the term of Dr. Jenkins' employment and for one year thereafter.

    Dr. Samuel C. Wadsworth

          Dr. Wadsworth's base salary will be $325,000 upon effectiveness of the amended and restated employment agreement, which is subject to annual review and adjustment, and he will be eligible to earn an annual cash incentive bonus with a target amount equal to 40% of his base salary. Dr. Wadsworth is also eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans available to our employees, subject to the terms of those plans.

          Dr. Wadsworth's amended and restated employment agreement provides that, in the event that his employment is terminated by us without "cause" (as defined in his amended and restated employment agreement), subject to the execution and effectiveness of a separation agreement, including a general release of claims in our favor, he will be entitled to receive (i) an amount equal to nine months of base salary, payable in substantially equal installments over nine months following his termination, and (ii) if Dr. Wadsworth is participating in our group health plan immediately prior to his termination, a monthly cash payment until the earlier of nine months following termination or the end of Dr. Wadsworth's COBRA health continuation period in an amount equal to the amount that we would have made to provide health insurance to Dr. Wadsworth had he remained employed with us. In lieu of the payments and benefits described in the preceding sentence, in the event that Dr. Wadsworth's employment is terminated by us without cause or Dr. Wadsworth resigns for "good reason" (as defined in his amended and restated employment agreement), in either case within 12 months following a "change in control" (as defined in his amended and restated employment agreement), subject to the execution and effectiveness of a separation agreement, including a general release of claims in our favor, he will be entitled to receive (i) a lump sum cash payment equal to 12 months of his then-current base salary (or his base salary in effect immediately prior to the change in control, if higher) plus a pro-rated portion of his target bonus, (ii) if Dr. Wadsworth is participating in our group health plan immediately prior to his termination, a monthly cash payment until the earlier of 12 months following termination or the end of Dr. Wadsworth's COBRA health continuation period in an amount equal to the amount that we would have made to provide health insurance to him had he remained employed with us and (iii) full acceleration of all time-based equity awards held by Dr. Wadsworth. In addition, Dr. Wadsworth's amended and restated employment agreement provides that upon a change in control, 50% of the shares underlying all equity awards held by Dr. Wadsworth will accelerate and vest.

          In addition, Dr. Wadsworth has entered into a proprietary information and inventions assignment agreement that contains, among other things, non-competition and non-solicitation provisions that apply during the term of Dr. Wadsworth's employment and for one year thereafter.

    Dr. Eric Crombez

          Dr. Crombez's base salary will be $331,000 upon effectiveness of the amended and restated employment agreement, which is subject to annual review and adjustment, and he will be eligible to earn an annual cash incentive bonus with a target amount equal to 40% of his base salary. Dr. Crombez is also eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans available to our employees, subject to the terms of those plans.

          Dr. Crombez's amended and restated employment agreement provides that, in the event that his employment is terminated by us without "cause" (as defined in his amended and restated employment agreement), subject to the execution and effectiveness of a separation agreement,

156


Table of Contents

including a general release of claims in our favor, he will be entitled to receive (i) an amount equal to nine months of base salary, payable in substantially equal installments over nine months following his termination, and (ii) if Dr. Crombez is participating in our group health plan immediately prior to his termination, a monthly cash payment until the earlier of nine months following termination or the end of Dr. Crombez's COBRA health continuation period in an amount equal to the amount that we would have made to provide health insurance to Dr. Crombez had he remained employed with us. In addition, all time-based equity awards held by Dr. Crombez as of the closing of this offering that would have vested in the six-month period following his termination had he remained employed by us during such period will accelerate and vest as of the date of termination. In lieu of the payments and benefits described above, in the event that Dr. Crombez's employment is terminated by us without cause or Dr. Crombez resigns for "good reason" (as defined in his amended and restated employment agreement), in either case within 12 months following a "change in control" (as defined in his amended and restated employment agreement), subject to the execution and effectiveness of a separation agreement, including a general release of claims in our favor, he will be entitled to receive (i) a lump sum cash payment equal to 12 months of his then-current base salary (or his base salary in effect immediately prior to the change in control, if higher) plus a pro-rated portion of his target bonus, (ii) if Dr. Crombez is participating in our group health plan immediately prior to his termination, a monthly cash payment until the earlier of 12 months following termination or the end of Dr. Crombez's COBRA health continuation period in an amount equal to the amount that we would have made to provide health insurance to him had he remained employed with us and (iii) full acceleration of all time-based equity awards held by Dr. Crombez.

          In addition, Dr. Crombez has entered into a proprietary information and inventions assignment agreement that contains, among other things, non-competition and non-solicitation provisions that apply during the term of Dr. Crombez's employment and for one year thereafter.

    Dr. K. Reed Clark

          Dr. Clark's base salary will be $260,000 upon effectiveness of the amended and restated employment agreement, which is subject to annual review and adjustment, and he will be eligible to earn an annual cash incentive bonus with a target amount equal to 30% of is base salary. Dr. Clark is also eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans available to our employees, subject to the terms of those plans.

          Dr. Clark's amended and restated employment agreement provides that, in the event that his employment is terminated by us without "cause" (as defined in his amended and restated employment agreement), subject to the execution and effectiveness of a separation agreement, including a general release of claims in our favor, he will be entitled to receive (i) an amount equal to nine months of base salary, payable in substantially equal installments over nine months following his termination, and (ii) if Dr. Clark is participating in our group health plan immediately prior to his termination, a monthly cash payment until the earlier of nine months following termination or the end of Dr. Clark's COBRA health continuation period in an amount equal to the amount that we would have made to provide health insurance to Dr. Clark had he remained employed with us. In addition, all time-based equity awards held by Dr. Clark as of the closing of this offering that would have vested in the nine-month period following his termination had he remained employed by us during such period will accelerate and vest as of the date of termination. In lieu of the payments and benefits described above, in the event that Dr. Clark's employment is terminated by us without cause or Dr. Clark resigns for "good reason" (as defined in his amended and restated employment agreement, in either case within 12 months following a "change in control" (as defined in his amended and restated employment agreement), subject to the execution and effectiveness of a separation agreement, including a general release of claims in our favor, he

157


Table of Contents

will be entitled to receive (i) a lump sum cash payment equal to 12 months of his then-current base salary (or his base salary in effect immediately prior to the change in control, if higher) plus a pro-rated portion of his target bonus, (ii) if Dr. Clark is participating in our group health plan immediately prior to his termination, a monthly cash payment until the earlier of 12 months following termination or the end of Dr. Clark's COBRA health continuation period in an amount equal to the amount that we would have made to provide health insurance to him had he remained employed with us and (iii) full acceleration of all time-based equity awards held by Dr. Clark.

          In addition, Dr. Clark has entered into a proprietary information and inventions assignment agreement that contains, among other things, non-competition and non-solicitation provisions that apply during the term of Dr. Clark's employment and for one year thereafter.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2014 Fiscal Year-End

          The following table sets forth information concerning outstanding equity awards held by each of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2014. All equity awards in the table below were granted under our 2013 Stock Plan, as amended, or the 2013 Plan.

 
  Option Awards   Stock Awards
Name
 
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable (#)
 
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable (#)
 
Option
Exercise
Price ($)
  Option
Expiration
Date
 
Number of
Shares
That Have
Not
Vested (#)
 
Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested ($) (1)

Annalisa Jenkins, M.B.B.S., M.R.C.P. 

    1,408,000 (2)   0.19   9/24/2024       —  

Thomas R. Beck, M.D. 

                       

Samuel C. Wadsworth, Ph.D. 

           —     —     501,563 (3)    

Eric Crombez, M.D. 

       375,000 (4)   0.19   12/16/2024       —  

K. Reed Clark, Ph.D. 

       350,000 (5)   0.13   4/21/2024       —  

(1)
There was no public market for our common stock on December 31, 2014. We have estimated the market value of the unvested stock award based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover of this prospectus.

(2)
The shares underlying this stock option vest as follows: 25% of the shares will vest and become exercisable on September 23, 2015 and the remainder of the shares will vest and become exercisable in equal monthly installments over the following 36 months. This stock option is subject to accelerated vesting as described above under the heading "Employment Arrangements with Our Named Executive Officers — Dr. Annalisa Jenkins." The shares underlying this stock option represented 4.00% of our fully diluted capital on the date of grant. Pursuant to the terms of Dr. Jenkins' offer letter, we agreed to grant Dr. Jenkins one or more additional stock options to purchase a number of shares of our common stock such that Dr. Jenkins would hold options to purchase a total number of shares equal to 4.00% of our fully diluted capital in the event that we issued additional shares of Series A preferred stock within 24 months following the date of the offer letter. Accordingly, on April 29, 2015, we granted Dr. Jenkins an option to purchase an additional 217,400 shares of common stock with the same vesting terms as described above. In addition, on June 3, 2015, we granted Dr. Jenkins a market adjustment option to purchase an additional 1,000,000 shares of common stock with the same vesting terms as described above.

(3)
Represents a restricted stock award for 708,089 shares of our common stock. This restricted stock award vests as follows: 25% of the shares vested and became nonforfeitable on October 30, 2014 and the remainder of the shares vest and become nonforfeitable in equal monthly installments over the following 36 months. This restricted stock award is subject to accelerated vesting as described above under the heading "Employment Arrangements with Our Named Executive Officers — Dr. Samuel C. Wadsworth." In addition, 50% of the unvested shares underlying this award will vest upon a "change of control" (as defined in the applicable restricted stock award agreement). The shares underlying this restricted stock award represented 2.00% of our fully diluted capital on the date of grant. Pursuant to the terms of Dr. Wadsworth's original employment agreement, as amended, we agreed to grant Dr. Wadsworth one or more additional stock awards such that, after the grant of such award(s), Dr. Wadsworth would

158


Table of Contents

    hold shares equal to 2.00% of our fully diluted capital in the event that we issued additional shares of Series A preferred stock within 24 months following the date of such employment agreement. Accordingly, on April 29, 2015, we granted Dr. Wadsworth an additional restricted stock award for 104,611 shares of common stock with the same vesting terms as described above.

(4)
The shares underlying this stock option vest as follows: 25% of the shares will vest and become exercisable on December 17, 2015 and the remainder of the shares will vest and become exercisable in equal monthly installments over the following 36 months. This stock option is subject to accelerated vesting as described above under the heading "Employment Arrangements with Our Named Executive Officers — Dr. Eric Crombez." Dr. Crombez was also granted a true-up grant of an option to purchase 235,000 shares of our common stock on June 3, 2015, which grant was intended to mitigate the dilutive effect of the issuance of additional shares of Series A preferred stock after the date of his new hire stock option grant.

(5)
The shares underlying this stock option vest as follows: 25% of the shares vested and became exercisable on April 1, 2015 and the remainder of the shares will vest and become exercisable in equal monthly installments over the following 36 months. This stock option is subject to accelerated vesting as described above under the heading "Employment Arrangements with Our Named Executive Officers — Dr. K. Reed Clark." Dr. Clark was also granted a true-up grant of an option to purchase 175,000 shares of our common stock, which grant was intended to mitigate the dilutive effect of the issuance of additional shares of Series A preferred stock after the date of his new hire stock option grant.

Compensation Risk Assessment

          We believe that although a portion of the compensation provided to our executive officers and other employees is performance-based, our executive compensation program does not encourage excessive or unnecessary risk-taking. This is primarily due to the fact that our compensation programs are designed to encourage our executive officers and other employees to remain focused on both short-term and long-term strategic goals, in particular, in connection with our pay-for-performance compensation philosophy. As a result, we do not believe that our compensation programs are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us.

Employee Benefit and Equity Compensation Plans

    2015 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

          Our 2015 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or our 2015 Plan, was adopted by our board of directors in August 2015 and approved by our stockholders in September 2015 and will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus is part is declared effective by the SEC. The 2015 Plan will replace the 2013 Plan as our board of directors has determined not to make additional awards under that plan following the consummation of our initial public offering. The 2015 Plan allows the board of directors and our compensation committee to make equity-based incentive awards to our officers, employees, directors and other key persons (including consultants).

          We have initially reserved                          shares of our common stock, or the Initial Limit, for the issuance of awards under the 2015 Plan, plus the shares of common stock remaining available for issuance under our 2013 Plan. The 2015 Plan provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance thereunder will automatically increase on each January 1, beginning on January 1, 2016 and ending on January 1, 2020, by 4% of the number of shares of common stock outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31 or such lesser number of shares determined by the compensation committee. The Initial Limit is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization.

          The shares we issue under the 2015 Plan will be authorized but unissued shares or shares that we reacquire. The shares of common stock underlying any awards that are forfeited, canceled, held back upon exercise or settlement of an award to satisfy the exercise price or tax withholding, reacquired by us prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of stock, expire or are otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) under the 2015 Plan and the 2013 Plan will be added back to the shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2015 Plan.

159


Table of Contents

          Stock options and stock appreciation rights with respect to no more than 4,000,000 shares of common stock may be granted to any one individual in any one calendar year. The maximum number of shares that may be issued as incentive stock options may not exceed the Initial Limit, cumulatively increased on January 1, 2016 and each January 1 thereafter through January 1, 2020 by the lesser of 4% of the outstanding shares of common stock on the immediately preceding December 31 or 4,500,000 shares. The value of all awards made under the 2015 Plan and all other cash compensation paid by us to any non-employee director in any calendar year shall not exceed $1,000,000.

          The 2015 Plan will be administered by our compensation committee. Our compensation committee has full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, to make any combination of awards to participants, and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2015 Plan. Persons eligible to participate in the 2015 Plan will be those full or part-time officers, employees, non-employee directors and other key persons (including consultants) as selected from time to time by our compensation committee in its discretion.

          The 2015 Plan permits the granting of both options to purchase common stock intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code and options that do not so qualify. The option exercise price of each option will be determined by our compensation committee but may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of each option will be fixed by our compensation committee and may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. Our compensation committee will determine at what time or times each option may be exercised.

          Our compensation committee may award stock appreciation rights subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. Stock appreciation rights entitle the recipient to shares of common stock, or cash, equal to the value of the appreciation in our stock price over the exercise price. The exercise price may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of each stock appreciation right will be fixed by our compensation committee and may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. Our compensation committee will determine at what time or times each stock appreciation right may be exercised.

          Our compensation committee may award restricted shares of common stock and restricted stock units to participants subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. These conditions and restrictions may include the achievement of certain performance goals and/or continued employment with us through a specified vesting period. Our compensation committee may also grant shares of common stock that are free from any restrictions under the 2015 Plan. Unrestricted stock may be granted to participants in recognition of past services or for other valid consideration and may be issued in lieu of cash compensation due to such participant.

          Our compensation committee may grant performance share awards to participants that entitle the recipient to receive awards of common stock upon the achievement of certain performance goals and such other conditions as our compensation committee may determine. Our compensation committee may grant dividend equivalent rights to participants that entitle the recipient to receive credits for dividends that would be paid if the recipient had held a specified number of shares of common stock.

          Our compensation committee may grant cash bonuses under the 2015 Plan to participants, subject to the achievement of certain performance goals.

          Our compensation committee may grant awards of restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance share awards or cash-based awards under the 2015 Plan that are intended to qualify as "performance-based compensation" under Section 162(m) of the Code. Such awards will only

160


Table of Contents

vest or become payable upon the attainment of performance goals that are established by our compensation committee and related to one or more performance criteria. The performance criteria that could be used with respect to any such awards include: total stockholder return, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization), changes in the market price of our common stock, economic value-added, development, clinical, regulatory or commercial milestones, funds from operations or similar measure, sales or revenue, acquisitions or strategic transactions, operating income (loss), cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow), return on capital, assets, equity, or investment, return on sales, gross or net profit levels, productivity, expense, margins, operating efficiency, customer satisfaction, working capital, earnings (loss) per share of our common stock, sales or market shares and number of customers, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or as compared to results of a peer group. From and after the time that we become subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, the maximum award that is intended to qualify as "performance-based compensation" under Section 162(m) of the Code that may be made to certain of our officers during any one calendar year period is 4,000,000 shares of common stock with respect to a share-based award and $5,000,000 with respect to a cash-based award.

          The 2015 Plan provides that upon the effectiveness of a "sale event," as defined in the 2015 Plan, an acquirer or successor entity may assume, continue or substitute outstanding awards under the 2015 Plan. To the extent that awards granted under the 2015 Plan are not assumed or continued or substituted by the successor entity, upon the effective time of the sale event, except as may be otherwise provided in the relevant award certificate, all options and stock appreciation rights with time-based vesting that are not exercisable immediately prior to the effective time of the sale event shall become fully exercisable as of the effective time of the sale event, all other awards with time-based vesting, conditions or restrictions shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the effective time of the sale event, and all awards with conditions and restrictions relating to the attainment of performance goals may become vested and nonforfeitable in connection with a sale event in the compensation committee's discretion or to the extent specified in the relevant award certificate. Upon the effective time of the sale event, all outstanding awards granted under the 2015 Plan shall terminate. In the event of such termination, individuals holding options and stock appreciation rights will be permitted to exercise such options and stock appreciation rights (to the extent exercisable) within a specified period of time prior to the sale event. In addition, in connection with the termination of the 2015 Plan upon a sale event, we may make or provide for a cash payment to participants holding vested and exercisable options and stock appreciation rights equal to the difference between the per share cash consideration payable to stockholders in the sale event and the exercise price of the options or stock appreciation rights and we may make or provide for a cash payment to participants holding other vested awards.

          Our board of directors may amend or discontinue the 2015 Plan and our compensation committee may amend or cancel outstanding awards for purposes of satisfying changes in law or any other lawful purpose, but no such action may adversely affect rights under an award without the holder's consent. Certain amendments to the 2015 Plan require the approval of our stockholders.

          No awards may be granted under the 2015 Plan after the date that is ten years from the date of stockholder approval of the 2015 Plan. No awards under the 2015 Plan have been made prior to the date hereof.

    2013 Stock Plan

          Our 2013 Plan was approved by our board of directors in October 2013 and by our stockholders in February 2014, and was most recently amended in June 2015. We have reserved

161


Table of Contents

an aggregate of 10,290,122 shares of our common stock for the issuance of awards under the 2013 Plan. This number is subject to adjustment in the event of a subdivision of outstanding stock, a stock dividend, a combination or consolidation of stock, a reclassification, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of common stock. Effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors has determined not to grant any further awards under our 2013 Plan. The shares of common stock underlying any awards that are canceled or reacquired by us or are withheld by us for payment of the purchase price, exercise price or withholding taxes under the 2013 Plan are currently added back to the shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2013 Plan. Upon the effectiveness of the 2015 Plan, such shares will be added to the shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2015 Plan.

          The 2013 Plan is administered by our board of directors. The administrator has full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2013 Plan.

          Our employees, outside directors and consultants are eligible to receive awards under the 2013 Plan.

          The 2013 Plan permits the granting of (i) options to purchase common stock intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code and (ii) options that do not so qualify. The option exercise price of each option is determined by the administrator but may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. The term of each option will be fixed by the administrator and may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant.

          The 2013 Plan also permits (i) the award of shares under stock grants agreements and (ii) the sale of shares pursuant to stock purchase agreements. The purchase price of shares, if any, is determined by the administrator. Stock grants and stock purchases may be subject to other terms and conditions that are not inconsistent with the 2013 Plan, as specified by the administrator.

          The 2013 Plan provides that upon the occurrence of a corporate transaction such as a merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of our stock or assets, all awards outstanding under the 2013 Plan on the effective date of the corporate transaction shall be treated in the manner described in the definitive transaction agreement (or if the corporate transaction does not entail a definitive agreement to which we are a party, in the manner determined by the administrator), which may include (i) continuation, assumption or substitution of awards; (ii) cancellation of options and payment to optionholders of an amount equal to the difference between (x) the value of the consideration payable per share of common stock in the corporate transaction multiplied by the number of shares subject to outstanding vested options and (y) the aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding vested options; (iii) cancellation of options without payment of any consideration, provided, that in such case, each optionholder will be notified of such treatment and given an opportunity to exercise any vested options during a period of not less than five business days preceding the effective date of the corporate transaction, unless a shorter period is required to permit the timely closing of the corporate transaction and such shorter period offers the optionholder a reasonable opportunity to exercise the option and any option exercise during this period shall be contingent upon the closing of the corporate transaction; (iv) suspension of the optionholder's right to exercise options during a limited period of time preceding the closing of the corporate transaction if such suspension is administratively necessary to permit the closing of the proposed transaction; or (v) termination of any right an optionholder has to early exercise an option prior to vesting such that, following the closing of the proposed transaction the option may only be exercised to the extent it is vested. The administrator has the discretion to accelerate, in whole or in part, the vesting and exercisability of options and other awards in connection with any corporate transaction.

162


Table of Contents

          Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the 2013 Plan at any time and for any reason, subject to stockholder approval where such approval is required by applicable law.

    2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

          In August 2015 our board of directors approved and in September 2015 our stockholders approved the 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP. The ESPP initially reserves and authorizes the issuance of up to a total of 750,000 shares of common stock to participating employees. The ESPP provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance will automatically increase on each January 1, beginning on January 1, 2017 and ending on January 1, 2021, by the lesser of (i) 750,000 shares of common stock, (ii) 1% of the outstanding shares of common stock on the immediately preceding December 31 or (iii) such lesser number of shares as determined by the administrator of the ESPP. These numbers are subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization.

          All employees whose customary employment is for more than 20 hours a week are eligible to participate in the ESPP. Any employee who owns 5% or more of the voting power or value of our shares of common stock is not eligible to purchase shares under the ESPP.

          We may make one or more offerings each year to our employees to purchase shares under the ESPP, at the discretion of the administrator of the ESPP. Offerings will usually begin on each January 1 and July 1 and will continue for six-month periods, referred to as offering periods. Each eligible employee may elect to participate in any offering by submitting an enrollment form at least 15 days before the relevant offering date.

          Each employee who is a participant in the ESPP may purchase shares by authorizing payroll deductions of up to 10% of his or her eligible compensation during an offering period. Unless the participating employee has previously withdrawn from the offering, his or her accumulated payroll deductions will be used to purchase shares of common stock on the last business day of the offering period at a price equal to 85% of the fair market value of the shares on the first business day or the last business day of the offering period, whichever is lower, provided that no more than 5,000 shares of common stock may be purchased by any one employee during each offering period. Under applicable tax rules, an employee may purchase no more than $25,000 worth of shares of common stock, valued at the start of the purchase period, under the ESPP in any calendar year.

          The accumulated payroll deductions of any employee who is not a participant on the last day of an offering period will be refunded. An employee's rights under the ESPP terminate upon voluntary withdrawal from the plan or when the employee ceases employment with us for any reason.

          The ESPP may be terminated or amended by our board of directors at any time. An amendment that increases the number of shares of common stock authorized under the ESPP and certain other amendments require the approval of our stockholders.

    Senior Executive Incentive Bonus Plan

          In August 2015, our board of directors adopted the Senior Executive Incentive Bonus Plan, or the Bonus Plan. The Bonus Plan provides for bonus payments based upon the attainment of performance targets established by our compensation committee. The payment targets will be related to financial and operational measures or objectives with respect to our company, or the Corporate Performance Goals, as well as individual performance objectives. The Bonus Plan will govern the grant of annual cash incentive bonuses to our executive officers.

163


Table of Contents

          Our compensation committee may select Corporate Performance Goals from among the following: cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); revenue; corporate revenue; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization); changes in the market price of our common stock; economic value-added; development, clinical, regulatory or commercial milestones; acquisitions or strategic transactions; operating income (loss); return on capital, assets, equity, or investment; stockholder returns; return on sales; gross or net profit levels; productivity; expense efficiency; margins; operating efficiency; customer satisfaction; working capital; earnings (loss) per share of our common stock; bookings, new bookings or renewals; sales or market shares; number of customers; number of new customers or customer references; operating income and/or net annual recurring revenue, any of which may be measured in absolute terms, as compared to any incremental increase, in terms of growth, as compared to results of a peer group, against the market as a whole, compared to applicable market indices and/or measured on a pre-tax or post-tax basis.

          Each executive officer who is selected to participate in the Bonus Plan will have a target bonus opportunity set for each performance period. The bonus formulas will be adopted in each performance period by the compensation committee and communicated to each executive. The Corporate Performance Goals will be measured at the end of each performance period after our financial reports have been published. If the Corporate Performance Goals and individual performance objectives are met, payments will be made as soon as practicable following the end of each performance period. Subject to the rights contained in any agreement between the executive officer and us, an executive officer must be employed by us on the bonus payment date to be eligible to receive a bonus payment. The Bonus Plan also permits the compensation committee to approve additional bonuses to executive officers in its sole discretion.

    401(k) Plan

          We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax-advantaged basis. All participants' interests in their contributions are 100% vested when contributed. Pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant's individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants' directions. The retirement plan is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code.

164


Table of Contents


DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

          The following table presents the total compensation for each person who served as a non-employee member of our board of directors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014. Other than as set forth in the table and described more fully below, we did not pay any compensation, make any equity awards or non-equity awards to, or pay any other compensation to any of the non-employee members of our board of directors in fiscal year 2014. We reimbursed non-employee members of our board of directors for reasonable travel expenses. Dr. Annalisa Jenkins, our president and chief executive officer, did not receive any compensation for her service as a member of our board of directors during fiscal year 2014. Dr. Jenkins' compensation for service as an employee for fiscal year 2014 is presented under "2014 Summary Compensation Table" in this prospectus.

Name   Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash ($)
  Option
Awards ($)
  Total ($)

Benjamin Auspitz

    —          —

Allan M. Fox

    —          —

Donald J. Hayden, Jr. (1)

  50,000 (2)   8,080 (3)   58,080

(1)
Effective July 10, 2015, Mr. Hayden resigned from all positions on our board.

(2)
Mr. Hayden received a cash fee of $12,500 per quarter for his services as a director.

(3)
Amount reflects the grant date fair value of option awards granted in 2014 calculated in accordance with ASC 718. Such grant date fair value does not take into account any estimated forfeitures related to service vesting conditions. For information regarding on assumptions underlinging the valuation of equity awards, see Note 11 to our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2014. This amount does not correspond to the actual value that may be recognized by the named director upon vesting of the applicable awards. As of December 31, 2014, Mr. Hayden held an option to purchase 63,000 shares of our common stock, which vests in equal monthly installments over 24 months.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

          Our board of directors has adopted a non-employee director compensation policy, effective as of the completion of this offering, that is designed to enable us to attract and retain, on a long-term basis, highly qualified non-employee directors. Under the policy, each director who is not an employee will be paid cash compensation from and after the completion of this offering, as set forth below:

 
  Annual Retainer  

Board of Directors:

       

All non-employee members

  $ 35,000  

Non-executive chairperson

  $ 30,000  

Audit Committee:

       

Members

  $ 7,500  

Additional retainer for chair

  $ 7,500  

Compensation Committee:

       

Members

  $ 5,000  

Additional retainer for chair

  $ 5,000  

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee:

       

Members

  $ 3,750  

Additional retainer for chair

  $ 3,750  

165


Table of Contents

          Upon election to the board of directors, each non-employee director will receive an initial, one-time equity award with a grant date fair value equal to $320,000, which will vest in equal annual installments over three years, subject to continued service as a member of the board of directors. In addition, each continuing non-employee member of the board who has served as a director for the previous six months will receive, at the time of our annual meeting, an annual equity grant with a grant date fair value equal to $160,000, which will vest in full upon the earlier of the first anniversary of the date of grant or the date of the next annual meeting of our stockholders, subject to continued service as a member of the board of directors through such date.

166


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

          Other than the compensation agreements and other arrangements described under "Executive and Director Compensation" in this prospectus and the transactions described below, since June 20, 2013 (date of inception), there has not been and there is not currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were, or will be, a party in which the amount involved exceeded, or will exceed, $120,000 and in which any director, executive officer, holder of five percent or more of any class of our capital stock or any member of the immediate family of, or entities affiliated with, any of the foregoing persons, had, or will have, a direct or indirect material interest.

License Agreements and Related Agreements with ReGenX

          On October 30, 2013, we entered into a license agreement with ReGenX Biosciences, LLC, predecessor to REGENXBIO Inc., or ReGenX, as amended on June 18, 2014 and September 29, 2014. Through the 2013 license agreement, ReGenX granted us an exclusive license to certain technology, patents and know-how, pertaining to various recombinant adeno-associated virus, or AAV, vectors and their use in gene therapy treatments for hemophilia and certain additional disease indications. Previously, ReGenX obtained its rights in the licensed property from upstream licensors, GSK and the Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania. Under the terms of the agreement, we issued 10,000 shares of our common stock to ReGenX. Additionally, ReGenX receives an annual maintenance fee in the low tens of thousands per disease indication licensed and low to mid-single digit royalty percentages on net sales of licensed products and we will pay any milestone fees owed by ReGenX to GSK or sublicense fees owed by ReGenX to the Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania or GSK as a result of our activities under the 2013 license agreement. See "Business — Collaborations and License Agreements — ReGenX License Agreements — 2013 License" for further information regarding the 2013 license agreement with ReGenX. In addition, in connection with the 2013 license agreement, we entered into a research services side letter with ReGenX for research services conducted by University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine through its sponsored research agreement with ReGenX, pursuant to which we made payments to ReGenX of $7.1 million. See the description under "University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine Sponsored Research Agreement" for further information regarding the research services side letter.

          In connection with the 2013 license agreement and our formation, Allan M. Fox, John Daniel Kiser, Donald J. Hayden, Jr. and Kenneth T. Mills purchased an aggregate of 6,954,536 shares of our common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $695.45 in October 2013, along with the purchase of shares by our other investors. At the time of the 2013 license agreement, the individuals named in the preceding sentence were directors or officers of ReGenX, were each greater than 5% beneficial owners of our outstanding capital stock and held in the aggregate greater than 10% of ReGenX's outstanding capital stock. Additionally, at the time of the 2013 license agreement, Messrs. Fox and Hayden were on our board of directors.

          In April 2014, we signed a management services letter agreement with ReGenX to memorialize our mutual agreement for the provision of management services by ReGenX to Dimension from November 1, 2013 through April 30, 2014. ReGenX provided strategic advice to Dimension, for which we paid ReGenX a one-time payment of $570,000 as the sole and entire consideration due to ReGenX for the provision of the management services. Also in April 2014, we entered into a material transfer agreement and purchase order with ReGenX, pursuant to which we purchased certain biologic materials from ReGenX in the amount of $200,000. At that time, Messrs. Fox, Kiser and Mills each held greater than 5% of our outstanding capital stock and were directors or officers of ReGenX and held in the aggregate greater than 10% of ReGenX's outstanding capital stock. At the time of the management services letter agreement, Mr. Hayden was a member of our board of directors and chairman of the board of directors of ReGenX.

167


Table of Contents

          On March 10, 2015, we entered into a second option and license agreement with ReGenX, effective as of February 18, 2014. See "Business — Collaborations and License Agreements — ReGenX License Agreements — 2014 License" for further information regarding the 2015 option and license agreement with ReGenX. See "Business — Collaborations and License Agreements — ReGenX License Agreements — 2015 License" for further information regarding the 2015 option and license agreement with ReGenX. Messrs. Fox, Kiser and Mills each held greater than five percent of our outstanding capital stock as of the effective date of the 2015 option and license agreement. In March 2015, the individuals named in the preceding sentence were directors or officers of ReGenX and held in the aggregate greater than 10% of ReGenX's outstanding capital stock. At the time of the agreement, Mr. Hayden was a member of our board of directors and chairman of the board of directors of ReGenX.

University of Pennsylvania Sponsored Research Agreements

          On October 30, 2013, in connection with our 2013 license agreement with ReGenX we entered into a research services side letter with ReGenX, whereby ReGenX agreed to assist us in having certain research conducted by University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine through a sponsored research agreement between ReGenX and the University of Pennsylvania. In accordance with the terms of the research plan developed between ReGenX and University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine, we made payments to ReGenX of $7.1 million.

          At the time of the execution of the research services side letter, Dr. Wilson and the University of Pennsylvania each held 5% or more of our outstanding capital stock and Dr. Wilson was the principal investigator at Penn providing services under the ReGenX sponsored research agreement.

          In January 2015, we entered into a sponsored research and option agreement directly with the University of Pennsylvania regarding the conduct of research by its School of Medicine. Pursuant to this agreement, we paid the University of Pennsylvania $3.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015. See "Business — Collaborations and License Agreements — University of Pennsylvania Sponsored Research Agreements. At the time of its execution, Dr. Wilson and Penn each held 5% or more of our outstanding capital stock and Dr. Wilson was the principal investigator at Penn providing services under the sponsored research and option agreement.

Transactions with Beacon Bioventures and its Affiliates

          During the period from inception (June 20, 2013) to June 30, 2015, we paid Fidelity Biosciences, an affiliate of Beacon Bioventures, a greater than 5% holder of our outstanding capital stock, $187,000 for certain consulting services provided to us and other costs that Fidelity Biosciences paid on our behalf. Such fees and expenses were payable pursuant to invoices submitted to us by Fidelity Biosciences from time to time. Other than reimbursement of travel expenses for its representative on our board of directors, we do not expect to make any reimbursements or other payments for services to Fidelity Biosciences in the future. In connection with our founding, we issued to Beacon Bioventures 700,000 shares of common stock, subject to certain repurchase rights. Since October 2013, a representative of Beacon Bioventures, Benjamin Auspitz, has served as chair of our board of directors.

Private Placements of Securities

          On October 30, 2013, we entered into an initial stock purchase agreement, which provided for the sale of our Series A convertible preferred stock to certain investors. Through a series of

168


Table of Contents

subsequent closings from November 2013 to February 2015, we sold 24,500,000 shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock to the following related persons at a price of $1.00 per share:

Name
 
Shares of
Series A
Preferred Stock
  Total
Purchase
Price

Beacon Bioventures Fund III Limited Partnership (1)

  15,000,000   $15,000,000

OrbiMed Private Investments V, L.P. (2)

    9,500,000   $  9,500,000

(1)
Benjamin Auspitz, the chairman of our board of directors, is a partner at Fidelity Biosciences, a division of FMR LLC, which is an entity affiliated with Beacon Bioventures Fund III Limited Partnership.

(2)
Rishi Gupta, a member of our board, is a private equity partner at OrbiMed Advisors LLC, which is an entity affiliated with OrbiMed Private Investments V, L.P.

    Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

          On April 20, 2015, we entered into a stock purchase agreement, pursuant to which we sold an aggregate of 20,183,824 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $3.2204 per share. The following summarizes purchases of our Series B convertible preferred stock by related persons:

Name
 
Shares of
Series B
Preferred Stock
  Total
Purchase
Price

Beacon Bioventures Fund III Limited Partnership (1)

  4,761,313   $15,333,332

OrbiMed Private Investments V, L.P. (2)

  5,692,874   $18,333,331

Entities affiliated with New Leaf Venture Partners, L.L.C. (3)

  3,208,711   $10,333,333

(1)
Benjamin Auspitz, the chairman of our board of directors, is a partner at Fidelity Biosciences, a division of FMR LLC, which is an entity affiliated with Beacon Bioventures Fund III Limited Partnership.

(2)
Rishi Gupta, a member of our board, is a private equity partner at OrbiMed Advisors LLC, which is an entity affiliated with OrbiMed Private Investments V, L.P.

(3)
Michael Dybbs, a member of our board, is a partner at New Leaf Venture Partners, L.L.C.

Agreements with Stockholders

    Investors' Rights Agreement

          In connection with the Series B convertible preferred stock financing on April 20, 2015, we entered into the Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement with the holders of our Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock and certain key holders of our common stock. This agreement provides these holders with certain rights relating to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. For a more detailed description of these registration rights, see the section titled "Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights."

          This agreement also establishes certain "information and observer" rights and rights of first offer, and sets forth certain covenants relating to insurance, employee agreements, employee stock, indemnification, and related matters. On the closing of this offering, all provisions relating to these rights and covenants will terminate.

169


Table of Contents

    Voting Agreement and Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement

          In connection with the Series B convertible preferred stock financing, on April 20, 2015, we entered into an Amended and Restated Voting Agreement and an Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, in each case with the holders of our Series A and Series B preferred stock and certain key holders of our common stock. On the closing of this offering, all provisions of these agreements will terminate.

Indemnification Agreements

          We have entered into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. These agreements will, among other things, require us to indemnify these individuals for certain expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and settlement amounts reasonably incurred by such person in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in our right, on account of any services undertaken by such person on behalf of our company or that person's status as a member of our board of directors to the maximum extent allowed under Delaware law. For more information see "Director Compensation."

Policies for Approval of Related Party Transactions

          Our board of directors reviews and approves transactions with directors, officers and holders of five percent or more of our voting securities and their affiliates, each a related party. Prior to this offering, the material facts as to the related party's relationship or interest in the transaction are disclosed to our board of directors prior to their consideration of such transaction, and the transaction is not considered approved by our board of directors unless a majority of the directors who are not interested in the transaction approve the transaction. Further, when stockholders are entitled to vote on a transaction with a related party, the material facts of the related party's relationship or interest in the transaction are disclosed to the stockholders, who must approve the transaction in good faith.

          In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt a written related party transactions policy that such transactions must be approved by our audit committee or another independent body of our board of directors.

170


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

          The following table sets forth certain information known to us regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock as of September 10, 2015, as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock offered by us in this offering, for:

          To the extent that the underwriters sell more than         shares in this offering, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional             shares at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

          Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Under those rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which the individual or entity has sole or shared voting power or investment power. Except as noted by footnote, and subject to community property laws where applicable, we believe, based on the information provided to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all common stock shown as beneficially owned by them.

          The percentage of beneficial ownership prior to this offering in the table below is based on         shares of common stock deemed to be outstanding as of September 10, 2015, and the percentage of beneficial ownership at this offering in the table below is based on         shares of common stock assumed to be outstanding after the closing of the offering. The information in the table below assumes no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares. Options to purchase shares of common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of September 10, 2015 are deemed to be beneficially owned by the persons holding these options for the purpose of

171


Table of Contents

computing percentage ownership of that person, but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing any other person's ownership percentage.

 
  Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to
Offering
  Shares Beneficially
Owned After Offering
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner (1)   Number   Percentage   Number   Percentage

5% Stockholders:

                   

Entities affiliated with Beacon Bioventures Fund (2)

    20,461,313              

OrbiMed Private Investments V, L.P. (3)

    15,192,874              

Entities affiliated with New Leaf Venture Partners, L.L.C. (4)

    3,208,711              

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

                   

Annalisa Jenkins, M.B.B.S., M.R.C.P. (5)

    544,378            

Jean Franchi

               

Thomas R. Beck, M.D

    290,333              

Mary T. Thistle

               

Samuel C. Wadsworth, Ph.D. 

    812,700              

Eric Crombez, M.D. 

               

K. Reed Clark, Ph.D. (6)

    156,772            

Benjamin Auspitz (2)

    20,461,313              

Alan Colowick, M.P.H., M.D. 

               

Michael Dybbs, Ph.D. (4)

               

Georges Gemayel, Ph.D. 

               

Rishi Gupta, Esq. (3)

               

George V. Migausky

               

Arlene Morris

               

All executive officers and directors as a group (14 persons)

                   

*
Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent.

(1)
Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each beneficial owner is c/o Dimension Therapeutics Inc., 840 Memorial Drive, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139.

(2)
Consists of (i) 700,000 shares of common stock, 15,000,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series A preferred stock, and 4,761,313 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares Series B preferred stock held by Beacon Bioventures Fund III Limited Partnership ("Beacon Fund") and (ii) 290,333 shares of common stock held by Thomas R. Beck. Beacon Bioventures Advisors Fund III Limited Partnership ("Advisors Fund") is the general partner of Beacon Fund. Advisors Fund is solely managed by Impresa Management LLC ("Impresa"), its general partner and investment manager. Impresa is owned by the shareholders and certain employees of FMR LLC. Impresa is managed on a day-to-day basis by its President, Paul L. Mucci, and as and as such Mr. Mucci may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to all shares held by Beacon Fund. Dr. Beck is an executive partner of Fidelity Biosciences, a division of FMR LLC. Dr. Beck may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power with respect to all shares held by Dr. Beck. Benjamin Auspitz, the chairman of our board of directors, is a partner of Fidelity Biosciences, and as such may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power over the shares listed above. Each of the individuals and entities listed above expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities listed above except to the extent of any pecuniary

172


Table of Contents

    interest therein. The address for each of the individuals and entities listed above is One Main Street, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02142.

(3)
Consists of 9,500,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series A preferred stock and 5,692,874 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares Series B preferred stock held by OrbiMed Private Investments V, LP ("OPI V"). OrbiMed Capital GP V LLC ("GP V") is the sole general partner of OPI V. OrbiMed Advisors LLC ("OrbiMed Advisors") is the managing member of GP V. GP V and OrbiMed Advisors may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares held by OPI V. Samuel D. Isaly is the managing member of and owner of a controlling interest in OrbiMed Advisors and as such may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares held by OPI V. Rishi Gupta, one of our directors, is employed as a private equity partner at OrbiMed Advisors. Each of GP V, OrbiMed Advisors, Mr. Isaly and Mr. Gupta disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by OPI V except to the extent of its or his pecuniary interest therein, if any. The address for these entities is 601 Lexington Avenue, 54th floor, New York, New York 10022.

(4)
Consists of: (i) 2,406,533 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B preferred stock directly beneficially owned by New Leaf Ventures III, L.P. ("NLV-III"); and (ii) 802,178 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B preferred stock directly beneficially owned by New Leaf Growth Fund I, L.P. ("NLGF"). New Leaf Venture Associates III, L.P. ("NLVA-III") is the general partner of NLV-III and New Leaf Venture Management III, L.L.C. ("NLVM-III") is the general partner of NLVA-III. New Leaf Growth Associates I, L.P. ("NLGA") is the general partner of NLGF and NLVM-III is the general partner of NLGA. Michael Dybbs, a member of our board of directors, is a partner at New Leaf Venture Partners, which is affiliated with the above entities. Philippe O. Chambon, Jeani Delagardelle, Ronald M. Hunt, James Niedel, Vijay Lathi and Liam Ratcliffe share voting and investment power over shares held by NLV-III and NLGF and disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interests therein. The address of the entities and individuals listed above is 7 Times Square, Suite 3502, New York, New York 10036.

(5)
Includes options to purchase 544,378 shares of common stock that may be exercised within 60 days of September 10, 2015.

(6)
Includes options to purchase 156,772 shares of common stock that may be exercised within 60 days of September 10, 2015.

173


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

           The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be effective upon the closing of this offering and amended and restated bylaws, which will be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The descriptions of the common stock and preferred stock give effect to changes to our capital structure that will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering. We refer in this section to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation as our certificate of incorporation, and we refer to our amended and restated bylaws as our bylaws.

General

          Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 150,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, all of which shares of preferred stock will be undesignated.

          As of September 10, 2015, 56,646,541 shares of our common stock were outstanding and held by 26 stockholders of record. This amount assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering. In addition, as of September 10, 2015, we had outstanding options to purchase 8,798,231 shares of our common stock under our 2013 Plan, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.95 per share,                  of which were exercisable.

Common Stock

          The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. The holders of our common stock do not have any cumulative voting rights. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Our common stock has no preemptive rights, conversion rights or other subscription rights or redemption or sinking fund provisions.

          In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of all debts and other liabilities and any liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred stock. The shares to be issued by us in this offering will be, when issued and paid for, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

          Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, all outstanding shares of our preferred stock will be converted into shares of our common stock. Upon the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting, or the designation of, such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon our liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company or other corporate action. Immediately after consummation of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

174


Table of Contents

Warrants

          As of June 30, 2015, we had outstanding a warrant to purchase 35,000 shares of our common stock, with an exercise price of $0.19 per share. The warrants were issued to SVB in connection with the loan and security agreement we entered into with SVB. This warrant may be exercised at the option of SVB either by delivery of the exercise price in cash or by a cashless exercise, and will expire in August 2024.

Registration Rights

          Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of                  shares of our common stock, including those issuable upon the conversion of preferred stock, are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these securities under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of an investors' rights agreement between us and certain holders our common stock, Series A preferred stock and Series B preferred stock. The investors' rights agreement includes demand registration rights, short-form registration rights and piggyback registration rights. All fees, costs and expenses of underwritten registrations under these agreements will be borne by us and all selling expenses, including underwriting discounts and selling commissions, will be borne by the holders of the shares being registered.

          Beginning 180 days after the completion of this offering, the holders of             shares of our common stock, including those issuable upon the conversion of shares of our preferred stock, are entitled to demand registration rights. Under the terms of the investors' rights agreement, we will be required, upon the written request of holders of at least 20% of these securities, or a lesser percentage if the net proceeds of the anticipated offering would exceed $15 million, to file a registration statement and use commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration of all or a portion of these shares for public resale. We are required to effect only one registration pursuant to this provision of the investors' rights agreement.

          Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of             shares of our common stock, including those issuable upon the conversion of shares of our preferred stock are also entitled to short form registration rights. Pursuant to the investors' rights agreement, if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, upon the written request of 20% in interest of these holders to sell registrable securities at an aggregate price of at least $1.0 million, we will be required to use commercially reasonable efforts to effect a registration of such shares. We are required to effect only two registrations in any twelve-month period pursuant to this provision of the investors' rights agreement.

          Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of                  shares of our common stock, including those issuable upon the conversion of shares of our preferred stock, are entitled to piggyback registration rights. If we register any of our securities either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of these shares are entitled to include their shares in the registration. Subject to certain exceptions contained in the investors' rights agreement, we and the underwriters may limit the number of shares included in the underwritten offering to the number of shares which we and the underwriters determine in our sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering. In accordance with the terms of the investors' rights agreement, we have received a waiver of these piggyback registration rights with respect to the registration for this

175


Table of Contents

offering. We must pay all expenses, except for underwriting discounts, selling commissions, any applicable stock transfer taxes, and fees and disbursements of security holders' counsel, incurred in connection with the exercise of piggyback registration rights.

    Indemnification

          Our investors' rights agreement contains customary cross-indemnification provisions, under which we are obligated to indemnify holders of registrable securities in the event of material misstatements or omissions in the registration statement attributable to us, and they are obligated to indemnify us for material misstatements or omissions attributable to them.

    Expiration of Registration Rights

          The demand registration rights, short form registration rights and piggyback registration rights granted under the investors' rights agreement will terminate on the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering.

Anti-Takeover Effects of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and Delaware Law

          Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws include a number of provisions that may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing another party from acquiring control of us and encouraging persons considering unsolicited tender offers or other unilateral takeover proposals to negotiate with our board of directors rather than pursue non-negotiated takeover attempts. These provisions include the items described below.

    Board Composition and Filling Vacancies

          Our certificate of incorporation provides for the division of our board of directors into three classes serving staggered three-year terms, with one class being elected each year. Our certificate of incorporation also provides that directors may be removed only for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% or more of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Furthermore, any vacancy on our board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the size of our board, may only be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors then in office even if less than a quorum. The classification of directors, together with the limitations on removal of directors and treatment of vacancies, has the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors.

    No Written Consent of Stockholders

          Our certificate of incorporation provides that all stockholder actions are required to be taken by a vote of the stockholders at an annual or special meeting, and that stockholders may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting. This limit may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions and would prevent the amendment of our bylaws or removal of directors by our stockholders without holding a meeting of stockholders.

    Meetings of Stockholders

          Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that only a majority of the members of our board of directors then in office may call special meetings of stockholders and only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders. Our bylaws limit the business that may be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders to those matters properly brought before the meeting.

176


Table of Contents

    Advance Notice Requirements

          Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with regard to stockholder proposals relating to the nomination of candidates for election as directors or new business to be brought before meetings of our stockholders. These procedures provide that notice of stockholder proposals must be timely given in writing to our corporate secretary prior to the meeting at which the action is to be taken. Generally, to be timely, notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year. Our bylaws specify the requirements as to form and content of all stockholders' notices. These requirements may preclude stockholders from bringing matters before the stockholders at an annual or special meeting.

    Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

          Any amendment of our certificate of incorporation must first be approved by a majority of our board of directors, and if required by law or our certificate of incorporation, must thereafter be approved by a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment and a majority of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, except that the amendment of the provisions relating to stockholder action, board composition, limitation of liability and the amendment of our bylaws and certificate of incorporation must be approved by not less than 75% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, and not less than 75% of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class. Our bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, subject to any limitations set forth in the bylaws; and may also be amended by the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, or, if our board of directors recommends that the stockholders approve the amendment, by the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, in each case voting together as a single class.

    Undesignated Preferred Stock

          Our certificate of incorporation will provide for 5,000,000 authorized shares of preferred stock. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock may enable our board of directors to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. For example, if in the due exercise of its fiduciary obligations, our board of directors were to determine that a takeover proposal is not in the best interests of our stockholders, our board of directors could cause shares of preferred stock to be issued without stockholder approval in one or more private offerings or other transactions that might dilute the voting or other rights of the proposed acquirer or insurgent stockholder or stockholder group. In this regard, our certificate of incorporation grants our board of directors broad power to establish the rights and preferences of authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock. The issuance of shares of preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of shares of common stock. The issuance may also adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of these holders and may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of us.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

          Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a three-year period following the time that this stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. Under Section 203, a business

177


Table of Contents

combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions:

    before the stockholder became interested, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

    upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and employee stock plans, in some instances, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder; or

    at or after the time the stockholder became interested, the business combination was approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

    any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

    any sale, transfer, lease, pledge or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation;

    subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

    subject to exceptions, any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; and

    the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.

Exchange Listing

          We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the trading symbol "DMTX."

Transfer Agent and Registrar

          The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be                  . The transfer agent and registrar's address is                   .

178


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

          Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our shares. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

          Based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 10, 2015, upon the completion of this offering,                  shares of our common stock will be outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants. Of the outstanding shares, all of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below.

Rule 144

          In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

provided, in each case, that we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Such sales both by affiliates and by non-affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information and notice provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

          Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. Most of our employees, executive officers or directors who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, but all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares. However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described below and under "Underwriting" included elsewhere in this prospectus and will become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

179


Table of Contents

Lock-Up Agreements

          All of our directors and executive officers and certain holders of our shares, who collectively held substantially all of the shares of common stock as of September 10, 2015, have signed a lock-up agreement which prevents them from selling any of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock for a period of not less than 180 days from the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of the representatives, subject to certain exceptions. See "Underwriting."

Registration Rights

          Upon completion of this offering, certain holders of our securities will be entitled to various rights with respect to registration of their shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration. See "Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights" for additional information.

Equity Incentive Plans

          We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register our shares issued or reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans. The first such registration statement is expected to be filed soon after the date of this prospectus and will automatically become effective upon filing with the SEC. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us or the lock-up restrictions described above. As of                      , 2015, we estimate that such registration statement on Form S-8 will cover approximately                  shares.

180


Table of Contents


CERTAIN MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE
TAX CONSIDERATIONS TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

          The following is a summary of material U.S. federal income tax considerations to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of common stock pursuant to this offering. This summary deals only with common stock held as a capital asset (within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code) by a holder and does not discuss the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to a holder that is subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, including, but not limited to: a foreign government or governmental entity; a dealer in securities or currencies; a financial institution; a regulated investment company; a real estate investment trust; a tax-exempt organization; an insurance company; a person holding common stock as part of a hedging, integrated, conversion or straddle transaction or a person deemed to sell common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code; a trader in securities that has elected the mark-to-market method of accounting; an entity or arrangement that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes or owners of such entity or arrangement; a person that received such common stock in connection with the performance of services; a pension fund or retirement account; a "controlled foreign corporation;" a "passive foreign investment company;" a corporation that accumulates earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax; or a former citizen or long-term resident of the United States.

          This summary is based upon provisions of the Code, applicable U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, published rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, or may be subject to differing interpretations, which could result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income tax, does not deal with all tax considerations that may be relevant to stockholders in light of their personal circumstances and does not address the Medicare tax imposed on certain investment income or any state, local, foreign, gift, estate or alternative minimum tax considerations.

          For purposes of this discussion, a "U.S. holder" is a beneficial owner of common stock that is: an individual citizen or resident of the United States; a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

          For purposes of this discussion a "non-U.S. holder" is a beneficial owner of common stock that is neither a U.S. holder nor a partnership (or any other entity or arrangement that is treated as a partnership) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If a partnership (or an entity or arrangement that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A partner of a partnership holding common stock is urged to consult its own tax advisors.

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THEIR PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES IN LIGHT OF THEIR SPECIFIC SITUATIONS, AS WELL AS THE TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAX LAWS AND ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS (INCLUDING THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE AND GIFT TAX LAWS).

181


Table of Contents

Distributions on our Common Stock

          Distributions with respect to common stock, if any, generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Any portion of a distribution in excess of current or accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a return of capital and will first be applied to reduce the holder's tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any remaining amount will then be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of the common stock and will be treated as described under the section titled "— Disposition of our Common Stock" below.

          Distributions treated as dividends, if any, that are paid to a non-U.S. holder with respect to shares of our common stock will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% (or lower applicable income tax treaty rate) of the gross amount of the dividends unless the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or business in the United States. If a non-U.S. holder is engaged in a trade or business in the United States and dividends with respect to the common stock are effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business, then the non-U.S. holder will generally be exempt from the 30% U.S. federal withholding tax, provided certain certification requirements are satisfied. To claim the exemption from withholding with respect to any such effectively connected income, the non-U.S. holder must generally furnish to us or our paying agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form). However, in this case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on those dividends on a net income basis at regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States (except to the extent provided in an applicable income tax treaty, which may require that such dividends be attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base in order to be subject to tax as described herein). Any such effectively connected income received by a foreign corporation may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or lower applicable income tax treaty rate) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted under the Code. A non-U.S. holder of shares of common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an exemption or reduced rate of withholding tax under an applicable treaty must furnish to us or our paying agent a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or applicable successor form) certifying such holder's qualification for the exemption or reduced rate. If a non-U.S. holder is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, it may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.

Disposition of our Common Stock

          Non-U.S. holders may recognize gain upon the sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition of our common stock. Such gain generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless: (i) the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder); (ii) the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or (iii) we are or have been a "U.S. real property holding corporation" for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding the date of disposition or the holder's holding period for our common stock, unless our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market and the non-U.S. holder held no more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, directly or indirectly, during the shorter of the five year period ending on the date of the disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock. We believe that we are not and we do not anticipate

182


Table of Contents

becoming a "U.S. real property holding corporation" for U.S. federal income tax purposes. No assurance can be provided that our common stock will remain regularly traded on an established securities market for purposes of the rules described above.

          If a non-U.S. holder that is an individual recognizes gain described in clause (i) of the preceding paragraph, the non-U.S. holder will generally be subject to tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal individual income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. If the non-U.S. holder is an individual described in clause (ii) of the preceding paragraph, the non-U.S. holder will generally be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses even though the non-U.S. holder is not considered a resident of the United States, provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. If a non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation recognizes gain described in clause (i) of the preceding paragraph, it will be subject to tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal corporate income tax rates in the same manner as if it were a resident of the United States and, in addition, the non-U.S. holder may be subject to the branch profits tax at a rate equal to 30% (or lower applicable income tax treaty rate) of its effectively connected earnings and profits.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax

          We must generally report to our non-U.S. holders and the IRS the amount of dividends paid during each calendar year and the amount of any tax withheld. All distributions to holders of common stock are subject to any applicable withholding. Information reporting requirements may apply even if no withholding was required because the distributions were effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a United States trade or business or withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Under U.S. federal income tax law, interest, dividends and other reportable payments may, under certain circumstances, be subject to "backup withholding" at the then applicable rate. Backup withholding, however, generally will not apply to distributions to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock, provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, or IRS Form W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Backup withholding is not an additional tax but can be credited against a non-U.S. holder's federal income tax, and may be refunded to the extent it results in an overpayment of tax and the appropriate information is timely supplied to the IRS.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

          Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, and related U.S. Treasury guidance, or FATCA, impose withholding taxes on certain types of payments made to "foreign financial institutions" (as specially defined under these rules to include many entities that may not typically be thought of as financial institutions) and certain other non-U.S. entities if certification, information reporting and other specified requirements are not met. FATCA imposes a 30% withholding tax on "withholdable payments" if they are paid to a foreign financial institution or to a foreign non-financial entity, unless (i) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations and other specified requirements are satisfied or (ii) the foreign non-financial entity either certifies it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial U.S. owner and other specified requirements are satisfied. "Withholdable payments" will include dividends on our common stock and any gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock. If the payee is a foreign financial institution, it must enter into an agreement with

183


Table of Contents

the U.S. Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain U.S. persons or U.S.-owned foreign entities, annually report certain information about such accounts and withhold 30% on payments to account holders whose actions prevent it from complying with these reporting and other requirements or qualify for an exception, including by satisfying the requirements of an applicable intergovernmental agreement. Under final U.S. Treasury Regulations and current IRS guidance, any withholding on payments of gross proceeds from the sale or disposition of our common stock will only apply to payments made on or after January 1, 2017. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding this legislation.

184


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

          The company and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. are the representatives of the underwriters.

Underwriters
  Number of
    Shares    

Goldman, Sachs & Co. 

   

Citigroup Global Markets Inc. 

   

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

   

Canaccord Genuity Inc. 

   

Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. 

   

Total

   

          The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

          The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional             shares from the company to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

          The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the company. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase             additional shares.

Paid by the Company
 
No Exercise
 
Full Exercise
 

Per Share

  $     $    

Total

  $     $    

          Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters' right to reject any order in whole or in part.

          The company and its officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of the company's common stock have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions. Among other things, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

185


Table of Contents

          The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to our directors, executive officers or shareholders with respect to:

          In addition, the restrictions described above do not apply to us with respect to:

186


Table of Contents

          This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition.

          Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among the company and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be the company's historical performance, estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of the company, an assessment of the company's management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

          We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "DMTX."

          In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A "covered short position" is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters' option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. "Naked" short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

          The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

187


Table of Contents

          Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the company's stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on NASDAQ, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

          We estimate that the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us will be approximately $             . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for all expenses related to the clearance of the offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (in an amount not to exceed $25,000).

          We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

          The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

          In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.


Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

          In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date), it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

188


Table of Contents

provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Issuer or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

          For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of shares to the public" in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State, the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

          In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, such financial intermediary will also be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriters has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

United Kingdom

          Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

Hong Kong

          The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with

189


Table of Contents

respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

          This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the "SFA"), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

          Where the shares of our common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Japan

          The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEA. The securities may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan (including any person resident in Japan or any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the FIEA and otherwise in compliance with any relevant laws and regulations of Japan.

Canada

Resale Restrictions

          The distribution of securities in Canada is being made only in the provinces of Ontario, Quebec, Alberta and British Columbia in accordance with an exemption from the requirement that we prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province where trades of these securities are made. Any resale of the securities in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws which may vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the securities.

190


Table of Contents

Representations of Canadian Purchasers

          By purchasing securities in Canada and accepting delivery of a purchase confirmation, a purchaser is representing to us and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:

Conflicts of Interest

          Canadian purchasers are hereby notified that the underwriters are relying on the exemption set out in section 3A.3 or 3A.4, if applicable, of National Instrument 33-105— Underwriting Conflicts from having to provide certain conflict of interest disclosure in this document.

Statutory Rights of Action

          Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if the offering memorandum (including any amendment thereto) such as this document contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory. The purchaser of these securities in Canada should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Enforcement of Legal Rights

          All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named herein may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.

Taxation and Eligibility for Investment

          Canadian purchasers of securities should consult their own legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the securities in their particular circumstances and about the eligibility of the securities for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation

Australia

          No prospectus or other disclosure document (as defined in the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) of Australia ("Corporations Act")) in relation to the common stock has been or will be lodged with the Australian Securities & Investments Commission ("ASIC"). This document has not been lodged with

191


Table of Contents

ASIC and is only directed to certain categories of exempt persons. Accordingly, if you receive this document in Australia:

Notice to Prospective Investors in Chile

          The shares are not registered in the Securities Registry (Registro de Valores) or subject to the control of the Chilean Securities and Exchange Commission (Superintendencia de Valores y Seguros de Chile). This prospectus supplement and other offering materials relating to the offer of the shares do not constitute a public offer of, or an invitation to subscribe for or purchase, the shares in the Republic of Chile, other than to individually identified purchasers pursuant to a private offering within the meaning of Article 4 of the Chilean Securities Market Act (Ley de Mercado de Valores) (an offer that is not "addressed to the public at large or to a certain sector or specific group of the public").

192


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

          The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Goodwin Procter LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. Certain legal matters related to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Ropes & Gray LLP, Boston, Massachusetts.


EXPERTS

          The financial statements as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and for the period from inception (June 20, 2013) to December 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2014 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

          We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 (File Number 333-             ) under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock we are offering by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement. For further information pertaining to us and our common stock, you should refer to the registration statement and to its exhibits. Whenever we make reference in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document.

          Upon the completion of the offering, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC's website at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facility at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. We also maintain a website at www.dimensiontx.com. We do not incorporate the information on or accessible through our website into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information on, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this prospectus. Upon completion of the offering, you may access, free of charge, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendment to those reported filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC.

          You may also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities.

193


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
 
Page
 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    F-2  

Balance Sheets

    F-3  

Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

    F-4  

Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit

    F-5  

Statements of Cash Flows

    F-6  

Notes to Financial Statements

    F-7  

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Dimension Therapeutics, Inc.

          In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheets and the related statements of operations and comprehensive loss, of convertible preferred stock and stockholders' deficit and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Dimension Therapeutics, Inc. at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2014 and the period from June 20, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
July 17, 2015

F-2


Table of Contents


DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 
  December 31,    
   
 
 
  June 30,
2015
  Pro Forma
June 30,
2015
 
 
  2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Assets

                         

Current assets:

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 4,507   $ 17,913   $ 80,653   $ 80,653  

Accounts receivable

    1     1,974     1,581     1,581  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    3     404     1,644     1,644  

Total current assets

    4,511     20,291     83,878     83,878  

Property and equipment, net

        1,780     3,503     3,503  

Deferred offering costs

            740     740  

Other assets

        62          

Total assets

  $ 4,511   $ 22,133   $ 88,121   $ 88,121  

Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

                         

Current liabilities:

                         

Accounts payable

  $ 71   $ 675   $ 1,712   $ 1,712  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    51     1,080     2,382     2,382  

Amounts due to related parties

    967     750          

Deferred revenue

        5,129     5,873     5,873  

Notes payable

        358     569     569  

Total current liabilities

    1,089     7,992     10,536     10,536  

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

        17,513     16,810     16,810  

Notes payable, net of discount and current portion

        1,166     1,046     1,046  

Other liabilities

            73     73  

Total liabilities

    1,089     26,671     28,465     28,465  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)

                         

Convertible preferred stock (Series A and B), $0.0001 par value; 45,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and 44,683,824 shares authorized as of June 30, 2015 (unaudited); 5,000,000, 10,000,000 and 44,683,824 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), respectively; liquidation preference of $10,000 and $89,500 as of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), respectively; no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma as of June 30, 2015 (unaudited)

    4,707     9,653     88,895      

Stockholders' equity (deficit):

                         

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 65,700,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and 68,000,000 shares authorized as of June 30, 2015 (unaudited); 10,859,684, 11,858,106 and 11,962,717 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), respectively; 56,646,541 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as of June 30, 2015 (unaudited)

    1     1     1     6  

Additional paid-in capital

    1,884     1,946     2,259     91,149  

Accumulated deficit

    (3,170 )   (16,138 )   (31,499 )   (31,499 )

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (1,285 )   (14,191 )   (29,239 )   59,656  

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit)

  $ 4,511   $ 22,133   $ 88,121   $ 88,121  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 
  Period from
Inception
(June 20, 2013)
to December 31,
2013
   
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2014
 
 
  2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Revenue

  $   $ 2,750   $ 159   $ 3,336  

Operating expenses:

                         

Research and development

    2,806     12,974     4,940     14,866  

General and administrative

    364     2,727     1,084     3,782  

Total operating expenses

    3,170     15,701     6,024     18,648  

Loss from operations

    (3,170 )   (12,951 )   (5,865 )   (15,312 )

Interest expense

        (17 )       (49 )

Net loss and comprehensive loss

    (3,170 )   (12,968 )   (5,865 )   (15,361 )

Accretion of convertible preferred stock to redemption value

    (8 )   (71 )   (34 )   (23 )

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (3,178 ) $ (13,039 ) $ (5,899 ) $ (15,384 )

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders — basic and diluted

  $ (0.93 ) $ (1.24 ) $ (0.56 ) $ (1.36 )

Weighted average common shares outstanding — basic and diluted

    3,430,528     10,553,778     10,465,788     11,304,295  

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders — basic and diluted (unaudited)

        $ (0.65 )       $ (0.37 )

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding — basic and diluted (unaudited)

          19,896,244           41,269,684  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND
STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 
  Series A and B
Convertible
Preferred Stock
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
  Common Stock  
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
 
Accumu-
lated
Deficit
 
Total
Stockholders'
Deficit
 
 
   
 
 
 
Shares
 
Amount
   
 
Shares
 
Amount
 

Balances at Inception (June 20, 2013)

      $           $   $   $   $  

Licensing fees paid in common stock

                10,000,000     1     1,799         1,800  

Consulting services paid in common stock

                450,000         81         81  

Issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $301

    5,000,000     4,699                          

Issuance and vesting of restricted common stock for consulting services

                250,000         8         8  

Issuance of restricted common stock

                159,684                  

Stock-based compensation expense

                        4         4  

Accretion of convertible preferred stock to redemption value

        8                 (8 )       (8 )

Net loss

                            (3,170 )   (3,170 )
                                   

Balances at December 31, 2013

    5,000,000     4,707         10,859,684     1     1,884     (3,170 )   (1,285 )

Issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $125

    5,000,000     4,875                          

Issuance of common stock warrant in connection with notes payable

                        5         5  

Vesting of restricted common stock issued for consulting services

                        42         42  

Issuance of restricted common stock

                998,422                  

Stock-based compensation expense

                        86         86  

Accretion of convertible preferred stock to redemption value

        71                 (71 )       (71 )

Net loss

                            (12,968 )   (12,968 )
                                   

Balances at December 31, 2014

    10,000,000     9,653         11,858,106     1     1,946     (16,138 )   (14,191 )

Issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $20

    14,500,000     14,480                          

Issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $261

    20,183,824     64,739                          

Issuance of restricted common stock

                104,611                  

Stock-based compensation expense

                        366         336  

Accretion of convertible preferred stock to redemption value

        23                 (23 )       (23 )

Net loss

                            (15,361 )   (15,361 )
                                   

Balances at June 30, 2015 (unaudited)

    44,683,824   $ 88,895         11,962,717   $ 1   $ 2,259   $ (31,499 ) $ (29,239 )
                                   

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 
  Period from
Inception
(June 20, 2013)
to December 31,
2013
   
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2014
 
 
  2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

                         

Net loss

  $ (3,170 ) $ (12,968 ) $ (5,865 ) $ (15,361 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

                         

Licensing fees paid in common stock

    1,800              

Consulting services paid in common stock

    89     42     24      

Depreciation and amortization expense

        164     21     302  

Stock-based compensation expense

    4     86     24     336  

Non-cash interest expense

        3         4  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                         

Accounts receivable

    (1 )   (1,973 )   (19,999 )   393  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (3 )   (375 )   (195 )   (1,240 )

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities and amounts due to related parties

    1,018     785     14     33  

Accounts payable

    71     354     229     980  

Deferred revenue

        22,642     19,841     41  

Other liabilities

                73  

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

    (192 )   8,760     (5,906 )   (14,439 )

Cash flows from investing activities:

                         

Purchases of property and equipment

        (1,667 )   (735 )   (2,018 )

Lease deposits

        (88 )   (64 )   62  

Net cash used in investing activities

        (1,755 )   (799 )   (1,956 )

Cash flows from financing activities:

                         

Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    4,699     4,875     4,875     79,219  

Proceeds from issuance of notes payable and common stock warrant, net of issuance costs

        1,526         194  

Payments of initial public offering costs

                (170 )

Repayment of notes payable

                (108 )

Net cash provided by financing activities

    4,699     6,401     4,875     79,135  

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    4,507     13,406     (1,830 )   62,740  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

        4,507     4,507     17,913  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 4,507   $ 17,913   $ 2,677   $ 80,653  

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

                         

Interest paid

  $   $ 14   $   $ 45  

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:

                         

Accretion of convertible preferred stock to redemption value

  $ 8   $ 71   $ 34   $ 23  

Issuance of common stock warrant in connection with notes payable

  $   $ 5   $   $  

Purchases of property and equipment included in accounts payable and accrued expenses

  $   $ 277   $ 49   $ 284  

Deferred offering costs included in accounts payable and accrued expenses

  $   $   $   $ 570  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

1. Nature of the Business and Basis of Presentation

          Dimension Therapeutics, Inc. (the "Company") was incorporated in Delaware on June 20, 2013. The Company is a gene therapy platform company focused on discovering and developing new therapeutic products for people living with rare diseases associated with the liver and caused by genetic mutations. The Company's initial programs address hemophilia B, hemophilia A, ornithine transcarbamylase deficiency and glycogen storage disease type Ia ("GSDIa"). The Company retains the global rights to all of its programs, with the exception of its hemophilia A program, which is partnered with Bayer HealthCare LLC ("Bayer").

          The Company is subject to risks and uncertainties common to early-stage companies in the biotechnology industry, including, but not limited to, development by competitors of new technological innovations, dependence on key personnel, protection of proprietary technology, compliance with government regulations and ability to secure additional capital to fund operations. Product candidates currently under development will require significant additional research and development efforts, including extensive preclinical and clinical testing and regulatory approval prior to commercialization. These efforts require significant amounts of additional capital, adequate personnel and infrastructure and extensive compliance-reporting capabilities. Even if the Company's product development efforts are successful, it is uncertain when, if ever, the Company will realize significant revenue from product sales.

          The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a basis that assumes the Company will continue as a going concern and which contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities and commitments in the ordinary course of business. Through December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), the Company has funded its operations with proceeds from the sale of Series A convertible preferred stock ("Series A preferred stock") and Series B convertible preferred stock ("Series B preferred stock"), payments received in connection with a collaboration agreement and borrowings under a loan and security agreement. Since inception, the Company has incurred recurring losses, including net losses of $3,170 for the period from inception (June 20, 2013) to December 31, 2013, $12,968 for the year ended December 31, 2014 and $15,361 for the six months ended June 30, 2015 (unaudited). In addition, as of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), the Company had an accumulated deficit of $16,138 and $31,499, respectively. The Company expects to continue to generate operating losses in the foreseeable future. As of July 17, 2015, the Company expected that its cash and cash equivalents of $23,456 as of March 31, 2015 (unaudited), together with gross proceeds of $65,000 received from the sale of 20,183,824 shares of Series B preferred stock in April 2015 (see Note 9), would be sufficient to fund its operations through at least July 31, 2016.

          As of August 19, 2015, the Company expected that its cash and cash equivalents of $80,653 as of June 30, 2015 (unaudited) would be sufficient to fund its operations through at least August 31, 2016 (unaudited). The future viability of the Company beyond that point is largely dependent on its ability to raise additional capital to finance its operations. Although the Company has been successful in raising capital in the past, there is no assurance that it will be successful in obtaining such additional financing on terms acceptable to the Company, if at all. The Company's inability to raise capital as and when needed could have a negative impact on its financial condition and ability to pursue its business strategies.

F-7


Table of Contents


DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

1. Nature of the Business and Basis of Presentation (Continued)

          The Company is seeking to complete an initial public offering of its common stock. Upon the closing of a qualified public offering on specified terms, the Company's outstanding convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock (see Note 9).

          In the event the Company does not complete an initial public offering, the Company expects to seek additional funding through private financings, debt financing, collaboration agreements or government grants. The Company may not be able to obtain financing on acceptable terms, or at all, and the Company may not be able to enter into additional collaboration arrangements or obtain government grants. The terms of any financing may adversely affect the holdings or the rights of the Company's stockholders. If the Company is unable to obtain funding, the Company could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate its research and development programs, product portfolio expansion or commercialization efforts, which could adversely affect its business prospects. Although management continues to pursue these plans, there is no assurance that the Company will be successful in obtaining sufficient funding on terms acceptable to the Company to fund continuing operations, if at all.

          The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP").

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

    Use of Estimates

          The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant estimates and assumptions reflected in these financial statements include, but are not limited to, revenue recognition, the accrual for research and development expenses and the valuation of common stock. Estimates are periodically reviewed in light of changes in circumstances, facts and experience. Changes in estimates are recorded in the period in which they become known. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

    Unaudited Interim Financial Information

          The accompanying balance sheet as of June 30, 2015, the statements of operations and comprehensive loss and of cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015, and the statement of convertible preferred stock and stockholders' deficit for the six months ended June 30, 2015 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited annual financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the Company's financial position as of June 30, 2015 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015. The financial data and other information disclosed in these notes related to the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 are unaudited. The results for the six months ended June 30, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2015, any other interim periods, or any future year or period.

F-8


Table of Contents


DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Unaudited Pro Forma Information

          The accompanying unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of June 30, 2015 has been prepared to give effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into 44,683,824 shares of common stock as if the proposed initial public offering had occurred on June 30, 2015.

          In the accompanying statements of operations, the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2015 have been prepared to give effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock as if the proposed initial public offering had occurred on the later of January 1, 2014 or the issuance date of the convertible preferred stock.

    Concentrations of Credit Risk and Significant Customers

          Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company generally invests its cash equivalents in a money market fund held at one financial institution. The Company does not believe that it is subject to unusual credit risk beyond the normal credit risk associated with commercial banking relationships. As of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), the Company's accounts receivable balances resulted from its collaboration agreement with Bayer (see Note 7), and the Company believes Bayer to be creditworthy.

    Deferred Offering Costs

          The Company capitalizes certain legal, professional accounting and other third-party fees that are directly associated with in-process equity financings as deferred offering costs until such financings are consummated. After consummation of the equity financing, these costs are recorded in stockholders' equity (deficit) as a reduction of additional paid-in capital generated as a result of the offering. As of June 30, 2015 (unaudited), the Company recorded $740 of deferred offering costs in contemplation of an expected 2015 equity financing. Should the consummation of equity financing no longer be considered probable, the deferred offering costs will be expensed immediately as a charge to operating expenses in the statement of operations and comprehensive loss. The Company did not record any deferred offering costs as of December 31, 2013 or 2014.

    Cash Equivalents

          The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), the Company's cash equivalents consisted of investments in a money market fund.

    Property and Equipment

          Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation expense is recognized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of each asset. Computer equipment is depreciated over three years. Laboratory equipment and furniture and

F-9


Table of Contents


DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

fixtures are depreciated over five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or the five-year estimated useful life of the asset. Upon retirement or sale, the cost of assets disposed of and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in loss from operations. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.

    Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

          Long-lived assets consist of property and equipment. Long-lived assets to be held and used are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable. Factors that the Company considers in deciding when to perform an impairment review include significant underperformance of the business in relation to expectations, significant negative industry or economic trends and significant changes or planned changes in the use of the assets. If an impairment review is performed to evaluate a long-lived asset group for recoverability, the Company compares forecasts of undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the long-lived asset group to its carrying value. An impairment loss would be recognized when estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of an asset group are less than its carrying amount. The impairment loss would be based on the excess of the carrying value of the impaired asset group over its fair value, determined based on discounted cash flows. To date, the Company has not recorded any impairment losses on long-lived assets.

    Fair Value Measurements

          Certain assets of the Company are carried at fair value under GAAP. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value are to be classified and disclosed in one of the following three levels of the fair value hierarchy, of which the first two are considered observable and the last is considered unobservable:

    Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

    Level 2 — Observable inputs (other than Level 1 quoted prices), such as quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active for identical or similar assets or liabilities, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

    Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to determining the fair value of the assets or liabilities, including pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques.

          The Company's cash equivalents are carried at fair value, determined according to the fair value hierarchy described above (see Note 3). The carrying values of accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and amounts due to related parties approximate their fair value due to the short-term nature of these assets and liabilities. The carrying value of the Company's

F-10


Table of Contents


DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

outstanding notes payable (see Note 6) approximates fair value, reflecting interest rates currently available to the Company. The fair value of the notes payable was determined based on a discounted cash flow model, which represents a Level 3 measurement.

    Debt Issuance Costs

          The Company has early adopted the amendments to the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification made in Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2015-03, Interest — Imputation of Interest ( Subtopic 835-30 ) ("ASU 2015-03") simplifying the presentation of debt issuance costs. According to ASU 2015-03, the Company presents debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability as a direct reduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability.

    Segment Information

          The Company manages its operations as a single segment for the purposes of assessing performance and making operating decisions. The Company's singular focus is on discovering and developing new therapeutic products for people living with rare diseases associated with the liver. All of the Company's tangible assets are held in the United States. To date, all of the Company's revenue has been generated in the United States.

    Revenue Recognition

          The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with ASC Topic 605, Revenue Recognition . Accordingly, the Company recognizes revenue for each unit of accounting when all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; the seller's price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured.

    Collaborative Research and License Agreements

          The terms of these agreements contain multiple deliverables, which may include licenses and research and development activities. The terms of these agreements may also include nonrefundable upfront license fees, payments for research and development activities, reimbursement of certain third-party costs, payments based upon the achievement of specified milestones, and royalty payments based on product sales derived from the collaboration. The Company evaluates its collaborative agreements for proper classification in its statements of operations and comprehensive loss based on the nature of the underlying activity. The Company generally reflects as revenue amounts due under its collaborative agreements related to reimbursement of development activities as the Company is generally the principal under the arrangement.

          The Company evaluates multiple-element arrangements based on the guidance in ASC Topic 605-25, Revenue Recognition — Multiple-Element Arrangements ("ASC 605-25"). Pursuant to the guidance in ASC 605-25, the Company evaluates multiple-element arrangements to determine (i) the deliverables included in the arrangement and (ii) whether the individual deliverables represent separate units of accounting or whether they must be accounted for as a combined unit of

F-11


Table of Contents


DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

accounting. When deliverables are separable, consideration received is allocated to the separate units of accounting based on the relative selling price method and the appropriate revenue recognition principles are applied to each unit. When the Company determines that an arrangement should be accounted for as a single unit of accounting, the Company must determine the period over which the performance obligations will be performed and revenue will be recognized. This evaluation requires the Company to make judgments about the individual deliverables and whether such deliverables are separable from the other aspects of the contractual relationship. Deliverables are considered separate units of accounting provided that (i) the delivered item has value to the customer on a standalone basis and (ii) if the arrangement includes a general right of return with respect to the delivered item, delivery or performance of the undelivered item is considered probable and substantially in the Company's control. In assessing whether an item has standalone value, the Company considers factors such as the research, development, manufacturing and commercialization capabilities of the collaboration partner and the availability of the associated expertise in the general marketplace. In addition, the Company considers whether the collaboration partner can use any other deliverable for its intended purpose without the receipt of the remaining deliverable, whether the value of the deliverable is dependent on the undelivered item, and whether there are other vendors that can provide the undelivered items.

          The consideration received under the arrangement that is fixed or determinable is then allocated among the separate units of accounting based on the relative selling prices of the separate units of accounting. The Company determines the selling price of a unit of accounting within each arrangement following the hierarchy of evidence prescribed by ASC 605-25. Accordingly, the Company determines the estimated selling price for units of accounting within each arrangement using vendor-specific objective evidence ("VSOE") of selling price, if available; third-party evidence ("TPE") of selling price if VSOE is not available; or best estimate of selling price ("BESP"), if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. The Company typically uses BESP to estimate the selling price as it generally does not have VSOE or TPE of selling price for its units of accounting. Determining the BESP for a unit of accounting requires significant judgment. In developing the BESP for a unit of accounting, the Company considers applicable market conditions and relevant entity-specific factors, including factors that were contemplated in negotiating the agreement with the customer and estimated costs. The Company validates the BESP for units of accounting by evaluating whether changes in the key assumptions used to determine the BESP will have a significant effect on the allocation of arrangement consideration between multiple units of accounting.

          The Company recognizes arrangement consideration allocated to each unit of accounting when all of the revenue recognition criteria in ASC 605 are satisfied for that particular unit of accounting. In the event that a deliverable does not represent a separate unit of accounting, the Company recognizes revenue from the combined unit of accounting over the contractual or estimated performance period for the undelivered items, which is typically the term of the Company's research and development obligations. If there is no discernible pattern of performance or objectively measurable performance measures do not exist, then the Company recognizes revenue under the arrangement on a straight-line basis over the period the Company is expected to complete its performance obligations. Conversely, if the pattern of performance over which the service is provided to the customer can be determined and objectively measurable performance measures exist, then the Company recognizes revenue under the arrangement using the

F-12


Table of Contents


DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

proportional performance method. Revenue recognized is limited to the lesser of the cumulative amount of payments received or the cumulative amount of revenue earned, as determined using the straight-line method or proportional performance method, as applicable, as of the period ending date.

          Significant management judgment is required in determining the level of effort required under an arrangement and the period over which the Company is expected to complete its performance obligations under an arrangement. Steering committee services that are not inconsequential or perfunctory and that are determined to be performance obligations are combined with other research services or performance obligations required under an arrangement, if any, in determining the level of effort required in an arrangement and the period over which the Company expects to complete its aggregate performance obligations.

          At the inception of an arrangement that includes milestone payments, the Company evaluates whether each milestone is substantive and at risk to both parties on the basis of the contingent nature of the milestone. This evaluation includes an assessment of whether: (i) the consideration is commensurate with either the Company's performance to achieve the milestone or the enhancement of the value of the delivered item as a result of a specific outcome resulting from the Company's performance to achieve the milestone, (ii) the consideration relates solely to past performance, and (iii) the consideration is reasonable relative to all of the deliverables and payment terms within the arrangement. The Company evaluates factors such as the scientific, clinical, regulatory, commercial and other risks that must be overcome to achieve the particular milestone and the level of effort and investment required to achieve the particular milestone in making this assessment. There is considerable judgment involved in determining whether a milestone satisfies all of the criteria required to conclude that a milestone is substantive. The Company will recognize revenue in its entirety upon successful accomplishment of any substantive milestones, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met. Milestones that are not considered substantive are recognized as earned if there are no remaining performance obligations or over the remaining period of performance, with a cumulative catch-up being recognized for the elapsed portion of the period of performance, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met.

          To date, the Company has not recorded any substantive milestones because no milestones that meet the required criteria listed above have been identified. Payments for achievement of non-substantive milestones are deferred and recognized as revenue over the estimated period of performance applicable to the collaborative arrangement. As these milestones are achieved, the Company will recognize as revenue a portion of the milestone payment that is equal to the percentage of the performance period completed when the milestone is achieved, multiplied by the amount of the milestone payment, upon achievement of such milestone. The Company will recognize the remaining portion of the milestone payment over the remaining performance period under either the proportional performance method or on a straight-line basis.

          Amounts received prior to satisfying the revenue recognition criteria listed above are recorded as deferred revenue in the accompanying balance sheets. Although the Company follows detailed guidelines in measuring revenue, certain judgments affect the application of the Company's revenue policy. For example, in connection with its existing collaboration agreement, the Company has recorded on its balance sheet short-term and long-term deferred revenue based on its best estimate of when such revenue will be recognized. Short-term deferred revenue consists of

F-13


Table of Contents


DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

amounts that are expected to be recognized as revenue in the next 12 months. Amounts that the Company expects will not be recognized within the next 12 months are classified as long-term deferred revenue. However, this estimate is based on the Company's current research plan and, if its research plan should change in the future, the Company may recognize a different amount of deferred revenue over the following 12-month period.

          The estimate of deferred revenue also reflects management's estimate of the periods of the Company's involvement in its collaboration. The Company's performance obligations under this collaboration consist of participation on steering committees and performance of other research and development services. In certain instances, the timing of satisfying these obligations can be difficult to estimate. Accordingly, the Company's estimates may change in the future. Such changes to estimates would result in a change in prospective revenue recognition amounts. If these estimates and judgments change over the course of any of the Company's collaborative agreements, it may affect the timing and amount of revenue that the Company will recognize and record in future periods.

    Research and Development Costs

          Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development expenses are comprised of costs incurred in performing research and development activities, including salaries, stock-based compensation and benefits, facilities costs, depreciation, third-party license fees, and external costs of outside vendors engaged to conduct preclinical development activities and trials. Research and development expenses include the Company's costs of performing services in connection with its collaboration agreement with Bayer.

          Nonrefundable prepayments for goods or services that will be used or rendered for future research and development activities are deferred and capitalized. Such amounts are recognized as an expense as the goods are delivered or the related services are performed, or until it is no longer expected that the goods will be delivered or the services rendered.

    Research Contract Costs and Accruals

          The Company has entered into various research and development contracts with research institutions and other companies both inside and outside of the United States. These agreements are generally cancelable, and related payments are recorded as research and development expenses as incurred. The Company records accruals for estimated ongoing research costs. When evaluating the adequacy of the accrued liabilities, the Company analyzes progress of the studies, including the phase or completion of events, invoices received and contracted costs. Significant judgments and estimates are made in determining the accrued balances at the end of any reporting period. Actual results could differ from the Company's estimates. The Company's historical accrual estimates have not been materially different from the actual costs.

    Patent Costs

          All patent-related costs incurred in connection with filing and prosecuting patent applications are expensed as incurred due to the uncertainty about the recovery of the expenditure. Amounts incurred are classified as general and administrative expenses.

F-14


Table of Contents


DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Stock-Based Compensation

          The Company measures all stock options and other stock-based awards granted to employees and directors based on the fair value on the date of the grant and recognizes compensation expense of those awards, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award. Generally, the Company issues stock options and restricted stock awards with only service-based vesting conditions and records the expense for these awards using the straight-line method.

          For stock-based awards granted to consultants and non-employees, compensation expense is recognized over the period during which services are rendered by such consultants and non-employees until completed. At the end of each financial reporting period prior to completion of the service, the fair value of these awards is remeasured using the then-current fair value of the Company's common stock and updated assumption inputs in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

          The Company classifies stock-based compensation expense in its statement of operations and comprehensive loss in the same manner in which the award recipient's payroll costs are classified or in which the award recipient's service payments are classified.

          The Company recognizes compensation expense for only the portion of awards that are expected to vest. In developing a forfeiture rate estimate, the Company has considered its historical experience to estimate pre-vesting forfeitures for service-based awards. The impact of a forfeiture rate adjustment will be recognized in full in the period of adjustment, and if the actual forfeiture rate is materially different from the Company's estimate, the Company may be required to record adjustments to stock-based compensation expense in future periods.

          The fair value of each stock option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company historically has been a private company and lacks company-specific historical and implied volatility information. Therefore, it estimates its expected stock volatility based on the historical volatility of a publicly traded set of peer companies and expects to continue to do so until such time as it has adequate historical data regarding the volatility of its own traded stock price. The expected term of the Company's stock options has been determined utilizing the "simplified" method for awards that qualify as "plain-vanilla" options. The expected term of stock options granted to non-employees is equal to the contractual term of the option award. The risk-free interest rate is determined by reference to the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant of the award for time periods approximately equal to the expected term of the award. Expected dividend yield is based on the fact that the Company has never paid cash dividends on common stock and does not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

    Comprehensive Loss

          Comprehensive loss includes net loss as well as other changes in stockholders' equity (deficit) that result from transactions and economic events other than those with stockholders. There was no difference between net loss and comprehensive loss for each of the periods presented in the accompanying financial statements.

F-15


Table of Contents


DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Income Taxes

          The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the financial statements or in the Company's tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined on the basis of the differences between the financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded in the provision for income taxes. The Company assesses the likelihood that its deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent it believes, based upon the weight of available evidence, that it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized, a valuation allowance is established through a charge to income tax expense. Potential for recovery of deferred tax assets is evaluated by estimating the future taxable profits expected and considering prudent and feasible tax planning strategies.

          The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in the financial statements by applying a two-step process to determine the amount of tax benefit to be recognized. First, the tax position must be evaluated to determine the likelihood that it will be sustained upon external examination by the taxing authorities. If the tax position is deemed more-likely-than-not to be sustained, the tax position is then assessed to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The amount of the benefit that may be recognized is the largest amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The provision for income taxes includes the effects of any resulting tax reserves, or unrecognized tax benefits, that are considered appropriate as well as the related net interest and penalties.

    Net Loss per Share

          Basic net loss per share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per share is computed using the sum of the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period and, if dilutive, the weighted average number of potential shares of common stock, including the assumed exercise of stock options, warrants and unvested restricted stock. Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated using the two-class method, which is an earnings allocation formula that determines net loss per share for the holders of the Company's common shares and participating securities. The Company's convertible preferred stock contains participation rights in any dividend paid by the Company and are deemed to be participating securities. Net loss attributable to common stockholders and participating preferred shares are allocated to each share on an as-converted basis as if all of the earnings for the period had been distributed. The participating securities do not include a contractual obligation to share in losses of the Company and are not included in the calculation of net loss per share in the periods that have a net loss.

          Diluted net loss per share is computed using the more dilutive of (a) the two-class method or (b) the if-converted method. The Company allocates earnings first to preferred stockholders based on dividend rights, and then to common and preferred stockholders based on ownership interests. The weighted average number of common shares included in the computation of diluted net loss gives effect to all potentially dilutive common equivalent shares, including outstanding stock options, warrants, unvested restricted common stock and convertible preferred stock. Common

F-16


Table of Contents


DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

stock equivalent shares are excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share if their effect is antidilutive.

          In periods in which the Company reports a net loss attributable to common stockholders, diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same as basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders since dilutive common shares are not assumed to have been issued if their effect is antidilutive. The Company reported a net loss attributable to common stockholders for the period from inception (June 20, 2013) to December 31, 2013, the year ended December 31, 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited).

    Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

          In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) ("ASU 2014-09"), which supersedes existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP. The standard's core principle is that a company will recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The standard defines a five-step process to achieve this principle, and will require companies to use more judgment and make more estimates than under the current guidance. The Company expects that these judgments and estimates will include identifying performance obligations in the customer contract, estimating the amount of variable consideration to include in the transaction price and allocating the transaction price to each separate performance obligation. ASU 2014-09 also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts. In July 2015, the FASB voted to delay the effective date of this standard such that ASU 2014-09 is effective for public entities for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and for interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption of the standard is permitted for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will have on its financial statements.

          In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern ("ASU 2014-15"). The amendments in this update will explicitly require a company's management to assess an entity's ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures in certain circumstances. The new standard will be effective in the first annual period ending after December 15, 2016. Early application is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of the adoption of this standard, but believes its adoption will have no impact on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

          In November 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-16, Determining Whether the Host Contract in a Hybrid Financial Instrument Issued in the Form of a Share Is More Akin to Debt or to Equity ("ASU 2014-16"). The guidance requires an entity to determine the nature of the host contract by considering all stated and implied substantive terms and features of the hybrid financial instrument, weighing each term and feature on the basis of the relevant facts and circumstances (commonly referred to as the whole-instrument approach). ASU 2014-16 applies to all entities and is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods thereafter. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2014-16 will have on its financial statements.

F-17


Table of Contents


DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

3. Fair Value of Financial Assets and Liabilities

          The following tables present information about the Company's financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis and indicate the level of the fair value hierarchy utilized to determine such fair values:

 
  Fair Value Measurements as of
December 31, 2014 using:
 
 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  

Assets:

                         

Cash equivalents

  $ 17,836   $   $   $ 17,836  

  $ 17,836   $   $   $ 17,836  

 

 
  Fair Value Measurements as of
June 30, 2015 using:
 
 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  
 
  (unaudited)
 

Assets:

                         

Cash equivalents

  $ 80,653   $   $   $ 80,653  

  $ 80,653   $   $   $ 80,653  

          The Company held no cash equivalents as of December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), the Company's cash equivalents, which were invested in a money market fund, were valued based on Level 1 inputs. During the period from inception (June 20, 2013) to December 31, 2013, the year ended December 31, 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2015 (unaudited), there were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3.

4. Property and Equipment, Net

          Property and equipment, net consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  June 30,
2015
 
 
  2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Laboratory equipment

  $   $ 1,854   $ 3,488  

Computer equipment

        37     135  

Furniture and fixtures

            193  

Leasehold improvements

        53     153  

        1,944     3,969  

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

        (164 )   (466 )

  $   $ 1,780   $ 3,503  

          Depreciation and amortization expense was $0 and $164 for the period from inception (June 20, 2013) to December 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2014, respectively, and $21 and $302 for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited), respectively.

F-18


Table of Contents


DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

4. Property and Equipment, Net (Continued)

          Substantially all of the Company's laboratory equipment serves as collateral for the Company's standby letter of credit pursuant to the agreement for the Company's leased facilities (see Note 14).

5. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

          Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  June 30,
2015
 
 
  2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Payroll and payroll-related costs

  $   $ 469   $ 852  

External research and development services

    20     362     424  

Professional fees

    28     159     1,088  

Other

    3     90     18  

  $ 51   $ 1,080   $ 2,382  

6. Notes Payable and Common Stock Warrant

          In August 2014, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement, which provided for advances under an equipment line of up to $1,750. Through December 31, 2014, the Company had borrowed $1,556 under the equipment line in two advances and incurred $30 of related issuance costs. In January 2015, the Company borrowed the remaining $194 available under the equipment line. During the six months ended June 30, 2015 (unaudited), the Company made scheduled principal repayments totaling $108. Borrowings under the loan and security agreement are collateralized by substantially all of the Company's assets, except for its intellectual property.

          In connection with entering into the loan and security agreement, the Company granted to the lender a warrant to purchase 35,000 shares of the Company's common stock at an exercise price of $0.19 per share. The warrant was exercisable immediately and expires in August 2024. In addition, in event of a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or in the event of a change of control, the warrant will be automatically exercised in a cashless exercise. Because the warrant is indexed to the Company's own stock and can only be settled by gross physical delivery of shares or net share settlement, the Company has determined that this warrant qualifies for equity classification. Therefore, the warrant was recorded as a credit to additional paid-in capital and as a debt discount on the date of issuance. Based on the relative fair values of the warrant and the notes payable on the date of the grant, the amount allocated to the warrant was $5, determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following inputs: ten-year expected term; 2.41% risk-free interest rate; 70.93% expected volatility; and no dividends. The debt discount at date of issuance, which also included $30 of fees paid to the lender and for legal services, is being accreted to the carrying value of the debt using the effective interest method.

          Accretion of debt discount recorded as additional interest expense was $3 for the year ended December 31, 2014 and $4 for the six months ended June 30, 2015 (unaudited). As of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), the unamortized debt discount was $32 and $27, respectively.

F-19


Table of Contents


DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

6. Notes Payable and Common Stock Warrant (Continued)

          In accordance with the terms of the loan and security agreement, for each advance under the equipment line, the Company is obligated to make six monthly interest-only payments. Thereafter, the Company is obligated to pay 36 monthly installments of interest and principal. Advances under the loan and security agreement accrue interest at an annual rate of 2.25% plus the greater of (i) 3.25% or (ii) the rate of interest per annum from time to time published in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal as the prime rate then in effect (the greater of which equated to an interest rate of 5.5% as of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited)).

          There are no financial covenants associated with the loan and security agreement. There are negative covenants restricting the Company's activities, such as disposing of its business or certain assets, changing its business, management, ownership or business locations, incurring additional debt or liens or making payments on other debt, making certain investments or declaring dividends, acquiring or merging with another entity, engaging in transactions with affiliates or encumbering intellectual property. The obligations under the loan and security agreement are subject to acceleration upon the occurrence of specified events of default, including a material adverse change in the Company's business, operations or financial or other condition.

          As of December 31, 2014, annual principal repayment requirements under the loan and security agreement were $367 during the year ending December 31, 2015, $518 during the year ending December 31, 2016, $519 during the year ending December 31, 2017 and $152 during the year ending December 31, 2018.

7. Collaboration Agreement

    Bayer HealthCare LLC

          In June 2014, the Company entered into a research and development collaboration and license agreement with Bayer for the development and commercialization of a gene therapy for the treatment of hemophilia A (the "collaboration agreement"). Under the agreement, the Company granted to Bayer an exclusive license to develop and commercialize one or more novel gene therapies for hemophilia A and a right of first notice for gene therapy treatments for hemophilia B. The Company is responsible for all research and development activities for those biologic therapeutics under the agreement prior to completion of clinical proof-of-concept ("POC") trials, with Bayer managing and funding the Company's efforts and providing consulting and technological support. Upon the successful demonstration of clinical POC, the agreement requires that Bayer use commercially reasonable efforts to conduct later-stage development and commercialization of gene therapy products for treatment of hemophilia A for such therapy. Bayer will have worldwide rights to commercialize the potential future product.

    Financial Terms

          Under terms of the agreement with Bayer, the Company received a nonrefundable, noncreditable upfront license payment of $20,000 in June 2014 and is eligible to receive development and commercialization milestone payments of up to $232,000, as well as tiered royalty payments ranging in the high single-digit to low double-digit percentages, not exceeding the mid teens, of net sales of commercialized products resulting from the collaboration, as defined in the agreement with Bayer. Bayer will fund certain research and development services performed by the Company during the research term and will reimburse the Company for all project costs, including

F-20


Table of Contents


DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

7. Collaboration Agreement (Continued)

any third-party costs, in the performance of its obligations under the annual research plan and in accordance with the mutually agreed upon research budget.

          The Company determined that the deliverables under its agreement with Bayer include (i) research services to be provided over the research term, (ii) a development and commercialization license and (iii) the Company's participation in a Joint Steering Committee ("JSC") and a Joint Research and Development Committee ("JRDC") to be provided over the research term. The Company determined that the development and commercialization license and involvement in the JSC and the JRDC do not have standalone value to Bayer and, therefore, are not separable from the delivery of the research services. Therefore, all deliverables under the agreement have been combined and accounted for as a single unit of accounting. Accordingly, the upfront license payment and research payments are being recognized by the Company as revenue on a straight-line basis over the estimated performance period, which approximates the 54-month research term of the agreement with Bayer that commenced in June 2014. As future research payments are earned, the Company will recognize as revenue the portion of payments equal to the percentage of the elapsed research term to the total estimated research term, with the remaining portion of consideration received being recognized over the remaining estimated performance period on a straight-line basis. The Company concluded at the outset of the arrangement that none of the future milestone payments included in the arrangement qualified as substantive milestones. Any future milestone payments will be recognized, along with the other arrangement consideration, over the remaining estimated period of performance, if any, beginning at the time a milestone payment is earned, with a cumulative catch-up being recognized for the elapsed portion of the estimated research term. As of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), the Company had not earned any milestone or royalty payments.

          Revenue recognized under the collaboration agreement with Bayer during the year ended December 31, 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited) totaled $2,750, $159 and $3,336, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited), research payments earned by the Company under the collaboration agreement totaled $3,265, $0 and $3,378, respectively. The costs incurred by the Company related to the research activities of the collaboration agreement are recorded as research and development expense in the statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

          As of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), deferred revenue related to collaboration agreement with Bayer totaled $22,642 and $22,683, respectively, which related to the upfront license payment and to advance payments for future research services.

    Term and Termination

          The agreement with Bayer expires on a licensed treatment-by-licensed treatment and country-by-country basis until the later of ten years from the date of first commercial sale or when patent claims have expired, lapsed, been abandoned or been invalidated in such country. The Company and Bayer, through the JSC, may mutually agree to terminate the collaboration early in the event clinical development is ended as required by a regulatory authority or in light of data from any studies conducted prior the POC trial. Bayer has the unilateral right to terminate the agreement in its entirety or with respect to one or more country by providing written notice to the Company. Bayer may also terminate the agreement with notice after two unsuccessful attempts to demonstrate

F-21


Table of Contents


DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

7. Collaboration Agreement (Continued)

clinical POC in a Phase I human POC trial. Bayer may further terminate the agreement with notice in the event that, following the POC trial, there is a material safety issue with respect to a licensed product. Reciprocal termination rights under the agreement include termination for breach and termination for bankruptcy.

8. Related Party Transactions

          In October 2013, the Company entered into a license agreement (described below) with ReGenX Biosciences, LLC, predecessor to REGENXBIO Inc., ("ReGenX") and issued common stock and restricted common stock to ReGenX and directors and management of ReGenX as well as to the Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania ("Penn") and an affiliate of Penn. In connection with the transaction, the Company issued, at a price of $0.0001 per share, 10,000 shares of common stock to ReGenX, 6,954,536 shares of common stock to directors and management of ReGenX and 3,035,464 shares of common stock to Penn and an affiliate of Penn. The Company determined that the fair value of its common stock was $0.18 per share at date of issuance and, as a result, recorded research and development expense of $1,799 during the period from inception (June 20, 2013) to December 31, 2013.

          In October 2013, the Company also entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the "SPA") with Beacon Bioventures Fund III Limited Partnership ("Beacon Bioventures") for the issuance of Series A preferred stock (see Note 9), pursuant to which Beacon Bioventures purchased 5,000,000 shares of the Company's Series A preferred stock in October 2013 and 10,000,000 shares of the Company's Series A preferred in February 2015, each at a price of $1.00 per share.

          In addition, in October 2013, the Company issued to Beacon Bioventures in exchange for consulting services provided by Fidelity Biosciences Corp. ("Fidelity Biosciences"), an entity affiliated with Beacon Bioventures, an aggregate of 450,000 shares of fully vested common stock as well as 250,000 shares of restricted common stock at a price of $0.0001 per share, which shares were subject to repurchase by the Company from April 30, 2014 to October 27, 2014. Related to the issuance of the 450,000 shares of common stock, the Company recorded general and administrative expense of $81 during the period from inception (June 20, 2013) to December 31, 2013. The issuance of restricted common stock to Beacon Bioventures was considered an award to a non-employee requiring the fair value of these awards to be remeasured at the end of each reporting period prior to the completion of the consulting services, using the then-current fair value of the Company's common stock. Related to the issuance of the 250,000 shares of restricted common stock, the Company recorded general and administrative expenses of $8 and $42 during the period from inception (June 20, 2013) to December 31, 2013 and for the year ended December 31, 2014, respectively, and of $24 and $0 during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited), respectively.

          As of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), ReGenX and directors and management of ReGenX, Penn and an affiliate of Penn, and Beacon Bioventures were principal stockholders of the Company. In addition, as of those same dates, each of ReGenX and Beacon Bioventures was represented by at least one member of the Company's board of directors. As a result of these circumstances, ReGenX, Penn and Beacon Bioventures are related parties to the Company.

F-22


Table of Contents


DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

8. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

          The Company entered into the following agreements with these related parties:

    ReGenX

    2013 License Agreement

          In October 2013, the Company entered into a license agreement with ReGenX, as amended in June and September 2014 (the "ReGenX 2013 License Agreement") for an exclusive, sublicensable, worldwide commercial license under certain intellectual property for preclinical and clinical research and development, and commercialization of drug therapies using ReGenX's licensed patents for the treatment of hemophilia A and hemophilia B, as well as a one-year option to obtain exclusive licenses for the commercialization of two other diseases to be elected by the Company in the future. The ReGenX 2013 License Agreement requires the Company to pay ongoing annual maintenance fees of $35 for each indication elected by the Company, beginning in October 2014. The Company is also required to pay low to mid single-digit royalties on net sales of licensed products as well as milestone fees, if any, owed by ReGenX to Glaxo Smith Kline ("GSK") or sublicense fees owed by ReGenX to Penn or GSK as a result of the Company's activities under the ReGenX 2013 License Agreement. The milestones payable will not exceed $1,650 and are payable contingent not only on the Company achieving the milestone, but also on the Company achieving the milestone before all other licensees.

          The ReGenX 2013 License Agreement expires upon the expiration, lapse, abandonment or invalidation of the last claim of the licensed intellectual property to expire, lapse or become abandoned or unenforceable in all the countries of the world. Upon expiration, the Company's know-how license will become non-exclusive, perpetual, irrevocable and royalty-free with respect to licensed know-how that ReGenX owns in the field and will continue with respect to all of ReGenX's other know-how in the field under its GSK and/or Penn licenses for so long as its rights from those licensors continue. The Company may terminate ReGenX License Agreement upon prior written notice to ReGenX. ReGenX may terminate the license agreement if the Company or its affiliates become insolvent, if the Company is greater than a specified number of days late in paying money due under the license agreement, or, effective immediately, if the Company or its affiliates commence certain actions relating to the licensed patents. Either party may terminate the ReGenX 2013 License Agreement for a material breach that is not cured within a specified number of days.

          In September 2014, the Company elected its third indication under the ReGenX 2013 License Agreement, and the license was amended to extend the term of the option to elect the fourth and final disease indication for an additional six months. In consideration for the extension of the option, the Company paid an extension fee of $150. In January 2015, the Company elected its fourth and final indication under the ReGenX 2013 License Agreement.

          As of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), the Company had not developed a commercial product using the licensed technologies and no milestones had been achieved.

    Research and Management Services Agreement

          In October 2013, in connection with the ReGenX 2013 License Agreement, the Company engaged ReGenX for the provision of certain research services (the "ReGenX Research Services Agreement") through ReGenX's existing sponsored research agreement with Penn.

F-23


Table of Contents


DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

8. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

    Management Services Agreement

          In April 2014, the Company engaged ReGenX Holdings LLC, an affiliate of ReGenX, for the provision of certain research and development management services (the "ReGenX Management Services Agreement"), including strategic, business and operational advice.

    Material Transfer Agreement

          In April 2014, the Company entered into a material transfer agreement and purchase order with ReGenX, pursuant to which the Company purchased certain biologic materials from ReGenX for research and development and clinical trials.

    2015 Option and License Agreement

          In March 2015, the Company entered into an option and license agreement with ReGenX (the "ReGenX 2015 Option and License Agreement") that granted the Company options to commercial exclusive licenses for four new disease indications to be elected by the Company in the future. If elected, each option carries an option fee of $1,000 payable to ReGenX upon exercise and annual maintenance fees of $50. In addition, for each option exercised, the Company is obligated to pay ReGenX up to $9,000 upon achievement of various substantive milestones, as well as mid to high single-digit royalties on net sales of licensed products and mid single-digit to low double-digit percentage sublicenses fees, if any. In May and August 2015 (unaudited), the Company exercised options under the ReGenX 2015 Option and License Agreement for two new indications and paid a $1,000 option fee for each indication pursuant to the agreement.

          Any options not exercised will automatically terminate in 2019 (which may be extended for additional time for a fee). The Company may terminate the ReGenX 2015 Option and License Agreement upon prior written notice. ReGenX may terminate the agreement if the Company or its controlling affiliates become insolvent, if the Company is greater than a specified number of days late in paying money due under the ReGenX 2015 Option and License Agreement, or, effective immediately, if the Company or its affiliates commence certain actions relating to the licensed patents. Either party may terminate the ReGenX 2015 Option and License Agreement for a material breach that is not cured within a specified number of days.

          Related to all of the agreements and the 2013 common stock transaction with ReGenX described above, the Company recorded research and development expenses of $2,204 and $7,139 during the period from inception (June 20, 2013) to December 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2014, respectively, and of $3,335 and $1,000 during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited), respectively. Cash payments made to ReGenX during the period from inception (June 20, 2013) to December 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2014 were $0 and $7,341, respectively, and during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited) were $3,813 and $1,750, respectively. Amounts due to ReGenX by the Company were $952, $750 and $0 as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), respectively.

F-24


Table of Contents


DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

8. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

    Penn

    Sponsored Research and Option Agreement

          In January 2015, the Company entered into a sponsored research and option agreement with Penn regarding the conduct of research by its School of Medicine for a two-year term ending December 31, 2016 (the "Penn SRA") and with an estimated aggregate cost of $5,137 for the first year of the two-year term. In consideration for the Company's funding of the research under the Penn SRA, Penn granted the Company an option to obtain a worldwide, royalty-bearing license within the scope of the research and patentable rights thereunder. This agreement allows for termination upon notice, provided that the Company reimburses Penn for any of its allowable commitments made to others at that time, in an amount not to exceed $1,284.

          Related to the agreement and the 2013 common stock transaction with Penn described above, the Company recorded research and development expenses of $546 and $0 during the period from inception (June 20, 2013) to December 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2014, respectively, and of $0 and $2,660 during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited), respectively. Cash payments made to Penn during the six months ended June 30, 2015 (unaudited) were $3,137. No cash payments were made to Penn during the period from inception (June 20, 2013) to December 31, 2013, the year ended December 31, 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited). There were no amounts due to Penn by the Company as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 or June 30, 2015 (unaudited).

    Beacon Bioventures

          Fidelity Biosciences has provided consulting services to the Company.

          Related to the consulting services provided by Fidelity Biosciences and the 2013 common stock transactions with Beacon Bioventures described above, the Company recorded general and administrative expenses of $272 and $45 during the period from inception (June 20, 2013) to December 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2014, respectively, and of $27 and $0 during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited), respectively. Cash payments made to Fidelity Biosciences during the period from inception (June 20, 2013) to December 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2014 were $169 and $18, respectively, and during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited) were $38 and $1, respectively. Amounts due to Fidelity Biosciences by the Company were $15 as of December 31, 2013. There were no amounts due to Fidelity Biosciences by the Company as of December 31, 2014 or June 30, 2015 (unaudited). As of June 30, 2015, the Company was no longer party to a consulting arrangement with Fidelity Biosciences.

9. Convertible Preferred Stock

          The Company has issued Series A convertible preferred stock and Series B convertible preferred stock (collectively, the "Convertible Preferred Stock"). As of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), the Company's certificate of incorporation, as amended and restated, authorized the Company to issue 45,000,000 shares, 45,000,000 shares and 44,683,824 shares, respectively, of $0.0001 par value preferred stock. Given certain redemption features of the preferred stock that are not solely within the control of the Company, the Convertible Preferred Stock is classified outside of stockholders' equity (deficit).

F-25


Table of Contents


DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

9. Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

          Prior to the amendments described below, per the Company's SPA (see Note 8), the maximum amount of Series A preferred stock investors could buy in the initial closing was capped at 10,000,000 shares of Series A preferred stock. Under the SPA, the investors agreed to purchase up to 15,000,000 shares of Series A preferred stock at a price of $1.00 per share, in each of a second and a third tranche, upon the Company achieving specified milestones. The Company determined that the future tranche obligations do not meet the definition of a freestanding financial instrument because, while separately exercisable, they were not legally detachable. Further, the Company determined that the embedded future tranche obligations did not require bifurcation for accounting purposes as they are clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the initial preferred shares and would not qualify as a derivative on a standalone basis.

          In October 2013, the Company issued 5,000,000 shares in the initial closing of Series A preferred stock to Beacon Bioventures at a price of $1.00 per share for proceeds of $4,699, net of issuance costs of $301.

          In February 2014, the Company issued 5,000,000 shares of Series A preferred stock to a second investor at a price of $1.00 per share for proceeds of $4,875, net of issuance costs of $125. Concurrent with this issuance, the SPA was amended to restrict the Company from selling additional equity to new investors until the collaboration agreement with Bayer was signed (see Note 7), to provide Beacon Bioventures with an option to purchase additional shares of Series A preferred stock upon the non-occurrence of the second and third tranches (the "non-milestone closings"), and to provide the second investor with a participation right to purchase the same amount as Beacon Bioventures.

          In February 2015, Beacon Bioventures exercised its right to purchase additional shares in a non-milestone closing and the second investor exercised its participation right. As a result, the Company issued 14,500,000 shares in the third tranche closing of Series A preferred stock at a price of $1.00 per share for proceeds of $14,480, net of issuance costs of $20. In February 2015, the SPA was further amended to remove the investors' obligations to provide funding in the second and third tranches to the Company upon achieving specified milestones and to remove the investors' options to purchase additional shares in non-milestone closings.

          In April 2015, the Company issued 20,183,824 shares of Series B preferred stock at price of $3.2204 per share for proceeds of $64,739, net of issuance costs of $261.

          The holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock have the following rights and preferences:

    Voting Rights

          The holders of Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to vote, together with the holders of common stock, on all matters submitted to stockholders for a vote. Each preferred stockholder is entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which each preferred share could convert on the record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote. In addition, as of December 31, 2014, the holders of a majority in voting power of the Series A preferred stock were entitled to elect three members of the board of directors of the Company. As of June 30, 2015 (unaudited), the holders of the Series A preferred stock and Series B preferred stock are entitled to elect two members and one member, respectively, of the board of directors of the Company.

F-26


Table of Contents


DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

9. Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

    Dividends

          The holders of Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, on a pari passu basis, dividends in preference to any dividend on common stock at the rate of 8% per year of the Original Issue Price (as defined below). Dividends shall be payable when, as and if declared by the board of directors of the Company and shall not be cumulative. The Company may not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Company unless the holders of Convertible Preferred Stock then outstanding first receive, or simultaneously receive, any declared dividends on each outstanding share of Convertible Preferred Stock. Through December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), no dividends had been declared or paid by the Company. The Original Issue Price is $1.00 per share for Series A preferred stock and $3.2204 per share for Series B preferred stock, subject in each case to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Convertible Preferred Stock.

    Liquidation

          In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company or Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined below), the holders of Convertible Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, on a pari passu basis, out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to stockholders, and before any payment shall be made to holders of common stock, an amount equal to the Original Issue Price per share, plus any declared but unpaid dividends thereon. If upon such event, the assets of the Company available for distribution are insufficient to permit payment in full to the holders of Convertible Preferred Stock, the proceeds will be ratably distributed among the holders of Convertible Preferred Stock in proportion to the respective amounts that they would have received if they were paid in full. After payments have been made in full to the holders of Convertible Preferred Stock, then, to the extent available, the holders of the common stock and Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to participate in the distribution of the remaining assets available for distribution, pro rata based on the number of shares of common stock held by each such holder (on an as-converted to common basis).

          Unless a majority of the holders of the then outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock elect otherwise, a Deemed Liquidation Event shall include a merger or consolidation (other than one in which stockholders of the Company own a majority by voting power of the outstanding shares of the surviving or acquiring corporation) or a sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

          As of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), the liquidation preference of the outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock was $5,000, $10,000 and $89,500, respectively.

    Conversion

          Each share of Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible into common stock at the option of the stockholder at any time after the date of issuance. In addition, each share of Convertible

F-27


Table of Contents


DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

9. Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

Preferred Stock will be automatically converted into shares of common stock, at the applicable conversion ratio then in effect, upon the earlier of (i) a qualified public offering with gross proceeds of at least $60,000 and at a price of at least $4.8306 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment for any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization, and (ii) a date and time, or occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of a majority of the holders of the then outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock.

          The conversion ratio of Convertible Preferred Stock is determined by dividing the Original Issue Price per share by the Conversion Price. The initial Conversion Price is $1.00 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or recapitalization affecting the Convertible Preferred Stock.

          As of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), the outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock were convertible into 5,000,000 shares, 10,000,000 shares and 44,683,824 shares of common stock, respectively.

          In addition, in the event that any holder of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock does not participate in a Qualified Financing (as defined below) by purchasing, in aggregate, such holders' pro rata amount, then each share of Convertible Preferred Stock held by such holder will automatically convert into 1/10 th  of one share of common stock. A Qualified Financing is defined as each issuance or sale of additional shares of common stock with gross proceeds of at least $30,000, unless a majority of the outstanding shares of the holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock elect that such transaction should not be treated as a Qualified Financing.

    Redemption

          In conjunction with the closing of the Series B preferred stock financing in April 2015, the redemption rights of the Series A preferred stock were removed at that time. As a result of the removal of the redemption rights, as of April 20, 2015, the Company ceased the periodic recording of adjustments to accrete the carrying value of Series A preferred stock to its aggregate redemption value through October 30, 2018.

          Prior to April 20, 2015, the carrying value of the Series A preferred stock was being accreted to its aggregate redemption value through October 30, 2018, which had been the first required redemption date, using the effective interest method.

10. Common Stock

          As of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), the Company's certificate of incorporation, as amended and restated, authorized the Company to issue 65,700,000 shares 65,700,000 shares and 68,000,000 shares, respectively, of $0.0001 par value common stock. The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Company's common stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock set forth above.

          Each share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of the Company's stockholders. Common stockholders are entitled to receive dividends, as may be

F-28


Table of Contents


DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

10. Common Stock (Continued)

declared by the board of directors, if any, subject to the preferential dividend rights of the Convertible Preferred Stock. Through December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), no dividends have been declared.

          As of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), the Company had reserved 14,276,894 shares and 53,746,229 shares, respectively, of common stock for the conversion of outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock (see Note 9), the exercise of a warrant to purchase common stock (see Note 6), and the exercise of outstanding stock options and the number of shares remaining available for grant under the Company's 2013 Stock Plan (see Note 11).

11. Stock-Based Compensation

    2013 Stock Plan

          The Company's 2013 Stock Plan, as amended, (the "2013 Plan") provides for the Company to sell or issue common stock or restricted common stock, or to grant incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options for the purchase of common stock, to employees, members of the board of directors and consultants of the Company. The 2013 Plan is administered by the board of directors, or at the discretion of the board of directors, by a committee of the board. The exercise prices, vesting and other restrictions are determined at the discretion of the board of directors, or their committee if so delegated, except that the exercise price per share of stock options may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the share of common stock on the date of grant and the term of stock option may not be greater than ten years.

          The total number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the 2013 Plan was 10,000,000 shares as of December 31, 2013. In February 2014, the Company effected a decrease in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2013 Plan to 4,500,000 shares. In December 2014, the Company effected an increase in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2013 Plan to 5,400,000 shares. The total number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the 2013 Plan was 5,400,000 shares as of December 31, 2014, of which 1,014,361 shares remained available for future grant at December 31, 2014. In April and June 2015 (unaudited), the Company effected an increase in the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2013 Plan from 5,400,000 shares to 10,290,122 shares. The total number of shares that may be issued under the 2013 Plan was 10,290,122 shares as of June 30, 2015 (unaudited), of which 1,327,424 shares remained available for future grant as of June 30, 2015 (unaudited).

          Vesting periods are determined at the discretion of the board of directors. Stock options granted to employees and directors typically vest over four years. Stock options granted to non-employees typically vest over periods ranging from two years to four years, depending on the period during which the services are provided. The Company measures and records the value of options granted to non-employees over the period of time services are provided and, as such, unvested portions are subject to remeasurement at subsequent reporting periods.

          During the period from inception (June 20, 2013) to December 31, 2013, the Company did not grant to employees or directors any awards under the 2013 Plan. During the year ended

F-29


Table of Contents


DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

11. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

December 31, 2014, the Company granted to employees and directors 708,089 shares of restricted common stock and options to purchase 3,208,500 shares of common stock. During the six months ended June 30, 2015 (unaudited), the Company granted to employees and directors 104,611 shares of restricted common stock and options to purchase 4,472,448 shares of common stock.

          During the period from inception (June 20, 2013) to December 31, 2013, the Company granted to non-employees 159,684 shares of restricted common stock. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company granted to non-employees 290,333 shares of restricted common stock and options to purchase 19,033 shares of common stock. During the six months ended June 30, 2015 (unaudited), the Company did not grant to non-employees any stock-based awards.

    Stock Option Valuation

          The assumptions that the Company used to determine the fair value of the stock options granted to employees and directors during the year ended December 31, 2014 were as follows, presented on a weighted average basis: 1.91% risk-free interest rate; 6.03-year expected term; 76.85% expected volatility; and no dividend yield. The assumptions that the Company used to determine the fair value of the stock options granted to employees and directors during the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited) were as follows, presented on a weighted average basis: 1.98% risk-free interest rate; 6.01-year expected term; 77.82% expected volatility; and no dividend yield.

    Stock Options

          The following table summarizes the Company's stock option activity since December 31, 2013:

 
  Number of
Shares
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
 
   
   
  (in years)
   
 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2013

                     

Granted

    3,227,533   $ 0.18              

Outstanding as of December 31, 2014

    3,227,533   $ 0.18     9.7   $ 67  

Granted

    4,472,448   $ 1.31              

Outstanding as of June 30, 2015 (unaudited)

    7,699,981   $ 0.84     9.6   $ 4,324  

Options vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2014

    3,227,533   $ 0.18     9.7   $ 67  

Options exercisable as of December 31, 2014

    24,965   $ 0.13     9.3   $ 2  

Options vested and expected to vest as of June 30, 2015 (unaudited)

    7,699,981   $ 0.84     9.6   $ 4,324  

Options exercisable as of June 30, 2015 (unaudited)

    300,219   $ 0.35     9.1   $ 317  

F-30


Table of Contents


DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

11. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

          The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the stock options and the fair value of the Company's common stock for those stock options that had exercise prices lower than the fair value of the Company's common stock.

          The weighted average grant-date fair value of stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2014 was $0.13 per share. The total fair value of stock options vested during the year ended December 31, 2014 and during the six months ended June 30, 2015 (unaudited) was $5 and $385, respectively.

          As of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), there were outstanding unvested service-based stock options held by non-employees for the purchase of 15,068 shares and 12,689 shares, respectively, of common stock.

          Until April 2015 (unaudited), the Company had been obligated to issue additional stock options to purchase shares of the Company's common stock to certain executives of the Company such that these executives would maintain their potential stock ownership in the event that the Company granted additional shares of Series A preferred stock. In connection with the Company's issuance of Series A preferred stock in February 2015, the Company granted stock options in April 2015 (unaudited) for the purchase of 321,611 shares of common stock to those executives.

    Restricted Common Stock

          The Company has granted restricted common stock with time-based vesting conditions. Unvested shares of restricted common stock may not be sold or transferred by the holder. These restrictions lapse according to the time-based vesting conditions of each award. The following table summarizes the Company's restricted common stock activity since inception (June 20, 2013):

 
  Number of
Shares
  Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Unvested restricted common stock at inception (June 20, 2013)

           

Issued

    409,684   $ 0.18  

Vested

    (6,654 ) $ 0.18  

Unvested restricted common stock at December 31, 2013

    403,030   $ 0.18  

Issued

    998,422   $ 0.18  

Vested

    (786,779 ) $ 0.18  

Unvested restricted common stock at December 31, 2014

    614,673   $ 0.18  

Issued

    104,611   $ 1.22  

Vested

    (149,881 ) $ 0.47  

Unvested restricted common stock at June 30, 2015 (unaudited)

    569,403   $ 0.30  

          The total fair value of restricted common stock vested during the period from inception (June 20, 2013) to December 31, 2013, the year ended December 31, 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2015 (unaudited) was $1, $157 and $210, respectively.

F-31


Table of Contents


DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

11. Stock-Based Compensation

    Stock-Based Compensation

          Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options and restricted common stock was classified in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss as follows:

 
  Period from
Inception
(June 20, 2013)
to December 31,
2013
   
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2014
 
 
  2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Research and development

  $ 4   $ 46   $ 17   $ 169  

General and administrative

        40     7     167  

  $ 4   $ 86   $ 24   $ 336  

          As of December 31, 2014, total unrecognized compensation cost related to the unvested awards was $432, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.6 years. As of June 30, 2015 (unaudited), total unrecognized compensation cost related to the unvested awards was $4,051, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.7 years.

12. Income Taxes

          During the period from inception (June 20, 2013) to December 31, 2013, the year ended December 31, 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited), the Company recorded no income tax benefits for the net operating losses incurred in each year or interim period, due to its uncertainty of realizing a benefit from those items. All of the Company's losses before income taxes were generated in the United States.

          A reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to the Company's effective income tax rate is as follows:

 
  Period from
Inception
(June 20, 2013)
to December 31,
2013
  Year Ended
December 31, 2014
 

Federal statutory income tax rate

    (34.0 )%   (34.0 )%

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

    (2.1 )   (5.2 )

Research and development tax credits

    (1.4 )   (4.1 )

Nondeductible expenses paid in common stock

    20.3     0.3  

Change in deferred tax asset valuation allowance

    17.2     43.0  

Effective income tax rate

    0.0 %   0.0 %

F-32


Table of Contents


DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

12. Income Taxes (Continued)

          Net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2013   2014  

Deferred tax assets:

             

Net operating loss carryforwards

  $ 453   $ 4,377  

Deferred revenue

        1,131  

Research and development tax credit carryforwards

    42     572  

Capitalized start-up costs and other

    49     51  

Total deferred tax assets

    544     6,131  

Deferred tax liabilities:

             

Depreciation and amortization

        (11 )

Total deferred tax liabilities

        (11 )

Valuation allowance

    (544 )   (6,120 )

Net deferred tax assets

  $   $  

          As of December 31, 2014, the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $11,238 and 11,091, respectively, which may be available to offset future income tax liabilities and begin to expire in 2033. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of $469 and $156, respectively, which may be available to offset future income tax liabilities and begin to expire in 2033 and 2029, respectively. During the six months ended June 30, 2015 (unaudited), gross deferred tax assets increased by approximately $6,000 due to the operating loss incurred by the Company during the period.

          Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards and research and development tax credit carryforwards may be subject to a substantial annual limitation under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 due to ownership changes that have occurred previously or that could occur in the future. These ownership changes may limit the amount of carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income. In general, an ownership change, as defined by Section 382, results from transactions increasing the ownership of certain shareholders or public groups in the stock of a corporation by more than 50% over a three-year period. The Company has not conducted a study to assess whether a change of control has occurred or whether there have been multiple changes of control since inception due to the significant complexity and cost associated with such a study. If the Company has experienced a change of control, as defined by Section 382, at any time since inception, utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards or research and development tax credit carryforwards would be subject to an annual limitation under Section 382, which is determined by first multiplying the value of the Company's stock at the time of the ownership change by the applicable long-term tax-exempt rate, and then could be subject to additional adjustments, as required. Any limitation may result in expiration of a portion of the net operating loss carryforwards or research and development tax credit carryforwards before utilization. Further, until a study is completed and any limitation is known, no amounts are being presented as an uncertain tax position.

F-33


Table of Contents


DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

12. Income Taxes (Continued)

          The Company has evaluated the positive and negative evidence bearing upon its ability to realize the deferred tax assets. Management has considered the Company's history of cumulative net losses incurred since inception and its lack of commercialization of any products or generation of any revenue from product sales since inception and has concluded that it is more likely than not that the Company will not realize the benefits of the deferred tax assets. Accordingly, a full valuation allowance has been established against the deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited). Management reevaluates the positive and negative evidence at each reporting period.

          Changes in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets during the period from inception (June 20, 2013) to December 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2014 related primarily to the increases in net operating loss carryforwards and assets related to deferred revenue for book purposes and were as follows:

 
  Period from
Inception
(June 20, 2013)
to December 31,
2013
  Year Ended
December 31,
2014
 

Valuation allowance at beginning of year

  $   $ (544 )

Decreases recorded as benefit to income tax provision

         

Increases recorded to income tax provision          

    (544 )   (5,576 )

Valuation allowance at end of year

  $ (544 ) $ (6,120 )

          The Company was incorporated on June 20, 2013 and has not recorded any amounts for unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2013 or 2014. The Company files income tax returns in the United States and Massachusetts. The federal and Massachusetts income tax returns are generally subject to tax examinations for the tax periods ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014. There are currently no pending income tax examinations. To the extent the Company has tax attribute carryforwards, the tax years in which the attribute was generated may still be adjusted upon examination by the Internal Revenue Service and state tax authorities to the extent utilized in a future period. As of December 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company had no uncertain tax positions. The Company's policy is to record interest and penalties related to income taxes as part of its income tax provision. As of December 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company had no accrued interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions and no amounts have been recognized in the Company's statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

F-34


Table of Contents


DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

13. Net Loss per Share and Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share

    Net Loss per Share

          Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders was calculated as follows:

 
  Period from
Inception
(June 20, 2013)
to December 31,
2013
   
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2014
 
 
  2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Numerator:

                         

Net loss

  $ (3,170 ) $ (12,968 ) $ (5,865 ) $ (15,361 )

Accretion of convertible preferred stock to redemption value

    (8 )   (71 )   (34 )   (23 )

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (3,178 ) $ (13,039 ) $ (5,899 ) $ (15,384 )

Denominator:

                         

Weighted average common shares outstanding — basic and diluted

    3,564,204     11,625,596     11,389,234     11,894,518  

Less: Weighted average shares of unvested restricted common stock outstanding

    (133,676 )   (1,071,818 )   (923,446 )   (590,223 )

Weighted average common shares outstanding used in calculating net loss per share attributable to common stockholders — basic and diluted

    3,430,528     10,553,778     10,465,788     11,304,295  

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders — basic and diluted

  $ (0.93 ) $ (1.24 ) $ (0.56 ) $ (1.36 )

          The Company's potential dilutive securities, which include convertible preferred stock, stock options, unvested restricted common stock and a warrant to purchase common stock, have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share as the effect would be to reduce the net loss per share. Therefore, the weighted average number of common shares outstanding used to calculate both basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same. The Company excluded the following potential common shares, presented based on amounts outstanding at each period end, from the computation of diluted net loss per share

F-35


Table of Contents


DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

13. Net Loss per Share and Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share (Continued)

attributable to common stockholders for the periods indicated because including them would have had an antidilutive effect:

 
  December 31,   June 30,  
 
  2013   2014   2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Convertible preferred stock (as converted to common stock)

    5,000,000     10,000,000     10,000,000     44,683,824  

Options to purchase common stock

        3,227,533     572,033     7,699,981  

Unvested restricted common stock

    403,030     614,673     1,381,492     569,403  

Warrant for the purchase of common stock

        35,000         35,000  

    5,403,030     13,877,206     11,953,525     52,988,208  

    Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share

          The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2015 gives effect to adjustments arising upon the closing of a qualified initial public offering. The unaudited pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders used in the calculation of unaudited basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders does not include the effects of accretion of convertible preferred stock because the calculation assumes that the conversion of convertible preferred stock into common stock had occurred on the later of January 1, 2014 or the issuance date of the convertible preferred stock.

          The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding used in the calculation of unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2015 give effect to the automatic conversion upon a qualified initial public offering of all shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015 into 10,000,000 shares and 44,683,824 shares of common stock, respectively, as if the proposed initial public offering had occurred on the later of January 1, 2014 or the issuance date of the convertible preferred stock.

F-36


Table of Contents


DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

13. Net Loss per Share and Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share (Continued)

          Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders was calculated as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31, 2014
  Six Months
Ended
June 30, 2015
 
 
  (unaudited)
 

Numerator:

             

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (13,039 ) $ (15,384 )

Accretion of convertible preferred stock to redemption value                        

    71     23  

Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (12,968 ) $ (15,361 )

Denominator:

             

Weighted average common shares outstanding — basic and diluted

    10,553,778     11,304,295  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed automatic conversion of all shares of convertible preferred stock upon the closing of the proposed initial public offering

    9,342,466     29,965,389  

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding — basic and diluted

    19,896,244     41,269,684  

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders — basic and diluted

  $ (0.65 ) $ (0.37 )

14. Commitments and Contingencies

    Leases

          The Company leases office and laboratory space under various operating lease agreements that, as amended, expire between March 2015 and January 2018. In connection with these agreements, in March 2014, the Company made security deposits totaling $88. In October 2014, one of the leases was amended to increase the leased space and to extend the term of the lease through January 2018. In connection with the lease amendment, the Company entered into an equipment-collateralized irrevocable standby letter of credit (see Note 4) in the amount of $81, naming the landlord as beneficiary.

          In March 2015, the Company entered into a second equipment-collateralized irrevocable standby letter of credit (see Note 4) in the amount of $92, naming the landlord as beneficiary, which will replace the security deposits paid by the Company in March 2014. In April 2015 (unaudited), the security deposits of $88 were returned to the Company.

          As amended, required lease payments include base rent of $53 per month through March 2015, which increases to $62 per month over the course of the amended lease through January 2018. The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease period and has recorded deferred rent for rent expense incurred but not yet paid. The Company recorded no rent expense during the period from inception (June 20, 2013) to December 31, 2013 and recorded rent

F-37


Table of Contents


DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

14. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

expense of $219 during the year ended December 31, 2014. The Company recorded rent expense of $86 and $392 during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited), respectively.

          The following table summarizes the future minimum lease payments under the operating leases as of December 31, 2014:

Year Ending December 31,
   
 

2015

  $ 654  

2016

    712  

2017

    735  

2018

    62  

Total

  $ 2,163  

          The Company is further responsible for its pro rata share of operating expenses, real estate taxes and utilities of the facility housing the leased office and laboratory space. These non-rent, shared-tenant occupancy costs amounted to approximately $10 per month as of December 31, 2014.

    License Agreements

          The Company has entered into two license agreements with ReGenX under which it is obligated to make contingent payments (see Note 8).

    Research and Development Agreement

          In June 2015 (unaudited), the Company entered into a three-year cooperative research and development agreement with the Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health and Human Development, an institute of the U.S. National Institutes of Health, to conduct on behalf of the Company a non-clinical study to investigate the effectiveness of a potential gene therapy treatment for patients with GSDIa. Under the agreement, the Company is obligated to make noncancelable research funding payments of $244 annually, aggregating total payments of $732.

    Legal Proceedings

          The Company is not currently party to any material legal proceedings. At each reporting date, the Company evaluates whether or not a potential loss amount or a potential range of loss is probable and reasonably estimable under the provisions of the authoritative guidance that addresses accounting for contingencies. The Company expenses as incurred the costs related to its legal proceedings.

    Indemnification Agreements

          In the ordinary course of business, the Company may provide indemnification of varying scope and terms to vendors, lessors, business partners and other parties with respect to certain matters including, but not limited to, losses arising out of breach of such agreements or from intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties. In addition, the Company has

F-38


Table of Contents


DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

14. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

entered into indemnification agreements with members of its board of directors that will require the Company, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is, in many cases, unlimited. To date, the Company has not incurred any material costs as a result of such indemnifications. The Company is not aware of any claims under indemnification arrangements, and it has not accrued any liabilities related to such obligations in its financial statements as of December 31, 2013 or 2014 or June 30, 2015 (unaudited).

15. 401(k) Savings Plan

          The Company established a defined contribution savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. This plan covers substantially all employees who meet minimum age and service requirements and allows participants to defer a portion of their annual compensation on a pre-tax basis. Company contributions to the plan may be made at the discretion of the Company's board of directors. To-date, no contributions have been made to the plan by the Company.

16. Subsequent Events

          For its financial statements as of December 31, 2014 and for the year then ended, the Company evaluated subsequent events through July 17, 2015, the date on which those financial statements were issued.

17. Subsequent Events (unaudited)

          For its financial statements as of June 30, 2015 and for the six months then ended, the Company evaluated subsequent events through August 19, 2015, the date on which those financial statements were issued.

    Amendment of Penn SRA

          In August 2015, the Company amended the Penn SRA (see Note 8) to incorporate additional tasks and activities and to increase the estimated aggregate cost by $792 to $5,929.

    2015 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

          On September 2, 2015, the Company's stockholders approved the 2015 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the "2015 Plan"), which will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date on which the registration statement for the Company's initial public offering is declared effective. The 2015 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units, restricted stock awards, performance share awards, cash-based awards and other stock-based awards. The number of shares initially reserved for issuance under the 2015 Plan is the sum of (i) the number of shares equal to 5.5% of the Company's common shares outstanding, based on the number of shares set forth on the cover of the preliminary prospectus for the Company's initial public offering plus the number of shares of common stock outstanding on the date of such preliminary prospectus, and (ii) the number of

F-39


Table of Contents


DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

17. Subsequent Events (unaudited) (Continued)

shares remaining available for issuance under the 2013 Plan. The number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the 2015 Plan will automatically increase on each January 1, beginning on January 1, 2016 and ending on January 1, 2020, equal to the lesser of (i) 4% of the shares of the Company's common stock outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31 or (ii) an amount determined by the Company's board of directors or the compensation committee of the board of directors. The shares of common stock underlying any awards that are forfeited, canceled, repurchased or are otherwise terminated by the Company under the 2015 Plan and the 2013 Plan will be added back to the shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2015 Plan.

    2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

          On September 2, 2015, the Company's stockholders approved the 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "ESPP"), which will become effective in connection with the completion of the Company's initial public offering. A total of 750,000 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under this plan. In addition, the number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the ESPP will automatically increase on each January 1, beginning on January 1, 2017 and ending on January 1, 2021, equal to the lesser of (i) 750,000 shares of common stock, (ii) 1% of the Company's shares of common stock outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31 or (iii) an amount determined by the Company's board of directors or the compensation committee of the board of directors.

F-40


Table of Contents

 

           Shares

Dimension Therapeutics, Inc.

Common Stock



LOGO



Goldman, Sachs & Co.   Citigroup

Wells Fargo Securities

Canaccord Genuity

 

Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.



           Through and including              , 2015 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents


PART II

Information Not Required in Prospectus

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

          The following table sets forth the fees and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in connection with the registration of the common stock hereunder. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee.

 
  Amount  

SEC registration fee

  $ 13,363  

FINRA filing fee

    17,250  

NASDAQ Global Market listing fee

                  *

Printing and mailing

                  *

Legal fees and expenses

                  *

Accounting fees and expenses

                  *

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

                  *

Miscellaneous

                  *

Total

  $               *

*
To be filed by amendment.

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers

          Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, authorizes a corporation to indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities arising out of actions, suits and proceedings to which they are made or threatened to be made a party by reason of the fact that they have served or are currently serving as a director or officer to a corporation. The indemnity may cover expenses (including attorneys' fees) judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the director or officer in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding if the director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner the director or officer reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the director or officer's conduct was unlawful. Section 145 permits corporations to pay expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by directors and officers in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in Section 145. In addition, Section 145 provides that a corporation has the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of its directors and officers against any liability asserted against them and incurred by them in their capacity as a director or officer, or arising out of their status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the director or officer against such liability under Section 145.

          We have adopted provisions in our certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the closing of this offering and bylaws to be in effect upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it now exists or may in the future be amended. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:

    any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

II-1


Table of Contents

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    any unlawful payments related to dividends or unlawful stock purchases, redemptions or other distributions; or

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

These limitations of liability do not alter director liability under the federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as an injunction or rescission.

          In addition, our bylaws provide that:

    we will indemnify our directors, officers and, in the discretion of our board of directors, certain employees to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it now exists or may in the future be amended; and

    we will advance reasonable expenses, including attorneys' fees, to our directors and, in the discretion of our board of directors, to our officers and certain employees, in connection with legal proceedings relating to their service for or on behalf of us, subject to limited exceptions.

          We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and intend to enter into such agreements with certain of our executive officers. These agreements provide that we will indemnify each of our directors, certain of our executive officers and, at times, their affiliates to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. We will advance expenses, including attorneys' fees (but excluding judgments, fines and settlement amounts), to each indemnified director, executive officer or affiliate in connection with any proceeding in which indemnification is available and we will indemnify our directors and officers for any action or proceeding arising out of that person's services as a director or officer brought on behalf of us or in furtherance of our rights. Additionally, certain of our directors or officers may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance provided by their affiliates or other third parties, which indemnification relates to and might apply to the same proceedings arising out of such director's or officer's services as a director referenced herein. Nonetheless, we have agreed in the indemnification agreements that our obligations to those same directors or officers are primary and any obligation of such affiliates or other third parties to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the expenses or liabilities incurred by those directors are secondary.

          We also maintain general liability insurance which covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

          The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification of us and our directors and officers by the underwriters against certain liabilities under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

          In the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act:

    (a) Issuances of Capital Stock

          On October 30, 2013, we entered into a stock purchase agreement with Beacon Bioventures Fund III Limited Partnership, or Beacon, pertaining to the issuance and sale of our Series A convertible preferred stock. Through this initial agreement and a series of subsequent closings and

II-2


Table of Contents

amendments, we issued our Series A convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $1.00 per share as follows: on October 30, 2013, we issued 5,000,000 shares to Beacon for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $5.0 million; on February 2, 2014, we issued 5,000,000 shares to OrbiMed Private Investments V, L.P., or OrbiMed, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $5.0 million; and on February 2, 2015, we issued 10,000,000 shares to Beacon for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $10.0 million and 4,500,000 shares to OrbiMed for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $4.5 million.

          On April 20, 2015, we issued an aggregate of 20,183,824 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock to 12 investors (including Beacon and OrbiMed) at a purchase price of $3.2204 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $65.0 million.

          No underwriters were involved in the foregoing sales of securities. Unless otherwise stated, the sales of securities described above were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. All of the purchasers in these transactions represented to us in connection with their purchase that they were acquiring the securities for investment and not distribution, that they could bear the risks of the investment and could hold the securities for an indefinite period of time. Such purchasers received written disclosures that the securities had not been registered under the Securities Act and that any resale must be made pursuant to a registration or an available exemption from such registration. All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for the purposes of the Securities Act.

    (b) Grants and Exercises of Stock Options

          Since October 30, 2013, we have granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 8,824,481 shares of our common stock, with exercise prices ranging from $0.13 to $3.49 per share, to employees, directors and consultants pursuant to the 2013 Plan. No shares of common stock have been issued upon the exercise of stock options pursuant to the 2013 Plan.

          The issuances of the securities described above were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Rule 701 promulgated thereunder as transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans. The shares of common stock issued upon the exercise of options are deemed to be restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act.

    (c) Grant of Warrant

          In August 2014, we granted a warrant to purchase an aggregate of 35,000 shares of our common stock, with an exercise price of $0.19 per share, to Silicon Valley Bank. No shares of common stock have been issued upon the exercise of this warrant. The issuance of this warrant was deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

    (a) Exhibits

          The exhibits to the registration statement are listed in the Exhibit Index to this registration statement and are incorporated herein by reference.

    (b) Financial Statements Schedules

          Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 17.    Undertakings

          Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Act, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

          The Registrant hereby undertakes that:

    (a)
    The Registrant will provide to the underwriter at the closing as specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

    (b)
    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the information omitted from a form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

    (c)
    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

    (d)
    If the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

    (e)
    For the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the

II-4


Table of Contents

      undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

      i.
      Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

      ii.
      Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

      iii.
      The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

      iv.
      Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

II-5


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Cambridge, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on the 14 th day of September, 2015.

    DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ ANNALISA JENKINS

Annalisa Jenkins, M.B.B.S, M.R.C.P.
President and Chief Executive Officer


POWER OF ATTORNEY AND SIGNATURES

          Each individual whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints each of Annalisa Jenkins, M.B.B.S, M.R.C.P., Jean Franchi, and Mary T. Thistle and as such person's true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for such person in such person's name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement (or any Registration Statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as such person might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that any said attorney-in-fact and agent, or any substitute or substitutes of any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement and Power of Attorney has been signed by the following person in the capacities and on the date indicated.

Name
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ ANNALISA JENKINS

Annalisa Jenkins, M.B.B.S, M.R.C.P.
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
  September 14, 2015

/s/ JEAN FRANCHI

Jean Franchi

 

Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

September 14, 2015

/s/ BENJAMIN AUSPITZ

Benjamin Auspitz

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

September 14, 2015

/s/ ALAN COLOWICK

Alan Colowick, M.P.H., M.D.

 

Director

 

September 14, 2015

II-6


Table of Contents

Name
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ MICHAEL DYBBS

Michael Dybbs, Ph.D.
  Director   September 14, 2015

/s/ GEORGES GEMAYEL

Georges Gemayel, Ph.D.

 

Director

 

September 14, 2015

/s/ RISHI GUPTA

Rishi Gupta, Esq.

 

Director

 

September 14, 2015

/s/ GEORGE V. MIGAUSKY

George V. Migausky

 

Director

 

September 14, 2015

/s/ ARLENE MORRIS

Arlene Morris

 

Director

 

September 14, 2015

II-7


Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.   Exhibit Index
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement
        
  3.1   Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect
        
  3.2   Form of Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (to be effective upon completion of this offering)
        
  3.3   Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect
        
  3.4   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (to be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part)
        
  4.1 * Specimen Common Stock Certificate
        
  4.2   Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders, dated April 20, 2015
        
  4.3   Warrant to Purchase Stock issued to Silicon Valley Bank, dated August 21, 2014
        
  5.1 * Opinion of Goodwin Procter LLP
        
  10.1 #* 2015 Stock Option and Incentive Plan and forms of award agreements thereunder
        
  10.2 # 2013 Stock Plan, as amended, and forms of award agreements thereunder
        
  10.3 # 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
        
  10.4 # Employment Agreement between Annalisa Jenkins and the Registrant, dated                          , 2015
        
  10.5 # Employment Agreement between Samuel C. Wadsworth and the Registrant, dated                          , 2015
        
  10.6 # Employment Agreement between K. Reed Clark and the Registrant, dated                          , 2015
        
  10.7 # Employment Agreement between Eric Crombez and the Registrant, dated                          , 2015
        
  10.8 License Agreement between ReGenX Biosciences, LLC and the Registrant, dated October 30, 2013, as amended
        
  10.9 Option and License Agreement between REGENXBIO Inc. and the Registrant, dated March 10, 2015
        
  10.10 Collaboration and License Agreement between Bayer Healthcare LLC and the Registrant, dated June 18, 2014
        
  10.11 †* Sponsored Research and Option Agreement between the Registrant and The Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania, dated January 1, 2015
        
  10.12   Indenture of Lease between the Registrant and Rivertech Associates II, LLC, dated March 11, 2014, as amended
        
  10.13   Form of Indemnification Agreement, to be entered into between the Registrant and its directors
 
   

II-8


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Exhibit Index
  10.14   Form of Indemnification Agreement, to be entered into between the Registrant and its officers
        
  10.15   Loan and Security Agreement between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, dated August 21, 2014
        
  21.1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant
        
  23.1   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
        
  23.2 * Consent of Goodwin Procter LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
        
  24.1   Power of Attorney (included in page II-6)

*
To be included by amendment.

Application has been made to the Securities and Exchange Commission for confidential treatment of certain provisions. Omitted material for which confidential treatment has been requested has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

#
Indicates a management contract or any compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.

II-9




Exhibit 3.1

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

 

Dimension Therapeutics, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ General Corporation Law ”),

 

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

1.                                       That the name of this corporation is Dimension Therapeutics, Inc., and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on June 20, 2013.

 

2.                                       That the Board of Directors duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend and restate the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of this corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement is as follows:

 

RESOLVED , that the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

FIRST:  The name of this corporation is Dimension Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

 

SECOND:  The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19801.  The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

THIRD:  The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.

 

FOURTH:  The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is (i) 68,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“ Common Stock ”), and (ii) 44,683,824 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“ Preferred Stock ”).

 

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

 



 

A.                                     COMMON STOCK

 

1.                                       General .  The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein.

 

2.                                       Voting .  The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held at all meetings of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings). The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

 

B.                                     PREFERRED STOCK

 

24,500,000 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ S eries A Preferred Stock ” and 20,183,824 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ”.  The rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations of the Preferred Stock are set forth below. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “sections” or “subsections” in this Part B of this Article Fourth refer to sections and subsections of Part B of this Article Fourth.

 

1.                                       Dividends .  The holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, out of any assets legally available therefor, on a pari passu basis among such series of Preferred Stock and prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock on the Common Stock or other capital stock of the Corporation) on the Common Stock of this corporation, in regards to the Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding, dividends at the rate per annum of $0.0800  per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination, subdivision, recapitalization or the like with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock after the filing of the Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “ Effective Date ”)), and in regards to the Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding, dividends at the rate per annum of $0.2576 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination, subdivision, recapitalization or the like with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock after the Effective Date).  Such dividends shall be payable only when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors and shall be noncumulative.  The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in the Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of the Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to (i) in the case of a

 



 

dividend on Common Stock or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock, that dividend per share of Preferred Stock as would equal the product of (A) the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Stock and (B) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of Preferred Stock, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend or (ii) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, at a rate per share of Preferred Stock determined by (A) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the original issuance price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination, subdivision, recapitalization or the like with respect to such class or series after the Effective Date) and (B) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the applicable Original Issue Price (as defined below) for such series of Preferred Stock; provided that , if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of each series of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 1 shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest dividend with respect to such series of Preferred Stock.  The dividend preference of the Series A Preferred Stock provided for in this Section 1 may be waived, in whole or in part, by the consent or vote of the holders of eighty percent (80%) of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (the “ Requisite Series A Holders ”), and the dividend preference of the Series B Preferred Stock provided for in this Section 1 may be waived, in whole or in part, by the consent or vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock (the “ Requisite Series B Holders ”); provided , however , that any waiver of such dividend preference shall apply to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock, as applicable, in proportion to the preferential dividend amount that each such holder otherwise would have been entitled to receive in connection with the full payment of the preferential amounts pursuant to this Section 1.  The applicable “ Original Issue Price ” shall mean $1.00 per share with respect to shares of Series A Preferred Stock and $3.2204 per share with respect to shares of Series B Preferred Stock, in each case subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination, subdivision, recapitalization or the like with respect to the applicable series of Preferred Stock after the Effective Date.

 

2.                                       Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales .

 

2.1                                Preferential Payments to Holders of Preferred Stock .  In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined below), the holders of shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, on a pari passu basis among the Preferred Stock, out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to one (1) times the applicable Original Issue Price in respect of the series of shares of Preferred Stock held by such Preferred Stock holders, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon.  If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its

 



 

stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection 2.1, the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

 

2.2                                Distribution of Remaining Assets .  In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2.1, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of the shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder, treating for this purpose all such securities as if they had been converted to Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation immediately prior to such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation.  The aggregate amount which a holder of a share of Series A Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 is hereinafter referred to as the “ S eries A Liquidation Amount .”  The aggregate amount which a holder of a share of Series B Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 is hereinafter referred to as the “ S eries B Liquidation Amount .”

 

2.3                                Deemed Liquidation Events .

 

2.3.1                      Definition .  Each of the following events shall be considered a “ Deemed Liquidation Event ” unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and on an as-converted to Common Stock basis), including at least two of the Requisite Investors (as defined below) (collectively, the “ Requisite Preferred Holders ”) elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Corporation at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of any such event:

 

(a)                                  a merger or consolidation in which

 

(i)     the Corporation is a constituent party or

 

(ii)    a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation,

 

except any such merger or consolidation involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation, at least a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation; or

 



 

(b)                                  the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all of the assets or intellectual property of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or the sale or disposition (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) of one or more subsidiaries of the Corporation if substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation.

 

Requisite Investors ” shall mean the following three stockholders of the Company, for so long as such stockholders hold any shares of Preferred Stock: (i) Beacon Bioventures Fund III, L.P. and its Affiliates, (ii) Orbimed Private Investments V, LP and its Affiliates and (iii) New Leaf Ventures III, L.P. and its Affiliates.

 

2.3.2                      Effecting a Deemed Liquidation Event .

 

(a)                                  The Corporation shall not have the power to effect a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.3.1(a)(i) unless the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation for such transaction (the “ Merger Agreement ”) provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2.

 

(b)                                  In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.3.1(a)(ii) or 2.3.1(b), if the Corporation does not effect a dissolution of the Corporation under the General Corporation Law within 90 days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, then (i) the Corporation shall send a written notice to each holder of Preferred Stock no later than the 90th day after the Deemed Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of the following clause (ii) to require the redemption of such shares of Preferred Stock, and (ii) if the Requisite Preferred Holders so request in a written instrument delivered to the Corporation not later than 120 days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, the Corporation shall use the consideration received by the Corporation for such Deemed Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation), together with any other assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, all to the extent permitted by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders (the “ Available Proceeds ”), on the 150th day after such Deemed Liquidation Event, to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the Series A Liquidation Amount with respect to the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Liquidation Amount with respect to the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence, if the Available Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall ratably redeem each holder’s shares of Preferred Stock to the fullest extent of such Available Proceeds, and shall redeem the remaining shares as soon as it may lawfully do so under Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders.  Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Subsection 2.3.2(b), the Corporation shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Deemed Liquidation Event, except to

 



 

discharge expenses incurred in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event or in the ordinary course of business.

 

2.3.3                      Amount Deemed Paid or Distributed .  The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon any such merger, consolidation, sale, transfer, exclusive license, other disposition or redemption shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities paid or distributed to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person, firm or other entity.  The value of such property, rights or securities shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

2.3.4                      Allocation of Escrow and Contingent Consideration . In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Subsection 2.3.1(a)(i), if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is payable only upon satisfaction of contingencies (the “ Additional Consideration ”), the Merger Agreement shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not Additional Consideration (such portion, the “ Initial Consideration ”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event and (b) any Additional Consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon satisfaction of such contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction.

 

3.                                       Voting .

 

3.1                                General .  On any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter (or, if no record date is set, on the date such vote is taken).  Except as provided by law or by the other provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class.

 

3.2                                Election of Directors .  The holders of record of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “ Series B Director ”), the holders of record of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of the Corporation (the “ Series A Directors ”), the holders of record of the shares of Common Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect three (3) directors of the Corporation (the “ Common Directors ”) and the holders of record of the shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of directors of the Corporation (the “ Independent Directors ”).  Any director elected as provided in the preceding sentence may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of

 



 

the shares of the class or series of capital stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders.  If the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be, fail to elect a sufficient number of directors to fill all directorships for which they are entitled to elect directors, voting exclusively and as a separate class, pursuant to the first sentence of this Subsection 3.2, then any directorship not so filled shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be, elect a person to fill such directorship by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting; and no such directorship may be filled by stockholders of the Corporation other than by the stockholders of the Corporation that are entitled to elect a person to fill such directorship, voting exclusively and as a separate class.  At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director; provided that any quorum for the Series A Preferred Stock shall be the Requisite Series A Holders and any quorum for the Series B Preferred Stock shall be the Requisite Series B Holders.  Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection 3.2, a vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of any class or series shall be filled only by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting of the holders of such class or series or by any remaining director or directors elected by the holders of such class or series pursuant to this Subsection 3.2.

 

3.3                                Preferred Stock Protective Provisions .

 

3.3.1                      At any time when at least 750,000 shares of Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Preferred Stock) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the Requisite Preferred Holders, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class and on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio , and of no force or effect:

 

(a)                                  liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation, effect any merger or consolidation or any other Deemed Liquidation Event, or consent to any of the foregoing;

 

(b)                                  exclusively license (in a single transaction or series of related transactions) any of the Corporation’s material intellectual property rights, except where such exclusive license is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation;

 

(c)                                   consummate the sale of equity securities or any other security convertible into or exchangeable for equity securities, in a bona fide equity financing transaction;

 



 

(d)                                  amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation;

 

(e)                                   create, or authorize the creation of, or issue or obligate itself to issue shares of, any additional class or series of capital stock unless the same ranks junior to the Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends and rights of redemption, or increase the authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock or Series A Preferred Stock or increase the authorized number of shares of any additional class or series of capital stock unless the same ranks junior the Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends and rights of redemption;

 

(f)                                    (i) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is pari passu with the Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to the Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege, or (ii) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is junior to the Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to or pari passu with the Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege;

 

(g)                                   purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of capital stock of the Corporation other than (i) redemptions of or dividends or distributions on the Preferred Stock as expressly authorized herein, or (ii) repurchases of stock from former employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for the Corporation or any subsidiary in connection with the cessation of such employment or service at the lower of the original purchase price or the then-current fair market value thereof;

 

(h)                                  create, or authorize the creation of, or issue, or authorize the issuance of any debt security, or permit any subsidiary to take any such action with respect to any debt security, if the aggregate indebtedness of the Corporation and its subsidiaries for borrowed money following such action would exceed $150,000 other than equipment leases or bank lines of credit;

 

(i)                                      create, or hold capital stock in, any subsidiary that is not wholly owned (either directly or through one or more other subsidiaries) by the Corporation, or sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any capital stock of any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation, or permit any direct or indirect subsidiary to sell, lease, transfer, exclusively license or otherwise dispose (in a single transaction or series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the properties, assets or stock of any other company or entity;

 

(j)                                     increase or decrease the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors; or

 



 

(k)                                  cause or otherwise effect a significant change in the Business of the Corporation.  “Business of the Corporation” means the development and commercialization of adeno-associated virus gene therapies.

 

3.3.2                      At any time when at least 750,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the Requisite Series B Holders, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio , and of no force or effect:

 

(a)                                  amend, alter, waive or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation (including, without limitation, pursuant to merger, consolidation or otherwise) that adversely affects the terms of the Series B Preferred Stock in a manner different than the Series A Preferred Stock (it being understood that the authorization and issuance of a new series of Preferred Stock that is pari passu with or senior to the Series B Preferred Stock shall not require the approval of the Requisite Series B Holders pursuant to this Section 3.3.2);

 

(b)                                  (i) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is pari passu with the Series B Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to the Series B Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege, or (ii) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is junior to the Series B Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to or pari passu with the Series B Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege; or

 

(c)                                   increase the authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

 

3.3.3                      At any time when at least 750,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the Requisite Series A Holders, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio , and of no force or effect:

 


 

(a)                                  amend, alter, waive or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation (including, without limitation, pursuant to merger, consolidation or otherwise) that adversely affects the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock in a manner different than the Series B Preferred Stock (it being understood that the authorization and issuance of a new series of Preferred Stock that is pari passu with or senior to the Series A Preferred Stock shall not require the approval of the Requisite Series A Holders pursuant to this Section 3.3.3);

 

(b)                                  (i) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is pari passu with the Series A Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to the Series A Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege, or (ii) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is junior to the Series A Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to or pari passu with the Series A Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege; or

 

(c)                                   increase the authorized number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

 

4.                                       Optional Conversion .

 

The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

 

4.1                                Right to Convert .

 

4.1.1                      Conversion Ratio .  Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the applicable Original Issue Price by the applicable Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion.  The “ Series A Conversion Price ” shall initially be equal to $1.00 and the “ Series B Conversion Price ” shall initially be equal to $3.2204; each such price may hereafter be referred to as a “ Conversion Price ”.  Such initial Conversion Prices, and the rate at which shares of Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

 

4.1.2                      Termination of Conversion Rights .  In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event, the Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Preferred Stock.

 



 

4.2                                Fractional Shares .  No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock.  In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.  Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

 

4.3                                Mechanics of Conversion .

 

4.3.1                      Notice of Conversion .  In order for a holder of Preferred Stock to voluntarily convert shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent), together with written notice that such holder elects to convert all or any number of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by such certificate or certificates and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent.  Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock to be issued.  If required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing.  The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) of such certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) and notice shall be the time of conversion (the “ Conversion Time ”), and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares represented by such certificate shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date.  The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time, (i) issue and deliver to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and a certificate for the number (if any) of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate that were not converted into Common Stock, (ii) pay in cash such amount as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and (iii) pay all declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted.

 

4.3.2                      Reservation of Shares .  The Corporation shall at all times when the Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued capital stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the

 



 

conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation.  Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing a Conversion Price below the then par value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at such adjusted Conversion Price.

 

4.3.3                      Effect of Conversion .  All shares of Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor, to receive payment in lieu of any fraction of a share otherwise issuable upon such conversion as provided in Subsection 4.2 and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon.  Any shares of Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock and/or Series A Preferred Stock accordingly.

 

4.3.4                      No Further Adjustment .  Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to a Conversion Price shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on the Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion.

 

4.3.5                      Taxes .  The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4.  The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

 

4.4                                Adjustments to Conversion Prices for Diluting Issues .

 

4.4.1                      Special Definitions .  For purposes of this Article Fourth, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)                                  Option ” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

 

(b)                                  Original Issue Date ” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series B Preferred Stock was issued.

 



 

(c)                                   Convertible Securities ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, but excluding Options.

 

(d)                                  Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Original Issue Date, other than (1) the following shares of Common Stock and (2) shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to the following Options and Convertible Securities (clauses (1) and (2), collectively, “ Exempted Securities ”):

 

(i)             shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock;

 

(ii)            shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock that is covered by Subsection 4.5, 4.6, 4.7 or 4.8;

 

(iii)           shares of Common Stock or Options issued to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to a plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including the approval of the Requisite Preferred Holders;

 

(iv)           shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options or shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security;

 

(v)            shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions, or to real property lessors, pursuant to a debt financing, equipment leasing or real property leasing transaction approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including the approval of the Requisite Preferred Holders;

 



 

(vi)           shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to suppliers or third party service providers in connection with the provision of goods or services pursuant to transactions approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including the approval of the Requisite Preferred Holders;

 

(vii)          shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued as consideration in the acquisition of another corporation by the Corporation by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement, provided, that such issuances are approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including the approval of the Requisite Preferred Holders; or

 

(viii)         shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including the approval of the Requisite Preferred Holders.

 

4.4.2                      No Adjustment of Conversion Prices .  No adjustment in a Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives (i) in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock, written notice from the Requisite Series A Holders agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock and (ii) in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock, written notice from the Requisite Series B Holders agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

 

4.4.3                      Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock .

 

(a)                                  If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to

 



 

exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

 

(b)                                  If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to a Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4, are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this clause (b) shall have the effect of increasing a Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security, or (ii) the Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

 

(c)                                   If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to a Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4.4.5) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the Conversion Prices then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Original Issue Date), are revised after the Original Issue Date as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Subsection 4.4.3(a) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

 



 

(d)                                  Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to a Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4, the applicable Conversion Price shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security (or portion thereof) never been issued.

 

(e)                                   If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to a Conversion Price provided for in this Subsection 4.4.3 shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in clauses (b) and (c) of this Subsection 4.4.3).  If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to a Conversion Price that would result under the terms of this Subsection 4.4.3 at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.

 

4.4.4                      Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock .  In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Series A Conversion Price and/or the Series B Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue, then such Series A Conversion Price and/or Series B Conversion Price, as applicable, shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

CP 2  = CP 1 *  (A + B) ÷ (A + C).

 

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)                                  “CP 2 ” shall mean the Conversion Price of the applicable series in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock

 

(b)                                  “CP 1 ” shall mean the Conversion Price of the applicable series in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

 



 

(c)                                   “A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issue or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Preferred Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefor) immediately prior to such issue);

 

(d)                                  “B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CP 1  (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP 1 ); and

 

(e)                                   “C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

 

4.4.5                      Determination of Consideration .  For purposes of this Subsection 4.4, the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

 

(a)                                  Cash and Property :  Such consideration shall:

 

(i)                                      insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

 

(ii)                                   insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation; and

 

(iii)                                in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (i) and (ii) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

(b)                                  Options and Convertible Securities .  The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3, relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the

 



 

minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

 

4.4.6                      Multiple Closing Dates .  In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to a Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4, and such issuance dates occur within a period of no more than 90 days from the first such issuance to the final such issuance, then, upon the final such issuance, the applicable Conversion Price(s) shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any such subsequent issuances within such period).

 

4.5                                Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations .  If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the Conversion Prices in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding.  If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Prices in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding.  Any adjustment under this subsection shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

 

4.6                                Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions .  In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the Conversion Prices in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying such Conversion Prices then in effect by a fraction:

 


 

(1)                                  the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

 

(2)                                  the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Conversion Prices shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Conversion Prices shall be adjusted pursuant to this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and (b) no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of Preferred Stock simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

 

4.7                                Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions .  In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Common Stock) or in other property and the provisions of Section 1 do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of Preferred Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

 

4.8                                Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc .  Subject to the provisions of Subsection 2.3, if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not the Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Subsections 4.4, 4.6 or 4.7), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one share of such series of Preferred Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in

 



 

and other adjustments of the Conversion Prices) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock.

 

4.9                                Certificate as to Adjustments .  Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of any Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than 10 days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which the Preferred Stock is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.  The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock (but in any event not later than 10 days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the Conversion Prices then in effect, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of Preferred Stock.

 

4.10                         Notice of Record Date .  In the event:

 

(a)                                  the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other security; or

 

(b)                                  of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Corporation, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or

 

(c)                                   of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation,

 

then, and in each such case, the Corporation will send or cause to be sent to the holders of the Preferred Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock.  Such notice shall be sent at least 10 days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice.

 



 

5.                                       Mandatory Conversion .

 

5.1                                Trigger Events .  Upon either (a) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public at a price of at least one and one-half (1.5) times the Series B Original Issue Price per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization), in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $60,000,000 of gross proceeds to the Corporation, (b) the closing of any sale of Common Stock to the public in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, other than a sale of shares of Common Stock in accordance with subsection (a), that has been approved by the Requisite Preferred Holders or (c) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the Requisite Preferred Holders and the Requisite Series B Holders (the time of such closing or the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “ Mandatory Conversion Time ”), (i) all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate and (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation.

 

5.2                                Procedural Requirements .  All holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be sent written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Time and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5.  Such notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Time.  Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice.  If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing.  All rights with respect to the Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Subsection 5.1, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the Mandatory Conversion Time (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender the certificates at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Subsection 5.2.  As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Time and the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof, together with cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted.  Such converted Preferred Stock shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series,

 



 

and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock and/or Series A Preferred Stock accordingly.

 

5A.                              Special Mandatory Conversion .

 

5A.1.                    Trigger Event .  In the event that any Special Mandatory Holder (as defined below) does not participate in a Qualified Financing (as defined below) by purchasing in the aggregate, in such Qualified Financing and within the time period specified by the Corporation ( provided that, the Corporation has sent to each such holder at least ten (10) days written notice of, and the opportunity to purchase its Pro Rata Amount (as defined below) of, the Qualified Financing), such holder’s Pro Rata Amount, then each share of Special Mandatory Stock held by such holder shall automatically, and without any further action on the part of such holder, be converted into one tenth (1/10th) of one share of Common Stock of the Corporation, effective upon, subject to, and concurrently with, the consummation of the Qualified Financing, with fractional shares rounded to the nearest whole share.  For purposes of determining the number of shares of Special Mandatory Stock owned by a holder, and for determining the number of Offered Securities (as defined below) a Special Mandatory Holder has purchased in a Qualified Financing, all shares of Special Mandatory Stock held by Affiliates (as defined below) of such holder shall be aggregated with such holder’s shares and all Offered Securities purchased by Affiliates of such holder shall be aggregated with the Offered Securities purchased by such holder ( provided that no shares or securities shall be attributed to more than one entity or person within any such group of affiliated entities or persons).  Such conversion is referred to as a “ S pecial Mandatory Conversion.

 

5A.2.                    Procedural Requirements .  Upon a Special Mandatory Conversion, each Special Mandatory Holder converted pursuant to Subsection 5A.1 shall be sent written notice of such Special Mandatory Conversion and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Special Mandatory Stock pursuant to this Section 5A .  Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of such shares of Special Mandatory Stock in certificated form shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that any such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice. If so required by the Corporation, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing.  All rights with respect to any Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Subsection 5A.1 , including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the time of the Special Mandatory Conversion (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender any certificates for such shares at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of any certificate or certificates of such holders therefor (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement), to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Subsection 5A.2 .  As soon as practicable after the Special Mandatory Conversion and, if applicable, the surrender of any certificate or certificates (or lost

 



 

certificate affidavit and agreement) for Special Mandatory Stock so converted, the Corporation shall (a) issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and (b) pay cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Special Mandatory Stock converted.  Such converted Special Mandatory Stock shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

 

5A.3.                    Definitions .  For purposes of this Section 5A , the following definitions shall apply:

 

5A.3.1             Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any person, entity or firm (“Person”), any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, including, without limitation, any general partner, managing member, manager, limited partner, member, employee, officer or director of such Person or any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such Person.  For purposes of this definition, the term “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management or policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” shall have the meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

5A.3.2             Offered Securities ” shall mean the equity securities of the Corporation set aside by the Board of Directors of the Corporation for purchase by holders of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock in connection with a Qualified Financing, and offered to such holders.

 

5A.3.3             Pro Rata Amount ” shall mean, with respect to any holder of Special Mandatory Stock, the lesser of (a) a number of Offered Securities calculated by multiplying the aggregate number of Offered Securities by a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the number of shares of Special Mandatory Stock owned by such holder (calculated on an as-converted to Common Stock basis), and the denominator of which is equal to the aggregate number of outstanding shares of Special Mandatory Stock (calculated on an as-converted to Common Stock basis), or (b) the maximum number of Offered Securities that such holder is permitted by the Corporation to purchase in such Qualified Financing, after giving effect to any cutbacks or limitations established by the Board of Directors and applied on a pro rata basis to all holders of Special Mandatory Stock.

 

5A.3.4             Qualified Financing ” shall mean any transaction involving the issuance or sale of Additional Shares of Common Stock after the Original Issue Date that would result in at least $30,000,000 in gross proceeds to the Corporation and the reduction of any Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation (without giving effect to the operation of Subsection 4.4.2 ), unless the Requisite Preferred Holders, by written notice

 



 

sent to the Corporation at least fifteen (15) days prior to the consummation of the Qualified Financing, determine that such transaction not be treated as a Qualified Financing for purposes of this Section 5A .

 

5A.3.5             Special Mandatory Holder ” shall mean any holder of shares of Special Mandatory Stock.

 

5A.3.6             Special Mandatory Stock ” shall mean Preferred Stock and/or Common Stock issued upon voluntary conversion of Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4 .

 

6.                                       Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares .  Any shares of Preferred Stock that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred.  Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Preferred Stock following redemption.

 

7.                                       Waiver .  Except as otherwise specified herein, any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the Requisite Preferred Holders.

 

8.                                       Notices .  Any notice required or permitted by the provisions of this Article Fourth to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, and shall be deemed sent upon such mailing or electronic transmission.

 

FIFTH:  Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

SIXTH:  Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

SEVENTH:  Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

EIGHTH:  Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation may provide.  The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

NINTH:  To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.  If the General Corporation Law or any other law of the

 



 

State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article Ninth to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.

 

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Ninth by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

 

TENTH:    To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which General Corporation Law permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law.

 

Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Tenth shall not adversely affect any right or protection of any director, officer or other agent of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

ELEVENTH:  The Corporation renounces, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity.  An “ Excluded Opportunity ” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “ Covered Persons ”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.

 

*     *     *

 



 

3.                                       That the foregoing amendment and restatement was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of this corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

 

4.                                       That this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of this Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this corporation on this 20th day of April, 2015.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Annalisa Jenkins

 

 

President and CEO

 




Exhibit 3.2

 

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

Dimension Therapeutics , Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), hereby certifies as follows:

 

1.             The name of the Corporation is Dimension Therapeutics, Inc.  The date of the filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was June 20, 2013 (the “ Original Certificate ”).

 

2.             This Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “ Certificate ”) amends, restates and integrates the provisions of the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 20, 2015, and as amended from time to time (the “ Amended and Restated Certificate ”), and was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”).

 

3.             The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to provide as herein set forth in full.

 

ARTICLE I

 

The name of the Corporation is Dimension Therapeutics, Inc.

 

ARTICLE II

 

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.  The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

ARTICLE III

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

 



 

ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL STOCK

 

The total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is one hundred fifty-five million (155,000,000), of which (i) one hundred fifty million (150,000,000) shares shall be a class designated as common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”), and (ii) five million (5,000,000) shares shall be a class designated as undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Undesignated Preferred Stock”).

 

Except as otherwise provided in any certificate of designations of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock, the number of authorized shares of the class of Common Stock or Undesignated Preferred Stock may from time to time be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of such class outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

 

The powers, preferences and rights of, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions upon, each class or series of stock shall be determined in accordance with, or as set forth below in, this Article IV.

 

A.  COMMON STOCK

 

Subject to all the rights, powers and preferences of the Undesignated Preferred Stock and except as provided by law or in this Certificate (or in any certificate of designations of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock):

 

(a)           the holders of the Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors of the Corporation (the “Directors”) and on all other matters requiring stockholder action, each outstanding share entitling the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their vote; provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate (or on any amendment to a certificate of designations of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock) that alters or changes the powers, preferences, rights or other terms of one or more outstanding series of Undesignated Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series of Undesignated Preferred Stock are entitled to vote, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, on such amendment pursuant to this Certificate (or pursuant to a certificate of designations of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL;

 

(b)           dividends may be declared and paid or set apart for payment upon the Common Stock out of any assets or funds of the Corporation legally available for the payment of dividends, but only when and as declared by the Board of Directors or any authorized committee thereof; and

 

3



 

(c)           upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the net assets of the Corporation shall be distributed pro rata to the holders of the Common Stock.

 

B.  UNDESIGNATED PREFERRED STOCK

 

The Board of Directors or any authorized committee thereof is expressly authorized, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to provide by resolution or resolutions for, out of the unissued shares of Undesignated Preferred Stock, the issuance of the shares of Undesignated Preferred Stock in one or more series of such stock, and by filing a certificate of designations pursuant to applicable law of the State of Delaware, to establish or change from time to time the number of shares of each such series, and to fix the designations, powers, including voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of the shares of each series and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof.

 

ARTICLE V

 

STOCKHOLDER ACTION

 

1.             Action without Meeting .  Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not be taken or effected by a written consent of stockholders in lieu thereof.

 

2.             Special Meetings .  Except as otherwise required by statute and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office, and special meetings of stockholders may not be called by any other person or persons.  Only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

DIRECTORS

 

1.             General .  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors except as otherwise provided herein or required by law.

 

2.             Election of Directors .  Election of Directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-laws of the Corporation (the “By-laws”) shall so provide.

 

4



 

3.             Number of Directors; Term of Office .  The number of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed solely and exclusively by resolution duly adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors.  The Directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock, shall be classified, with respect to the term for which they severally hold office, into three classes.  The initial Class I Directors of the Corporation shall be Benjamin Auspitz, Alan Colowick and Georges Gemayel; the initial Class II Directors of the Corporation shall be Michael Dybbs and Rishi Gupta; and the initial Class III Directors of the Corporation shall be Annalisa Jenkins, George Migausky and Arlene Morris. The initial Class I Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016, the initial Class II Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017, and the initial Class III Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2018.  At each annual meeting of stockholders, Directors elected to succeed those Directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Directors elected to each class shall hold office until their successors are duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation, death or removal.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever, pursuant to the provisions of Article IV of this Certificate, the holders of any one or more series of Undesignated Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a series or together with holders of other such series, to elect Directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of this Certificate and any certificate of designations applicable to such series.

 

4.             Vacancies .  Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock to elect Directors and to fill vacancies in the Board of Directors relating thereto, any and all vacancies in the Board of Directors, however occurring, including, without limitation, by reason of an increase in the size of the Board of Directors, or the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of a Director, shall be filled solely and exclusively by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors then in office, even if less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and not by the stockholders.  Any Director appointed in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of Directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until such Director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation, death or removal.  Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock to elect Directors, when the number of Directors is increased or decreased, the Board of Directors shall, subject to Article VI.3 hereof, determine the class or classes to which the increased or decreased number of Directors shall be apportioned; provided , however , that no decrease in the number of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent Director.  In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining Directors, except as otherwise provided by law, shall exercise the powers of the full Board of Directors until the vacancy is filled.

 

5



 

5.             Removal .  Subject to the rights, if any, of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock to elect Directors and to remove any Director whom the holders of any such series have the right to elect, any Director (including persons elected by Directors to fill vacancies in the Board of Directors) may be removed from office (i) only with cause and (ii) only by the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% or more of the outstanding shares of capital stock then entitled to vote at an election of Directors.  At least forty-five (45) days prior to any annual or special meeting of stockholders at which it is proposed that any Director be removed from office, written notice of such proposed removal and the alleged grounds thereof shall be sent to the Director whose removal will be considered at the meeting.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

A Director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director, except for liability (a) for any breach of the Director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (c) under Section 174 of the DGCL or (d) for any transaction from which the Director derived an improper personal benefit.  If the DGCL is amended after the effective date of this Certificate to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of Directors, then the liability of a Director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

 

Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Article VII by either of (i) the stockholders of the Corporation or (ii) an amendment to the DGCL, shall not adversely affect any right or protection existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring before such amendment, repeal or modification of a person serving as a Director at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

AMENDMENT OF BY-LAWS

 

1.             Amendment by Directors .  Except as otherwise provided by law, the By-laws of the Corporation may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office.

 

2.             Amendment by Stockholders .  The By-laws of the Corporation may be amended or repealed at any annual meeting of stockholders, or special meeting of stockholders called for such purpose, by the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class; provided , however , that if the Board of Directors recommends that stockholders approve such amendment or repeal at such meeting of stockholders, such amendment or repeal shall only require the

 

6



 

affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal this Certificate in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute and this Certificate, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.  Whenever any vote of the holders of capital stock of the Corporation is required to amend or repeal any provision of this Certificate, and in addition to any other vote of holders of capital stock that is required by this Certificate or by law, such amendment or repeal shall require the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, and the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders called expressly for such purpose; provided , however , that the affirmative vote of not less than 75% of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, and the affirmative vote of not less than 75% of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, shall be required to amend or repeal any provision of Article V, Article VI, Article VII, Article VIII or Article IX of this Certificate.

 

[End of Text]

 

7



 

THIS FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION is executed as of this      day of           ,     .

 

 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 




Exhibit 3.3

 

BYLAWS OF

 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

ARTICLE I OFFICES

1

1.1

Registered Office

1

1.2

Offices

1

 

 

 

ARTICLE II MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

1

2.1

Location

1

2.2

Timing

1

2.3

Notice of Meeting

1

2.4

Stockholders’ Records

1

2.5

Special Meetings

2

2.6

Notice of Meeting

2

2.7

Business Transacted at Special Meeting

2

2.8

Quorum; Meeting Adjournment; Presence by Remote Means

2

2.9

Voting Thresholds

3

2.10

Number of Votes Per Share

3

2.11

Action by Written Consent of Stockholders; Electronic Consent; Notice of Action

3

 

 

 

ARTICLE III DIRECTORS

4

3.1

Authorized Directors

4

3.2

Vacancies

4

3.3

Board Authority

5

3.4

Location of Meetings

5

3.5

First Meeting

5

3.6

Regular Meetings

5

3.7

Special Meetings

5

3.8

Quorum

6

3.9

Action Without a Meeting

6

3.10

Telephonic Meetings

6

3.11

Committees

6

3.12

Minutes of Meetings

7

3.13

Compensation of Directors

7

3.14

Removal of Directors

7

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV NOTICES

7

4.1

Notice

7

4.2

Waiver of Notice

7

4.3

Electronic Notice

7

 

 

 

ARTICLE V OFFICERS

8

5.1

Required and Permitted Officers

8

5.2

Appointment of Required Officers

8

5.3

Appointment of Permitted Officers

8

 

i



 

5.4

Officer Compensation

8

5.5

Term of Office; Vacancies

8

5.6

Chairman Presides

9

5.7

Absence of Chairman

9

5.8

Powers of Chief Executive Officer

9

5.9

Chief Executive Officer’s Signature Authority

9

5.10

Absence of Chief Executive Officer

9

5.11

Powers of President

9

5.12

Absence of President

9

5.13

Duties of Secretary

10

5.14

Duties of Assistant Secretary

10

5.15

Duties of Treasurer

10

5.16

Disbursements and Financial Reports

10

5.17

Treasurer’s Bond

10

5.18

Duties of Assistant Treasurer

10

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI CERTIFICATE OF STOCK

11

6.1

Stock Certificates

11

6.2

Facsimile Signatures

11

6.3

Lost Certificates

11

6.4

Transfer of Stock

12

6.5

Fixing a Record Date

12

6.6

Registered Stockholders

12

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII GENERAL PROVISIONS

12

7.1

Dividends

12

7.2

Reserve for Dividends

12

7.3

Checks

12

7.4

Fiscal Year

13

7.5

Corporate Seal

13

7.6

Indemnification

13

7.7

Conflicts with Certificate of Incorporation

14

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII AMENDMENTS

14

 

 

ARTICLE IX LOANS TO OFFICERS

14

 

ii



 

BYLAWS
OF
DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

ARTICLE I
OFFICES

 

1.1                                Registered Office .  The registered office shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

 

1.2                                Offices .  The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

2.1                                Location .  All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors shall be held in the City of Boston State of Massachusetts, at such place as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, or at such other place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211 of the Delaware General Corporations Law (“DGCL”).  Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, if any, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice.

 

2.2                                Timing .  Annual meetings of stockholders, commencing with the year 2013, shall be held at such date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which they shall elect by a plurality vote a Board of Directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

 

2.3                                Notice of Meeting .  Written notice of any stockholder meeting stating the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not fewer than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting.

 

2.4                                Stockholders’ Records .  The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address (but not the electronic address or other electronic contact information) of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each

 



 

stockholder.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting:  (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation.  In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation.  If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.  If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

 

2.5                                Special Meetings .  Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the certificate of incorporation, may be called by the Chief Executive Officer and shall be called by the Chief Executive Officer or secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning at least ten percent (10%) in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote.  Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

 

2.6                                Notice of Meeting .  Written notice of a special meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not fewer than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.  The means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting shall also be provided in the notice.

 

2.7                                Business Transacted at Special Meeting .  Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

 

2.8                                Quorum; Meeting Adjournment; Presence by Remote Means .

 

(a)                        Quorum; Meeting Adjournment .  The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation.  If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented.  At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.  If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

2



 

(b)                        Presence by Remote Means .  If authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication:

 

(1)                    participate in a meeting of stockholders; and

 

(2)                    be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (i) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder, (ii) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (iii) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the corporation.

 

2.9                                Voting Thresholds .  When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

 

2.10                         Number of Votes Per Share .  Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote by such stockholder or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

 

2.11                         Action by Written Consent of Stockholders; Electronic Consent; Notice of Action .

 

(a)                        Action by Written Consent of Stockholders.  Unless otherwise provided by the certificate of incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing setting forth the action so taken, is signed in a manner permitted by law by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.  Written stockholder consents shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent in the manner permitted by law and shall be delivered to the corporation as provided in subsection (b) below.  No written consent shall be effective to take the action set forth therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation in the manner provided above, written consents signed by a

 

3



 

sufficient number of stockholders to take the action set forth therein are delivered to the corporation in the manner provided above.

 

(b)                        Electronic Consent .  A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (1) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxyholder and (2) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the corporation or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the Board of Directors of the corporation.

 

(c)                         Notice of Action .  Prompt notice of any action taken pursuant to this Section 2.11 shall be provided to the stockholders in accordance with Section 228(e) of the DGCL.

 

ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS

 

3.1                                Authorized Directors .  The number of directors that shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 3.2 of this Article, and each director elected shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified.  Directors need not be stockholders.

 

3.2                                Vacancies .  Unless otherwise provided in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as it may be amended, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced.  If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute.  If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of

 

4



 

the whole Board of Directors (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon  application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent (10%) of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.

 

3.3                                Board Authority .  The business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

3.4                                Location of Meetings .  The Board of Directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

 

3.5                                First Meeting .  The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order to legally constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present.  In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected Board of Directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

 

3.6                                Regular Meetings .  Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

3.7                                Special Meetings .  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chief Executive Officer upon notice to each director; special meetings shall be called by the Chief Executive Officer or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two (2) directors unless the Board of Directors consists of only one director, in which case special meetings shall be called by the Chief Executive Officer or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of the sole director.  Notice of any special meeting shall be given to each director at his or her business or residence in writing, or by telegram, facsimile transmission, telephone communication or electronic transmission (provided, with respect to electronic transmission, that the director has consented to receive the form of transmission at the address to which it is directed).  If mailed, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when deposited in the United States mails so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid, at least five (5) days before such meeting.  If by telegram, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company at least twenty-four (24) hours before such meeting.  If by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission, such notice shall be transmitted at least twenty-four (24) hours before such meeting.  If by telephone, the notice shall be given at least twelve (12) hours prior to the time set for the meeting.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice of such meeting, except

 

5



 

for amendments to these Bylaws as provided under Section 8.1 of Article VIII hereof.  A meeting may be held at any time without notice if all the directors are present (except as otherwise provided by law) or if those not present waive notice of the meeting in writing, either before or after such meeting.

 

3.8                                Quorum .  At all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and any act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be an act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation.  If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

3.9                                Action Without a Meeting .  Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing, writings, electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

 

3.10                         Telephonic Meetings .  Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other means of communication by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

3.11                         Committees .  The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation.  The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

 

In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it, but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters:  (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any provision of these bylaws.

 

6


 

3.12                         Minutes of Meetings .  Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

 

3.13                         Compensation of Directors .  Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.  The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director.  No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.  Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

3.14                         Removal of Directors .  Unless otherwise provided by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote at an election of directors.

 

ARTICLE IV
NOTICES

 

4.1                                Notice .  Unless otherwise provided in these bylaws, whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his or her address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail.  Notice to directors may also be given by telegram.

 

4.2                                Waiver of Notice .  Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

 

4.3                                Electronic Notice .

 

(a)          Electronic Transmission .  Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders and directors, any notice to stockholders or directors given by the corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder or director to whom the notice is given.  Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder or director by written notice to the corporation.  Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (1) the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent and (2) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

 

7



 

(b)          Effective Date of Notice .  Notice given pursuant to subsection (a) of this section shall be deemed given:  (1) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder or director has consented to receive notice; (2) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder or director has consented to receive notice; (3) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder or director of such specific posting, upon the later of (i) such posting and (ii) the giving of such separate notice; and (4) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder or director.  An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

(c)           Form of Electronic Transmission .  For purposes of these bylaws, “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

 

ARTICLE V
OFFICERS

 

5.1                                Required and Permitted Officers .  The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a Chief Executive Officer and/or a president, a treasurer and a secretary.  The Board of Directors may elect from among its members a Chairman of the Board and a Vice-Chairman of the Board.  The Board of Directors may also choose one or more vice-presidents, assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws otherwise provide.

 

5.2                                Appointment of Required Officers .  The Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a Chief Executive Officer and/or a president , a president, a treasurer, and a secretary and may choose vice-presidents.

 

5.3                                Appointment of Permitted Officers .  The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

5.4                                Officer Compensation .  The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

 

5.5                                Term of Office; Vacancies .  The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify.  Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors.  Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

 

8



 

THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

 

5.6                                Chairman Presides .  Unless the Board of Directors appoints a Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall be the Chairman of the Board, so long as the Chief Executive Officer is a director of the corporation.  The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he or she shall be present.  He or she shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors and as may be provided by law.

 

5.7                                Absence of Chairman .  In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he or she shall be present.  He or she shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors and as may be provided by law.

 

THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

 

5.8                                Powers of Chief Executive Officer .  The Chief Executive Officer shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect.

 

5.9                                Chief Executive Officer’s Signature Authority .  The Chief Executive Officer shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.  The Chief Executive Officer may sign certificates for shares of stock of the corporation.

 

5.10                         Absence of Chief Executive Officer .  In the absence of the Chief Executive Officer or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, the president shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer.

 

THE PRESIDENT AND VICE-PRESIDENTS

 

5.11                         Powers of President .  Unless the Board of Directors appoints a president of the corporation, the Chief Executive Officer shall be the president of the corporation.  The president of the corporation shall have such powers as required by law and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

5.12                         Absence of President .  In the absence of the president or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, the vice-president, if any, (or in the event there be more than one vice-president, the vice-presidents in the order designated by the directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president.  The vice-presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

9



 

THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY

 

5.13                         Duties of Secretary .  The secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required.  He or she shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, under whose supervision he or she shall be.  He or she shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation and he or she, or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his or her signature or by the signature of such assistant secretary.  The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his or her signature.

 

5.14                         Duties of Assistant Secretary .  The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

THE TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

 

5.15                         Duties of Treasurer .  The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.

 

5.16                         Disbursements and Financial Reports .  He or she shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his or her transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation.

 

5.17                         Treasurer’s Bond .  If required by the Board of Directors, the treasurer shall give the corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six years) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his or her office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his or her death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his or her possession or under his or her control belonging to the corporation.

 

5.18                         Duties of Assistant Treasurer .  The assistant treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the

 

10



 

treasurer or in the event of the treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

ARTICLE VI
CERTIFICATE OF STOCK

 

6.1                                Stock Certificates .  Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the president or a vice-president and the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him or her in the corporation.

 

Certificates may be issued for partly paid shares and in such case upon the face or back of the certificates issued to represent any such partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor, and the amount paid thereon shall be specified.

 

If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualification, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

6.2                                Facsimile Signatures .  Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile.  In the event that any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, the certificate may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such officer, transfer agent or registrar were still acting as such at the date of issue.

 

6.3                                Lost Certificates .  The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed.  When authorizing such issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

 

11



 

6.4                                Transfer of Stock .  Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

 

6.5                                Fixing a Record Date .  In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.  A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

6.6                                Registered Stockholders .  The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, to vote as such owner, to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE VII
GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

7.1                                Dividends .  Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, if any, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law.  Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

 

7.2                                Reserve for Dividends .  Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their sole discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purposes as the directors think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

 

7.3                                Checks .  All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

12



 

7.4                                                        Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

7.5                                Corporate Seal .  The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal having inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.”  The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or otherwise reproduced.

 

7.6                                Indemnification .  The corporation shall, to the fullest extent authorized under the laws of the State of Delaware, as those laws may be amended and supplemented from time to time, indemnify any director made, or threatened to be made, a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of being a director of the corporation or a predecessor corporation or a director or officer of another corporation, if such person served in such position at the request of the corporation; provided, however, that the corporation shall indemnify any such director or officer in connection with a proceeding initiated by such director or officer only if such proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation.  The indemnification provided for in this Section 7.6 shall:  (i) not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under these bylaws, agreement or vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in their official capacities and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, (ii) continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, and (iii) inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of a person who has ceased to be a director.  The corporation’s obligation to provide indemnification under this Section 7.6 shall be offset to the extent of any other source of indemnification or any otherwise applicable insurance coverage under a policy maintained by the corporation or any other person.

 

Expenses incurred by a director of the corporation in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director of the corporation (or was serving at the corporation’s request as a director or officer of another corporation) shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized by relevant sections of the DGCL.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the corporation shall not be required to advance such expenses to an agent who is a party to an action, suit or proceeding brought by the corporation and approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the corporation that alleges willful misappropriation of corporate assets by such agent, disclosure of confidential information in violation of such agent’s fiduciary or contractual obligations to the corporation or any other willful and deliberate breach in bad faith of such agent’s duty to the corporation or its stockholders.

 

The foregoing provisions of this Section 7.6 shall be deemed to be a contract between the corporation and each director who serves in such capacity at any time while this bylaw is in effect, and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts then or theretofore existing or any action, suit or proceeding theretofore or thereafter brought based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.

 

13


 

The Board of Directors in its sole discretion shall have power on behalf of the corporation to indemnify any person, other than a director, made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she, his or her testator or intestate, is or was an officer or employee of the corporation.

 

To assure indemnification under this Section 7.6 of all directors, officers and employees who are determined by the corporation or otherwise to be or to have been “fiduciaries” of any employee benefit plan of the corporation that may exist from time to time, Section 145 of the DGCL shall, for the purposes of this Section 7.6, be interpreted as follows: an “other enterprise” shall be deemed to include such an employee benefit plan, including without limitation, any plan of the corporation that is governed by the Act of Congress entitled “Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,” as amended from time to time; the corporation shall be deemed to have requested a person to serve the corporation for purposes of Section 145 of the DGCL, as administrator of an employee benefit plan where the performance by such person of his or her duties to the corporation also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, such person to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to such Act of Congress shall be deemed “fines.”

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION GOVERNS

 

7.7          Conflicts with Certificate of Incorporation .  In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the corporation’s certificate of incorporation and these bylaws, the provisions of the certificate of incorporation shall govern.

 

ARTICLE VIII
AMENDMENTS

 

8.1          These bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, or new bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the certificate of incorporation at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting.  If the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the certificate of incorporation, it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

 

ARTICLE IX
LOANS TO OFFICERS

 

9.1          The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation.  The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation.  Nothing in

 

14



 

these bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

 

15



 

CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY OF

 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

The undersigned, Don Hayden, hereby certifies that he is the duly elected and acting Secretary of DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC. , a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and that the Bylaws attached hereto constitute the Bylaws of said Corporation as duly adopted by Action by Written Consent in Lieu of Organizational Meeting by the Directors on October 30, 2013.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has hereunto subscribed his name this 30 th  day of October, 2013.

 

 

 

 

/s/ Don Hayden

 

Don Hayden, Secretary

 




Exhibit 3.4

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

(the “Corporation”)

 

ARTICLE I

 

Stockholders

 

SECTION 1.                             Annual Meeting .  The annual meeting of stockholders (any such meeting being referred to in these By-laws as an “Annual Meeting”) shall be held at the hour, date and place within or without the United States which is fixed by the Board of Directors, which time, date and place may subsequently be changed at any time by vote of the Board of Directors.  If no Annual Meeting has been held for a period of thirteen (13) months after the Corporation’s last Annual Meeting, a special meeting in lieu thereof may be held, and such special meeting shall have, for the purposes of these By-laws or otherwise, all the force and effect of an Annual Meeting.  Any and all references hereafter in these By-laws to an Annual Meeting or Annual Meetings also shall be deemed to refer to any special meeting(s) in lieu thereof.

 



 

SECTION 2.                             Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations .

 

(a)                                  Annual Meetings of Stockholders .

 

(1)                                  Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be brought before an Annual Meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this By-law, who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who is present (in person or by proxy) at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this By-law as to such nomination or business.  For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing clause (ii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to bring nominations or business properly before an Annual Meeting (other than matters properly brought under Rule 14a-8 (or any successor rule) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), and such stockholder must comply with the notice and other procedures set forth in Article I, Section 2(a)(2) and (3) of this By-law to bring such nominations or business properly before an Annual Meeting.  In addition to the other requirements set forth in this By-law, for any proposal of business to be considered at an Annual Meeting, it must be a proper subject for action by stockholders of the Corporation under Delaware law.

 

(2)                                  For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an Annual Meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (ii) of Article I, Section 2(a)(1) of this By-law, the stockholder must (i) have given Timely Notice (as defined below) thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, (ii) have provided any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this By-law and (iii) together with the beneficial owner(s), if any, on whose behalf the nomination or business proposal is made, have acted in accordance with the representations set forth in the Solicitation Statement (as defined below) required by this By-law.  To be timely, a stockholder’s written notice shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to the one-year anniversary of the preceding year’s Annual Meeting; provided , however , that in the event the Annual Meeting is first convened more than thirty (30) days before or more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, or if no Annual Meeting were held in the preceding year, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to the scheduled date of such Annual Meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made (such notice within such time periods shall be referred to as “Timely Notice”).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided herein, for the first Annual Meeting following the initial public offering of common stock of the Corporation, a stockholder’s notice shall be timely if received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to the scheduled date of such Annual Meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such Annual Meeting is first made or sent by the Corporation.  Such stockholder’s Timely Notice shall set forth:

 

2



 

(A)                                as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director, all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected);

 

(B)                                as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, and any material interest in such business of each Proposing Person (as defined below);

 

(C)                                (i) the name and address of the stockholder giving the notice, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and the names and addresses of the other Proposing Persons (if any) and (ii) as to each Proposing Person, the following information: (a) the class or series and number of all shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially or of record by such Proposing Person or any of its affiliates or associates (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act), including any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation as to which such Proposing Person or any of its affiliates or associates has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future, (b) all Synthetic Equity Interests (as defined below) in which such Proposing Person or any of its affiliates or associates, directly or indirectly, holds an interest including a description of the material terms of each such Synthetic Equity Interest, including without limitation, identification of the counterparty to each such Synthetic Equity Interest and disclosure, for each such Synthetic Equity Interest, as to (x) whether or not such Synthetic Equity Interest conveys any voting rights, directly or indirectly, in such shares to such Proposing Person, (y) whether or not such Synthetic Equity Interest is required to be, or is capable of being, settled through delivery of such shares and (z) whether or not such Proposing Person and/or, to the extent known, the counterparty to such Synthetic Equity Interest has entered into other transactions that hedge or mitigate the economic effect of such Synthetic Equity Interest, (c) any proxy (other than a revocable proxy given in response to a public proxy solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the Exchange Act), agreement, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which such Proposing Person has or shares a right to, directly or indirectly, vote any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, (d) any rights to dividends or other distributions on the shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially by such Proposing Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, and (e) any performance-related fees (other than an asset based fee) that such Proposing Person, directly or indirectly, is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or any Synthetic Equity Interests (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (a) through (e) are referred to, collectively, as “Material Ownership Interests”) and (iii) a description of the material terms of all

 

3



 

agreements, arrangements or understandings (whether or not in writing) entered into by any Proposing Person or any of its affiliates or associates with any other person for the purpose of acquiring, holding, disposing or voting of any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation;

 

(D)                                (i) a description of all agreements, arrangements or understandings by and among any of the Proposing Persons, or by and among any Proposing Persons and any other person (including with any proposed nominee(s)), pertaining to the nomination(s) or other business proposed to be brought before the meeting of stockholders (which description shall identify the name of each other person who is party to such an agreement, arrangement or understanding), and (ii) identification of the names and addresses of other stockholders (including beneficial owners) known by any of the Proposing Persons to support such nominations or other business proposal(s), and to the extent known the class and number of all shares of the Corporation’s capital stock owned beneficially or of record by such other stockholder(s) or other beneficial owner(s); and

 

(E)                                 a statement whether or not the stockholder giving the notice and/or the other Proposing Person(s), if any, will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of a business proposal, at least the percentage of voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation required under applicable law to approve the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, at least the percentage of voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation reasonably believed by such Proposing Person to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by such stockholder (such statement, the “Solicitation Statement”).

 

For purposes of this Article I of these By-laws, the term “Proposing Person” shall mean the following persons: (i) the stockholder of record providing the notice of nominations or business proposed to be brought before a stockholders’ meeting, and (ii) the beneficial owner(s), if different, on whose behalf the nominations or business proposed to be brought before a stockholders’ meeting is made.  For purposes of this Section 2 of Article I of these By-laws, the term “Synthetic Equity Interest” shall mean any transaction, agreement or arrangement (or series of transactions, agreements or arrangements), including, without limitation, any derivative, swap, hedge, repurchase or so-called “stock borrowing” agreement or arrangement, the purpose or effect of which is to, directly or indirectly:  (a) give a person or entity economic benefit and/or risk similar to ownership of shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, in whole or in part, including due to the fact that such transaction, agreement or arrangement provides, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit or avoid a loss from any increase or decrease in the value of any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, (b) mitigate loss to, reduce the economic risk of or manage the risk of share price changes for, any person or entity with respect to any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, (c) otherwise provide in any manner the opportunity to profit or avoid a loss from any decrease in the value of any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, or (d) increase or decrease the voting power of any

 

4



 

person or entity with respect to any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation.

 

(3)                                  A stockholder providing Timely Notice of nominations or business proposed to be brought before an Annual Meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information (including, without limitation, the Material Ownership Interests information) provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this By-law shall be true and correct as of the record date for the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to such Annual Meeting, and such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the fifth (5th) business day after the record date for the Annual Meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than the close of business on the eighth (8th) business day prior to the date of the Annual Meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting).

 

(4)                                  Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Article I, Section 2(a)(2) of this By-law to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the Corporation at least ten (10) days before the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with the second sentence of Article I, Section 2(a)(2), a stockholder’s notice required by this By-law shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

 

(b)                                  General .

 

(1)                                  Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the provisions of this By-law shall be eligible for election and to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at an Annual Meeting as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this By-law or in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.  The Board of Directors or a designated committee thereof shall have the power to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made in accordance with the provisions of this By-law.  If neither the Board of Directors nor such designated committee makes a determination as to whether any stockholder proposal or nomination was made in accordance with the provisions of this By-law, the presiding officer of the Annual Meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether the stockholder proposal or nomination was made in accordance with the provisions of this By-law.  If the Board of Directors or a designated committee thereof or the presiding officer, as applicable, determines that any stockholder proposal or nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions of this By-law, such proposal or nomination shall be disregarded and shall not be presented for action at the Annual Meeting.

 

5



 

(2)                                  Except as otherwise required by law, nothing in this Article I, Section 2 shall obligate the Corporation or the Board of Directors to include in any proxy statement or other stockholder communication distributed on behalf of the Corporation or the Board of Directors information with respect to any nominee for director or any other matter of business submitted by a stockholder.

 

(3)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article I, Section 2, if the nominating or proposing stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the Annual Meeting to present a nomination or any business, such nomination or business shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation.  For purposes of this Article I, Section 2, to be considered a qualified representative of the proposing stockholder, a person must be authorized by a written instrument executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such written instrument or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the written instrument or electronic transmission, to the presiding officer at the meeting of stockholders.

 

(4)                                  For purposes of this By-law, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

(5)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this By-law, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this By-law.  Nothing in this By-law shall be deemed to affect any rights of (i) stockholders to have proposals included in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor rule), as applicable, under the Exchange Act and, to the extent required by such rule, have such proposals considered and voted on at an Annual Meeting or (ii) the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances.

 

SECTION 3.                             Special Meetings .  Except as otherwise required by statute and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office.  The Board of Directors may postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting of stockholders. Only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation.  Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation and stockholder proposals of other business shall not be brought before a special meeting of stockholders to be considered by the stockholders unless such special meeting is held in lieu of an annual meeting of stockholders in accordance with Article I, Section 1 of these By-laws, in which case such special meeting in lieu thereof shall be deemed an Annual Meeting for purposes of these By-laws and the provisions of Article I, Section 2 of these By-laws shall govern such special meeting.

 

6



 

SECTION 4.                             Notice of Meetings; Adjournments .

 

(a)                                  A notice of each Annual Meeting stating the hour, date and place, if any, of such Annual Meeting and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, shall be given not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days before the Annual Meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat by delivering such notice to such stockholder or by mailing it, postage prepaid, addressed to such stockholder at the address of such stockholder as it appears on the Corporation’s stock transfer books.  Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”).

 

(b)                                  Notice of all special meetings of stockholders shall be given in the same manner as provided for Annual Meetings, except that the notice of all special meetings shall state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting has been called.

 

(c)                                   Notice of an Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders need not be given to a stockholder if a waiver of notice is executed, or waiver of notice by electronic transmission is provided, before or after such meeting by such stockholder or if such stockholder attends such meeting, unless such attendance is for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.

 

(d)                                  The Board of Directors may postpone and reschedule any previously scheduled Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders and any record date with respect thereto, regardless of whether any notice or public disclosure with respect to any such meeting has been sent or made pursuant to Section 2 of this Article I of these By-laws or otherwise.  In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment, postponement or rescheduling of any previously scheduled meeting of stockholders commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice under this Article I of these By-laws.

 

(e)                                   When any meeting is convened, the presiding officer may adjourn the meeting if (i) no quorum is present for the transaction of business, (ii) the Board of Directors determines that adjournment is necessary or appropriate to enable the stockholders to consider fully information which the Board of Directors determines has not been made sufficiently or timely available to stockholders, or (iii) the Board of Directors determines that adjournment is otherwise in the best interests of the Corporation.  When any Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders is adjourned to another hour, date or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting other than an announcement at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken of the hour, date and place, if any, to which the meeting is adjourned and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting; provided, however, that if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days from the meeting date, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record

 

7



 

entitled to vote thereat and each stockholder who, by law or under the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (as the same may hereafter be amended and/or restated, the “Certificate”) or these By-laws, is entitled to such notice.

 

SECTION 5.                             Quorum .  A majority of the shares entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of stockholders.  If less than a quorum is present at a meeting, the holders of voting stock representing a majority of the voting power present at the meeting or the presiding officer may adjourn the meeting from time to time, and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice, except as provided in Section 4 of this Article I.  At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.  The stockholders present at a duly constituted meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

 

SECTION 6.                             Voting and Proxies .  Stockholders shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote owned by them of record according to the stock ledger of the Corporation as of the record date, unless otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate.  Stockholders may vote either (i) in person, (ii) by written proxy or (iii) by a transmission permitted by Section 212(c) of the DGCL.  Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission permitted by Section 212(c) of the DGCL may be substituted for or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.  Proxies shall be filed in accordance with the procedures established for the meeting of stockholders.  Except as otherwise limited therein or as otherwise provided by law, proxies authorizing a person to vote at a specific meeting shall entitle the persons authorized thereby to vote at any adjournment of such meeting, but they shall not be valid after final adjournment of such meeting.  A proxy with respect to stock held in the name of two or more persons shall be valid if executed by or on behalf of any one of them unless at or prior to the exercise of the proxy the Corporation receives a specific written notice to the contrary from any one of them.

 

SECTION 7.                             Action at Meeting .  When a quorum is present at any meeting of stockholders, any matter before any such meeting (other than an election of a director or directors) shall be decided by a majority of the votes properly cast for and against such matter, except where a larger vote is required by law, by the Certificate or by these By-laws.  Any election of directors by stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes properly cast on the election of directors.

 

SECTION 8.                             Stockholder Lists .  The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary (or the Corporation’s transfer agent or other person authorized by these By-laws or by law) shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of

 

8



 

each stockholder.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting in the manner provided by law.  The list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting as provided by law.

 

SECTION 9.                             Presiding Officer .  The Board of Directors shall designate a representative to preside over all Annual Meetings or special meetings of stockholders, provide that if the Board of Directors does not so designate such a presiding officer, then the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, shall preside over such meetings.  If the Board of Directors does not so designate such a presiding officer and there is no Chairman of the Board or the Chairman of the Board is unable to so preside or is absent, then the Chief Executive Officer, if one is elected, shall preside over such meetings, provided further that if there is no Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Executive Officer is unable to so preside or is absent, then the President shall preside over such meetings.  The presiding officer at any Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders shall have the power, among other things, to adjourn such meeting at any time and from time to time, subject to Sections 4 and 5 of this Article I.  The order of business and all other matters of procedure at any meeting of the stockholders shall be determined by the presiding officer.

 

SECTION 10.                      Inspectors of Elections .  The Corporation shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof.  The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act.  If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the presiding officer shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting.  Any inspector may, but need not, be an officer, employee or agent of the Corporation.  Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability.  The inspectors shall perform such duties as are required by the DGCL, including the counting of all votes and ballots.  The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspectors in the performance of the duties of the inspectors.  The presiding officer may review all determinations made by the inspectors, and in so doing the presiding officer shall be entitled to exercise his or her sole judgment and discretion and he or she shall not be bound by any determinations made by the inspectors.  All determinations by the inspectors and, if applicable, the presiding officer, shall be subject to further review by any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

ARTICLE II

 

Directors

 

SECTION 1.                             Powers .  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors except as otherwise provided by the Certificate or required by law.

 

9



 

SECTION 2.                             Number and Terms .  The number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed solely and exclusively by resolution duly adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors.  The directors shall hold office in the manner provided in the Certificate.

 

SECTION 3.                             Qualification .  No director need be a stockholder of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 4.                             Vacancies .  Vacancies in the Board of Directors shall be filled in the manner provided in the Certificate.

 

SECTION 5.                             Removal .  Directors may be removed from office only in the manner provided in the Certificate.

 

SECTION 6.                             Resignation .  A director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, the President or the Secretary.  A resignation shall be effective upon receipt, unless the resignation otherwise provides.

 

SECTION 7.                             Regular Meetings .  The regular annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held, without notice other than this Section 7, on the same date and at the same place as the Annual Meeting following the close of such meeting of stockholders.  Other regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such hour, date and place as the Board of Directors may by resolution from time to time determine and publicize by means of reasonable notice given to any director who is not present at the meeting at which such resolution is adopted.

 

SECTION 8.                             Special Meetings .  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called, orally or in writing, by or at the request of a majority of the directors, the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, or the President.  The person calling any such special meeting of the Board of Directors may fix the hour, date and place thereof.

 

SECTION 9.                             Notice of Meetings .  Notice of the hour, date and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or in case of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of such persons, by the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, or the President or such other officer designated by the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, or the President.  Notice of any special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director in person, by telephone, or by facsimile, electronic mail or other form of electronic communication, sent to his or her business or home address, at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the meeting, or by written notice mailed to his or her business or home address, at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of the meeting.  Such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when hand-delivered to such address, read to such director by telephone, deposited in the mail so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid if mailed, dispatched or transmitted if sent by facsimile transmission or by electronic mail or other form of electronic communications.  A written waiver of notice signed before or after a meeting by a director and filed with the records of the meeting shall be deemed to be equivalent to notice of the meeting.  The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the

 

10


 

beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because such meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Except as otherwise required by law, by the Certificate or by these By-laws, neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

 

SECTION 10.                      Quorum .  At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, but if less than a quorum is present at a meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice.  Any business which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed may be transacted at such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present.  For purposes of this section, the total number of directors includes any unfilled vacancies on the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 11.                      Action at Meeting .  At any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, the vote of a majority of the directors present shall constitute action by the Board of Directors, unless otherwise required by law, by the Certificate or by these By-laws.

 

SECTION 12.                      Action by Consent .  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the records of the meetings of the Board of Directors.  Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.  Such consent shall be treated as a resolution of the Board of Directors for all purposes.

 

SECTION 13.                      Manner of Participation .  Directors may participate in meetings of the Board of Directors by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all directors participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting in accordance herewith shall constitute presence in person at such meeting for purposes of these By-laws.

 

SECTION 14.                      Presiding Director .  The Board of Directors shall designate a representative to preside over all meetings of the Board of Directors, provided that if the Board of Directors does not so designate such a presiding director or such designated presiding director is unable to so preside or is absent, then the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, shall preside over all meetings of the Board of Directors.  If both the designated presiding director, if one is so designated, and the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, are unable to preside or are absent, the Board of Directors shall designate an alternate representative to preside over a meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 15.                      Committees .  The Board of Directors, by vote of a majority of the directors then in office, may elect one or more committees, including, without limitation, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating & Corporate Governance Committee and an Audit Committee, and may delegate thereto some or all of its powers except those which by law, by the Certificate or by these By-laws may not be delegated.  Except as the Board of Directors may

 

11



 

otherwise determine, any such committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors or in such rules, its business shall be conducted so far as possible in the same manner as is provided by these By-laws for the Board of Directors.  All members of such committees shall hold such offices at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors may abolish any such committee at any time.  Any committee to which the Board of Directors delegates any of its powers or duties shall keep records of its meetings and shall report its action to the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 16.                      Compensation of Directors .  Directors shall receive such compensation for their services as shall be determined by a majority of the Board of Directors, or a designated committee thereof, provided that directors who are serving the Corporation as employees and who receive compensation for their services as such, shall not receive any salary or other compensation for their services as directors of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Officers

 

SECTION 1.                             Enumeration .  The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a President, a Treasurer, a Secretary and such other officers, including, without limitation, a Chairman of the Board of Directors, a Chief Executive Officer and one or more Vice Presidents (including Executive Vice Presidents or Senior Vice Presidents), Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries, as the Board of Directors may determine.

 

SECTION 2.                             Election .  At the regular annual meeting of the Board of Directors following the Annual Meeting, the Board of Directors shall elect the President, the Treasurer and the Secretary.  Other officers may be elected by the Board of Directors at such regular annual meeting of the Board of Directors or at any other regular or special meeting.

 

SECTION 3.                             Qualification .  No officer need be a stockholder or a director.  Any person may occupy more than one office of the Corporation at any time.

 

SECTION 4.                             Tenure .  Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate or by these By-laws, each of the officers of the Corporation shall hold office until the regular annual meeting of the Board of Directors following the next Annual Meeting and until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.

 

SECTION 5.                             Resignation .  Any officer may resign by delivering his or her written resignation to the Corporation addressed to the President or the Secretary, and such resignation shall be effective upon receipt, unless the resignation otherwise provides.

 

SECTION 6.                             Removal .  Except as otherwise provided by law, the Board of Directors may remove any officer with or without cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office.

 

12



 

SECTION 7.                             Absence or Disability .  In the event of the absence or disability of any officer, the Board of Directors may designate another officer to act temporarily in place of such absent or disabled officer.

 

SECTION 8.                             Vacancies .  Any vacancy in any office may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 9.                             President .  The President shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

SECTION 10.                      Chairman of the Board .  The Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

SECTION 11.                      Chief Executive Officer .  The Chief Executive Officer, if one is elected, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

SECTION 12.                      Vice Presidents and Assistant Vice Presidents .  Any Vice President (including any Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President) and any Assistant Vice President shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate.

 

SECTION 13.                      Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers .  The Treasurer shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors and except as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may otherwise provide, have general charge of the financial affairs of the Corporation and shall cause to be kept accurate books of account.  The Treasurer shall have custody of all funds, securities, and valuable documents of the Corporation.  He or she shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.  Any Assistant Treasurer shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate.

 

SECTION 14.                      Secretary and Assistant Secretaries .  The Secretary shall record all the proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors (including committees of the Board of Directors) in books kept for that purpose.  In his or her absence from any such meeting, a temporary secretary chosen at the meeting shall record the proceedings thereof.  The Secretary shall have charge of the stock ledger (which may, however, be kept by any transfer or other agent of the Corporation).  The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation, and the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary shall have authority to affix it to any instrument requiring it, and, when so affixed, the seal may be attested by his or her signature or that of an Assistant Secretary.  The Secretary shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.  In the absence of the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary may perform his or her duties and

 

13



 

responsibilities.  Any Assistant Secretary shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate.

 

SECTION 15.                      Other Powers and Duties .  Subject to these By-laws and to such limitations as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe, the officers of the Corporation shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, as well as such powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Capital Stock

 

SECTION 1.                             Certificates of Stock .  Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate of the capital stock of the Corporation in such form as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors.  Such certificate shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary.  The Corporation seal and the signatures by the Corporation’s officers, the transfer agent or the registrar may be facsimiles.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the time of its issue.  Every certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer and every certificate issued when the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class or series of stock shall contain such legend with respect thereto as is required by law.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided in these Bylaws, the Board of Directors of the Corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares (except that the foregoing shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation), and by the approval and adoption of these Bylaws the Board of Directors has determined that all classes or series of the Corporation’s stock may be uncertificated, whether upon original issuance, re-issuance, or subsequent transfer.

 

SECTION 2.                             Transfers .  Subject to any restrictions on transfer and unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, shares of stock that are represented by a certificate may be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the surrender to the Corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate theretofore properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, with transfer stamps (if necessary) affixed, and with such proof of the authenticity of signature as the Corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require.  Shares of stock that are not represented by a certificate may be transferred on the books of the Corporation by submitting to the Corporation or its transfer agent such evidence of transfer and following such other procedures as the Corporation or its transfer agent may require.

 

SECTION 3.                             Record Holders .  Except as may otherwise be required by law, by the Certificate or by these By-laws, the Corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of

 

14



 

stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect thereto, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock, until the shares have been transferred on the books of the Corporation in accordance with the requirements of these By-laws.

 

SECTION 4.                             Record Date .  In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date: (a) in the case of determination of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting and (b) in the case of any other action, shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such other action.  If no record date is fixed: (i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; and (ii) the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

SECTION 5.                             Replacement of Certificates .  In case of the alleged loss, destruction or mutilation of a certificate of stock of the Corporation, a duplicate certificate may be issued in place thereof, upon such terms as the Board of Directors may prescribe.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Indemnification

 

SECTION 1.                             Definitions .  For purposes of this Article:

 

(a)                                  “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is serving or has served (i) as a Director of the Corporation, (ii) as an Officer of the Corporation, (iii) as a Non-Officer Employee of the Corporation, or (iv) as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, foundation, association, organization or other legal entity which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation.  For purposes of this Section 1(a), a Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee of the Corporation who is serving or has served as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of a Subsidiary shall be deemed to be serving at the request of the Corporation.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Corporate Status” shall not include the status of a person who is serving or has served as a director, officer, employee or agent of a constituent corporation absorbed in a merger or consolidation transaction with the Corporation with respect to such person’s activities prior to said transaction, unless specifically authorized by the Board of Directors or the stockholders of the Corporation;

 

15



 

(b)                                  “Director” means any person who serves or has served the Corporation as a director on the Board of Directors of the Corporation;

 

(c)                                   “Disinterested Director” means, with respect to each Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought hereunder, a Director of the Corporation who is not and was not a party to such Proceeding;

 

(d)                                  “Expenses” means all attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of expert witnesses, private investigators and professional advisors (including, without limitation, accountants and investment bankers), travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, costs of preparation of demonstrative evidence and other courtroom presentation aids and devices, costs incurred in connection with document review, organization, imaging and computerization, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements, costs or expenses of the type customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, settling or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding;

 

(e)                                   “Liabilities” means judgments, damages, liabilities, losses, penalties, excise taxes, fines and amounts paid in settlement;

 

(f)                                    “Non-Officer Employee” means any person who serves or has served as an employee or agent of the Corporation, but who is not or was not a Director or Officer;

 

(g)                                   “Officer” means any person who serves or has served the Corporation as an officer of the Corporation appointed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation;

 

(h)                                  “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, inquiry, investigation, administrative hearing or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative; and

 

(i)                                      “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other entity of which the Corporation owns (either directly or through or together with another Subsidiary of the Corporation) either (i) a general partner, managing member or other similar interest or (ii) (A) fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting power of the voting capital equity interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other entity, or (B) fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding voting capital stock or other voting equity interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other entity.

 

16



 

SECTION 2.                             Indemnification of Directors and Officers .

 

(a)                                  Subject to the operation of Section 4 of this Article V of these By-laws, each Director and Officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), and to the extent authorized in this Section 2.

 

(1)                                  Actions, Suits and Proceedings Other than By or In the Right of the Corporation .  Each Director and Officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation against any and all Expenses and Liabilities that are incurred or paid by such Director or Officer or on such Director’s or Officer’s behalf in connection with any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), which such Director or Officer is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Director’s or Officer’s Corporate Status, if such Director or Officer acted in good faith and in a manner such Director or Officer reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

(2)                                  Actions, Suits and Proceedings By or In the Right of the Corporation . Each Director and Officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation against any and all Expenses that are incurred by such Director or Officer or on such Director’s or Officer’s behalf in connection with any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein by or in the right of the Corporation, which such Director or Officer is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Director’s or Officer’s Corporate Status, if such Director or Officer acted in good faith and in a manner such Director or Officer reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; provided, however, that no indemnification shall be made under this Section 2(a)(2) in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such Director or Officer shall have been finally adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Corporation, unless, and only to the extent that, the Court of Chancery or another court in which such Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such Director or Officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such Expenses that such court deems proper.

 

(3)                                  Survival of Rights .  The rights of indemnification provided by this Section 2 shall continue as to a Director or Officer after he or she has ceased to be a Director or Officer and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors, administrators and personal representatives.

 

(4)                                  Actions by Directors or Officers .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall indemnify any Director or Officer seeking indemnification in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Director or Officer only if such Proceeding (including any parts of such Proceeding not initiated by such Director or

 

17



 

Officer) was authorized in advance by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, unless such Proceeding was brought to enforce such Officer’s or Director’s rights to indemnification or, in the case of Directors, advancement of Expenses under these By-laws in accordance with the provisions set forth herein.

 

SECTION 3.                             Indemnification of Non-Officer Employees .  Subject to the operation of Section 4 of this Article V of these By-laws, each Non-Officer Employee may, in the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, be indemnified by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, against any or all Expenses and Liabilities that are incurred by such Non-Officer Employee or on such Non-Officer Employee’s behalf in connection with any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding, or any claim, issue or matter therein, which such Non-Officer Employee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Non-Officer Employee’s Corporate Status, if such Non-Officer Employee acted in good faith and in a manner such Non-Officer Employee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.  The rights of indemnification provided by this Section 3 shall exist as to a Non-Officer Employee after he or she has ceased to be a Non-Officer Employee and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation may indemnify any Non-Officer Employee seeking indemnification in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Non-Officer Employee only if such Proceeding was authorized in advance by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 4.                             Determination .  Unless ordered by a court, no indemnification shall be provided pursuant to this Article V to a Director, to an Officer or to a Non-Officer Employee unless a determination shall have been made that such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.  Such determination shall be made by (a) a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, (b) a committee comprised of Disinterested Directors, such committee having been designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (even though less than a quorum), (c) if there are no such Disinterested Directors, or if a majority of Disinterested Directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (d) by the stockholders of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 5.                             Advancement of Expenses to Directors Prior to Final Disposition .

 

(a)                                  The Corporation shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Director in connection with any Proceeding in which such Director is involved by reason of such Director’s Corporate Status within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Corporation of a written statement from such Director requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding.  Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by such Director and shall be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of such Director to repay any Expenses so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such Director is not entitled to be indemnified

 

18



 

against such Expenses.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Director seeking advancement of expenses hereunder in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Director only if such Proceeding (including any parts of such Proceeding not initiated by such Director) was (i) authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or (ii) brought to enforce such Director’s rights to indemnification or advancement of Expenses under these By-laws.

 

(b)                                  If a claim for advancement of Expenses hereunder by a Director is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Corporation of documentation of Expenses and the required undertaking, such Director may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and if successful in whole or in part, such Director shall also be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such claim.  The failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel, or stockholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of such advancement of Expenses under this Article V shall not be a defense to an action brought by a Director for recovery of the unpaid amount of an advancement claim and shall not create a presumption that such advancement is not permissible. The burden of proving that a Director is not entitled to an advancement of expenses shall be on the Corporation.

 

(c)                                   In any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the Director has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.

 

SECTION 6.                             Advancement of Expenses to Officers and Non-Officer Employees Prior to Final Disposition .

 

(a)                                  The Corporation may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, advance any or all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Officer or any Non-Officer Employee in connection with any Proceeding in which such person is involved by reason of his or her Corporate Status as an Officer or Non-Officer Employee upon the receipt by the Corporation of a statement or statements from such Officer or Non-Officer Employee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding.  Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by such Officer or Non-Officer Employee and shall be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay any Expenses so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such Officer or Non-Officer Employee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses.

 

(b)                                  In any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the Officer or Non-Officer Employee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.

 

19



 

SECTION 7.                             Contractual Nature of Rights .

 

(a)                                  The provisions of this Article V shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each Director and Officer entitled to the benefits hereof at any time while this Article V is in effect, in consideration of such person’s past or current and any future performance of services for the Corporation.  Neither amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article V nor the adoption of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article V shall eliminate or reduce any right conferred by this Article V in respect of any act or omission occurring, or any cause of action or claim that accrues or arises or any state of facts existing, at the time of or before such amendment, repeal, modification or adoption of an inconsistent provision (even in the case of a proceeding based on such a state of facts that is commenced after such time), and all rights to indemnification and advancement of Expenses granted herein or arising out of any act or omission shall vest at the time of the act or omission in question, regardless of when or if any proceeding with respect to such act or omission is commenced.  The rights to indemnification and to advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall continue notwithstanding that the person has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors, administrators, legatees and distributes of such person.

 

(b)                                  If a claim for indemnification hereunder by a Director or Officer is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Corporation of a written claim for indemnification, such Director or Officer may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim, and if successful in whole or in part, such Director or Officer shall also be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such claim.  The failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel, or stockholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of such indemnification under this Article V shall not be a defense to an action brought by a Director or Officer for recovery of the unpaid amount of an indemnification claim and shall not create a presumption that such indemnification is not permissible.  The burden of proving that a Director or Officer is not entitled to indemnification shall be on the Corporation.

 

(c)                                   In any suit brought by a Director or Officer to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder, it shall be a defense that such Director or Officer has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.

 

SECTION 8.                             Non-Exclusivity of Rights .  The rights to indemnification and to advancement of Expenses set forth in this Article V shall not be exclusive of any other right which any Director, Officer, or Non-Officer Employee may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate or these By-laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or Disinterested Directors or otherwise.

 

SECTION 9.                             Insurance .  The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee against any liability of any character asserted against or incurred by the Corporation or any such Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee, or arising out of any such person’s Corporate Status, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the DGCL or the provisions of this Article V.

 

20


 

SECTION 10.                      Other Indemnification .  The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify or provide advancement of Expenses to any person under this Article V as a result of such person serving, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or enterprise (the “Primary Indemnitor”).  Any indemnification or advancement of Expenses under this Article V owed by the Corporation as a result of a person serving, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall only be in excess of, and shall be secondary to, the indemnification or advancement of Expenses available from the applicable Primary Indemnitor(s) and any applicable insurance policies.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Miscellaneous Provisions

 

SECTION 1.                             Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 2.                             Seal .  The Board of Directors shall have power to adopt and alter the seal of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 3.                             Execution of Instruments .  All deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes and other obligations to be entered into by the Corporation in the ordinary course of its business without director action may be executed on behalf of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, the President or the Treasurer or any other officer, employee or agent of the Corporation as the Board of Directors or the executive committee of the Board may authorize.

 

SECTION 4.                             Voting of Securities .  Unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides, the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, the President or the Treasurer may waive notice of and act on behalf of the Corporation, or appoint another person or persons to act as proxy or attorney in fact for the Corporation with or without discretionary power and/or power of substitution, at any meeting of stockholders or shareholders of any other corporation or organization, any of whose securities are held by the Corporation.

 

SECTION 5.                             Resident Agent .  The Board of Directors may appoint a resident agent upon whom legal process may be served in any action or proceeding against the Corporation.

 

SECTION 6.                             Corporate Records .  The original or attested copies of the Certificate, By-laws and records of all meetings of the incorporators, stockholders and the Board of Directors and the stock transfer books, which shall contain the names of all stockholders, their record

 

21



 

addresses and the amount of stock held by each, may be kept outside the State of Delaware and shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation, at an office of its counsel, at an office of its transfer agent or at such other place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 7.                             Certificate .  All references in these By-laws to the Certificate shall be deemed to refer to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and/or restated and in effect from time to time.

 

SECTION 8.                             Exclusive Jurisdiction of Delaware Courts .  Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate or By-laws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine.  Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 8.

 

SECTION 9.                             Amendment of By-laws .

 

(a)                                  Amendment by Directors .  Except as provided otherwise by law, these By-laws may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office.

 

(b)                                  Amendment by Stockholders .  These By-laws may be amended or repealed at any Annual Meeting, or special meeting of stockholders called for such purpose in accordance with these By-Laws, by the affirmative vote of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class; provided, however, that if the Board of Directors recommends that stockholders approve such amendment or repeal at such meeting of stockholders, such amendment or repeal shall only require the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, stockholder approval shall not be required unless mandated by the Certificate, these By-laws, or other applicable law.

 

SECTION 10.                      Notices .  If mailed, notice to stockholders shall be deemed given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.  Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL.

 

SECTION 11.                      Waivers .  A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder or director, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether given before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice

 

22



 

required to be given to such person.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting need be specified in such a waiver.

 

Adopted             ,     , subject to effectiveness of the Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-1.

 

23




Exhibit 4.2

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

April 20, 2015

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

Definitions

1

 

 

 

2.

Registration Rights

5

 

2.1

Demand Registration

5

 

2.2

Company Registration

7

 

2.3

Underwriting Requirements

7

 

2.4

Obligations of the Company

9

 

2.5

Furnish Information

10

 

2.6

Expenses of Registration

10

 

2.7

Delay of Registration

11

 

2.8

Indemnification

11

 

2.9

Reports Under Exchange Act

13

 

2.10

Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights

13

 

2.11

“Market Stand-off” Agreement

14

 

2.12

Restrictions on Transfer

14

 

2.13

Termination of Registration Rights

16

 

 

 

 

3.

Information and Observer Rights

16

 

3.1

Delivery of Financial Statements

16

 

3.2

Inspection

17

 

3.3

Observer Rights

17

 

3.4

Termination of Information and Observer Rights

17

 

3.5

Confidentiality

17

 

 

 

 

4.

Rights to Future Stock Issuances

18

 

4.1

Right of First Offer

18

 

4.2

Termination

19

 

 

 

 

5.

Additional Covenants

19

 

5.1

Insurance

19

 

5.2

Employee Agreements

20

 

5.3

Employee Stock

20

 

5.4

Qualified Small Business Stock

20

 

5.5

Board Matters

21

 

5.6

Successor Indemnification

21

 

5.7

Indemnification Matters

21

 

5.8

Right to Conduct Activities

21

 

5.9

Termination of Covenants

22

 

 

 

 

6.

Miscellaneous

22

 

6.1

Successors and Assigns

22

 

6.2

Governing Law

23

 

6.3

Counterparts

23

 

i



 

 

6.4

Titles and Subtitles

23

 

6.5

Notices

23

 

6.6

Amendments and Waivers

23

 

6.7

Severability

24

 

6.8

Aggregation of Stock

24

 

6.9

Additional Investors

24

 

6.10

Entire Agreement

24

 

6.11

Delays or Omissions

25

 

6.12

Acknowledgment

25

 

Schedule A

 

-

 

Schedule of Investors

Schedule B

 

-

 

Schedule of Key Holders

 

ii


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), is made as of the 20th day of April, 2015, by and among Dimension Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), each of the investors listed on Schedule A hereto, each of which is referred to in this Agreement as an “ Investor ”, each of the stockholders listed on Schedule B hereto, each of whom is referred to herein as a “ Key Holder ” and any Additional Investors (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) that becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with Section 6.9 hereof.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS , certain of the Investors (the “ Existing Investors ”) and the Key Holders are parties to that certain Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of October 30, 2013 among the Company, such Investors and the Key Holders, as amended pursuant to that certain Second Amended and Restated Annex and Amendment to Series A Preferred Stock Financing Agreements dated February 2, 2015 among the Company and certain of its stockholders (collectively, the “ Prior Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company, the undersigned Existing Investors, as holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, and the undersigned Key Holders, as holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock held by all Key Holders, desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety and to accept the rights and obligations created pursuant to this Agreement in lieu of the rights and obligations under the Prior Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS , certain of the Investors are parties to that certain Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith among the Company and certain of the Investors (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), under which certain of the Company’s and such Investors’ obligations are conditioned upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by such Investors, Existing Investors holding at least eighty percent (80%) of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Key Holders holding a majority of the shares of Common Stock held by all Key Holders, and the Company.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , the undersigned Existing Investors and Key Holders hereby agree that the Prior Agreement shall be superseded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement and shall be of no further force or effect from and after the date hereof, and the parties hereto further agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Definitions .  For purposes of this Agreement:

 

1.1                                Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person, including without limitation any general partner, managing member, manager, limited partner, member, employee, officer or director of such Person or any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such Person.  For purposes of this definition, the term “control” when used with respect to any Person shall mean the power to direct the

 



 

management or policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

1.2                                Common Stock ” means shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

1.3                                Converted Holder ” means any Holder whose shares of Preferred Stock are converted into Mandatory Conversion Shares during the period when such Holder is holding such shares.

 

1.4                                Damages ” means any loss, damage, claim or liability (joint or several) to which a party hereto may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state law, insofar as such loss, damage, claim or liability (or any action in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement of the Company, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto; (ii) an omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the indemnifying party (or any of its agents or Affiliates) of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any state securities law.

 

1.5                                Derivative Securities ” means any securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for (in each case, directly or indirectly) , Common Stock, including options and warrants.

 

1.6                                Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

1.7                                Excluded Registration ” means (i) a registration relating to the sale of securities to employees of the Company or a subsidiary pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase, or similar plan; (ii) a registration relating to an SEC Rule 145 transaction; (iii) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities; or (iv) a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered.

 

1.8                                Form S-1 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC.

 

1.9                                Form S-3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

 

2



 

1.10                         GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

 

1.11                         Holder ” means any holder of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement.

 

1.12                         Immediate Family Member ” means a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including, adoptive relationships, of a natural person referred to herein.

 

1.13                         Initiating Holders ” means, collectively, Holders who properly initiate a registration request under this Agreement.

 

1.14                         IPO ” means the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Securities Act.

 

1.15                         Key Employee ” means any executive-level employee (including, division director and vice president-level positions) as well as any employee who, either alone or in concert with others, develops, invents, programs, or designs any Company Intellectual Property (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).

 

1.16                         Key Holder Registrable Securities ” means (i) the 10,000,000 shares of Common Stock held by the Key Holders and (ii) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of such shares.

 

1.17                         Major Investor ” means any Investor that, individually or together with such Investor’s Affiliates, holds at least 620,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, or other recapitalization or reclassification effected after the date hereof).

 

1.18                         Mandatory Conversion Shares ” means any shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of any shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to the “Special Mandatory Conversion” provisions set forth in Article 4, Section (B)(5A) of the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”).

 

1.19                         New Securities ” means, collectively, equity securities of the Company, whether or not currently authorized, as well as rights, options, or warrants to purchase such equity securities, or securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such equity securities.

 

1.20                         Next Financing ” means the Company’s next sale or series of related sales of its convertible preferred stock or other convertible security which, in the reasonable mutual determination of the Board and New Leaf Ventures III, L.P. (“ New Leaf ”), has economic interests reasonably comparable to convertible preferred stock (in each case other than in an IPO), following the final issuance of (or the termination of the Company’s ability to issue) Series

 

3



 

B Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, with aggregate proceeds to the Company of at least $10,000,000.

 

1.21                         Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

 

1.22                         Preferred Directors ” means, collectively, the Series A Directors and the Series B Director.

 

1.23                         Preferred Stock ” means, collectively, shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock and any other series of Preferred Stock created after the date hereof.

 

1.24                         Registrable Securities ” means (i) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, excluding, except with respect to Section 2.11 , any Mandatory Conversion Shares; (ii) any Common Stock, or any Common Stock issued or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise of any other securities of the Company, held or acquired by the Investors; (iii) the Key Holder Registrable Securities, provided , however , that such Key Holder Registrable Securities shall not be deemed Registrable Securities and the Key Holders shall not be deemed Holders for the purposes of Subsections 2.1 , 2.10 , 3.1 , 3.2 , 4.1 and 6.6 ; and (iv) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares referenced in clauses (i) and (ii) above; excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a Person in a transaction in which the applicable rights under this Agreement are not assigned pursuant to Subsection 6.1 , and excluding for purposes of Section 2 any shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Subsection 2.13 of this Agreement.

 

1.25                         Registrable Securities then outstanding ” means the number of shares determined by adding the number of shares of outstanding Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable (directly or indirectly) pursuant to then exercisable and/or convertible securities that are Registrable Securities.

 

1.26                         Requisite Investors ” means each of the following three Investors, for so long as such Investor (together with its Affiliates) holds at least twenty percent (20%) of the shares of Preferred Stock held by such Investor on the date hereof and after giving effect to its purchase of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement: (i) Beacon Bioventures Fund III Limited Partnership (“ Beacon Bioventures ”), (ii) Orbimed Private Investments V, LP (“ OrbiMed ”) and (iii) New Leaf.

 

1.27                         Requisite Preferred Holders ” means the holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock (excluding any Mandatory Conversion Shares) issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and on an as-converted to Common Stock basis), including at least two of the Requisite Investors.

 

1.28                         Restricted Securities ” means the securities of the Company required to bear the legend set forth in Subsection 2.12(b)  hereof.

 

4



 

1.29                         SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1.30                         SEC Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

 

1.31                         SEC Rule 145 ” means Rule 145 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

 

1.32                         Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

1.33                         Selling Expenses ” means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions, and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities, and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder, except for the fees and disbursements of the Selling Holder Counsel borne and paid by the Company as provided in Subsection 2.6 .

 

1.34                         Series A Director ” means any director of the Company that the holders of record of the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to elect pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

1.35                         Series B Director ” means any director of the Company that the holders of record of Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to elect pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

1.36                         Series A Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

1.37                         Series B Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

2.                                       Registration Rights .  The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

 

2.1                                Demand Registration .

 

(a)                                  Form S-1 Demand .  If at any time after the earlier of (i) three (3) years after the date of this Agreement or (ii) one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of the registration statement for the IPO, the Company receives a request from Holders of twenty percent (20%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-1 registration statement with respect to at least twenty percent (20%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding or, after the IPO, a lesser percent if the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, would exceed $15,000,000, then the Company shall (x) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give notice thereof (the “ Demand Notice ”) to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (y) as soon as practicable, and in any event within sixty (60) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-1 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders requested to be registered and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each

 

5



 

such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Subsections 2.1(c)  and 2.3.

 

(b)                                  Form S-3 Demand .  If at any time when it is eligible to use a Form S-3 registration statement, the Company receives a request from Holders of at least twenty percent (20%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-3 registration statement with respect to outstanding Registrable Securities of such Holders having an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, of at least $1,000,000, then the Company shall (i) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give a Demand Notice to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-3 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Subsections 2.1(c)  and 2.3 .

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing obligations, if the Company furnishes to Holders requesting a registration pursuant to this Subsection 2.1 a certificate signed by the Company’s chief executive officer stating that in the good faith judgment of the Company’s Board of Directors it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to either become effective or remain effective for as long as such registration statement otherwise would be required to remain effective, because such action would (i) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization, or other similar transaction involving the Company; (ii) require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential; or (iii) render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, then the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing, and any time periods with respect to filing or effectiveness thereof shall be tolled correspondingly, for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the request of the Initiating Holders is given; provided , however , that the Company may not invoke this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period; and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for its own account or that of any other stockholder during such one hundred twenty (120) day period other than an Excluded Registration.

 

(d)                                  The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(a)(i)  during the period that is sixty (60) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; (ii) after the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to Subsection 2.1(a) ; or (iii) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Subsection 2.1(b) .  The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(b)  (i) during the period that is thirty (30) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is ninety (90) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts

 

6



 

to cause such registration statement to become effective; or (ii) if the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to Subsection 2.1(b)  within the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the date of such request.   A registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Subsection 2.1(d)  until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC, unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration, elect not to pay the registration expenses therefor, and forfeit their right to one demand registration statement pursuant to Subsection 2.6 , in which case such withdrawn registration statement shall be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Subsection 2.1(d) .

 

2.2                                Company Registration .  If the Company proposes to register (including, for this purpose, a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its Common Stock under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than in an Excluded Registration), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder notice of such registration.  Upon the request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after such notice is given by the Company, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Subsection 2.3 , cause to be registered all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be included in such registration.  The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Subsection 2.2 before the effective date of such registration, whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration.  The expenses (other than Selling Expenses) of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Subsection 2.6 .

 

2.3                                Underwriting Requirements .

 

(a)                                  If, pursuant to Subsection 2.1 , the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Subsection 2.1 , and the Company shall include such information in the Demand Notice.  The underwriter(s) will be selected by the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders.  In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein.  All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Subsection 2.4(e) ) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Subsection 2.3 , if the managing underwriter(s) advise(s) the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that otherwise would be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among such Holders of Registrable Securities, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Registrable Securities owned by each Holder or in such other proportion as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders; provided , however , that the number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting.  To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or

 

7



 

the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.

 

(b)                                  In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to Subsection 2.2 , the Company shall not be required to include any of the Holders’ Registrable Securities in such underwriting unless the Holders accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and its underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company.  If the total number of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the number of securities to be sold (other than by the Company) that the underwriters in their reasonable discretion determine is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters and the Company in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering.  If the managing underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be allocated among the selling Holders in proportion (as nearly as practicable to) the number of Registrable Securities owned by each selling Holder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders.  To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall (i) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced unless all other securities (other than securities to be sold by the Company) are first entirely excluded from the offering, (ii) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced below twenty percent (20%) of the total number of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the IPO, in which case the selling Holders may be excluded further if the managing underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included in such offering or (iii)  notwithstanding (ii) above, any Registrable Securities which are not Key Holder Registrable Securities be excluded from such underwriting unless all Key Holder Registrable Securities are first excluded from such offering.  For purposes of the provision in this Subsection 2.3(b)  concerning apportionment, for any selling Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company, or corporation, the partners, members, retired partners, retired members, stockholders, and Affiliates of such Holder, or the estates and Immediate Family Members of any such partners, retired partners, members, and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all Persons included in such “selling Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

 

(c)                                   For purposes of Subsection 2.1 , a registration shall not be counted as “effected” if, as a result of an exercise of the underwriter’s cutback provisions in Subsection 2.3(a) , fewer than fifty percent (50%) of the total number of Registrable Securities that Holders have requested to be included in such registration statement are actually included.

 

8



 

2.4                                Obligations of the Company .  Whenever required under this Section 2 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

 

(a)                                  prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided , however , that such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains, at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, from selling any securities included in such registration;

 

(b)                                  prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement, and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement, as may be necessary to comply with the Securities Act in order to enable the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

 

(c)                                   furnish to the selling Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, as required by the Securities Act, and such other documents as the Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate their disposition of their Registrable Securities;

 

(d)                                  use its commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue-sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

 

(e)                                   in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the underwriter(s) of such offering;

 

(f)                                    use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

 

(g)                                   provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and provide a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

 

(h)                                  promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the

 

9



 

Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent , in each case, as necessary or advisable to verify the accuracy of the information in such registration statement and to conduct appropriate due diligence in connection therewith;

 

(i)                                      notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed; and

 

(j)                                     after such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus.

 

In addition, the Company shall ensure that, at all times after any registration statement covering a public offering of securities of the Company under the Securities Act shall have become effective, its insider trading policy shall provide that the Company’s directors may implement a trading program under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act.

 

2.5                                Furnish Information .  It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as is reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

 

2.6                                Expenses of Registration .  All expenses (other than Selling Expenses) incurred in connection with registrations, filings, or qualifications pursuant to Section 2 , including all registration, filing, and qualification fees; printers’ and accounting fees; fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; and the reasonable fees and disbursements, not to exceed $25,000.00, of one counsel for the selling Holders (“ Selling Holder Counsel ”), shall be borne and paid by the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Subsection 2.1 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all selling Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Subsections 2.1(a)  or 2.1(b) , as the case may be; provided further that if, at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders shall have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness after learning of such information then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall not forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Subsections 2.1(a)  or 2.1(b) .  All Selling Expenses relating to Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 2 shall be borne and paid by the Holders pro rata on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities registered on their behalf.

 

10


 

2.7                                Delay of Registration .  No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration pursuant to this Agreement as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2 .

 

2.8                                Indemnification .  If any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 2 :

 

(a)                                  To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each selling Holder, and the partners, members, officers, directors, and stockholders of each such Holder; legal counsel and accountants for each such Holder; any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for each such Holder; and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any Damages, and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Subsection 2.8(a)  shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable for any Damages to the extent that they arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of any such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person expressly for use in connection with such registration.

 

(b)                                  To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each Person (if any), who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act), any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement, and any controlling Person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any Damages, in each case only to the extent that such Damages arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of such selling Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such selling Holder will pay to the Company and each other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Subsection 2.8(b)  shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further that in no event shall the aggregate amounts payable by any Holder by way of indemnity or contribution under Subsections 2.8(b)  and 2.8(d)  exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

 

(c)                                   Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Subsection 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental

 

11



 

action) for which a party may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Subsection 2.8 , give the indemnifying party notice of the commencement thereof.  The indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in such action and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, participate jointly with any other indemnifying party to which notice has been given, and to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided , however , that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such action.  The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Subsection 2.8 , to the extent that such failure materially prejudices the indemnifying party’s ability to defend such action.  The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Subsection 2.8 .

 

(d)                                  To provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either: (i) any party otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Subsection 2.8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case, notwithstanding the fact that this Subsection 2.8 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any party hereto for which indemnification is provided under this Subsection 2.8 , then, and in each such case, such parties will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of each of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements, omissions, or other actions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability, or expense, as well as to reflect any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact, or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact, relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided , however , that, in any such case (x) no Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement, and (y) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and provided further that in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Subsection 2.8(d) , when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Subsection 2.8(b) , exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of willful misconduct or fraud by such Holder.

 

12



 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

 

(f)                                    Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Subsection 2.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration under this Section 2 , and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

2.9                                Reports Under Exchange Act .  With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of SEC Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company shall:

 

(a)                                  make and keep available adequate current public information, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO;

 

(b)                                  use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

 

(c)                                   furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) to the extent accurate, a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO), the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies); and (ii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act) or pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies to use such form).

 

2.10                         Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights .  From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then held by all Holders, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would allow such holder or prospective holder (i) to include such securities in any registration unless, under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of such securities will not reduce the number of the Registrable Securities of the Holders that are included or (ii) to demand registration of their securities; provided that this limitation shall not apply to any additional Investor who becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with Subsection 6.9 .

 

13



 

2.11                         “Market Stand-off” Agreement .  Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the registration by the Company of shares of its Common Stock or any other equity securities under the Securities Act on a registration statement on Form S-1, and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days, or such other period, not to exceed two hundred twelve (212) days, as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (1) the publication or other distribution of research reports, and (2) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto, or such other period exceeding two hundred twelve (212) days as may be approved by the Requisite Preferred Holders) (i) lend; offer; pledge; sell; contract to sell; sell any option or contract to purchase; purchase any option or contract to sell; grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase; or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for Common Stock held immediately before the effective date of the registration statement for such offering or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash, or otherwise.  The foregoing provisions of this Subsection 2.11 shall apply only to the IPO, shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, and shall be applicable to the Holders only if all officers, directors and greater than one percent (1%) stockholders of the Company (after giving effect to conversion into Common Stock of all outstanding Preferred Stock) are subject to the same restrictions.  The underwriters in connection with such registration are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Subsection 2.11 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.  Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with such registration that are consistent with this Subsection 2.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto.  Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply pro rata to all Holders subject to such agreements based on the number of shares subject to such agreements.

 

2.12                         Restrictions on Transfer .

 

(a)                                  The Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities shall not be sold, pledged, or otherwise transferred, and the Company shall not recognize and shall issue stop-transfer instructions to its transfer agent with respect to any such sale, pledge, or transfer, except upon the conditions specified in this Agreement, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act.  A transferring Holder will cause any proposed purchaser, pledgee, or transferee of the Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities held by such Holder to agree to take and hold such securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Each certificate, instrument or book entry representing (i) the Preferred Stock, (ii) the Registrable Securities, and (iii) any other securities issued in respect of

 

14



 

the securities referenced in clauses (i) and (ii), upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Subsection 2.12(c) ) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially in the following form:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.  SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR A VALID EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT.

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

 

The Holders consent to the Company making a notation in its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Subsection 2.12 .

 

(c)                                   The holder of such Restricted Securities, by acceptance of ownership thereof, agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 2 .  Before any proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of any Restricted Securities, unless there is in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the proposed transaction, the Holder thereof shall give notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to effect such sale, pledge, or transfer.  Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer in sufficient detail and, if reasonably requested by the Company, shall be accompanied at such Holder’s expense by either (i) a written opinion of legal counsel who shall, and whose legal opinion shall, be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, addressed to the Company, to the effect that the proposed transaction may be effected without registration under the Securities Act; (ii) a “no action” letter from the SEC to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of such Restricted Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the SEC that action be taken with respect thereto; or (iii) any other evidence reasonably satisfactory to counsel to the Company to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of the Restricted Securities may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, whereupon the Holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to sell, pledge, or transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice given by the Holder to the Company.  The Company will not require such a legal opinion or “no action” letter (x) in any transaction in compliance with SEC Rule 144; or (y) in any transaction in which such Holder distributes Restricted Securities to an Affiliate of such Holder for no consideration; provided that each transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of this Subsection 2.12 .  Each certificate, instrument or book entry representing the Restricted Securities transferred as above provided shall bear, except if such transfer is made pursuant to SEC Rule 144, the appropriate restrictive legend set forth in Subsection 2.12(b) , except that such certificate, instrument or book entry shall not bear such restrictive legend if, in the opinion of counsel for

 

15



 

such Holder and the Company, such legend is not required in order to establish compliance with any provisions of the Securities Act.

 

2.13                         Termination of Registration Rights .  The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Subsections 2.1 or 2.2 shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of:

 

(a)                                  the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Certificate of Incorporation;

 

(b)                                  the fifth anniversary of the IPO; and

 

(c)                                   such time following the IPO at which such Holder (together with its Affiliates) holds one percent (1%) or less of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock and all Registrable Securities held by such Holder (together with any Affiliate of such Holder with whom such Holder must aggregate its sales under Rule 144) can be sold in any three (3) month period without registration in compliance with Rule 144.

 

3.                                       Information and Observer Rights .

 

3.1                                Delivery of Financial Statements .  The Company shall deliver to each Major Investor:

 

(a)                                  as soon as practicable, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (i) a balance sheet as of the end of such year, (ii) statements of income and of cash flows for such year, and a comparison between (x) the actual amounts as of and for such fiscal year and (y) the comparable amounts for the prior year and as included in the Budget (as defined in Subsection 3.1(d) ) for such year, with an explanation of any material differences between such amounts and a schedule as to the sources and applications of funds for such year, and (iii) a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year, all such financial statements audited and certified by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing selected by the Company;

 

(b)                                  as soon as practicable, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, unaudited statements of income and cash flows for such fiscal quarter, an unaudited balance sheet and a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such fiscal quarter, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (i) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments; and (ii) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP); and

 

(c)                                   as soon as practicable, but in any event forty-five (45) days before the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year (collectively, the “ Budget ”), approved by the Board of Directors and prepared on a monthly basis, including balance sheets, income statements, and statements of cash flow for such months and, promptly after prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company.

 

16



 

If, for any period, the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to the foregoing sections shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

 

Notwithstanding anything else in this Subsection 3.1 to the contrary, the Company may cease providing the information set forth in this Subsection 3.1 during the period starting with the date sixty (60) days before the Company’s good-faith estimate of the date of filing of a registration statement if it reasonably concludes it must do so to comply with the SEC rules applicable to such registration statement and related offering; provided that the Company’s covenants under this Subsection 3.1 shall be reinstated at such time as the Company is no longer actively employing its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

 

3.2                                Inspection .  The Company shall permit each Major Investor, at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties; examine its books of account and records; and discuss the Company’s affairs, finances, and accounts with its officers, during normal business hours of the Company as may be reasonably requested by the Major Investor; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Subsection 3.2 to provide access to any information that it reasonably and in good faith considers to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in form acceptable to the Company) or the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

 

3.3                                Observer Rights .  The Company shall invite a single representative of the Holders, designated by Beacon Bioventures for so long as Beacon Bioventures is not a Converted Holder, which position shall initially be vacant, to attend all meetings of its Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors at the same time and in the same manner as provided to such directors; provided , however , that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and provided further , that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or result in disclosure of trade secrets or a conflict of interest, or if such Investor or its representative is a competitor of the Company.

 

3.4                                Termination of Information and Observer Rights .  The covenants set forth in Subsections 3.1 , 3.2 and 3.3 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Certificate of Incorporation, whichever event occurs first.

 

3.5                                Confidentiality .  Each Investor agrees that such Investor will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge, or use for any purpose (other than to monitor its

 

17



 

investment in the Company) any confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (including notice of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement), unless such confidential information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Subsection 3.5 by such Investor), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by the Investor without use of the Company’s confidential information, or (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to the Investor by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided , however , that an Investor may disclose confidential information (i) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company; (ii) to any prospective purchaser of any Registrable Securities from such Investor, if such prospective purchaser agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Subsection 3.5 ; (iii) to any Affiliate, partner, member, stockholder, or wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Investor informs such Person that such information is confidential and directs such Person to maintain the confidentiality of such information; or (iv) as may otherwise be required by law, provided that the Investor promptly notifies the Company of such disclosure and takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure.

 

4.                                       Rights to Future Stock Issuances .

 

4.1                                Right of First Offer .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Subsection 4.1 and applicable securities laws, if the Company proposes to offer or sell any New Securities, the Company shall first offer such New Securities to each Major Investor.  Each Major Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted to it among itself and its partners and Affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

 

(a)                                  The Company shall give notice (the “ Offer Notice ”) to each Major Investor, stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such New Securities, (ii) the number of such New Securities to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such New Securities.

 

(b)                                  By notification to the Company within twenty (20) days after the Offer Notice is given, each Major Investor may elect to purchase or otherwise acquire, at the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice, up to that portion of such New Securities which equals the proportion that the Common Stock then held by such Major Investor (including all shares of Common Stock then issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held by such Major Investor) bears to the total Common Stock of the Company then outstanding (assuming full conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of all Preferred Stock and other Derivative Securities) (the “ Regular Pro Rata Amount ”); provided , however , that the pro rata participation amount of New Leaf in the Next Financing shall be equal to three (3) times the Regular Pro Rata Amount applicable to New Leaf (“ New Leaf Super Pro Rata Amount ”).  The closing of any sale pursuant to this Subsection 4.1(b)  shall occur within the later of ninety (90) days of the date that the Offer Notice is given and the date of initial sale of New Securities pursuant to Subsection 4.1(c) .  The Company shall not take any voluntary action including, but not limited to, any amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation, reorganization, recapitalization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, issue or sale of securities, for the

 

18



 

purpose of avoiding or seeking to avoid the application of New Leaf’s right to purchase up to the New Leaf Super Pro Rata Amount in the Next Financing.

 

(c)                                   If all New Securities referred to in the Offer Notice are not elected to be purchased or acquired as provided in Subsection 4.1(b) , the Company may, during the ninety (90) day period following the expiration of the periods provided in Subsection 4.1(b) , offer and sell the remaining unsubscribed portion of such New Securities to any Person or Persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than, those specified in the Offer Notice; provided, however, that in the event that New Leaf purchases less than the New Leaf Super Pro Rata Amount in the Next Financing, then the unsubscribed portion of such New Securities shall be reduced by that number of shares equal to the New Leaf Super Pro Rata Amount less the greater of New Leaf’s Regular Pro Rata Amount for the Next Financing and the amount of New Securities actually purchased by New Leaf in the Next Financing.  If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the New Securities within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within thirty (30) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such New Securities shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors in accordance with this Subsection 4.1 .

 

(d)                                  The right of first offer in this Subsection 4.1 shall not be applicable to (i) Exempted Securities (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation); (ii) shares of Common Stock issued in the IPO and (iii) the issuance of shares of Series B Preferred Stock to Additional Investors pursuant to Subsection 2.3 of the Purchase Agreement.

 

4.2                                Termination .  The covenants set forth in Subsection 4.1 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in theCertificate of Incorporation, whichever event occurs first

 

5.                                       Additional Covenants .

 

5.1                                Insurance .  The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, within ninety (90) days of the date hereof, from financially sound and reputable insurers, Directors and Officers liability insurance and term “key-person” insurance on the life of Dr. Annalisa Jenkins, each in an amount and on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Board of Directors, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such insurance policies to be maintained until such time as the Board of Directors determines that such insurance should be discontinued.  The key-person policy shall name the Company as loss payee, and neither policy shall be cancelable by the Company without prior approval by the Board of Directors, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors.  Each Key Holder hereby covenants and agrees that, to the extent such Key Holder is named under such key-person policy, such Key Holder will execute and deliver to the Company, as reasonably requested, a written notice and consent form with respect to such policy.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5.1 to the contrary, for so long as a Preferred Director is serving on the Board of Directors, the Company shall not cease to maintain a Directors and Officers liability insurance policy in an amount of at least $2,000,000 unless approved by at least one Preferred Director, and the

 

19



 

Company shall annually, within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, deliver to the Investors a certification that such a Directors and Officers liability insurance policy remains in effect.

 

5.2                                Employee Agreements .  The Company will cause (i) each person now or hereafter employed by it or by any subsidiary (or engaged by the Company or any subsidiary as a consultant/independent contractor) with access to confidential information and/or trade secrets to enter into a nondisclosure and proprietary rights assignment agreement; and (ii) each Key Employee to enter into a one (1) year noncompetition and nonsolicitation agreement, substantially in the form approved by the Board of Directors.  In addition, the Company shall not amend, modify, terminate, waive, or otherwise alter, in whole or in part, any of the above-referenced agreements or any restricted stock agreement between the Company and any employee, without the consent of at least a majority of the Preferred Directors.

 

5.3                                Employee Stock .  Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, including by a majority of the Preferred Directors, all future employees and consultants of the Company who purchase, receive options to purchase, or receive awards of shares of the Company’s capital stock after the date hereof shall be required to execute restricted stock or option agreements, as applicable, providing for (i) vesting of shares over a four (4) year period, with the first twenty-five percent (25%) of such shares vesting following twelve (12) months of continued employment or service, and the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the following thirty-six (36) months, and (ii) a market stand-off provision substantially similar to that in Subsection 2.11 .  In addition, unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, including by a majority of the Preferred Directors, the Company shall retain a “right of first refusal” on employee transfers until the Company’s IPO and shall have the right to repurchase unvested shares at cost upon termination of employment of a holder of restricted stock.

 

5.4                                Qualified Small Business Stock .  The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the shares of Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, as well as any shares into which such shares are converted, within the meaning of Section 1202(f) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “ Code ”), to constitute “qualified small business stock” as defined in Section 1202(c) of the Code; provided, however, that such requirement shall not be applicable if the Board of Directors of the Company determines, in its good-faith business judgment, that such qualification is inconsistent with the best interests of the Company.  The Company shall submit to its stockholders (including the Investors) and to the Internal Revenue Service any reports that may be required under Section 1202(d)(1)(C) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.  In addition, within twenty (20) business days after any Investor’s written request therefor, the Company shall, at its option, either (i) deliver to such Investor a written statement indicating whether (and what portion of) such Investor’s interest in the Company constitutes “qualified small business stock” as defined in Section 1202(c) of the Code or (ii) deliver to such Investor such factual information in the Company’s possession as is reasonably necessary to enable such Investor to determine whether (and what portion of) such Investor’s interest in the Company constitutes “qualified small business stock” as defined in Section 1202(c) of the Code.

 

20


 

5.5                                Board Matters .  Unless otherwise determined by the vote of a majority of the directors then in office, the Board of Directors shall meet at least six (6) times annually, in accordance with an agreed-upon schedule, provided that at least four (4) of such meetings shall be held in person and not by telephonic conference.  The Company shall reimburse the directors for all reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses incurred (consistent with the Company’s travel policy) in connection with attending meetings of the Board of Directors.  In the event that the Company shall cause to be established one or more committees of the Board of Directors, each of such committees shall consist solely of non-management directors and Fund Directors (as defined below).  Any transaction between the Company and REGENXBIO, Inc. or any of its Affiliates shall require prior disclosure of all relevant facts to, and approval by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors.

 

5.6                                Successor Indemnification .  If the Company or any of its successors or assignees consolidates with or merges into any other Person and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger, then to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assignees of the Company assume the obligations of the Company with respect to indemnification of members of the Board of Directors as in effect immediately before such transaction, whether such obligations are contained in the Company’s Bylaws, its Certificate of Incorporation, or elsewhere, as the case may be.

 

5.7                                Indemnification Matters .  The Company hereby acknowledges that one (1) or more of the directors nominated to serve on the Board of Directors by the Investors (each a “ Fund Director ”) may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more of the Investors and certain of their affiliates (collectively, the “ Fund Indemnitors ”).  The Company hereby agrees (a) that it is the indemnitor of first resort ( i.e. , its obligations to any such Fund Director are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by such Fund Director are secondary), (b) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by such Fund Director and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of any such Fund Director to the extent legally permitted and as required by the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company (or any agreement between the Company and such Fund Director), without regard to any rights such Fund Director may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and, (c) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof.  The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of any such Fund Director with respect to any claim for which such Fund Director has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Fund Director against the Company.

 

5.8                                Right to Conduct Activities .  The Company hereby agrees and acknowledges that each of Beacon Bioventures, OrbiMed and New Leaf (in each case, together with their Affiliates) is a professional investment fund, and as such invests in numerous portfolio companies, some of which may be deemed competitive with the Company’s business (as

 

21



 

currently conducted or as currently proposed to be conducted).  The Company hereby agrees that, to the extent permitted under applicable law, Beacon Bioventures, OrbiMed, New Leaf and any other Investor which is a professional investment fund shall not be liable to the Company for any claim arising out of, or based upon, (i) the investment by such Investor in any entity competitive with the Company, or (ii) actions taken by any partner, officer or other representative of such Investor to assist any such competitive company, whether or not such action was taken as a member of the board of directors of such competitive company or otherwise, and whether or not such action has a detrimental effect on the Company; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not relieve (x) any of the Investors from liability associated with the unauthorized disclosure of the Company’s confidential information obtained pursuant to this Agreement, or (y) any director or officer of the Company from any liability associated with his or her fiduciary duties to the Company.

 

5.9        T ermination of Covenants .  The covenants set forth in this Section 5 , except for Subsection 5.6 , shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Certificate of Incorporation, whichever event occurs first.

 

6.                                       Miscellaneous .

 

6.1                                Successors and Assigns .  The rights under this Agreement may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee of Registrable Securities that (i) is an Affiliate of a Holder; (ii) is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or one or more of such Holder’s Immediate Family Members; or (iii) after such transfer, holds at least 620,000 shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, and other recapitalizations); provided , however , that (x) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee and the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred; and (y) such transferee agrees in a written instrument delivered to the Company to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the provisions of Subsection 2.11 .  For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee, the holdings of a transferee (1) that is an Affiliate or stockholder of a Holder; (2) who is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member; or (3) that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such Holder’s Immediate Family Member shall be aggregated together and with those of the transferring Holder; provided further that all transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices, or taking any action under this Agreement.  The terms and conditions of this Agreement inure to the benefit of and are binding upon the respective successors and permitted assignees of the parties.  Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assignees any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein.

 

22



 

6.2                                Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by the internal law of the State of Delaware.

 

6.3                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g. , www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes .

 

6.4                                Titles and Subtitles .  The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

 

6.5                                Notices .  All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt or (i) personal delivery to the party to be notified; (ii) when sent, if sent by electronic mail or facsimile during the recipient’s normal business hours, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day; (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iv) one (1) business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next-day delivery, with written verification of receipt.  All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their addresses as set forth on Schedule A or Schedule B (as applicable) hereto, or to the principal office of the Company and to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer, in the case of the Company, or to such email address, facsimile number, or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Subsection 6.5 .  If notice is given to the Company, a copy shall also be sent to Jay Hachigian of Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP, One Marina Park Drive, Suite 900, Boston, MA 02210 and if notice is given to Stockholders, a copy shall also be given to Michael R. Flynn of Norton Rose Fulbright US LLP, 666 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York, 10103-3198.

 

6.6                                Amendments and Waivers .  Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the Requisite Preferred Holders; provided that the Company may in its sole discretion waive compliance with Subsection 2.12(c)  (and the Company’s failure to object promptly in writing after notification of a proposed assignment allegedly in violation of Subsection 2.12(c)  shall be deemed to be a waiver); and provided further that any provision hereof may be waived by any waiving party on such party’s own behalf, without the consent of any other party.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any Investor without the written consent of such Investor, unless such amendment, termination, or waiver applies to all Investors in the same fashion (it being agreed that a waiver of the provisions of Section 4 with respect to a particular transaction shall be deemed to apply to all Investors in the same fashion if such waiver does so by its terms, notwithstanding the fact that certain Investors may nonetheless, by agreement with the Company, purchase securities in such transaction); provided , however , that amendment or waiver of the terms of Section 4.1(b)

 

23



 

regarding the New Leaf Super Pro Rata Amount or the definition of “Next Financing” shall require the written consent of New Leaf and any amendment or waiver of the terms of Section 3.3 regarding the Beacon Bioventures observer rights shall require the written consent of Beacon Bioventures.  Further, this Agreement may not be amended, and no provision hereof may be waived, in each case, in any way which would adversely affect the rights of the Key Holders hereunder in a manner disproportionate to any adverse effect such amendment or waiver would have on the rights of the Investors hereunder, without also the written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities held by the Key Holders; provided that the consent of the Key Holders shall not be required for any amendment or waiver hereof if such amendment or waiver either (i) is not directly applicable to the rights of the Key Holders hereunder, or (ii) does not adversely affect the rights of the Key Holders in a manner that is different than the effect on the rights of the other parties hereto.  The Company shall give prompt notice of any amendment or termination hereof or waiver hereunder to any party hereto that did not consent in writing to such amendment, termination, or waiver.  Any amendment, termination, or waiver effected in accordance with this Subsection 6.6 shall be binding on all parties hereto, regardless of whether any such party has consented thereto.  No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition, or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition, or provision.

 

6.7                                Severability .  In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement is for any reason held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision shall be reformed and construed so that it will be valid, legal, and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

6.8                                Aggregation of Stock .  All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by Affiliates shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement and such Affiliated persons may apportion such rights as among themselves in any manner they deem appropriate.

 

6.9                                Additional Investors .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company issues additional shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock after the date hereof, any purchaser of such shares of Series B Preferred Stock may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement, and thereafter shall be deemed an “Investor” for all purposes hereunder.  No action or consent by the Investors shall be required for such joinder to this Agreement by such additional Investor, so long as such additional Investor has agreed in writing to be bound by all of the obligations as an “Investor” hereunder.

 

6.10                         Entire Agreement .  This Agreement (including any Schedules and Exhibits hereto) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties is expressly canceled.  Upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the Prior Agreement shall be deemed amended and restated and superseded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement, and shall be of no further force or effect.

 

24



 

6.11                         Delays or Omissions .  No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power, or remedy of such nonbreaching or nondefaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of or acquiescence to any such breach or default, or to any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.  All remedies, whether under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

6.12                         Acknowledgment .  The Company acknowledges that the Investors are in the business of venture capital investing and therefore review the business plans and related proprietary information of many enterprises, including enterprises which may have products or services which compete directly or indirectly with those of the Company.  Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude or in any way restrict the Investors from investing or participating in any particular enterprise whether or not such enterprise has products or services which compete with those of the Company.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

25


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

 

 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Annalisa Jenkins

 

 

 

 

 

Name: Annalisa Jenkins

 

 

 

 

 

Title: President and CEO

 

 

 

 

Address:

840 Memorial Drive, 4 th  Floor

 

Cambridge, MA 02139

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

KEY HOLDERS:

 

 

 

 

 

Fox 2014 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust U/A/D April 7, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Allan Fox

 

 

 

Name: Allan Fox

 

 

 

Title: Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

Allan M. Fox Revocable Trust U/A/D July 27, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Allan Fox

 

 

 

Name: Allan Fox

 

 

 

Title: Trustee

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

KEY HOLDERS:

 

 

 

 

 

Kiser 2014 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust U/A/D April 7, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Daniel Kiser

 

 

 

Name: John Daniel Kiser

 

 

 

Title: Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

John Daniel Kiser Revocable Trust U/A/D July 27, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Daniel Kiser

 

 

 

Name: John Daniel Kiser

 

 

 

Title: Trustee

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

KEY HOLDERS:

 

 

 

 

 

JAMES M. WILSON AND LISA DOLIK WILSON

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James M. Wilson

 

 

 

Name: James M. Wilson

 

 

 

Address: 7 Fallbrook Lane, Glen Mills, PA 19342

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lisa Dolik Wilson

 

 

 

Name: Lisa Dolik Wilson

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

WILSON FAMILY TRUST 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ann Wilson Green

 

 

 

Name: Ann Wilson Green

 

 

 

Title: Trustee

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

KEY HOLDERS:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Ken Mills

 

KEN MILLS

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

KEY HOLDERS:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Donald J. Hayden, Jr.

 

DONALD J. HAYDEN, JR.

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

 

BEACON BIOVENTURES FUND III LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

 

 

By: Beacon Bioventures Advisors Fund III Limited Partnership, its General Partner

 

 

 

By: Impresa Management LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mary Bevelock Pendergast

 

Name: Mary Bevelock Pendergast

 

Title: Vice President

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

 

JENNISON GLOBAL HEALTHCARE MASTER FUND, LTD.

 

 

 

 

By:

Jennison Associates LLC,

 

 

As the Investment Manager of Jennison Global Healthcare Master Fund, Ltd.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Chan

 

 

 

 

Name: David Chan

 

Title: Managing Director of

 

           Jennison Associates LLC

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

 

667, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

BAKER BROS. ADVISORS LP, management company and investment adviser to 667, L.P., pursuant to authority granted to it by Baker Biotech Capital, L.P., general partner to 667, L.P., and not as the general partner.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Scott Lessing

 

Name: Scott Lessing

 

Title: President

 

 

 

 

 

BAKER BROTHERS LIFE SCIENCES, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

BAKER BROS. ADVISORS LP, , management company and investment adviser to Baker Brothers Life Sciences, L.P., pursuant to authority granted to it by Baker Brothers Life Sciences Capital, L.P., general partner to Baker Brothers Life Sciences, L.P., and not as the general partner.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Scott Lessing

 

Name: Scott Lessing

 

Title: President

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

 

RA CAPITAL HEALTHCARE FUND, L.P.

 

 

 

By: RA Capital Management, LLC

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter Kolchinsky

 

Name: Peter Kolchinsky

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

SCHEDULE A

 

Investors

 

Beacon Bioventures Fund III Limited Partnership

One Main Street, 13th Floor

Cambridge, MA 02142

Attention: Mary Bevelock Pendergast

Telephone: (617) 231-2400

Fax: (617) 231-2425

Email: mary.bevelock.pendergast@fmr.com

 

PFM Healthcare Principals Fund, L.P.

Four Embarcadero Center, Suite 3500

San Francisco, CA 94111

 

 

 

Orbimed Private Investments V, L.P.

601 Lexington Avenue
54th Floor
New York, NY 10022
Attention: Alex Cooper, General Counsel

 

PFM Healthcare Opportunities Master Fund, L.P.

Four Embarcadero Center, Suite 3500

San Francisco, CA 94111

 

 

 

New Leaf Ventures III, L.P.

Times Square Tower

7 Times Square, Suite 3502

New York, NY 10036

Telephone: (646) 871-6400

Fax: (646) 871-6450

 

667, L.P.

667 Madison Ave.

New York, NY 10065

 

 

 

New Leaf Growth Fund I, L.P.

Times Square Tower

7 Times Square, Suite 3502

New York, NY 10036

Telephone: (646) 871-6400

Fax: (646) 871-6450

 

Baker Brothers Life Sciences, L.P.

667 Madison Ave.

New York, NY 10065

 

 

 

Jennison Global Healthcare Master Fund, Ltd.

466 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

 

RA Capital Healthcare Fund, L.P.

20 Park Plaza, Suite 1200

Boston, MA 02116

 

 

 

Rock Springs Capital Master Fund LP

650 S. Exeter St., Suite 1070

Baltimore, MD 21202

 

Tourbillon Global Ventures, LLC

444 Madison Ave, 26th Floor

New York, NY 10022

 



 

SCHEDULE B

 

Key Holders

 

REGENXBIO, Inc.

1701 Pennsylvania Ave NW

Washington, DC 20006

 

 

 

 

 

Allan Fox, Trustee of the Fox 2014 Grantor

Retained Annuity Trust U/A/D April 7, 2014

Allan M. Fox

1701 Pennsylvania Avenue NW

Suite 900

Washington, DC 20006

 

 

 

 

 

Allan Fox, Trustee of the Allan M. Fox

Revocable Trust U/A/D July 27, 2011

Allan M. Fox

1701 Pennsylvania Avenue NW

Suite 900

Washington, DC 20006

 

 

 

 

 

John Daniel Kiser, Trustee of the Kiser 2014

Grantor Retained Annuity Trust U/A/D April 7, 2014.

1701 Pennsylvania Ave., NW

Suite 900

Washington, DC 20006

 

 

 

 

 

John Daniel Kiser, Trustee of the John Daniel

Kiser Revocable Trust U/A/D July 27, 2011

1701 Pennsylvania Ave., NW

Suite 900

Washington, DC 20006

 

 

 

 

 

James M. Wilson and Lisa Dolik Wilson

7 Fallbrook Lane

Glen Mills, PA 19342

 

 

 

 

 

Wilson Family Trust 2013

249 Bridge Road

Hillsborough, CA 94010

 

 

 

 

 

Kenneth Mills

7809 Winterberry Place

Bethesda, Maryland 20817

 

 

 

 

 

Don Hayden

17 Stonebridge Crossing Road

Newtown, PA. 18940

 

 

 

 

 

The Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania

Center for Technology Transfer University of Pennsylvania

 

 

 



 

3160 Chestnut Street, Suite 200

Philadelphia, PA 19104-6283

Attention: Executive Director

 

 

 




Exhibit 4.3

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:  Dimension Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Number of Shares:  35,000 subject to adjustment

Type/Series of Stock:  Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

Warrant Price:  $0.19 per Share, subject to adjustment

Issue Date:  August 21, 2014

Expiration Date:  August 20, 2024  See also Section 5.1(b).

Credit Facility:  This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“ Warrant ”) is issued in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company (as amended and/or modified and in effect from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”).

 

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “ Holder ”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “ Shares ”) of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the “ Class ”) of the above-named company (the “ Company ”) at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.  Reference is made to Section 5.4 of this Warrant whereby Silicon Valley Bank shall transfer this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group.

 

SECTION 1.                             EXERCISE .

 

1.1                                Method of Exercise .  Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

 

1.2                                Cashless Exercise .  On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised.  Thereupon,

 



 

the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

 

X = Y(A-B)/A

 

where:

 

X =                              the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;

 

Y =                              the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);

 

A =                              the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and

 

B =                              the Warrant Price.

 

1.3                                Fair Market Value .  If shares of the Class are then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “ Trading Market ”), the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Class reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company.  If shares of the Class are not then traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

 

1.4                                Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant .  Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

 

1.5                                Replacement of Warrant .  On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

 

1.6                                Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

 

(a)                                  Acquisition .  For the purpose of this Warrant, “ Acquisition ” means any transaction or series of related transactions involving:  (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s

 

2



 

(or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization (or, if such Company stockholders beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization, such surviving or successor entity is not the Company); or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power.

 

(b)                                  Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition .  In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a “ Cash/Public Acquisition ”), and the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, and Holder has not exercised this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 above as to all Shares, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed to be Cashless Exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of a Cash/Public Acquisition.  In connection with such Cashless Exercise, Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as the date thereof and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon exercise.  In the event of a Cash/Public Acquisition where the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be less than the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, then this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Cash/Public Acquisition.

 

(c)                                   Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

 

(d)                                  As used in this Warrant, “ Marketable Securities ” means securities meeting all of the following requirements:  (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

 

3



 

SECTION 2.               ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE .

 

2.1                                Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc .  If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in additional shares of the Class or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred.  If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased.  If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

 

2.2                                Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution .  Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.  The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations, substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

 

2.3                                No Fractional Share .  No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share.  If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

 

2.4                                Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments .  Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based.  The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

 

SECTION 3.               REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

 

3.1                                Representations and Warranties .  The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

 

(a)                                  The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the fair market value of a share of the Class as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors as of the date hereof.

 

4



 

(b)                                  All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.  The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant.

 

(c)                                   The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

 

3.2                                Notice of Certain Events .  If the Company proposes at any time to:

 

(a)                                  declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

 

(b)                                  offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

 

(c)                                   effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

 

(d)                                  effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

 

(e)                                   effect its initial, underwritten offering and sale of its securities to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “ IPO ”);

 

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

 

(1) in the case of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the earlier to occur of the effective date thereof or the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any;

 

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event and such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such event giving rise to the notice); and

 

(3) with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

 

5



 

The Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

 

SECTION 4.               REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER .

 

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

4.1                                Purchase for Own Account .  This Warrant and the Shares to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act.  Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

 

4.2                                Disclosure of Information .  Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities.  Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

 

4.3                                Investment Experience .  Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk.  Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

 

4.4                                Accredited Investor Status .  Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

 

4.5                                The Act .  Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein.  Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.  Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

 

4.6                                No Voting Rights .  Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights until the exercise of this Warrant.

 

6



 

SECTION 5.               MISCELLANEOUS .

 

5.1                                Term; Automatic Cashless Exercise Upon Expiration .

 

(a)                                  Term .  Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

 

(b)                                  Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration .  In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares issued upon such exercise to Holder.

 

5.2                                Legends .  Each certificate evidencing Shares shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”).  OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO SILICON VALLEY BANK DATED AUGUST 21, 2014, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

 

5.3                                Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer .  This Warrant and the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company).  The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to SVB Financial Group (Silicon Valley Bank’s parent company) or any other affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act.  Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

 

5.4                                Transfer Procedure .  After receipt by Silicon Valley Bank of the executed Warrant, Silicon Valley Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group.  By its acceptance of this Warrant, SVB Financial Group hereby makes to the

 

7



 

Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof.  Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant and/or Shares being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any subsequent transferee other than SVB Financial Group shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant.  Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

 

5.5                                Notices .  All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3 rd ) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5.  All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

 

SVB Financial Group

Attn:  Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HC 215

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone:  (408) 654-7400

Facsimile:  (408)988-8317

Email address:  derivatives@svb.com

 

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

 

Dimension Therapeutics, Inc.

Attn:  Chief Financial Officer

840 Memorial Drive

Cambridge, MA 02139

Telephone:

Facsimile:

Email:

 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

8



 

Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP

Attn:  Tim Ehrlich

One Marina Park Drive, Suite 900

Boston, MA 02210

Telephone:

Facsimile:

Email:

 

5.6                                Waiver .  This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

 

5.7                                Attorneys’ Fees .  In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

5.8                                Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures .  This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.  Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

 

5.9                                Governing Law .  This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

 

5.10                         Headings .  The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

 

5.11                         Business Days .  “ Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Silicon Valley Bank is closed.

 

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

9



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

 

 

“COMPANY”

 

 

 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas Beck

 

 

 

 

Name:

Thomas Beck

 

 

(Print)

 

Title:

CEO and President

 

 

 

 

 

“HOLDER”

 

 

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Griffiths

 

 

 

 

Name:

Matthew Griffiths

 

 

(Print)

 

Title:

 Vice President

 

 

10


 

APPENDIX 1

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

 

1.                                       The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right to purchase         shares of the Common/Series      Preferred [circle one] Stock of                (the “ Company ”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

 

o              check in the amount of $      payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith

 

o              Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

 

o              Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

 

o              Other [Describe]

 

2.             Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

 

 

 

Holder’s Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Address)

 

3.                                       By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the date hereof.

 

 

HOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

(Date):

 

 




Exhibit 10.2

 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

2013 STOCK PLAN

 

ADOPTED ON OCTOBER 29, 2013

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

SECTION 1.

ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE

1

 

 

 

SECTION 2.

ADMINISTRATION

1

(a)

Committees of the Board of Directors

1

(b)

Authority of the Board of Directors

1

 

 

 

SECTION 3.

ELIGIBILITY

1

(a)

General Rule

1

(b)

Ten-Percent Stockholders

1

 

 

 

SECTION 4.

STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN

2

(a)

Basic Limitation

2

(b)

Additional Shares

2

 

 

 

SECTION 5.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF AWARDS OR SALES

2

(a)

Stock Grant or Purchase Agreement

2

(b)

Duration of Offers and Nontransferability of Rights

2

(c)

Purchase Price

3

 

 

 

SECTION 6.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS

3

(a)

Stock Option Agreement

3

(b)

Number of Shares

3

(c)

Exercise Price

3

(d)

Exercisability

3

(e)

Basic Term

3

(f)

Termination of Service (Except by Death)

3

(g)

Leaves of Absence

4

(h)

Death of Optionee

4

(i)

Restrictions on Transfer of Options

5

(j)

No Rights as a Stockholder

5

(k)

Modification, Extension and Assumption of Options

5

(l)

Company’s Right to Cancel Certain Options

5

 

 

 

SECTION 7.

PAYMENT FOR SHARES

5

(a)

General Rule

5

(b)

Services Rendered

5

(c)

Promissory Note

5

(d)

Surrender of Stock

6

(e)

Exercise/Sale

6

(f)

Net Exercise

6

(g)

Other Forms of Payment

6

 

 

 

SECTION 8.

ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES

6

(a)

General

6

 

i



 

(b)

Corporate Transactions

7

(c)

Reservation of Rights

8

 

 

 

SECTION 9.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

8

(a)

Securities Law Requirements

8

(b)

No Retention Rights

8

(c)

Treatment as Compensation

9

(d)

Governing Law

9

(e)

Conditions and Restrictions on Shares

9

(f)

Tax Matters

9

 

 

 

SECTION 10.

DURATION AND AMENDMENTS; STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL

10

(a)

Term of the Plan

10

(b)

Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan

10

(c)

Effect of Amendment or Termination

10

(d)

Stockholder Approval

10

 

 

 

SECTION 11.

DEFINITIONS

10

 

ii



 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC. 2013 STOCK PLAN

 

SECTION 1.                                    ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE .

 

The purpose of this Plan is to offer persons selected by the Company an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the success of the Company, or to increase such interest, by acquiring Shares of the Company’s Stock.  The Plan provides both for the direct award or sale of Shares and for the grant of Options to purchase Shares.  Options granted under the Plan may be ISOs intended to qualify under Code Section 422 or NSOs which are not intended to so qualify.

 

Capitalized terms are defined in Section 11.

 

SECTION 2.                                    ADMINISTRATION .

 

(a)                                  Committees of the Board of Directors .  The Plan may be administered by one or more Committees.  Each Committee shall consist, as required by applicable law, of one or more members of the Board of Directors who have been appointed by the Board of Directors.  Each Committee shall have such authority and be responsible for such functions as the Board of Directors has assigned to it.  If no Committee has been appointed, the entire Board of Directors shall administer the Plan.  Any reference to the Board of Directors in the Plan shall be construed as a reference to the Committee (if any) to whom the Board of Directors has assigned a particular function.

 

(b)                                  Authority of the Board of Directors .  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board of Directors shall have full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, with respect to the terms and conditions of awards granted to Participants outside the United States, the Board of Directors may vary from the provisions of the Plan to the extent it determines it necessary and appropriate to do so; provided that it may not vary from those Plan terms requiring stockholder approval pursuant to Section 10(d) below.  All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the Board of Directors shall be final and binding on all Purchasers, all Optionees and all persons deriving their rights from a Purchaser or Optionee.

 

SECTION 3.                                    ELIGIBILITY .

 

(a)                                  General Rule .  Only Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants shall be eligible for the grant of NSOs or the direct award or sale of Shares. 1   Only Employees shall be eligible for the grant of ISOs.

 

(b)                                  Ten-Percent Stockholders .  A person who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, its Parent or any

 


1  Note that special considerations apply if the Company proposes to grant awards to an Employee or Consultant of a Parent company.

 



 

of its Subsidiaries shall not be eligible for the grant of an ISO unless (i) the Exercise Price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant and (ii) such ISO by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the Date of Grant.  For purposes of this Subsection (b), in determining stock ownership, the attribution rules of Code Section 424(d) shall be applied.

 

SECTION 4.                                    STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN .

 

(a)                                  Basic Limitation .  Not more than 10,000,000 Shares may be issued under the Plan, subject to Subsection (b) below and Section 8(a). 2   All of these Shares may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs.  The number of Shares that are subject to Options or other rights outstanding at any time under the Plan may not exceed the number of Shares that then remain available for issuance under the Plan.  The Company, during the term of the Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available sufficient Shares to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.  Shares offered under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or treasury Shares.

 

(b)                                  Additional Shares .  In the event that Shares previously issued under the Plan are reacquired by the Company, such Shares shall be added to the number of Shares then available for issuance under the Plan.  In the event that Shares that otherwise would have been issuable under the Plan are withheld by the Company in payment of the Purchase Price, Exercise Price or withholding taxes, such Shares shall remain available for issuance under the Plan.  In the event that an outstanding Option or other right for any reason expires or is canceled, the Shares allocable to the unexercised portion of such Option or other right shall be added to the number of Shares then available for issuance under the Plan.

 

SECTION 5.                                    TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF AWARDS OR SALES .

 

(a)                                  Stock Grant or Purchase Agreement .  Each award of Shares under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Grant Agreement between the Grantee and the Company.  Each sale of Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option) shall be evidenced by a Stock Purchase Agreement between the Purchaser and the Company.  Such award or sale shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Board of Directors deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Grant Agreement or Stock Purchase Agreement.  The provisions of the various Stock Grant Agreements and Stock Purchase Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

 

(b)                                  Duration of Offers and Nontransferability of Rights .  Any right to purchase Shares under the Plan (other than an Option) shall automatically expire if not exercised by the Purchaser within 30 days (or such other period as may be specified in the Award Agreement) after the grant of such right was communicated to the Purchaser by the Company.  Such right is not transferable and may be exercised only by the Purchaser to whom such right was granted.

 


2  Please refer to Exhibit A for a schedule of the initial share reserve and any subsequent increases in the reserve.

 

2



 

(c)                                   Purchase Price .  The Board of Directors shall determine the Purchase Price of Shares to be offered under the Plan at its sole discretion.  The Purchase Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 7.

 

SECTION 6.                                    TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS .

 

(a)                                  Stock Option Agreement .  Each grant of an Option under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement between the Optionee and the Company.  The Option shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions that are not inconsistent with the Plan and that the Board of Directors deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Option Agreement.  The provisions of the various Stock Option Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

 

(b)                                  Number of Shares .  Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the number of Shares that are subject to the Option and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 8.  The Stock Option Agreement shall also specify whether the Option is an ISO or an NSO.

 

(c)                                   Exercise Price .  Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price.  The Exercise Price of an Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant, and in the case of an ISO a higher percentage may be required by Section 3(b).  Subject to the preceding sentence, the Exercise Price shall be determined by the Board of Directors at its sole discretion.  The Exercise Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 7.  This Subsection (c) shall not apply to an Option granted pursuant to an assumption of, or substitution for, another option in a manner that complies with Code Section 424(a) (whether or not the Option is an ISO).

 

(d)                                  Exercisability .  Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of the Option is to become exercisable.  No Option shall be exercisable unless the Optionee (i) has delivered an executed copy of the Stock Option Agreement to the Company or (ii) otherwise agrees to be bound by the terms of the Stock Option Agreement.  The Board of Directors shall determine the exercisability provisions of the Stock Option Agreement at its sole discretion.

 

(e)                                   Basic Term .  The Stock Option Agreement shall specify the term of the Option.  The term shall not exceed 10 years from the Date of Grant, and in the case of an ISO, a shorter term may be required by Section 3(b).  Subject to the preceding sentence, the Board of Directors at its sole discretion shall determine when an Option is to expire.

 

(f)                                    Termination of Service (Except by Death) .  If an Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, then the Optionee’s Options shall expire on the earliest of the following dates:

 

(i)                                      The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (e) above;

 

3



 

(ii)                                   The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability, or such earlier or later date as the Board of Directors may determine (but in no event earlier than 30 days after the termination of the Optionee’s Service); or

 

(iii)                                The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability, or such later date as the Board of Directors may determine.

 

The Optionee may exercise all or part of the Optionee’s Options at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination).  The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee’s Service terminates.  In the event that the Optionee dies after the termination of the Optionee’s Service but before the expiration of the Optionee’s Options, all or part of such Options may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination).

 

(g)                                   Leaves of Absence .  For purposes of Subsection (f) above, Service shall be deemed to continue while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if such leave was approved by the Company in writing and if continued crediting of Service for this purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company).

 

(h)                                  Death of Optionee .  If an Optionee dies while the Optionee is in Service, then the Optionee’s Options shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

 

(i)                                      The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (e) above; or

 

(ii)                                   The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death, or such earlier or later date as the Board of Directors may determine (but in no event earlier than six months after the Optionee’s death).

 

All or part of the Optionee’s Options may be exercised at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death (or became exercisable as a result of the death) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s death (or vested as a result of the Optionee’s death).  The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee dies.

 

4



 

(i)                                      Restrictions on Transfer of Options .  An Option shall be transferable by the Optionee only by (i) a beneficiary designation, (ii) a will or (iii) the laws of descent and distribution, except as provided in the next sentence.  If the applicable Stock Option Agreement so provides, an NSO shall also be transferable by gift or domestic relations order to a Family Member of the Optionee.  An ISO may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or by the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative.

 

(j)                                     No Rights as a Stockholder .  An Optionee, or a transferee of an Optionee, shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by the Optionee’s Option until such person files a notice of exercise, pays the Exercise Price and satisfies all applicable withholding taxes pursuant to the terms of such Option.

 

(k)                                  Modification, Extension and Assumption of Options .  Within the limitations of the Plan, the Board of Directors may modify, extend or assume outstanding Options or may accept the cancellation of outstanding Options (whether granted by the Company or another issuer) in return for the grant of new Options or a different type of award for the same or a different number of Shares and at the same or a different Exercise Price (if applicable).  The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an Option shall, without the consent of the Optionee, impair the Optionee’s rights or increase the Optionee’s obligations under such Option.

 

(l)                                      Company’s Right to Cancel Certain Options .  Any other provision of the Plan or a Stock Option Agreement notwithstanding, the Company shall have the right at any time to cancel an Option that was not granted in compliance with Rule 701 under the Securities Act.  Prior to canceling such Option, the Company shall give the Optionee not less than 30 days’ notice in writing.  If the Company elects to cancel such Option, it shall deliver to the Optionee consideration with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to such Option as of the time of the cancellation over (ii) the Exercise Price of such Option.  The consideration may be delivered in the form of cash or cash equivalents, in the form of Shares, or a combination of both.  If the consideration would be a negative amount, such Option may be cancelled without the delivery of any consideration.

 

SECTION 7.                                    PAYMENT FOR SHARES .

 

(a)                                  General Rule .  The entire Purchase Price or Exercise Price of Shares issued under the Plan shall be payable in cash or cash equivalents at the time when such Shares are purchased, except as otherwise provided in this Section 7.  In addition, the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may also permit payment through any of the methods described in (b) through (g) below.

 

(b)                                  Services Rendered .  Shares may be awarded under the Plan in consideration of services rendered to the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary prior to the award.

 

(c)                                   Promissory Note .  All or a portion of the Purchase Price or Exercise Price (as the case may be) of Shares issued under the Plan may be paid with a full-recourse promissory note.  The Shares shall be pledged as security for payment of the principal amount of the promissory note and interest thereon.  The interest rate payable under the terms of the promissory note shall not be less than the minimum rate (if any) required to avoid the imputation of

 

5



 

additional interest under the Code.  Subject to the foregoing, the Board of Directors (at its sole discretion) shall specify the term, interest rate, amortization requirements (if any) and other provisions of such note.

 

(d)                                  Surrender of Stock .  All or any part of the Exercise Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee.  Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date when the Option is exercised.

 

(e)                                   Exercise/Sale .  If the Stock is publicly traded, all or part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company.

 

(f)                                    Net Exercise .  An Option may permit exercise through a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of Shares issued upon exercise by the largest whole number of Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value (determined by the Board of Directors as of the exercise date) that does not exceed the aggregate Exercise Price or the sum of the aggregate Exercise Price plus all or a portion of the minimum amount required to be withheld under applicable tax law (with the Company accepting from the Optionee payment of cash or cash equivalents to satisfy any remaining balance of the aggregate Exercise Price and, if applicable, any additional withholding obligation not satisfied through such reduction in Shares); provided that to the extent Shares subject to an Option are withheld in this manner, the number of Shares subject to the Option following the net exercise will be reduced by the sum of the number of Shares withheld and the number of Shares delivered to the Optionee as a result of the exercise.

 

(g)                                   Other Forms of Payment .  To the extent that an Award Agreement so provides, the Purchase Price or Exercise Price of Shares issued under the Plan may be paid in any other form permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended.

 

SECTION 8.                                    ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES .

 

(a)                                  General .  In the event of a subdivision of the outstanding Stock, a declaration of a dividend payable in Shares, a combination or consolidation of the outstanding Stock into a lesser number of Shares, a reclassification, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, proportionate adjustments shall automatically be made in each of (i) the number and kind of Shares available for future grants under Section 4, (ii) the number and kind of Shares covered by each outstanding Option and any outstanding and unexercised right to purchase Shares that has not yet expired pursuant to Section 5(b), (iii) the Exercise Price under each outstanding Option and the Purchase Price applicable to any unexercised stock purchase right described in clause (ii) above, and (iv) any repurchase price that applies to Shares granted under the Plan pursuant to the terms of a Company repurchase right under the applicable Award Agreement.  In the event of a declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than Shares in an amount that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of the Stock, a recapitalization, a spin-off, or a similar occurrence, the Board of Directors at its sole discretion may make appropriate

 

6



 

adjustments in one or more of the items listed in clauses (i) through (iv) above; provided, however, that the Board of Directors shall in any event make such adjustments as may be required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code.  No fractional Shares shall be issued under the Plan as a result of an adjustment under this Section 8(a), although the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may make a cash payment in lieu of fractional Shares.

 

(b)                                  Corporate Transactions .  In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, or in the event of a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, all Shares acquired under the Plan and all Options and other Plan awards outstanding on the effective date of the transaction shall be treated in the manner described in the definitive transaction agreement (or, in the event the transaction does not entail a definitive agreement to which the Company is party, in the manner determined by the Board of Directors in its capacity as administrator of the Plan, with such determination having final and binding effect on all parties), which agreement or determination need not treat all Options and awards (or all portions of an Option or an award) in an identical manner. The treatment specified in the transaction agreement or as determined by the Board of Directors may include (without limitation) one or more of the following with respect to each outstanding Option or award:

 

(i)                                      Continuation of the Option or award by the Company (if the Company is the surviving corporation).

 

(ii)                                   Assumption of the Option by the surviving corporation or its parent in a manner that complies with Code Section 424(a) (whether or not the Option is an ISO).

 

(iii)                                Substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent of a new option for the Option in a manner that complies with Code Section 424(a) (whether or not the Option is an ISO).

 

(iv)                               Cancellation of the Option and a payment to the Optionee with respect to each Share subject to the portion of the Option that is vested as of the transaction date equal to the excess of (A) the value, as determined by the Board of Directors in its absolute discretion, of the property (including cash) received by the holder of a share of Stock as a result of the transaction, over (B) the per-Share Exercise Price of the Option (such excess, the “ Spread ”).  Such payment shall be made in the form of cash, cash equivalents, or securities of the surviving corporation or its parent having a value equal to the Spread.  In addition, any escrow, holdback, earn-out or similar provisions in the transaction agreement may apply to such payment to the same extent and in the same manner as such provisions apply to the holders of Stock.  If the Spread applicable to an Option is zero or a negative number, then the Option may be cancelled without making a payment to the Optionee.

 

(v)                                  Cancellation of the Option without the payment of any consideration; provided that the Optionee shall be notified of such treatment and given an opportunity to exercise the Option (to the extent the Option is vested or becomes vested as of the effective date of the transaction) during a period of not

 

7


 

less than five (5) business days preceding the effective date of the transaction, unless (A) a shorter period is required to permit a timely closing of the transaction and (B) such shorter period still offers the Optionee a reasonable opportunity to exercise the Option.  Any exercise of the Option during such period may be contingent upon the closing of the transaction.

 

(vi)                               Suspension of the Optionee’s right to exercise the Option during a limited period of time preceding the closing of the transaction if such suspension is administratively necessary to permit the closing of the transaction.

 

(vii)                            Termination of any right the Optionee has to exercise the Option prior to vesting in the Shares subject to the Option (i.e., “early exercise”), such that following the closing of the transaction the Option may only be exercised to the extent it is vested.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the Board of Directors has discretion to accelerate, in whole or part, the vesting and exercisability of an Option or other Plan award in connection with a corporate transaction covered by this Section 8(b).

 

(c)                                   Reservation of Rights .  Except as provided in this Section 8, a Participant shall have no rights by reason of (i) any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, (ii) the payment of any dividend or (iii) any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class.  Any issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or Exercise Price of Shares subject to an Option.  The grant of an Option pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure, to merge or consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

SECTION 9.                                    MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS .

 

(a)                                  Securities Law Requirements .  Shares shall not be issued under the Plan unless, in the opinion of counsel acceptable to the Board of Directors, the issuance and delivery of such Shares comply with (or are exempt from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without limitation) the Securities Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, state securities laws and regulations, and the regulations of any stock exchange or other securities market on which the Company’s securities may then be traded.  The Company shall not be liable for a failure to issue Shares as a result of such requirements.

 

(b)                                  No Retention Rights .  Nothing in the Plan or in any right or Option granted under the Plan shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Participant) or of the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

 

8



 

(c)                                   Treatment as Compensation .  Any compensation that an individual earns or is deemed to earn under this Plan shall not be considered a part of his or her compensation for purposes of calculating contributions, accruals or benefits under any other plan or program that is maintained or funded by the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

 

(d)                                  Governing Law .  The Plan and all awards, sales and grants under the Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

 

(e)                                   Conditions and Restrictions on Shares .  Shares issued under the Plan shall be subject to such forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal, other transfer restrictions and such other terms and conditions as the Board of Directors may determine.  Such conditions and restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement and shall apply in addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of Shares generally.  In addition, Shares issued under the Plan shall be subject to conditions and restrictions imposed either by applicable law or by Company policy, as adopted from time to time, designed to ensure compliance with applicable law or laws with which the Company determines in its sole discretion to comply including in order to maintain any statutory, regulatory or tax advantage.

 

(f)                                    Tax Matters .

 

(i)                                      As a condition to the award, grant, issuance, vesting, purchase, exercise or transfer of any award, or Shares issued pursuant to any award, granted under this Plan, the Participant shall make such arrangements as the Board of Directors may require or permit for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such event.

 

(ii)                                   Unless otherwise expressly set forth in an Award Agreement, it is intended that awards granted under the Plan shall be exempt from Code Section 409A, and any ambiguity in the terms of an Award Agreement and the Plan shall be interpreted consistently with this intent.  To the extent an award is not exempt from Code Section 409A (any such award, a “ 409A Award ”), any ambiguity in the terms of such award and the Plan shall be interpreted in a manner that to the maximum extent permissible supports the award’s compliance with the requirements of that statute.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary permitted under the Plan, in no event shall a modification of an Award not already subject to Code Section 409A be given effect if such modification would cause the Award to become subject to Code Section 409A unless the parties explicitly acknowledge and consent to the modification as one having that effect. A 409A Award shall be subject to such additional rules and requirements as specified by the Board of Directors from time to time in order for it to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A.  In this regard, if any amount under a 409A Award is payable upon a “separation from service” to an individual who is considered a “specified employee” (as each term is defined under Code Section 409A), then no such payment shall be made prior to the date that is the earlier of (i) six months and one day after the Participant’s separation from service or (ii)

 

9



 

the Participant’s death, but only to the extent such delay is necessary to prevent such payment from being subject to Section 409A(a)(1).  In addition, if a transaction subject to Section 8(b) constitutes a payment event with respect to any 409A Award, then the transaction with respect to such award must also constitute a “change in control event” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) to the extent required by Code Section 409A.

 

(iii)                                Neither the Company nor any member of the Board of Directors shall have any liability to a Participant in the event an award held by the Participant fails to achieve its intended characterization under applicable tax law.

 

SECTION 10.                             DURATION AND AMENDMENTS; STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL .

 

(a)                                  Term of the Plan .  The Plan, as set forth herein, shall become effective on the date of its adoption by the Board of Directors, subject to approval of the Company’s stockholders under Subsection (d) below.  The Plan shall terminate automatically 10 years after the later of (i) the date when the Board of Directors adopted the Plan or (ii) the date when the Board of Directors approved the most recent increase in the number of Shares reserved under Section 4 that was also approved by the Company’s stockholders.  The Plan may be terminated on any earlier date pursuant to Subsection (b) below.

 

(b)                                  Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan .  Subject to Subsection (d) below, the Board of Directors may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason.

 

(c)                                   Effect of Amendment or Termination .  No Shares shall be issued or sold and no Option granted under the Plan after the termination thereof, except upon exercise of an Option (or any other right to purchase Shares) granted under the Plan prior to such termination.  The termination of the Plan, or any amendment thereof, shall not affect any Share previously issued or any Option previously granted under the Plan.

 

(d)                                  Stockholder Approval .  To the extent required by applicable law, the Plan will be subject to approval of the Company’s stockholders within 12 months of its adoption date.  To the extent required by applicable law, any amendment of the Plan will be subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders within 12 months of the amendment date if it (i) increases the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan (except as provided in Section 8), or (ii) materially changes the class of persons who are eligible for the grant of ISOs.  In addition, an amendment effecting any other material change to the Plan terms will be subject to approval of the Company’s stockholder only if required by applicable law.  Stockholder approval shall not be required for any other amendment of the Plan.

 

SECTION 11.                             DEFINITIONS .

 

(a)                                  Award Agreement ” means a Stock Grant Agreement, Stock Option Agreement or Stock Purchase Agreement.

 

10



 

(b)                                  Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

 

(c)                                   Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(d)                                  Committee ” means a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2(a).

 

(e)                                   Company ” means Dimension Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

(f)                                    Consultant ” means a person, excluding Employees and Outside Directors, who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent 3  or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor and who qualifies as a consultant or advisor under Rule 701(c)(1) of the Securities Act or under Instruction A.1.(a)(1) of Form S-8 under the Securities Act.

 

(g)                                   Date of Grant ” means the date of grant specified in the applicable Stock Option Agreement, which date shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Board of Directors resolved to grant the Option or (ii) the first day of the Optionee’s Service.

 

(h)                                  Disability ” means that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

 

(i)                                      Employee ” means any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent 4  or a Subsidiary.

 

(j)                                     Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(k)                                  Exercise Price ” means the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of an Option, as specified by the Board of Directors in the applicable Stock Option Agreement.

 

(l)                                      Fair Market Value ” means the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith.  Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

 

(m)                              Family Member ” means (i) any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, (ii) any person sharing the Optionee’s household (other than a tenant or employee), (iii) a trust in which persons described in Clause (i) or (ii) have more than 50% of the beneficial interest, (iv) a foundation in which persons described in Clause (i) or (ii) or the Optionee control

 


3  Note that special considerations apply if the Company proposes to grant awards to consultant or advisor of a Parent company.

4  Note that special considerations apply if the Company proposes to grant awards to an Employee of a Parent company.

 

11



 

the management of assets and (v) any other entity in which persons described in Clause (i) or (ii) or the Optionee own more than 50% of the voting interests.

 

(n)                                  Grantee ” means a person to whom the Board of Directors has awarded Shares under the Plan.

 

(o)                                  ISO ” means an Option that qualifies as an incentive stock option as described in Code Section 422(b).  Notwithstanding its designation as an ISO, an Option that does not qualify as an ISO under applicable law shall be treated for all purposes as an NSO.

 

(p)                                  NSO ” means an Option that does not qualify as an incentive stock option as described in Code Section 422(b) or 423(b).

 

(q)                                  Option ” means an ISO or NSO granted under the Plan and entitling the holder to purchase Shares.

 

(r)                                     Optionee ” means a person who holds an Option.

 

(s)                                    Outside Director ” means a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

 

(t)                                     Parent ” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.  A corporation that attains the status of a Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Parent commencing as of such date.

 

(u)                                  Participant ” means a Grantee, Optionee or Purchaser.

 

(v)                                  Plan ” means this Dimension Therapeutics, Inc. 2013 Stock Plan.

 

(w)                                Purchase Price ” means the consideration for which one Share may be acquired under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option), as specified by the Board of Directors.

 

(x)                                  Purchaser ” means a person to whom the Board of Directors has offered the right to purchase Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option).

 

(y)                                  Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(z)                                   Service ” means service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

 

(aa)                           Share ” means one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 (if applicable).

 

(bb)                           Stock ” means the Common Stock of the Company.

 

12



 

(cc)                             Stock Grant Agreement ” means the agreement between the Company and a Grantee who is awarded Shares under the Plan that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the award of such Shares.

 

(dd)                           Stock Option Agreement ” means the agreement between the Company and an Optionee that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the Optionee’s Option.

 

(ee)                             Stock Purchase Agreement ” means the agreement between the Company and a Purchaser who purchases Shares under the Plan that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the purchase of such Shares.

 

(ff)                               Subsidiary ” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.  A corporation that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date.

 

13



 

EXHIBIT A

 

SCHEDULE OF SHARES RESERVED FOR ISSUANCE UNDER THE PLAN

 

Date of Board
Approval

 

Date of Stockholder
Approval

 

Number of
Shares Added

 

Cumulative Number
of Shares

 

10/29/2013

 

10/29/2013

 

Not Applicable

 

10,000,000

 

02/18/2014

 

02/18/2014

 

-5,500,000

 

4,500,000

 

12/16/2014

 

01/30/2015

 

900,000

 

5,400,000

 

04/20/2015

 

04/20/2015

 

4,390,122

 

9,790,122

 

06/03/2015

 

06/03/2015

 

500,000

 

10,290,122

 

 

SUMMARY OF MODIFICATIONS AND AMENDMENTS TO THE PLAN

 

The following is a summary of material modifications made to the Plan (including any material deviations from the Gunderson Dettmer precedent form used to create the Plan):

 

E- 1


 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC. 2013 STOCK PLAN

 

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT (EARLY EXERCISE)

 

The Optionee has been granted the following option to purchase shares of the Common Stock of Dimension Therapeutics, Inc.:

 

Name of Optionee:

«Name»

 

 

Total Number of Shares:

«TotalShares»

 

 

 

Type of Option:

«ISO»

Incentive Stock Option (ISO)

 

 

 

 

«NSO»

Nonstatutory Stock Option (NSO)

 

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

$«PricePerShare»

 

 

Date of Grant:

«DateGrant»

 

 

Date Exercisable:

This option may be exercised at any time after the Date of Grant for all or any part of the Shares subject to this option.

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

«VestComDate»

 

 

Vesting Schedule:

The Right of Repurchase shall lapse with respect to the first «Percent»% of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes «CliffPeriod» months of continuous Service beginning with the Vesting Commencement Date set forth above. The Right of Repurchase shall lapse with respect to an additional «Fraction»% of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes each month of continuous Service thereafter.

 

 

Expiration Date:

«ExpDate». This option expires earlier if the Optionee’s Service terminates earlier, as provided in Section 6 of the Stock Option Agreement , or if the Company engages in certain corporate transactions, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan .

 

By signing below, the Optionee and the Company agree that this option is granted under, and governed by the terms and conditions of, the 2013 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement.  Both of these documents are attached to, and made a part of, this Notice of Stock Option Grant.  Section 14 of the Stock Option Agreement includes important acknowledgements of the Optionee .

 

OPTIONEE:

 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

THE OPTION GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC. 2013 STOCK PLAN:

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (EARLY EXERCISE)

 

SECTION 1.  GRANT OF OPTION.

 

(a)                                  Option .  On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and this Agreement, the Company grants to the Optionee on the Date of Grant the option to purchase at the Exercise Price the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.  The Exercise Price is agreed to be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant (110% of Fair Market Value if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).  This option is intended to be an ISO or an NSO, as provided in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 

(b)                                  $100,000 Limitation .  Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it shall be deemed to be an NSO to the extent (and only to the extent) required by the $100,000 annual limitation under Section 422(d) of the Code.

 

(c)                                   Stock Plan and Defined Terms .  This option is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which the Optionee acknowledges having received.  The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference.  Except as otherwise defined in this Agreement (including without limitation Section 15 hereof), capitalized terms shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Plan.

 

SECTION 2.  RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

 

(a)                                  Exercisability .  Subject to Subsection (b) below and the other conditions set forth in this Agreement, all or part of this option may be exercised prior to its expiration at the time or times set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.  Shares purchased by exercising this option may be subject to the Right of Repurchase under Section 7.

 

(b)                                  Stockholder Approval .  Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, no portion of this option shall be exercisable at any time prior to the approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders.

 



 

SECTION 3.  NO TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT OF OPTION.

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process.

 

SECTION 4.  EXERCISE PROCEDURES.

 

(a)                                  Notice of Exercise .  The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative may exercise this option by: (i) signing and delivering written notice to the Company pursuant to Section 13(c) specifying the election to exercise this option, the number of Shares for which it is being exercised and the form of payment and (ii) delivering payment, in a form permissible under Section 5, for the full amount of the Purchase Price (together with any applicable withholding taxes under Subsection (b)).  In the event that this option is being exercised by the representative of the Optionee, the notice shall be accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Company) of the representative’s right to exercise this option.  In the event of a partial exercise of this option, Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in the order in which they vest in accordance with the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 

(b)                                  Withholding Taxes .  In the event that the Company determines that it is required to withhold any tax (including without limitation any income tax, social insurance contributions, payroll tax, payment on account or other tax-related items arising in connection with the Optionee’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to the Optionee (the “ Tax-Related Items ”)) as a result of the grant, vesting or exercise of this option, or as a result of the vesting or transfer of shares acquired upon exercise of this option, the Optionee, as a condition of this option, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all Tax-Related Items.  The Optionee acknowledges that the responsibility for all Tax-Related Items is the Optionee’s and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company (or its affiliate or agent).

 

(c)                                   Issuance of Shares .  After satisfying all requirements for exercise of this option, the Company shall cause to be issued one or more certificates evidencing the Shares for which this option has been exercised.  Such Shares shall be registered (i) in the name of the person exercising this option, (ii) in the names of such person and his or her spouse as community property or as joint tenants with the right of survivorship or (iii) with the Company’s consent, in the name of a revocable trust.  Until the issuance of the Shares has been entered into the books and records of the Company or a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company, no right to vote, receive dividends or any other right as a stockholder will exist with respect to such Shares.  In the case of Restricted Shares, the Company shall cause such certificates to be deposited in escrow under Section 7(c).  In the case of other Shares, the Company shall cause such certificates to be delivered to or upon the order of the person exercising this option.

 

SECTION 5.  PAYMENT FOR STOCK.

 

(a)                                  Cash .  All or part of the Purchase Price may be paid in cash or cash equivalents.

 

2



 

(b)                                  Surrender of Stock .  At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or any part of the Purchase Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee.  Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date when this option is exercised.

 

(c)                                   Exercise/Sale .  All or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company.  However, payment pursuant to this Subsection (c) shall be permitted only if (i) Stock then is publicly traded and (ii) such payment does not violate applicable law.

 

SECTION 6.  TERM AND EXPIRATION.

 

(a)                                  Basic Term .  This option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date is 10 years after the Date of Grant (five years after the Date of Grant if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).

 

(b)                                  Termination of Service (Except by Death) .  If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than death, then this option shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

 

(i)                                      The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above;

 

(ii)                                   The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability; or

 

(iii)                                The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability.

 

The Optionee may exercise all or part of this option at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that this option is exercisable for vested Shares on or before the date when the Optionee’s Service terminates.  When the Optionee’s Service terminates, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable and with respect to any Restricted Shares.  In the event that the Optionee dies after termination of Service but before the expiration of this option, all or part of this option may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option was exercisable for vested Shares on or before the date when the Optionee’s Service terminated.  Once this option (or portion thereof) has terminated, the Optionee shall have no further rights with respect to the option (or portion thereof) or to the underlying Shares.

 

(c)                                   Death of the Optionee .  If the Optionee dies while in Service, then this option shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

 

3



 

(i)                                      The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above; or

 

(ii)                                   The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death.

 

All or part of this option may be exercised at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option is exercisable for vested Shares on or before the date of the Optionee’s death.  When the Optionee dies, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable and with respect to any Restricted Shares.  Once this option (or portion thereof) has terminated, the Optionee shall have no further rights with respect to the option (or portion thereof) or to the underlying Shares.

 

(d)                                  Extension of Post-Termination Exercise Periods .  Following the date on which the Company’s Stock is first listed for trading on an established securities market, if during any part of the exercise period described in Subsections (b)(ii) or (iii) or Subsection (c)(ii) above the exercise of this option would be prohibited solely because the issuance of Shares upon such exercise would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act or a similar provision of other applicable law, then instead of terminating at the end of such prescribed period, the then-vested portion of this option will instead remain outstanding and not expire until the earlier of (i) the expiration date determined pursuant to Section 6(a) above or (ii) the date on which the then-vested portion of this option has been exercisable without violation of applicable law for the aggregate period (which need not be consecutive) after termination of the Optionee’s Service specified in the applicable Subsection above.

 

(e)                                   Part-Time Employment and Leaves of Absence .  If the Optionee commences working on a part-time basis, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.  If the Optionee goes on a leave of absence, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in accordance with the Company’s leave of absence policy or the terms of such leave.  Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Service shall be deemed to continue for any purpose under this Agreement while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if (i) such leave was approved by the Company in writing and (ii) continued crediting of Service for such purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company).  Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless the Optionee immediately returns to active work.

 

(f)                                    Notice Concerning ISO Treatment .  Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it ceases to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an ISO to the extent that it is exercised:

 

(i)                                      More than three months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code);

 

4



 

(ii)                                   More than 12 months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code); or

 

(iii)                                More than three months after the date when the Optionee has been on a leave of absence for three months, unless the Optionee’s reemployment rights following such leave were guaranteed by statute or by contract.

 

SECTION 7.  RIGHT OF REPURCHASE.

 

(a)                                  Scope of Repurchase Right .  Until they vest in accordance with the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Subsection (b) below, the Shares acquired under this Agreement shall be Restricted Shares and shall be subject to the Company’s Right of Repurchase.  The Company, however, may decline to exercise its Right of Repurchase or may exercise its Right of Repurchase only with respect to a portion of the Restricted Shares.  The Company may exercise its Right of Repurchase only during the Repurchase Period following the termination of the Optionee’s Service, but the Right of Repurchase may be exercised automatically under Subsection (d) below.  If the Right of Repurchase is exercised, the Company shall pay the Optionee an amount equal to the lower of (i) the Exercise Price of each Restricted Share being repurchased or (ii) the Fair Market Value of such Restricted Share at the time the Right of Repurchase is exercised.

 

(b)                                  Lapse of Repurchase Right .  The Right of Repurchase shall lapse with respect to the Restricted Shares in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 

(c)                                   Escrow .  Upon issuance, the certificate(s) for Restricted Shares shall be deposited in escrow with the Company to be held in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.  Any additional or exchanged securities or other property described in Subsection (f) below shall immediately be delivered to the Company to be held in escrow.  All ordinary cash dividends on Restricted Shares (or on other securities held in escrow) shall be paid directly to the Optionee and shall not be held in escrow.  Restricted Shares, together with any other assets held in escrow under this Agreement, shall be (i) surrendered to the Company for repurchase upon exercise of the Right of Repurchase or the Right of First Refusal or (ii) released to the Optionee upon his or her request to the extent that the Shares have ceased to be Restricted Shares (but not more frequently than once every six months).  In any event, all Shares that have ceased to be Restricted Shares, together with any other vested assets held in escrow under this Agreement, shall be released within 90 days after the earlier of (i) the termination of the Optionee’s Service or (ii) the lapse of the Right of First Refusal.

 

(d)                                  Exercise of Repurchase Right .  The Company shall be deemed to have exercised its Right of Repurchase automatically for all Restricted Shares as of the commencement of the Repurchase Period, unless the Company during the Repurchase Period notifies the holder of the Restricted Shares pursuant to Section 13(c) that it will not exercise its Right of Repurchase for some or all of the Restricted Shares.  The Company shall pay to the holder of the Restricted Shares the purchase price determined under Subsection (a) above for the

 

5



 

Restricted Shares being repurchased.  Payment shall be made in cash or cash equivalents and/or by canceling indebtedness to the Company incurred by the Optionee in the purchase of the Restricted Shares.  The certificate(s) representing the Restricted Shares being repurchased shall be delivered to the Company.

 

(e)                                   Termination of Rights as Stockholder .  If the Right of Repurchase is exercised in accordance with this Section 7 and the Company makes available the consideration for the Restricted Shares being repurchased, then the person from whom the Restricted Shares are repurchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of the Restricted Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration).  Such Restricted Shares shall be deemed to have been repurchased pursuant to this Section 7, whether or not the certificate(s) for such Restricted Shares have been delivered to the Company or the consideration for such Restricted Shares has been accepted.

 

(f)                                    Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property .  In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company, a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Restricted Shares shall immediately be subject to the Right of Repurchase.  Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Restricted Shares.  Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the price per share to be paid upon the exercise of the Right of Repurchase, provided that the aggregate purchase price payable for the Restricted Shares shall remain the same.  In the event of any transaction described in Section 8(b) of the Plan or any other corporate reorganization, the Right of Repurchase may be exercised by the Company’s successor.

 

(g)                                   Transfer of Restricted Shares .  The Optionee shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any Restricted Shares without the Company’s written consent, except as provided in the following sentence.  The Optionee may transfer Restricted Shares to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement.  If the Optionee transfers any Restricted Shares, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

 

(h)                                  Assignment of Repurchase Right .  The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of Repurchase, in whole or in part.  Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of Repurchase from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 7.

 

6



 

SECTION 8.  RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

 

(a)                                  Right of First Refusal .  In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Shares.  If the Optionee desires to transfer Shares acquired under this Agreement, the Optionee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal, State or foreign securities laws.  The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares.  The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

 

(b)                                  Transfer of Shares .  If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal, State and foreign securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Optionee is bound.  Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above.  If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

 

(c)                                   Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property .  In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company, a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Shares subject to this Section 8 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal.  Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 8.

 

7


 

(d)                                  Termination of Right of First Refusal .  Any other provision of this Section 8 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Optionee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

 

(e)                                   Permitted Transfers .  This Section 8 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement.  If the Optionee transfers any Shares acquired under this Agreement, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

 

(f)                                    Termination of Rights as Stockholder .  If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 8, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement).  Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

 

(g)                                   Assignment of Right of First Refusal .  The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part.  Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 8.

 

SECTION 9.  LEGALITY OF INITIAL ISSUANCE.

 

No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this option unless and until the Company has determined that:

 

(a)                                  It and the Optionee have taken any actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof;

 

(b)                                  Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied; and

 

(c)                                   Any other applicable provision of federal, State or foreign law has been satisfied.

 

8



 

SECTION 10.  NO REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

 

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law.  The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Agreement to comply with any law.

 

SECTION 11.  RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

 

(a)                                  Securities Law Restrictions .  Regardless of whether the offer and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any State or other relevant jurisdiction, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on the stock certificates (or electronic equivalent) or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) and may refuse to transfer Shares acquired hereunder (or Shares proposed to be transferred in a subsequent transfer) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions, legends or refusal are necessary or appropriate to achieve compliance with the Securities Act or other relevant securities or other laws, including without limitation under Regulation S of the Securities Act or pursuant to another available exemption from registration.

 

(b)                                  Market Stand-Off .  In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Optionee or a Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter.  Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter.  In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules.  The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering.  In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off.  In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period.  The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (b).  This Subsection (b) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

 

9



 

(c)                                   Investment Intent at Grant .  The Optionee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon exercising this option will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

 

(d)                                  Investment Intent at Exercise .  In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available that requires an investment representation or other representation, the Optionee shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Shares being acquired upon exercising this option are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel, including (if applicable) that as of the date of exercise the Optionee is (i) not a U.S. Person; (ii) not acquiring the Shares on behalf, or for the account or benefit, of a U.S. Person; and (iii) is not exercising the option in the United States.

 

(e)                                   Legends .  All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES).  SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES AND CERTAIN REPURCHASE RIGHTS UPON TERMINATION OF SERVICE WITH THE COMPANY.  IN ADDITION, THE SHARES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A LIMITED PERIOD FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.  THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

 

All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) OR ANY SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY U.S. STATE, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, REOFFERED, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR DISPOSED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.  IN THE ABSENCE OF

 

10



 

REGISTRATION OR THE AVAILABILITY (CONFIRMED BY OPINION OF COUNSEL) OF AN ALTERNATIVE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT, THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, REOFFERED, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR DISPOSED OF EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S (RULES 901 THROUGH 905 AND PRELIMINARY NOTES) OF THE ACT.  HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACT.”

 

(f)                                    Removal of Legends .  If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares sold under this Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

 

(g)                                   Administration .  Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 11 shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and all other persons.

 

SECTION 12.  ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

 

In the event of any transaction described in Section 8(a) of the Plan, the terms of this option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of Shares subject to this option and the Exercise Price) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 8(a) of the Plan.  In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation or in the event of a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, this option shall be subject to the treatment provided by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

 

SECTION 13.  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

 

(a)                                  Rights as a Stockholder .  Neither the Optionee nor the Optionee’s representative shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to this option until the Optionee or the Optionee’s representative becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Purchase Price pursuant to Sections 4 and 5.

 

(b)                                  No Retention Rights .  Nothing in this option or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) or of the Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

 

(c)                                   Notice .  Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing.  It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid or (iv) deposit with any internationally recognized express mail courier service.  Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Subsection (c).

 

11



 

(d)                                  Modifications and Waivers .  No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Optionee and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than the Optionee).  No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

 

(e)                                   Entire Agreement .  The Notice of Stock Option Grant, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof.  They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.

 

(f)                                    Choice of Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

 

SECTION 14.  ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS OF THE OPTIONEE.

 

In addition to the other terms, conditions and restrictions imposed on this option and the Shares issuable under this option pursuant to this Agreement and the Plan, the Optionee expressly acknowledges being subject to Sections 7 (Right of Repurchase), 8 (Right of First Refusal), 9 (Legality of Initial Issuance) and 11 (Restrictions on Transfer of Shares, including without limitation the Market Stand-Off), as well as the following provisions:

 

(a)                                  Tax Consequences .  The Optionee agrees that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes the Optionee’s tax liabilities.  The Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from this option or the Optionee’s other compensation.  In particular, any Optionee subject to U.S. taxation acknowledges that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the Exercise Price is at least equal to the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant.  Since Shares are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their Fair Market Value is made by the Board of Directors or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company.  The Optionee acknowledges that there is no guarantee in either case that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation, and the Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low.

 

(b)                                  Electronic Delivery of Documents .  The Optionee agrees to accept by email all documents relating to the Company, the Plan or this option and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission).  The Optionee also agrees that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company.  If the Company posts these documents on a website, it shall notify the Optionee by email of their availability.  The Optionee acknowledges that he or she may incur costs in connection with electronic delivery, including the cost of accessing the internet and printing fees, and that an

 

12



 

interruption of internet access may interfere with his or her ability to access the documents.  This consent shall remain in effect until this option expires or until the Optionee gives the Company written notice that it should deliver paper documents.

 

(c)                                   No Notice of Expiration Date .  The Optionee agrees that the Company and its officers, employees, attorneys and agents do not have any obligation to notify him or her prior to the expiration of this option pursuant to Section 6, regardless of whether this option will expire at the end of its full term or on an earlier date related to the termination of the Optionee’s Service.  The Optionee further agrees that he or she has the sole responsibility for monitoring the expiration of this option and for exercising this option, if at all, before it expires.  This Subsection (c) shall supersede any contrary representation that may have been made, orally or in writing, by the Company or by an officer, employee, attorney or agent of the Company.

 

(d)                                  Waiver of Statutory Information Rights .  The Optionee acknowledges and agrees that, upon exercise of this option and until the first sale of the Company’s Stock to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act, he or she will be deemed to have waived any rights the Optionee might otherwise have had under Section 220 of the Delaware General Corporation Law to inspect for any proper purpose and to make copies and extracts from the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders and its other books and records or the books and records of any subsidiary.  This waiver applies only in the Optionee’s capacity as a stockholder and does not affect any other inspection rights the Optionee may have under other law or pursuant to a written agreement with the Company.

 

(e)                             Plan Discretionary .  The Optionee understands and acknowledges that (i) the Plan is entirely discretionary, (ii) the Company and the Optionee’s employer have reserved the right to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time, (iii) the grant of an option does not in any way create any contractual or other right to receive additional grants of options (or benefits in lieu of options) at any time or in any amount and (iv) all determinations with respect to any additional grants, including (without limitation) the times when options will be granted, the number of Shares offered, the Exercise Price and the vesting schedule, will be at the sole discretion of the Company.

 

(f)                              Termination of Service .  The Optionee understands and acknowledges that participation in the Plan ceases upon termination of his or her Service for any reason, except as may explicitly be provided otherwise in the Plan or this Agreement.

 

(g)                             Extraordinary Compensation .  The value of this option shall be an extraordinary item of compensation outside the scope of the Optionee’s employment contract, if any, and shall not be considered a part of his or her normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating severance, resignation, redundancy or end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments.

 

(h)                            Authorization to Disclose .  The Optionee hereby authorizes and directs the Optionee’s employer to disclose to the Company or any Subsidiary any information regarding the Optionee’s employment, the nature and amount of the Optionee’s compensation and the fact and conditions of the Optionee’s participation in the Plan, as the Optionee’s employer deems necessary or appropriate to facilitate the administration of the Plan.

 

13



 

(i)                                Personal Data Authorization .  The Optionee consents to the collection, use and transfer of personal data as described in this Subsection (i).  The Optionee understands and acknowledges that the Company, the Optionee’s employer and the Company’s other Subsidiaries hold certain personal information regarding the Optionee for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan, including (without limitation) the Optionee’s name, home address, telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company and details of all options or any other entitlements to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Optionee’s favor (the “ Data ”).  The Optionee further understands and acknowledges that the Company and/or its Subsidiaries will transfer Data among themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of the Optionee’s participation in the Plan and that the Company and/or any Subsidiary may each further transfer Data to any third party assisting the Company in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan.  The Optionee understands and acknowledges that the recipients of Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere.  The Optionee authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer Data, in electronic or other form, for the purpose of administering the Optionee’s participation in the Plan, including a transfer to any broker or other third party with whom the Optionee elects to deposit Shares acquired under the Plan of such Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of Shares on the Optionee’s behalf.  The Optionee may, at any time, view the Data, require any necessary modifications of Data or withdraw the consents set forth in this Subsection (i) by contacting the Company in writing.

 

SECTION 15.  DEFINITIONS.

 

(a)                                  Agreement ” shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

 

(c)                                   Company ” shall mean Dimension Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

(d)                                  Immediate Family ” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

 

(e)                                   Optionee ” shall mean the person named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 

(f)                                    Plan ” shall mean the Dimension Therapeutics, Inc. 2013 Stock Plan, as in effect on the Date of Grant.

 

(g)                                   Purchase Price ” shall mean the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which this option is being exercised.

 

14



 

(h)                                  Repurchase Period ” shall mean a period of 90 consecutive days commencing on the date when the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason, including (without limitation) death or disability.

 

(i)                                      Restricted Share ” shall mean a Share that is subject to the Right of Repurchase.

 

(j)                                     Right of First Refusal ” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 8.

 

(k)                                  Right of Repurchase ” shall mean the Company’s right of repurchase described in Section 7.

 

(l)                                      Service ” means service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

 

(m)                              Transferee ” shall mean any person to whom the Optionee has directly or indirectly transferred any Share acquired under this Agreement.

 

(n)                                  Transfer Notice ” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section 8.

 

(o)                                  U.S. Person ” shall mean a person described in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S of the Securities Act (or any successor rule or provision), which generally defines a U.S. person as any natural person resident in the United States, any estate of which any executor or administrator is a U.S. Person, or any trust of which of any trustee is a U.S. Person.

 

15


 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC. 2013 STOCK PLAN

 

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT (INSTALLMENT EXERCISE)

 

The Optionee has been granted the following option to purchase shares of the Common Stock of Dimension Therapeutics, Inc.:

 

Name of Optionee:

 

«Name»

 

 

 

Total Number of Shares:

 

«TotalShares»

 

 

 

Type of Option:

 

«ISO»                Incentive Stock Option (ISO)

 

 

 

 

 

«NSO»            Nonstatutory Stock Option (NSO)

 

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

 

$«PricePerShare»

 

 

 

Date of Grant:

 

«DateGrant»

 

 

 

Date Exercisable:

 

This option may be exercised with respect to the first «Percent»% of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes «CliffPeriod» months of continuous Service beginning with the Vesting Commencement Date set forth below. This option may be exercised with respect to an additional «Fraction»% of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes each month of continuous Service thereafter. This option may become exercisable on an accelerated basis under Section 2(a) of the Stock Option Agreement.

 

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

«VestComDate»

 

 

 

Expiration Date:

 

«ExpDate».  This option expires earlier if the Optionee’s Service terminates earlier, as provided in Section 6 of the Stock Option Agreement, or if the Company engages in certain corporate transactions, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

 

By signing below, the Optionee and the Company agree that this option is granted under, and governed by the terms and conditions of, the 2013 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement.  Both of these documents are attached to, and made a part of, this Notice of Stock Option Grant.  Section 13 of the Stock Option Agreement includes important acknowledgements of the Optionee .

 



 

OPTIONEE:

 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

THE OPTION GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC. 2013 STOCK PLAN:

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (INSTALLMENT EXERCISE)

 

SECTION 1.  GRANT OF OPTION.

 

(a)                                  Option .  On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and this Agreement, the Company grants to the Optionee on the Date of Grant the option to purchase at the Exercise Price the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.  The Exercise Price is agreed to be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant (110% of Fair Market Value if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).  This option is intended to be an ISO or an NSO, as provided in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 

(b)                                  $100,000 Limitation .  Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it shall be deemed to be an NSO to the extent (and only to the extent) required by the $100,000 annual limitation under Section 422(d) of the Code.

 

(c)                                   Stock Plan and Defined Terms .  This option is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which the Optionee acknowledges having received.  The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference.  Except as otherwise defined in this Agreement (including without limitation Section 14 hereof), capitalized terms shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Plan.

 

SECTION 2.  RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

 

(a)                                  Exercisability .  Subject to Subsection (b) below and the other conditions set forth in this Agreement, all or part of this option may be exercised prior to its expiration at the time or times set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. In addition, if the Optionee is subject to an Involuntary Termination within 12 months following a Change in Control, [100]%of the shares subject to this option shall immediately vest and become exercisable.

 

(b)                                  Stockholder Approval .  Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, no portion of this option shall be exercisable at any time prior to the approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders.

 



 

SECTION 3.  NO TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT OF OPTION.

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process.

 

SECTION 4.  EXERCISE PROCEDURES.

 

(a)                                  Notice of Exercise .  The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative may exercise this option by: (i) signing and delivering written notice to the Company pursuant to Section 12(c) specifying the election to exercise this option, the number of Shares for which it is being exercised and the form of payment and (ii) delivering payment, in a form permissible under Section 5, for the full amount of the Purchase Price (together with any applicable withholding taxes under Subsection (b)). In the event that this option is being exercised by the representative of the Optionee, the notice shall be accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Company) of the representative’s right to exercise this option.

 

(b)                                  Withholding Taxes .  In the event that the Company determines that it is required to withhold any tax (including without limitation any income tax, social insurance contributions, payroll tax, payment on account or other tax-related items arising in connection with the Optionee’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to the Optionee (the “ Tax-Related Items ”)) as a result of the grant, vesting or exercise of this option, or as a result of the transfer of shares acquired upon exercise of this option, the Optionee, as a condition of this option, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all Tax-Related Items.  The Optionee acknowledges that the responsibility for all Tax-Related Items is the Optionee’s and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company (or its affiliate or agent).

 

(c)                                   Issuance of Shares .  After satisfying all requirements for exercise of this option, the Company shall cause to be issued one or more certificates evidencing the Shares for which this option has been exercised.  Such Shares shall be registered (i) in the name of the person exercising this option, (ii) in the names of such person and his or her spouse as community property or as joint tenants with the right of survivorship or (iii) with the Company’s consent, in the name of a revocable trust.  Until the issuance of the Shares has been entered into the books and records of the Company or a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company, no right to vote, receive dividends or any other right as a stockholder will exist with respect to such Shares. The Company shall cause such certificates to be delivered to or upon the order of the person exercising this option.

 

SECTION 5.  PAYMENT FOR STOCK.

 

(a)                                  Cash .  All or part of the Purchase Price may be paid in cash or cash equivalents.

 

(b)                                  Surrender of Stock .  At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or any part of the Purchase Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee.  Such Shares shall be surrendered to the

 

2



 

Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date when this option is exercised.

 

(c)                                   Exercise/Sale .  All or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company.  However, payment pursuant to this Subsection (c) shall be permitted only if (i) Stock then is publicly traded and (ii) such payment does not violate applicable law.

 

SECTION 6.  TERM AND EXPIRATION.

 

(a)                                  Basic Term .  This option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date is 10 years after the Date of Grant (five years after the Date of Grant if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).

 

(b)                                  Termination of Service (Except by Death) .  If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than death, then this option shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

 

(i)                                      The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above;

 

(ii)                                   The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability; or

 

(iii)                                The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability.

 

The Optionee may exercise all or part of this option at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated.  When the Optionee’s Service terminates, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable.  In the event that the Optionee dies after termination of Service but before the expiration of this option, all or part of this option may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated. Once this option (or portion thereof) has terminated, the Optionee shall have no further rights with respect to the option (or portion thereof) or to the underlying Shares.

 

(c)                                   Death of the Optionee .  If the Optionee dies while in Service, then this option shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

 

(i)                                      The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above; or

 

3



 

(ii)                                   The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death.

 

All or part of this option may be exercised at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death.  When the Optionee dies, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable. Once this option (or portion thereof) has terminated, the Optionee shall have no further rights with respect to the option (or portion thereof) or to the underlying Shares.

 

(d)                                  Extension of Post-Termination Exercise Periods .  Following the date on which the Company’s Stock is first listed for trading on an established securities market, if during any part of the exercise period described in Subsections (b)(ii) or (iii) or Subsection (c)(ii) above the exercise of this option would be prohibited solely because the issuance of Shares upon such exercise would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act or a similar provision of other applicable law, then instead of terminating at the end of such prescribed period, the then-vested portion of this option will instead remain outstanding and not expire until the earlier of (i) the expiration date determined pursuant to Section 6(a) above or (ii) the date on which the then-vested portion of this option has been exercisable without violation of applicable law for the aggregate period (which need not be consecutive) after termination of the Optionee’s Service specified in the applicable Subsection above.

 

(e)                                   Part-Time Employment and Leaves of Absence .  If the Optionee commences working on a part-time basis, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.  If the Optionee goes on a leave of absence, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in accordance with the Company’s leave of absence policy or the terms of such leave.  Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Service shall be deemed to continue for any purpose under this Agreement while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if (i) such leave was approved by the Company in writing and (ii) continued crediting of Service for such purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company).  Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless the Optionee immediately returns to active work.

 

(f)                                    Notice Concerning ISO Treatment .  Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it ceases to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an ISO to the extent that it is exercised:

 

(i)                                      More than three months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code);

 

(ii)                                   More than 12 months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code); or

 

4



 

(iii)                                More than three months after the date when the Optionee has been on a leave of absence for three months, unless the Optionee’s reemployment rights following such leave were guaranteed by statute or by contract.

 

SECTION 7.  RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

 

(a)                                  Right of First Refusal .  In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Shares.  If the Optionee desires to transfer Shares acquired under this Agreement, the Optionee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal, State or foreign securities laws.  The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares.  The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

 

(b)                                  Transfer of Shares .  If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal, State and foreign securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Optionee is bound.  Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above.  If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

 

(c)                                   Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property .  In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company, a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash

 

5



 

equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Shares subject to this Section 7 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal.  Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 7.

 

(d)                                  Termination of Right of First Refusal .  Any other provision of this Section 7 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Optionee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

 

(e)                                   Permitted Transfers .  This Section 7 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement.  If the Optionee transfers any Shares acquired under this Agreement, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

 

(f)                                    Termination of Rights as Stockholder .  If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 7, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement).  Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

 

(g)                                   Assignment of Right of First Refusal .  The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part.  Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 7.

 

SECTION 8.  LEGALITY OF INITIAL ISSUANCE.

 

No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this option unless and until the Company has determined that:

 

(a)                                  It and the Optionee have taken any actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof;

 

(b)                                  Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied; and

 

6



 

(c)                                   Any other applicable provision of federal, State or foreign law has been satisfied.

 

SECTION 9.  NO REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

 

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law.  The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Agreement to comply with any law.

 

SECTION 10.  RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

 

(a)                                  Securities Law Restrictions .  Regardless of whether the offer and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any State or other relevant jurisdiction, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on the stock certificates (or electronic equivalent) or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) and may refuse to transfer Shares acquired hereunder (or Shares proposed to be transferred in a subsequent transfer) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions, legends or refusal are necessary or appropriate to achieve compliance with the Securities Act or other relevant securities or other laws, including without limitation under Regulation S of the Securities Act or pursuant to another available exemption from registration.

 

(b)                                  Market Stand-Off .  In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Optionee or a Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter.  Such restriction (the “ Market Stand-Off ”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter.  In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules.  The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering.  In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off.  In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares

 

7


 

acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period.  The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (b).  This Subsection (b) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

 

(c)                                   Investment Intent at Grant .  The Optionee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon exercising this option will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

 

(d)                                  Investment Intent at Exercise .  In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available that requires an investment representation or other representation, the Optionee shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Shares being acquired upon exercising this option are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel, including (if applicable) that as of the date of exercise the Optionee is (i) not a U.S. Person; (ii) not acquiring the Shares on behalf, or for the account or benefit, of a U.S. Person; and (iii) is not exercising the option in the United States.

 

(e)                                   Legends .  All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES).  SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES.  IN ADDITION, THE SHARES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A LIMITED PERIOD FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER. THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

 

All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) OR ANY SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY U.S. STATE, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, REOFFERED, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR DISPOSED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE

 

8



 

REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.  IN THE ABSENCE OF REGISTRATION OR THE AVAILABILITY (CONFIRMED BY OPINION OF COUNSEL) OF AN ALTERNATIVE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT, THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, REOFFERED, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR DISPOSED OF EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S (RULES 901 THROUGH 905 AND PRELIMINARY NOTES) OF THE ACT.  HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACT.”

 

(f)                                    Removal of Legends .  If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares sold under this Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

 

(g)                                   Administration .  Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 10 shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and all other persons.

 

SECTION 11.  ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

 

In the event of any transaction described in Section 8(a) of the Plan, the terms of this option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of Shares subject to this option and the Exercise Price) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 8(a) of the Plan.  In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation or in the event of a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, this option shall be subject to the treatment provided by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

 

SECTION 12.  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

 

(a)                                  Rights as a Stockholder .  Neither the Optionee nor the Optionee’s representative shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to this option until the Optionee or the Optionee’s representative becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Purchase Price pursuant to Sections 4 and 5.

 

(b)                                  No Retention Rights .  Nothing in this option or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) or of the Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

 

(c)                                   Notice .  Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing.  It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid or (iv) deposit with any

 

9



 

internationally recognized express mail courier service.  Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Subsection (c).

 

(d)                                  Modifications and Waivers .  No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Optionee and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than the Optionee).  No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

 

(e)                                   Entire Agreement .  The Notice of Stock Option Grant, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof.  They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.

 

(f)                                    Choice of Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

 

SECTION 13.  ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS OF THE OPTIONEE.

 

In addition to the other terms, conditions and restrictions imposed on this option and the Shares issuable under this option pursuant to this Agreement and the Plan, the Optionee expressly acknowledges being subject to Sections 7 (Right of First Refusal), 8 (Legality of Initial Issuance) and 10 (Restrictions on Transfer of Shares, including without limitation the Market Stand-Off), as well as the following provisions:

 

(a)                                  Tax Consequences (No Liability for Discounted Options) .  The Optionee agrees that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes the Optionee’s tax liabilities.  The Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from this option or the Optionee’s other compensation.  In particular, any Optionee subject to U.S. taxation acknowledges that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the Exercise Price is at least equal to the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant.  Since Shares are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their Fair Market Value is made by the Board of Directors or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company.  The Optionee acknowledges that there is no guarantee in either case that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation, and the Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low.

 

(b)                                  Electronic Delivery of Documents .  The Optionee agrees to accept by email all documents relating to the Company, the Plan or this option and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission).  The Optionee also agrees that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website

 

10



 

maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company.  If the Company posts these documents on a website, it shall notify the Optionee by email of their availability.  The Optionee acknowledges that he or she may incur costs in connection with electronic delivery, including the cost of accessing the internet and printing fees, and that an interruption of internet access may interfere with his or her ability to access the documents.  This consent shall remain in effect until this option expires or until the Optionee gives the Company written notice that it should deliver paper documents.

 

(c)                                   No Notice of Expiration Date .  The Optionee agrees that the Company and its officers, employees, attorneys and agents do not have any obligation to notify him or her prior to the expiration of this option pursuant to Section 6, regardless of whether this option will expire at the end of its full term or on an earlier date related to the termination of the Optionee’s Service.  The Optionee further agrees that he or she has the sole responsibility for monitoring the expiration of this option and for exercising this option, if at all, before it expires.  This Subsection (c) shall supersede any contrary representation that may have been made, orally or in writing, by the Company or by an officer, employee, attorney or agent of the Company.

 

(d)                                  Waiver of Statutory Information Rights . The Optionee acknowledges and agrees that, upon exercise of this option and until the first sale of the Company’s Stock to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act, he or she will be deemed to have waived any rights the Optionee might otherwise have had under Section 220 of the Delaware General Corporation Law to inspect for any proper purpose and to make copies and extracts from the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders and its other books and records or the books and records of any subsidiary.  This waiver applies only in the Optionee’s capacity as a stockholder and does not affect any other inspection rights the Optionee may have under other law or pursuant to a written agreement with the Company.

 

(e)                             Plan Discretionary .  The Optionee understands and acknowledges that (i) the Plan is entirely discretionary, (ii) the Company and the Optionee’s employer have reserved the right to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time, (iii) the grant of an option does not in any way create any contractual or other right to receive additional grants of options (or benefits in lieu of options) at any time or in any amount and (iv) all determinations with respect to any additional grants, including (without limitation) the times when options will be granted, the number of Shares offered, the Exercise Price and the vesting schedule, will be at the sole discretion of the Company.

 

(f)                              Termination of Service .  The Optionee understands and acknowledges that participation in the Plan ceases upon termination of his or her Service for any reason, except as may explicitly be provided otherwise in the Plan or this Agreement.

 

(g)                             Extraordinary Compensation .  The value of this option shall be an extraordinary item of compensation outside the scope of the Optionee’s employment contract, if any, and shall not be considered a part of his or her normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating severance, resignation, redundancy or end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments.

 

11



 

(h)                            Authorization to Disclose .  The Optionee hereby authorizes and directs the Optionee’s employer to disclose to the Company or any Subsidiary any information regarding the Optionee’s employment, the nature and amount of the Optionee’s compensation and the fact and conditions of the Optionee’s participation in the Plan, as the Optionee’s employer deems necessary or appropriate to facilitate the administration of the Plan.

 

(i)                                Personal Data Authorization .  The Optionee consents to the collection, use and transfer of personal data as described in this Subsection (i).  The Optionee understands and acknowledges that the Company, the Optionee’s employer and the Company’s other Subsidiaries hold certain personal information regarding the Optionee for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan, including (without limitation) the Optionee’s name, home address, telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company and details of all options or any other entitlements to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Optionee’s favor (the “ Data ”).  The Optionee further understands and acknowledges that the Company and/or its Subsidiaries will transfer Data among themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of the Optionee’s participation in the Plan and that the Company and/or any Subsidiary may each further transfer Data to any third party assisting the Company in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan.  The Optionee understands and acknowledges that the recipients of Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere.  The Optionee authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer Data, in electronic or other form, for the purpose of administering the Optionee’s participation in the Plan, including a transfer to any broker or other third party with whom the Optionee elects to deposit Shares acquired under the Plan of such Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of Shares on the Optionee’s behalf.  The Optionee may, at any time, view the Data, require any necessary modifications of Data or withdraw the consents set forth in this Subsection (i) by contacting the Company in writing.

 

SECTION 14.  DEFINITIONS.

 

(a)                                  Agreement ” shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

 

(c)                                   Cause ” shall mean (i) Optionee’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets, which use or disclosure causes material harm to the Company; (ii) Optionee’s material breach of any agreement between Optionee and the Company; (iii) Optionee’s material failure to comply with the Company’s written policies or rules; (iv) Optionee’s conviction of, or Optionee’s plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any State; (v) Optionee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct; (vi) Optionee’s continuing failure to perform assigned duties after receiving written notification of such failure from the Company’s Board of Directors or (vii) Optionee’s failure to cooperate in good faith with a governmental or internal investigation of the Company or its directors, officers or employees, if the Company has requested Optionee’s cooperation.

 

12



 

(d)                                  Change in Control ” shall mean (i) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or (ii) the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company.  The foregoing notwithstanding, a merger or consolidation of the Company does not constitute a “Change in Control” if immediately after the merger or consolidation a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the continuing or surviving entity, or any direct or indirect parent corporation of the continuing or surviving entity, will be owned by the persons who were the Company’s stockholders immediately prior to the merger or consolidation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the voting power of the Company’s capital stock immediately prior to the merger or consolidation.

 

(e)                                   Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(f)                                    Committee ” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2 of the Plan.

 

(g)                                   Company ” shall mean Dimension Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

(h)                                  Consultant ” shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.

 

(i)                                      Date of Grant ” shall mean the date of grant specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Board of Directors resolved to grant this option or (ii) the first day of the Optionee’s Service.

 

(j)                                     Disability ” shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted, or can be expected to last, for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

 

(k)                                  Employee ” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

 

(l)                                      Exercise Price ” shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of this option, as specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 

(m)                              Fair Market Value ” shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith.  Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

 

(n)                                  Good Reason ” means that Optionee resigns within 12 months after one of the following conditions has come into existence without Optionee’s consent:

 

(i)                                      A reduction in Optionee’s base salary by more than 10%;

 

(ii)                                   A material diminution of Optionee’s authority, duties or responsibilities; or

 

13



 

(iii)                                A relocation of Optionee’s principal workplace by more than 30 miles.

 

A condition will not be considered “Good Reason” unless Optionee gives the Company written notice of the condition within 90 days after the condition comes into existence and the Company fails to remedy the condition within 30 days after receiving Optionee’s written notice.

 

(o)                                  Immediate Family ” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

 

(p)                                  “Involuntary Termination ” shall mean a Separation resulting from either (i) Optionee’s involuntary discharge by the Company for reasons other than Cause or (ii) Optionee’s voluntary resignation for Good Reason.

 

(q)                                  ISO ” shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422(b) of the Code.

 

(r)                                     Notice of Stock Option Grant ” shall mean the document so entitled to which this Agreement is attached.

 

(s)                                    NSO ” shall mean a stock option not described in Sections 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code.

 

(t)                                     Optionee ” shall mean the person named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 

(u)                                  Outside Director ” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

 

(v)                                  Parent ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

(w)                                Plan ” shall mean the EiQ Networks, Inc. 2008 Stock Plan, as in effect on the Date of Grant.

 

(x)                                  Purchase Price ” shall mean the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which this option is being exercised.

 

(y)                                  Right of First Refusal ” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 7.

 

(z)                                   Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(aa)                           “Separation” shall mean a “separation from service,” as defined in the regulations under Section 409A of the Code.

 

14



 

(bb)                           Service ” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

 

(cc)                             Share ” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan (if applicable).

 

(dd)                           Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

 

(ee)                             Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

(ff)                               Transferee ” shall mean any person to whom the Optionee has directly or indirectly transferred any Share.

 

(gg)                             Transfer Notice ” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section 7.

 

15


 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC. 2013 STOCK PLAN

 

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT (INSTALLMENT EXERCISE)

 

The Optionee has been granted the following option to purchase shares of the Common Stock of Dimension Therapeutics, Inc.:

 

Name of Optionee:

 

«Name»

 

 

 

Total Number of Shares:

 

«TotalShares»

 

 

 

Type of Option:

 

«ISO»

Incentive Stock Option (ISO)

 

 

 

 

 

«NSO»

Nonstatutory Stock Option (NSO)

 

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

 

$«PricePerShare»

 

 

 

Date of Grant:

 

«DateGrant»

 

 

 

Date Exercisable:

 

This option may be exercised with respect to the first «Percent»% of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes «CliffPeriod» months of continuous Service beginning with the Vesting Commencement Date set forth below. This option may be exercised with respect to an additional «Fraction»% of the Shares subject to this option when the Optionee completes each month of continuous Service thereafter.

 

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

«VestComDate»

 

 

 

Expiration Date:

 

«ExpDate». This option expires earlier if the Optionee’s Service terminates earlier, as provided in Section 6 of the Stock Option Agreement, or if the Company engages in certain corporate transactions, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

 

By signing below, the Optionee and the Company agree that this option is granted under, and governed by the terms and conditions of, the 2013 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement.  Both of these documents are attached to, and made a part of, this Notice of Stock Option Grant.  Section 13 of the Stock Option Agreement includes important acknowledgements of the Optionee .

 



 

OPTIONEE:

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

THE OPTION GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC. 2013 STOCK PLAN:

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (INSTALLMENT EXERCISE)

 

SECTION 1.  GRANT OF OPTION.

 

(a)                                  Option .  On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and this Agreement, the Company grants to the Optionee on the Date of Grant the option to purchase at the Exercise Price the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.  The Exercise Price is agreed to be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant (110% of Fair Market Value if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).  This option is intended to be an ISO or an NSO, as provided in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 

(b)                                  $100,000 Limitation .  Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it shall be deemed to be an NSO to the extent (and only to the extent) required by the $100,000 annual limitation under Section 422(d) of the Code.

 

(c)                                   Stock Plan and Defined Terms .  This option is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which the Optionee acknowledges having received.  The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference.  Except as otherwise defined in this Agreement (including without limitation Section 14 hereof), capitalized terms shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Plan.

 

SECTION 2.  RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

 

(a)                                  Exercisability .  Subject to Subsection (b) below and the other conditions set forth in this Agreement, all or part of this option may be exercised prior to its expiration at the time or times set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 

(b)                                  Stockholder Approval .  Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, no portion of this option shall be exercisable at any time prior to the approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders.

 



 

SECTION 3.  NO TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT OF OPTION.

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process.

 

SECTION 4.  EXERCISE PROCEDURES.

 

(a)                                  Notice of Exercise .  The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative may exercise this option by: (i) signing and delivering written notice to the Company pursuant to Section 12(c) specifying the election to exercise this option, the number of Shares for which it is being exercised and the form of payment and (ii) delivering payment, in a form permissible under Section 5, for the full amount of the Purchase Price (together with any applicable withholding taxes under Subsection (b)). In the event that this option is being exercised by the representative of the Optionee, the notice shall be accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Company) of the representative’s right to exercise this option.

 

(b)                                  Withholding Taxes .  In the event that the Company determines that it is required to withhold any tax (including without limitation any income tax, social insurance contributions, payroll tax, payment on account or other tax-related items arising in connection with the Optionee’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to the Optionee (the “ Tax-Related Items ”)) as a result of the grant, vesting or exercise of this option, or as a result of the transfer of shares acquired upon exercise of this option, the Optionee, as a condition of this option, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all Tax-Related Items.  The Optionee acknowledges that the responsibility for all Tax-Related Items is the Optionee’s and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company (or its affiliate or agent).

 

(c)                                   Issuance of Shares .  After satisfying all requirements for exercise of this option, the Company shall cause to be issued one or more certificates evidencing the Shares for which this option has been exercised.  Such Shares shall be registered (i) in the name of the person exercising this option, (ii) in the names of such person and his or her spouse as community property or as joint tenants with the right of survivorship or (iii) with the Company’s consent, in the name of a revocable trust.  Until the issuance of the Shares has been entered into the books and records of the Company or a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company, no right to vote, receive dividends or any other right as a stockholder will exist with respect to such Shares. The Company shall cause such certificates to be delivered to or upon the order of the person exercising this option.

 

SECTION 5.  PAYMENT FOR STOCK.

 

(a)                                  Cash .  All or part of the Purchase Price may be paid in cash or cash equivalents.

 

(b)                                  Surrender of Stock .  At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or any part of the Purchase Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee.  Such Shares shall be surrendered to the

 

2



 

Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date when this option is exercised.

 

(c)                                   Exercise/Sale .  All or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company.  However, payment pursuant to this Subsection (c) shall be permitted only if (i) Stock then is publicly traded and (ii) such payment does not violate applicable law.

 

SECTION 6.  TERM AND EXPIRATION.

 

(a)                                  Basic Term .  This option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date is 10 years after the Date of Grant (five years after the Date of Grant if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).

 

(b)                                  Termination of Service (Except by Death) .  If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than death, then this option shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

 

(i)                                      The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above;

 

(ii)                                   The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability; or

 

(iii)                                The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability.

 

The Optionee may exercise all or part of this option at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated.  When the Optionee’s Service terminates, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable.  In the event that the Optionee dies after termination of Service but before the expiration of this option, all or part of this option may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated. Once this option (or portion thereof) has terminated, the Optionee shall have no further rights with respect to the option (or portion thereof) or to the underlying Shares.

 

(c)                                   Death of the Optionee .  If the Optionee dies while in Service, then this option shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

 

(i)                                      The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above; or

 

3



 

(ii)                                   The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death.

 

All or part of this option may be exercised at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death.  When the Optionee dies, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable. Once this option (or portion thereof) has terminated, the Optionee shall have no further rights with respect to the option (or portion thereof) or to the underlying Shares.

 

(d)                                  Extension of Post-Termination Exercise Periods .  Following the date on which the Company’s Stock is first listed for trading on an established securities market, if during any part of the exercise period described in Subsections (b)(ii) or (iii) or Subsection (c)(ii) above the exercise of this option would be prohibited solely because the issuance of Shares upon such exercise would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act or a similar provision of other applicable law, then instead of terminating at the end of such prescribed period, the then-vested portion of this option will instead remain outstanding and not expire until the earlier of (i) the expiration date determined pursuant to Section 6(a) above or (ii) the date on which the then-vested portion of this option has been exercisable without violation of applicable law for the aggregate period (which need not be consecutive) after termination of the Optionee’s Service specified in the applicable Subsection above.

 

(e)                                   Part-Time Employment and Leaves of Absence .  If the Optionee commences working on a part-time basis, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.  If the Optionee goes on a leave of absence, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in accordance with the Company’s leave of absence policy or the terms of such leave.  Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Service shall be deemed to continue for any purpose under this Agreement while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if (i) such leave was approved by the Company in writing and (ii) continued crediting of Service for such purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company).  Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless the Optionee immediately returns to active work.

 

(f)                                    Notice Concerning ISO Treatment .  Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it ceases to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an ISO to the extent that it is exercised:

 

(i)                                      More than three months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code);

 

(ii)                                   More than 12 months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code); or

 

4



 

(iii)                                More than three months after the date when the Optionee has been on a leave of absence for three months, unless the Optionee’s reemployment rights following such leave were guaranteed by statute or by contract.

 

SECTION 7.  RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

 

(a)                                  Right of First Refusal .  In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Shares.  If the Optionee desires to transfer Shares acquired under this Agreement, the Optionee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal, State or foreign securities laws.  The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares.  The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

 

(b)                                  Transfer of Shares .  If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal, State and foreign securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Optionee is bound.  Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above.  If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

 

(c)                                   Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property .  In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company, a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash

 

5



 

equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Shares subject to this Section 7 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal.  Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 7.

 

(d)                                  Termination of Right of First Refusal .  Any other provision of this Section 7 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Optionee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

 

(e)                                   Permitted Transfers .  This Section 7 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement.  If the Optionee transfers any Shares acquired under this Agreement, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

 

(f)                                    Termination of Rights as Stockholder .  If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 7, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement).  Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

 

(g)                                   Assignment of Right of First Refusal .  The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part.  Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 7.

 

SECTION 8.  LEGALITY OF INITIAL ISSUANCE.

 

No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this option unless and until the Company has determined that:

 

(a)                                  It and the Optionee have taken any actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof;

 

(b)                                  Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied; and

 

6



 

(c)                                   Any other applicable provision of federal, State or foreign law has been satisfied.

 

SECTION 9.  NO REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

 

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law.  The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Agreement to comply with any law.

 

SECTION 10.  RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

 

(a)                                  Securities Law Restrictions .  Regardless of whether the offer and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any State or other relevant jurisdiction, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on the stock certificates (or electronic equivalent) or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) and may refuse to transfer Shares acquired hereunder (or Shares proposed to be transferred in a subsequent transfer) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions, legends or refusal are necessary or appropriate to achieve compliance with the Securities Act or other relevant securities or other laws, including without limitation under Regulation S of the Securities Act or pursuant to another available exemption from registration.

 

(b)                                  Market Stand-Off .  In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Optionee or a Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter.  Such restriction (the “ Market Stand-Off ”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter.  In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules.  The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering.  In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off.  In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares

 

7


 

acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period.  The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (b).  This Subsection (b) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

 

(c)                                   Investment Intent at Grant .  The Optionee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon exercising this option will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

 

(d)                                  Investment Intent at Exercise .  In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available that requires an investment representation or other representation, the Optionee shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Shares being acquired upon exercising this option are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel, including (if applicable) that as of the date of exercise the Optionee is (i) not a U.S. Person; (ii) not acquiring the Shares on behalf, or for the account or benefit, of a U.S. Person; and (iii) is not exercising the option in the United States.

 

(e)                                   Legends .  All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES).  SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES.  IN ADDITION, THE SHARES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A LIMITED PERIOD FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER. THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

 

All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) OR ANY SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY U.S. STATE, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, REOFFERED, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR DISPOSED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE

 

8



 

REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.  IN THE ABSENCE OF REGISTRATION OR THE AVAILABILITY (CONFIRMED BY OPINION OF COUNSEL) OF AN ALTERNATIVE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT, THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, REOFFERED, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR DISPOSED OF EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S (RULES 901 THROUGH 905 AND PRELIMINARY NOTES) OF THE ACT.  HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACT.”

 

(f)                                    Removal of Legends .  If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares sold under this Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

 

(g)                                   Administration .  Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 10 shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and all other persons.

 

SECTION 11.  ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

 

In the event of any transaction described in Section 8(a) of the Plan, the terms of this option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of Shares subject to this option and the Exercise Price) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 8(a) of the Plan.  In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation or in the event of a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, this option shall be subject to the treatment provided by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

 

SECTION 12.  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

 

(a)                                  Rights as a Stockholder .  Neither the Optionee nor the Optionee’s representative shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to this option until the Optionee or the Optionee’s representative becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Purchase Price pursuant to Sections 4 and 5.

 

(b)                                  No Retention Rights .  Nothing in this option or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) or of the Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

 

(c)                                   Notice .  Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing.  It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid or (iv) deposit with any

 

9



 

internationally recognized express mail courier service.  Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Subsection (c).

 

(d)                                  Modifications and Waivers .  No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Optionee and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than the Optionee).  No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

 

(e)                                   Entire Agreement .  The Notice of Stock Option Grant, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof.  They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.

 

(f)                                    Choice of Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

 

SECTION 13.  ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS OF THE OPTIONEE.

 

In addition to the other terms, conditions and restrictions imposed on this option and the Shares issuable under this option pursuant to this Agreement and the Plan, the Optionee expressly acknowledges being subject to Sections 7 (Right of First Refusal), 8 (Legality of Initial Issuance) and 10 (Restrictions on Transfer of Shares, including without limitation the Market Stand-Off), as well as the following provisions:

 

(a)                                  Tax Consequences (No Liability for Discounted Options) .  The Optionee agrees that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes the Optionee’s tax liabilities.  The Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from this option or the Optionee’s other compensation.  In particular, any Optionee subject to U.S. taxation acknowledges that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the Exercise Price is at least equal to the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant.  Since Shares are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their Fair Market Value is made by the Board of Directors or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company.  The Optionee acknowledges that there is no guarantee in either case that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation, and the Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low.

 

(b)                                  Electronic Delivery of Documents .  The Optionee agrees to accept by email all documents relating to the Company, the Plan or this option and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission).  The Optionee also agrees that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website

 

10



 

maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company.  If the Company posts these documents on a website, it shall notify the Optionee by email of their availability.  The Optionee acknowledges that he or she may incur costs in connection with electronic delivery, including the cost of accessing the internet and printing fees, and that an interruption of internet access may interfere with his or her ability to access the documents.  This consent shall remain in effect until this option expires or until the Optionee gives the Company written notice that it should deliver paper documents.

 

(c)                                   No Notice of Expiration Date .  The Optionee agrees that the Company and its officers, employees, attorneys and agents do not have any obligation to notify him or her prior to the expiration of this option pursuant to Section 6, regardless of whether this option will expire at the end of its full term or on an earlier date related to the termination of the Optionee’s Service.  The Optionee further agrees that he or she has the sole responsibility for monitoring the expiration of this option and for exercising this option, if at all, before it expires.  This Subsection (c) shall supersede any contrary representation that may have been made, orally or in writing, by the Company or by an officer, employee, attorney or agent of the Company.

 

(d)                                  Waiver of Statutory Information Rights . The Optionee acknowledges and agrees that, upon exercise of this option and until the first sale of the Company’s Stock to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act, he or she will be deemed to have waived any rights the Optionee might otherwise have had under Section 220 of the Delaware General Corporation Law to inspect for any proper purpose and to make copies and extracts from the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders and its other books and records or the books and records of any subsidiary.  This waiver applies only in the Optionee’s capacity as a stockholder and does not affect any other inspection rights the Optionee may have under other law or pursuant to a written agreement with the Company.

 

(e)                             Plan Discretionary .  The Optionee understands and acknowledges that (i) the Plan is entirely discretionary, (ii) the Company and the Optionee’s employer have reserved the right to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time, (iii) the grant of an option does not in any way create any contractual or other right to receive additional grants of options (or benefits in lieu of options) at any time or in any amount and (iv) all determinations with respect to any additional grants, including (without limitation) the times when options will be granted, the number of Shares offered, the Exercise Price and the vesting schedule, will be at the sole discretion of the Company.

 

(f)                              Termination of Service .  The Optionee understands and acknowledges that participation in the Plan ceases upon termination of his or her Service for any reason, except as may explicitly be provided otherwise in the Plan or this Agreement.

 

(g)                             Extraordinary Compensation .  The value of this option shall be an extraordinary item of compensation outside the scope of the Optionee’s employment contract, if any, and shall not be considered a part of his or her normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating severance, resignation, redundancy or end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments.

 

11



 

(h)                            Authorization to Disclose .  The Optionee hereby authorizes and directs the Optionee’s employer to disclose to the Company or any Subsidiary any information regarding the Optionee’s employment, the nature and amount of the Optionee’s compensation and the fact and conditions of the Optionee’s participation in the Plan, as the Optionee’s employer deems necessary or appropriate to facilitate the administration of the Plan.

 

(i)                                Personal Data Authorization .  The Optionee consents to the collection, use and transfer of personal data as described in this Subsection (i).  The Optionee understands and acknowledges that the Company, the Optionee’s employer and the Company’s other Subsidiaries hold certain personal information regarding the Optionee for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan, including (without limitation) the Optionee’s name, home address, telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company and details of all options or any other entitlements to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Optionee’s favor (the “ Data ”).  The Optionee further understands and acknowledges that the Company and/or its Subsidiaries will transfer Data among themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of the Optionee’s participation in the Plan and that the Company and/or any Subsidiary may each further transfer Data to any third party assisting the Company in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan.  The Optionee understands and acknowledges that the recipients of Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere.  The Optionee authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer Data, in electronic or other form, for the purpose of administering the Optionee’s participation in the Plan, including a transfer to any broker or other third party with whom the Optionee elects to deposit Shares acquired under the Plan of such Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of Shares on the Optionee’s behalf.  The Optionee may, at any time, view the Data, require any necessary modifications of Data or withdraw the consents set forth in this Subsection (i) by contacting the Company in writing.

 

SECTION 14.  DEFINITIONS.

 

(a)                                  Agreement ” shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

 

(c)                                   Company ” shall mean Dimension Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

(d)                                  Immediate Family ” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

 

(e)                                   Optionee ” shall mean the person named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 

(f)                                    Plan ” shall mean the Dimension Therapeutics, Inc. 2013 Stock Plan, as in effect on the Date of Grant.

 

12



 

(g)                                   Purchase Price ” shall mean the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which this option is being exercised.

 

(h)                                  Right of First Refusal ” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 7.

 

(i)                                      Transferee ” shall mean any person to whom the Optionee has directly or indirectly transferred any Share acquired under this Agreement.

 

(j)                                     Transfer Notice ” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section 7.

 

(k)                                  U.S. Person ” shall mean a person described in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S of the Securities Act (or any successor rule or provision), which generally defines a U.S. person as any natural person resident in the United States, any estate of which any executor or administrator is a U.S. Person, or any trust of which of any trustee is a U.S. Person.

 

13


 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC. 2013 STOCK PLAN:

 

SUMMARY OF STOCK GRANT (FOR SERVICES)

 

The Transferee is acquiring shares of the Common Stock of Dimension Therapeutics, Inc. on the following terms:

 

Name of Transferee:

«Name»

 

 

Total Number of Transferred Shares:

«TotalShares»

 

 

Date of Transfer:

«DateTransfer»

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

«VestComDate»

 

 

Vesting Schedule:

The Forfeiture Condition shall lapse with respect to the first «Percent»% of the Transferred Shares when the Transferee completes «CliffPeriod» months of continuous Service beginning with the Vesting Commencement Date set forth above. The Forfeiture Condition shall lapse with respect to an additional «Fraction»% of the Transferred Shares when the Transferee completes each month of continuous Service thereafter.

 

By signing below, the Transferee and the Company agree that the acquisition of the Transferred Shares is governed by the terms and conditions of the 2013 Stock Plan and the Stock Grant Agreement.  Both of these documents are attached to, and made a part of, this Summary of Stock Grant.  The Transferee agrees to accept by email all documents relating to the Company, the Plan or this grant and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission).  The Transferee also agrees that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company.  If the Company posts these documents on a website, it shall notify the Transferee by email of their availability.  The Transferee acknowledges that he or she may incur costs in connection with electronic delivery, including the cost of accessing the internet and printing fees, and that an interruption of internet access may interfere with his or her ability to access the documents.  This consent shall remain in effect until the Transferee gives the Company written notice that it should deliver paper documents.

 

 

TRANSFEREE:

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Address for Mailing Stock Certificate:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC. 2013 STOCK PLAN :

 

STOCK GRANT AGREEMENT (FOR SERVICES)

 

SECTION 1.        ACQUISITION OF SHARES.

 

(a)                                  Transfer .  On the terms and conditions set forth in the Summary of Stock Grant and this Agreement, the Company agrees to transfer to the Transferee the number of Shares set forth in the Summary of Stock Grant.  The transfer shall occur at the offices of the Company on the date of transfer set forth in the Summary of Stock Grant or at such other place and time as the parties may agree.

 

(b)                                  Consideration .  The Transferee and the Company agree that the Transferred Shares are being issued to the Transferee as consideration for a portion of the services performed by the Transferee for the Company.  The value of such portion is agreed to be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Transferred Shares.

 

(c)                                   Stock Plan and Defined Terms .  The transfer of the Transferred Shares is subject to the Plan, a copy of which the Transferee acknowledges having received.  The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference.  Except as otherwise defined in this Agreement (including without limitation Section 11 hereof), capitalized terms shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Plan.

 

SECTION 2.                          FORFEITURE CONDITION.

 

(a)                                  Scope of Forfeiture Condition .  All Transferred Shares initially shall be Restricted Shares and shall be subject to forfeiture to the Company.  The Transferee shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any Restricted Shares without the Company’s written consent, except as provided in the following sentence.  The Transferee may transfer Restricted Shares to one or more members of the Transferee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Transferee for the benefit of the Transferee and/or one or more members of the Transferee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement.  If the Transferee transfers any Restricted Shares, then this Agreement shall apply to the Subsequent Transferee to the same extent as to the Transferee.

 

(b)                                  Vesting .  The Forfeiture Condition shall lapse and the Restricted Shares shall become vested in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Summary of Stock Grant.

 

(c)                                   Execution of Forfeiture .  The Forfeiture Condition shall be applicable only if the Transferee’s Service terminates for any reason, with or without cause, including (without limitation) death or disability, before all Restricted Shares have become vested.  In the

 



 

event that the Transferee’s Service terminates for any reason, the certificate(s) representing any remaining Restricted Shares shall be delivered to the Company.  The Company shall make no payment for Restricted Shares that are forfeited.

 

(d)                                  Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property .  In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company, a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, any other corporate reorganization, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Restricted Shares or into which such Restricted Shares thereby become convertible shall immediately be subject to the Forfeiture Condition.  Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Restricted Shares.

 

(e)                                   Termination of Rights as Stockholder .  If Restricted Shares are forfeited in accordance with this Section 2, then the person who is to forfeit such Restricted Shares shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Restricted Shares.  Such Restricted Shares shall be deemed to have been forfeited in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

 

(f)                                    Escrow .  Upon issuance, the certificates for Restricted Shares shall be deposited in escrow with the Company to be held in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.  Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property described in Subsection (d) above shall immediately be delivered to the Company to be held in escrow, but only to the extent the Transferred Shares are at the time Restricted Shares.  All regular cash dividends on Restricted Shares (or other securities at the time held in escrow) shall be paid directly to the Transferee and shall not be held in escrow.  Restricted Shares, together with any other assets or securities held in escrow hereunder, shall be (i) surrendered to the Company for forfeiture and cancellation in the event that the Forfeiture Condition or Right of First Refusal applies or (ii) released to the Transferee upon the Transferee’s request to the extent the Transferred Shares are no longer Restricted Shares (but not more frequently than once every six months).  In any event, all Transferred Shares that have vested (and any other vested assets and securities attributable thereto) shall be released within 60 days after the earlier of (i) the termination of the Transferee’s Service or (ii) the lapse of the Right of First Refusal.

 

(g)                                   Part-Time Employment and Leaves of Absence .  If the Transferee commences working on a part-time basis, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Summary of Stock Grant.  If the Transferee goes on a leave of absence, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Summary of Stock Grant in accordance with the Company’s leave of absence policy or the terms of such leave.  Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Service shall be deemed to continue while the Transferee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if (i) such leave was approved by the Company in writing and (ii) continued crediting of Service is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as

 

2



 

determined by the Company).  Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless the Transferee immediately returns to active work.

 

SECTION 3.                          RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

 

(a)                                  Right of First Refusal .  In the event that the Transferee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Transferred Shares, or any interest in Transferred Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Transferred Shares.  If the Transferee desires to transfer Transferred Shares, the Transferee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transferred Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Subsequent Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal, State or foreign securities laws.  The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Transferee and by the proposed Subsequent Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Transferred Shares.  The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Transferred Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

 

(b)                                  Transfer of Shares .  If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after receiving the Transfer Notice, the Transferee may, not later than 90 days after the Company received the Transfer Notice, conclude a transfer of the Transferred Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal, State and foreign securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Transferee is bound.  Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Transferee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above.  If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Transferred Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Transferred Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transferred Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

 

(c)                                   Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property .  In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company, a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that

 

3



 

are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Transferred Shares subject to this Section 3 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal.  Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Transferred Shares subject to this Section 3.

 

(d)                                  Termination of Right of First Refusal .  Any other provision of this Section 3 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Transferee desires to transfer Transferred Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Transferee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

 

(e)                                   Permitted Transfers .  This Section 3 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Transferee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Transferee for the benefit of the Transferee and/or one or more members of the Transferee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement.  If the Transferee transfers any Transferred Shares, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Subsequent Transferee to the same extent as to the Transferee.

 

(f)                                    Termination of Rights as Stockholder .  If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 3, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement).  Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

 

(g)                                   Assignment of Right of First Refusal .  The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part.  Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 3.

 

SECTION 4.                          OTHER RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.

 

(a)                                  Transferee Representations .  In connection with the issuance and acquisition of Shares under this Agreement, the Transferee hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

(i)                                      The Transferee is acquiring and will hold the Transferred Shares for investment for his or her account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

4



 

(ii)                                   The Transferee understands that the Transferred Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom and that the Transferred Shares must be held indefinitely, unless their sale or other transfer is subsequently registered under the Securities Act or the Transferee obtains an opinion of counsel, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company and its counsel, that such registration is not required.  The Transferee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Transferred Shares.

 

(iii)                                The Transferee is aware of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resales of securities acquired in a non-public offering, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.  These conditions may include (without limitation) that certain current public information about the issuer be available, that the resale occur only after a holding period required by Rule 144 has been satisfied, that the sale occur through an unsolicited “broker’s transaction,” and that the amount of securities being sold during any three-month period not exceed specified limitations.  The Transferee acknowledges and understands that the conditions for resale set forth in Rule 144 have not been satisfied as of the Date of Transfer and that the Company is not required to take action to satisfy any such conditions.

 

(iv)                               The Transferee will not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Transferred Shares in violation of the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the rules promulgated thereunder, including Rule 144 under the Securities Act.  The Transferee agrees that he or she will not dispose of the Transferred Shares unless and until he or she has complied with all requirements of this Agreement applicable to the disposition of Transferred Shares and he or she has provided the Company with written assurances, in substance and form satisfactory to the Company, that (A) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Transferred Shares under the Securities Act or all appropriate action necessary for compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or with any exemption from registration available under the Securities Act (including Rule 144) has been taken and (B) the proposed disposition will not result in the contravention of any transfer restrictions applicable to the Transferred Shares under applicable state law.

 

(v)                                  The Transferee has received and has had access to such information as he or she considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to invest in the Transferred Shares, and the Transferee has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the issuance of the Transferred Shares.

 

(vi)                               The Transferee is aware that his or her investment in the Company is a speculative investment that has limited liquidity and is subject to the risk of complete loss.  The Transferee is able, without impairing his or her

 

5



 

financial condition, to hold the Transferred Shares for an indefinite period and to suffer a complete loss of his or her investment in the Transferred Shares.

 

(b)                                  Securities Law Restrictions .  Regardless of whether the offer and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any State or other relevant jurisdiction, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of the Transferred Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on the stock certificates (or electronic equivalent) or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) and may refuse to transfer Shares acquired hereunder (or Shares proposed to be transferred in a subsequent transfer) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions, legends or refusal are necessary or appropriate to achieve compliance with the Securities Act or other relevant securities or other laws, including without limitation under Regulation S of the Securities Act or pursuant to another available exemption from registration.

 

(c)                                   Market Stand-Off .  In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Transferee or a Subsequent Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Transferred Shares without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter.  Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter.  In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules.  The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering.  In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off.  In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Transferred Shares until the end of the applicable stand-off period.  The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (c).  This Subsection (c) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

 

(d)                                  Rights of the Company .  The Company shall not be required to (i) transfer on its books any Transferred Shares that have been sold or transferred in contravention of this Agreement or (ii) treat as the owner of Transferred Shares, or otherwise to

 

6


 

accord voting, dividend or liquidation rights to, any Subsequent Transferee to whom Transferred Shares have been transferred in contravention of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 5.                          SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

 

Except as otherwise expressly provided to the contrary, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns and be binding upon the Transferee and the Transferee’s legal representatives, heirs, legatees, distributees, assigns and transferees by operation of law, whether or not any such person has become a party to this Agreement or has agreed in writing to join herein and to be bound by the terms, conditions and restrictions hereof.

 

SECTION 6.                          NO RETENTION RIGHTS.

 

Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon the Transferee any right to continue providing services to the Company for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Transferee) or of the Transferee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

 

SECTION 7.                          TAX ELECTION.

 

The acquisition of the Transferred Shares may result in adverse tax consequences that may be avoided or mitigated by filing an election under Code Section 83(b).  Such election may be filed only within 30 days after the date of transfer set forth in the Summary of Stock Grant.  The form for making the Code Section 83(b) election is attached to this Agreement as an Exhibit.  The Transferee should consult with his or her tax advisor to determine the tax consequences of acquiring the Transferred Shares and the advantages and disadvantages of filing the Code Section 83(b) election.  The Transferee acknowledges that it is his or her sole responsibility, and not the Company’s, to file a timely election under Code Section 83(b), even if the Transferee requests the Company or its representatives to make this filing on his or her behalf.

 

SECTION 8.                          LEGENDS.

 

All certificates evidencing Transferred Shares shall bear the following legends:

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES).  SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED

 

7



 

TRANSFER OF THE SHARES AND IMPOSES CERTAIN FORFEITURE CONDITIONS UPON TERMINATION OF SERVICE WITH THE COMPANY.  IN ADDITION, THE SHARES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A LIMITED PERIOD FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.  THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

 

All certificates evidencing the Transferred Shares acquired under this Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) OR ANY SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY U.S. STATE, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, REOFFERED, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR DISPOSED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.  IN THE ABSENCE OF REGISTRATION OR THE AVAILABILITY (CONFIRMED BY OPINION OF COUNSEL) OF AN ALTERNATIVE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT, THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, REOFFERED, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR DISPOSED OF EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S (RULES 901 THROUGH 905 AND PRELIMINARY NOTES) OF THE ACT.  HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACT.”

 

If required by the authorities of any State in connection with the issuance of the Transferred Shares, the legend or legends required by such State authorities shall also be endorsed on all such certificates.

 

SECTION 9.                          MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

 

(a)                                  Choice of Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

 

(b)                            Notice.  Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing.  It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid or (iv) deposit with any

 

8



 

internationally recognized express mail courier service.  Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Transferee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Subsection (c).

 

(c)                             Entire Agreement .  The Summary of Stock Grant, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof.  They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.

 

SECTION 10.                   ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS OF THE TRANSFEREE.

 

In addition to the other terms, conditions and restrictions imposed on the Shares acquired pursuant to this Agreement, the Transferee expressly acknowledges being subject to Sections 2 (Forfeiture Condition), 3 (Right of First Refusal) and 4 (Other Restrictions on Transfer, including without limitation the Market Stand-Off), as well as the following provisions:

 

(a)                                  Waiver of Statutory Information Rights . The Transferee acknowledges and agrees that, until the first sale of the Company’s Stock to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act, he or she will be deemed to have waived any rights the Transferee might otherwise have had under Section 220 of the Delaware General Corporation Law to inspect for any proper purpose and to make copies and extracts from the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders and its other books and records or the books and records of any subsidiary.  This waiver applies only in the Transferee’s capacity as a stockholder and does not affect any other inspection rights the Transferee may have under other law or pursuant to a written agreement with the Company.

 

(b)                            Plan Discretionary .  The Transferee understands and acknowledges that (i) the Plan is entirely discretionary, (ii) the Company and the Transferee’s employer have reserved the right to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time, (iii) the transfer of the Transferred Shares does not in any way create any contractual or other right to receive additional awards under the Plan at any time or in any amount and (iv) all determinations with respect to any additional awards, including (without limitation) the times when awards will be granted, the number of Shares offered and the vesting schedule, will be at the sole discretion of the Company.

 

(c)                             Termination of Service .  The Transferee understands and acknowledges that participation in the Plan ceases upon termination of his or her Service for any reason, except as may explicitly be provided otherwise in the Plan or this Agreement.

 

(d)                            Extraordinary Compensation .  The value of the Transferred Shares shall be an extraordinary item of compensation outside the scope of the Transferee’s employment contract, if any, and shall not be considered a part of his or her normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating severance, resignation, redundancy or end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments.

 

(e)                             Authorization to Disclose .  The Transferee hereby authorizes and directs the Transferee’s employer to disclose to the Company or any Subsidiary any information

 

9



 

regarding the Transferee’s employment, the nature and amount of the Transferee’s compensation and the fact and conditions of the Transferee’s participation in the Plan, as the Transferee’s employer deems necessary or appropriate to facilitate the administration of the Plan.

 

(f)                              Personal Data Authorization .  The Transferee consents to the collection, use and transfer of personal data as described in this Subsection (f).  The Transferee understands and acknowledges that the Company, the Transferee’s employer and the Company’s other Subsidiaries hold certain personal information regarding the Transferee for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan, including (without limitation) the Transferee’s name, home address, telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company and details of all options or any other entitlements to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Transferee’s favor (the “ Data ”).  The Transferee further understands and acknowledges that the Company and/or its Subsidiaries will transfer Data among themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of the Transferee’s participation in the Plan and that the Company and/or any Subsidiary may each further transfer Data to any third party assisting the Company in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan.  The Transferee understands and acknowledges that the recipients of Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere.  The Transferee authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer Data, in electronic or other form, for the purpose of administering the Transferee’s participation in the Plan, including a transfer to any broker or other third party with whom the Transferee elects to deposit Shares acquired under the Plan of such Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of Shares on the Transferee’s behalf.  The Transferee may, at any time, view the Data, require any necessary modifications of Data or withdraw the consents set forth in this Subsection (f) by contacting the Company in writing.

 

SECTION 11.                   DEFINITIONS.

 

(a)                                  Agreement ” shall mean this Stock Grant Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

 

(c)                                   Company ” shall mean Dimension Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

(d)                                  Forfeiture Condition ” shall mean the forfeiture condition described in Section 2.

 

(e)                                   Immediate Family ” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

 

(f)                                    Plan ” shall mean the Dimension Therapeutics, Inc. 2013 Stock Plan, as amended.

 

10



 

(g)                                   Restricted Share ” shall mean a Transferred Share that is subject to the Forfeiture Condition.

 

(h)                                  Right of First Refusal ” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 3.

 

(i)                                      Subsequent Transferee ” shall mean any person to whom the Transferee has directly or indirectly transferred any Transferred Shares.

 

(j)                                     Transferee ” shall mean the individual named in the Summary of Stock Grant.

 

(k)                                  Transfer Notice ” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Transferred Shares described in Section 3.

 

(l)                                      Transferred Shares ” shall mean the Shares acquired by the Transferee pursuant to this Agreement.

 

11



 

EXHIBIT I

 

SECTION 83(b) ELECTION

 

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section  83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.83-2, to include in gross income as compensation for services the fair market value of the shares described below.

 

(1)

The taxpayer who performed the services is:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Social Security No.:

 

 

 

 

(2)

The property with respect to which the election is made is        shares of the common stock of Dimension Therapeutics, Inc.

 

 

(3)

The property was transferred to the taxpayer on               ,      .

 

 

(4)

The taxable year for which the election is made is the calendar year      .

 

 

(5)

The property is subject to forfeiture if for any reason taxpayer’s service with the issuer terminates. The forfeiture condition lapses in a series of installments over a      -year period ending on               ,      .

 

 

(6)

The fair market value of such property at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction that by its terms will never lapse) is $        per share x        shares = $            .

 

 

(7)

No amount was paid for such property.

 

 

(8)

The amount to include in gross income is $        . [The amount in Line 6.]

 

 

(9)

A copy of this statement was furnished to Dimension Therapeutics, Inc., for whom taxpayer rendered the services underlying the transfer of such property.

 

 

(10)

This statement is executed on               ,      .

 

 

 

 

 

Spouse (if any)

 

Taxpayer

 



 

Within 30 days after the date of transfer of the property, this election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service office where the taxpayer files his or her annual federal income tax return.  The filing should be made by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested.  The taxpayer must (a) include a copy of the completed form with his or her federal income tax return for the taxable year in which the property is transferred and (b) deliver an additional copy to the Company.

 




Exhibit 10.3

 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

2015 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

The purpose of the Dimension Therapeutics, Inc. 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“the Plan”) is to provide eligible employees of Dimension Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) and each Designated Subsidiary (as defined in Section 11) with opportunities to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”).  750,000 shares of Common Stock have been approved and reserved for this purpose, plus on January 1, 2017, and each January 1 thereafter through January 1, 2021, the number of shares of Common Stock reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be cumulatively increased by the lesser of (i) 750,000 shares of Common Stock, (ii) one percent (1%) of the number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31st, or (iii) such number of shares of Common Stock as determined by the Administrator.  The Plan is intended to constitute an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and shall be interpreted in accordance with that intent.

 

1.                                       Administration .  The Plan will be administered by the person or persons (the “Administrator”) appointed by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) for such purpose.  The Administrator has authority at any time to: (i) adopt, alter and repeal such rules, guidelines and practices for the administration of the Plan and for its own acts and proceedings as it shall deem advisable; (ii) interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan; (iii) make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan; (iv) decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and (v) otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.  All interpretations and decisions of the Administrator shall be binding on all persons, including the Company and the Participants.  No member of the Board or individual exercising administrative authority with respect to the Plan shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any option granted hereunder.

 

2.                                       Offerings The Company will make one or more offerings to eligible employees to purchase Common Stock under the Plan (“Offerings”).  Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, an Offering will begin on the first business day occurring on or after each January 1 and July 1 and will end on the last business day occurring on or before the following June 30 and December 31, respectively.  The Administrator may, in its discretion, designate a different period for any Offering, provided that no Offering shall exceed six months in duration or overlap any other Offering.

 

3.                                       Eligibility .  All individuals classified as employees on the payroll records of the Company and each Designated Subsidiary are eligible to participate in any one or more of the Offerings under the Plan, provided that as of the first day of the applicable Offering (the “Offering Date”) they are customarily employed by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary for more than 20 hours a week.  Notwithstanding any other provision herein, individuals who are not contemporaneously classified as employees of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary for purposes of the Company’s or applicable Designated Subsidiary’s payroll system are not

 



 

considered to be eligible employees of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary and shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan.  In the event any such individuals are reclassified as employees of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary for any purpose, including, without limitation, common law or statutory employees, by any action of any third party, including, without limitation, any government agency, or as a result of any private lawsuit, action or administrative proceeding, such individuals shall, notwithstanding such reclassification, remain ineligible for participation.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the exclusive means for individuals who are not contemporaneously classified as employees of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary on the Company’s or Designated Subsidiary’s payroll system to become eligible to participate in this Plan is through an amendment to this Plan, duly executed by the Company, which specifically renders such individuals eligible to participate herein.

 

4.                                       Participation .

 

(a)                                  Participants .  An eligible employee who is not a Participant on any Offering Date may participate in such Offering by submitting an enrollment form to his or her appropriate payroll location at least 15 business days before the Offering Date (or by such other deadline as shall be established by the Administrator for the Offering).

 

(b)                                  Enrollment .  The enrollment form will (a) state a whole percentage to be deducted from an eligible employee’s Compensation (as defined in Section 11) per pay period, (b) authorize the purchase of Common Stock in each Offering in accordance with the terms of the Plan and (c) specify the exact name or names in which shares of Common Stock purchased for such individual are to be issued pursuant to Section 10.  An employee who does not enroll in accordance with these procedures will be deemed to have waived the right to participate.  Unless a Participant files a new enrollment form or withdraws from the Plan, such Participant’s deductions and purchases will continue at the same percentage of Compensation for future Offerings, provided he or she remains eligible.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, participation in the Plan will neither be permitted nor be denied contrary to the requirements of the Code.

 

5.                                       Employee Contributions .  Each eligible employee may authorize payroll deductions at a minimum of one percent up to a maximum of ten percent of such employee’s Compensation for each pay period.  The Company will maintain book accounts showing the amount of payroll deductions made by each Participant for each Offering.  No interest will accrue or be paid on payroll deductions.

 

6.                                       Deduction Changes .  Except as may be determined by the Administrator in advance of an Offering, a Participant may not increase or decrease his or her payroll deduction during any Offering, but may increase or decrease his or her payroll deduction with respect to the next Offering (subject to the limitations of Section 5) by filing a new enrollment form at least 15 business days before the next Offering Date (or by such other deadline as shall be established by the Administrator for the Offering).  The Administrator may, in advance of any Offering, establish rules permitting a Participant to increase, decrease or terminate his or her payroll deduction during an Offering.

 

2



 

7.                                       Withdrawal .  A Participant may withdraw from participation in the Plan by delivering a written notice of withdrawal to his or her appropriate payroll location.  The Participant’s withdrawal will be effective as of the next business day.  Following a Participant’s withdrawal, the Company will promptly refund such individual’s entire account balance under the Plan to him or her (after payment for any Common Stock purchased before the effective date of withdrawal).  Partial withdrawals are not permitted.  Such an employee may not begin participation again during the remainder of the Offering, but may enroll in a subsequent Offering in accordance with Section 4.

 

8.                                       Grant of Options .  On each Offering Date, the Company will grant to each eligible employee who is then a Participant in the Plan an option (“Option”) to purchase on the last day of such Offering (the “Exercise Date”), at the Option Price hereinafter provided for, the lowest of (a) a number of shares of Common Stock determined by dividing such Participant’s accumulated payroll deductions on such Exercise Date by the Option Price (as defined herein), (b) 5,000 shares, or (c) such other lesser maximum number of shares as shall have been established by the Administrator in advance of the Offering; provided, however, that such Option shall be subject to the limitations set forth below.  Each Participant’s Option shall be exercisable only to the extent of such Participant’s accumulated payroll deductions on the Exercise Date.  The purchase price for each share purchased under each Option (the “Option Price”) will be 85 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Offering Date or the Exercise Date, whichever is less.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Participant may be granted an option hereunder if such Participant, immediately after the option was granted, would be treated as owning stock possessing 5 percent or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary (as defined in Section 11).  For purposes of the preceding sentence, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall apply in determining the stock ownership of a Participant, and all stock which the Participant has a contractual right to purchase shall be treated as stock owned by the Participant.  In addition, no Participant may be granted an Option which permits his or her rights to purchase stock under the Plan, and any other employee stock purchase plan of the Company and its Parents and Subsidiaries, to accrue at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of the fair market value of such stock (determined on the option grant date or dates) for each calendar year in which the Option is outstanding at any time.  The purpose of the limitation in the preceding sentence is to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and shall be applied taking Options into account in the order in which they were granted.

 

9.                                       Exercise of Option and Purchase of Shares .  Each employee who continues to be a Participant in the Plan on the Exercise Date shall be deemed to have exercised his or her Option on such date and shall acquire from the Company such number of whole shares of Common Stock reserved for the purpose of the Plan as his or her accumulated payroll deductions on such date will purchase at the Option Price, subject to any other limitations contained in the Plan.  Any amount remaining in a Participant’s account at the end of an Offering solely by reason of the inability to purchase a fractional share will be carried forward to the next Offering; any other balance remaining in a Participant’s account at the end of an Offering will be refunded to the Participant promptly.

 

3



 

10.                                Issuance of Certificates .  Certificates representing shares of Common Stock purchased under the Plan may be issued only in the name of the employee, in the name of the employee and another person of legal age as joint tenants with rights of survivorship, or in the name of a broker authorized by the employee to be his, her or their, nominee for such purpose.

 

11.                                Definitions .

 

The term “Compensation” means the amount of base pay, prior to salary reduction pursuant to Sections 125, 132(f) or 401(k) of the Code, but excluding overtime, commissions, incentive or bonus awards and allowances and reimbursements for expenses such as relocation allowances or travel expenses, income or gains on the exercise of Company stock options, and similar items.

 

The term “Designated Subsidiary” means any present or future Subsidiary (as defined below) that has been designated by the Board to participate in the Plan.  The Board may so designate any Subsidiary, or revoke any such designation, at any time and from time to time, either before or after the Plan is approved by the stockholders.  The current list of Designated Subsidiaries is attached hereto as Appendix A.

 

The term “Fair Market Value of the Common Stock” on any given date means the fair market value of the Common Stock determined in good faith by the Administrator; provided, however, that if the Common Stock is admitted to quotation on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (“NASDAQ”), NASDAQ Global Market or another national securities exchange, the determination shall be made by reference to the closing price on such date.  If there is no closing price for such date, the determination shall be made by reference to the last date preceding such date for which there is a closing price.

 

The term “Initial Public Offering” means the first underwritten, firm commitment public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale by the Company of its equity securities, or such other event as a result of or following which the Company’s Common Stock shall be publicly held.

 

The term “Parent” means a “parent corporation” with respect to the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

The term “Participant” means an individual who is eligible as determined in Section 3 and who has complied with the provisions of Section 4.

 

The term “Subsidiary” means a “subsidiary corporation” with respect to the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

12.                                Rights on Termination of Employment .  If a Participant’s employment terminates for any reason before the Exercise Date for any Offering, no payroll deduction will be taken from any pay due and owing to the Participant and the balance in the Participant’s account will be paid to such Participant or, in the case of such Participant’s death, to his or her designated beneficiary as if such Participant had withdrawn from the Plan under Section 7.  An employee

 

4



 

will be deemed to have terminated employment, for this purpose, if the corporation that employs him or her, having been a Designated Subsidiary, ceases to be a Subsidiary, or if the employee is transferred to any corporation other than the Company or a Designated Subsidiary.  An employee will not be deemed to have terminated employment for this purpose, if the employee is on an approved leave of absence for military service or sickness or for any other purpose approved by the Company, if the employee’s right to reemployment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Administrator otherwise provides in writing.

 

13.                                Special Rules .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrator may adopt special rules applicable to the employees of a particular Designated Subsidiary, whenever the Administrator determines that such rules are necessary or appropriate for the implementation of the Plan in a jurisdiction where such Designated Subsidiary has employees; provided that such rules are consistent with the requirements of Section 423(b) of the Code.  Any special rules established pursuant to this Section 13 shall, to the extent possible, result in the employees subject to such rules having substantially the same rights as other Participants in the Plan.

 

14.                                Optionees Not Stockholders .  Neither the granting of an Option to a Participant nor the deductions from his or her pay shall constitute such Participant a holder of the shares of Common Stock covered by an Option under the Plan until such shares have been purchased by and issued to him or her.

 

15.                                Rights Not Transferable .  Rights under the Plan are not transferable by a Participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and are exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant.

 

16.                                Application of Funds .  All funds received or held by the Company under the Plan may be combined with other corporate funds and may be used for any corporate purpose.

 

17.                                Adjustment in Case of Changes Affecting Common Stock .  In the event of a subdivision of outstanding shares of Common Stock, the payment of a dividend in Common Stock or any other change affecting the Common Stock, the number of shares approved for the Plan and the share limitation set forth in Section 8 shall be equitably or proportionately adjusted to give proper effect to such event.

 

18.                                Amendment of the Plan .  The Board may at any time and from time to time amend the Plan in any respect, except that without the approval within 12 months of such Board action by the stockholders, no amendment shall be made increasing the number of shares approved for the Plan or making any other change that would require stockholder approval in order for the Plan, as amended, to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423(b) of the Code.

 

19.                                Insufficient Shares .  If the total number of shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be purchased on any Exercise Date plus the number of shares purchased under previous Offerings under the Plan exceeds the maximum number of shares issuable under the

 

5



 

Plan, the shares then available shall be apportioned among Participants in proportion to the amount of payroll deductions accumulated on behalf of each Participant that would otherwise be used to purchase Common Stock on such Exercise Date.

 

20.                                Termination of the Plan .  The Plan may be terminated at any time by the Board.  Upon termination of the Plan, all amounts in the accounts of Participants shall be promptly refunded.

 

21.                                Governmental Regulations .  The Company’s obligation to sell and deliver Common Stock under the Plan is subject to obtaining all governmental approvals required in connection with the authorization, issuance, or sale of such stock.

 

22.                                Governing Law .  This Plan and all Options and actions taken thereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, applied without regard to conflict of law principles.

 

23.                                Issuance of Shares .  Shares may be issued upon exercise of an Option from authorized but unissued Common Stock, from shares held in the treasury of the Company, or from any other proper source.

 

24.                                Tax Withholding .  Participation in the Plan is subject to any minimum required tax withholding on income of the Participant in connection with the Plan.  Each Participant agrees, by entering the Plan, that the Company and its Subsidiaries shall have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Participant, including shares issuable under the Plan.

 

25.                                Notification Upon Sale of Shares .  Each Participant agrees, by entering the Plan, to give the Company prompt notice of any disposition of shares purchased under the Plan where such disposition occurs within two years after the date of grant of the Option pursuant to which such shares were purchased.

 

26.                                Effective Date and Approval of Shareholders .  The Plan shall take effect on the date of the Company’s Initial Public Offering, subject to approval by the holders of a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders at which a quorum is present or by written consent of the stockholders.

 

DATE APPROVED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS:

[•] , 2015

 

 

DATE APPROVED BY STOCKHOLDERS:

[•] , 2015

 

6



 

APPENDIX A

 

Designated Subsidiaries

 

[                                                          ]

 




Exhibit 10.4

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is between Dimension Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) and Annalisa Jenkins (the “Executive”) and is made effective as of the closing of the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Effective Date”).  Except with respect to the Restrictive Covenants Agreement and the Equity Documents (each as defined below), this Agreement supersedes, amends and restates in all respects all prior agreements between the Executive and the Company regarding the subject matter herein, including without limitation any offer letter, employment agreement or severance agreement.

 

1.                                       Employment Term .  The Company and the Executive desire to continue their employment relationship, pursuant to this Agreement commencing as of the Effective Date and continuing in effect until terminated by either party in accordance with this Agreement (the “Term”). The Executive’s employment with the Company will continue to be “at will,” meaning that the Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Company or the Executive at any time and for any reason subject to the terms of this Agreement. If the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason during the Term, the Company shall pay or provide to the Executive (or to her authorized representative or estate) any earned but unpaid base salary, unpaid expense reimbursements, accrued but unused vacation and any vested benefits the Executive may have under any employee benefit plan of the Company (the “Accrued Benefit”).

 

2.                                       Duties .  The Executive will have such powers and duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). The Executive shall devote her full working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may engage in religious, charitable or other community activities as long as such services and activities do not interfere with the Executive’s performance of her duties to the Company.

 

3.                                       Compensation and Related Matters .

 

(a)                      Base Salary .  The Executive’s initial annual base salary is $480,000, which is subject to review and redetermination by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”).  The annual base salary in effect at any given time is referred to herein as “Base Salary.” The Base Salary will be payable in a manner that is consistent with the Company’s usual payroll practices for senior executives.

 

(b)                      Bonus .  During the Term, the Executive will be eligible to be considered for annual cash bonus as determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee. The Executive’s initial annual target bonus is 50% of the Base Salary, which subject to review and redetermination by the Board or the Compensation Committee.  The annual target bonus in effect at any given time is referred to herein as the “Target Bonus.”  The actual bonus be subject to terms and conditions of any applicable bonus plan as may be adopted from time to time.  The Executive’s bonus, if any, will be paid by March 15 of the year following the

 



 

applicable bonus year.  To earn a bonus, the Executive must be employed by the Company on the day such bonus is paid.

 

(c)                       Employee Benefits .  During the Term, the Executive will be entitled to continue to participate in the Company’s employee benefit plans, subject to the terms and the conditions of such plans and to the Company’s ability to amend and modify such plans.

 

(d)                      Equity .  The equity awards held by the Executive shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the Company’s applicable equity incentive plan(s), the applicable award agreement(s) governing the terms of such equity awards held by the Executive (collectively, the “Equity Documents”); provided , however , and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Documents, Section 5 of this Agreement shall apply in the event of a Terminating Event within the Change in Control Period (as defined below) and Section 6 of this Agreement shall apply in the event of a Terminating Event outside of the Change in Control Period.

 

(e)                       Reimbursement of Business Expenses.   The Company shall reimburse the Executive for travel, entertainment, business development and other expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by the Executive in connection with the Company’s business.  Expense reimbursement shall be subject to such policies the Company may adopt from time to time, included with respect to pre-approval.

 

4.                                       Certain Definitions .

 

(a)                      Change in Control .  “Change in Control” means (i) the closing of the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition in a single transaction or series of related transactions of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, (ii) the consummation of the merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity (except a merger or consolidation in which the holders of capital stock of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to hold at least 50% of the voting power of the capital stock of the Company or the surviving or acquiring entity) or (iii) the closing of the transfer (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an underwriter of the Company’s securities), of the Company’s securities if, after such closing, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold 50% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Company (or the surviving or acquiring entity); provided , however , that a transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately prior to such transaction.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the sale of shares of preferred stock of the Company in a financing transaction shall not be deemed a “Change in Control.”

 

(b)                      Change in Control Period . “Change in Control Period” means the period beginning on the date of a Change in Control and ending on the eighteenth-month anniversary of the Change in Control.

 

2



 

(c)                       Terminating Event . A “Terminating Event” means termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company under the circumstances forth in Section 4(c)(i) or Section 4(c)(ii) below.

 

(i)                                      Termination by the Company Other Than For Cause .  Termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment for any reason other than for Cause, death or Disability.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” means the Executive’s:

 

(A)                                      unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets;

 

(B)                                      material breach of any agreement between the Executive and the Company;

 

(C)                                      material failure to comply with the Company’s written policies or rules;

 

(D)                                      gross negligence or willful misconduct in connection with the Executive’s duties to the Company;

 

(E)                                       continuing failure to perform assigned duties after receiving written notification of the failure from the Company and, if curable, a period of 30 days to cure such failure; or

 

(F)                                        failure to cooperate in good faith with a governmental or internal investigation of the Company or its directors, officers or employees, if the Company has requested the Executive’s cooperation.

 

(ii)                                   The Executive’s Resignation for Good Reason within the Change in Control Period . The Executive’s resignation of her employment with the Company for Good Reason within the Change in Control Period.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means that the Executive has complied with the “Good Reason Process” (hereinafter defined) following the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(A)                                      a material diminution in the Executive’s Base Salary;

 

(B)                                      the Company requiring the Executive to relocate (other than for travel incident to the Executive’s performance of her duties on behalf of the Company) a distance of more than 50 miles from the Executive’s current principal place of business; or

 

(C)                                      any material diminution in the Executive’s position, responsibilities, authority or duties.

 

“Good Reason Process” means that (i) the Executive reasonably determines in good faith that a “Good Reason” condition has occurred; (ii) the Executive notifies the Company in writing of the first occurrence of the Good Reason condition within 60 days of the first occurrence of such condition; (iii) the Executive cooperates in good faith with the Company’s efforts, for a

 

3



 

period not less than 30 days following such notice (the “Cure Period”), to remedy the condition; (iv) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason condition continues to exist; and (v) the Executive terminates her employment within 60 days after the end of the Cure Period.  If the Company cures the Good Reason condition during the Cure Period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred.

 

A Terminating Event shall not be deemed to have occurred pursuant to this Section 4(c)  as a result of:  (i) the ending of the Executive’s employment due to the Executive’s death or Disability, (ii) the Executive’s resignation for any reason, other than for Good Reason within a Change in Control Period, (iii) the Company’s termination of the employment relationship for Cause; or (iv) solely as a result of the Executive being or becoming an employee of any direct or indirect successor to the business or assets of the Company rather than continuing as an employee of the Company following a Change in Control.  For purposes hereof, the Executive will be considered “Disabled” if, as a result of the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, the Executive shall have been absent from her duties to the Company on a full-time basis for 120 calendar days in the aggregate in any 12-month period, excluding absences resulting from ordinary transitory illnesses or injury.

 

5.                                       Severance and Accelerated Vesting if a Terminating Event Occurs within the Change in Control Period .  In the event a Terminating Event occurs within the Change in Control Period, subject to the Executive signing and complying with a separation agreement in a form and manner satisfactory to the Company containing, among other provisions, a general release of claims in favor of the Company and related persons and entities, confidentiality, return of property and non-disparagement and reaffirmation of the Restrictive Covenants Agreement (the “Separation Agreement and Release”) and the Separation Agreement and Release becoming irrevocable, all within 60 days after the Date of Termination, the following shall occur:

 

(a)                      the Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to the sum of (i) 18 months the Executive’s Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the Terminating Event (or the Executive’s Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, if higher) plus (ii) an amount equal to the Executive’s Target Bonus multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days the Executive was employed during the calendar year during which the Date of Termination occurs and the denominator of which is 365;

 

(b)                      if the Executive was participating in the Company’s group health plan immediately prior to the Date of Termination and elects COBRA health continuation, then the Company shall pay to the Executive a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to the monthly employer contribution that the Company would have made to provide health insurance to the Executive if the Executive had remained employed by the Company for 18 months after the Date of Termination, based on the premiums as of the Date of Termination; and

 

(c)                       100% of all time-based equity awards held by the Executive shall immediately accelerate and become fully exercisable or nonforfeitable as of the Date of Termination.

 

4



 

The amounts payable under Section 5(a) and (b), as applicable, shall be paid out in a lump sum within 60 days after the Date of Termination; provided , however , that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the amounts shall be paid in the second calendar year no later than the last day of the 60-day period.

 

6.                                       Severance if a Terminating Event Occurs Outside the Change in Control Period .  In the event a Terminating Event occurs at any time other than during the Change in Control Period, subject to the Executive signing the Separation Agreement and Release and the Separation Agreement and Release becoming irrevocable, all within 60 days after the Date of Termination, the following shall occur:

 

(a)                      the Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to the sum of 12 months of the Executive’s annual Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the Terminating Event;

 

(b)                      if the Executive was participating in the Company’s group health plan immediately prior to the Date of Termination and elects COBRA health continuation, then the Company shall pay to the Executive a monthly cash payment for 12 months or the Executive’s COBRA health continuation period, whichever ends earlier, in an amount equal to the monthly employer contribution that the Company would have made to provide health insurance to the Executive if the Executive had remained employed by the Company, based on the premiums as of the Date of Termination; and

 

(c)                       all time-based equity awards held by the Executive on the Effective Date that would have vested in the six-month period following the Date of Termination had the Executive remained employed by the Company during such period shall immediately accelerate and become exercisable or nonforfeitable as of the Date of Termination.

 

The amounts payable under Section 6(a) and (b) shall be paid out in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice over 12 months commencing within 60 days after the Date of Termination; provided , however , that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the severance shall begin to be paid in the second calendar year by the last day of such 60-day period; provided further , that the initial payment shall include a catch-up payment to cover amounts retroactive to the day immediately following the Date of Termination.  Each payment pursuant to this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

 

7.                                       Restrictive Covenants Agreement .   The terms of the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, dated September 23, 2014 (the “Restrictive Covenants Agreement”) between the Company and the Executive, attached hereto as Exhibit A , continue to be in full force and effect and are incorporated by reference in this Agreement.  The Executive hereby reaffirms the terms of the Restrictive Covenants Agreement as material terms of this Agreement.

 

(a)                                  Third-Party Agreements and Rights .  The Executive hereby confirms that the Executive is not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party that restricts in any way the Executive’s use or disclosure of information or the Executive’s engagement in any business.  The Executive represents to the Company that the Executive’s

 

5



 

execution of this Agreement, the Executive’s employment with the Company and the performance of the Executive’s proposed duties for the Company will not violate any obligations the Executive may have to any such previous employer or other party.  In the Executive’s work for the Company, the Executive will not disclose or make use of any information in violation of any agreements with or rights of any such previous employer or other party, and the Executive will not bring to the premises of the Company any copies or other tangible embodiments of non-public information belonging to or obtained from any such previous employment or other party.

 

(b)                                  Litigation and Regulatory Cooperation .  During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive shall cooperate fully with the Company in the defense or prosecution of any claims or actions now in existence or which may be brought in the future against or on behalf of the Company which relate to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company.  The Executive’s full cooperation in connection with such claims or actions shall include, but not be limited to, being available to meet with counsel to prepare for discovery or trial and to act as a witness on behalf of the Company at mutually convenient times.  During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive also shall cooperate fully with the Company in connection with any investigation or review of any federal, state or local regulatory authority as any such investigation or review relates to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company.  The Company shall reimburse the Executive for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Executive’s performance of obligations pursuant to this Section 7(b).  For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted or applied to prohibit the Executive from making any good faith report to any governmental agency or other governmental entity concerning any act or omission that the Executive reasonably believes constitutes a possible violation of federal or state law or making other disclosures that are protected under the anti-retaliation or whistleblower provisions of applicable federal or state law or regulation.

 

(c)                                   Relief .  The Executive agrees that it would be difficult to measure any damages caused to the Company which might result from any breach by the Executive of the promises set forth in this Section 7, and that in any event money damages would be an inadequate remedy for any such breach.  Accordingly, the Executive agrees that if the Executive breaches, or proposes to breach, any portion of this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled, in addition to all other remedies that it may have, to an injunction or other appropriate equitable relief to restrain any such breach without showing or proving any actual damage to the Company.  In addition, in the event the Executive breaches the Restrictive Covenants Agreement during a period when he is receiving severance payments pursuant to Section 5 or 6, the Company shall have the right to suspend or terminate such severance payments.  Such suspension or termination shall not limit the Company’s other options with respect to relief for such breach and shall not relieve the Executive of her duties under this Agreement.

 

8.                                       Additional Limitation .

 

(a)                      Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that the amount of any compensation, payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, calculated in a manner consistent with Section 280G of the Code and the applicable regulations thereunder (the “Aggregate Payments”), would be

 

6



 

subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) so that the sum of all of the Aggregate Payments shall be $1.00 less than the amount at which the Executive becomes subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code; provided that such reduction shall only occur if it would result in the Executive receiving a higher After Tax Amount (as defined below) than the Executive would receive if the Aggregate Payments were not subject to such reduction.  In such event, the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced in the following order, in each case, in reverse chronological order beginning with the Aggregate Payments that are to be paid the furthest in time from consummation of the transaction that is subject to Section 280G of the Code:  (1) cash payments not subject to Section 409A of the Code; (2) cash payments subject to Section 409A of the Code; (3) equity-based payments and acceleration; and (4) non-cash forms of benefits; provided that in the case of all the foregoing Aggregate Payments all amounts or payments that are not subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c) shall be reduced before any amounts that are subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c).

 

(b)                      For purposes of this Section 8(b), the “After Tax Amount” means the amount of the Aggregate Payments less all federal, state, and local income, excise and employment taxes imposed on the Executive as a result of the Executive’s receipt of the Aggregate Payments.  For purposes of determining the After Tax Amount, the Executive shall be deemed to pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of federal income taxation applicable to individuals for the calendar year in which the determination is to be made, and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rates of individual taxation in each applicable state and locality, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes.

 

The determination as to whether a reduction in the Aggregate Payments shall be made pursuant to Section 8(b)(i) shall be made by a nationally recognized accounting firm selected by the Company (the “Accounting Firm”), which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business days of the Date of Termination, if applicable, or at such earlier time as is reasonably requested by the Company or the Executive.  Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive.

 

9.                                       Section 409A .

 

(a)                      Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Executive’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the Company determines that the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Executive becomes entitled to under this Agreement on account of the Executive’s separation from service would be considered deferred compensation subject to the 20 percent additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (A) six months and one day after the Executive’s separation from service, or (B) the Executive’s death.

 

7


 

(b)                      The parties intend that this Agreement will be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.  To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A of the Code.  The parties agree that this Agreement may be amended, as reasonably requested by either party, and as may be necessary to fully comply with Section 409A of the Code and all related rules and regulations in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either party.

 

(c)                       All in-kind benefits provided and expenses eligible for reimbursement under this Agreement shall be provided by the Company or incurred by the Executive during the time periods set forth in this Agreement.  All reimbursements shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable, but in no event shall any reimbursement be paid after the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred.  The amount of in-kind benefits provided or reimbursable expenses incurred in one taxable year shall not affect the in-kind benefits to be provided or the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year.  Such right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

(d)                      To the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Agreement constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Executive’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon the Executive’s “separation from service.”  The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

 

(e)                       The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Executive or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

 

10.                                Withholding .  All payments made by the Company to the Executive under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law.

 

11.                                Notice and Date of Termination .

 

(a)                      Notice of Termination .  The Executive’s employment with the Company may be terminated by the Company or the Executive at any time and for any reason.  During the Term, any termination of the Executive’s employment (other than by reason of death) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination from one party hereto to the other party hereto in accordance with this Section 11.  For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon.

 

8



 

(b)                      Date of Termination .  “Date of Termination” shall mean:  (i) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by her death, the date of the Executive’s death; (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated on account of Executive’s Disability or by the Company for Cause or without Cause, the date on which Notice of Termination is given; (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive for any reason except for Good Reason within a Change in Control Period, 30 days after the date on which a Notice of Termination is given, and (v) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive with Good Reason within a Change in Control Period, the date on which a Notice of Termination is given after the end of the Cure Period.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Executive gives a Notice of Termination to the Company, the Company may unilaterally accelerate the Date of Termination and such acceleration shall not result in a termination by the Company for purposes of this Agreement.

 

12.                                No Mitigation .  The Company agrees that, if the Executive’s employment by the Company is terminated during the term of this Agreement, the Executive is not required to seek other employment or to attempt in any way to reduce any amounts payable to the Executive by the Company pursuant to Section 5 or Section 6 hereof.  Further, the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement shall not be reduced by any compensation earned by the Executive as the result of employment by another employer.

 

13.                                Consent to Jurisdiction .  The parties hereby consent to the jurisdiction of the state and federal courts in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.  Accordingly, with respect to any such court action, the Executive (a) submits to the personal jurisdiction of such courts; (b) consents to service of process; and (c) waives any other requirement (whether imposed by statute, rule of court, or otherwise) with respect to personal jurisdiction or service of process.

 

14.                                Integration .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to compensation, severance pay, benefits and accelerated vesting and supersedes in all respects all prior agreements between the parties concerning such subject matter, including without limitation any offer letter, employment agreement or severance agreement relating to the Executive’s employment relationship with the Company and/or the ending of that employment relationship.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Restrictive Covenants Agreement, the Equity Documents, and any other agreement relating to confidentiality, noncompetition, nonsolicitation or assignment of inventions shall not be superseded by this Agreement and the Executive acknowledges and agrees that any such agreements remain in full force and effect.

 

15.                                Successor to the Executive .  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.  In the event of the Executive’s death after a Terminating Event but prior to the completion by the Company of all payments due to the Executive under this Agreement, the Company shall continue such payments to the Executive’s beneficiary designated in writing to the Company prior to her death (or to the Executive’s estate, if the Executive fails to make such designation).

 

16.                                Enforceability .  If any portion or provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any portion or provision of any Section of this Agreement) shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this

 

9



 

Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

17.                                Waiver .  No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party.  The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

 

18.                                Notices .  Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by a nationally recognized overnight currier service of by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Executive at the last address the Executive has filed in writing with the Company, or to the Company at its main office, attention of the Board of Directors.

 

19.                                Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Executive and by a duly authorized representative of the Company.

 

20.                                Effect on Other Plans and Agreements .  An election by the Executive to resign for Good Reason under the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed a voluntary termination of employment by the Executive for the purpose of interpreting the provisions of any of the Company’s benefit plans, programs or policies.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit the rights of the Executive under the Company’s benefit plans, programs or policies except as otherwise provided in Section 7 hereof, and except that the Executive shall have no rights to any severance benefits under any Company severance pay plan, offer letter or otherwise.  In the event that the Executive is party to an agreement with the Company providing for payments or benefits under such agreement and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall govern and the Executive may receive payment under this Agreement only and not both.  Further, Section 5 and Section 6 of this Agreement are mutually exclusive and in no event shall the Executive be entitled to payments or benefits pursuant to Section 5 and Section 6 of this Agreement.

 

21.                                Governing Law .  This is a Massachusetts contract and shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles.

 

22.                                Successor to Company .  The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no succession had taken place.  Failure of the Company to obtain an assumption of this Agreement at or prior to the effectiveness of any succession shall be a material breach of this Agreement.

 

23.                                Gender Neutral .  Wherever used herein, a pronoun in the masculine gender shall be considered as including the feminine gender unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

 

10



 

24.                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be taken to be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same document.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

11



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement effective on the Effective Date.

 

 

 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jean Franchi

 

Name:

Jean Franchi

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Annalisa Jenkins

 

Annalisa Jenkins

 

[Signature Page to the Employment Agreement]

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT

 




Exhibit 10.5

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is between Dimension Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) and Samuel C. Wadsworth (the “Executive”) and is made effective as of the closing of the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Effective Date”).  Except with respect to the Restrictive Covenants Agreement and the Equity Documents (each as defined below), this Agreement supersedes, amends and restates in all respects all prior agreements between the Executive and the Company regarding the subject matter herein, including without limitation any offer letter, employment agreement or severance agreement.

 

1.                                       Employment Term .  The Company and the Executive desire to continue their employment relationship, pursuant to this Agreement commencing as of the Effective Date and continuing in effect until terminated by either party in accordance with this Agreement (the “Term”). The Executive’s employment with the Company will continue to be “at will,” meaning that the Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Company or the Executive at any time and for any reason subject to the terms of this Agreement. If the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason during the Term, the Company shall pay or provide to the Executive (or to his authorized representative or estate) any earned but unpaid base salary, unpaid expense reimbursements, accrued but unused vacation and any vested benefits the Executive may have under any employee benefit plan of the Company (the “Accrued Benefit”).

 

2.                                       Duties .  The Executive will have such powers and duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or another designated Company executive. The Executive shall devote his full working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may engage in religious, charitable or other community activities as long as such services and activities do not interfere with the Executive’s performance of his duties to the Company.

 

3.                                       Compensation and Related Matters .

 

(a)                      Base Salary .  The Executive’s initial annual base salary is $325,000, which is subject to review and redetermination by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) or the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”).  The annual base salary in effect at any given time is referred to herein as “Base Salary.” The Base Salary will be payable in a manner that is consistent with the Company’s usual payroll practices for senior executives.

 

(b)                      Bonus .  During the Term, the Executive will be eligible to be considered for annual cash bonus as determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee. The Executive’s initial annual target bonus is 40% of the Base Salary, which subject to review and redetermination by the Board or the Compensation Committee.  The annual target bonus in effect at any given time is referred to herein as the “Target Bonus.”  The actual bonus be subject to terms and conditions of any applicable bonus plan as may be adopted from time to time.  The Executive’s bonus, if any, will be paid by March 15 of the year following the

 



 

applicable bonus year.  To earn a bonus, the Executive must be employed by the Company on the day such bonus is paid.

 

(c)                       Employee Benefits .  During the Term, the Executive will be entitled to continue to participate in the Company’s employee benefit plans, subject to the terms and the conditions of such plans and to the Company’s ability to amend and modify such plans.

 

(d)                      Equity .  The equity awards held by the Executive shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the Company’s applicable equity incentive plan(s), the applicable award agreement(s) governing the terms of such equity awards held by the Executive (collectively, the “Equity Documents”); provided , however , and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Documents, Section 5 of this Agreement shall apply in the event of a Terminating Event within the Change in Control Period (as defined below). Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a Change in Control (as defined below), 50% of the shares underlying all equity awards held by the Executive shall immediately accelerate and become exercisable or nonforfeitable as of the Change in Control.

 

(e)                       Reimbursement of Business Expenses.   The Company shall reimburse the Executive for travel, entertainment, business development and other expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by the Executive in connection with the Company’s business.  Expense reimbursement shall be subject to such policies the Company may adopt from time to time, included with respect to pre-approval.

 

4.                                       Certain Definitions .

 

(a)                      Change in Control .  “Change in Control” means (i) the closing of the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition in a single transaction or series of related transactions of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, (ii) the consummation of the merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity (except a merger or consolidation in which the holders of capital stock of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to hold at least 50% of the voting power of the capital stock of the Company or the surviving or acquiring entity) or (iii) the closing of the transfer (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an underwriter of the Company’s securities), of the Company’s securities if, after such closing, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold 50% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Company (or the surviving or acquiring entity); provided , however , that a transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately prior to such transaction.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the sale of shares of preferred stock of the Company in a financing transaction shall not be deemed a “Change in Control.”

 

(b)                      Change in Control Period . “Change in Control Period” means the period beginning on the date of a Change in Control and ending on the one-year anniversary of the Change in Control.

 

2



 

(c)                       Terminating Event . A “Terminating Event” means termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company under the circumstances forth in Section 4(c)(i) or Section 4(c)(ii) below.

 

(i)                                      Termination by the Company Other Than For Cause .  Termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment for any reason other than for Cause, death or Disability.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” means the Executive’s:

 

(A)                                      unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets;

 

(B)                                      material breach of any agreement between the Executive and the Company;

 

(C)                                      material failure to comply with the Company’s written policies or rules;

 

(D)                                      gross negligence or willful misconduct in connection with the Executive’s duties to the Company;

 

(E)                                       continuing failure to perform assigned duties after receiving written notification of the failure from the Company and, if curable, a period of 30 days to cure such failure; or

 

(F)                                        failure to cooperate in good faith with a governmental or internal investigation of the Company or its directors, officers or employees, if the Company has requested the Executive’s cooperation.

 

(ii)                                   The Executive’s Resignation for Good Reason within the Change in Control Period . The Executive’s resignation of his employment with the Company for Good Reason within the Change in Control Period.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means that the Executive has complied with the “Good Reason Process” (hereinafter defined) following the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(A)                                      a material diminution in the Executive’s Base Salary;

 

(B)                                      the Company requiring the Executive to relocate (other than for travel incident to the Executive’s performance of his duties on behalf of the Company) a distance of more than 50 miles from the Executive’s current principal place of business; or

 

(C)                                      any material diminution in the Executive’s position, responsibilities, authority or duties.

 

“Good Reason Process” means that (i) the Executive reasonably determines in good faith that a “Good Reason” condition has occurred; (ii) the Executive notifies the Company in writing of the first occurrence of the Good Reason condition within 60 days of the first occurrence of such condition; (iii) the Executive cooperates in good faith with the Company’s efforts, for a

 

3



 

period not less than 30 days following such notice (the “Cure Period”), to remedy the condition; (iv) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason condition continues to exist; and (v) the Executive terminates his employment within 60 days after the end of the Cure Period.  If the Company cures the Good Reason condition during the Cure Period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred.

 

A Terminating Event shall not be deemed to have occurred pursuant to this Section 4(c)  as a result of:  (i) the ending of the Executive’s employment due to the Executive’s death or Disability, (ii) the Executive’s resignation for any reason, other than for Good Reason within a Change in Control Period, (iii) the Company’s termination of the employment relationship for Cause; or (iv) solely as a result of the Executive being or becoming an employee of any direct or indirect successor to the business or assets of the Company rather than continuing as an employee of the Company following a Change in Control.  For purposes hereof, the Executive will be considered “Disabled” if, as a result of the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, the Executive shall have been absent from his duties to the Company on a full-time basis for 120 calendar days in the aggregate in any 12-month period, excluding absences resulting from ordinary transitory illnesses or injury.

 

5.                                       Severance and Accelerated Vesting if a Terminating Event Occurs within the Change in Control Period .  In the event a Terminating Event occurs within the Change in Control Period, subject to the Executive signing and complying with a separation agreement in a form and manner satisfactory to the Company containing, among other provisions, a general release of claims in favor of the Company and related persons and entities, confidentiality, return of property and non-disparagement and reaffirmation of the Restrictive Covenants Agreement (the “Separation Agreement and Release”) and the Separation Agreement and Release becoming irrevocable, all within 60 days after the Date of Termination, the following shall occur:

 

(a)                      the Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to the sum of (i) 12 months the Executive’s Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the Terminating Event (or the Executive’s Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, if higher) plus (ii) an amount equal to the Executive’s Target Bonus multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days the Executive was employed during the calendar year during which the Date of Termination occurs and the denominator of which is 365;

 

(b)                      if the Executive was participating in the Company’s group health plan immediately prior to the Date of Termination and elects COBRA health continuation, then the Company shall pay to the Executive a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to the monthly employer contribution that the Company would have made to provide health insurance to the Executive if the Executive had remained employed by the Company for 12 months after the Date of Termination, based on the premiums as of the Date of Termination; and

 

(c)                       100% of all time-based equity awards held by the Executive shall immediately accelerate and become fully exercisable or nonforfeitable as of the Date of Termination.

 

4



 

The amounts payable under Section 5(a) and (b), as applicable, shall be paid out in a lump sum within 60 days after the Date of Termination; provided , however , that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the amounts shall be paid in the second calendar year no later than the last day of the 60-day period.

 

6.                                       Severance if a Terminating Event Occurs Outside the Change in Control Period .  In the event a Terminating Event occurs at any time other than during the Change in Control Period, subject to the Executive signing the Separation Agreement and Release and the Separation Agreement and Release becoming irrevocable, all within 60 days after the Date of Termination, the following shall occur:

 

(a)                      the Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to the sum of nine months of the Executive’s annual Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the Terminating Event; and

 

(b)                      if the Executive was participating in the Company’s group health plan immediately prior to the Date of Termination and elects COBRA health continuation, then the Company shall pay to the Executive a monthly cash payment for nine months or the Executive’s COBRA health continuation period, whichever ends earlier, in an amount equal to the monthly employer contribution that the Company would have made to provide health insurance to the Executive if the Executive had remained employed by the Company, based on the premiums as of the Date of Termination.

 

The amounts payable under Section 6(a) and (b) shall be paid out in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice over nine months commencing within 60 days after the Date of Termination; provided , however , that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the severance shall begin to be paid in the second calendar year by the last day of such 60-day period; provided further , that the initial payment shall include a catch-up payment to cover amounts retroactive to the day immediately following the Date of Termination.  Each payment pursuant to this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

 

7.                                       Restrictive Covenants Agreement .   The terms of the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, dated January 17, 2013 (the “Restrictive Covenants Agreement”) between the Company and the Executive, attached hereto as Exhibit A , continue to be in full force and effect and are incorporated by reference in this Agreement.  The Executive hereby reaffirms the terms of the Restrictive Covenants Agreement as material terms of this Agreement.

 

(a)                                  Third-Party Agreements and Rights .  The Executive hereby confirms that the Executive is not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party that restricts in any way the Executive’s use or disclosure of information or the Executive’s engagement in any business.  The Executive represents to the Company that the Executive’s execution of this Agreement, the Executive’s employment with the Company and the performance of the Executive’s proposed duties for the Company will not violate any obligations the Executive may have to any such previous employer or other party.  In the Executive’s work for the Company, the Executive will not disclose or make use of any information in violation of any agreements with or rights of any such previous employer or other party, and the Executive

 

5



 

will not bring to the premises of the Company any copies or other tangible embodiments of non-public information belonging to or obtained from any such previous employment or other party.

 

(b)                                  Litigation and Regulatory Cooperation .  During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive shall cooperate fully with the Company in the defense or prosecution of any claims or actions now in existence or which may be brought in the future against or on behalf of the Company which relate to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company.  The Executive’s full cooperation in connection with such claims or actions shall include, but not be limited to, being available to meet with counsel to prepare for discovery or trial and to act as a witness on behalf of the Company at mutually convenient times.  During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive also shall cooperate fully with the Company in connection with any investigation or review of any federal, state or local regulatory authority as any such investigation or review relates to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company.  The Company shall reimburse the Executive for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Executive’s performance of obligations pursuant to this Section 7(b).  For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted or applied to prohibit the Executive from making any good faith report to any governmental agency or other governmental entity concerning any act or omission that the Executive reasonably believes constitutes a possible violation of federal or state law or making other disclosures that are protected under the anti-retaliation or whistleblower provisions of applicable federal or state law or regulation.

 

(c)                                   Relief .  The Executive agrees that it would be difficult to measure any damages caused to the Company which might result from any breach by the Executive of the promises set forth in this Section 7, and that in any event money damages would be an inadequate remedy for any such breach.  Accordingly, the Executive agrees that if the Executive breaches, or proposes to breach, any portion of this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled, in addition to all other remedies that it may have, to an injunction or other appropriate equitable relief to restrain any such breach without showing or proving any actual damage to the Company.  In addition, in the event the Executive breaches the Restrictive Covenants Agreement during a period when he is receiving severance payments pursuant to Section 5 or 6, the Company shall have the right to suspend or terminate such severance payments.  Such suspension or termination shall not limit the Company’s other options with respect to relief for such breach and shall not relieve the Executive of his duties under this Agreement.

 

8.                                       Additional Limitation .

 

(a)                      Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that the amount of any compensation, payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, calculated in a manner consistent with Section 280G of the Code and the applicable regulations thereunder (the “Aggregate Payments”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) so that the sum of all of the Aggregate Payments shall be $1.00 less than the amount at which the Executive becomes subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code; provided that such reduction shall only occur if it would result in the Executive receiving a higher After Tax Amount (as defined below) than the Executive

 

6



 

would receive if the Aggregate Payments were not subject to such reduction.  In such event, the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced in the following order, in each case, in reverse chronological order beginning with the Aggregate Payments that are to be paid the furthest in time from consummation of the transaction that is subject to Section 280G of the Code:  (1) cash payments not subject to Section 409A of the Code; (2) cash payments subject to Section 409A of the Code; (3) equity-based payments and acceleration; and (4) non-cash forms of benefits; provided that in the case of all the foregoing Aggregate Payments all amounts or payments that are not subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c) shall be reduced before any amounts that are subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c).

 

(b)                      For purposes of this Section 8(b), the “After Tax Amount” means the amount of the Aggregate Payments less all federal, state, and local income, excise and employment taxes imposed on the Executive as a result of the Executive’s receipt of the Aggregate Payments.  For purposes of determining the After Tax Amount, the Executive shall be deemed to pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of federal income taxation applicable to individuals for the calendar year in which the determination is to be made, and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rates of individual taxation in each applicable state and locality, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes.

 

The determination as to whether a reduction in the Aggregate Payments shall be made pursuant to Section 8(b)(i) shall be made by a nationally recognized accounting firm selected by the Company (the “Accounting Firm”), which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business days of the Date of Termination, if applicable, or at such earlier time as is reasonably requested by the Company or the Executive.  Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive.

 

9.                                       Section 409A .

 

(a)                      Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Executive’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the Company determines that the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Executive becomes entitled to under this Agreement on account of the Executive’s separation from service would be considered deferred compensation subject to the 20 percent additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (A) six months and one day after the Executive’s separation from service, or (B) the Executive’s death.

 

(b)                      The parties intend that this Agreement will be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.  To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A of the Code.  The parties agree that this Agreement may be amended, as reasonably requested by either party,

 

7


 

and as may be necessary to fully comply with Section 409A of the Code and all related rules and regulations in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either party.

 

(c)                       All in-kind benefits provided and expenses eligible for reimbursement under this Agreement shall be provided by the Company or incurred by the Executive during the time periods set forth in this Agreement.  All reimbursements shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable, but in no event shall any reimbursement be paid after the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred.  The amount of in-kind benefits provided or reimbursable expenses incurred in one taxable year shall not affect the in-kind benefits to be provided or the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year.  Such right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

(d)                      To the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Agreement constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Executive’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon the Executive’s “separation from service.”  The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

 

(e)                       The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Executive or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

 

10.                                Withholding .  All payments made by the Company to the Executive under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law.

 

11.                                Notice and Date of Termination .

 

(a)                      Notice of Termination .  The Executive’s employment with the Company may be terminated by the Company or the Executive at any time and for any reason.  During the Term, any termination of the Executive’s employment (other than by reason of death) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination from one party hereto to the other party hereto in accordance with this Section 11.  For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon.

 

(b)                      Date of Termination .  “Date of Termination” shall mean:  (i) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by his death, the date of the Executive’s death; (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated on account of Executive’s Disability or by the Company for Cause or without Cause, the date on which Notice of Termination is given; (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive for any reason except for Good Reason within a Change in Control Period, 30 days after the date on which a Notice of

 

8



 

Termination is given, and (v) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive with Good Reason within a Change in Control Period, the date on which a Notice of Termination is given after the end of the Cure Period.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Executive gives a Notice of Termination to the Company, the Company may unilaterally accelerate the Date of Termination and such acceleration shall not result in a termination by the Company for purposes of this Agreement.

 

12.                                No Mitigation .  The Company agrees that, if the Executive’s employment by the Company is terminated during the term of this Agreement, the Executive is not required to seek other employment or to attempt in any way to reduce any amounts payable to the Executive by the Company pursuant to Section 5 or Section 6 hereof.  Further, the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement shall not be reduced by any compensation earned by the Executive as the result of employment by another employer.

 

13.                                Consent to Jurisdiction .  The parties hereby consent to the jurisdiction of the state and federal courts in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.  Accordingly, with respect to any such court action, the Executive (a) submits to the personal jurisdiction of such courts; (b) consents to service of process; and (c) waives any other requirement (whether imposed by statute, rule of court, or otherwise) with respect to personal jurisdiction or service of process.

 

14.                                Integration .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to compensation, severance pay, benefits and accelerated vesting and supersedes in all respects all prior agreements between the parties concerning such subject matter, including without limitation any offer letter, employment agreement or severance agreement relating to the Executive’s employment relationship with the Company and/or the ending of that employment relationship.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Restrictive Covenants Agreement, the Equity Documents, and any other agreement relating to confidentiality, noncompetition, nonsolicitation or assignment of inventions shall not be superseded by this Agreement and the Executive acknowledges and agrees that any such agreements remain in full force and effect.

 

15.                                Successor to the Executive .  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.  In the event of the Executive’s death after a Terminating Event but prior to the completion by the Company of all payments due to the Executive under this Agreement, the Company shall continue such payments to the Executive’s beneficiary designated in writing to the Company prior to his death (or to the Executive’s estate, if the Executive fails to make such designation).

 

16.                                Enforceability .  If any portion or provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any portion or provision of any Section of this Agreement) shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

9



 

17.                                Waiver .  No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party.  The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

 

18.                                Notices .  Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by a nationally recognized overnight currier service of by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Executive at the last address the Executive has filed in writing with the Company, or to the Company at its main office, attention of the Board of Directors.

 

19.                                Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Executive and by a duly authorized representative of the Company.

 

20.                                Effect on Other Plans and Agreements .  An election by the Executive to resign for Good Reason under the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed a voluntary termination of employment by the Executive for the purpose of interpreting the provisions of any of the Company’s benefit plans, programs or policies.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit the rights of the Executive under the Company’s benefit plans, programs or policies except as otherwise provided in Section 7 hereof, and except that the Executive shall have no rights to any severance benefits under any Company severance pay plan, offer letter or otherwise.  In the event that the Executive is party to an agreement with the Company providing for payments or benefits under such agreement and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall govern and the Executive may receive payment under this Agreement only and not both.  Further, Section 5 and Section 6 of this Agreement are mutually exclusive and in no event shall the Executive be entitled to payments or benefits pursuant to Section 5 and Section 6 of this Agreement.

 

21.                                Governing Law .  This is a Massachusetts contract and shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles.

 

22.                                Successor to Company .  The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no succession had taken place.  Failure of the Company to obtain an assumption of this Agreement at or prior to the effectiveness of any succession shall be a material breach of this Agreement.

 

23.                                Gender Neutral .  Wherever used herein, a pronoun in the masculine gender shall be considered as including the feminine gender unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

 

24.                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be taken to be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same document.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

10



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement effective on the Effective Date.

 

 

 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Annalisa Jenkins

 

Name:

Annalisa Jenkins

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Samuel C. Wadsworth

 

Samuel C. Wadsworth

 

[Signature Page to the Employment Agreement]

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT

 




Exhibit 10.6

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is between Dimension Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) and K. Reed Clark (the “Executive”) and is made effective as of the closing of the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Effective Date”).  Except with respect to the Restrictive Covenants Agreement and the Equity Documents (each as defined below), this Agreement supersedes, amends and restates in all respects all prior agreements between the Executive and the Company regarding the subject matter herein, including without limitation any offer letter, employment agreement or severance agreement.

 

1.                                       Employment Term .  The Company and the Executive desire to continue their employment relationship, pursuant to this Agreement commencing as of the Effective Date and continuing in effect until terminated by either party in accordance with this Agreement (the “Term”). The Executive’s employment with the Company will continue to be “at will,” meaning that the Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Company or the Executive at any time and for any reason subject to the terms of this Agreement. If the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason during the Term, the Company shall pay or provide to the Executive (or to his authorized representative or estate) any earned but unpaid base salary, unpaid expense reimbursements, accrued but unused vacation and any vested benefits the Executive may have under any employee benefit plan of the Company (the “Accrued Benefit”).

 

2.                                       Duties .  The Executive will have such powers and duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or another designated Company executive. The Executive shall devote his full working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may engage in religious, charitable or other community activities as long as such services and activities do not interfere with the Executive’s performance of his duties to the Company.

 

3.                                       Compensation and Related Matters .

 

(a)                      Base Salary .  The Executive’s initial annual base salary is $260,000, which is subject to review and redetermination by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) or the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”).  The annual base salary in effect at any given time is referred to herein as “Base Salary.” The Base Salary will be payable in a manner that is consistent with the Company’s usual payroll practices for senior executives.

 

(b)                      Bonus .  During the Term, the Executive will be eligible to be considered for annual cash bonus as determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee. The Executive’s initial annual target bonus is 30% of the Base Salary, which subject to review and redetermination by the Board or the Compensation Committee.  The annual target bonus in effect at any given time is referred to herein as the “Target Bonus.”  The actual bonus be subject to terms and conditions of any applicable bonus plan as may be adopted from time to time.  The Executive’s bonus, if any, will be paid by March 15 of the year following the

 



 

applicable bonus year.  To earn a bonus, the Executive must be employed by the Company on the day such bonus is paid.

 

(c)                       Employee Benefits .  During the Term, the Executive will be entitled to continue to participate in the Company’s employee benefit plans, subject to the terms and the conditions of such plans and to the Company’s ability to amend and modify such plans.

 

(d)                      Equity .  The equity awards held by the Executive shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the Company’s applicable equity incentive plan(s), the applicable award agreement(s) governing the terms of such equity awards held by the Executive (collectively, the “Equity Documents”); provided , however , and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Documents, Section 5 of this Agreement shall apply in the event of a Terminating Event within the Change in Control Period (as defined below) and Section 6 of this Agreement shall apply in the event of a Terminating Event outside of the Change in Control Period.

 

(e)                       Reimbursement of Business Expenses.   The Company shall reimburse the Executive for travel, entertainment, business development and other expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by the Executive in connection with the Company’s business.  Expense reimbursement shall be subject to such policies the Company may adopt from time to time, included with respect to pre-approval.

 

4.                                       Certain Definitions .

 

(a)                      Change in Control .  “Change in Control” means (i) the closing of the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition in a single transaction or series of related transactions of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, (ii) the consummation of the merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity (except a merger or consolidation in which the holders of capital stock of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to hold at least 50% of the voting power of the capital stock of the Company or the surviving or acquiring entity) or (iii) the closing of the transfer (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an underwriter of the Company’s securities), of the Company’s securities if, after such closing, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold 50% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Company (or the surviving or acquiring entity); provided , however , that a transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately prior to such transaction.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the sale of shares of preferred stock of the Company in a financing transaction shall not be deemed a “Change in Control.”

 

(b)                      Change in Control Period . “Change in Control Period” means the period beginning on the date of a Change in Control and ending on the one-year anniversary of the Change in Control.

 

2



 

(c)                       Terminating Event . A “Terminating Event” means termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company under the circumstances forth in Section 4(c)(i) or Section 4(c)(ii) below.

 

(i)                                      Termination by the Company Other Than For Cause .  Termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment for any reason other than for Cause, death or Disability.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” means the Executive’s:

 

(A)                                      unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets;

 

(B)                                      material breach of any agreement between the Executive and the Company;

 

(C)                                      material failure to comply with the Company’s written policies or rules;

 

(D)                                      gross negligence or willful misconduct in connection with the Executive’s duties to the Company;

 

(E)                                       continuing failure to perform assigned duties after receiving written notification of the failure from the Company and, if curable, a period of 30 days to cure such failure; or

 

(F)                                        failure to cooperate in good faith with a governmental or internal investigation of the Company or its directors, officers or employees, if the Company has requested the Executive’s cooperation.

 

(ii)                                   The Executive’s Resignation for Good Reason within the Change in Control Period . The Executive’s resignation of his employment with the Company for Good Reason within the Change in Control Period.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means that the Executive has complied with the “Good Reason Process” (hereinafter defined) following the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(A)                                      a material diminution in the Executive’s Base Salary;

 

(B)                                      the Company requiring the Executive to relocate (other than for travel incident to the Executive’s performance of his duties on behalf of the Company) a distance of more than 50 miles from the Executive’s current principal place of business; or

 

(C)                                      any material diminution in the Executive’s position, responsibilities, authority or duties.

 

“Good Reason Process” means that (i) the Executive reasonably determines in good faith that a “Good Reason” condition has occurred; (ii) the Executive notifies the Company in writing of the first occurrence of the Good Reason condition within 60 days of the first occurrence of such condition; (iii) the Executive cooperates in good faith with the Company’s efforts, for a

 

3



 

period not less than 30 days following such notice (the “Cure Period”), to remedy the condition; (iv) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason condition continues to exist; and (v) the Executive terminates his employment within 60 days after the end of the Cure Period.  If the Company cures the Good Reason condition during the Cure Period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred.

 

A Terminating Event shall not be deemed to have occurred pursuant to this Section 4(c)  as a result of:  (i) the ending of the Executive’s employment due to the Executive’s death or Disability, (ii) the Executive’s resignation for any reason, other than for Good Reason within a Change in Control Period, (iii) the Company’s termination of the employment relationship for Cause; or (iv) solely as a result of the Executive being or becoming an employee of any direct or indirect successor to the business or assets of the Company rather than continuing as an employee of the Company following a Change in Control.  For purposes hereof, the Executive will be considered “Disabled” if, as a result of the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, the Executive shall have been absent from his duties to the Company on a full-time basis for 120 calendar days in the aggregate in any 12-month period, excluding absences resulting from ordinary transitory illnesses or injury.

 

5.                                       Severance and Accelerated Vesting if a Terminating Event Occurs within the Change in Control Period .  In the event a Terminating Event occurs within the Change in Control Period, subject to the Executive signing and complying with a separation agreement in a form and manner satisfactory to the Company containing, among other provisions, a general release of claims in favor of the Company and related persons and entities, confidentiality, return of property and non-disparagement and reaffirmation of the Restrictive Covenants Agreement (the “Separation Agreement and Release”) and the Separation Agreement and Release becoming irrevocable, all within 60 days after the Date of Termination, the following shall occur:

 

(a)                      the Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to the sum of (i) 12 months the Executive’s Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the Terminating Event (or the Executive’s Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, if higher) plus (ii) an amount equal to the Executive’s Target Bonus multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days the Executive was employed during the calendar year during which the Date of Termination occurs and the denominator of which is 365;

 

(b)                      if the Executive was participating in the Company’s group health plan immediately prior to the Date of Termination and elects COBRA health continuation, then the Company shall pay to the Executive a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to the monthly employer contribution that the Company would have made to provide health insurance to the Executive if the Executive had remained employed by the Company for 12 months after the Date of Termination, based on the premiums as of the Date of Termination; and

 

(c)                       100% of all time-based equity awards held by the Executive shall immediately accelerate and become fully exercisable or nonforfeitable as of the Date of Termination.

 

4



 

The amounts payable under Section 5(a) and (b), as applicable, shall be paid out in a lump sum within 60 days after the Date of Termination; provided , however , that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the amounts shall be paid in the second calendar year no later than the last day of the 60-day period.

 

6.                                       Severance if a Terminating Event Occurs Outside the Change in Control Period .  In the event a Terminating Event occurs at any time other than during the Change in Control Period, subject to the Executive signing the Separation Agreement and Release and the Separation Agreement and Release becoming irrevocable, all within 60 days after the Date of Termination, the following shall occur:

 

(a)                      the Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to the sum of nine months of the Executive’s annual Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the Terminating Event;

 

(b)                      if the Executive was participating in the Company’s group health plan immediately prior to the Date of Termination and elects COBRA health continuation, then the Company shall pay to the Executive a monthly cash payment for nine months or the Executive’s COBRA health continuation period, whichever ends earlier, in an amount equal to the monthly employer contribution that the Company would have made to provide health insurance to the Executive if the Executive had remained employed by the Company, based on the premiums as of the Date of Termination; and

 

(c)                       all time-based equity awards held by the Executive on the Effective Date that would have vested in the nine-month period following the Date of Termination had the Executive remained employed by the Company during such period shall immediately accelerate and become exercisable or nonforfeitable as of the Date of Termination.

 

The amounts payable under Section 6(a) and (b) shall be paid out in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice over nine months commencing within 60 days after the Date of Termination; provided , however , that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the severance shall begin to be paid in the second calendar year by the last day of such 60-day period; provided further , that the initial payment shall include a catch-up payment to cover amounts retroactive to the day immediately following the Date of Termination.  Each payment pursuant to this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

 

7.                                       Restrictive Covenants Agreement .   The terms of the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, dated April 1, 2014 (the “Restrictive Covenants Agreement”) between the Company and the Executive, attached hereto as Exhibit A , continue to be in full force and effect and are incorporated by reference in this Agreement.  The Executive hereby reaffirms the terms of the Restrictive Covenants Agreement as material terms of this Agreement.

 

(a)                                  Third-Party Agreements and Rights .  The Executive hereby confirms that the Executive is not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party that restricts in any way the Executive’s use or disclosure of information or the Executive’s engagement in any business.  The Executive represents to the Company that the Executive’s

 

5



 

execution of this Agreement, the Executive’s employment with the Company and the performance of the Executive’s proposed duties for the Company will not violate any obligations the Executive may have to any such previous employer or other party.  In the Executive’s work for the Company, the Executive will not disclose or make use of any information in violation of any agreements with or rights of any such previous employer or other party, and the Executive will not bring to the premises of the Company any copies or other tangible embodiments of non-public information belonging to or obtained from any such previous employment or other party.

 

(b)                                  Litigation and Regulatory Cooperation .  During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive shall cooperate fully with the Company in the defense or prosecution of any claims or actions now in existence or which may be brought in the future against or on behalf of the Company which relate to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company.  The Executive’s full cooperation in connection with such claims or actions shall include, but not be limited to, being available to meet with counsel to prepare for discovery or trial and to act as a witness on behalf of the Company at mutually convenient times.  During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive also shall cooperate fully with the Company in connection with any investigation or review of any federal, state or local regulatory authority as any such investigation or review relates to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company.  The Company shall reimburse the Executive for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Executive’s performance of obligations pursuant to this Section 7(b).  For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted or applied to prohibit the Executive from making any good faith report to any governmental agency or other governmental entity concerning any act or omission that the Executive reasonably believes constitutes a possible violation of federal or state law or making other disclosures that are protected under the anti-retaliation or whistleblower provisions of applicable federal or state law or regulation.

 

(c)                                   Relief .  The Executive agrees that it would be difficult to measure any damages caused to the Company which might result from any breach by the Executive of the promises set forth in this Section 7, and that in any event money damages would be an inadequate remedy for any such breach.  Accordingly, the Executive agrees that if the Executive breaches, or proposes to breach, any portion of this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled, in addition to all other remedies that it may have, to an injunction or other appropriate equitable relief to restrain any such breach without showing or proving any actual damage to the Company.  In addition, in the event the Executive breaches the Restrictive Covenants Agreement during a period when he is receiving severance payments pursuant to Section 5 or 6, the Company shall have the right to suspend or terminate such severance payments.  Such suspension or termination shall not limit the Company’s other options with respect to relief for such breach and shall not relieve the Executive of his duties under this Agreement.

 

8.                                       Additional Limitation .

 

(a)                      Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that the amount of any compensation, payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, calculated in a manner consistent with Section 280G of the Code and the applicable regulations thereunder (the “Aggregate Payments”), would be

 

6



 

subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) so that the sum of all of the Aggregate Payments shall be $1.00 less than the amount at which the Executive becomes subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code; provided that such reduction shall only occur if it would result in the Executive receiving a higher After Tax Amount (as defined below) than the Executive would receive if the Aggregate Payments were not subject to such reduction.  In such event, the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced in the following order, in each case, in reverse chronological order beginning with the Aggregate Payments that are to be paid the furthest in time from consummation of the transaction that is subject to Section 280G of the Code:  (1) cash payments not subject to Section 409A of the Code; (2) cash payments subject to Section 409A of the Code; (3) equity-based payments and acceleration; and (4) non-cash forms of benefits; provided that in the case of all the foregoing Aggregate Payments all amounts or payments that are not subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c) shall be reduced before any amounts that are subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c).

 

(b)                      For purposes of this Section 8(b), the “After Tax Amount” means the amount of the Aggregate Payments less all federal, state, and local income, excise and employment taxes imposed on the Executive as a result of the Executive’s receipt of the Aggregate Payments.  For purposes of determining the After Tax Amount, the Executive shall be deemed to pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of federal income taxation applicable to individuals for the calendar year in which the determination is to be made, and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rates of individual taxation in each applicable state and locality, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes.

 

The determination as to whether a reduction in the Aggregate Payments shall be made pursuant to Section 8(b)(i) shall be made by a nationally recognized accounting firm selected by the Company (the “Accounting Firm”), which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business days of the Date of Termination, if applicable, or at such earlier time as is reasonably requested by the Company or the Executive.  Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive.

 

9.                                       Section 409A .

 

(a)                      Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Executive’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the Company determines that the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Executive becomes entitled to under this Agreement on account of the Executive’s separation from service would be considered deferred compensation subject to the 20 percent additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (A) six months and one day after the Executive’s separation from service, or (B) the Executive’s death.

 

7


 

(b)                      The parties intend that this Agreement will be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.  To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A of the Code.  The parties agree that this Agreement may be amended, as reasonably requested by either party, and as may be necessary to fully comply with Section 409A of the Code and all related rules and regulations in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either party.

 

(c)                       All in-kind benefits provided and expenses eligible for reimbursement under this Agreement shall be provided by the Company or incurred by the Executive during the time periods set forth in this Agreement.  All reimbursements shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable, but in no event shall any reimbursement be paid after the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred.  The amount of in-kind benefits provided or reimbursable expenses incurred in one taxable year shall not affect the in-kind benefits to be provided or the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year.  Such right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

(d)                      To the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Agreement constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Executive’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon the Executive’s “separation from service.”  The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

 

(e)                       The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Executive or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

 

10.                                Withholding .  All payments made by the Company to the Executive under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law.

 

11.                                Notice and Date of Termination .

 

(a)                      Notice of Termination .  The Executive’s employment with the Company may be terminated by the Company or the Executive at any time and for any reason.  During the Term, any termination of the Executive’s employment (other than by reason of death) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination from one party hereto to the other party hereto in accordance with this Section 11.  For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon.

 

8



 

(b)                      Date of Termination .  “Date of Termination” shall mean:  (i) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by his death, the date of the Executive’s death; (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated on account of Executive’s Disability or by the Company for Cause or without Cause, the date on which Notice of Termination is given; (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive for any reason except for Good Reason within a Change in Control Period, 30 days after the date on which a Notice of Termination is given, and (v) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive with Good Reason within a Change in Control Period, the date on which a Notice of Termination is given after the end of the Cure Period.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Executive gives a Notice of Termination to the Company, the Company may unilaterally accelerate the Date of Termination and such acceleration shall not result in a termination by the Company for purposes of this Agreement.

 

12.                                No Mitigation .  The Company agrees that, if the Executive’s employment by the Company is terminated during the term of this Agreement, the Executive is not required to seek other employment or to attempt in any way to reduce any amounts payable to the Executive by the Company pursuant to Section 5 or Section 6 hereof.  Further, the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement shall not be reduced by any compensation earned by the Executive as the result of employment by another employer.

 

13.                                Consent to Jurisdiction .  The parties hereby consent to the jurisdiction of the state and federal courts in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.  Accordingly, with respect to any such court action, the Executive (a) submits to the personal jurisdiction of such courts; (b) consents to service of process; and (c) waives any other requirement (whether imposed by statute, rule of court, or otherwise) with respect to personal jurisdiction or service of process.

 

14.                                Integration .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to compensation, severance pay, benefits and accelerated vesting and supersedes in all respects all prior agreements between the parties concerning such subject matter, including without limitation any offer letter, employment agreement or severance agreement relating to the Executive’s employment relationship with the Company and/or the ending of that employment relationship.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Restrictive Covenants Agreement, the Equity Documents, and any other agreement relating to confidentiality, noncompetition, nonsolicitation or assignment of inventions shall not be superseded by this Agreement and the Executive acknowledges and agrees that any such agreements remain in full force and effect.

 

15.                                Successor to the Executive .  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.  In the event of the Executive’s death after a Terminating Event but prior to the completion by the Company of all payments due to the Executive under this Agreement, the Company shall continue such payments to the Executive’s beneficiary designated in writing to the Company prior to his death (or to the Executive’s estate, if the Executive fails to make such designation).

 

16.                                Enforceability .  If any portion or provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any portion or provision of any Section of this Agreement) shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this

 

9



 

Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

17.                                Waiver .  No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party.  The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

 

18.                                Notices .  Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by a nationally recognized overnight currier service of by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Executive at the last address the Executive has filed in writing with the Company, or to the Company at its main office, attention of the Board of Directors.

 

19.                                Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Executive and by a duly authorized representative of the Company.

 

20.                                Effect on Other Plans and Agreements .  An election by the Executive to resign for Good Reason under the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed a voluntary termination of employment by the Executive for the purpose of interpreting the provisions of any of the Company’s benefit plans, programs or policies.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit the rights of the Executive under the Company’s benefit plans, programs or policies except as otherwise provided in Section 7 hereof, and except that the Executive shall have no rights to any severance benefits under any Company severance pay plan, offer letter or otherwise.  In the event that the Executive is party to an agreement with the Company providing for payments or benefits under such agreement and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall govern and the Executive may receive payment under this Agreement only and not both.  Further, Section 5 and Section 6 of this Agreement are mutually exclusive and in no event shall the Executive be entitled to payments or benefits pursuant to Section 5 and Section 6 of this Agreement.

 

21.                                Governing Law .  This is a Massachusetts contract and shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles.

 

22.                                Successor to Company .  The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no succession had taken place.  Failure of the Company to obtain an assumption of this Agreement at or prior to the effectiveness of any succession shall be a material breach of this Agreement.

 

23.                                Gender Neutral .  Wherever used herein, a pronoun in the masculine gender shall be considered as including the feminine gender unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

 

10



 

24.                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be taken to be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same document.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

11



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement effective on the Effective Date.

 

 

 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Annalisa Jenkins

 

Name:

Annalisa Jenkins

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ K. Reed Clark

 

K. Reed Clark

 

[Signature Page to the Employment Agreement]

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT

 




Exhibit 10.7

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is between Dimension Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) and Eric Crombez (the “Executive”) and is made effective as of the closing of the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Effective Date”).  Except with respect to the Restrictive Covenants Agreement and the Equity Documents (each as defined below), this Agreement supersedes, amends and restates in all respects all prior agreements between the Executive and the Company regarding the subject matter herein, including without limitation any offer letter, employment agreement or severance agreement.

 

1.                                       Employment Term .  The Company and the Executive desire to continue their employment relationship, pursuant to this Agreement commencing as of the Effective Date and continuing in effect until terminated by either party in accordance with this Agreement (the “Term”). The Executive’s employment with the Company will continue to be “at will,” meaning that the Executive’s employment may be terminated by the Company or the Executive at any time and for any reason subject to the terms of this Agreement. If the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason during the Term, the Company shall pay or provide to the Executive (or to his authorized representative or estate) any earned but unpaid base salary, unpaid expense reimbursements, accrued but unused vacation and any vested benefits the Executive may have under any employee benefit plan of the Company (the “Accrued Benefit”).

 

2.                                       Duties .  The Executive will have such powers and duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or another designated Company executive. The Executive shall devote his full working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may engage in religious, charitable or other community activities as long as such services and activities do not interfere with the Executive’s performance of his duties to the Company.

 

3.                                       Compensation and Related Matters .

 

(a)                      Base Salary .  The Executive’s initial annual base salary is $331,000, which is subject to review and redetermination by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) or the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”).  The annual base salary in effect at any given time is referred to herein as “Base Salary.” The Base Salary will be payable in a manner that is consistent with the Company’s usual payroll practices for senior executives.

 

(b)                      Bonus .  During the Term, the Executive will be eligible to be considered for annual cash bonus as determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee. The Executive’s initial annual target bonus is 40% of the Base Salary, which subject to review and redetermination by the Board or the Compensation Committee.  The annual target bonus in effect at any given time is referred to herein as the “Target Bonus.”  The actual bonus be subject to terms and conditions of any applicable bonus plan as may be adopted from time to time.  The Executive’s bonus, if any, will be paid by March 15 of the year following the

 



 

applicable bonus year.  To earn a bonus, the Executive must be employed by the Company on the day such bonus is paid.

 

(c)                       Employee Benefits .  During the Term, the Executive will be entitled to continue to participate in the Company’s employee benefit plans, subject to the terms and the conditions of such plans and to the Company’s ability to amend and modify such plans.

 

(d)                      Equity .  The equity awards held by the Executive shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the Company’s applicable equity incentive plan(s), the applicable award agreement(s) governing the terms of such equity awards held by the Executive (collectively, the “Equity Documents”); provided , however , and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Documents, Section 5 of this Agreement shall apply in the event of a Terminating Event within the Change in Control Period (as defined below) and Section 6 of this Agreement shall apply in the event of a Terminating Event outside of the Change in Control Period.

 

(e)                       Reimbursement of Business Expenses.   The Company shall reimburse the Executive for travel, entertainment, business development and other expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by the Executive in connection with the Company’s business.  Expense reimbursement shall be subject to such policies the Company may adopt from time to time, included with respect to pre-approval.

 

4.                                       Certain Definitions .

 

(a)                      Change in Control .  “Change in Control” means (i) the closing of the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition in a single transaction or series of related transactions of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, (ii) the consummation of the merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity (except a merger or consolidation in which the holders of capital stock of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to hold at least 50% of the voting power of the capital stock of the Company or the surviving or acquiring entity) or (iii) the closing of the transfer (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an underwriter of the Company’s securities), of the Company’s securities if, after such closing, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold 50% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Company (or the surviving or acquiring entity); provided , however , that a transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately prior to such transaction.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the sale of shares of preferred stock of the Company in a financing transaction shall not be deemed a “Change in Control.”

 

(b)                      Change in Control Period . “Change in Control Period” means the period beginning on the date of a Change in Control and ending on the one-year anniversary of the Change in Control.

 

2



 

(c)                       Terminating Event . A “Terminating Event” means termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company under the circumstances forth in Section 4(c)(i) or Section 4(c)(ii) below.

 

(i)                                      Termination by the Company Other Than For Cause .  Termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment for any reason other than for Cause, death or Disability.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” means the Executive’s:

 

(A)                                      unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets;

 

(B)                                      material breach of any agreement between the Executive and the Company;

 

(C)                                      material failure to comply with the Company’s written policies or rules;

 

(D)                                      gross negligence or willful misconduct in connection with the Executive’s duties to the Company;

 

(E)                                       continuing failure to perform assigned duties after receiving written notification of the failure from the Company and, if curable, a period of 30 days to cure such failure; or

 

(F)                                        failure to cooperate in good faith with a governmental or internal investigation of the Company or its directors, officers or employees, if the Company has requested the Executive’s cooperation.

 

(ii)                                   The Executive’s Resignation for Good Reason within the Change in Control Period . The Executive’s resignation of his employment with the Company for Good Reason within the Change in Control Period.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means that the Executive has complied with the “Good Reason Process” (hereinafter defined) following the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(A)                                      a material diminution in the Executive’s Base Salary;

 

(B)                                      the Company requiring the Executive to relocate (other than for travel incident to the Executive’s performance of his duties on behalf of the Company) a distance of more than 50 miles from the Executive’s current principal place of business; or

 

(C)                                      any material diminution in the Executive’s position, responsibilities, authority or duties.

 

“Good Reason Process” means that (i) the Executive reasonably determines in good faith that a “Good Reason” condition has occurred; (ii) the Executive notifies the Company in writing of the first occurrence of the Good Reason condition within 60 days of the first occurrence of such condition; (iii) the Executive cooperates in good faith with the Company’s efforts, for a

 

3



 

period not less than 30 days following such notice (the “Cure Period”), to remedy the condition; (iv) notwithstanding such efforts, the Good Reason condition continues to exist; and (v) the Executive terminates his employment within 60 days after the end of the Cure Period.  If the Company cures the Good Reason condition during the Cure Period, Good Reason shall be deemed not to have occurred.

 

A Terminating Event shall not be deemed to have occurred pursuant to this Section 4(c)  as a result of:  (i) the ending of the Executive’s employment due to the Executive’s death or Disability, (ii) the Executive’s resignation for any reason, other than for Good Reason within a Change in Control Period, (iii) the Company’s termination of the employment relationship for Cause; or (iv) solely as a result of the Executive being or becoming an employee of any direct or indirect successor to the business or assets of the Company rather than continuing as an employee of the Company following a Change in Control.  For purposes hereof, the Executive will be considered “Disabled” if, as a result of the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, the Executive shall have been absent from his duties to the Company on a full-time basis for 120 calendar days in the aggregate in any 12-month period, excluding absences resulting from ordinary transitory illnesses or injury.

 

5.                                       Severance and Accelerated Vesting if a Terminating Event Occurs within the Change in Control Period .  In the event a Terminating Event occurs within the Change in Control Period, subject to the Executive signing and complying with a separation agreement in a form and manner satisfactory to the Company containing, among other provisions, a general release of claims in favor of the Company and related persons and entities, confidentiality, return of property and non-disparagement and reaffirmation of the Restrictive Covenants Agreement (the “Separation Agreement and Release”) and the Separation Agreement and Release becoming irrevocable, all within 60 days after the Date of Termination, the following shall occur:

 

(a)                      the Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to the sum of (i) 12 months the Executive’s Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the Terminating Event (or the Executive’s Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, if higher) plus (ii) an amount equal to the Executive’s Target Bonus multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days the Executive was employed during the calendar year during which the Date of Termination occurs and the denominator of which is 365;

 

(b)                      if the Executive was participating in the Company’s group health plan immediately prior to the Date of Termination and elects COBRA health continuation, then the Company shall pay to the Executive a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to the monthly employer contribution that the Company would have made to provide health insurance to the Executive if the Executive had remained employed by the Company for 12 months after the Date of Termination, based on the premiums as of the Date of Termination; and

 

(c)                       100% of all time-based equity awards held by the Executive shall immediately accelerate and become fully exercisable or nonforfeitable as of the Date of Termination.

 

4



 

The amounts payable under Section 5(a) and (b), as applicable, shall be paid out in a lump sum within 60 days after the Date of Termination; provided , however , that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the amounts shall be paid in the second calendar year no later than the last day of the 60-day period.

 

6.                                       Severance if a Terminating Event Occurs Outside the Change in Control Period .  In the event a Terminating Event occurs at any time other than during the Change in Control Period, subject to the Executive signing the Separation Agreement and Release and the Separation Agreement and Release becoming irrevocable, all within 60 days after the Date of Termination, the following shall occur:

 

(a)                      the Company shall pay to the Executive an amount equal to the sum of nine months of the Executive’s annual Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the Terminating Event;

 

(b)                      if the Executive was participating in the Company’s group health plan immediately prior to the Date of Termination and elects COBRA health continuation, then the Company shall pay to the Executive a monthly cash payment for nine months or the Executive’s COBRA health continuation period, whichever ends earlier, in an amount equal to the monthly employer contribution that the Company would have made to provide health insurance to the Executive if the Executive had remained employed by the Company, based on the premiums as of the Date of Termination; and

 

(c)                       all time-based equity awards held by the Executive on the Effective Date that would have vested in the six-month period following the Date of Termination had the Executive remained employed by the Company during such period shall immediately accelerate and become exercisable or nonforfeitable as of the Date of Termination.

 

The amounts payable under Section 6(a) and (b) shall be paid out in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice over nine months commencing within 60 days after the Date of Termination; provided , however , that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the severance shall begin to be paid in the second calendar year by the last day of such 60-day period; provided further , that the initial payment shall include a catch-up payment to cover amounts retroactive to the day immediately following the Date of Termination.  Each payment pursuant to this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

 

7.                                       Restrictive Covenants Agreement .   The terms of the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, dated November 12, 2014 (the “Restrictive Covenants Agreement”) between the Company and the Executive, attached hereto as Exhibit A , continue to be in full force and effect and are incorporated by reference in this Agreement.  The Executive hereby reaffirms the terms of the Restrictive Covenants Agreement as material terms of this Agreement.

 

(a)                                  Third-Party Agreements and Rights .  The Executive hereby confirms that the Executive is not bound by the terms of any agreement with any previous employer or other party that restricts in any way the Executive’s use or disclosure of information or the Executive’s engagement in any business.  The Executive represents to the Company that the Executive’s

 

5



 

execution of this Agreement, the Executive’s employment with the Company and the performance of the Executive’s proposed duties for the Company will not violate any obligations the Executive may have to any such previous employer or other party.  In the Executive’s work for the Company, the Executive will not disclose or make use of any information in violation of any agreements with or rights of any such previous employer or other party, and the Executive will not bring to the premises of the Company any copies or other tangible embodiments of non-public information belonging to or obtained from any such previous employment or other party.

 

(b)                                  Litigation and Regulatory Cooperation .  During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive shall cooperate fully with the Company in the defense or prosecution of any claims or actions now in existence or which may be brought in the future against or on behalf of the Company which relate to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company.  The Executive’s full cooperation in connection with such claims or actions shall include, but not be limited to, being available to meet with counsel to prepare for discovery or trial and to act as a witness on behalf of the Company at mutually convenient times.  During and after the Executive’s employment, the Executive also shall cooperate fully with the Company in connection with any investigation or review of any federal, state or local regulatory authority as any such investigation or review relates to events or occurrences that transpired while the Executive was employed by the Company.  The Company shall reimburse the Executive for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Executive’s performance of obligations pursuant to this Section 7(b).  For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted or applied to prohibit the Executive from making any good faith report to any governmental agency or other governmental entity concerning any act or omission that the Executive reasonably believes constitutes a possible violation of federal or state law or making other disclosures that are protected under the anti-retaliation or whistleblower provisions of applicable federal or state law or regulation.

 

(c)                                   Relief .  The Executive agrees that it would be difficult to measure any damages caused to the Company which might result from any breach by the Executive of the promises set forth in this Section 7, and that in any event money damages would be an inadequate remedy for any such breach.  Accordingly, the Executive agrees that if the Executive breaches, or proposes to breach, any portion of this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled, in addition to all other remedies that it may have, to an injunction or other appropriate equitable relief to restrain any such breach without showing or proving any actual damage to the Company.  In addition, in the event the Executive breaches the Restrictive Covenants Agreement during a period when he is receiving severance payments pursuant to Section 5 or 6, the Company shall have the right to suspend or terminate such severance payments.  Such suspension or termination shall not limit the Company’s other options with respect to relief for such breach and shall not relieve the Executive of his duties under this Agreement.

 

8.                                       Additional Limitation .

 

(a)                      Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that the amount of any compensation, payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, calculated in a manner consistent with Section 280G of the Code and the applicable regulations thereunder (the “Aggregate Payments”), would be

 

6



 

subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) so that the sum of all of the Aggregate Payments shall be $1.00 less than the amount at which the Executive becomes subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code; provided that such reduction shall only occur if it would result in the Executive receiving a higher After Tax Amount (as defined below) than the Executive would receive if the Aggregate Payments were not subject to such reduction.  In such event, the Aggregate Payments shall be reduced in the following order, in each case, in reverse chronological order beginning with the Aggregate Payments that are to be paid the furthest in time from consummation of the transaction that is subject to Section 280G of the Code:  (1) cash payments not subject to Section 409A of the Code; (2) cash payments subject to Section 409A of the Code; (3) equity-based payments and acceleration; and (4) non-cash forms of benefits; provided that in the case of all the foregoing Aggregate Payments all amounts or payments that are not subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c) shall be reduced before any amounts that are subject to calculation under Treas. Reg. §1.280G-1, Q&A-24(b) or (c).

 

(b)                      For purposes of this Section 8(b), the “After Tax Amount” means the amount of the Aggregate Payments less all federal, state, and local income, excise and employment taxes imposed on the Executive as a result of the Executive’s receipt of the Aggregate Payments.  For purposes of determining the After Tax Amount, the Executive shall be deemed to pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of federal income taxation applicable to individuals for the calendar year in which the determination is to be made, and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rates of individual taxation in each applicable state and locality, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes.

 

The determination as to whether a reduction in the Aggregate Payments shall be made pursuant to Section 8(b)(i) shall be made by a nationally recognized accounting firm selected by the Company (the “Accounting Firm”), which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business days of the Date of Termination, if applicable, or at such earlier time as is reasonably requested by the Company or the Executive.  Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive.

 

9.                                       Section 409A .

 

(a)                      Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if at the time of the Executive’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the Company determines that the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then to the extent any payment or benefit that the Executive becomes entitled to under this Agreement on account of the Executive’s separation from service would be considered deferred compensation subject to the 20 percent additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A(a) of the Code as a result of the application of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such payment shall not be payable and such benefit shall not be provided until the date that is the earlier of (A) six months and one day after the Executive’s separation from service, or (B) the Executive’s death.

 

7


 

(b)                      The parties intend that this Agreement will be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.  To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A of the Code.  The parties agree that this Agreement may be amended, as reasonably requested by either party, and as may be necessary to fully comply with Section 409A of the Code and all related rules and regulations in order to preserve the payments and benefits provided hereunder without additional cost to either party.

 

(c)                       All in-kind benefits provided and expenses eligible for reimbursement under this Agreement shall be provided by the Company or incurred by the Executive during the time periods set forth in this Agreement.  All reimbursements shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable, but in no event shall any reimbursement be paid after the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred.  The amount of in-kind benefits provided or reimbursable expenses incurred in one taxable year shall not affect the in-kind benefits to be provided or the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year.  Such right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

(d)                      To the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Agreement constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Executive’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon the Executive’s “separation from service.”  The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).

 

(e)                       The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Executive or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

 

10.                                Withholding .  All payments made by the Company to the Executive under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable law.

 

11.                                Notice and Date of Termination .

 

(a)                      Notice of Termination .  The Executive’s employment with the Company may be terminated by the Company or the Executive at any time and for any reason.  During the Term, any termination of the Executive’s employment (other than by reason of death) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination from one party hereto to the other party hereto in accordance with this Section 11.  For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon.

 

8



 

(b)                      Date of Termination .  “Date of Termination” shall mean:  (i) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by his death, the date of the Executive’s death; (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated on account of Executive’s Disability or by the Company for Cause or without Cause, the date on which Notice of Termination is given; (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive for any reason except for Good Reason within a Change in Control Period, 30 days after the date on which a Notice of Termination is given, and (v) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Executive with Good Reason within a Change in Control Period, the date on which a Notice of Termination is given after the end of the Cure Period.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Executive gives a Notice of Termination to the Company, the Company may unilaterally accelerate the Date of Termination and such acceleration shall not result in a termination by the Company for purposes of this Agreement.

 

12.                                No Mitigation .  The Company agrees that, if the Executive’s employment by the Company is terminated during the term of this Agreement, the Executive is not required to seek other employment or to attempt in any way to reduce any amounts payable to the Executive by the Company pursuant to Section 5 or Section 6 hereof.  Further, the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement shall not be reduced by any compensation earned by the Executive as the result of employment by another employer.

 

13.                                Consent to Jurisdiction .  The parties hereby consent to the jurisdiction of the state and federal courts in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.  Accordingly, with respect to any such court action, the Executive (a) submits to the personal jurisdiction of such courts; (b) consents to service of process; and (c) waives any other requirement (whether imposed by statute, rule of court, or otherwise) with respect to personal jurisdiction or service of process.

 

14.                                Integration .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to compensation, severance pay, benefits and accelerated vesting and supersedes in all respects all prior agreements between the parties concerning such subject matter, including without limitation any offer letter, employment agreement or severance agreement relating to the Executive’s employment relationship with the Company and/or the ending of that employment relationship.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Restrictive Covenants Agreement, the Equity Documents, and any other agreement relating to confidentiality, noncompetition, nonsolicitation or assignment of inventions shall not be superseded by this Agreement and the Executive acknowledges and agrees that any such agreements remain in full force and effect.

 

15.                                Successor to the Executive .  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.  In the event of the Executive’s death after a Terminating Event but prior to the completion by the Company of all payments due to the Executive under this Agreement, the Company shall continue such payments to the Executive’s beneficiary designated in writing to the Company prior to his death (or to the Executive’s estate, if the Executive fails to make such designation).

 

16.                                Enforceability .  If any portion or provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any portion or provision of any Section of this Agreement) shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this

 

9



 

Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

17.                                Waiver .  No waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party.  The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

 

18.                                Notices .  Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by a nationally recognized overnight currier service of by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Executive at the last address the Executive has filed in writing with the Company, or to the Company at its main office, attention of the Board of Directors.

 

19.                                Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Executive and by a duly authorized representative of the Company.

 

20.                                Effect on Other Plans and Agreements .  An election by the Executive to resign for Good Reason under the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed a voluntary termination of employment by the Executive for the purpose of interpreting the provisions of any of the Company’s benefit plans, programs or policies.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit the rights of the Executive under the Company’s benefit plans, programs or policies except as otherwise provided in Section 7 hereof, and except that the Executive shall have no rights to any severance benefits under any Company severance pay plan, offer letter or otherwise.  In the event that the Executive is party to an agreement with the Company providing for payments or benefits under such agreement and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall govern and the Executive may receive payment under this Agreement only and not both.  Further, Section 5 and Section 6 of this Agreement are mutually exclusive and in no event shall the Executive be entitled to payments or benefits pursuant to Section 5 and Section 6 of this Agreement.

 

21.                                Governing Law .  This is a Massachusetts contract and shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles.

 

22.                                Successor to Company .  The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no succession had taken place.  Failure of the Company to obtain an assumption of this Agreement at or prior to the effectiveness of any succession shall be a material breach of this Agreement.

 

23.                                Gender Neutral .  Wherever used herein, a pronoun in the masculine gender shall be considered as including the feminine gender unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

 

10



 

24.                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be taken to be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same document.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

11



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement effective on the Effective Date.

 

 

 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Annalisa Jenkins

 

Name:

Annalisa Jenkins

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Eric Crombez

 

Eric Crombez

 

[Signature Page to the Employment Agreement]

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT

 




Exhibit 10.9

 

***Text Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Confidential Treatment Requested Under

17 C.F.R. Sections 200.80(b)(4) and 240.24b-2

 

OPTION AND LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

This OPTION AND LICENSE AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered into as of March 10, 2015 (the “ Execution Date ”), with effectiveness as of February 18, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between REGENXBIO Inc., a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, with offices at 1701 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW, Suite 900, Washington, DC 20006 (“ Licensor ”), and Dimension Therapeutics, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, with offices at 840 Memorial Drive, 4th Floor, Cambridge, MA 02139 (“ Licensee ”). Licensor and Licensee are hereinafter referred to individually as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties .”

 

WHEREAS, Licensor has exclusive rights under certain patents pertaining to various recombinant adeno-associated virus vectors;

 

WHEREAS, Licensor and Licensee are parties to that certain License Agreement, dated October 30, 2013, as amended by the First Amendment to License Agreement, dated June 18, 2014, and the Second Amendment to License Agreement, dated September 29, 2014 and as amended from time to time (collectively, the “ 2013 License Agreement ”), pursuant to which Licensor granted Licensee an exclusive license under certain technology of Licensor related to hemophilia A, hemophilia B, and additional disease indications to be selected as provided therein;

 

WHEREAS, Licensor, Licensee, and certain other persons are parties to that certain Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated October 30, 2013 (the “ Series A SPA ”); and

 

WHEREAS, Licensee, having met the conditions set forth in Section 6.16 of the Series A SPA on the Effective Date, desires to obtain an option for an exclusive license under the Licensed Technology under the terms set forth herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and covenants contained in this Agreement, and intending to be legally bound, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1: DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 “ Affiliate ” means any legal entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with another entity. For purposes of this Agreement, “control” means the direct or indirect ownership of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of a legal entity, or the right to receive more than 50% of the profits or earnings of a legal entity, or the right to control the policy decisions of a legal entity.

 

1.2 “ Calendar Quarter ” means each three-month period or any portion thereof, beginning on January 1, April 1, July 1, and October 1.

 

1.3 “ Collaboration ” means an arrangement between Licensee and a Sublicensee under which research and development activities are performed on a shared basis for the purpose of the parties jointly developing and exploiting Licensed Products in the Field; provided that a Collaboration

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 



 

will not include an arrangement whereby Licensee is compensated solely for performing research or development activities.

 

1.4 “ Commercial License ” means a license agreement between Licensor and a Third Party pursuant to which Licensor grants a license to the Licensed Technology and which license agreement meets the following: (a) the agreement contains provisions substantially comparable to Section 2.5 with respect to improvements of the Third Party that are substantially similar to “Licensed Back Improvements” as defined in this Agreement; (b) the Third Party grants to Licensor a sublicensable license to such “Licensed Back Improvements” of the Third Party; and (c) Licensor is not required to pay any royalties, milestones, or other fees in connection with the exploitation of such sublicensable license.

 

1.5 “ Commercial Option ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

 

1.6 “ Confidential Information ” means and includes all technical information, inventions, developments, discoveries, software, Know- How, methods, techniques, formulae, animate and inanimate materials, data, processes, finances, business operations or affairs, and other proprietary ideas, whether or not patentable or copyrightable, of either Party that are (a) marked or otherwise identified as confidential or proprietary at the time of disclosure in writing; or (b) if disclosed orally, visually, or in another non-written form, identified as confidential at the time of disclosure and summarized in reasonable detail in writing as to its general content within 30 days after original disclosure. The Parties acknowledge that (i) the terms and conditions of this Agreement and (ii) the records and reports referred to in Section 3.7 will be deemed the Confidential Information of both Parties, regardless of whether such information is marked or identified as confidential. In addition, information provided to Licensee pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.1 will be deemed the Confidential Information of Licensor, regardless of whether such information is marked or identified as confidential. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information will not include the following, in each case, to the extent evidenced by competent written proof of the Receiving Party:

 

1.6.1 information that was already known to the Receiving Party, other than under an obligation of confidentiality, at the time of disclosure by the Disclosing Party;

 

1.6.2 information that was generally available to the public or otherwise part of the public domain at the time of its disclosure to the Receiving Party;

 

1.6.3 information that became generally available to the public or otherwise part of the public domain after its disclosure, other than through any act or omission of the Receiving Party in breach of this Agreement;

 

1.6.4 information that is independently discovered or developed by the Receiving Party without the use of Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party; or

 

1.6.5 information that was disclosed to the Receiving Party, other than under an obligation of confidentiality, by a Third Party who had no obligation to the Disclosing Party not to disclose such information to others.

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

2



 

1.7 “ Control ” or “ Controlled ” means the possession by Licensor (whether by ownership or license, other than pursuant to this Agreement) of the ability to grant to Licensee access, a license, or a sublicense (as applicable) to the applicable patent, patent application, Know-How, or other intellectual property on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement without violating the terms of any agreement or other arrangement with any Third Party.

 

1.8 “ Disclosing Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

 

1.9 “ Domain Antibody ” […***…].

 

1.10 “ Existing Licenses ” means the GSK Agreement and Penn Agreement.

 

1.11 “ FDA ” means the United States Food and Drug Administration, or a successor agency in the United States with responsibilities comparable to those of the United States Food and Drug Administration.

 

1.12 “ Field ” means, if and when a Commercial Option(s) is exercised pursuant to Section 2.1 and the license set forth in Section 2.1.4 is effective for a particular Licensed Indication(s), the treatment of such Licensed Indication(s) in human beings by in vivo gene therapy administration. Each Licensed Indication for the Field will be set forth on Exhibit D (to be amended as of the applicable Grant Date as provided in Section 2.1.3.4).

 

1.13 “ First Commercial Sale ” means, on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product and country-by-country basis, the date of the first arm’s length transaction, transfer, or disposition for value by or on behalf of Licensee, its Sublicensees, or their respective Affiliates to a Third Party of such Licensed Product for end use or consumption of such Licensed Product after regulatory approval of such Licensed Product has been granted, or such marketing and sale is otherwise permitted, by the applicable regulatory authority of such country. First Commercial Sale excludes any sale or other distribution for use in a clinical trial or other development activity, promotional use (including samples), or for compassionate use or on a named patient basis.

 

1.14 “ Grant Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.4.

 

1.15 “ GSK Agreement ” means that certain License Agreement entered into between Licensor and SmithKline Beecham Corporation, effective on March 6, 2009, as amended by that certain Amendment to License Agreement dated April 15, 2009, and as amended from time to time.

 

1.16 “ Know-How ” means any and all ideas, information, know-how, data, research results, writings, inventions, discoveries, and other technology (including any proprietary materials), whether or not patentable or copyrightable.

 

1.17 “ Licensed Back Improvements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5.2.

 

1.18 “ Licensed Indication ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.3.4.

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

3



 

1.19 “ Licensed Know-How ” means, on a specific Licensed Indication-by-Licensed Indication basis, any Know-How that, as of the Grant Date for the applicable Licensed Indication, (i) is Controlled by Licensor pursuant to the Existing Licenses or the Penn Sponsored Research Agreement or pursuant to Licensor’s ownership thereof, (ii) is directed to the applicable Licensed Indication, (iii) is not generally available to the public or otherwise part of the public domain, other than through any act or omission of Licensee in breach of this Agreement, and (iv) is reasonably necessary for the use, sale, offer for sale, or import of Licensed Products in the applicable Licensed Indication in the Field, to be generally described in Exhibit B pursuant to Section 2.1.3.4(iv); provided that “Licensed Know-How” will not include any Manufacturing Technology; provided further that “Licensed Know-How” will not include any Know-How disclosed in patents or patent applications.

 

1.20 “ Licensed Patents ” means (a) all United States patents and patent applications listed in Exhibit A , as modified pursuant to Section 2.6.1, including patents arising from such patent applications; and (b) any re-examination certificates thereof, and their foreign counterparts and extensions, continuations, divisionals, and re-issue applications; provided that “Licensed Patents” will not include any claim of a patent or patent application covering any Manufacturing Technology.

 

1.21 “ Licensed Product ” means (a) any product that is made, made for, used, sold, offered for sale, or imported by Licensee, its Affiliates, and any of its or their Sublicensees, (i) the manufacture, use, sale, offer for sale, or import of which product, in the absence of the license granted pursuant to this Agreement, would infringe or is covered by at least one Valid Claim in the country of manufacture, use, sale, offer for sale, or import, including products manufactured by a process that would infringe or is covered by at least one Valid Claim in the country of manufacture, use, sale, offer for sale, or import or (ii) that incorporates, was developed using, or is produced or manufactured through the use of, or with respect to which Licensee otherwise acquired a license to, Licensed Know-How; or (b) any service with respect to the administration of any product to patients that (i) in the absence of the licenses granted pursuant to this Agreement, would infringe or is covered by at least one Valid Claim in the country of sale or (ii) that incorporates, was developed using, or is produced or manufactured through the use of, or with respect to which Licensee otherwise acquired a license to, Licensed Know-How.

 

1.22 “ Licensed Technology ” means, collectively, the Licensed Patents and Licensed Know-How.

 

1.23 “ Licensor Improvements ” means any patent or patent application that meets all of the following criteria:

 

(a)                      is directed to any of: the composition of recombinant adeno-associated virus vectors, methods of use of such vectors, or methods of developing such vectors, but, in each case, only to the extent of such claims;

 

(b)                      is reasonably necessary for any of: the use, sale, offer for sale, or import of Licensed Products in the Field; and

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

4



 

(c)                       on a Licensed Indication-by-Licensed Indication basis, prior to the 18-month anniversary of the Grant Date for the applicable Licensed Indication, (i) is developed by Licensor or (ii) becomes Controlled by Licensor pursuant to a Commercial License;

 

provided that “Licensor Improvements” will not include any Manufacturing Technology.

 

1.24 “ Manufacturing Technology ” means any and all patents, patent applications, Know-How, and all intellectual property rights associated therewith, and including all tangible embodiments thereof, that are necessary or useful for the manufacture of adeno- associated viruses, adeno-associated virus vectors, research or commercial reagents related thereto, Licensed Products, or other products, including manufacturing processes, technical information relating to the methods of manufacture, protocols, standard operating procedures, batch records, assays, formulations, quality control data, specifications, scale up, any and all improvements, modifications, and changes thereto, and any and all activities associated with such manufacture. Any and all chemistry, manufacturing, and controls (CMC), drug master files (DMFs), or similar materials provided to regulatory authorities and the information contained therein are deemed Manufacturing Technology.

 

1.25 “ Muscular Dystrophy ” […***…].

 

1.26 “ NDA ” means a New Drug Application filed with the FDA as described in 21 C.F.R. § 314, a Biological License Application (BLA) pursuant to 21 C.F.R. § 601.2, or any equivalent or any corresponding application for regulatory approval in any country or regulatory jurisdiction other than the United States.

 

1.27 “ Net Sales ” means the gross receipts from sales or other disposition of a Licensed Product (including fees for services within the definition of “ Licensed Product ”) by Licensee and/or its Affiliates and/or any Sublicensees to Third Parties less the following deductions that are directly attributable to a sale, specifically and separately identified on an invoice or other documentation and actually borne by Licensee, its Affiliates, or any Sublicensees: […***…]. In the event consideration other than cash is paid to Licensee, its Affiliates, or any Sublicensees, for purposes of determining Net Sales, the Parties shall use the cash consideration that Licensee, its Affiliates, or any Sublicensees would realize from an unrelated buyer in an arm’s length sale of an identical item sold in the same quantity and at the time and place of the transaction, as determined jointly by Licensor and Licensee based on transactions of a similar type and standard industry practice, if any.

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

5



 

1.28 “ Penn Agreement ” means that certain License Agreement entered into between Licensor and The Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania, effective on February 24, 2009, as amended by that letter agreement dated March 6, 2009, and by that certain Second Amendment to License Agreement effective on September 9, 2014, and as amended from time to time.

 

1.29 “ Penn Sponsored Research Agreement ” means (a) that certain Sponsored Research Agreement entered into between Licensor and The Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania, effective on February 24, 2009, as amended by Amendment No. 1, effective February 24, 2010, Amendment No. 2, dated March 31, 2010, Amendment No. 3, dated December 31, 2010, Amendment No. 4, effective December 31, 2011, Amendment No. 5, effective April 1, 2012, Amendment No. 6, effective December 31, 2012, Amendment No. 7, effective January 1, 2014, and Amendment No. 8, effective March 15, 2014; (b) that certain Sponsored Research Agreement entered into between Licensor and The Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania, effective November 1, 2013; and (c) any additional amendments to either (a) or (b) effective prior to the Grant Date for a Licensed Indication.

 

1.30 “ Phase 3 Clinical Trial ” means a pivotal clinical trial in humans performed to gain evidence with statistical significance of the efficacy of a product in a target population, and to obtain expanded evidence of safety for such product that is needed to evaluate the overall benefit-risk relationship of such product, to form the basis for approval of an NDA and to provide an adequate basis for physician labeling, as described in 21 C.F.R. § 312.21(c) or the corresponding regulation in jurisdictions other than the United States.

 

1.31 “ Program Costs ” means all documented costs incurred by Licensor prior to the applicable Grant Date in researching or developing the applicable disease indication, as determined in accordance with Licensor’s normal procedures, as accounted for and consistently applied according to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Program Costs will include all out-of-pockets costs, time of scientific, technical, or other personnel (which may be billed on a full-time-equivalent basis at Licensor’s normal full-time- equivalent rate, taking into account the reasonable costs of employment of personnel, including salaries and benefits), and reasonable overhead and indirect costs allocated to such disease indication. Costs paid to a Third Party will equal 100% of the amounts invoiced by the Third Party.

 

1.32 “ Prosecute ” means preparation, filing, and prosecuting patent applications and maintaining patents, including any reexaminations, reissues, oppositions, interferences, and any post-grant proceedings including supplemental examination, post-grant review, and inter parties review.

 

1.33 “ Receiving Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

 

1.34 “ Retained Rights ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

 

1.35 “ Sublicensee ” means any Third Party or Affiliate to whom Licensee grants a sublicense of some or all of the rights granted to Licensee under this Agreement as permitted by this Agreement.

 

1.36 “ Third Party ” means any person or entity other than a Party to this Agreement or Affiliates of a Party to this Agreement.

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

6



 

1.37 “ Valid Claim ” means a claim of an issued and unexpired patent (including any patent claim the term of which is extended by any extension, supplementary protection certificate, patent term restoration, or the like) included within the Licensed Patents or a claim of a pending patent application included within the Licensed Patents, which has not lapsed, been abandoned, been held revoked, or been deemed unenforceable or invalid by a non-appealable decision or an appealable decision from which no appeal was taken within the time allowed for such appeal of a court or other governmental agency of competent jurisdiction.

 

ARTICLE 2: OPTION GRANT

 

2.1 Option Grant . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Licensor hereby grants to Licensee four distinct options, exercisable at Licensee’s sole discretion, each to obtain an exclusive, worldwide license (under the terms described in Section 2.1.4 and this Agreement) with respect to a single disease indication (each such option with respect to a particular disease indication, a “ Commercial Option ”) in accordance with the following provisions:

 

2.1.1 Election Term . Licensee may exercise each Commercial Option at any time prior to the […***…] of the Effective Date (the “ Election Term ”); provided that Licensee may extend the Election Term for an additional […***…] at any time prior to the […***…] of the Effective Date by providing written notice to Licensor of such extension and simultaneously paying Licensor a fee of […***…], which notice and payment must be received by Licensor at least […***…] prior to the […***…] of the Effective Date. If Licensee does extend the Election Term by timely providing such notice and payment, the Election Term will automatically be extended until the […***…] of the Effective Date.

 

2.1.2 Transferability . The Commercial Options shall not be sublicensable or transferable, except in the case of any assignment of this Agreement pursuant to Section 10.2.

 

2.1.3 Method of Exercise . To exercise the Commercial Option for a particular disease indication:

 

2.1.3.1 Licensee must provide written notice to Licensor at least […***…] prior to the expiration of the Election Term, which written notice must specify the disease indication(s) with respect to which Licensee desires to exercise a Commercial Option (the “ Nomination Notice ”).

 

2.1.3.2 Within […***…] of Licensor’s receipt of such Nomination Notice, Licensor will inform Licensee in writing (the “ Availability Notice ”) of whether the nominated disease indication is available for licensing based on whether it is the subject of any of the following:

 

(i) a conflicting license with a Third Party (such license, a “ Conflicting License ”),

 

(ii) a license being negotiated with a Third Party, as to which […***…]

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

7



 

[…***…], a “ Conflicting Negotiation ”); in which event, the Availability Notice will describe whether the license under negotiation would be exclusive or non-exclusive, the disease indication and territory subject to the Conflicting Negotiation, the applicable adeno-associated virus vector(s) being discussed, and any other exclusions that would apply to Licensee’s exercise of its Commercial Option for the nominated disease indication (collectively, the “ Excluded Rights ”); or

 

(iii) an existing Licensor program (i.e., a program that is the subject of on-going advanced preclinical study (e.g., there has been a pre-IND meeting) or is in clinical development or at a later stage of development or commercialization by Licensor or its Affiliates) (such program, a “ Conflicting Program ”).

 

2.1.3.3 If Licensor states in the Availability Notice that the nominated disease indication is subject to a Conflicting License or a Conflicting Program, then no Commercial Option will be deemed exercised with respect to such nominated disease indication, in which event Licensee will have the continuing right, until at least […***…] prior to the expiration of the Election Term, to nominate another disease indication with respect to which Licensee desires to exercise such Commercial Option. If Licensor states in the Availability Notice that the nominated disease indication is subject to a Conflicting Negotiation, then such nominated disease indication will be deemed available for licensing, but such license shall be subject to any Excluded Rights that are being negotiated with the Third Party as part of the Conflicting Negotiation, and the Availability Notice sent by Licensor to Licensee will include a statement of Program Costs, if any, associated with the nominated disease indication. If the nominated disease indication is not subject to a Conflicting License, Conflicting Program, or Conflicting Negotiation, Licensor will so state in the Availability Notice, and such nominated disease indication will be deemed available for licensing, and the Availability Notice sent by Licensor to Licensee will include a statement of (i) Program Costs, if any, associated with the nominated disease indication as of the date of such Availability Notice, plus Licensor’s reasonable, good faith estimate for the anticipated Program Costs for the […***…] period following the date of such Availability Notice, and (ii) to Licensor’s knowledge, a general description of any Know-How Controlled by Licensor that is applicable to the nominated disease indication and proposed to be included in Exhibit B as Licensed Know-How; provided that Licensor will not be required to disclose any such Licensed Know-How prior to the Grant Date.

 

2.1.3.4 If the nominated disease indication set forth in the Nomination Notice is available (in whole or, in the case of a Conflicting Negotiation, subject to the Excluded Rights), Licensee will have […***…] from receipt of the Availability Notice to notify Licensor whether it wishes to include in the license any Licensed Know-How identified by Licensor pursuant to 2.1.3.3 and to pay Licensor, by wire transfer, (a) the commercial option fee set forth in Section 3.1 and (b) if applicable, an amount equal to […***…] the Program Costs for such nominated disease indication; provided that Licensee will not be required to pay, on a Commercial Option-by-Commercial Option basis, more than […***…] in the aggregate under this clause (b). If Licensee fails to deliver such payment

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

8



 

within such […***…] period, the nominated disease indication will be deemed rejected by Licensee, and no Commercial Option will be deemed exercised with respect to such indication, in which event Licensee will have the continuing right, at least until […***…] prior to the expiration of the Election Term, to nominate another disease indication with respect to which Licensee desires to exercise a Commercial Option. If Licensee makes such payment within such […***…] period, (i) the license grant in Section 2.1.4 will become effective (subject to any Excluded Rights, if applicable), (ii)  Exhibit D will be amended to set forth the applicable disease indication with respect to which the license in Section 2.1.4 has been granted (a “ Licensed Indication ”) and, if applicable, any Excluded Rights, (iii) the additional representation and warranty by Licensor as set forth in Exhibit F shall become effective as of the Grant Date for the applicable Licensed Indication (unless Licensor has otherwise disclosed to Licensee in the Availability Notice any exceptions to such representation and warranty), (iv) the Parties shall promptly amend Exhibit A to include, subject to Section 2.6, any then-existing Licensor Improvements applicable to such Licensed Indication and, if Licensee has notified Licensor that it wishes to include Licensed Know-How in the license, the Parties shall promptly amend Exhibit B to include a general description of such Licensed Know-How, and (v) Licensee will have exhausted one of its four Commercial Options.

 

2.1.3.5 For purposes of nominating a disease indication for the exercise of a Commercial Option, the indication must be a specific type of condition and not a general disease class, for instance “mucopolysaccharidosis (MPS) VI” and not “mucopolysaccharidosis (MPS)” and “hemophilia A” not “hemophilia.” If Licensor determines that a disease indication nominated by Licensee pursuant to this Section 2.1.3 is not sufficiently specific, prior to providing the Availability Notice and within […***…] of Licensor’s receipt of the Nomination Notice, Licensor will notify Licensee, and the Parties will negotiate in good faith as to the proposed scope and definition of the nominated disease indication.

 

2.1.3.6 Licensee will be entitled to continue to nominate […***…] […***…] of specific disease indications at least […***…] prior to the expiration of the Election Term, until Licensee has exercised its four Commercial Options.

 

2.1.3.7 Nothing in this Agreement will prevent Licensor from granting licenses to any Third Parties for any disease indications or from initiating Licensor’s own programs for any disease indications, in either case, other than the specific Licensed Indications with respect to which Licensee has exercised a Commercial Option.

 

2.1.3.8 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing in this Agreement will prevent Licensor from (a) granting non-exclusive research licenses to Third Parties in any field; or (b) maintaining Licensor’s commercial reagent and services business.

 

2.1.3.9 Provided that Licensee has not already exercised all four of its Commercial Options, if a nominated disease indication that was subject to a Conflicting License or Conflicting Program becomes available for licensing prior to the expiration of the Election Term, Licensor will promptly notify Licensee, in which event Licensee may

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

9


 

submit a new Nomination Notice for such disease indication at least […***…] prior to the expiration of the Election Term.

 

2.1.4 License Grant Upon Exercise . If Licensee exercises one of its Commercial Options for a particular disease indication (after confirmation that the nominated disease indication is available as described in Section 2.1.3), effective only upon Licensor’s receipt of the amounts set forth in, within the period set forth in, Section 2.1.3.4 (the date on which the payments are received in full shall be deemed to be the “ Grant Date ” for such disease indication), subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the Retained Rights and including any Excluded Rights, Licensor will be deemed to have granted to Licensee an exclusive, sublicensable (as provided in Section 2.4 only), non-transferable (except as provided in Section 10.2), royalty-bearing, worldwide license, under the Licensed Technology to make, have made, use, import, sell, and offer for sale Licensed Products solely in the Field for the Licensed Indication, including, for the avoidance of doubt, the right to conduct research and development, including conducting pre-clinical and clinical trials.

 

2.1.5 Disease Indications . For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing license granted pursuant to Section 2.1.4 will be deemed granted on the Grant Date on a Commercial Option-by-Commercial Option and Licensed Indication-by-Licensed Indication basis, solely with respect to the Field associated with the Licensed Indication for which the specific Commercial Option was exercised under this Section 2.1. The Parties acknowledge that there may be different Grant Dates for each Licensed Indication, depending on when and if Licensee exercises a Commercial Option for a Licensed Indication.

 

2.1.6 Expiration of Commercial Options . If Licensee fails to exercise all four Commercial Options pursuant to this Section 2.1 by the expiration of the Election Period, any unexercised Commercial Options will terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the expiration of the Election Term.

 

2.2 Retained Rights . Except for the rights and licenses specified in Section 2.1.4 (if and when effective), no license or other rights are granted to Licensee under any intellectual property of Licensor, whether by implication, estoppel, or otherwise, whether any such intellectual property dominates or is dominated by the Licensed Technology. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Licensor may use and permit others to use the Licensed Technology for any research, development, commercial, or other purposes, outside of the Field. Without limiting the foregoing, and notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Licensee acknowledges and agrees to the following rights retained by Licensor and its direct and indirect licensors (individually and collectively, the “ Retained Rights ”), whether inside or outside the Field:

 

2.2.1 The rights and licenses granted in Section 2.1.4 (if and when effective) shall not include any right (and Licensor and its direct and indirect licensors retain the exclusive (even as to Licensee), fully sublicensable right) under the Licensed Technology to make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, and import Domain Antibodies that are expressed by an adeno-associated vector.

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

10



 

2.2.2 Licensor and its direct and indirect licensors retain the following rights with respect to the Licensed Technology:

 

(a)                      A non-exclusive, sublicensable right under the Licensed Technology to make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, and import products that deliver RNA interference and antisense drugs using an adeno-associated vector; and

 

(b)                      A non-exclusive right for Licensor’s direct and indirect licensors (which right is sublicensable by such licensors) to use the Licensed Technology for non-commercial research purposes and to use the Licensed Technology for such licensors’ discovery research efforts with non-profit organizations and collaborators.

 

2.2.3 The rights and licenses granted in Section 2.1.4 (if and when effective) shall not include any right (and Licensor retains the exclusive (even as to Licensee), fully sublicensable right) under (a) the Licensed Technology that cover the rAAV serotype 8, to make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale, and import products for the treatment of all forms of hemophilia B; or (b) the Licensed Technology that cover the rAAV serotype 9, to make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale, and import products for the treatment of (i) all forms of Muscular Dystrophy; (ii) congestive heart failure suffered by Muscular Dystrophy patients; and (iii) any and all cardiovascular diseases by delivery of any or all of genes encoding I-lc and Serca2a and creatine kinase.

 

2.2.4 Licensor and its direct and indirect licensors retain the following rights with respect to the Licensed Technology: a non-exclusive, sublicensable right to make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale, and import all of the various serotypes of any adeno-associated vector that is the subject of at least one claim in the Licensed Patents solely for non-commercial research in the areas of Muscular Dystrophy, hemophilia B, congestive heart failure suffered by Muscular Dystrophy patients, and other cardiovascular disease.

 

2.2.5 Licensor retains the following rights with respect to the Licensed Technology: to the extent Licensed Technology pertains to recombinant adeno-associated virus serotype 8, an exclusive, sublicensable right to make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale, and import products for the treatment of hemophilia A.

 

2.2.6 The rights and licenses granted in Section 2.1.4 (if and when effective) shall not include any right (and Licensor retains the exclusive (even as to Licensee), fully sublicensable right) under the Licensed Technology:

 

(a)                      to conduct commercial reagent and services businesses, which includes the right to make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, and import research reagents, including any viral vector construct; provided that, for clarity, such rights retained by Licensor shall not include the right to conduct clinical trials in humans in the Field; or

 

(b)                      to use the Licensed Technology to provide services to any Third Parties; provided that, for clarity, Licensee’s license under Section 2.1.4 (if and when effective) does include the right to administer Licensed Products to

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

11



 

patients. For clarity, activities conducted by Licensee for a Sublicensee as part of a Collaboration are not intended to be deemed services under this Section 2.2.6(b).

 

2.2.7 Licensor retains the fully sublicensable right under the Licensed Technology to grant non-exclusive research and development licenses to Affiliates and Third Parties; provided that such development rights granted by Licensor shall not include the right to conduct clinical trials in humans in the Field or any rights to sell products in the Field.

 

2.2.8 The Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania may use and permit other non-profit organizations or other non- commercial entities to use the Licensed Technology solely for educational, research, and other non-commercial purposes.

 

2.2.9 The Parties acknowledge that the Retained Rights included in Sections 2.2.3 and 2.2.4 are excluded from this Agreement because they were retained by the licensor under the GSK Agreement and that the Retained Rights included in Section 2.2.5 are excluded from this Agreement because of rights granted by Licensor to other licensees or Third Parties. If Licensor is granted the rights described in Section 2.2.3 or 2.2.4 or regains the rights described in Section 2.2.5, Licensor will notify Licensee of such event, together with a description of the rights granted or regained, in which case, the applicable Retained Rights granted or regained will no longer be considered Retained Rights, and the license granted to Licensee under Section 2.1.4 (if and when effective) will no longer be subject to such granted or regained rights.

 

2.3 Government Rights . Licensee acknowledges that the United States government retains certain rights in intellectual property funded in whole or part under any contract, grant, or similar agreement with a federal agency. The license grant hereunder is expressly subject to all applicable United States government rights, including any applicable requirement that products resulting from such intellectual property sold in the United States must be substantially manufactured in the United States absent, with respect to such manufacturing requirement, a waiver of such requirement obtained by Licensee from the applicable governmental agency.

 

2.4 Sublicensing .

 

2.4.1 Upon the effectiveness of each Grant Date and the rights granted pursuant to Section 2.1.4, Licensee’s rights to sublicense will be limited to the specific Licensed Indication covered by such license. The license granted pursuant to Section 2.1.4 (if and when effective) is sublicensable by Licensee to any Affiliates or Third Parties; provided that any such sublicense must comply with the provisions of this Section 2.4 (including Section 2.4.2).

 

2.4.2 The right to sublicense granted to Licensee under this Agreement is subject to the following conditions:

 

(a)                      Licensee may grant sublicenses […***…] only pursuant to a written sublicense agreement with the Sublicensee.  Licensor must receive written notice as soon as practicable following execution of any such sublicenses.

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

12



 

(b)                      In each sublicense agreement, the Sublicensee must be required to comply with the terms and conditions of this Agreement to the same extent as Licensee has agreed and must acknowledge that Licensor is an express third party beneficiary of such terms and conditions under such sublicense agreement; provided that nothing shall prevent Licensee from granting sublicenses of more limited scope than Licensee’s rights, e.g. in a more limited territory, field of use, or term.

 

(c)                       The official language of any sublicense agreement shall be English.

 

(d)                      Within […***…] after entering into a sublicense, Licensor must receive a copy of the sublicense written in the English language for Licensor’s records and to share with Licensor’s licensors under the Existing Licenses. The copy of the sublicense may be redacted to exclude confidential information of the applicable Sublicensee, but such copy shall not be redacted to the extent that it impairs Licensor’s (or any of its licensors’) ability to ensure compliance with this Agreement; provided that, if any of Licensor’s licensors require a complete, unredacted copy of the sublicense, Licensee shall provide such complete, unredacted copy.

 

(e)                       Licensee’s execution of a sublicense agreement will not relieve Licensee of any of its obligations under this Agreement. Licensee is and shall remain […***…] to Licensor for all of Licensee’s duties and obligations contained in this Agreement and for any act or omission of an Affiliate or Sublicensee that would be a breach of this Agreement if performed or omitted by Licensee, and Licensee will be deemed to be in breach of this Agreement as a result of such act or omission.

 

2.4.3 Any sublicense agreement granted by Licensee hereunder to a Third Party shall survive termination of this Agreement in accordance with and subject to the terms of Section 6.6.2.

 

2.5 Licensee’s Improvements .

 

2.5.1 Licensee hereby grants to Licensor a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free, transferable, sublicensable, irrevocable, perpetual license, effective only as of the first Grant Date:

 

(a)                      to use any Licensed Back Improvements (and any intellectual property rights with respect thereto) consummate in scope to the Retained Rights; and

 

(b)                      to practice the Licensed Back Improvements (and any intellectual property rights with respect thereto) in connection with any recombinant adeno-associated virus vectors, including the right to research, develop, make, have made, use, offer for sale, and sell products and services; provided that, during the term of this Agreement, Licensor shall have no right under the license in this Section 2.5.1(b) to practice the Licensed Back

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

13



 

Improvements in the Field with respect to the applicable Licensed Indication.

 

2.5.2 For purposes of this Agreement, “ Licensed Back Improvements ” means any patentable modifications or improvements developed by Licensee, any Affiliates, or any Sublicensees, after the first Grant Date and during the term of this Agreement, to any vector that is the subject of a claim within the Licensed Patents.

 

2.5.3 Licensee agrees to provide prompt notice to Licensor upon the filing of any patent application covering any Licensed Back Improvement, together with a reasonably detailed description of or access to such Licensed Back Improvement to permit the practice of any such invention or improvement.

 

2.6 Licensor Improvements .

 

2.6.1 Licensor agrees to provide notice within […***…] to Licensee upon the filing of any patent application covering any Licensor Improvement, together with a reasonably detailed description of or access to such Licensor Improvement to permit the practice of any such improvement. Upon the filing of any patent application covering any Licensor Improvement, Exhibit A attached hereto will be modified to add such patent application, but such patent application covering the Licensor Improvement will only be deemed a Licensed Patent with respect to Licensed Products for use in the Field for the applicable Licensed Indication to which such Licensor Improvements relates.

 

2.6.2 If Licensor files any patent or patent application that would constitute a Licensor Improvement but for the temporal limitation in Section 1.23(c), Licensor will within […***…] so inform Licensee, and, upon Licensee’s written request, Licensor will, on a non-exclusive basis, discuss in good faith licensing such patent or patent application to Licensee for use in connection with the Licensed Products in the Field.

 

2.6.3 To the extent that the scope of Licensor’s rights to any Licensor Improvements Controlled by Licensor pursuant to a Commercial License, as described in Section 1.23(c)(ii), are less than or more restrictive than the license rights granted to Licensee pursuant to Section 2.1.4 (if and when effective), then Licensee’s rights with respect to such Licensor Improvements will be limited to the lesser or more restrictive rights Licensor can sublicense pursuant to the terms of the Commercial License. Examples of more restrictive provisions include Licensor’s rights being limited to the following: (a) non-exclusive rights, (b) use in connection with only specific recombinant adeno-associate virus vectors, (c) use only in specific territories or specific fields, and (d) use only for research but not commercial purposes.

 

2.7 Transfer of Licensed Know-How .

 

2.7.1 During the […***…] period following the Grant Date for a particular Licensed Indication, at Licensee’s sole expense, to the extent not previously disclosed to Licensee, (a) Licensor will deliver to Licensee copies of Licensed Know-How generally described in Exhibit B in the form that such Licensed Know-How then exists; (b) Licensor will use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver, in the form that such Licensed Know-How then exists, such additional Licensed Know-How not listed on Exhibit B that relates to such Licensed Indication

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

14



 

that is reasonably requested in writing by Licensee; and (c) Licensor will otherwise disclose, through not more than two meetings with Licensee personnel, other Licensed Know-How with respect to such Licensed Indication, which meetings will be at such times and in such places as are agreed to by the Parties.

 

2.7.2 Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Licensed Know-How not in Licensor’s possession, Licensor’s obligation will be limited to using reasonable efforts to cause such copies to be delivered to Licensee. Licensee acknowledges and agrees that all Licensed Know-How disclosed pursuant to this Section 2.7 will be deemed “ Confidential Information ” of Licensor, regardless of whether such information is marked or identified as confidential and without an obligation to summarize oral information.

 

2.8 Covenants Related to Existing Licenses . During the term of this Agreement, without the prior written consent of Licensee, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, Licensor agrees not to exercise its right to terminate and will not amend either of the Existing Licenses if such termination or amendment would materially, adversely alter the rights of Licensee under this Agreement. During the term of this Agreement, if Licensor receives a notice of termination under Section 6.3 of the Penn License, Licensor will so notify Licensee no later than […***…] before expiration of the applicable cure period and provide the particulars of the alleged breach.

 

ARTICLE 3: CONSIDERATION

 

3.1 Commercial Option Fee . Licensee shall pay Licensor a fee of $1,000,000 upon exercise of each Commercial Option, in accordance with clause (a) of Section 2.1.3.4.

 

3.2 Annual Maintenance Fee . In consideration of the rights and licenses granted to Licensee under Section 2.1 with respect to the exercise of a given Commercial Option, Licensee shall pay Licensor on-going annual maintenance fees of […***…] for the Licensed Indication associated with such Commercial Option, which annual maintenance fee will be paid on the next-occurring anniversary of the Effective Date following the Grant Date for such Licensed Indication. For clarity, Licensee shall owe an annual maintenance fee for each Licensed Indication with respect to which a license was granted under Section 2.1 upon exercise of each Commercial Option.

 

3.3 Milestone Fees . In consideration of the rights and licenses granted to Licensee under Section 2.1 with respect to the exercise of a given Commercial Option, Licensee shall pay Licensor the following one-time milestone payments, on a per Licensed Indication basis, for the first Licensed Product for each Licensed Indication in the Field to achieve such milestone event:

 

Milestone

 

Milestone Payment

 

 

 

 

 

1. First treatment of human subject in a clinical trial (i.e., first patient, first dose)

 

[…***…]

 

2. First treatment in Phase 3 Clinical Trial (i.e., first patient, first dose)

 

[…***…]

 

3. NDA submission in any country

 

[…***…]

 

4. NDA approval in the United States

 

[…***…]

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

15



 

Milestone

 

Milestone Payment

 

 

 

 

 

5. NDA approval in the European Union

 

[…***…]

 

6. DA approval in any country other than the United States or the European Union

 

[…***…]

 

Total:

 

$

9,000,000

 

 

For clarity, the milestone payments set forth in this Section 3.3 are payable […***…] with respect to the first Licensed Product in a Licensed Indication in the Field that achieves the milestone event, […***…]. To the extent that either of the two development milestones in this Section 3.3 (i.e., first treatment of human subject in a clinical trial or first treatment in Phase 3 Clinical Trial) has not been paid at the time of achievement of the NDA submission milestone, then, upon the achievement of such NDA submission milestone, the preceding unpaid development milestone payments shall be made in addition to the payment of the NDA submission milestone. For clarity, the total amount payable under this Section 3.3 with respect to any Licensed Indication for which a license was granted under Section 2.1 is $9,000,000, and the total amount payable to Licensor if all four Commercial Options are exercised is $36,000,000.

 

For clarity, if a Licensed Product for a Licensed Indication ceases to be a Licensed Product as defined in Section 1.21, and thereafter one or more of the above milestone events occurs with respect to such product (or service, as applicable), then no associated milestone payments shall be due as such product (or service, as applicable) is no longer deemed a Licensed Product at the time of such milestone achievement.

 

3.4 Royalties . In consideration of the rights and licenses granted to Licensee under Section 2.1 with respect to the exercise of a given Commercial Option, Licensee shall pay to Licensor the following royalties based upon Net Sales of Licensed Products, on a Licensed Indication-by-Licensed Indication basis, subject to the reductions in royalty rates set forth in Section 3.4.1:

 

Cumulative Annual Net Sales of all Licensed
Products Worldwide for the Licensed
Indication

 

Royalty Percentage

 

 

 

Portion of Net Sales less than […***…]

 

[…***…]

Portion of Net Sales between (and including) […***…]  through (and including) […***…]

 

[…***…]

 

 

 

Portion of Net Sales greater than […***…]

 

[…***…]

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

16



 

3.4.1 Adjustment of Royalties For Licenses . On a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product, country-by-country basis, upon the date on which the manufacture, use, sale, offer for sale, or import of a Licensed Product does not infringe or is not covered by a Valid Claim in such country, then the […***…].

 

3.4.2 Royalty Payment Period . Licensee’s obligation hereunder for payment of a royalty under this Section 3.4 on the Net Sales of Licensed Products in a given country will end on a country-by-country basis, as follows:

 

(a)                      with respect to any Licensed Product under Section 1.21(a)(i) or 1.21(b)(i) only (which Licensed Product is not also a Licensed Product under Section 1.21(a)(ii) or 1.21(b)(ii)), such royalty obligations for any such Licensed Product will end at such time as […***…]; and

 

(b)                      with respect to any Licensed Product under Section 1.21(a)(ii) or 1.21(b)(ii) (whether it is only a Licensed Product under such sections or also a Licensed Product under Section 1.21(a)(i) or 1.21(b)(i)), such royalty obligations for any such Licensed Product will end on […***…].

 

3.5 Sublicense Fees .

 

3.5.1 In consideration of the rights and licenses granted to Licensee under Section 2.1 with respect to the exercise of a given Commercial Option, and subject to the remainder of this Section 3.5, Licensee will pay Licensor a percentage of any sublicense fees (including upfront payments and milestone payments and including any equity consideration received by Licensee or its Affiliates) received by Licensee or its Affiliates for the Licensed Technology from any Third Party Sublicensee or from any Third Party granted any option to obtain such a sublicense. The applicable percentage due to Licensor for each sublicense (or option), on a Licensed Indication-by-Licensed Indication basis, under each exclusive license granted under Section 2.1 upon exercise of a Commercial Option shall be as follows:

 

Event

 

Sublicense Fee Rate

 

 

 

If sublicensed (or optioned) on or before the […***…] anniversary of the Grant Date for the applicable Licensed Indication

 

[…***…]

 

 

 

If sublicensed (or optioned) on or before the […***…] anniversary of the Grant Date for the applicable Licensed Indication, but after the […***…] anniversary of such Grant Date

 

[…***…]

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

17



 

Event

 

Sublicense Fee Rate

 

 

 

If sublicensed (or optioned) on or before the […***…] anniversary of the Grant Date for the applicable Licensed Indication, but after the […***…] anniversary of such Grant Date

 

[…***…]

 

 

 

If sublicensed (or optioned) on or before the […***…] anniversary of the Grant Date for the applicable Licensed Indication, but after the […***…] anniversary of such Grant Date

 

[…***…]

 

 

 

If sublicensed (or optioned) on or before the […***…] anniversary of the Grant Date for the applicable Licensed Indication, but after the […***…] anniversary of such Grant Date

 

[…***…]

 

 

 

If sublicensed (or optioned) after the […***…] anniversary of the Grant Date for the applicable Licensed Indication

 

[…***…]

 

For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to a transaction with a Third Party involving the grant of an option to obtain a sublicense, if the sublicense is later granted as a result of the exercise of such option, the sublicense fees applicable to such sublicense will be determined by reference to the date the original option was granted, not the date the actual sublicense was granted.

 

3.5.2 With respect to the obligations under this Section 3.5, Licensee shall not be required to submit any amounts received from a Third Party for the following:

 

(a)                      Reimbursement for research, development, and/or manufacturing activities performed by Licensee or its Affiliates corresponding directly to the development of Licensed Products pursuant to a specific agreement;

 

(b)                      Consideration received for the purchase of an equity interest in Licensee or its Affiliates at fair market value or in the form of loans at commercially reasonable rates of interest; and

 

(c)                       Any and all amounts paid to Licensee or its Affiliates by a Third Party Sublicensee as royalties on sales of Licensed Product sold by such Sublicensee under a sublicense agreement.

 

3.5.3 To the extent Licensee or its Affiliates receives payment from a Third Party relating to one or more of the milestone events set forth in the table in Section 3.3, then the amount of the payment made to Licensor under such Section 3.3 with respect to such milestone event shall not be deemed sublicense fees under this Section 3.5; instead, the amounts due under this Section 3.5 shall be calculated by applying the applicable sublicense fee rate set forth in Section 3.5.1 above to the sublicense fees received by Licensee or its Affiliates from such Third Party after deducting the amount of the payment under Section 3.3.

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

18


 

3.5.4 If Licensee or its Affiliates receive sublicense fees from Third Party Sublicensees or from any Third Party granted any option to obtain a sublicense under this Agreement in the form of non-cash consideration, then, at Licensor’s option, Licensee shall pay Licensor payments as required by this Section 3.5 […***…].

 

3.5.5 If Licensee or its Affiliate enters into any sublicense that is not an arm’s length transaction, fees due under this Section 3.5 will be calculated based on the fair market value of such transaction, at the time of the transaction, assuming an arm’s length transaction made in the ordinary course of business, as determined […***…] based on transactions of a similar type and standard industry practice, if any.

 

3.6 Third Party Obligations . In consideration of the rights and licenses granted to Licensee under this Agreement, Licensee agrees to the following:

 

3.6.1 Assumption of Obligations . Licensee acknowledges that certain Licensed Technology is licensed to Licensor pursuant to the Existing Licenses and will be sublicensed to Licensee hereunder. In addition to the obligations set forth herein, Licensee expressly agrees to be bound by and comply with all applicable provisions of the Existing Licenses to the extent such provisions apply to Licensee’s or any of its Affiliates’ or any Sublicensees’ exploitation of Licensed Technology under this Agreement. To the extent that (a) any Licensed Technology is Controlled by Licensor pursuant to the Existing Licenses and sublicensed to Licensee under this Agreement and (b) the scope of rights granted under such Existing Licenses are less than the rights granted hereunder (such as Licensor’s rights under the Existing Licenses being limited to non-exclusive rights), Licensee acknowledges that Licensee’s rights and licenses hereunder with respect to such Licensed Technology are limited to such lesser scope.

 

3.6.2 Third Party Reports and Obligations . Licensee agrees to submit and to require its Affiliates and Sublicensees to submit to Licensor (or as otherwise directed by Licensor) all reports, including development and diligence reports, that Licensor is required to submit pursuant to the Existing Licenses, in each case, to the extent such reports are triggered by or otherwise result from Licensee’s and its Affiliates’ and any Sublicensees’ exploitation of Licensed Technology under this Agreement. Unless otherwise agreed, with respect to any reporting obligations under the Existing Licenses, Licensee (or its Affiliates or any Sublicensees) will provide the required reports to Licensor in sufficient time for Licensor to provide them to the applicable licensor within the time periods required by the applicable Existing License; provided that such reports will be provided to Licensor by not less than […***…] prior to the date on which such reports must be delivered by Licensor to its licensors under the applicable Existing License. All financial reports required to be delivered will be certified by the chief financial officer of Licensee.

 

3.7 Reports and Records .

 

3.7.1 Licensee must deliver to Licensor within […***…] after the end of each Calendar Quarter after the First Commercial Sale of a Licensed Product a report setting forth the calculation of the royalties due to Licensor for such Calendar Quarter, including:

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

19



 

(a)                                  Number of Licensed Products included within Net Sales, listed by country;

 

(b)                                  Gross consideration for Net Sales of Licensed Product, including all amounts invoiced, billed, or received;

 

(c)                                   Qualifying costs to be excluded from the gross consideration, as described in Section 1.27, listed by category of cost;

 

(d)                                  Net Sales of Licensed Products listed by country;

 

(e)                                   An accounting of any royalty reductions applied pursuant to Section 3.4.1;

 

(f)                                    Royalties owed to Licensor; and

 

(g)                                   The computations for any applicable currency conversions.

 

3.7.2 Licensee shall pay the royalties due under Section 3.4 within […***…] following the last day of the Calendar Quarter in which the royalties accrue. Licensee shall send the royalty payments along with the report described in Section 3.7.1.

 

3.7.3 Within […***…] after the occurrence of a milestone event described in Section 3.3, Licensee must deliver to Licensor a report describing the milestone event that occurred, together with a payment of the applicable amount due to Licensor pursuant to Section 3.3. In addition, within […***…] after the receipt of sublicense fees from any Third Party as described in Section 3.5, Licensee must deliver to Licensor a report describing the fees received, together with a payment of the applicable amount due to Licensor pursuant to Section 3.5.

 

3.7.4 All financial reports under this Section 3.7 will be certified by the chief financial officer of Licensee.

 

3.7.5 Licensee shall maintain and require its Affiliates and all Sublicensees to maintain, complete and accurate books and records that enable the royalties, fees, and payments payable under this Agreement (directly or through the Existing Licenses) to be verified. The records must be maintained for […***…] after the submission of each report under Article 3. Upon reasonable prior written notice to Licensee, Licensee and its Affiliates and all Sublicensees will provide Licensor (and its accountants) with access to all of the relevant books, records, and related background information required to conduct a review or audit of the royalties, fees, and payments payable to Licensor under this Agreement to be verified. Access will be made available: (a) during normal business hours; (b) in a manner reasonably designed to facilitate the auditing party’s review or, audit without unreasonable disruption to Licensee’s business; and (c) no more than once each calendar year during the term of this Agreement and for a period of […***…] thereafter. Licensee will promptly pay to Licensor the amount of any underpayment determined by the review or audit, plus accrued interest. If the review or audit determines that Licensee has underpaid any payment by […***…] or more, then Licensee will also promptly pay the costs and expenses of Licensor and accountants in connection with the review or audit. Without limiting the foregoing, Licensee acknowledges that its books and records will also be subject to the separate audit right of Licensor’s licensors in accordance with the terms of the Existing Licenses.

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

20



 

3.8 Currency, Interest .

 

3.8.1 All dollar amounts referred to in this Agreement are expressed in United States dollars. All payments to Licensor under this Agreement must be made in United States dollars.

 

3.8.2 If Licensee receives payment in a currency other than United States dollars for which a royalty or fee or other payment is owed under this Agreement, then (a) the payment will be converted into United States dollars at the conversion rate for the foreign currency as published in the eastern edition of the Wall Street Journal, N.Y. edition, as of the last business day of the Calendar Quarter in which the payment was received by Licensee; and (b) the conversion computation will be documented by Licensee in the applicable report delivered to Licensor under Section 3.7.

 

3.8.3 All amounts that are not paid by Licensee when due will accrue interest from the date due until paid at a rate equal to 1.5% per month (or the maximum allowed by law, if less).

 

3.9 Taxes and Withholding .

 

3.9.1 All payments hereunder will be made free and clear of, and without deduction or deferment in respect of, and Licensee shall pay and be responsible for, and shall hold Licensor harmless from and against, any taxes, duties, levies, fees, or charges, including sales, use, transfer, excise, import, and value added taxes (including any interest, penalties, or additional amounts imposed with respect thereto) but excluding withholding taxes to the extent provided in Section 3.9.2. At the request of Licensee, Licensor will give Licensee such reasonable assistance, which will include the provision of documentation as may be required by the relevant tax authority, to enable Licensee to pay and report and, as applicable, claim exemption from or reduction of, such tax, duty, levy, fee, or charge.

 

3.9.2 If any payment made by Licensee hereunder becomes subject to withholding taxes with respect to Licensor’s gross or net income under the laws of any jurisdiction, Licensee will deduct and withhold the amount of such taxes for the account of Licensor to the extent required by law and will pay the amounts of such taxes to the proper governmental authority in a timely manner and promptly transmit to Licensor appropriate proof of payment of such withholding taxes. At the request of Licensor, Licensee will give Licensor such reasonable assistance, which will include the provision of appropriate certificates of such deductions made together with other supporting documentation as may be required by the relevant tax authority, to enable Licensor to claim exemption from or reduction of, or otherwise obtain repayment of, such withholding taxes, and will upon request provide such additional documentation from time to time as is reasonably required to confirm the payment of withholding tax.

 

ARTICLE 4: DILIGENCE

 

4.1 Diligence Obligations . Following the exercise of a Commercial Option, Licensee will use commercially reasonable efforts to develop, commercialize, market, promote, and sell Licensed Products for each of the Licensed Indications within the Field. Commercially reasonable efforts means efforts equivalent to those utilized by […***…]

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

21



 

[…***…].

 

4.2 Specific Milestones . Without limiting Section 4.1, Licensee will meet the following milestones for each Licensed Indication with respect to which a Commercial Option is exercised:

 

Event

 

Date

Filing of an investigational new drug application with the FDA for the proposed initial clinical trial of a Licensed Product targeting the Licensed Indication

 

[…***…] from the Grant Date for the Licensed Indication

 

Licensee will provide Licensor written notice within […***…] of the accomplishment of the foregoing milestone. If Licensee fails to meet the milestone for a particular Licensed Indication within the Field, the date of the milestone may, at Licensee’s option, be extended for a period of […***…] from the original deadline date upon a payment to Licensor of […***…] within […***…] of the original deadline date; provided that Licensee will be entitled only to […***…] for each Licensed Indication within the Field, and […***…] extension will require a separate payment of […***…].

 

[…***…].

 

4.3 Development Plans

 

4.3.1 For each Licensed Indication and corresponding Licensed Product in the Field, Licensee will prepare and deliver to Licensor a development plan and budget (each a “ Development Plan ”). The initial Development Plans for each Licensed Indication will be delivered within […***…] after the Grant Date for such Licensed Indication.

 

4.3.2 Each Development Plan will cover the next two years, and will include future development activities to be undertaken by Licensee, its Affiliates, or any Sublicensees during the next reporting period under Section 4.4 relating directly to the Licensed Product, Licensee’s strategy to bring the Licensed Product to commercialization, and projected timeline for completing the necessary tasks to accomplish the goals of the strategy.

 

4.3.3 Following receipt by Licensor of each Development Plan, Licensor will promptly notify Licensee of any comments or requested revisions, and the Parties will thereupon negotiate any appropriate revisions in good faith.

 

4.4 Reporting . Within […***…] after the first Grant Date and within […***…] of each December 1 thereafter, Licensee shall provide Licensor with written progress reports, setting forth in such detail as Licensor may reasonably request, the progress of the development, evaluation, testing,

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

22



 

and commercialization of each Licensed Product for each Licensed Indication pursuant to each Development Plan. Licensee will also notify Licensor within […***…] of the First Commercial Sale by Licensee, its Affiliates, or any Sublicensees of each Licensed Product. Such a report (“ Development Progress Report ”), setting forth the current stage of development of Licensed Products, shall include:

 

4.4.1 Date of Development Progress Report and time covered by such report;

 

4.4.2 Major activities and accomplishments completed by Licensee, its Affiliates, and any Sublicensees relating directly to the Licensed Product since the last Development Progress Report;

 

4.4.3 Significant research and development projects relating directly to the Licensed Product currently being performed by Licensee, its Affiliates, and any Sublicensees and projected dates of completion;

 

4.4.4 Updates to each Development Plan, including coverage of the next two years;

 

4.4.5 Projected total development remaining before product launch of each Licensed Product; and

 

4.4.6 Summary of significant development efforts using the Licensed Technology being performed by Third Parties, including the nature of the relationship between Licensee and such Third Parties.

 

4.5 Confidential Information . The Parties agree that Development Progress Reports shall be deemed Licensee’s Confidential Information; provided that Licensor may share a copy of such reports with its licensors under the Existing Licenses.

 

4.6 Improvements . Simultaneously with the Development Progress Report, Licensee shall deliver a detailed description of any Licensed Back Improvements, if not previously provided pursuant to Section 2.5.3.

 

ARTICLE 5: CONFIDENTIALITY

 

5.1 Treatment of Confidential Information . Each Party, as a receiving party (a “ Receiving Party ”), agrees that it will (a) treat Confidential Information of the other Party (the “ Disclosing Party ”) as strictly confidential; (b) not disclose such Confidential Information to Third Parties without the prior written consent of the Disclosing Party, except as may be permitted in this Agreement; provided that any disclosure permitted hereunder be under confidentiality agreements with provisions at least as stringent as those contained in this Agreement; and (c) not use such Confidential Information for purposes other than those authorized expressly in this Agreement. The Receiving Party agrees to ensure that its employees who have access to Confidential Information of the other Party are obligated in writing to abide by confidentiality obligations at least as stringent as those contained under this Agreement.

 

5.2 Public Announcements . The Parties agree they will release a joint press release in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E . Except as provided in Section 5.3, any other press releases by either

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

23



 

Party with respect to the other Party or any other public disclosures concerning the existence of or terms of this Agreement shall be subject to review and approval by the other Party. Once the joint press release or any other written statement is approved for disclosure by both Parties, either Party may make subsequent public disclosure of the contents of such statement without the further approval of the other Party.

 

5.3 Authorized Disclosure . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5.1 or 5.2, either Party may disclose Confidential Information or make such a disclosure of the existence of and/or terms of this Agreement to any […***…]; provided that, in each case, such recipient of Confidential Information is obligated to keep such information confidential on terms no less stringent than those set forth in this Agreement. Furthermore, Licensee agrees that Licensor may share a copy of this Agreement, reports and notices provided by Licensee to Licensor pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and copies of sublicense agreements provided to Licensor hereunder with any of Licensor’s direct and indirect licensors of the Licensed Technology. In the event that the Receiving Party receives service of legal process that purports to compel disclosure of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information or becomes obligated by law to disclose the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party or the existence of or terms of this Agreement to any governmental authority, the Receiving Party shall promptly notify the Disclosing Party, so that the Disclosing Party may seek an appropriate protective order or other remedy with respect to narrowing the scope of such requirement and/or waive compliance by the Receiving Party with the provisions of this Agreement. The Receiving Party will provide the Disclosing Party with reasonable assistance in obtaining such protective order or other remedy. If, in the absence of such protective order or other remedy, the Receiving Party is nonetheless required by law to disclose the existence of or terms of this Agreement or other Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party, the Receiving Party may disclose such Confidential Information without liability hereunder; provided that the Receiving Party shall furnish only such portion of the Confidential Information that is legally required to be disclosed and only to the extent required by law.

 

5.4 Term of Confidentiality . The obligations of this Article 5 shall continue for a period of […***…] following the expiration or termination of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 6: TERM AND TERMINATION

 

6.1 Term of Agreement .

 

6.1.1 Where at least one Commercial Option is exercised, this Agreement, unless sooner terminated as provided in this Agreement, expires upon the expiration of the royalty obligations with respect to all Licensed Products for all Licensed Indications under all licenses granted under all exercised Commercial Options, as described in Section 3.4.2. Upon expiration of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 6.1.1 (but not expiration pursuant to Section 6.1.2 or any early termination), Licensee’s license to Licensed Know-How under Section 2.1.4 (to the extent it became effective) will become non-exclusive, perpetual, irrevocable, royalty-free with respect to the Licensed Know-How owned by Licensor and will continue with respect to all other Licensed Know-How for so long as Licensor’s rights continue under the Existing Licenses (subject to Licensee paying any ongoing amounts due under the Existing Licenses and

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

24



 

complying with any applicable ongoing obligations under the Existing Licenses); but, for the avoidance of doubt, such license will remain limited to the applicable Licensed Indication in the Field under each such license and subject to the Retained Rights (and, if applicable, the Excluded Rights).

 

6.1.2 Where none of the Commercial Options is exercised in accordance with Section 2.1, this Agreement, unless sooner terminated as provided in this Agreement, expires on the expiration of the Election Term. Upon such expiration, Licensee shall have no further rights under any Commercial Option.

 

6.2 Licensee’s Right to Terminate . Licensee may, upon […***…]’ prior written notice to Licensor, terminate this Agreement for any reason. In exercising such termination right, Licensee may terminate this Agreement in its entirety or, if desired, Licensee may specify in the written notice that this Agreement is terminating only with respect to one or more of the Licensed Indications within the Field.

 

6.3 Termination for Breach .

 

6.3.1 Licensor may terminate this Agreement, if Licensee is late in paying to Licensor royalties, fees, or any other monies due under this Agreement, and Licensee does not pay Licensor in full within […***…] upon written demand from Licensor, which termination shall be effective immediately upon the expiration of such […***…] cure period.

 

6.3.2 Either Party may terminate this Agreement, if the other Party materially breaches this Agreement and does not cure such material breach within […***…] after written notice of the breach, which termination shall be effective immediately upon the expiration of such […***…] cure period; provided that, if termination is by Licensor as a result of Licensee’s materially breaching Article 4, and if such breach only relates to one Licensed Indication within the Field, but not all, then Licensor’s termination right shall only be with respect to such Licensed Indication with respect to which the breach related and not the remaining Licensed Indications; provided further that, if termination is by Licensor as a result of Licensee materially breaching Section 3.7.1, such cure period will be […***…] (in place of […***…]).

 

6.3.3 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Licensee disputes in good faith that a payment is due or that such material breach exists, and gives Licensor written notice of such dispute within […***…], in the case of payment, or […***…], in the case of a material breach, following Licensee’s receipt of Licensor’s notice of default, then, Licensor may not terminate this Agreement until the dispute is resolved in accordance with Section 10.6 (and a payment is found to be due or a breach found to have occurred); provided that Licensor will be entitled to terminate this Agreement at the end of the original […***…] or […***…] cure period, as applicable, without waiting for resolution of the dispute in accordance with Section 10.6, if the breach by Licensee of this Agreement would cause Licensor to be in breach of the GSK Agreement or the Penn Agreement.

 

6.4 Termination for Insolvency .

 

6.4.1 Licensor may terminate this Agreement, effective immediately upon written notice to Licensee, if Licensee or any of its Controlling Affiliates experiences any Trigger Event.

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

25



 

Controlling Affiliate ” means an Affiliate that directly or indirectly controls Licensee within the meaning of Section 1.1.

 

6.4.2 Licensee shall include in each sublicense agreement entered into with a Sublicensee a right of Licensee to terminate such sublicense agreement if such Sublicensee experiences any Trigger Event; and Licensee shall terminate the sublicense agreement, effective immediately upon written notice to the Sublicensee, if the Sublicensee experiences any Trigger Event. In addition, if the Sublicensee’s experiencing of a Trigger Event gives Licensor’s licensor a right of termination under the Penn Agreement and such licensor threatens to terminate the Penn Agreement, then, upon receipt of notice to such effect, Licensor may terminate this Agreement, effective immediately upon written notice to Licensee, if the Sublicensee experiences any Trigger Event.

 

6.4.3 For purposes of this Section 6.4, “ Trigger Event ” means any of the following: (a) if Licensee, any Controlling Affiliate, or any Sublicensee, as applicable, (i) becomes insolvent, becomes bankrupt, or generally fails to pay its debts as such debts become due, (ii) is adjudicated insolvent or bankrupt, (iii) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts, (iv) suffers the appointment of a custodian, receiver, or trustee for it or its property and, if appointed without its consent, is not discharged within […***…], (v) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (vi) suffers proceedings being instituted against it under any law related to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, or the reorganization, readjustment, or release of debtors and, if contested by it, not dismissed or stayed within […***…]; (b) the institution or commencement by Licensee, any Controlling Affiliate, or any Sublicensee, as applicable, of any proceeding under any law related to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, or the reorganization, readjustment, or release of debtors; (c) the entering of any order for relief relating to any of the proceedings described in Section 6.4.3(a) or (b) above; (d) the calling by Licensee, any Controlling Affiliate, or any Sublicensee, as applicable, of a meeting of its creditors with a view to arranging a composition or adjustment of its debts; or (e) the act or failure to act by Licensee, any Controlling Affiliate, or any Sublicensee, as applicable, indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in any of the proceedings described in Section 6.4.3(b) through (d) above.

 

6.5 Patent Challenge .

 

6.5.1 Licensor may terminate this Agreement, effective immediately upon written notice to Licensee, upon the commencement by Licensee or any of its Affiliates of a Patent Challenge.

 

6.5.2 Licensee shall include in each sublicense agreement entered into with a Sublicensee a right of Licensee to terminate such sublicense agreement if such Sublicensee commences a Patent Challenge; and Licensee shall terminate the sublicense agreement, effective immediately upon written notice to the Sublicensee, if the Sublicensee commences a Patent Challenge. In addition, if the Sublicensee’s commencement of a Patent Challenge gives Licensor’s licensor a right of termination under the Penn Agreement and such licensor threatens to terminate the Penn Agreement, then, upon receipt of notice to such effect, Licensor may terminate this Agreement, effective immediately upon written notice to Licensee, if the Sublicensee commences a Patent Challenge.

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

26



 

6.5.3 For purposes of this Section 6.5, “ Patent Challenge ” means any action against Licensor or the Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania or SmithKline Beecham Corporation (or their successors under the Existing Licenses), including an action for declaratory judgment, to declare or render invalid or unenforceable the Licensed Patents, or any claim thereof.

 

6.6 Effects of Termination . The effect of termination by Licensee pursuant to Section 6.2, by either Party, as applicable, under Section 6.3, or by Licensor pursuant to Section 6.4 or 6.5 shall be as follows:

 

6.6.1 The Commercial Options and licenses granted by Licensor hereunder shall terminate, and Licensee, its Affiliates, and (unless the sublicense agreement is assigned pursuant to Section 6.6.2) all Sublicensees shall cease to make, have made, use, import, sell, and offer for sale all Licensed Products and shall cease to otherwise practice the Licensed Technology; provided that Licensee, its Affiliates, and Sublicensees shall have the right to continue to sell their existing inventories of Licensed Products for a period not to exceed […***…] after the effective date of such termination;

 

6.6.2 If a Commercial Option has been exercised with respect to a Licensed Indication, Licensee shall assign to Licensor, and Licensor shall accept, any or all sublicenses with respect to such Licensed Indication granted to Third Parties to the extent of the rights licensed to Licensee hereunder and sublicensed to the Sublicensee; provided that (i) prior to such assignment, Licensee shall advise Licensor whether such Sublicensee is then in full compliance with all terms and conditions of its sublicense and continues to perform thereunder, and, if such Sublicensee is not in full compliance or is not continuing to perform, Licensor may elect not to have such sublicense assigned, and Licensor will not be required to accept such sublicense; and (ii) following such assignment, Licensor shall not be liable to such Sublicensee with respect to any obligations of Licensee to the Sublicensee that are not consistent with, or not required by, Licensor’s obligations to Licensee under this Agreement; and all sublicenses not assigned to Licensor shall terminate;

 

6.6.3 If termination is by Licensee pursuant to Section 6.2, or by Licensor pursuant to Section 6.3, 6.4, or 6.5:

 

(a)                      Licensee shall grant, and hereby grants (effective only upon any such termination of this Agreement), to Licensor a non-exclusive, perpetual, irrevocable, worldwide, […***…], transferable, sublicensable license under any patentable modifications or improvements (and any intellectual property rights with respect thereto) developed by Licensee, any Affiliates, or any Sublicensees during the term of this Agreement, to any vector that is the subject of a claim within any of the Licensed Patents, for use by Licensor for the research, development, and commercialization of products in any therapeutic indication; provided that, if this Agreement is terminated only with respect to a specific Licensed Indication, the foregoing license granted to Licensor will not apply to products for use in any Licensed Indication for which, and for so long as, the license granted under Section 2.1.4 continues or any indication for which, and for so long as, a license has

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

27



 

been granted (and continues to be in effect) under the 2013 License Agreement;

 

(b)                      Licensee shall grant, and hereby grants (effective only upon any such termination of this Agreement), to Licensor an exclusive (even as to Licensee), worldwide, […***…], transferable, perpetual license, with the right to grant sublicenses, under the Licensee Technology to make, have made, use, import, sell, and offer for sale Licensed Products, solely in the Field (or, if this Agreement is terminated only with respect to a specific Licensed Indication, such Licensed Indication in the Field). For this purpose, the “ Licensee Technology ” means Licensee’s patents, Know-How, and other intellectual property that are improvements or modifications to or that are based on or derived in whole or in part from or that otherwise relate to any Licensed Technology to the extent such patents, Know-How, or other intellectual property pertains to (i) a recombinant adeno-associated virus vector or (ii) any expression construct provided by Licensor to Licensee as part of the Licensed Technology. To effectuate such license, upon any such termination of this Agreement, Licensee will promptly disclose to Licensor all Licensee Technology not already known to Licensor with respect to the Field or, if applicable, the Licensed Indication; and

 

(c)                       Licensee will transfer to Licensor ownership of any regulatory approvals then in Licensee’s, its Affiliate’s, or any Sublicensee’s (to the extent the sublicense is not assigned pursuant to Section 6.6.2) name related to Licensed Products containing any expression construct provided by Licensor to Licensee as part of the Licensed Technology and notify the appropriate regulatory authorities and take any other action reasonably necessary to effect such transfer of ownership. If ownership of any such regulatory approval cannot be transferred to Licensor in any country, Licensee hereby grants (effective only upon any such termination of this Agreement) to Licensor a permanent, exclusive (even as to Licensee), and irrevocable right of access and reference to such regulatory approvals for Licensed Products containing any expression construct provided by Licensor to Licensee as part of the Licensed Technology in such country in the Field.

 

6.6.4[…***…];

 

6.6.5 Licensee shall pay all monies then-owed to Licensor under this Agreement; and

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

28


 

6.6.6 Each Receiving Party shall, at the other Party’s request, return all Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, one copy may be kept by either Party for a record of that Party’s obligations.

 

If termination is only with respect to a particular Licensed Indication for which Licensee exercised its Commercial Option, but not all Licensed Indications, then the provisions of this Section 6.6 shall only apply with respect to the terminated Licensed Indication(s), and this Agreement shall continue with respect to the non-terminated Licensed Indication(s).

 

6.7 Effects of Expiration Pursuant to Section 6.1.2 . In the event of expiration pursuant to Section 6.1.2, each Receiving Party shall, at the other Party’s request, return all Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, one copy may be kept by either Party for a record of that Party’s obligations.

 

6.8 Survival . Licensee’s obligation to pay all monies due and owed to Licensor under this Agreement which have matured as of the effective date of termination or expiration shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement. In addition, the provisions of Section 2.2 (Retained Rights), 2.3 (Government Rights), 2.5 (Licensee’s Improvements), 3.6 (if this Agreement expires and there are any continuing obligations under the Existing Licenses applicable to Licensee’s continuing activities following expiration), Article 3 (Consideration) (with respect to any final reports or to the extent any amounts are due but unpaid), Section 3.7 (Reports and Records), Section 3.9 (Taxes and Withholding), Article 5 (Confidentiality), Article 6 (Term and Termination) except for Section 6.5, Section 8.3 (Disclaimer of Warranties, Damages), Section 8.4 (Indemnification), Section 8.5 (Insurance), Article 9 (Use of Name), and Article 10 (Additional Provisions) shall survive such termination or expiration of this Agreement in accordance with their respective terms.

 

ARTICLE 7: PATENT MAINTENANCE; PATENT INFRINGEMENT

 

7.1 Prosecution of Licensed Patents . As between Licensor and Licensee, the Parties agree as follows:

 

7.1.1 Licensor shall have the sole right, but not the obligation, to Prosecute patent applications and issued patents within Licensed Patents, in Licensor’s sole discretion and at its own expense. Subject to Section 7.1.3, following the first Grant Date under this Agreement, Licensor shall provide Licensee with a reasonable opportunity to review and provide comments in connection with the Prosecution of the Licensed Patents; and Licensor shall keep Licensee reasonably informed as to all material developments with respect to such Licensed Patents and shall supply to Licensee copies of material communications received and filed in connection with the Prosecution of such Licensed Patents.

 

7.1.2 Nothing in this Agreement obligates Licensor to continue to Prosecute any patent applications or issued patents, and Licensee acknowledges that Licensor shall have no obligation to undertake any inter-party proceedings, such as oppositions or interferences, or to undertake any re-examination or re-issue proceedings, in either case, with respect to the Licensed Patents.

 

7.1.3 Licensee acknowledges that the Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania controls Prosecution of the Licensed Patents, with Licensor having certain rights to review.

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

29



 

Licensee acknowledges and agrees that (a) the rights and obligations under this Section 7.1 are subject to the rights of Licensor’s licensors under the Existing Licenses, and (b) Licensor’s obligations under this Agreement only apply to the extent of Licensor’s rights with respect to participation in Prosecuting the Licensed Patents under the Existing Licenses.

 

7.2 Infringement Actions Against Third Parties .

 

7.2.1 Licensee is responsible for notifying Licensor promptly of any infringement of Licensed Patents (other than Retained Rights or, if applicable, Excluded Rights) that may come to Licensee’s attention. Licensee and Licensor shall consult one another in a timely manner concerning any appropriate response to the infringement.

 

7.2.2 As between Licensor and Licensee, […***…] shall have the first right, but not the obligation, to prosecute any such infringement […***…]. In any action to enforce any of the Licensed Patents, […***…], at the request and expense of […***…], shall cooperate to the fullest extent reasonably possible, including in the event that, if […***…] is unable to initiate or prosecute such action solely in its own name, […***…] shall join such action voluntarily and shall execute all documents necessary to initiate litigation to prosecute, maintain, and settle such action.

 

7.2.3 Following the first Grant Date under this Agreement, if […***…] elects not to pursue any infringement of a Licensed Patent, then, to the extent that a Licensed Product is covered by any such Licensed Patent and such Licensed Patent is being infringed by another product […***…] (such infringement, the “ […***…] Infringement ”), […***…] shall have the second right, but not the obligation, to prosecute such […***…] Infringement with respect to such other product […***…], at […***…] own expense. In any such action to enforce any of the Licensed Patents, […***…], at the request and expense of […***…], shall cooperate to the fullest extent reasonably possible, including in the event that, if […***…] is unable to initiate or prosecute such action solely in its own name, […***…] shall join such action voluntarily and shall execute all documents necessary to initiate litigation to prosecute and maintain such action. In prosecuting any such […***…] Infringement, […***…] (a) shall not take any actions that would be detrimental to the Licensed Patents and […***…] rights with respect thereto […***…] […***…] and (b) shall not settle any such Competitive Infringement without the prior consent of Licensor.

 

7.2.4 Any recovery of damages by Licensor for any infringement prior to any Grant Date shall be […***…]. After the first Grant Date under this Agreement, (a) any recovery of damages by […***…] for any infringement other than a […***…] Infringement shall be […***…]; and (b) any recovery of damages by the Party undertaking enforcement or defense of a suit for […***…] Infringement shall be applied, as between Licensor and Licensee but subject to the obligations to Licensor’s licensors under the Existing Licenses, first to reimburse each such Party for costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) incurred by such Party in connection with such suit, and the balance remaining, if any, from any such recovery shall be […***…].

 

7.2.5 Licensee acknowledges and agrees that (a) the rights and obligations under this Section 7.2 are subject to the rights of Licensor’s licensors under the Existing Licenses

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

30



 

(including any consent or approval rights or rights to control or participate in any enforcement actions); and (b) Licensor’s obligations under this Agreement only apply to the extent that Licensor has any rights with respect to enforcing the Licensed Patents under the Existing Licenses. Furthermore, Licensee acknowledges the following:

 

7.2.5.1 All monies recovered upon the final judgment or settlement of any action with respect to […***…] Infringement will also need to be allocated to Licensor’s licensors under the Existing Licenses (a) to reimburse the costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) of such licensors, (b) to take into account the royalties payable to such licensors; and (c) to take into account the relative extent of such licensors’ financial participation in such action, if applicable.

 

7.2.5.2 Licensor’s licensors under the Existing Licenses retain the continuing right to intervene at their own expense and join Licensor or Licensee in any claim or suit for infringement of the Licensed Patents.

 

7.2.5.3 In any infringement of the Licensed Patents prosecuted by Licensors’ licensors under the Existing Licenses, all financial recoveries will be […***…].

 

7.2.5.4 In any infringement of the Licensed Patents prosecuted by Licensor’s licensors under the Existing Licenses, […***…] agrees, at the request and expense of such licensors, to cooperate to the fullest extent reasonably possible, to the same extent as though […***…] were prosecuting such suit (as provided in this Section 7.2, including Section 7.2.2).

 

7.2.5.5 The written consent of […***…] under the […***…] will be required (a) for any decision that would have a materially adverse effect on the validity, scope of patent claims, or enforceability of the Licensed Patents and (b) for any settlement or compromise of any infringement suit that would impose any obligations or restrictions on any of […***…], or grants any rights to the Licensed Patents other than rights that […***…].

 

7.3 Defense of Infringement Claims .

 

7.3.1 In the event Licensee or Licensor becomes aware that Licensee’s or any of its Affiliates’ or any Sublicensees’ practice of the Licensed Patents is the subject of a claim for patent infringement by a Third Party, that Party shall promptly notify the other, and the Parties shall consider the claim and the most appropriate action to take. Licensee shall cause each of its Affiliates and each Sublicensee to notify Licensee promptly in the event such entity becomes aware that its practice of the Licensed Patents is the subject of a claim of patent infringement by another.

 

7.3.2 To the extent Licensor takes any action, Licensor (or its licensors under the Existing Licenses) shall have the right to require Licensee’s reasonable cooperation in any such suit, upon written notice to Licensee; and Licensee shall have the obligation to participate upon Licensor’s request, in which event, […***…]. Without Licensor’s prior written permission, Licensee must not settle or compromise any such

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

31



 

suit in a manner that imposes any material obligations or restrictions on Licensor or any of its licensors under the Existing Licenses or grants any rights to the Licensed Patents other than rights that Licensee has the right to grant under this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 8: WARRANTIES; INDEMNIFICATION

 

8.1 Warranty by Licensor . Licensor represents and warrants to Licensee as of the Execution Date:

 

8.1.1 Licensor has the right, power, and authority to enter into this Agreement and to grant to Licensee the rights specified in this Agreement;

 

8.1.2 This Agreement when executed shall become the legal, valid, and binding obligation of it, enforceable against it, in accordance with its terms;

 

8.1.3 There are no actions, suits, proceedings, or arbitrations pending or, to Licensor’s knowledge, threatened against Licensor relating to the Licensed Technology that would impact activities under this Agreement;

 

8.1.4 Licensor has provided to Licensee true, correct, and complete copies of the Existing Licenses;

 

8.1.5 To Licensor’s knowledge, the Licensed Patents are solely owned by the Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania;

 

8.1.6 Licensor has not received any written notice from any of its licensors under the Existing Licenses informing Licensor that there are any actions, suits, proceedings, or arbitrations pending against such licensors relating to the Licensed Patents that would impact activities under this Agreement; and

 

8.1.7 To Licensor’s knowledge, the Existing Licenses are in full force and effect and Licensor is not in breach of any provisions thereof.

 

8.2 Warranty by Licensee . Licensee represents and warrants to Licensor as of the Execution Date that:

 

8.2.1 Licensee has the right, power, and authority to enter into this Agreement and to grant the rights granted by it hereunder;

 

8.2.2 This Agreement when executed shall become the legal, valid, and binding obligation of it, enforceable against it, in accordance with its terms;

 

8.2.3 Licensee has the ability and the resources, including financial resources, necessary to carry out its obligations under this Agreement; and

 

8.2.4 There are no actions, suits, proceedings, or arbitrations pending or, to Licensee’s knowledge, threatened against Licensee that would impact activities under this Agreement.

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

32



 

8.3 Disclaimer of Warranties, Damages . EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 8.1 AND 8.2, THE LICENSED TECHNOLOGY, LICENSED PRODUCTS, AND ALL RIGHTS LICENSED BY EITHER PARTY TO THE OTHER UNDER THIS AGREEMENT ARE PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” BASIS, AND NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT THERETO. BY WAY OF EXAMPLE BUT NOT OF LIMITATION, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 8.1 AND 8.2, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, AND HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL EXPRESS AND IMPLIED REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, (i) OF COMMERCIAL UTILITY, ACCURACY, COMPLETENESS, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, VALIDITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF ANY RIGHTS LICENSED BY EITHER PARTY TO THE OTHER, AND PROFITABILITY; OR (ii) THAT THE USE OF ANY RIGHTS GRANTED BY EITHER PARTY TO THE OTHER, INCLUDING ANY PRODUCTS RESULTING THEREFROM, WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY PATENT, COPYRIGHT, TRADEMARK, OR OTHER PROPRIETARY RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER PARTY OR ANY OF SUCH PARTY’S DIRECT OR INDIRECT LICENSORS SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY, ITS SUCCESSORS OR ASSIGNS, OR ANY SUBLICENSEES OF EITHER PARTY, OR ANY THIRD PARTY WITH RESPECT TO: (a) ANY CLAIM ARISING FROM USE OF ANY OR ALL RIGHTS LICENSED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR FROM THE DEVELOPMENT, TESTING, MANUFACTURE, USE, OR SALE OF PRODUCTS ARISING THEREFROM; OR (b) ANY CLAIM FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OR INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS, OR FOR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING ANY ARISING FROM OR RELATING TO ANY BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE EXERCISE OF RIGHTS HEREUNDER, REGARDLESS OF ANY NOTICE OF SUCH DAMAGES. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION 8.3 IS INTENDED TO LIMIT OR RESTRICT THE INDEMNIFICATION RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS OF EITHER PARTY UNDER SECTION 8.4 OR TO LIMIT A PARTY’S LIABILITY FOR BREACHES OF ITS OBLIGATION REGARDING CONFIDENTIALITY UNDER ARTICLE 5.

 

8.4 Indemnification .

 

8.4.1 By Licensee. Licensee shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Licensor, its Affiliates, sublicensees, the licensors under the Existing Licenses, and their respective shareholders, members, partners, officers, trustees, faculty, students, contractors, agents, and employees (individually, a “ Licensor Indemnified Party ” and, collectively, the “ Licensor Indemnified Parties ”) from and against any and all Third Party liability, loss, damage, action, claim, fee, cost, or expense (including attorneys’ fees) (individually, a “ Third Party Liability ” and, collectively, the “ Third Party Liabilities ”) suffered or incurred by the Licensor Indemnified Parties from claims of such Third Parties that result from or arise out of: […***…]; provided, however, that Licensee shall not be liable for claims based

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

33



 

on any breach by Licensor of the representations, warranties, or obligations of this Agreement or the gross negligence or intentional misconduct of any of the Licensor Indemnified Parties. Without limiting the foregoing, Licensee must defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the Licensor Indemnified Parties from and against any Third Party Liabilities resulting from:

 

(a)                        any […***…] or other claim of any kind related to the […***…] by a Third Party of a […***…] by Licensee, its Affiliates, any Sublicensees, their respective assignees, or vendors;

 

(b)                      any claim by a Third Party that the […***…]; and

 

(c)                       […***…] conducted by or on behalf of Licensee, its Affiliates, any Sublicensees, their respective assignees, or vendors relating to the Licensed Technology or Licensed Products, including any claim by or on behalf of a […***…].

 

8.4.2 By Licensor. Licensor shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Licensee, its Affiliates and Sublicensees and their respective shareholders, members, partners, officers, trustees, contractors, agents, and employees (individually, a “ Licensee Indemnified Party ” and, collectively, the “ Licensee Indemnified Parties ”) from and against any and all Third Party Liabilities suffered or incurred by the Licensee Indemnified Parties from claims of such Third Parties that result from or arise out of: […***…]; provided, however, that Licensor shall not be liable for claims based on any breach by Licensee of the representations, warranties, or obligations of this Agreement or the gross negligence or intentional misconduct of any of the Licensor Indemnified Parties.

 

8.4.3 Indemnification Procedure. Each Party, as an indemnifying party (an “ Indemnifying Party ”), shall not be permitted to settle or compromise any claim or action giving rise to Third Party Liabilities in a manner (i) that imposes any restrictions or obligations on the indemnified party (an “ Indemnified Party ”) or, if Licensee is the Indemnifying Party, on Licensor’s licensors under the Existing Licenses, without the other Party’s prior written consent, (ii) if Licensee is the Indemnifying Party, that grants any rights to the Licensed Technology or Licensed Products other than those Licensee has the right to grant under this Agreement without Licensor’s prior written consent, or (iii) if Licensor is the Indemnifying Party, that grants any rights that are inconsistent with those granted to Licensee under this Agreement without Licensee’s prior written consent. The Indemnifying Party shall be permitted to control any

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

34



 

litigation or potential litigation involving the defense of any claim subject to indemnification pursuant to this Section 8.4, including the selection of counsel, with the reasonable approval of the Indemnified Party. If an Indemnifying Party fails or declines to assume the defense of any such claim or action within […***…] after notice thereof, the Indemnified Party may assume the defense of such claim or action at the cost and risk of the Indemnifying Party, and any Third Party Liabilities related thereto shall be conclusively deemed a Third Party Liability of the Indemnifying Party. The indemnification rights of a Indemnified Party contained in this Agreement are in addition to all other rights which such Indemnified Party may have at law or in equity or otherwise. The Indemnifying Party will pay directly all Third Party Liabilities incurred for defense or negotiation of any claim hereunder or will reimburse the Indemnified Party for all documented Third Party Liabilities incident to the defense or negotiation of any such claim within […***…] after the Indemnifying Party’s receipt of invoices for such fees, expenses, and charges.

 

8.5 Insurance . Within […***…] of the Execution Date, Licensee will procure and maintain insurance policies for the following coverages with respect to product liability, personal injury, bodily injury, and property damage arising out of Licensee’s (and its Affiliates’ and any Sublicensees’) performance under this Agreement: (a) during the term of this Agreement, comprehensive general liability, including broad form and contractual liability, in a minimum amount of […***…] combined single limit per occurrence (or claim) and in the aggregate annually; (b) prior to the commencement of clinical trials involving Licensed Products and thereafter for a period of not less than […***…] (or such longer period as Licensee is required by applicable law to continue to monitor the participants in the clinical trial), clinical trials coverage in amounts that are reasonable and customary in the U.S. pharmaceutical industry, subject always to a minimum limit of […***…] combined single limit per occurrence (or claim) and in the aggregate annually; and (c) from […***…] of a Licensed Product until […***…] after the last sale of a Licensed Product, product liability coverage, in amounts that are reasonable and customary in the U.S. pharmaceutical industry, subject always to a minimum limit of […***…] combined single limit per occurrence (or claim) and in the aggregate annually. Licensee acknowledges that Licensor’s licensors under the Existing Licenses may review periodically the adequacy of the minimum amounts of insurance for each coverage required by the Existing Licenses, and Licensor reserves the right to require Licensee to adjust the limits set forth in this Section 8.5 to conform to any adjustments made by Licensor’s licensors under the Existing Licenses. The required minimum amounts of insurance do not constitute a limitation on Licensee’s liability or indemnification obligations to the Licensor Indemnified Parties under this Agreement. The policies of insurance required by this Section 8.5 will be issued by an insurance carrier with an A.M. best rating of […***…] or better and will name Licensor as an additional insured with respect to Licensee’s performance (and its Affiliates’ and any Sublicensees’) under this Agreement. Licensee will provide Licensor with insurance certificates evidencing the required coverage within […***…] after the Execution Date and the commencement of each policy period and any renewal periods. Each certificate will provide that the insurance carrier will notify Licensor in writing at least […***…] prior to the cancellation or material change in coverage. Licensee will cause all Sublicensees to comply with the terms of this Section 8.5 to the same extent as Licensee; provided that, with Licensor’s prior written consent, a Sublicensee may self-insure all or parts of the limits described above.

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

35



 

ARTICLE 9: USE OF NAME

 

Licensee, its Affiliates, any Sublicensees, and all of its and their employees and agents must not use Licensor’s, the Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania’s, or SmithKline Beecham Corporation’s name, seal, logo, trademark, or service mark (or any adaptation thereof) or the name, seal, logo, trademark, or service mark (or any adaptation thereof) of any of such entities’ representative, school, organization, employee, or student in any way without the prior written consent of Licensor or such entity, as applicable; provided, however that Licensee may acknowledge the existence and general nature of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 10: ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

 

10.1 Relationship . Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to establish a relationship of principal and agent between Licensee and Licensor, nor any of their agents or employees for any purpose whatsoever, nor shall this Agreement be construed as creating any other form of legal association or arrangement which would impose liability upon one Party for the act or failure to act of the other Party.

 

10.2 Assignment . The rights and obligations of Licensee and Licensor hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, their respective permitted successors and assigns. Licensee may not assign this Agreement or any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Licensor; provided, however, that Licensee may assign this Agreement, without Licensor’s prior written consent, pursuant to a merger or sale of all or substantially all of the assets to which this Agreement relates; provided that, as part of any permitted assignment, (a) Licensee provides Licensor with notice of such assignment at least five business days prior to the effectiveness of such assignment, and (b) Licensee requires any such assignee to agree in writing to be legally bound by this Agreement to the same extent as Licensee and provides Licensor with a copy of such assignee undertaking. In addition, Licensee will provide Licensor with notice of any change of control (i.e., the acquisition by a person or group of “control” of Licensee, as defined in Section 1.1) of Licensee at least five business days prior to the effectiveness of such change of control. Licensor may assign this Agreement and its rights and obligations without the consent of Licensee. No assignment shall relieve the assigning Party of responsibility for the performance of any accrued obligations which it has prior to such assignment. Any attempted assignment by Licensee in violation of this Section 10.2 shall be null and void and of no legal effect.

 

10.3 Waiver . A waiver by either Party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement will not constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach of that provision or a waiver of any breach of any other provision of this Agreement.

 

10.4 Notices . Notices, payments, statements, reports, and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been received as of the date received if sent by public courier (e.g., Federal Express), by Express Mail, receipt requested, or by facsimile (with a copy of such facsimile also sent by one of the other methods of delivery) and addressed as follows:

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

36



 

If for Licensor:

with a copy to:

 

 

REGENXBIO Inc.

REGENXBIO Inc.

1701 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW

Suite 900

1701 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW

Suite 900

Washington, DC 20006

Washington, DC 20006

USA

USA

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

Attn: General Counsel

Telephone: 202-785-7438

Telephone: 202-785-7438

Facsimile: 202-785-7439

Facsimile: 202-785-7439

 

 

If for Licensee:

 

 

 

Dimension Therapeutics, Inc.

 

840 Memorial Drive, 4th Floor

 

Cambridge, MA 02139

 

USA

 

Attn: President and CEO

 

Telephone: 617-231-2403

 

Facsimile: 617-231-2425

 

 

Either Party may change its official address upon written notice to the other Party.

 

General communications required under this Agreement (including notices under Sections 2.1, 2.4.2, 2.5.3, 2.6, 2.7.1, 3.6.2, 3.7, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.6, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 8.5, and 10.2 and notices of changes of address under this Section 10.4) may be sent by any of the means outlined in the first sentence of this Section 10.4 or a copy of the notice letter may be sent by electronic mail (without the requirement of a copy being sent by another means; provided that the receiving Party has confirmed receipt of such electronic mail); however, communications related to termination of the Penn Agreement, requests for disclosures of Confidential Information, breaches or termination of this Agreement, indemnification, and dispute resolution (including notices under Sections 2.8, 5.3, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 8.4, and 10.6) must be sent by one of the means outlined in the first sentence of this Section 10.4.

 

10.5 Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be construed and governed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflict of law provisions that may require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction. Subject to Section 10.6, the Parties hereby submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of and venue in the courts located in the State of New York with respect to any and all disputes concerning the subject of this Agreement.

 

10.6 Dispute Resolution . In the event of any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Parties shall first attempt to resolve such controversy or claim through good faith negotiations between senior executives of each Party with authority to resolve the dispute for a period of not less than […***…] following notification of such controversy or claim to the other Party. If such controversy or claim cannot be resolved by means of such negotiations during such period, then such controversy or claim shall be resolved by binding arbitration administered by the

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

37


 

American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA in effect on the date of commencement of the arbitration, subject to the provisions of this Section 10.6. The arbitration shall be conducted as follows:

 

10.6.1 The arbitration shall be conducted by three arbitrators, each of whom by training, education, or experience has knowledge of the research, development, and commercialization of biological therapeutic products in the United States. The arbitration shall be conducted in English and held in New York, New York.

 

10.6.2 In its demand for arbitration, the Party initiating the arbitration shall provide a statement setting forth the nature of the dispute, the names and addresses of all other parties, an estimate of the amount involved (if any), the remedy sought, otherwise specifying the issue to be resolved, and appointing one neutral arbitrator. In an answering statement to be filed by the responding Party within […***…] after confirmation of the notice of filing of the demand is sent by the AAA, the responding Party shall appoint one neutral arbitrator. Within […***…] from the date on which the responding Party appoints its neutral arbitrator, the first two arbitrators shall appoint a chairperson.

 

10.6.3 If a Party fails to make the appointment of an arbitrator as provided in Section 10.6.2, the AAA shall make the appointment. If the appointed arbitrators fail to appoint a chairperson within the time specified in Section 10.6.2 and there is no agreed extension of time, the AAA shall appoint the chairperson.

 

10.6.4 The arbitrators will render their award in writing and, unless all Parties agree otherwise, will include an explanation in reasonable detail of the reasons for their award. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, including in the courts described in Section 10.5. The arbitrators will have the authority to grant injunctive relief and other specific performance; provided that the arbitrators will have no authority to award damages in contravention of this Agreement, and each Party irrevocably waives any claim to such damages in contravention of this Agreement. The arbitrators will, in rendering their decision, apply the substantive law of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflict of law provisions that may require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction. The decision and award rendered by the arbitrators will be final and non-appealable (except for an alleged act of corruption or fraud on the part of the arbitrator).

 

10.6.5 The Parties shall use their reasonable efforts to conduct all dispute resolution procedures under this Agreement as expeditiously, efficiently, and cost-effectively as possible.

 

10.6.6 All expenses and fees of the arbitrators and expenses for hearing facilities and other expenses of the arbitration will be borne equally by the Parties unless the Parties agree otherwise or unless the arbitrators in the award assess such expenses against one of the Parties or allocate such expenses other than equally between the Parties. Each of the Parties will bear its own counsel fees and the expenses of its witnesses except to the extent otherwise provided in this Agreement or by applicable law.

 

10.6.7 Compliance with this Section 10.6 is a condition precedent to seeking relief in any court or tribunal in respect of a dispute, but nothing in this Section 10.6 will prevent a Party

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

38



 

from seeking equitable or other interlocutory relief in the courts of appropriate jurisdiction, pending the arbitrators’ determination of the merits of the controversy, if applicable to protect the confidential information, property, or other rights of that Party or to otherwise prevent irreparable harm that may be caused by the other Party’s actual or threatened breach of this Agreement.

 

10.7 No Discrimination . Licensee, its Affiliates, and any Sublicensees, in their respective activities under this Agreement, shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, sex, sexual, or affectional preference, age, religion, national, or ethnic origin, handicap, or because he or she is a disabled veteran or a veteran (including a veteran of the Vietnam Era).

 

10.8 Compliance with Law . Licensee (and its Affiliates’ and any Sublicensees’) must comply with all prevailing laws, rules, and regulations that apply to its activities or obligations under this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, it is understood that this Agreement may be subject to United States laws and regulations controlling the export of technical data, computer software, laboratory prototypes, and other commodities, articles, and information, including the Arms Export Control Act as amended in the Export Administration Act of 1979 and that Licensee’s obligations are contingent upon compliance with applicable United States export laws and regulations. The transfer of certain technical data and commodities may require a license from the cognizant agency of the United States Government and/or written assurances by Licensee that Licensee shall not export data or commodities to certain foreign countries without prior approval of such agency. Licensor neither represents that a license is not required nor that, if required, it will issue.

 

10.9 Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire understanding between the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior understandings and agreements, whether written or oral, including the provisions of Section 6.16 and Exhibit B of the Series A SPA; provided that this Agreement does not supersede any other confidentiality agreements or obligations between the Parties, and, for the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement does not supersede the 2013 License Agreement. For clarity, the rights and obligations of the Parties under this Agreement are separate from and in addition to those under the 2013 License Agreement, and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as modifying or restricting the rights of either Party under the 2013 License Agreement. This Agreement may not be varied except by a written document signed by duly authorized representatives of both Parties.

 

10.10 Marking . Licensee, its Affiliates, and any Sublicensees shall mark any Licensed Product (or their containers or labels) made, sold, or otherwise distributed by it or them with any notice of patent rights necessary or desirable under applicable law to enable the Licensed Patents to be enforced to their full extent in any country where Licensed Products are made, used, sold, offered for sale, or imported.

 

10.11 Severability and Reformation . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then such invalid or unenforceable provision will be automatically revised to be a valid or enforceable provision that comes as close as permitted by law to the Parties’ original intent; provided that, if the Parties cannot agree upon such valid or enforceable provision, the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

39



 

force and effect, unless the invalid or unenforceable provisions are of such essential importance to this Agreement that it is to be reasonably assumed that the Parties would not have entered into this Agreement without the invalid or unenforceable provisions.

 

10.12 Further Assurances . Each Party hereto agrees to execute, acknowledge, and deliver such further instruments, and to do all other acts, as may be necessary or appropriate in order to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

 

10.13 Interpretation; Construction . The captions to the several Articles and Sections of this Agreement are included only for convenience of reference and shall not in any way affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement. In this Agreement, unless the context requires otherwise, (a) the word “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation” or like expression; (b) references to the singular shall include the plural and vice versa; (c) references to masculine, feminine, and neuter pronouns and expressions shall be interchangeable; (d) the words “herein” or “hereunder” relate to this Agreement; (e) “or” is disjunctive but not necessarily exclusive; (f) the word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”; (g) all references to “dollars” or “$” herein shall mean U.S. Dollars; (h) unless otherwise provided, all reference to Sections and exhibits in this Agreement are to Sections and exhibits of and in this Agreement; and (i) whenever this Agreement refers to a number of days, such number shall refer to calendar days unless business days are specified. Business days shall mean a day on which banking institutions in Washington, D.C. are open for business. Each Party represents that it has been represented by legal counsel in connection with this Agreement and acknowledges that it has participated in the drafting hereof. In interpreting and applying the terms and provisions of this Agreement, the Parties agree that no presumption will apply against the Party which drafted such terms and provisions.

 

10.14 Cumulative Rights and Remedies . The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement and all other rights and remedies available to either Party at law or in equity are, to the extent permitted by law, cumulative and not exclusive of any other right or remedy now or hereafter available at law or in equity. Neither asserting a right nor employing a remedy shall preclude the concurrent assertion of any other right or employment of any other remedy, nor shall the failure to assert any right or remedy constitute a waiver of that right or remedy.

 

10.15 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[ REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ]

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

40



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, have caused this Option and License Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives.

 

REGENXBIO INC.

 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kenneth Mills

 

By:

/s/ Annalisa Jenkins

Name:

Kenneth Mills

 

Name:

Annalisa Jenkins

Title:

President & CEO

 

Title:

CEO Dimension

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 



 

Exhibit A

Licensed Patents

 

App #

 

Title

 

Inventors

 

Nos.

 

Penn Docket #

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 



 

Exhibit B

Licensed Know-How

 

[To be completed pursuant to Section 2.1.3.4]

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 



 

Exhibit C

Muscular Dystrophies

 

[…***…]

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 



 

Exhibit D

Licensed Indications

 

Licensed Indication

 

Grant Date

 

Excluded Rights

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 



 

Exhibit E

Press Release

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 



 

Exhibit F

Additional Licensor Representation and Warranty

 

Except as provided in the Availability Notice, Licensor represents and warrants as of the Grant Date for the applicable Licensed Indication that: to Licensor’s knowledge, with respect to the license granted under Section 2.1.4 for such Licensed Indication, Licensor does not Control (through ownership or Control pursuant to the Existing Licenses) any patent or patent application (other than the Licensed Patents set forth on Exhibit A ) as of the Effective Date that would necessarily be infringed by Licensee’s practice of the Licensed Patents set forth on Exhibit A in connection with using, importing selling, and offering for sale of adeno-associated virus vectors claimed in such Licensed Patents for such Licensed Indication. If it is determined, in accordance with the procedure of this Exhibit F , that Licensor Controls (through ownership or Control pursuant to the Existing Licenses) a patent or patent application (other than the Licensed Patents) as of the Effective Date that would necessarily be infringed by Licensee’s practice of the Licensed Patents set forth on Exhibit A in connection with using, importing selling, and offering for sale of adeno-associated virus vectors claimed in such Licensed Patents for such Licensed Indication, then Licensor shall include the applicable patent or patent application as a “ Licensed Patent ” hereunder with respect to such Licensed Indication but solely to the extent of the claim(s) that would necessarily be infringed by such practice of such Licensed Patents by Licensee, which inclusion shall be Licensee’s sole remedy.

 

At any time after the Grant Date for such Licensed Indication and during the term of this Agreement for such Licensed Indication, Licensee may notify Licensor in writing of any such patent or patent application that Licensee believes should be included as a “ Licensed Patent ” pursuant to this Exhibit F . Such written notice shall identify the relevant patent or patent application and relevant claim(s) and shall explain briefly why Licensee, in good faith, believes it should be included as a “Licensed Patent.” If Licensor does not agree with Licensee, Licensor shall have […***…] following Licensor’s receipt of Licensee’s written notice to notify Licensee that Licensor disputes the inclusion of such patent or patent application or the scope of the remedy; in which event, such dispute will be resolved in accordance with Section 10.6 of the Agreement. Upon the Parties’ agreement (or a resolution, in favor of Licensee, of the dispute pursuant to Section 10.6), the applicable claim(s) of the applicable patent or patent application will be deemed a “Licensed Patent” hereunder with respect to the applicable Licensed Indication. For the avoidance of doubt, Licensor makes no representation or warranty under this Exhibit F as to any claim of (a) a patent or patent application covering Manufacturing Technology or (b) a patent or patent application that is not Controlled by Licensor pursuant to the Existing Licenses or pursuant to Licensor’s ownership thereof, and Licensee acknowledges that (i) Manufacturing Technology claims of any patents or patent applications or (ii) claims of any patents or patent applications not Controlled by Licensor pursuant to the Existing Licenses or pursuant to Licensor’s ownership thereof will not be added as “Licensed Patents” pursuant to the procedure set forth in this Exhibit F .

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 




Exhibit 10.10

 

Execution Version

 

***Text Omitted and Filed Separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

Confidential Treatment Requested Under

17 C.F.R. Sections 200.80(b)(4) and 240.24b-2

 

COLLABORATION AND LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

This COLLABORATION AND LICENSE AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered into as of June 18, 2014 (“ Effective Date ”) by and between Dimension Therapeutics, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, with offices at 1 Main Street, 13 th  Floor, Cambridge, MA 02142 (“ Dimension ”), and Bayer HealthCare LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, with offices at 455 Mission Bay Blvd South, San Francisco, CA 94158 (“ Bayer ”).  Dimension and Bayer are hereinafter referred to individually as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties .”

 

WHEREAS, Dimension has been granted exclusive rights by its licensor, ReGenX Biosciences, LLC (“ ReGenX ”) under certain patents and know-how which have been licensed to ReGenX from its upstream licensors, Glaxo SmithKline (as successor in interest to SmithKline Beecham Corporation, “ GSK ”) and the Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania (“ UPenn ”), pertaining to various recombinant adeno-associated virus vectors and their use in gene therapy treatments for hemophilia;

 

WHEREAS, Dimension has expertise in the research, identification and early stage development of gene therapy treatments in humans;

 

WHEREAS, Bayer is a leading pharmaceutical company that has technology and expertise in developing and commercializing therapies for human genetic diseases, including hemophilia; and WHEREAS, the Parties desire to enter into a collaboration for the purpose of researching, developing and commercializing adeno-associated virus based gene therapy products for treatment of hemophilia A;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and covenants contained in this Agreement, and intending to be legally bound, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

 

1.1                                […***…] Expense Report ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5.1.

 

1.2                                Affiliate ” means any legal entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with another entity.  For purposes of this Agreement, an entity shall be deemed to “control” another entity if it owns or controls, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such other entity, or has the right to receive more than 50% of the profits or earnings of such other entity, or has the right to control the policy decisions of such other entity.

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 



 

1.3                                Antihemophilic Factor ” means the MAA-approved exogenous recombinant antihemophilic factor (i.e., rFVIII) labeled for use in the Field and administered by or on behalf of Bayer, its Affiliates or Sublicensees to a patient for prophylactic and non-interventional purposes.

 

1.4                                Biosimilar Treatment ” means on a country-by-country basis, a treatment that is introduced in the applicable country in the Territory by an entity other than Bayer or a Sublicensee or their respective Affiliates, which (a) contains or incorporates a therapeutic or prophylactic agent that is the same or equivalent (by FDA, EMA or other applicable Regulatory Authority standards, on a country-by-country basis) to the Licensed GT Product; and (b) has been granted Regulatory Approval by an abridged procedure in reliance in whole or in part on (i) the prior Regulatory Approval in such country of the Licensed GT Product and Licensed Treatment, or (ii) the safety and efficacy data generated for the prior Regulatory Approval for such Licensed Treatment or Licensed GT Product.

 

1.5                                Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any day on which commercial banks located in California, New Jersey, and Massachusetts are authorized or obligated by law to be closed.

 

1.6                                Calendar Quarter ” means each three-month period or any portion thereof, beginning on January 1, April 1, July 1, and October 1.

 

1.7                                Change of Control ” means, with respect to a Party (the “ Acquired Entity ”):

 

(a)                                  any sale, exchange, transfer, or issuance to or acquisition in one transaction or a series of related transactions by one or more Third Parties of shares representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate ordinary voting power entitled to vote for the election of directors represented by the issued and outstanding stock of the Acquired Entity or any Affiliate that directly or indirectly controls the Acquired Entity, whether such sale, exchange, transfer, issuance or acquisition is made directly or indirectly, by merger or otherwise, or beneficially or of record;

 

(b)                                  a merger, consolidation, reorganization, business organization, joint venture or similar transaction under applicable Law of the Acquired Entity with a Third Party in which the shareholders of the Acquired Entity or any Affiliate that directly or indirectly controls the Acquired Entity immediately prior to such transaction do not continue to hold immediately following the closing of such transaction at least fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate ordinary voting power entitled to vote for the election of directors represented by the issued and outstanding stock of the entity surviving or resulting from such transaction; or

 

(c)                                   a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Acquired Entity to one or more Third Parties in one transaction or a series of related transactions.

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

2



 

For purposes of clarity, the term “ Change of Control ,” with respect to a Party, is not intended to include:  (i) an underwritten public offering of Dimension’s common stock pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 under the 1933 Act, as amended; or (ii) any sale of shares of capital stock of a Party, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which such Party issues new securities solely to institutional investors for cash or the cancellation or conversion of indebtedness of such Party or a combination thereof for the purpose of financing the operations and business of such Party.

 

1.8                                Commercialization ” or “ Commercialize ” means any and all activities directed to the marketing, promotion, offering for sale and sale of a pharmaceutical or therapeutic product, both, to the extent permitted by law, before Regulatory Approval has been obtained, and after, and all commercial manufacturing activities, as well as any post-Regulatory Approval clinical trials.  When used as a verb, “to Commercialize” and “Commercializing” means to engage in Commercialization and “Commercialized” has a corresponding meaning.

 

1.9                                Commercially Reasonable Efforts ” means:  (a) with respect to Dimension’s obligation under this Agreement to research and develop GT Products in the Field, the level of efforts normally used by a similarly situated biopharmaceutical company in meeting the objective(s) set forth in the Research Plan; and (b) with respect to Bayer’s obligation under this Agreement to Commercialize a Licensed GT Product and Licensed Treatments, the level of efforts and resources normally used by Bayer for a similar product owned or controlled by it of similar market potential at a similar stage in the development or life of such product, taking into account issues of safety, efficacy, product profile, the competitiveness of the marketplace, the proprietary position of the product, the regulatory structure involved, profitability of the product and other relevant commercial factors.

 

1.10                         Compound/Vector ” means any gene transfer agent that contains a gene that expresses either (a) the Factor VIII protein, or (b) any variant of the Factor VIII protein ( e.g ., […***…]).

 

1.11                         Confidential Information ” means and includes all technical information, inventions, developments, discoveries, software, Know-How, methods, techniques, formulae, animate and inanimate materials, data, processes, finances, business operations or affairs, and other proprietary ideas, whether or not patentable or copyrightable, of either Party that are (a) marked or otherwise identified by the Disclosing Party as confidential or proprietary at the time of disclosure in writing; or (b) if disclosed orally, visually, or in another non-written form, identified by the Disclosing Party as confidential at the time of disclosure; or (c) if not marked as provided in clause (a) or otherwise identified as provided in clause (b), would reasonably be understood by a Third Party receiving such information as being confidential or proprietary in nature.  The Parties acknowledge that (i) the terms and conditions of this Agreement and (ii) the records and reports referred to in Section 6.5 will be deemed the Confidential Information of both Parties, regardless of whether such information is marked or identified as confidential.  In addition, information provided to Bayer pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.2 will be deemed the Confidential Information of Dimension, regardless of whether such information is marked or identified as confidential.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

3



 

will not include the following, in each case, to the extent evidenced by competent written proof of the Receiving Party:

 

1.11.1               information that was already known to the Receiving Party other than under an obligation of confidentiality at the time of disclosure by the Disclosing Party;

 

1.11.2               information that was generally available to the public or otherwise part of the public domain at the time of its disclosure to the Receiving Party;

 

1.11.3               information that became generally available to the public or otherwise part of the public domain after its disclosure, other than through any act or omission of the Receiving Party in breach of this Agreement;

 

1.11.4               information that is independently discovered or developed by the Receiving Party without the use of Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party; or

 

1.11.5               information that was disclosed to the Receiving Party, other than under an obligation of confidentiality, by a Third Party who had no obligation to the Disclosing Party not to disclose such information to others.

 

1.12                         Control ” or “ Controlled ” means with respect to any Know-How, Patent Rights or other intellectual property right, that a Party has a license (other than a license granted to such Party under this Agreement) to such Know-How, Patent Rights or other intellectual property right and, in each case, has the ability to grant to the other Party access, a license, or a sublicense (as applicable) to the foregoing on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement without violating the terms of any agreement or other legally enforceable arrangement with any Third Party.

 

1.13                         Controlled Affiliate ” means, as to any Party, an Affiliate under the direct or indirect control of such Party, within the meaning of Section 1.2.

 

1.14                         Controlling Affiliate ” means, as to any Party, an Affiliate that directly or indirectly controls such Party within the meaning of Section 1.2.

 

1.15                         Cost Overrun ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5.3.

 

1.16                         Demonstration of Clinical POC ” means that the criteria set forth in Exhibit E have been met, as determined by the Parties in accordance with Section 2.11.4.

 

1.17                         Dimension Know-How ” means any Know-How that (a) is Controlled by Dimension or any of its Controlled Affiliates as of the Effective Date or comes into the Control of Dimension or any of its Controlled Affiliates after the Effective Date and at any time during the term of this Agreement (other than through the grant of a license by Bayer hereunder), (b) is reasonably necessary or useful for the development, manufacture or Commercialization of Licensed GT Products, Licensed Treatments, or for Bayer to perform its obligations under this Agreement, and (c) is neither (i) Sublicensed Know-How, nor (ii) any Manufacturing Technology which is other than […***…] Know-How, and that comes into the Control of

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

4



 

Dimension under the ReGenX Agreement or another agreement with ReGenX.  “Dimension Know-How” includes but is not limited to all biological, chemical, structure-activity relationship, pharmacological, toxicological, manufacturing, preclinical and clinical information relating to Licensed GT Products or the Compound/Vector used in such product.  For the avoidance of doubt, Dimension Know-How includes Dimension’s interest in the Joint Inventions, but does not include any Patent Rights.  It is expressly understood that, in the event of a Change of Control of Dimension, the Dimension Know-How shall not include any Know-How that is owned or controlled by a Controlling Affiliate and (i) existing prior to the closing of such Change of Control, or (ii) developed by or on behalf of such Controlling Affiliate after such Change of Control without the use of the Dimension Know-How in existence prior to the closing of such Change of Control, or (iii) developed by or on behalf of such Controlling Affiliate after such Change of Control and not directly related to any Licensed GT Product or any Compound/Vector used therein.  It is understood that the burden shall be on Dimension to establish that the foregoing exclusions apply, and such exclusions shall apply only if the Controlling Affiliate remains a separate legal entity to Dimension.

 

1.18                         Dimension Manufacturing Patents ” means all Patent Rights that (a) are not Sublicensed Patents, (b) come into the ownership or Control of Dimension or its Controlled Affiliates after the Effective Date and during the term of this Agreement (other than through the grant of a license by Bayer hereunder), and (c) claim inventions relating to the process of manufacture of any Licensed GT Product, Licensed Treatment or any Compound/Vector, which inventions were not generated in the conduct of the manufacturing development set forth in the Research Plan, but were generated by or on behalf of Dimension prior to Bayer’s submission of the first MAA for a Licensed GT Product.  It is expressly understood that in the event of a Change of Control of Dimension, the Dimension Manufacturing Patents shall not include any Patent Rights owned or controlled by a Controlling Affiliate and (i) existing prior to the closing of such Change of Control of Dimension, (ii) existing after the closing of such Change of Control and claiming inventions made by or on behalf of such Controlling Affiliate prior to the closing of such Change of Control, (iii) claiming only inventions made after such Change of Control without the use of the Dimension Know-How in existence prior to the closing of such Change of Control, or (iv) claiming only inventions made after such Change of Control and not directly related to the Licensed Treatment, Licensed GT Product or the Compound/Vector used therein.  It is understood that the burden shall be on Dimension to establish that the foregoing exclusions apply, and such exclusions shall apply only if the Controlling Affiliate remains a separate legal entity to Dimension.

 

1.19                         Dimension Patents ” means all Patent Rights that (a) are not Sublicensed Patents, (b) are not Dimension Manufacturing Patents, (c) are owned or Controlled by Dimension or its Controlled Affiliates as of the Effective Date or that come into the ownership or Control of Dimension or its Controlled Affiliates after the Effective Date and during the term of this Agreement (other than through the grant of a license by Bayer hereunder), and (d) cover (i) the development, use or Commercialization of any Licensed GT Product, Licensed Treatment or any Compound/Vector used therein or (ii) the manufacture of any Licensed GT Product, Licensed Treatment or any Compound/Vector used therein to the extent such Patent Rights cover inventions that were generated in the conduct of the manufacturing development as set forth in the Research Plan.  For the avoidance of doubt, Dimension Patents include Dimension’s interest

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

5



 

in the Joint Patents.  Dimension Patents as of the Effective Date are listed in Exhibit A .  It is expressly understood that in the event of a Change of Control of Dimension, the Dimension Patents shall not include any Patent Rights owned or controlled by a Controlling Affiliate and (i) existing prior to the closing of such Change of Control of Dimension, (ii) existing after the closing of such Change of Control and claiming inventions made by or on behalf of such Controlling Affiliate prior to the closing of such Change of Control, (iii) claiming only inventions made after such Change of Control without the use of the Dimension Know-How in existence prior to the closing of such Change of Control, or (iv) claiming only inventions made after such Change of Control and not directly related to the Licensed Treatment, Licensed GT Product or the Compound/Vector used therein.  It is understood that the burden shall be on Dimension to establish that the foregoing exclusions apply, and such exclusions shall apply only if the Controlling Affiliate remains a separate legal entity to Dimension.

 

1.20                         Disclosing Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.

 

1.21                         Estimated Quarterly Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5.1.

 

1.22                         Existing Licenses ” means the GSK Agreement and Penn Agreement.

 

1.23                         FDA ” means the United States Food and Drug Administration, or a successor agency in the United States with responsibilities comparable to those of the United States Food and Drug Administration.

 

1.24                         Field ” means any and all human therapeutic uses to treat and diagnose hemophilia A (and expressly not hemophilia B or any other form of hemophilia other than hemophilia A).

 

1.25                         First Commercial Sale ” means, on a country-by-country basis (a) the first commercial sale of a Licensed Treatment by Bayer, its Sublicensees or their respective Affiliates to a person or entity who is not Bayer, its Sublicensees or their respective Affiliates in such country after grant of Regulatory Approval in the applicable country or jurisdiction, provided that where such a first commercial sale has occurred in a country for which pricing approval is necessary for widespread sale, then such sale shall not be deemed a First Commercial Sale until such pricing approval has been obtained; or (b) any compassionate use or named patient basis sale in such country, following the date upon which cumulative Net Sales (across all countries in the Territory) received from any compassionate use or named patient program by Bayer, its Affiliate or Sublicensees equals […***…], provided the Licensed Treatment Administration Sales and Licensed Treatment Monitoring Sales with respect to the Licensed GT Products administered pursuant to such programs is greater than the fully loaded costs of such Licensed GT Products.  For the avoidance of doubt, supply of Licensed GT Product as samples or to patients for clinical trials or other similar purposes shall not be considered a First Commercial Sale.

 

1.26                         GSK Agreement ” means that certain License Agreement entered into between ReGenX and GSK, effective on March 6, 2009, as amended by that certain Amendment to License Agreement dated April 15, 2009, and as amended from time to time.

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

6



 

1.27                         GT Product ” means:

 

(a)                                  a pharmaceutical product or medical therapy for repairing, modulating the expression of, or inserting a functional version of, the Factor VIII protein but not any other target or locus, which product or therapy (1) contains or employs at least one Compound/Vector and (2) does not contain or employ any other gene or variant of such gene that is other than the Factor VIII protein or a variant of the Factor VIII protein; or

 

(b)                                  a pharmaceutical product or medical therapy that contains or employs a human cell or tissue made using a product or therapy described in (a).

 

1.28                         IND ” means (a) an Investigational New Drug Application as defined in the U.S.  Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, as amended, and regulations promulgated thereunder or any successor application or procedure required to initiate clinical testing of a GT Product in humans in the United States; (b) a counterpart of an Investigational New Drug Application that is required in any other country or regulatory jurisdiction other than the United States before beginning clinical testing of the GT Product in humans in such country or regulatory jurisdiction; and (c) all supplements and amendments to any of the foregoing.

 

1.29                         Joint Inventions ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

 

1.30                         Joint Patents ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

 

1.31                         Joint Project Team ” or “ JPT ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.

 

1.32                         Joint Research and Development Committee ” or “ JRDC ” means the research and development oversight committee comprised of representatives of Dimension and Bayer, as further described in Section 4.2.

 

1.33                         Joint Steering Committee ” or “ JSC ” means the oversight committee comprised of two (2) representatives each of Dimension and Bayer, as further described in Section 4.1.

 

1.34                         Know-How ” means any and all ideas, information, know-how, data, research results, writings, inventions, discoveries, and other technology (including any proprietary materials), whether or not patentable or copyrightable.

 

1.35                         Laws ” means all laws, statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances and other pronouncements having the effect of law of any federal, national, multinational, state, provincial, county, city or other political subdivision, domestic or foreign.

 

1.36                         Licensed Back Improvements ” means any patentable modifications or improvements developed by Bayer, any of its Affiliates, or any Sublicensees to any vector that is the subject of a claim within the Licensed Patents.

 

1.37                         Licensed GT Product ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11.

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

7



 

1.38                         Licensed Know-How ” means the Dimension Know-How and the Sublicensed Know-How.

 

1.39                         Licensed Patents ” means the Dimension Patents and the Sublicensed Patents.

 

1.40                         Licensed Technology ” means, collectively, the Licensed Patents and the Licensed Know-How.

 

1.41                         Licensed Treatment ” means any (a) Licensed GT Product in any and all modes of administration, presentations, formulations and dosages, that either (i) the manufacture, use, sale, offer for sale, or import of which is covered by, or which, in the absence of the licenses granted pursuant to this Agreement, would infringe, at least one Valid Claim of a Sublicensed Patent or Dimension Patent, in the country of manufacture, use, sale, offer for sale, or import; or (ii) is generated through the use of Sublicensed Know-How or Dimension Know-How; and/or (b) service with respect to the administration to patients of any Licensed GT Product described in clause (a)(i) or (a)(ii) above in this Section 1.41; and/or (c) service with respect to the monitoring as to the effectiveness or safety in patients of any Licensed GT Product described in clause (a)(i) or (a)(ii) above in this Section 1.41.

 

1.42                         Licensed Treatment Administration Sales ” means, with respect to a given patient in the Field to whom a Licensed Treatment is administered, the gross amount invoiced by Bayer, its Affiliate or Sublicensee to Third Parties, and recognized in their respective accounting books as income, for the initial administration of such Licensed Treatment to such patient.

 

1.43                         Licensed Treatment Monitoring Sales ” means, with respect to a given patient in the Field to whom a Licensed Treatment has been administered, the gross amounts invoiced to Third Parties by Bayer, its Affiliates or Sublicensees on or after receipt of the Licensed Treatment Administration Sale, and recognized in their respective accounting books as income, for either services rendered in the monitoring of such patient, and/or the continuing effectiveness of the Licensed GT Product with respect to such patient.

 

1.44                         Licensed Treatment Sales ” means with respect to a given period, all Licensed Treatment Administration Sales and all Licensed Treatment Monitoring Sales during such period, […***…].  For illustrative purposes only, Exhibit B sets forth examples for calculating Licensed Treatment Sales based on Licensed Treatment Administration Sales, Licensed Treatment Monitoring Sales, and any Post-Administration Antihemophilic Factor administered.

 

1.45                         MAA ” means either a New Drug Application filed with the FDA as described in 21 C.F.R.  § 314, a Biological License Application (BLA) pursuant to 21 C.F.R.  § 601.2, or any equivalent or any corresponding application in any country or regulatory jurisdiction other than the United States.

 

1.46                         Major Market Country ” means […***…].

 

1.47                         Manufacturing Technology ” means any and all Patent Rights, Know-How, and all intellectual property rights associated therewith, and including all tangible embodiments thereof, that are necessary or useful for the manufacture of any Licensed GT Product or

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

8



 

Compound/Vector used therein, or research or commercial reagents related thereto, including manufacturing processes, technical information relating to the methods of manufacture, protocols, standard operating procedures, batch records, assays, formulations, quality control data, specifications, scale up, any and all improvements, modifications, and changes thereto, and any and all activities associated with such manufacture.  Any and all chemistry, manufacturing, and controls (CMC), drug master files (DMFs), or similar materials provided to regulatory authorities and the information contained therein are deemed Manufacturing Technology.

 

1.48                         Net Sales ” means, with respect to a given period, the Licensed Treatment Sales made during such period less the following deductions that are directly attributable to Licensed Treatment Administration Sales or, to the extent applicable, any Licensed Treatment Monitoring Sales:

 

1.48.1               […***…];

 

1.48.2               […***…] upon the sale of a Licensed GT Product and […***…];

 

1.48.3               […***…] in connection with the Licensed Treatment Administration Sales;

 

1.48.4               […***…] of a Licensed GT Product; and

 

1.48.5               […***…] in connection with Licensed Treatment Administration Sales.

 

Sales between and among Bayer and its Affiliates or Sublicensees of Licensed GT Products shall be excluded from the computation of Net Sales, except where […***…], but Net Sales shall include […***…].

 

For the purpose of calculating Net Sales, the Parties recognize that:  (a) […***…]; and (b) in such cases, […***…].

 

In the event the Licensed GT Product is sold […***…], Net Sales for such […***…].  If, on a country-by-country basis, […***…], then Net Sales will be […***…].  If, on a country-by-country basis, […***…].

 

[…***…] shall not be considered in determining Net Sales; provided, however, that […***…].

 

All amounts used to calculate Licensed Treatment Sales shall be applied in accordance with IFRS, […***…].

 

1.49                         Operating Plan ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.3.1.

 

1.50                         Patent Rights ” means issued patents and pending patent applications in any country or region, including all provisional, non-provisionals, substitutions, continuations, continuations-in-part, divisionals, renewals and all patents granted thereon, and all reissues,

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

9



 

reexaminations, extensions, confirmations, revalidations, registrations and patents of addition thereof, including supplementary protection certificates.

 

1.51                         Penn Agreement ” means that certain License Agreement entered into between ReGenX and UPenn, effective on February 24, 2009, as amended by that letter agreement dated March 6, 2009, and as amended from time to time.

 

1.52                         Phase II/III Trial ” means a human clinical trial of a Licensed GT Product according to 21 C.F.R.  312.21(b) and (c) (or their successor regulations or any equivalent regulation with respect to jurisdictions outside of the United States);

 

1.53                         Pivotal Clinical Trial ” […***…].

 

1.54                         Post-Administration Antihemophilic Factor ” […***…].

 

1.55                         Proof of Concept Trial ” or “ POC Trial ” means the Phase I human proof of concept trial in patients for a GT Product as set forth in, and conducted pursuant to, the Research Plan.

 

1.56                         Prosecute ” means preparation, filing, and prosecuting patent applications and maintaining patents, including any reexaminations, reissues, inter party’s reviews, post-grant reviews, oppositions, and interferences.

 

1.57                         Receiving Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.

 

1.58                         ReGenX Agreement ” means that certain License Agreement entered into between Dimension and ReGenX, effective on October 31, 2013, as amended from time to time.

 

1.59                         ReGenX Improvements ” means any patent or patent application that meets all of the following criteria:

 

(a)                                  is directed to any of:  the composition of recombinant adeno-associated virus vectors, methods of use of such vectors, or methods of developing such vectors, but, in each case, only to the extent of such claims; and

 

(b)                                  is reasonably necessary for any of:  the use, sale, offer for sale, or import of Licensed Products in the Field (as such capitalized terms are defined in the ReGenX Agreement);

 

provided that “ReGenX Improvements” will not include any Manufacturing Technology.

 

1.60                         Regulatory Approval ” means, with respect to particular country or territory, the approval of the MAA or similar approval required to sell a Licensed GT Product and/or Licensed Treatment in such country or territory, including, where required by applicable Law, pricing and reimbursement approval.

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

10


 

1.61                         Regulatory Authority ” means any country, federal, supranational, state or local regulatory agency, department, bureau or other governmental or regulatory authority having the administrative authority to regulate the development or marketing of pharmaceutical products in any country or other jurisdiction, and includes the FDA in the US and the European Medicines Agency in the EU.

 

1.62                         Research Budget ” means the budget attached to this Agreement as Exhibit D-3 , as may be amended from time to time as provided for in this Agreement, and covering […***…].

 

1.63                         Research Plan ” means the research plan addressing the activities to be performed by Dimension during the Research Term through completion of the POC Trial, as set forth in Section 2.3, and as such research plan may be amended from time to time.  The Research Plan shall contain (a) a description of the process for identifying the criteria for selecting GT Products as potential clinical candidates, […***…], (b) a description of the specific activities to be performed by Dimension, including the pre-clinical and regulatory work necessary to commence the POC Trial and clinical work necessary for the completion of the POC Trial, (c) the primary and secondary endpoints of the POC Trial, (d) manufacturing / CMC development, and (e) projected timelines for completion of the described activities.

 

1.64                         Research Program ” means the research collaboration between the Parties, under the direction and oversight of the JRDC, aimed at the discovery of one or more suitable Licensed GT Products for hemophilia A and moving such Licensed GT Products forward to completion of a POC Trial, pursuant to the Research Plan during the Research Term.

 

1.65                         Research Term ” means the period following the Effective Date for Dimension to conduct and complete the Research Plan, unless earlier terminated as provided under Section 2.2 of this Agreement.

 

1.66                         Retained Rights ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3.

 

1.67                         Royalty Term ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4.2.

 

1.68                         Sublicensed Know-How ” means any Know-How that (a) is Controlled by Dimension as of the Effective Date or that comes into the Control of Dimension after the Effective Date and during the term of this Agreement, (b) is licensed to Dimension under the ReGenX Agreement, and (c) is reasonably necessary for the use, sale, offer for sale, or import of Licensed GT Products in the Field; provided that “Sublicensed Know-How” will not include any Manufacturing Technology, other than […***…] Know-How, that comes into the Control of Dimension under the ReGenX Agreement and which otherwise meets the foregoing criteria; and provided further that “Sublicensed Know-How” does not include any Patent Rights.

 

1.69                         Sublicensed Patents ” means (a) the Patent Rights listed in Exhibit A , and (b) all other Patent Rights that cover or claim any Licensed GT Product or Licensed Treatment or component thereof, or use thereof in the Field, and that (i) are Controlled by Dimension as of the Effective Date or that come into the Control of Dimension after the Effective Date and during the

 


* The specific required criteria known as […***…].

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

11



 

term of this Agreement, and (ii) are licensed to Dimension under the ReGenX Agreement, provided that “Sublicensed Patents” will not include any claim of a patent or patent application owned or controlled by ReGenX covering any Manufacturing Technology.

 

1.70                         Sublicensed Technology ” means, collectively, the Sublicensed Patents and Sublicensed Know-How.

 

1.71                         Sublicensee ” means any Third Party or Affiliate to whom Bayer grants a sublicense of some or all of the rights granted to Bayer under this Agreement as permitted by this Agreement.

 

1.72                         Territory ” means […***…].

 

1.73                         Third Party ” means any person or entity other than a Party to this Agreement or Affiliates of a Party to this Agreement.

 

1.74                         “[…***…] Know-How ” means unpatented Know-How that, as of October 30, 2013, (a) is Controlled by ReGenX pursuant to the Existing Licenses or pursuant to ReGenX’s ownership thereof, and (b) is directed […***…]; provided that, notwithstanding the scope of the license grant in Section 5.1(a), any rights granted to Bayer under this Agreement with respect to the […***…] Know-How will be limited to use of such Know-How in the Field.

 

1.75                         Valid Claim ” means a claim of an issued and unexpired patent (including any patent claim the term of which is extended by any extension, supplementary protection certificate, patent term restoration, or the like) included within the Sublicensed Patents or Dimension Patents or a claim of a pending patent application included within the Sublicensed Patents or Dimension Patents, which has not lapsed, been abandoned, been held revoked, or been deemed unenforceable or invalid by a non-appealable decision or an appealable decision from which no appeal was taken within the time allowed for such appeal of a court or other governmental agency of competent jurisdiction and, in the case of a pending application, that has been pending for less than […***…] years from the priority date of the claim.

 

ARTICLE 2
 
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM

 

2.1                                Collaboration Overview .  Dimension and Bayer shall collaborate for the purpose of researching and developing, until conclusion of a POC Trial to be conducted by Dimension of at least one GT Product for use in the Field based initially on the […***…] vector, which Bayer shall, post POC Trial, have the exclusive right to further develop, seek Regulatory Approval for, and if successful, Commercialize in the Territory.  To that end, under the oversight of the JSC and JRDC, Dimension will be responsible for performing those research and development activities set forth in the Research Plan, and subject to any limitations set forth in Section 2.5, Bayer shall fund Dimension’s efforts under the Research Plan in accordance with the Research Budget.  Following completion of the POC Trial, Bayer will be solely responsible, at its own

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

12



 

cost, for performing all further development and Commercialization activities for each Licensed GT Product in the Field and in the Territory.

 

2.2                                Responsibilities of the Parties during the Research Term .

 

2.2.1                      During the Research Term and subject to the oversight of the JRDC, Dimension shall be solely responsible for carrying out the tasks, until completion of and including the conduct of the POC Trial, as set forth in the Research Plan.  Dimension shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts in the performance of its obligations under the Research Plan during the Research Term.  Upon request by Dimension, Bayer shall provide reasonable consulting and technical support in order to assist Dimension in carrying out its Research Program obligations.  Bayer shall pay the costs and expenses described in the Research Budget as provided in Section 2.5.

 

2.2.2                      Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) to the extent the data from any studies conducted prior to the conduct of the POC Trial, or the requirements of any Regulatory Authority, result in the Parties mutually agreeing, through the JSC, to terminate early the Research Plan (and not to proceed under Section 2.11.2), or (b) where Dimension, as the holder of the IND, is required by Regulatory Authorities in the U.S.  or E.U.  to terminate the further clinical development of all Licensed GT Products (provided that Dimension has exerted Commercially Reasonable Efforts to modify the Research Plan (consistent with Section 2.3.2) to comply with the requirements of Regulatory Authorities), the Parties shall not proceed under Section 2.11.2, and the Research Term will terminate early and the Parties will agree to wind up the conduct of the activities under the Research Plan in an orderly fashion.

 

2.3                                Research Plan, Research Budget, and Operating Plans .

 

2.3.1                      Plans .  The overall Research Plan is set forth in Exhibit D-1 and the Research Budget is set forth in Exhibit D-3 .  Within […***…] after the Effective Date, or longer as agreed by the Parties, the Parties shall develop and finalize a detailed operating plan for carrying out the activities set forth in the Research Plan over the ensuing […***…], which such operating plan shall contain the description, time-line and portion of the Research Budget covering such activities (the “ Operating Plan ”).  Such Operating Plan shall be consistent with the terms of this Agreement, the Research Plan and the Research Budget and shall be attached hereto as Exhibit D-2 and form a part of this Agreement.  In the event of an inconsistency between the Research Plan, Operating Plan and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement will prevail and in the event of an inconsistency between the Research Plan and an Operating Plan, the terms of the Research Plan will prevail, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Parties.

 

2.3.2                      Amendments and Revisions to Operating Plan and Research Plan .  During the Research Term, (a) Dimension shall provide the JRDC with […***…] written reports describing the progress made against the goals set forth in the Operating Plan, and (b) the JRDC shall on a […***…] basis review and update the Operating Plan, and make necessary amendments (including any increase in the Research Budget) for the Research Plan activities to be covered in the upcoming […***…], consistent with Sections 2.3.3, 2.3.4, and 2.3.5.  On […***…] basis, the JRDC shall review and update as needed the then-current Research Plan.

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

13



 

Any amendments or modifications to the Research Plan and any Operating Plan shall require the approval of the JRDC (and the JSC, as applicable) and shall be subject to the applicable terms of this Agreement, and the JRDC shall be required to formally document updates to the Research Plan and Operating Plan as part of the agreed upon and accepted minutes of the […***…] meetings of the JRDC.

 

2.3.3                      Minor Amendments to the Research Budget .  In the course of its […***…] review of the Operating Plan, either Party may propose to the JRDC amendments to the then-current annual Research Budget associated with such Operating Plan, to reflect actual costs or minor changes to the Research Plan, and the terms of Section 4.1.4 shall apply to any final decision related to such amendment; provided, however, that if any such proposed amendment to the Research Budget causes the then-current annual Research Budget to increase by more than […***…], such amendment to the Research Budget shall require the unanimous approval of the JSC in accordance with Section 2.3.4.

 

2.3.4                      Major Amendments to the Research Budget .  The Parties agree and acknowledge that (a) the Research Budget as of the Effective Date represents the good faith estimate of the Parties as to the costs of the activities set forth in the Research Plan, and the extent of activities to be included within the Research Plan itself, (b) subject to Section 2.3.5, such Research Budget is based upon certain assumptions, including but not limited to regulatory requirements, pre-clinical testing, manufacturing requirements, and clinical development activities, as such assumptions are further set forth in Exhibit D-3 ; and (c) changes to the Research Plan likely will be required where any material changes to such assumptions and/or the activities to be conducted under the Research Plan are agreed upon by the Parties.  Accordingly, the Parties agree that any increase to the Research Budget of more than […***…], shall require the unanimous approval of the JSC, and that unless and until such approval is obtained (i) […***…] shall not be obligated to fund any amount over the expense caps set forth in the then-current agreed upon Research Budget; and (ii) […***…] shall not be required to undertake any activities that are not funded fully by the then-current agreed upon Research Budget due to a change in assumptions underlying such activities and their associated costs, or due to any expansion of the scope or nature of any such activity.

 

2.3.5                      Assumptions in the Research Budget .  In addition to any amendments to the Research Budget permitted under Section 2.3.3 or 2.3.4, on […***…] basis through the JRDC, the Parties shall in good faith review the assumptions in the then-current Research Budget and make any appropriate adjustments to such assumptions.  Such adjustments by the Parties will at a minimum take into account:  any changes in regulatory requirements that may impact clinical development activities, including but not limited to, the number of patients and duration of treatment of the clinical studies set forth in the Research Plan, or the cost per patient; and any unanticipated issues in manufacturing process development.  The JRDC shall formally document any such updates to the assumptions in the Research Budget as part of the agreed upon and accepted minutes of the […***…] meetings of the JRDC, and shall prepare and approve a revised Research Budget reflecting such agreed upon revised assumptions.

 

2.3.6                      Uncertainty Regarding Certain Costs .  The Parties recognize that, notwithstanding Sections 2.3.4 and 2.3.5, significant uncertainty exists as of the Effective Date

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

14



 

with respect to the good faith estimate and assumptions in the Research Budget regarding (a) costs associated with clinical process transfer and manufacturing of clinical supplies by Dimension’s contract manufacturer, and (b) costs for the conduct of the POC Trial, and the Parties agree to use good faith efforts to manage and provide for such costs including prompt adjustments to the Research Budget as necessary once greater clarity regarding such costs is obtained.  The provisions of Section 2.3.4 shall apply if such adjustments result in the Research Budget increasing by more than […***…].

 

2.4                                Subcontractors.  Dimension may engage any consultant, subcontractor, or other vendor conducting Dimension’s obligations under the Research Plan (each, a “ Subcontractor ”) to perform any work under the Research Program; provided that all such engagements and any contracts related to such engagements are subject to prior approval by the JRDC, to the extent not already approved as part of and named within the Research Plan or any Operating Plan.  Such contracts shall include provisions, including intellectual property provisions, adequate for Bayer to enjoy the licenses granted hereunder as though Dimension had performed the contracted work.  To facilitate approval by the JRDC, Dimension shall identify each Subcontractor, the activities proposed to be performed by such Subcontractor and the budget for such activities.  The JRDC in its discretion may request a copy of the proposed contract with the Subcontractor prior to approving such contract.  Dimension shall be solely responsible for the management of its permitted Subcontractors.  Any agreement with a permitted Subcontractor pertaining to the Research Program shall be consistent with the provisions of this Agreement.  Dimension shall ensure that no consultant, subcontractor or other vendor it instructs in connection with the Research Plan is or has been debarred by the FDA (or other Regulatory Authority outside the US) pursuant to its authority under Sections 306(a) and (b) of the U.S.  Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C.  §335(a) and (b)) (or analogous provisions outside the US), or is the subject of any investigation or proceeding which may result in such debarment by the FDA (or other Regulatory Authority in countries outside the US).

 

2.5                                Funding of Research .

 

2.5.1                      Payment to Dimension .  […***…] Dimension will estimate the total costs and expenses expected to be incurred during such […***…] in performing the activities under the Research Plan, which estimate will be consistent with the applicable Operating Plan and Research Budget.  Dimension will then provide an invoice to Bayer […***…], which invoice shall be for […***…] costs and expenses expected to be incurred for such […***…].  Bayer will pay such invoice (an “ Estimated […***…] Payment ”) within […***…] of receipt.  Within […***…] following the end of each […***…], Dimension will provide Bayer with a report containing an account of tasks actually performed and the costs and expenses actually incurred during such […***…] (the “ […***…] Expense Report ”).  Such report will specify in reasonable detail all costs and expenses incurred during such […***…] and an invoice for such costs and expenses shall accompany the […***…] Expense Report.  Bayer shall pay such invoices within […***…] of their receipt by Bayer.  The foregoing mechanism will be used, with appropriate adjustments, in respect of calendar year 2014, with the initial estimated total costs and expenses expected to be incurred during the remainder of 2014, together with invoice, submitted by Dimension within […***…] of the Effective Date.

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

15



 

Invoices will be sent to Bayer at the following address:

 

Bayer HealthCare
Pharma West Coast
Attn:  Frederick Roepke
PO Box 416
Pittsburgh PA 15230 USA .

 

2.5.2                      Annual True-Up .  Within […***…] of the end of the applicable […***…] the Parties will reconcile the costs and expenses set forth in […***…] Expense Reports presented by Dimension in respect of the applicable […***…] (“ Total Actual Expenses ”) with the sum of the costs and expenses paid by Bayer in respect of the first […***…] Expense Reports plus the Estimated […***…] Payment (“ Actual Plus Estimated Expenses ”).  If the Parties determine that the Actual Plus Estimated Expenses exceed Total Actual Expenses, then the amount of such excess will be credited against the amount due by Bayer in respect of the first […***…] of the following […***…] (or, if no such payment is anticipated, refunded by Dimension to Bayer within […***…] of such determination).  If the Parties determine that Total Actual Expenses exceed Actual Plus Estimated Expenses, but that such actual costs and expenses are nonetheless within […***…] of the then-current Research Budget for the applicable […***…], then Bayer will include the excess amount owed to Dimension with the amount due by Bayer in respect of the first […***…] of the next […***…] (or, if no such payment is anticipated, paid by Bayer to Dimension upon receipt of an invoice under the following payment timing terms:  if the invoice is received by Bayer at the above address prior to […***…], then payment shall be made by the […***…] in which the invoice was received.  If the invoice is received by Bayer at the above address after the […***…], then the payment shall be made by the […***…] in which the invoice was received).

 

2.5.3                      Cost Overruns .  If the Parties determine that Total Actual Expenses exceed Actual Plus Estimated Expenses, and such Total Actual Expenses are greater than […***…] of the then-current Research Budget for the applicable […***…] (such excess over such percentage, a “ Cost Overrun ”), then Bayer shall have no obligation to pay the Cost Overrun unless Dimension obtains Bayer’s consent.  If consent is provided, Bayer will pay the excess amount to Dimension; provided, however, if at the conclusion of the Research Plan, the actual amount expended by Bayer, including the Cost Overruns, is greater than the overall cap set forth in the then-current Research Budget, Dimension shall reimburse Bayer the amount of such Cost Overruns in excess of such cap within […***…] of receipt by Dimension of the next Milestone Payment stated in Section 6.2, if such Milestone Event is achieved.  In addition, Dimension agrees that where it anticipates during a given […***…] that its actual costs and expenses will likely result in a Cost Overrun for such […***…], Dimension will give notice promptly to Bayer of such anticipated Cost Overrun.  […***…].

 

2.5.4                      Expense Records .  Dimension shall maintain complete and accurate books, records and accounts used for the determination of all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations under the Research Plan and in accordance with the Research Budget, in sufficient detail to confirm the accuracy of any payments required under this Agreement, which books, records and accounts will be retained by Dimension for

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

16



 

[…***…] after creation thereof, or longer as is required by applicable Law.  Such books, records and accounts shall be kept in accordance with Dimension’s then-current accounting procedures.  Bayer shall have the right, during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice, to review and copy all such records maintained by Dimension.

 

2.5.5                      Currency .  All payments made under this Section 2.5 will be payable in US Dollars.

 

2.6                                Bayer’s Expenses .  Bayer shall be solely responsible for its own costs and expenses incurred in conducting any activities under the Research Plan or otherwise in support of the Research Program.

 

2.7                                Pre-Clinical and Clinical Supplies .  As part of the Research Plan, Dimension shall be responsible for manufacturing or having manufactured sufficient supplies of GT Products and any Compounds/Vectors needed in the conduct of its activities under the Research Plan.

 

2.8                                Regulatory Matters .  Dimension shall be responsible for, and shall compile, submit and have ownership of, all INDs for any GT Product or component thereof, necessary in order to conduct its activities under the Research Plan, including the POC Trial.  Dimension shall provide to Bayer a copy of all written substantive communications from and with any Regulatory Authority involving a regulatory submission for a GT Product or any Compound/Vector or any other component thereof sufficiently in advance, where feasible, to enable Bayer to have a meaningful opportunity to provide input on the content of such submission and, if requested by Bayer, to participate in scientific advice meetings with the Regulatory Authority related to the GT Product.  Following the conduct of the POC Trial and a GT Product becoming a Licensed GT Product, Dimension shall assign and transfer to Bayer, at Bayer’s expense, any and all such INDs.  Any orphan designation for the Licensed GT Product and/or the Field for which Dimension has filed or intends to file an IND will be in the name of Bayer or one of its Affiliates.

 

2.9                                Materials .  To facilitate the conduct of the Research Plan activities, either Party may provide to the other Party, free of charge, certain biological materials or chemical compounds owned by or licensed to the supplying Party for use by the other Party (such materials or compounds and any progeny and derivatives thereof, collectively, “ Materials ”).  All such Materials shall remain the sole property of the supplying Party, shall be used only in the fulfillment of obligations or exercise of rights under this Agreement and solely under the control of the receiving Party, shall not be used or delivered to or for the benefit of any Third Party without the prior written consent of the supplying Party, and shall not be used in research or testing involving human subjects, unless expressly agreed.

 

2.10                         Research Records and Reports .  Dimension shall maintain complete, current and accurate records and laboratory notebooks of all activities it conducts under the Research Program, and all data and other information resulting from such activities.  Such records shall reflect all work done and results achieved in the performance of the Research Program in good scientific manner (including in accordance with applicable GLP, GMP and GCP, where appropriate in conformance with the Research Plan) as appropriate for regulatory and patent

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

17



 

purposes.  Bayer shall have the right, during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice, to review and copy all such records maintained by Dimension and to obtain access to the originals to the extent necessary or useful for regulatory and patent purposes.

 

2.11                         Licensed GT Products; Demonstration of Clinical POC .

 

2.11.1               Designation .  The Parties intend that during the Research Term and under the Research Plan, Dimension will discover and develop […***…] GT Produc[…***…] and complete a POC Trial for […***…] GT Product, which […***…] GT Product, upon completion (successful or not) of such POC Trial, shall be deemed a “Licensed GT Product” after which point, Bayer’s licenses set forth in Section 5.1 shall apply, and Bayer shall have sole responsibility for further development, manufacture and Commercialization of such Licensed GT Product.

 

2.11.2               Failure to Achieve POC .  In the event […***…] Licensed GT Product is the subject of a POC Trial, but fails to achieve Demonstration of Clinical POC (as determined pursuant to Section 2.11.4), at Bayer’s discretion and request, the Parties shall amend the Research Plan and Research Budget to add activities to identify and develop […***…] GT Product and conduct a POC Trial for such […***…] GT Product (the “ Backup Product ”) and as needed, extend the then-current Research Term to conduct such activities.  Such Backup Product, upon completion of its POC Trial, shall also become a Licensed GT Product, subject to the license grants set forth in Section 5.1, and the Parties shall determine if such Backup Product achieves Demonstration of Clinical POC pursuant to Section 2.11.4.

 

2.11.3               Follow On Products .  If notwithstanding Demonstration of Clinical POC for […***…] Licensed GT Product or […***…] Backup Product, Bayer requests, at any time prior to Bayer’s submission of the first MAA for a Licensed GT Product, that an additional GT Product also be identified and made the subject of an additional POC Trial, the Parties shall discuss in good faith such request, and if mutually agreed, shall either modify the then-current Research Plan and Research Budget to include such activities or (if no Research Plain remains in place) agree a new Research Plan and Research Budget, and […***…], and as necessary the Parties shall extend the Research Term reinstate a Research Term to accommodate such activities, and any such additional GT Product as to which such an additional POC Trial is conducted would be deemed also a Licensed GT Product and subject to Bayer’s license grants set forth in Section 5.1.

 

2.11.4               Determination of Demonstration of Clinical POC .  The process for determining achievement of Demonstration of Clinical POC for a Licensed GT Product shall be as set forth in this Section 2.11.4.  Following completion of the POC Trial for the Licensed GT Product (or, if applicable, the Backup Product), Dimension will present the results of such trial, and all other relevant data, to the JSC and the JSC will act in good faith to apply the criteria set forth in Exhibit E to such data and results and determine if such criteria for Demonstration of Clinical POC have been met.  If the JSC determines that such criteria have been met, then Demonstration of Clinical POC will be deemed to have been achieved and Dimension will invoice Bayer for the applicable milestone payment as set forth and in accordance with Section 6.2.  If the JSC determines that such criteria in Exhibit E have not been met with respect to the

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

18



 

initial Licensed GT Product then the Parties may proceed in accordance with Section 2.11.2.  In the event of any disagreement within the JSC on the application of the criteria set forth in Exhibit E , and/or whether Demonstration of Clinical POC has been achieved, the Parties shall within […***…] of the meeting of the JSC in which it was unable to so determine such achievement, identify and appoint a mutually agreed upon independent industry expert (the “ Expert ”).  In such case, each Party shall provide the Expert with the relevant data as well as a briefing document setting forth specific detailed reasons underlying such Party’s position, and the Expert shall within an additional […***…] following his appointment, apply the criteria and make the determination, in a writing stating his reasons for such position, of whether Demonstration of Clinical POC has been achieved, which determination shall be final and binding on the Parties.  All costs associated with identifying and utilizing such Expert shall be borne equally by the Parties.  Following a positive determination by the Expert that Demonstration of Clinical POC has been achieved, Dimension will invoice Bayer for the applicable milestone payment as set forth and in accordance with Section 6.2.  For the avoidance of doubt, in determining the achievement of Demonstration of Clinical POC hereunder, either by the JSC or the Expert, the criteria stated in Exhibit E shall be strictly applied and shall not be modified in any way.  No opinion as to materiality or relevance of any of the results or data (including their applicability to any particular patient) shall replace or modify the specific figures and other criteria expressly stated in Exhibit E .  Furthermore, the Expert shall make his decision based on the data and briefing documents submitted to him.  If he is unable to make a decision without additional information or data, Demonstration of Clinical POC will be deemed not to have been achieved.

 

2.12                         Transfer of Technology .  Promptly after completion of the POC Trial, Dimension shall, […***…], conduct all necessary technology transfer (including Materials) to Bayer as reasonably necessary for Bayer to practice the licenses granted under Section 5.1 with respect to such Licensed GT Product.

 

2.13                         Completion of the POC Trial .  Wherever used in this Agreement the expression “completion of the POC Trial” shall occur when data base is locked per protocol, which means that all CRFs have been entered and audit has cleared all those entries.

 

ARTICLE 3

LATER STAGE DEVELOPMENT AND COMMERCIALIZATION

 

3.1                                General Responsibilities .  Following completion of the POC Trial with respect to a Licensed GT Product, Bayer shall be solely responsible for (i) the planning and conduct of all later development of such Licensed GT Product in the Field in the Territory, (ii) all regulatory submissions and approvals (including all INDs and MAAs) for such Licensed GT Product and interactions with regulatory authorities, (iii) the selection of the countries in the Territory in which Bayer will pursue and maintain Regulatory Approvals, including at a minimum the U.S.  and at least […***…] Major Market Countr[…***…]; and (iv) Commercialization of such Licensed GT Product in the Territory, all at its sole expense.

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

19



 

3.2                                Development Activities .

 

3.2.1                      Bayer’s Efforts .  Following completion of the POC Trial with respect to a Licensed GT Product, Bayer, itself or through one or more Affiliates or Sublicensees, shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to conduct a Pivotal Trial and such other clinical development activities as are required to obtain Regulatory Approval in the U.S.  and at least […***…] Major Market Countr[…***…] in the Territory for the Licensed GT Product.  Bayer shall ensure that no consultant, subcontractor or other vendor it instructs in connection with such development is or has been debarred by the FDA (or other Regulatory Authority outside the U.S.) pursuant to its authority under Sections 306(a) and (b) of the U.S.  Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C.  §335(a) and (b)) (or analogous provisions outside the U.S.), or is the subject of any investigation or proceeding which may result in such debarment by the FDA (or other Regulatory Authority in countries outside the U.S.).

 

3.2.2                      Regulatory Submissions and Approvals .  Bayer shall be solely responsible for filing for and shall own all Regulatory Approvals and submissions therefor.  To the extent permitted by applicable Laws, Bayer shall permit Dimension to attend in an observatory capacity only all meetings with Regulatory Authorities in the U.S., to the extent related to a Licensed GT Product, including, but not limited to, all in-person meetings and all telephone conferences.

 

3.2.3                      Updates .  Bayer shall update the JSC on its progress in obtaining Regulatory Approval of the Licensed GT Product, including providing to the JSC in advance of its meeting a written summary (which may be in presentation style) that includes sufficient detail for Dimension’s representatives to understand the activities planned by Bayer and Bayer’s anticipated timelines for performing such activities, and any material interactions with Regulatory Authorities.  In addition, each Party shall immediately notify the other of any information it receives regarding any threatened or pending action, inspection or communication by or from any Third Party, including a Regulatory Authority, that may materially affect the development, manufacturing, Commercialization or regulatory status of a Licensed GT Product.

 

3.2.4                      PV Agreement .  If requested by Bayer the Parties will enter into an Agreement setting forth the specific procedures to be used by the Parties to coordinate the investigation and exchange of reports of adverse drug experiences and product complaints with respect to Licensed GT Products to ensure timely communication to Regulatory Authorities and compliance with Laws.

 

3.3                                Commercialization .

 

3.3.1                      Responsibilities .  Bayer will have the exclusive right to conduct, and be solely responsible for, all aspects of the Commercialization of Licensed GT Products in the Field in the Territory, including:  (a) developing and executing a commercial launch and pre-launch plan, (b) negotiating with applicable governmental authorities regarding the price and reimbursement status of Licensed GT Products; (c) marketing and promotion; (d) booking sales and distribution and performance of related services; (e) handling all aspects of order processing, invoicing and collection, inventory and receivables; and (f) providing customer support, including handling medical queries, and performing other related functions.  As between the Parties, Bayer shall bear all of its costs and expenses incurred in connection with such Commercialization activities.

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

20


 

3.3.2                      Compliance .  Bayer shall be responsible for conforming its practices and procedures to applicable Laws relating to the marketing, detailing and promotion of Licensed GT Products and/or Licensed Treatments in the Territory.

 

3.4                                Manufacturing Assistance .  From and after completion of the POC Trial, Bayer shall be responsible for the manufacture of the Licensed GT Products for clinical or commercial use, including any process development and scale up.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in sufficient advance of any Phase II/III Trial by Bayer (including prior to completion of the POC Trial), Dimension and Bayer shall meet and discuss and, if Bayer considers it appropriate, engage ReGenX and any other necessary Third Parties for purposes of developing processes necessary to enable Bayer’s commercial manufacturing of the Licensed GT Product for use in the Field.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

GOVERNANCE

 

4.1                                Joint Steering Committee .

 

4.1.1                      Formation and Dissolution .  The JSC shall be formed as soon as possible, but no later than […***…] following the Effective Date of this Agreement and, unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, shall dissolve at the time of initial Regulatory Approval in the U.S., or earlier should Dimension elect to discontinue the JSC following Demonstration of Clinical POC.  The JSC shall be comprised of […***…] representatives from each Party.  If mutually agreed by the JSC members on a case-by-case basis, the JSC may invite other non-members to participate in the discussions and meetings of the JSC, provided that such participants shall have no voting authority at the JSC.  Each Party may substitute its representative from time-to-time effective only upon the consent of the other Party, not to be unreasonably withheld.  The JSC shall have no permanent chairman.

 

4.1.2                      Responsibilities .  The JSC shall be responsible for overseeing the overall collaboration established under this Agreement, and to that end, for (i) creating and maintaining a collaborative work environment within and among the Parties, and (ii) addressing any disputes as they may arise in the JRDC and (iii) determining whether Demonstration of Clinical POC has been achieved, and (iv) unless otherwise specified, serving as the initial point of contact to resolve any disputes between the Parties.  The JSC will have solely the powers assigned to it in this Article 4 and elsewhere expressly in this Agreement, and will not have any power to amend, modify, or waive compliance with this Agreement.

 

4.1.3                      Meetings .  The JSC shall meet in person or by teleconference not less than […***…] during the Research Term, and thereafter, once […***…] until dissolution.  Meetings of the JSC shall be alternately hosted by the Parties on such dates and at such times, places and format ( i.e .  whether the meeting will be in person or by teleconference) as agreed to by the members of the JSC; provided , that at least one meeting in each calendar year during the Research Term shall be in person.  Dimension shall host the first meeting of the JSC at a mutually agreeable time and place no later than […***…] from the Effective Date of this

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

21



 

Agreement.  Each Party shall be responsible for all its own expenses relating to attendance at or participation in JSC meetings.  The representatives shall alternate acting as chairman of each meeting, and in that capacity shall be responsible for sending out in advance the agenda for any such meeting and minuting the results of such meeting for review and approval within […***…] after each JSC meeting.  Such minutes shall be deemed approved unless one or more members of the JSC objects to the accuracy of such minutes within […***…] of receipt.  For the avoidance of doubt, the chairman shall have no casting vote.  Meetings of the JSC shall be effective only if at least one (1) representative of each Party is present or participating in such meeting.

 

4.1.4                      Decision-Making .  The JSC will strive to reach consensus in all decisions before it.  The representative from each Party will have one (1) vote on behalf of that Party.  The representatives serving on the JSC shall use good faith efforts to seek consensus in the JSC’s decision making process and to make decisions that are consistent with the then existing Operating Plan and Research Plan.  In the event such consensus is not obtained within […***…] of the JSC reviewing and discussing an issue, (a) until completion of the POC Trial Dimension’s representative shall have final say with respect to any decision involving any amendment to, or the conduct of any activities under, the Research Plan, Research Budget, or any Operating Plan; provided that Dimension’s representatives shall not have the right in the exercise of such final say to amend, revise or extend the Research Plan or Research Budget in a manner that (i) changes the primary and secondary endpoints of the POC Trial; (ii) imposes any material additional obligations on Bayer or (iii) results in any Cost Overrun or increases the overall Research Budget by more than […***…] of the then-current Research Budget; and (b) […***…] representative shall have the final say with respect to any decision involving development activities as outlined in Section 3.2, or Commercialization as outlined in Section 3.3, or any manufacture of Licensed GT Products following completion of the POC Trial.  For clarity, the determination of whether Demonstration of Clinical POC has been achieved for a Licensed GT Product will be in accordance with Section 2.11.4.  Following Demonstration of Clinical POC the JSC will function primarily as an information exchange forum and the existence of the JSC and Bayer’s participation therein does not affect any decision-making discretion or right that Bayer otherwise possesses under this Agreement,

 

4.2                                Joint Research and Development Committee .

 

4.2.1                      Formation .  The Parties shall form a Joint Research and Development Committee as soon as possible after the Effective Date, but no later than […***…] following the Effective Date of this Agreement.  The JRDC shall be comprised of an equal number of representatives from each Party.  If mutually agreed by all JRDC members, the JRDC may invite non-members (including ReGenX personnel) to participate in the discussions and meetings of the JRDC, provided that such participants shall have no voting authority at the JRDC.  Each Party shall notify the other Party in writing of its initial representatives to the JRDC within […***…] after the Effective Date, and may substitute one or more representatives from time-to-time effective upon written notice to the other Party, provided that such representatives are suitably qualified and experienced for the tasks and responsibilities to be fulfilled.  A designated representative of Dimension will be the chairman of the JRDC, and in such capacity, he/she shall be responsible for setting the agenda for meetings of the JRDC, with input from the other

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

22



 

members, and for conducting the meetings of the JRDC.  Except as stated above the chairman will have no casting vote.

 

4.2.2                      Responsibilities .  The JRDC shall be responsible for oversight of the conduct of research and development under the Research Plan during the Research Term.  In addition to the foregoing general responsibilities, the JRDC shall in particular:

 

(a)                                  Review, discuss and approve any proposed Operating Plan or the Research Budget and timelines in the Research Plan and under each Operating Plan, or amendments thereto,

 

(b)                                  manage the overall strategy for the research and development of potential Licensed GT Products under the Research Plan

 

(c)                                   prioritize GT Products for further research and development under the Research Plan,

 

(d)                                  determine criteria to be set forth in the Research Plan for selection of a development candidate with respect to a GT Product, and whether such criteria have been met,

 

(e)                                   make decisions on whether and how to continue activities under the Research Plan at each decision point set forth in such Research Plan, based on the then-available data and results and consistent with the criteria set forth in such Research Plan,

 

(f)                                    oversee Dimension’s efforts to obtain any and all requisite INDs with respect to any development candidate GT Products,

 

(g)                                   perform such other functions as appropriate to further the purposes of the Research Program, as expressly set forth in this Agreement or as determined by the Parties in writing,

 

(h)                                  be responsible for ensuring the submission of clinical trial information by Dimension, as sponsor, to relevant public databases (e.g.  ClinicalTrials.gov) when legally required and ensuring consistency between all postings.  In addition (and at a minimum), the JRDC will ensure compliance with the requirements of the latest version of “Joint Position on the Disclosure of Clinical Trial Information via Clinical Trial Registries and Databases” as defined by IPFMA, PhRMA, EFPIA, and JAMA will be followed for all trials globally; and

 

(i)                                      agree on a publication strategy based on the Parties’ normal practices and policies.

 

The JRDC will have solely the powers assigned to it in this Article 4 and elsewhere expressly in this Agreement, and will not have any power to amend, modify, or waive compliance with this Agreement.

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

23



 

4.2.3                      Meetings .  The JRDC shall meet at least […***…] per Calendar Quarter, unless the Parties mutually agree in writing to a different frequency for such meetings.  Either Party may also call a special meeting of the JRDC (by videoconference or teleconference) by at least […***…] prior written notice to the other Party in the event such Party reasonably believes that a significant matter must be addressed prior to the next regularly scheduled meeting, and such Party shall provide the JRDC, no later than […***…] prior to the special meeting, with materials reasonably adequate to enable an informed decision.  No later than […***…] prior to any meeting of the JRDC, the chairperson of the JRDC shall prepare and circulate an agenda for such meeting; provided, however, that either Party may propose additional topics to be included on such agenda, either prior to or in the course of such meeting.  The JRDC may meet in person, by videoconference or by teleconference, provided, however, at least […***…] shall be in person unless the Parties mutually agree in writing to waive such requirement in lieu of a videoconference or teleconference.  In-person JRDC meetings shall be held at locations alternately selected by Dimension and by Bayer.  Each Party shall bear the expense of its respective JRDC members’ participation in JRDC meetings.  Meetings of the JRDC shall be effective only if at least one (1) representative of each Party is present or participating in such meeting.  The chairperson of the JRDC shall be responsible for preparing reasonably detailed written minutes of all JRDC meetings that reflect, without limitation, all material decisions made at such meetings.  The JRDC chairperson shall send draft meeting minutes to each member of the JRDC for review and approval within […***…] after each JRDC meeting.  Such minutes shall be deemed approved unless one or more members of the JRDC objects to the accuracy of such minutes within […***…] of receipt.

 

4.2.4                      Decision-Making .  The JRDC will strive to reach consensus in all decisions before it.  The representatives from each Party will have, collectively, one (1) vote on behalf of that Party.  The representatives serving on the JRDC shall use good faith efforts to seek consensus in the JRDC’s decision making process.  In the event such consensus is not obtained within […***…] of the JRDC reviewing and discussing an issue, the matter may be referred by either Party to the JSC for resolution, in which forum Dimension’s representatives shall have the final say with respect to such decision or dispute; provided that Dimension’s representatives shall not have the right in the exercise of such final say to amend, revise or extend the Research Plan in a manner that (i) imposes any material additional obligations on […***…] or (ii) results in any Cost Overrun.

 

4.2.5                      Discontinuation of the JRDC .  The JRDC shall continue to exist until the first to occur of (a) expiration of the Research Term, or (b) the Parties mutually agreeing to disband the JRDC.  After the JRDC is disbanded, any decisions previously within its purview shall be decisions between the Parties, but governed by the decision making rules set forth in Section 4.2.4 as they apply to a Party’s representatives on the JRDC.

 

4.3                                Joint Project Team .  Within […***…] following dissolution of the JSC, the Parties agree to form a joint project team (the “ Joint Project Team ” or “ JPT ”).  The JPT’s purpose will be to facilitate the exchange of information with respect to (a) the commercialization, including reimbursement strategies, regarding the Licensed GT Product and Licensed Treatment and Dimension’s gene therapy products, in particular, in the field of Hemophilia B, and (b) the continued clinical development of the Licensed GT Product post

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

24



 

Regulatory Approval.  The JPT shall meet at least every […***…] either telephonically or in person, unless the Parties mutually agree in writing to a different frequency for such meetings.  For clarity, the JPT functions primarily as an information exchange forum and does not affect any decision-making discretion or right that Bayer otherwise possesses under this Agreement.

 

4.4                                Alliance Manager .  Each of Dimension and Bayer shall appoint a representative who possesses a general understanding of clinical, regulatory, manufacturing and marketing issues to act as its Alliance Manager (“ Alliance Manager ”).  Each Alliance Manager will be responsible for:

 

(a)                                  coordinating the various functional activities of Dimension and Bayer, as described in this Agreement;

 

(b)                                  providing single-point communication for seeking consensus both within the respective Party’s organization and with the other Party’s organization regarding key issues, as appropriate, including facilitating review of external corporate communications; and

 

(c)                                   identifying and raising cross-Party and/or cross-functional disputes to the appropriate committee or management in a timely manner.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

LICENSE GRANT; EXCLUSIVITY; NEGOTIATION RIGHTS

 

5.1                                License Grant .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the Retained Rights, Dimension hereby grants to Bayer (a) an exclusive (even as to Dimension), sublicensable (as provided in Section 5.6 only), non-transferable (except as provided in Section 13.2), royalty-bearing license, under the Licensed Technology to make, have made, use, administer, monitor, import, sell, and offer for sale Licensed GT Products and Licensed Treatments, solely in the Field; and (b) a non-exclusive, sublicensable, non-transferable (except as provided in Section 13.2), […***…] license under Dimension Manufacturing Patents to manufacture or have manufactured Licensed GT Product, Licensed Treatment or any Compound/Vector used therein, solely in the Field.

 

5.2                                Upstream Retained Rights for Hemophilia A .  Notwithstanding the licenses granted in Section 5.1, Bayer acknowledges and agrees that, ReGenX’s direct and indirect licensors retain the following rights:  to the extent any Sublicensed Technology pertains to recombinant adeno-associated virus serotype 8, an exclusive, sublicensable right to make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale, and import products for the treatment of hemophilia A.

 

5.3                                Other Retained Rights .  Except for the rights and licenses specified in Section 5.1, no license or other rights are granted to Bayer under any intellectual property of Dimension or ReGenX, whether by implication, estoppel, or otherwise, whether, in the case of ReGenX, any such intellectual property dominates or is dominated by the Licensed Technology.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Dimension may use and permit

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

25



 

others to use the Licensed Technology for any research, development, commercial, or other purposes, outside of the Field.  Dimension shall use reasonable efforts and impose conditions on any of its licensees to whom it grants rights outside the Field to prevent use (intentional or unintentional) of the Licensed Technology inside the Field.  Without limiting the foregoing, and notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Bayer acknowledges and understands that ReGenX and its direct and indirect licensors retain the rights under the Sublicensed Technology set forth in Exhibit C (individually and collectively, the “ Retained Rights ”).

 

5.4                                Regained Rights .  The Parties acknowledge that the Retained Rights with respect to hemophilia A set forth in Section 5.2 are excluded from this Agreement because of currently existing rights granted by ReGenX to other licensees or Third Parties.  If ReGenX (and subsequently Dimension, pursuant to the ReGenX Agreement) regains the rights described in Section 5.2, following Dimension’s receipt of notification from ReGenX of such event, Dimension will notify Bayer of same, together with a description of the rights granted or regained, in which case, such rights will no longer be considered Retained Rights, and the license granted to Bayer under Section 5.1(a) with respect to Sublicensed Technology will no longer be subject to such Retained Rights.

 

5.5                                Government Rights .  Bayer acknowledges that, pursuant to Title 35 of the United States Code, Sections 200-204, the United States government may retain certain rights in intellectual property contained within the Sublicensed Technology if it has been funded in whole or part under any contract, grant, or similar agreement with a federal agency.  The license grant hereunder is expressly subject to any applicable United States government rights, including any applicable requirement that products resulting from such intellectual property sold in the United States must be substantially manufactured in the United States absent, with respect to such manufacturing requirement, a waiver of such requirement obtained from the applicable governmental agency.  At Bayer’s request Dimension will assist Bayer and provide necessary documentation and support in order to obtain such a waiver.

 

5.6                                Sublicensing .

 

5.6.1                      Right to Sublicense .  The licenses granted pursuant to Section 5.1 are sublicensable (a) by Bayer to any Affiliates without prior consent by Dimension, or (b) by Bayer to any Third Parties upon Dimension’s prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld); provided that any such sublicense (to an Affiliate or to a Third Party) must comply with the provisions of this Section 5.6 (including Section 5.6.2).  The use, marketing and sale of Licensed Treatment by Bayer’s Affiliates shall be deemed to be use, marketing and sale by Bayer and shall not require a sublicense.

 

5.6.2                      Conditions .  The right to sublicense granted to Bayer under this Agreement is subject to the following conditions as they relate to sublicenses of the Sublicensed Technology:

 

(a)                                  Bayer may only grant sublicenses to Third Parties through multiple tiers pursuant to a written sublicense agreement with the Sublicensee.

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

26



 

Dimension must receive written notice as soon as practicable following execution of any such sublicenses with Third Parties.

 

(b)                                  In each sublicense agreement, the Sublicensee must be required to comply with the terms and conditions of this Agreement to the same extent as Bayer has agreed and, in each sublicense agreement with a Third Party, must acknowledge that ReGenX is an express third party beneficiary of such terms and conditions under such sublicense agreement; provided that nothing shall prevent Bayer from granting sublicenses of more limited scope than Bayer’s rights, e.g ., in a more limited territory, field of use, or

 

(c)                                   The official language of any sublicense agreement with a Third Party shall be English.

 

(d)                                  Within […***…] after entering into a sublicense with a Third Party, Dimension must receive a copy of the sublicense written in the English language for Dimension’s records and to share with ReGenX and its licensors under the Existing Licenses.  The copy of the sublicense may be redacted to exclude confidential information of the applicable Sublicensee or of Bayer to the extent not relevant to Dimension or ReGenX, but such copy shall not be redacted to the extent that it impairs Dimension’s (or ReGenX’s or any of its licensors’) ability to ensure compliance with this Agreement.

 

(e)                                   With respect to sublicense agreements with Affiliates, Bayer shall notify /Dimension of the identity of all such Affiliates to which a sublicense is granted, and upon any request of ReGenX, shall provide to ReGenX a copy of such sublicense, in English, within […***…], for ReGenX to send GSK and UPenn.

 

(f)                                    Notwithstanding subsections (d) and (e) above, Bayer acknowledges and agrees that in the event any of ReGenX’s licensors under the Existing Licenses have a contractual right to require, and do require, a complete, unredacted copy of Bayer’s sublicense agreement granted under this Section 5.6, then Bayer will provide such complete, unredacted copy.

 

5.6.3                      Bayer’s execution of a sublicense agreement will not relieve Bayer of any of its obligations under this Agreement.  Bayer is and shall remain primarily liable to Dimension for all of Bayer’s duties and obligations contained in this Agreement and for any act or omission of an Affiliate or Sublicensee that would be a breach of this Agreement if performed or omitted by Bayer, and Bayer will be deemed to be in breach of this Agreement as a result of such act or omission.

 

5.7                                Bayer’s Improvements .

 

5.7.1                      Grant Back .  Bayer hereby grants to Dimension a non-exclusive, worldwide, […***…], transferable, sublicensable, irrevocable, perpetual license:

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

27



 

(a)                                  to use any Licensed Back Improvements (and any intellectual property rights with respect thereto) consummate in scope to the Retained Rights; and

 

(b)                                  to practice the Licensed Back Improvements (and any intellectual property rights with respect thereto) in connection with any recombinant adeno-associated virus vectors, including the right to research, develop, make, have made, use, offer for sale, and sell products and services; provided that, during the term of this Agreement, Dimension and its sublicensees shall have no right under the license in this Section 5.7.1(b) to practice the Licensed Back Improvements in the Field except as necessary to carry out Dimension’s obligations hereunder..

 

5.7.2                      Notice .  Bayer agrees to provide prompt notice to Dimension upon the filing of any patent application covering any Licensed Back Improvement, together with a reasonably detailed description of or access to such Licensed Back Improvement to permit the practice of any such invention or improvement.

 

5.8                                ReGenX Improvements .  Dimension agrees to provide notice to Bayer promptly following receipt of notice from ReGenX of the filing of any patent application covering any ReGenX Improvement, together with such description of or access to such ReGenX Improvement as is received by Dimension from ReGenX to permit the practice of any such improvement.  Upon Dimension’s receipt of notice from ReGenX of the filing of any patent application covering any ReGenX Improvement, Sublicensed Patents in Exhibit A attached hereto will be modified to add such patent application.

 

5.9                                Covenants Related to ReGenX Agreement .  During the term of this Agreement, without the prior written consent of Bayer Dimension agrees not to exercise its right to terminate and will not amend the ReGenX Agreement if such termination or amendment would materially or adversely alter the rights of Bayer under this Agreement.  In addition, Dimension agrees that it shall not agree to any exercise by ReGenX of its right to terminate the Existing Licenses without first consulting with and obtaining the consent of, Bayer, except to the extent any such termination is in part and relates only to Sublicensed Technology uses outside the Field […***…].

 

5.10                         Third Party Beneficiary .  Bayer agrees and acknowledges that ReGenX is an express third party beneficiary of the terms and conditions of this Agreement as they relate to the terms and conditions of the ReGenX Agreement.

 

5.11                         Exclusivity .

 

5.11.1               Dimension .  Dimension hereby covenants that Dimension shall not, alone or in collaboration with a Third Party, (a) during the Research Term conduct clinical development of, and (b) during the term of this Agreement Commercialize, […***…], other than the Compounds/Vectors, GT Products and Licensed GT Products in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

28



 

5.11.2               Bayer .  Bayer hereby covenants that (a) during the term of this Agreement, and (b) for a period of […***…] after termination of this Agreement if terminated by Bayer for convenience pursuant to Section 9.2, Bayer and its Affiliates, either on their own or in collaboration with a Third Party, shall not conduct clinical development of or Commercialize […***…], other than the Licensed GT Products or any Compound/Vector used therein under this

 

5.12                         Hemophilia B Program .

 

5.12.1               Dimension’s Rights .  Bayer acknowledges and understands that Dimension intends to develop and, if successful, Commercialize one or more gene therapy treatments for hemophilia B utilizing the Sublicensed Technology (the “ Hemophilia B Program ”).  Subject to Dimension’s obligations under Sections 5.12.2 and 5.12.3, as between the Parties, Dimension shall have all rights, and be solely responsible for […***…], to (i) pursue any such development or Commercialization activities with respect to such Hemophilia B Program and any products arising therefrom, (ii) enter into any licensing, asset sale, distribution, collaboration or other similar arrangements with any Third Party with respect to such Hemophilia B Program, or (iii) elect to terminate and not pursue any such Hemophilia B Program and revert such rights, as and to the extent required, to ReGenX pursuant to the ReGenX Agreement.

 

5.12.2               Right of First Notice .  If, during the period commencing on […***…] and ending on […***…] (“ Notice Period ”), Dimension elects for the first time to enter into discussions with a Third Party for rights to develop and Commercialize (or just to Commercialize) products arising out of its Hemophilia B Program in any country of the Territory, Dimension shall provide Bayer with […***…], and Bayer will have a period of […***…] in which to inform Dimension of its potential interest in negotiating for such rights (the “ Expression of Interest Notice ”).  Dimension shall review any such Expression of Interest Notice […***…], and […***…].  Nothing in this Section 5.12.2 shall obligate Dimension or Bayer to enter into any license or other arrangement with respect to the Hemophilia B Program.  For clarity, Dimension’s obligation to provide written notice to Bayer under this Section 5.12.2 shall only apply […***…].

 

5.12.3               Rights Post POC Trial .  If, after […***…], Bayer desires to enter into negotiations with Dimension with respect to obtaining rights to develop and Commercialize products arising out of its Hemophilia B Program in any country of the Territory, it shall have the one-time right to so notify Dimension in writing, and upon receipt of such notice Dimension shall, within […***…], notify Bayer in writing whether and to what extent Dimension still retains such rights to the Hemophilia B Program in the Territory (the “ Availability Notice ”), and upon receipt of such Availability Notice, Bayer may elect to deliver to Dimension, within […***…], a notice of its interest in entering into negotiations with Dimension for a license to such then-remaining rights held by Dimension (the “ Negotiation Notice ”).  Upon receipt of such Negotiation Notice, Dimension and Bayer shall negotiate in good faith the terms of such a potential license agreement for such then-remaining rights, for a period of […***…] (or longer or fewer, to the extent the Parties agree to extend or terminate such discussions mutually) a term sheet or letter of intent with the level of detail similar to that of the term sheet exchanged between the Parties with respect to this Agreement and the Licensed GT Products, and

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

29



 

Dimension shall not enter into any license or other arrangement with a Third Party for such rights until the lapse of such […***…] period.  Nothing in this Section 5.12.3 shall obligate Dimension or Bayer to enter into any license or other arrangement with respect to the Hemophilia B Program.

 

5.12.4               Consultation .  Without limiting Sections 5.12.2 and 5.12.3, the Parties agree to consult with one another within the JSC and the JPT, and to the extent they determine, each in its sole discretion and to the extent allowed by applicable Law, that coordinating and communicating to one another with respect to their development, regulatory and Commercialization activities in the Field and in the field of hemophilia B gene therapy treatments, would be likely to have a positive impact on the advancement of the regulatory pathway and Commercialization of gene therapy treatments for hemophilia generally.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

CONSIDERATION

 

6.1                                License Fee .  In consideration of the licenses granted to Bayer under Section 5.1, Bayer shall pay to Dimension a non-refundable, non-creditable license fee of Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000) within […***…] of receipt of an invoice therefor, which such invoice may be delivered to Bayer on or after the Effective Date.

 

6.2                                Development and Commercial Milestone Payments .  Bayer shall make the following one-time development milestone payments to Dimension in connection with the first achievement by Bayer or its Affiliates or Sublicensees of the following development and commercial events.  Bayer shall pay to Dimension the applicable amount within […***…] of receipt of an invoice issued no earlier than the date of such achievement.  Dimension shall provide written notice to Bayer of the occurrence of any of the […***…] milestones set forth below, and Bayer shall provide written notice to Dimension of the occurrence of any of the […***…] milestones, in each case no later than […***…] following the occurrence of the relevant milestone.  The […***…] milestone, “[…***…],” shall be determined as set forth in Section 2.11.4.

 

No.

 

Development Milestone Event

 

Milestone Payment

 

1

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

2

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

3

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

4

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

5

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

6

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

7

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

8

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

 

 

Total

 

[…***…]

 

 


       The specific required criteria known as “D4” are, as of the Effective Date, set forth in that certain email communication from Bayer to Dimension dated April 30, 2014.

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

30


 

Each milestone payment is payable […***…], regardless of the number of times the corresponding event is achieved by a Licensed GT Product and/or Licensed Treatment and regardless of the number of Licensed GT Products and/or Licensed Treatments to achieve such event.  Under no circumstances shall Bayer be obligated to pay Dimension more than […***…] pursuant to this Section 6.2.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties acknowledge and agree that, (a) with respect to Milestone […***…] above, in the event that some but not all of the criteria for […***…] are met for a Licensed Product and/or Licensed Treatment, such that there is no current achievement of […***…] as defined, then to the extent the subsequent milestone event (i.e., Milestone […***…]) is achieved at a later date for such Licensed Product and/or Licensed Treatment, […***…] shall be deemed to have occurred at such later date and the corresponding milestone payments for both Milestone […***…] and Milestone […***…] shall be paid together; and (b) if the […***…], then all development milestone events relating to […***…] shall be deemed to have been met.  To that end, if for any reason, any such related milestone payments have not been made, such milestone payments shall be due and owing upon […***…].  For example:  if […***…] and any of Milestone Events […***…] or […***…] have not been paid for any reason, all such unpaid milestones shall be paid together with the payment of the milestone payment for the achievement of development Milestone Event […***…].

 

6.3                                Sales Milestones .  Bayer shall make the following one-time sales milestone payments to Dimension when the aggregate annual Net Sales of all Licensed Treatments in all countries in the Territory by Bayer and its Affiliates and Sublicensees in a calendar year first reach the amount specified below.  Bayer shall pay to Dimension such amount within […***…] following receipt of an invoice issued no earlier than the date of Bayer’s notice of such achievement.  Bayer shall provide written notice to Dimension within […***…] in which such event is achieved for the first time.

 

Sales Milestone Event

 

Milestone Payment

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

Total

 

[…***…]

 

 

Under no circumstances shall Bayer be obligated to pay Dimension more than […***…] pursuant to this Section 6.3.  For the avoidance of doubt, more than one of the foregoing milestones with respect to the relevant aggregate Net Sales may occur in any given calendar year.  For illustrative purposes only, […***…].

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

31



 

6.4                                Royalties .

 

6.4.1                      Royalty Rates .  Bayer shall pay to Dimension during the Royalty Term royalties on aggregate annual Net Sales of all Licensed Treatments in the Field in the Territory, as calculated by multiplying the applicable royalty rate below by the corresponding amount of incremental Net Sales of all such Licensed Treatments in the Territory in each calendar year:

 

Aggregate Annual Net Sales

 

Royalty Percentage

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

%

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

%

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

%

 

6.4.2                      Royalty Term .  Bayer’s obligation hereunder for payment of a royalty under this Section 6.4 on the Net Sales of Licensed Treatments in a given country will commence on the First Commercial Sale of such Licensed Treatment, and end on a Licensed Treatment-by-Licensed Treatment and country-by-country basis upon the later to occur of:  (a) the date when […***…] (b) […***…] from the date of First Commercial Sale of the Licensed Treatment (the “ Royalty Term ”).

 

6.4.3                      Biosimilar Treatment .  Upon entry of one or more Biosimilar Treatments in a country in the Territory, and where the total number of patients in such country receiving Biosimilar Treatments as their initial treatment reaches, in […***…], a market share of […***…] or greater of the total number of patients in such country receiving as their initial treatment, either Licensed Treatment or a Biosimilar Treatment (the “ Biosimilar Market Trigger Event ”), the Net Sales of Licensed Treatments in such country shall be reduced […***…] before including same into total Net Sales in all countries in the Territory for the purpose of calculating the applicable royalty rates set forth in this Section 6.4.  It is expressly understood and agreed, however, that (a) no such deduction to Net Sales shall apply to a Licensed Treatment (or its associated Licensed Treatment Monitoring Sales) to the extent the Licensed Treatment Administration Sale of such Licensed Treatment in such country occurred […***…], and (b) such reduction shall cease in the event the foregoing […***…] or greater market share condition is no longer satisfied in such country.  All such determinations of patients shall be based upon a mutually acceptable calculation method using market share data provided by a reputable and mutually agreed upon provider, such as IMS Health, or similar data provider in countries where IMS Health is not operating.

 

6.4.4                      Royalty Stacking .  If Bayer reasonably determines in good faith that it is necessary to obtain either (i) a license from one or more Third Parties to make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell and/or import Licensed GT Products in the Field in one or more countries in the Territory, which such license is for a patent reasonably believed by Bayer to dominate one or more claims of Licensed Patents in existence as of the Effective Date and covering the Licensed GT Product, or (ii) a license under one or more process patents to make or have made the Licensed GT Product, and where, but for such license, Bayer would not be lawfully able to manufacture the Licensed GT Product, then in either or both cases, the amount of Bayer’s royalty payments under Section 6.4 with respect to Net Sales for such Licensed GT Product for a given period shall be reduced by […***…] of the amount of the payments paid under such other license(s) for that same period; provided that such Third Party payments are attributable to sales made by Bayer or its Affiliates or Sublicensees that are used in the calculation of Net Sales on

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

32



 

which Bayer’s royalty payment obligation to Dimension is based.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the adjustment of royalties under this Section 6.4.4 will in no event reduce the royalty rate to less than […***…] of the applicable rate set forth in Section 6.4.1.

 

6.4.5                      ReGenX Obligations .  […***…] shall be responsible for any and all payments owed to ReGenX pursuant to the ReGenX Agreement.

 

6.5                                Reports and Records .

 

6.5.1                      Bayer must deliver to Dimension within […***…] after the end of each […***…] after the First Commercial Sale of a Licensed Treatment a report setting forth the calculation of the royalties due to Dimension for such […***…], including:

 

(a)                                  Number of Licensed Treatments included within Net Sales, listed by

 

(b)                                  Licensed Treatment Sales and Net Sales of Licensed Treatments listed by country;

 

(c)                                   Royalties owed to Dimension, listed by category.

 

6.5.2                      Upon receipt of an invoice, Bayer shall pay the royalties due under Section 6.4.  If invoices are received by Bayer at the below address by […***…], then payments shall be made by the […***…].  If invoices are received by Bayer at the below address after […***…], then payments shall be made by […***…].

 

6.5.3                      Bayer shall maintain and require its Affiliates and all Sublicensees to maintain, complete and accurate books and records that enable the royalties, fees, and payments payable under this Agreement to be verified.  The records must be maintained for (a) […***…] with respect to Bayer and its Sublicensees, and (b) […***…] with respect to Bayer’s Affiliates, in each case after the submission of each report under Article 6.  No more frequently than once during each calendar year during the term of this Agreement and the […***…]  period thereafter, Bayer will permit Dimension’s (or as applicable, ReGenX’s or its licensors under the Existing Licenses) auditors from any auditing firm to which Bayer has no reasonable objection, and with at least […***…] advance notice at any time during normal business hours, accompanied at all times, to inspect, audit and copy reasonable amounts of relevant accounts and records of Bayer and its Affiliates and reports submitted to Bayer and its Affiliates from Sublicensees, for the sole purpose of verifying the accuracy of the calculation of payments to Dimension pursuant to this Section 6.5.  The accounts, records and reports related to any particular period of time may only be audited one time under this Section 6.5.  Dimension will cause its auditors not to provide Dimension with any copies of such accounts, records or reports and not to disclose to Dimension any information other than information relating solely to the accuracy of the accounting and payments made by Bayer pursuant to this Section.  Dimension will cause its auditors to promptly provide a copy of their report to Bayer.  If such audit determines that payments are due to Dimension, Bayer will, following receipt of an invoice, pay to Dimension any such additional amounts within […***…] after the date on which such

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

33



 

auditor’s written report is delivered to Bayer and Dimension, unless such audit report is disputed by Bayer, in which case the dispute will be resolved in accordance with Section 13.6.  If such audit determines that Bayer has overpaid any amounts to Dimension, Dimension will refund any such overpaid amounts to Bayer within […***…] after the date on which such auditor’s written report is delivered to Bayer and Dimension.  Any such inspection of records will be at Dimension’s expense unless such audit discloses a deficiency in the payments made by Bayer (whether for itself or on behalf of its Affiliates) of more than […***…] of the aggregate amount payable for the relevant period, in which case Bayer will bear the cost of such audit.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in and without limiting the foregoing, Bayer acknowledges and agrees that it may also be subject to the separate access or audit rights of ReGenX’s licensors in accordance with the terms of the Existing Licenses, and if such a licensor exercises such access or audit rights, the provisions of Section 3.5.4 of the ReGenX Agreement will govern, unless such licensor otherwise consents to applying the provisions of this Section 6.5.3.  Dimension acknowledges the disruption and effort required to provide information to be disclosed during an audit, and Dimension shall endeavor to avoid multiple audits covering the same audit period.  Without prejudice to the foregoing, Dimension shall not conduct an audit of any period for which ReGenX or any of the licensors under the Existing Licenses have already conducted an audit or have given notice that they intend to conduct such an audit.  In addition, Dimension shall enforce any rights it has under the ReGenX Agreement to limit the scope of any audit that might be demanded pursuant to the ReGenX Agreement.

 

6.6                                Payment Currency, Interest .

 

6.6.1                      Payment Address .  All invoices shall be sent to the following address:

 

Bayer HealthCare
Pharma West Coast
Attn:  […***…]
PO Box 416
Pittsburgh PA 15230
USA

 

6.6.2                      Payments made by Wire Transfer .  All payments made to Dimension under the Agreement shall be made by wire transfer to the following bank account, or such other bank account as notified by Dimension to Bayer from time to time:

 

Domestic Wire Transfer (originating in the U.S.) :
[…***…]

[…***…]

[…***…]

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

International Wire Transfer :
[…***…]

[…***…]

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

34



 

[…***…]

[…***…]

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

6.6.3                      All dollar amounts referred to in this Agreement are expressed in United States dollars.  All payments to Dimension under this Agreement must be made in United States dollars.

 

6.6.4                      Net Sales made in currencies other than USD will be converted into USD using the average exchange rate for the applicable […***…] as for Bayer’s internal accounting and reporting process consistently applied, which in any event shall comply with 1FRS.

 

6.6.5                      Any payments due under the Agreement shall be due on such date as specified in the Agreement.  Any failure by Bayer to make a payment by the date when due shall obligate Bayer to pay interest on the due payment to Dimension.  The interest period shall commence on the due date (inclusive) and end on the payment date (exclusive).  Interest shall be calculated based on the actual number of days in the interest period divided by 360.  The interest rate shall be equal to […***…], plus a premium of one percentage point, or shall be equal to an interest rate according to local legal provisions, whatever is lower.

 

6.6.6                      All payments by Bayer to Dimension for funding of the Research Program are as set forth in and will be in accordance with Section 2.5.

 

6.7                                Withholding Tax .  The Parties agree to cooperate with one another and use reasonable efforts to reduce or eliminate tax withholding or similar obligations in respect of royalties, milestone payments, and other payments made by Bayer to Dimension under this Agreement.  Any Party required to make a payment under this Agreement shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the amount payable the tax for which the paying Party is liable under any provision of applicable tax law.  No deduction shall be made or a reduced amount shall be deducted if the paying Party is timely furnished by payee with all documents required for the application of a zero or reduced rate according to the respective Double Taxation Treaty.  Any withheld tax shall be treated as having been paid by paying Party to payee for all purposes of this Agreement, provided that each Party shall provide the other with reasonable assistance to enable the recovery, as permitted by applicable Laws, of such withholding taxes, such recovery to be for the benefit of the Party bearing such withholding tax.  Paying Party shall timely forward the tax receipts certifying the payments of withholding tax on behalf of payee.  Any assignment of this Agreement by paying Party which causes a higher withholding tax rate than would be applicable without the assignment shall be borne by paying Party.  If paying Party failed to deduct withholding tax but is still required by applicable tax law to pay withholding tax on account of payee to the tax authorities, payee shall assist paying Party with regard to all procedures required in order to obtain reimbursement by tax authorities or, in case tax authorities will not reimburse withholding tax to paying Party, payee will immediately refund the tax amount.

 

6.8                                Value Added Tax .  All agreed consideration is exclusive of Value Added Tax (“VAT”).  VAT applies and shall be invoiced additionally according to the applicable VAT law

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

35



 

and shall be paid to Dimension, if payable by Dimension to the respective tax authority and after receipt of a correct invoice in accordance with the applicable VAT law.

 

ARTICLE 7

DILIGENCE

 

7.1                                Diligence Obligations .  Bayer will use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to develop, Commercialize, market, promote, and sell at least one Licensed GT Product or Licensed Treatment in the Field in the US and the Major Market Countries.

 

7.2                                Development Plans .  The Parties acknowledge that pursuant to the ReGenX Agreement, Dimension is required to provide ReGenX with a development plan and budget covering the […***…] of development activities with respect to the Licensed GT Product and Licensed Treatment, and to provide […***…] updates to such development plan and budget.  Bayer agrees to cooperate with Dimension in the provision of information in meeting Dimension’s obligation under the ReGenX Agreement, and such cooperation may include sharing a copy of the Research Plan (or portions thereof) with ReGenX, answering follow up questions ReGenX may have, or providing certain information regarding the later stage clinical development and regulatory activities by Bayer and its Affiliates and Sublicensees following the POC Trial.

 

7.3                                Development Reporting .  Within […***…] of […***…] during the term of this Agreement, Bayer shall provide Dimension with written progress reports through the JSC and JPT, setting forth in reasonable detail the progress of the development, evaluation, testing, and commercialization of each Licensed GT Product and Licensed Treatment.  Bayer will also notify Dimension within […***…] of the First Commercial Sale by Bayer, its Affiliates, or any Sublicensees of each Licensed Treatment.  Such a report (“Development Progress Report”), setting forth the current stage of development of Licensed GT Products, shall include:

 

7.3.1                      Date of Development Progress Report and time covered by such report;

 

7.3.2                      Major activities and accomplishments completed by Bayer, its Affiliates, and any Sublicensees relating directly to the Licensed GT Product since the last Development Progress Report;

 

7.3.3                      Significant research and development projects relating directly to the Licensed GT Product currently being performed by Bayer, its Affiliates, and any Sublicensees and projected dates of completion;

 

7.3.4                      Development activities anticipated for the next […***…];

 

7.3.5                      Projected total development remaining before product launch of each Licensed Treatment; and

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

36



 

7.3.6                      Summary of significant development efforts using the Sublicensed Technology being performed by Third Parties, including the nature of the relationship between Bayer and such Third Parties.

 

7.4                                Confidential Information .  The Parties agree that Development Progress Reports shall be deemed Bayer’s Confidential Information; provided that Dimension may share a copy of such reports with ReGenX and with ReGenX’s licensors under the Existing Licenses, subject to obligations of confidentiality.

 

7.5                                Improvements .  Simultaneously with the Development Progress Report, Bayer shall deliver a detailed description of any Licensed Back Improvements, if not previously provided.

 

ARTICLE 8

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

8.1                                Treatment of Confidential Information .  Each Party, as a receiving party (a “ Receiving Party ”), agrees that it will (a) treat Confidential Information of the other Party (the “ Disclosing Party ”) as strictly confidential; (b) not disclose such Confidential Information to Third Parties without the prior written consent of the Disclosing Party, except as may be permitted in this Agreement; provided that any disclosure permitted hereunder be under confidentiality agreements with provisions at least as stringent as those contained in this Agreement; and (c) not use such Confidential Information for purposes other than those authorized expressly in this Agreement.  The Receiving Party agrees to ensure that its employees who have access to Confidential Information of the other Party are obligated in writing to abide by confidentiality obligations at least as stringent as those contained under this Agreement.  Dimension shall also maintain Licensed Know-How as confidential to the extent that it relates solely to the Field, subject to the provisions of this Article 8.

 

8.2                                Public Announcements .

 

8.2.1                      The Parties agree they will each issue a press release in a form as outlined in Exhibit F and at such time as is agreed upon by the Parties.  Except as provided in Section 8.2.3, Section 8.3 and Section 8.4, any other press releases by either Party with respect to the other Party or any other public disclosures concerning the existence of or terms of this Agreement shall be subject to review and approval by the other Party.

 

8.2.2                      After release of such agreed upon press release, if either Party desires to make a public announcement concerning the material terms of this Agreement or any activities hereunder, such Party shall give reasonable prior advance notice of the proposed text of such announcement to the other Party for its prior review and approval (except as otherwise provided herein), which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, except that in the case of a press release or governmental filing determined by such Party, based on advice of counsel, to be required by law, the disclosing Party shall provide the other Party with such advance notice as it reasonably can and shall not be required to obtain approval therefor.  Neither Party shall be

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

37



 

required to seek the permission of the other Party to repeat any information that has already been publicly disclosed by such Party, or by the other Party, in accordance with this Section 8.2, provided such information remains accurate as of such time.

 

8.2.3                      The Parties acknowledge that either or both Parties may be obligated to file under applicable Laws a copy of this Agreement with the U.S.  Securities and Exchange Commission or other governmental authorities both in the US and elsewhere.  Each Party shall be entitled to make such a required filing, provided that it requests confidential treatment of the confidential commercial terms and sensitive technical terms hereof and thereof to the extent such confidential treatment is reasonably available to such Party.  In the event of any such filing, each Party will provide the other Party with a copy of this Agreement marked to show provisions for which such Party intends to seek confidential treatment and shall reasonably consider and incorporate the other Party’s reasonable comments thereon to the extent consistent with the legal requirements, with respect to the filing Party, governing disclosure of material agreements and material information that must be publicly filed.

 

8.3                                Authorized Disclosure.  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.1 or 8.2, either Party may disclose Confidential Information of the other Party, or make such a disclosure of the existence of and/or terms of this Agreement:

 

8.3.1                      to any Affiliates, legal advisors, accountants, and, in each case whether actual or bona fide potential, to collaboration partners (such as CMOs, CROs and other vendors providing services relating to the subject matter of the Agreement), licensees, acquirers, investors, lenders, and other potential financing sources; provided that, in each case, such recipient of Confidential Information is obligated to keep such information confidential on terms no less stringent than those set forth in this Agreement.

 

8.3.2                      if such disclosure is reasonably necessary (i) for filing or prosecuting Patent Rights as contemplated by this Agreement; (ii) to comply with the requirements of regulatory authorities with respect to obtaining and maintaining Regulatory Approval of a Licensed GT Product or Licensed Treatment; or (iii) for prosecuting or defending litigation;

 

8.3.3                      such disclosure is reasonably necessary or desirable to comply with applicable Laws, including regulations promulgated by applicable security exchanges, court order, administrative subpoena or order;

 

8.3.4                      in connection with Bayer’s development, manufacture or Commercialization of the Licensed GT Products or Licensed Treatment in the Field in the Territory, including, without limitation, to existing or potential distributors, service providers, Sublicensees, Affiliates, or collaboration partners, contractors or investigators, under substantially the same confidentiality obligations as are set forth herein, except that the confidentiality obligations shall have a term of at least […***…]; or

 

8.3.5                      such disclosure is to ReGenX and its licensors solely as required under the terms of, and subject to, the ReGenX Agreement, and under the condition that ReGenX does not

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

38



 

disclose Confidential Information to others (except as may be required under the Existing Licenses).

 

8.4                                Compelled Disclosure .  In the event that the Receiving Party receives service of legal process that purports to compel disclosure of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information or becomes obligated by Law to disclose the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party or the existence of or terms of this Agreement to any governmental authority, the Receiving Party shall promptly notify the Disclosing Party, so that the Disclosing Party may seek an appropriate protective order or other remedy with respect to narrowing the scope of such requirement and/or waive compliance by the Receiving Party with the provisions of this Agreement.  The Receiving Party will provide the Disclosing Party with reasonable assistance in obtaining such protective order or other remedy.  If, in the absence of such protective order or other remedy, the Receiving Party is nonetheless required by Law to disclose the existence of or terms of this Agreement or other Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party, the Receiving Party may disclose such Confidential Information without liability hereunder; provided that the Receiving Party shall furnish only such portion of the Confidential Information that is legally required to be disclosed and only to the extent required by Law.

 

8.5                                Term of Confidentiality .  The obligations of this Article 8 shall continue for a period of […***…] following the expiration or termination of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 9

TERM AND TERMINATION

 

9.1                                Term of Agreement .  This Agreement, unless sooner terminated as provided in this Agreement, expires upon the expiration of the Royalty Term.  Upon expiration of this Agreement (but not early termination), (a) Bayer’s license to Licensed Know-How under Section 5.1 will become non-exclusive, perpetual, irrevocable, […***…] with respect to the Dimension Know-How and Sublicensed Know-How, provided that with respect to Sublicensed Know-How such license will remain limited to the Field and subject to the Retained Rights, and (b) Bayer’s license to Dimension Manufacturing Patents under Section 5.1(b) will become perpetual.

 

9.2                                Bayer’s Right to Terminate for Convenience .  At any time Bayer may, upon […***…] prior written notice to Dimension, terminate this Agreement for any reason.  In exercising such termination right, Bayer may terminate the Agreement in its entirety or, if desired, Bayer may specify in the written notice that this Agreement is terminating only with respect to one or more country within the Territory; provided, however, that, should Bayer terminate with respect to both the U.S.  and all Major Market Countries, this Agreement will terminate in its entirely unless otherwise agreed by the Parties.

 

9.3                                Bayer’s Right to Terminate for Safety .  In the event that, following the POC Trial, Bayer makes a good faith determination in accordance with its standard practices and procedures for such determinations that there is a material safety issue with respect to the Licensed GT Product in the Field in the Territory Bayer may terminate this Agreement upon […***…] notice.

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

39



 

9.4                                Bayer’s Right to Terminate for Failure to achieve Demonstration of Clinical POC .  If the initial Licensed GT Product or the Backup Product fails to achieve Demonstration of Clinical POC Bayer may, within […***…] of being notified of such failure, upon […***…] notice, terminate this Agreement.

 

9.5                                Termination for Breach .  Dimension may terminate this Agreement if Bayer is late in paying to Dimension any milestones or royalties, fees or any other monies due under this Agreement, and Bayer does not pay Dimension in full within […***…] upon written demand from Dimension, which termination shall be effective immediately upon the expiration of such […***…] cure period, provided that no demand will be issued prior to expiration of the due date for payment, and provided further that Bayer is not disputing on a bona fide basis that a payment is due.  Either Party may terminate this Agreement, if the other Party materially breaches (other than nonpayment) this Agreement and does not cure such material breach within […***…] after written notice of the breach, which termination shall be effective immediately upon the expiration of such […***…] cure period.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the default is not reasonably capable of being cured within the […***…] cure period by the defaulting Party and such defaulting Party is making a good faith effort to cure such default, the cure period shall be extended by no more than […***…].  Bayer acknowledges and understands that:  (a) in the event the nature of a breach by Bayer causes Dimension (as a sublicensor hereunder) to be in breach of the ReGenX Agreement, the applicable cure periods as set forth in the ReGenX Agreement are shorter than those set forth in this Section 9.5; and further, (b) with respect to such breach by Bayer described in (a), Dimension shall not be responsible for any termination by ReGenX through exercise of ReGenX’s termination right under the ReGenX Agreement, where such termination occurs prior to the […***…] cure period given to Bayer above.  For the avoidance of doubt, Bayer shall not be liable or otherwise responsible to Dimension for any loss, costs, expenses, damages or liability of any kind arising from a breach or termination of the ReGenX Agreement attributable to Bayer’s exercise of its rights under this Agreement.  The right of either Party to terminate this Agreement as herein above provided shall not be affected in any way by its waiver of, or failure to take action with respect to, any previous default.

 

9.6                                Patent Challenge .  Dimension may terminate this Agreement if Bayer or any of its Affiliates institutes a Patent Challenge.  Such termination will be effective […***…] after written notice from Dimension to Bayer unless within such […***…] Bayer or its Affiliates causes such Patent Challenge to terminate.  “Patent Challenge” means […***…].

 

9.7                                Termination for Insolvency .

 

9.7.1                      Dimension may terminate this Agreement, effective immediately upon written notice to Bayer, if Bayer or any of its Controlling Affiliates experiences any Trigger Event.

 

9.7.2                      Bayer shall include in each sublicense agreement entered into with a Sublicensee a right of Bayer to terminate such sublicense agreement if such Sublicensee experiences any event corresponding to a Trigger Event; and Bayer shall terminate the sublicense agreement, effective immediately upon written notice to the Sublicensee, if the Sublicensee experiences any such event.

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

40


 

9.7.3                      For purposes of this Section 9.7, “ Trigger Event ” means any of the following (provided they are not for purposes of reorganization):  (a) if Bayer (i) becomes insolvent, becomes bankrupt, or generally fails to pay its debts as such debts become due, (ii) is adjudicated insolvent or bankrupt, (iii) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts, (iv) suffers the appointment of a custodian, receiver, or trustee for it or its property and, if appointed without its consent, is not discharged within […***…], (v) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (vi) suffers proceedings being instituted against it under any law related to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, or the reorganization, readjustment, or release of debtors and, if contested by it, not dismissed or stayed within […***…]; or (b) the calling by Bayer of a meeting of its creditors with a view to arranging a composition or adjustment of its debts.  Bayer acknowledges and understands that:  (1) the timing periods in (iv) and (vi) above differ from those set forth in the definition of “Trigger Event” in Section 6.4.3 of the ReGenX Agreement, which are […***…] and […***…], respectively, and (2) in the event such difference causes Dimension (as a sublicensor hereunder) to be in breach of the ReGenX Agreement, Dimension shall not be responsible for any termination by ReGenX through exercise of ReGenX’s termination right under the ReGenX Agreement, where the termination is due to such difference.  Bayer shall not be liable or otherwise responsible to Dimension for any loss, costs, expenses, damages or liability of any kind arising from a breach or termination of the ReGenX Agreement due to such difference or otherwise attributable to Bayer’s exercise of its rights under this Agreement.

 

9.8                                Applicability of Section 365(n) of the Bankruptcy Code .  In the event either Party becomes a debtor under Title 11 of the U.S.  Code, this Agreement shall be deemed to be, for purposes of Section 365(n) of Title 11, a license to “Intellectual Property” as defined therein and the other Party and its Affiliates, and each of their successors and assigns as licensees shall have the rights and elections as specified in Section 365(n) of Title 11 of the U.S.  Code.  Without limiting the foregoing, upon termination of this Agreement by a trustee or executor of either Party which has rejected this Agreement pursuant to any non-contractual rights afforded to it by applicable bankruptcy law and/or a U.S.  or foreign bankruptcy court or other tribunal of competent jurisdiction, all rights and licenses herein granted to the other Party shall nonetheless continue in full force and effect in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

9.9                                Effects of Termination .  The effect of termination by Bayer pursuant to Sections 9.2, 9.3, or 9.4 and by either Party, as applicable, under Sections 9.5 or 9.7, or by Dimension pursuant to Section 9.6 shall be as follows:

 

9.9.1                      The licenses and sublicenses granted by Dimension hereunder shall terminate, and Bayer, its Affiliates, and (unless the sublicense agreement is assigned pursuant to Section 9.9.2) all Sublicensees shall cease to make, have made, use, import, sell, and offer for sale all Licensed GT Products and shall cease to otherwise practice the Licensed Technology; provided that Bayer, its Affiliates, and Sublicensees, shall have the right to continue to sell their existing inventories of Licensed GT Products for a period not to exceed […***…] after the effective date of such termination, and provided also that Bayer, its Affiliates and Sublicensees shall have the right to continue to supply Licensed GT Products or support any Licensed Treatment to the extent required by any Regulatory Authority, but in each case subject to any payment obligations to Dimension under Article 6;

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

41



 

9.9.2                      Bayer shall have the right to assign to Dimension any or all sublicenses granted to Third Parties to the extent of the rights licensed to Bayer hereunder and sublicensed to the Sublicensee; provided that (i) prior to such assignment, Bayer shall advise Dimension whether such Sublicensee is then in full compliance with all terms and conditions of its sublicense and continues to perform thereunder, and, if such Sublicensee is not in full compliance or is not continuing to perform, Dimension may elect not to have such sublicense assigned; and (ii) such assignment shall be subject to Dimension not being liable to such Sublicensee with respect to any obligations of Bayer to the Sublicensee that are not consistent with, or not required by, Dimension’s obligations to Bayer under this Agreement; and all sublicenses not requested to be assigned to Dimension shall terminate;

 

9.9.3                      If termination is by Bayer pursuant to Section 9.2, 9.3 or 9.4, or by Dimension pursuant to Section 9.5, 9.6, or 9.7:

 

(a)                                  if, at the time of such termination, there are any ongoing clinical trials with respect to Licensed GT Products in the Field, the Parties shall, at Dimension’s option, negotiate in good faith and adopt a plan to wind-down such trial activities in an orderly fashion or, at Dimension’s election, promptly transition such development activities to Dimension or its designee, with due regard for patient safety and the rights of any subjects that are participants in any clinical trials of the Licensed GT Products and take any actions Dimension deems reasonably necessary or appropriate to avoid any human health or safety problems and in compliance with all applicable Laws; and

 

(b)                                  Bayer shall grant, and hereby grants (effective only upon any such termination of this Agreement), to Dimension a non-exclusive, perpetual, irrevocable, worldwide, […***…], transferable, sublicensable license to any Licensed Back Improvements, for use by Dimension and ReGenX for the research, development, and commercialization of products in any therapeutic indication.

 

9.9.4                      If termination is by Bayer pursuant to Section 9.2:

 

(a)                                  Bayer shall grant, and hereby grants (effective only upon any such termination of this Agreement), to Dimension an exclusive (even as to Bayer), worldwide, […***…], transferable, perpetual, irrevocable license, with the right to grant sublicenses, under the Bayer Technology to make, have made, use, import, sell, and offer for sale the Licensed GT Products or any Licensed Treatments as they were being developed or Commercialized at the time of termination, solely in the Field.  For this purpose, the “ Bayer Technology ” means Bayer’s patents, Know-How, and other intellectual property that are improvements or modifications to or that are based on or derived in whole or in part from or that otherwise relate to any Licensed Technology to the extent such patents, Know-How (including all data and regulatory submissions), or other intellectual property pertains to the Licensed GT Products or Licensed Treatments that were being developed or Commercialized by Bayer at the time of

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

42



 

termination.  To effectuate such license, upon any such termination of this Agreement, Bayer will promptly disclose to Dimension all Bayer Technology not already known to Dimension;

 

(b)                                  Bayer will transfer to Dimension ownership of any Regulatory Approvals then in Bayer’s, its Affiliates’, or any Sublicensee’s (to the extent a sublicense is terminated and not assigned) name related to the Licensed GT Products as then being developed or Commercialized containing any expression construct provided by Dimension to Bayer as part of the Licensed Technology and notify the appropriate regulatory authorities and take any other action reasonably necessary to effect such transfer of ownership; and

 

(c)                                   At Dimension’s request Bayer shall transfer any biological materials or compounds that Bayer has manufactured or had manufactured relating to the Licensed GT Product or Licensed Treatment and that is in Bayer’s possession as at the date of termination.  Dimension shall pay for such materials and compounds at cost, without any markup.

 

9.9.5                      The Parties acknowledge and agree that, if the GSK Agreement is terminated as described in Section 6.5 of the GSK Agreement, then, as provided in Section 6.5.2 thereof, ReGenX will assign the ReGenX Agreement to the licensor of the GSK Agreement to the extent the ReGenX Agreement is related solely to the rights and products licensed to ReGenX under the GSK Agreement.

 

9.9.6                      Each Receiving Party shall, at the other Party’s request, return all Confidential Information and any remaining Materials of the Disclosing Party.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, one copy of such Confidential Information may be kept by either Party for a record of that Party’s obligations.

 

If termination is only with respect to a particular country or region within the Territory, but not all countries, then the provisions of this Section 9.9 shall only apply with respect to the terminated country(ies), and this Agreement shall continue with respect to the non-terminated countries.

 

9.10                         Survival .  Bayer’s obligation to pay all monies due and owed to Dimension under this Agreement which have matured as of the effective date of termination or expiration shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.  In addition, the provisions of Sections 5.11.2 (Exclusivity:  Bayer), 9.1 (Term of Agreement), 9.8 (Applicability of Section 365(n) of the Bankruptcy Code), 9.9 (Effects of Termination), 9.10 (Survival), 10.1 (Ownership of Inventions), 11.4 (Disclaimer of Warranties, Damages), and 11.5 (Indemnification), and Articles 1 (Definitions), 6 (Consideration)(but only in respect of payments that have accrued and become payable prior to the effective date of termination), 8 (Confidentiality), 12 (Use of Name) and 13 (Additional Provisions) shall survive such termination or expiration of this Agreement in accordance with their respective terms.

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

43



 

ARTICLE 10

PATENT MAINTENANCE; PATENT INFRINGEMENT

 

10.1                         Ownership of Inventions .  Each Party shall own all Know-How generated solely by it and its Affiliates and their respective employees, agents and independent contractors in the course of conducting such Party’s activities under this Agreement (“ Sole Inventions ”) and any Patent Rights arising therefrom (the “ Bayer Patents ” in the case of Bayer’s Sole Inventions).  All Know-How generated jointly by employees, Affiliates, agents, or independent contractors of each Party in the course of performing activities under this Agreement (collectively, “ Joint Inventions ”), and all Patent Rights contained within such Joint Inventions (collectively, “ Joint Patents ”), shall be owned jointly by the Parties in accordance with joint ownership interests of co-inventors under U.S.  patent laws (that is, each Party shall have full rights to license, assign and exploit such Joint Inventions (and any patents arising therefrom) anywhere in the world, without any requirement of gaining the consent of, or accounting to, the other Party), subject to the covenants and licenses granted herein and subject to any other intellectual property held by such other Party.  For purposes of determining whether Inventorship shall be a Sole Invention or a Joint Invention under this Agreement, inventorship shall be determined in accordance with U.S.  patent laws.

 

10.2                         Disclosure of Inventions .  Dimension shall promptly disclose to Bayer all Sole Inventions, and each Party shall promptly disclose to the other Party any Joint Inventions, including any invention disclosures or similar documents submitted to it by its employees, agents or independent contractors describing such inventions, and all other information relating to such inventions to the extent necessary or useful for the preparation, filing and maintenance of any Patent Rights with respect to such inventions.

 

10.3                         Prosecution of Dimension Patents .  As between Dimension and Bayer, the Parties agree as follows:

 

10.3.1               Dimension shall have the sole right to Prosecute patent applications and issued patents within Dimension Patents in Dimension’s sole discretion and at its own expense.  Dimension shall provide Bayer with a reasonable opportunity to review and provide comments in connection with the Prosecution of the Dimension Patents; and Dimension shall keep Bayer reasonably informed as to all material developments with respect to such Dimension Patents and shall supply to Bayer copies of material communications received and filed in connection with the Prosecution of such Dimension Patents.

 

10.3.2               Dimension agrees to Prosecute any patent applications or issued patents within the Dimension Patents in good faith.  If Dimension decides not to file, to abandon or not to maintain any of such Dimension Patents, in each case where a claim may cover a Licensed GT Product or GT Product, then Dimension shall provide Bayer with […***…] prior written notice of such decision (or such other longer period of time reasonably necessary to allow Bayer to assume such responsibilities, at the sole discretion of Dimension).  In such event, Bayer shall have the right, at its option, to the extent Dimension is permitted by obligations owed to Third Parties, to have assigned to it the said Dimension Patents.  If assignment is not possible, Bayer

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

44



 

shall have a non-exclusive, perpetual, irrevocable, royalty-free license with respect to those Dimension Patents.  In either case (assignment or non-exclusive license) the Patent Rights will cease to be Dimension Patents.

 

10.4                         Prosecution of Joint Patents .  As between Dimension and Bayer, the Parties agree as follows:

 

10.4.1               Dimension shall have the sole right to Prosecute patent applications and issued patents within Joint Patents in Dimension’s discretion and at its own expense.  Dimension shall provide Bayer with a reasonable opportunity to review and provide comments in connection with the Prosecution of the Joint Patents; and Dimension shall keep Bayer reasonably informed as to all material developments with respect to such Joint Patents and shall supply to Bayer copies of material communications received and filed in connection with the Prosecution of such Joint Patents.

 

10.4.2               Dimension agrees to Prosecute any patent applications or issued patents within the Joint Patents in good faith.  If Dimension decides not to file, to abandon or not to maintain any of such Joint Patents, then Dimension shall provide Bayer with […***…] prior written notice of such decision (or such other longer period of time reasonably necessary to allow Bayer to assume such responsibilities, at the sole discretion of Dimension).  In such event, Bayer shall have the right, at its option, to have assigned to it Dimension’s interest in such Joint Patents, and such Patent Rights shall cease to be Dimension Patents.

 

10.5                         Prosecution of Bayer Patents.  As between Dimension and Bayer, the Parties agree as follows:

 

10.5.1               Bayer shall have the sole right to Prosecute patent applications and issued patents within Bayer Patents in Bayer’s sole discretion and at its own expense.  Bayer shall provide Dimension with a reasonable opportunity to review and provide comments in connection with the Prosecution of the Bayer Patents; and Bayer shall keep Dimension reasonably informed as to all material developments with respect to such Bayer Patents and shall supply to Dimension copies of material communications received and filed in connection with the Prosecution of such Bayer Patents.

 

10.5.2               Bayer agrees to Prosecute any patent applications or issued patents within the Bayer Patents in good faith.  If Bayer decides not to file, to abandon or not to maintain any of such Bayer Patents that claim only a Licensed GT Product or GT Product and no other product or component thereof, then Bayer shall provide Bayer with […***…] prior written notice of such decision (or such other longer period of time reasonably necessary to allow Dimension to assume such responsibilities, at the sole discretion of Bayer).  In such event, Dimension shall have the right, at its option, to control the filing, prosecution and/or maintenance of any such Bayer Patents, at its own expense, and the Parties shall have the rights with respect to such Bayer Patents as set forth in Section 10.5.1 (with the Parties’ roles reversed).

 

10.6                         Prosecution of Sublicensed Patents .  Bayer acknowledges and agrees that, in accordance with the terms of the ReGenX Agreement:

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

45



 

10.6.1               ReGenX retains the sole right to Prosecute patent applications and issued patents within the Sublicensed Patents, in ReGenX’s sole discretion.  Subject to Section 10.6.3, and subject to ReGenX providing Dimension with a reasonable opportunity to review and provide comments in connection with the Prosecution of the Sublicensed Patents, Dimension shall provide Bayer with same, to the extent such Sublicensed Patents cover or claim the Licensed GT Products in the Field; and Dimension shall keep Bayer reasonably informed as to all material developments with respect to such Sublicensed Patents and shall supply to Bayer copies of material communications received from ReGenX and filed in connection with the Prosecution of such Sublicensed Patents.

 

10.6.2               Bayer acknowledges that […***…] has no obligation to undertake any inter-party proceedings, such as oppositions or interferences, or to undertake any re-examination or re-issue proceedings, in either case, with respect to the Sublicensed Patents.

 

10.6.3               Bayer acknowledges that the University of Pennsylvania controls Prosecution of the Sublicensed Patents under the Penn Agreement, with ReGenX having certain rights to review.

 

10.7                         Product Infringement Actions Against Third Parties .

 

10.7.1               Notification .  If either Party becomes aware of any existing or threatened infringement of any Dimension Patent, Bayer Patent or Sublicensed Patent by the manufacture, use or sale of a gene therapy product for use in the Field (a “ Product Infringement ”), it shall promptly notify the other Party in writing to that effect, and the Parties will consult with each other regarding any actions to be taken with respect to such Product Infringement.

 

10.7.2               Dimension Patents (including Joint Patents) .  As between Dimension and Bayer, the Parties agree as follows:

 

10.7.2.1                             […***…] shall have the first right, but not the obligation, to prosecute any Product Infringement of those Dimension Patents (including Joint Patents) in each case that claim […***…] (the “ […***…] Patents ”) at its own expense.  In any action to enforce any of such […***…] Patents, […***…], at the request and […***…], shall […***…], including in the event that, […***…].

 

10.7.2.2                             If […***…] elects not to pursue any infringement of a […***…] Patent, […***…] shall have the second right, but not obligation, to prosecute such Product Infringement of such […***…] Patents, at […***…].  In any such action to enforce any of the […***…] Patents, […***…], at the request and […***…], shall […***…].  In prosecuting any such Product Infringement, […***…].

 

10.7.2.3                             […***…] shall have the right, but not the obligation, to prosecute any infringement of those Dimension Patents (including Joint Patents) that are not […***…] Patents (the “ […***…] Patents ”) in its sole discretion.  If […***…] elects not to pursue any infringement of a […***…] Patent in a country in the Territory, provided that such […***…] Patent is […***…],[…***…] shall have the second right, but not the obligation, to prosecute a

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

46



 

Product Infringement of such […***…] Patent, at […***…] expense, in such country.  If any Third Parties also have licenses under such […***…] Patents, […***…] shall take account of such Third Party rights in exercising its rights hereunder, and shall take […***…].  In any such action by […***…] to enforce any of the […***…] Patents, […***…], at the request and expense of […***…], shall […***…], including in the event that, […***…].

 

10.7.2.4                             Any recovery of damages by Bayer or Dimension for any Product Infringement pursuant to this Section 10.7.2 shall be applied, as between Dimension and Bayer, first to reimburse each such Party for costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) incurred by such Party in connection with such suit, second, compensatory damages will be […***…], and the balance remaining, if any, from any such recovery shall be […***…].

 

10.7.3               Enforcement of Joint Patents in […***…] .  As between Dimension and Bayer, the Parties agree as follows:

 

10.7.3.1                             […***…] shall have the first right, but not obligation, to prosecute any infringement of Joint Patents that is […***…], at […***…] expense.  In any action to enforce any of such Joint Patents, […***…], at the request and […***…], shall […***…].

 

10.7.3.2                             If […***…] elects not to pursue any such infringement of a Joint Patent, then […***…] shall have the second right, but not obligation, to prosecute such infringement of the Joint Patent, at […***…].  In any such action to enforce any of the Joint Patents, […***…], at the request […***…], shall […***…], including in the event that, […***…].

 

10.7.3.3                             Any recovery of damages by the Party undertaking enforcement or defense of a suit for infringement of a Joint Patent under this Section 10.7.3 shall be applied, as between Bayer and Bayer, first to reimburse each such Party for costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) incurred by such Party in connection with such suit, second, compensatory damages will be […***…], and the balance remaining, if any, from any such recovery shall be […***…].

 

10.7.4               Sublicensed Patents .  Bayer acknowledges and agrees that, in accordance with the ReGenX Agreement:

 

10.7.4.1                             Bayer understands and acknowledges that pursuant to the ReGenX Agreement, […***…] has the first right, but not the obligation, to prosecute any infringement of Sublicensed Patents at […***…].  In any action to enforce any of the Sublicensed Patents, […***…], at the request and expense of […***…], shall […***…], including in the event that, […***…].

 

10.7.4.2                             If […***…] elects not to pursue any infringement of a Sublicensed Patent and such Sublicensed Patent is being infringed by […***…], then as between […***…] shall have the first right […***…], but not obligation, to prosecute such

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

47



 

[…***…] with respect to such […***…], at […***…] expense.  In any such action to enforce any of the Sublicensed Patents, […***…], at the request […***…], shall […***…], including in the event that […***…].  In prosecuting any such […***…].

 

10.7.4.3                             Any recovery of damages by […***…] for any infringement other than a […***…] shall be retained […***…].  Any recovery of damages by the Party undertaking enforcement or defense of a suit for […***…] shall be applied, as between […***…], first to reimburse each such Party for costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) incurred by such Party in connection with such suit, and the balance remaining, if any, from any such recovery shall be, […***…].

 

10.7.4.4                             Bayer acknowledges and agrees that […***…] obligations under the ReGenX Agreement to enforce any Sublicensed Patents […***…], and that […***…] retain the […***…] right to […***…], all as set forth in the ReGenX Agreement and the Existing Licenses.  Dimension will […***…] under the ReGenX Agreement if reasonably requested by Bayer.

 

10.8                         Defense of Infringement Claims .

 

10.8.1               In the event Bayer or Dimension becomes aware that Bayer’s or any of its Affiliates’ or any Sublicensees’ practice of any invention claimed in the Sublicensed Patents or Dimension Patents is the subject of a claim of infringement of any patent owned by a Third Party, that Party shall promptly notify the other, but Bayer shall have exclusive right to take action to defend or abate any such claim brought against Bayer or any of its Affiliates or Sublicensees, and shall do so at its own expense and subject to Section 10.8.2.

 

10.8.2               Without Dimension’s prior written permission, Bayer must not settle or compromise any such suit in a manner that imposes any material obligations or restrictions on ReGenX or any of its direct or indirect licensors under the Existing Licenses or grants any rights to the Sublicensed Patents or Dimension Patents other than rights that Bayer has the right to grant under this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 11

WARRANTIES; INDEMNIFICATION

 

11.1                         Mutual Representations and Warranties .  Each Party hereby represents and warrants to the other Party as follows:

 

11.1.1               Corporate Existence .  As of the Effective Date, it is a company or corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated.

 

11.1.2               Corporate Power, Authority and Binding Agreement .  As of the Effective Date, (i) it has the corporate power and authority and the legal right to enter into this Agreement and perform its obligations hereunder; (ii) it has taken all necessary corporate action on its part required to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance of its

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

48



 

obligations hereunder; and (iii) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Party, and constitutes a legal, valid, and binding obligation of such Party that is enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

 

11.2                         Additional Representations and Warranties of Dimension .  Dimension represents and warrants as of the Effective Date and, as applicable, covenants to Bayer as follows:

 

11.2.1               Title; Control; Encumbrances .  Dimension has not granted any Third Party any rights under any Licensed Patents in existence as of the Effective Date, and to Dimension’s knowledge, all Licensed Know-How in existence as of the Effective Date is free and clear from any mortgages, pledges, liens, security interests, conditional and installment sale agreements, encumbrances, charges or claims of any kind (subject to the rights retained by ReGenX in the ReGenX Agreement).  Dimension has the full and legal rights and authority to license to Bayer the Licensed Technology in the manner set forth in this Agreement;

 

11.2.2               Inventorship .  To Dimension’s knowledge, the inventorship of each Licensed Patent is properly identified on each such patent;

 

11.2.3               Good Standing .  To Dimension’s knowledge, all official fees, maintenance fees and annuities for the Licensed Patents have been paid and all administrative procedures with Governmental Authorities have been completed for the Licensed Patents such that the Licensed Patents are subsisting and in good standing;

 

11.2.4               Duty of Disclosure .  Dimension has complied with and, to Dimension’s knowledge ReGenX has complied with, the U.S.  PTO duty of disclosure respecting the prosecution of all of Dimension Patents and, in the case of ReGenX, the Sublicensed Patents;

 

11.2.5               Notice of Infringement/Misappropriate .  Dimension has not received any written notice from any Third Party asserting or alleging, nor does Dimension have any knowledge of any basis for any assertion or allegation, that any research, manufacture or development of GT Products by Dimension prior to the Effective Date infringed or misappropriated the intellectual property rights of such Third Party;

 

11.2.6               No Conflicts .  Dimension has not entered, and shall not enter, into any agreement with any Third Party that is in conflict with the rights granted to Bayer under this Agreement, and has not taken any action that would in any way prevent it from granting the rights granted to Bayer under this Agreement, or that would otherwise materially conflict with or adversely affect Bayer’s rights under this Agreement;

 

11.2.7               Third Party Technology .  To Dimension’s knowledge, (i) the manufacture, development and Commercialization of Licensed GT Products, as contemplated by Dimension as of the Effective Date, will not infringe or misappropriate any intellectual property rights of a Third Party, and (ii) there are no pending Third Party patent applications that, if issued with the published or currently pending claims, would be infringed by the manufacture, development or Licensed GT Products or any components thereof, as contemplated by Dimension as of the Effective Date; provided, however, that Dimension makes no representation in this Section

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

49



 

11.2.7 with respect to any formulation or delivery system that may be used for a Licensed Treatment;

 

11.2.8               Third Party Infringement .  To Dimension’s knowledge, no Third Party is infringing or has infringed any Licensed Patents or has misappropriated any Licensed Know-How;

 

11.2.9               No Proceeding .  There are no pending, or, to Dimension’s knowledge, no threatened, adverse actions, suits or proceedings (including interferences, reissues, re-examinations, cancellations or oppositions) against Dimension involving the Licensed Patents;

 

11.2.10                    ReGenX Agreement .

 

11.2.10.1                      Dimension represents and warrants to Bayer that it has provided to Bayer a true, correct and complete copy thereof, but for redaction of (a) the royalty rates, (b) any other payment amounts, (c) certain terms not essential in determining the extent of the grant of rights to Bayer hereunder or that Bayer, as a prudent pharmaceutical company, might reasonably consider relevant in determining whether to enter into this Agreement on the terms and conditions contained herein, as such agreement is in effect as of the Effective Date.

 

11.2.10.2                      Dimension represents and warrants to Bayer that, as of the Effective Date the ReGenX Agreement is in full force and effect, and that Dimension is not in breach of, nor do any circumstances exist upon which ReGenX might claim that Dimension is in breach of, the ReGenX Agreement; provided, however, despite Dimension’s material compliance with the ReGenX Agreement, certain provisions under this Agreement, including without limitation the timing provisions in Sections 6.5 and 9.5 and the definition in Section 9.7.3, are different from and not technically in compliance with the terms of the ReGenX Agreement, and accordingly, Bayer acknowledges and understands that any breach by Dimension, or termination by ReGenX, of the ReGenX Agreement resulting from such differences shall not constitute a breach of this Section 11.2.10.2 and of Section 11.2.10.3.  For the avoidance of doubt, Dimension is not relieved of its obligations under this Agreement because compliance with or fulfillment of such obligations may give rise to a breach of the ReGenX Agreement.

 

11.2.10.3                      Dimension further covenants and agrees that (a) it will take all steps necessary to maintain in full force and effect, the ReGenX Agreement for the term thereof (b) it will not assign (except to an Affiliate or an assignment to a Third Party to which this Agreement has been assigned as permitted under Section 13.2, amend, restate, terminate in whole or in part, or otherwise modify the ReGenX Agreement in any way that adversely affects Bayer’s rights under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Bayer; (c) it will provide Bayer with prompt notice of any claim of a breach under the ReGenX Agreement or notice of termination of the ReGenX Agreement made by either Dimension or ReGenX (or any party acting on behalf of such counterparty); (d) it will promptly send to Bayer copies of all other material correspondence to or from the counterparty to such ReGenX Agreement; and (e) it will enforce its rights under the ReGenX to the extent necessary to maintain Bayer’s rights hereunder.

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

50


 

11.3                         Mutual Covenants .

 

11.3.1               No Debarment .  In the course of the development of Licensed GT Products and Licensed Treatments, neither Party shall use any employee or consultant who has been debarred by any regulatory authority or, to such Party’s knowledge, is the subject of debarment proceedings by a regulatory authority.  Each Party shall notify the other Party promptly upon becoming aware that any of its employees or consultants who are involved with the development of Licensed GT Products and Licensed Treatments hereunder has been debarred or is the subject of debarment proceedings by any regulatory authority.

 

11.3.2               Compliance .  Each Party and its Affiliates shall comply in all material respects with all applicable Laws in the development and Commercialization of GT Products, Licensed GT Products and Licensed Treatments and performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including, to the extent applicable to such Party and its activities hereunder, the statutes, regulations and written directives of the FDA, the EMA and any regulatory authority having jurisdiction in the Territory, the FD&C Act, the Prescription Drug Marketing Act, the Federal Health Care Programs Anti-Kickback Law, 42 U.S.C.  1320a-7b(b), the statutes, regulations and written directives of Medicare, Medicaid and all other health care programs, as defined in 42 U.S.C.  § 1320a-7b(f), and the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, each as may be amended from time to time.

 

11.4                         Disclaimer of Warranties, Damages .  EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 11.1 AND 11.2, THE LICENSED TECHNOLOGY, LICENSED GT PRODUCTS, LICENSED TREATMENTS, AND ALL RIGHTS LICENSED BY EITHER PARTY TO THE OTHER UNDER THIS AGREEMENT ARE PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” BASIS, AND NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT THERETO.  BY WAY OF EXAMPLE BUT NOT OF LIMITATION, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 11.1 AND 11.2, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, AND HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL EXPRESS AND IMPLIED REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, (i) OF COMMERCIAL UTILITY, ACCURACY, COMPLETENESS, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, VALIDITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF ANY RIGHTS LICENSED BY EITHER PARTY TO THE OTHER, AND PROFITABILITY; OR (ii) THAT THE USE OF ANY RIGHTS GRANTED BY EITHER PARTY TO THE OTHER, INCLUDING ANY PRODUCTS RESULTING THEREFROM, WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY PATENT, COPYRIGHT, TRADEMARK, OR OTHER PROPRIETARY RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES.  EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER PARTY OR ANY OF SUCH PARTY’S DIRECT OR INDIRECT LICENSORS SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY, ITS SUCCESSORS OR ASSIGNS, OR ANY SUBLICENSEES OF EITHER PARTY, OR ANY THIRD PARTY WITH RESPECT TO:  (a) ANY CLAIM ARISING FROM USE OF ANY OR ALL RIGHTS LICENSED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR FROM THE DEVELOPMENT, TESTING, MANUFACTURE, USE, OR SALE OF PRODUCTS ARISING THEREFROM; OR (b) ANY CLAIM FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OR INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS, OR FOR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING ANY ARISING FROM OR RELATING TO ANY BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE EXERCISE OF RIGHTS

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

51



 

HEREUNDER, REGARDLESS OF ANY NOTICE OF SUCH DAMAGES.  NOTHING IN THIS SECTION 11.4 IS INTENDED TO LIMIT OR RESTRICT THE INDEMNIFICATION RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS OF EITHER PARTY UNDER SECTION 11.5 OR TO LIMIT A PARTY’S LIABILITY FOR BREACHES OF ITS OBLIGATION REGARDING CONFIDENTIALITY UNDER ARTICLE 8.

 

11.5                         Indemnification .

 

11.5.1               By Bayer .  Bayer shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Dimension, its Affiliates, ReGenX and the licensors under the Existing Licenses, and their respective shareholders, members, partners, officers, trustees, faculty, students, contractors, agents, and employees (individually, a “ Dimension Indemnified Party ” and, collectively, the “ Dimension Indemnified Parties ”) from and against any and all Third Party liability, loss, damage, action, claim, fee, cost, or expense (including attorneys’ fees) (individually, a “ Third Party Liability ” and, collectively, the “ Third Party Liabilities ”) suffered or incurred by the Dimension Indemnified Parties from claims of such Third Parties that result from or arise out of:  (i) the research, development, testing, use, manufacture, promotion, sale, or other disposition of any Licensed Technology or Licensed GT Products by Bayer, its Affiliates, any Sublicensees, their respective assignees, or vendors acting on behalf of any of the foregoing; (ii) any breach by Bayer (or its Affiliates or any Sublicensees) of its representations, warranties, or obligations of this Agreement; and (iii) Bayer’s gross negligence or intentional misconduct or that of Bayer’s Affiliates or Sublicensees; provided, however, that Bayer shall not be liable for claims based on any breach by Dimension of its representations, warranties, or obligations of this Agreement or the gross negligence or intentional misconduct of any of the Dimension Indemnified Parties.  Without limiting the foregoing, but subject to the proviso contained in the preceding sentence, Bayer must defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the Dimension Indemnified Parties from and against any Third Party Liabilities resulting from:

 

(a)                                  any product liability or other claim of any kind related to the use by a Third Party of a Licensed GT Product that was manufactured, sold, or otherwise disposed of by Bayer, its Affiliates, any Sublicensees, their respective assignees, or vendors;

 

(b)                                  any claim by a Third Party that the practice of the Licensed Technology, or the design, composition, manufacture, use, sale, or other disposition of any Licensed Treatment infringes or violates any patent, copyright, trade secret, trademark, or other intellectual property right of such Third Party; and

 

(c)                                   clinical trials or studies conducted by or on behalf of Bayer, its Affiliates, any Sublicensees, their respective assignees, or vendors relating to the Licensed Treatment or Licensed GT Products, including any claim by or on behalf of […***…] of any such clinical trial or study.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the indemnities granted by Bayer shall not apply in respect of any activities conducted following the exercise by Dimension of its rights under Section

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

52



 

11.5.2               By Dimension .  Dimension shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Bayer, its Affiliates and Sublicensees and their respective shareholders, members, partners, officers, trustees, contractors, agents, and employees (individually, a “ Bayer Indemnified Party ” and, collectively, the “ Bayer Indemnified Parties ”) from and against any and all Third Party Liabilities suffered or incurred by the Bayer Indemnified Parties from claims of such Third Parties that result from or arise out of:  (i) the research, development, testing, use, manufacture, promotion, sale, or other disposition of any GT Product, Compound/Vector or any product outside the Field or within the scope of the Retained Rights by Dimension, ReGenX or its Affiliates and their respective licensees or sublicensees, assignees, or vendors acting on behalf of any of the foregoing; (ii) any breach by Dimension (or its Affiliates) of its representations, warranties, or obligations of this Agreement; and (iii) Dimension’s gross negligence or intentional misconduct or that of ReGenX or Dimension’s or ReGenX’s respective Affiliates, licensees and sublicensees; provided, however, that Dimension shall not be liable for claims based on any breach by Bayer of its representations, warranties, or obligations of this Agreement or the gross negligence or intentional misconduct of any of the Bayer Indemnified Parties.

 

11.5.3               Indemnification Procedure .  Each Party, as an indemnifying party (an “ Indemnifying Party ”), shall not be permitted to settle or compromise any claim or action giving rise to Third Party Liabilities in a manner (i) that imposes any restrictions or obligations on the indemnified party (an “ Indemnified Party ”) or, if Bayer is the Indemnifying Party, on ReGenX or its licensors under the Existing Licenses, without the other Party’s prior written consent, (ii) if Bayer is the Indemnifying Party, that grants any rights to the Licensed Technology or Licensed GT Products other than those Bayer has the right to grant under this Agreement without Dimension’s prior written consent, or (iii) if Dimension is the Indemnifying Party, that grants any rights that are inconsistent with those granted to Bayer under this Agreement without Bayer’s prior written consent.  The Indemnified Party shall notify the Indemnifying Party within […***…] of becoming aware of any claim or claims asserted or threatened against the Indemnified Party that could give rise to a right of indemnification under this Agreement, provided however that the failure to give such notice shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its indemnity obligation hereunder except to the extent that such failure materially prejudices its rights hereunder.  The Indemnifying Party shall be permitted to control any litigation or potential litigation involving the defense of any claim subject to indemnification pursuant to this Section 11.5, including the selection of counsel.  The Indemnified Party shall keep the Indemnifying Party apprised of all material developments with respect to the claim and promptly provide the Indemnifying Party with copies of all correspondence and documents exchanged by the Indemnified Party and the opposing party(ies) to such litigation.  The Indemnified Party may not compromise or settle such litigation without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  The indemnification rights of a Indemnified Party contained in this Agreement are in addition to all other rights which such Indemnified Party may have at law or in equity or otherwise.  The Indemnifying Party will pay directly all Third Party Liabilities incurred for defense or negotiation of any claim hereunder or will reimburse the Indemnified Party for all documented Third Party Liabilities incident to the defense or negotiation of any such claim within […***…] after the Indemnifying Party’s receipt of invoices for such fees, expenses, and charges.

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

53



 

11.6                         Insurance .  Within […***…] of the Effective Date, each Party will procure and maintain product liability insurance policies during the term of the Agreement for claims related to bodily injury or death caused by the Licensed GT Products.  In lieu of insurance coverage described in the preceding sentence, Bayer shall have the right to undertake a program of self-insurance to cover the obligations hereunder, with financial protection comparable to that arranged by it for its own protection with regard to other products in its portfolio.  Prior to […***…], and thereafter for a period required by applicable Law in order to continue to monitor the participants in the clinical trial, clinical trials coverage will be arranged in amounts that are reasonable and customary in the location where the clinical trial is being conducted.  Such insurance coverage will be arranged by Dimension if it is the sponsor of the applicable clinical trial and shall be arranged by Bayer if it is the sponsor of the applicable clinical trial.

 

ARTICLE 12

USE OF NAME

 

Except as permitted by this Agreement, Bayer, its Affiliates, any Sublicensees, and all of its and their employees and agents must not use ReGenX’s and, to the extent relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, the University of Pennsylvania’s and SmithKline Beecham Corporation’s, name, seal, logo, trademark, or service mark (or any adaptation thereof) or the name, seal, logo, trademark, or service mark (or any adaptation thereof) of any of such entities’ representative, school, organization, employee, or student in any way without the prior written consent of Dimension or such entity, as applicable; provided, however that Bayer may acknowledge the existence and general nature of this Agreement.  The foregoing limitations shall apply mutatis mutandis , to Dimension’s use of Bayer’s or its Affiliates or Sublicensees name, logo, seal, trademark or service marks.

 

ARTICLE 13

ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

 

13.1                         Relationship .  Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to establish a relationship of principal and agent between Bayer and Dimension, nor any of their agents or employees for any purpose whatsoever, nor shall this Agreement be construed as creating any other form of legal association or arrangement which would impose liability upon one Party for the act or failure to act of the other Party.

 

13.2                         Assignment .  Subject to Sections 13.2.1 through 13.2.6 below, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, each of which such successors and permitted assigns will be deemed to be a Party hereto for all purposes hereof.

 

13.2.1               Subject to Section 13.2.2 and 13.2.3, no Party may assign, delegate or otherwise transfer either this Agreement or any of its rights, interests, or obligations hereunder without the prior written approval of the other Party.

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

54



 

13.2.2               Notwithstanding Section 13.2.1 each Party, upon providing the other Party written notice, may without the consent of the other Party, (i) assign any or all of its rights and interests hereunder to one or more of its Affiliates, (ii) designate one or more of its Affiliates to perform its obligations hereunder, in each case, so long as the assigning Party is not relieved of any liability hereunder and so long as any such Affiliate remains such Party’s Affiliate; provided, however, that such Affiliate assignee(s) provide the other Party with written acknowledgement of and agreement to the assigning Party’s obligations under the Agreement that were assigned to it.

 

13.2.3               Notwithstanding Section 13.2.1 each Party (or its permitted successive assignees or transferees hereunder), upon providing the other Party prior written notice (at least […***…] prior to the effectiveness of such assignment), may without the consent of the other Party, assign or transfer this Agreement as a whole to an entity that succeeds to all or substantially all of the business or assets of such Party related to the subject matter of this Agreement, so long as the assigning Party is not relieved of any liability hereunder and such assignment is a Qualified Assignment.

 

13.2.4               For the purposes of this Agreement, a “Qualified Assignment” means any transaction that:

 

(a)                                  is made in compliance with Law, including securities, tax and corporation laws;

 

(b)                                  includes the assignee’s written acknowledgement (to the assigning Party) of and agreement to assume all of the assigning Party’s obligations under the Agreement;

 

(c)                                   is made to an assignee that is, and will be after giving effect to the relevant assignment, Solvent;

 

(d)                                  is made to an assignee that is not subject at the time of such assignment to any order, decree or petition providing for (i) the winding-up or liquidation of such person, (ii) the appointment of a receiver over the whole or part of the assets of such person or (iii) the bankruptcy or administration of such person;

 

(e)                                   is not a voidable fraudulent conveyance;

 

(f)                                    is made to an assignee that is at the time of such assignment not debarred under 21 U.S.C.  §30 or under investigation or threatened to be debarred under 21 U.S.C.  §30; and

 

(g)                                   will not cause a material increase in taxes, costs or expenses to the non-assigning Party (unless the assigning Party or the assignee has agreed to compensate the non-assigning Party for the same).

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

55



 

13.2.5               Notwithstanding Sections 13.2.1 through 13.2.4 above, (i) each Party may at any time assign its rights, interests and obligations provided for hereunder to any person by merger or in the course of a Change of Control; or (ii) with the prior written consent of the other Party.

 

13.2.6               For purposes of this Section 13.2, “Solvent” means, with respect to any entity as on any date of determination, that as of such date, (i) the value of the assets of such entity is greater than the total amount of liabilities (including contingent and unliquidated liabilities) of such entity, (ii) such entity is able to pay all liabilities of such entity as such liabilities mature and (iii) such entity does not have unreasonably small capital (taking into account such entity’s obligations hereunder).  In computing the amount of contingent or unliquidated liabilities at any time, such liabilities shall be computed at the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represent the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.  In computing the value of the assets of an entity, the value shall be determined in the context of current facts and circumstances affecting such entity.

 

13.3                         Waiver .  A waiver by either Party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement will not constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach of that provision or a waiver of any breach of any other provision of this Agreement.

 

13.4                         Notices .  Notices, payments, statements, reports, and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been received as of the date received if sent by public courier ( e.g. , Federal Express), by Express Mail, receipt requested, or by facsimile (with a copy of such facsimile also sent by one of the other methods of delivery) and addressed as follows:

 

If for Dimension:

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

 

 

Dimension Therapeutics, Inc.

 

Cooley LLP

1 Main Street, 13th Floor

 

3175 Hanover Street

Cambridge, MA 02142

 

Palo Alto, CA 94304

USA

 

USA

Attn: President and CEO

 

Attn: Barbara A. Kosacz, Esq.

Facsimile: […***…]

 

Facsimile: […***…]

 

 

 

If for Bayer:

 

with a copy to:

 

 

 

Bayer HealthCare LLC

 

Bayer HealthCare LLC

455 Mission Bay Boulevard South

 

800 DwightWay

San Francisco, CA 94158

 

Berkeley 94710

Attn: Alliance Manager

 

Attn: Law & Patents

Facsimile: […***…]

 

 

 

Either Party may change its official address upon written notice to the other Party.

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

56



 

13.5                         Applicable Law .  This Agreement shall be construed and governed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflict of law provisions that may require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.  Subject to Section 13.6, the Parties hereby submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of and venue in the federal courts located in the State of New York with respect to any and all disputes concerning the subject of this Agreement.

 

13.6                         Dispute Resolution .  In the event of any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Parties shall first attempt to resolve such controversy or claim through good faith negotiations between senior executives of each Party with authority to resolve the dispute for a period of not less than […***…] following notification of such controversy or claim to the other Party.  If such controversy or claim cannot be resolved by means of such negotiations during such period, then such controversy or claim shall be resolved by binding arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA (including the ICDR Rules relating to discovery) in effect on the date of commencement of the arbitration, subject to the provisions of this Section 13.6.  The arbitration shall be conducted as follows:

 

13.6.1               The arbitration shall be conducted by three arbitrators, each of whom by training, education, or experience has knowledge of the research, development, and commercialization of biological therapeutic products in the United States.  The arbitration shall be conducted in English and held in New York, New York.

 

13.6.2               In its demand for arbitration, the Party initiating the arbitration shall provide a statement setting forth the nature of the dispute, the names and addresses of all other parties, an estimate of the amount involved (if any), the remedy sought, otherwise specifying the issue to be resolved, and appointing one neutral arbitrator.  In an answering statement to be filed by the responding Party within […***…] after confirmation of the notice of filing of the demand is sent by the AAA, the responding Party shall appoint one neutral arbitrator.  Within […***…] from the date on which the responding Party appoints its neutral arbitrator, the first two arbitrators shall appoint a chairperson.

 

13.6.3               If a Party fails to make the appointment of an arbitrator as provided in Section 13.6.2, the AAA shall make the appointment.  If the appointed arbitrators fail to appoint a chairperson within the time specified in Section 13.6.2 and there is no agreed extension of time, the AAA shall appoint the chairperson.

 

13.6.4               The arbitrators will render their award in writing and, unless all Parties agree otherwise, will include an explanation in reasonable detail of the reasons for their award.  Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, including in the courts described in Section 13.5.  The arbitrators will have the authority to grant injunctive relief and other specific performance; provided that the arbitrators will have no authority to award damages in contravention of this Agreement, and each Party irrevocably waives any claim to such damages in contravention of this Agreement.  The arbitrators will, in rendering their decision, apply the substantive law of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflict of law provisions that may require the application of the laws of

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

57



 

another jurisdiction.  The decision and award rendered by the arbitrators will be final and non-appealable (except for an alleged act of corruption or fraud on the part of the arbitrator).

 

13.6.5               The Parties shall use their reasonable efforts to conduct all dispute resolution procedures under this Agreement as expeditiously, efficiently, and cost-effectively as possible.

 

13.6.6               All expenses and fees of the arbitrators and expenses for hearing facilities and other expenses of the arbitration will be borne equally by the Parties unless the Parties agree otherwise or unless the arbitrators in the award assess such expenses against one of the Parties or allocate such expenses other than equally between the Parties.  Each of the Parties will bear its own counsel fees and the expenses of its witnesses except to the extent otherwise provided in this Agreement or by applicable Law.

 

13.6.7               Compliance with this Section 13.6 is a condition precedent to seeking relief in any court or tribunal in respect of a dispute, but nothing in this Section 13.6 will prevent a Party from seeking equitable or other interlocutory relief in the courts of appropriate jurisdiction, pending the arbitrators’ determination of the merits of the controversy, if applicable to protect the confidential information, property, or other rights of that Party or to otherwise prevent irreparable harm that may be caused by the other Party’s actual or threatened breach of this Agreement.

 

13.7                         No Discrimination .  Both Parties and their respective Affiliates, and any Sublicensees, agents, contractors and licensees, in their respective activities under this Agreement, shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, sex, sexual, or affectional preference, age, religion, national, or ethnic origin, handicap, or because he or she is a disabled veteran or a veteran (including a veteran of the Vietnam Era).

 

13.8                         Compliance with Law .  Both Parties (and their respective Affiliates and any Sublicensees, agents, contractors and licensees) must comply with all prevailing laws, rules, and regulations that apply to its activities or obligations under this Agreement.  Without limiting the foregoing, it is understood that this Agreement may be subject to United States laws and regulations controlling the export of technical data, computer software, laboratory prototypes, and other commodities, articles, and information, including the Arms Export Control Act as amended in the Export Administration Act of 1979 and that Bayer’s obligations are contingent upon compliance with applicable United States export laws and regulations.  The transfer of certain technical data and commodities may require a license from the cognizant agency of the United States Government and/or written assurances by Bayer that Bayer shall not export data or commodities to certain foreign countries without prior approval of such agency.  Dimension neither represents that a license is not required nor that, if required, it will issue.

 

13.9                         Entire Agreement .  This Agreement embodies the entire understanding between the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior understandings and agreements, whether written or oral.  All “Confidential Information” disclosed by Dimension to […***…] will be deemed “Confidential Information” under this Agreement (unless and until it

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

58



 

falls within one of the exclusions set forth in Section 1.11).  This Agreement may not be varied except by a written document signed by duly authorized representatives of both Parties.

 

13.10                  Marking .  Bayer, its Affiliates, and any Sublicensees shall mark any Licensed GT Product (or their containers or labels) made, sold, or otherwise distributed by it or them with any notice of patent rights necessary or desirable under applicable Law to enable the Sublicensed Patents and Dimension Patents to be enforced to their full extent in any country where Licensed GT Products are made, used, sold, offered for sale, or imported.

 

13.11                  Severability and Reformation .  If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then such invalid or unenforceable provision will be automatically revised to be a valid or enforceable provision that comes as close as permitted by law to the Parties’ original intent; provided that, if the Parties cannot agree upon such valid or enforceable provision, the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, unless the invalid or unenforceable provisions are of such essential importance to this Agreement that it is to be reasonably assumed that the Parties would not have entered into this Agreement without the invalid or unenforceable provisions.

 

13.12                  Further Assurances .  Each Party hereto agrees to execute, acknowledge, and deliver such further instruments, and to do all other acts, as may be necessary or appropriate in order to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

 

13.13                  Interpretation; Construction .  The captions to the several Articles and Sections of this Agreement are included only for convenience of reference and shall not in any way affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.  In this Agreement, unless the context requires otherwise, (a) the word “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation” or like expression; (b) references to the singular shall include the plural and vice versa; (c) references to masculine, feminine, and neuter pronouns and expressions shall be interchangeable; (d) the words “herein” or “hereunder” relate to this Agreement; (e) “or” is disjunctive but not necessarily exclusive; (f) the word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”; (g) all references to “dollars” or “$” herein shall mean U.S.  Dollars; (h) unless otherwise provided, all reference to Sections and exhibits in this Agreement are to Sections and exhibits of and in this Agreement; and (i) whenever this Agreement refers to a number of days, such number shall refer to calendar days unless business days are specified.  Each Party represents that it has been represented by legal counsel in connection with this Agreement and acknowledges that it has participated in the drafting hereof.  In interpreting and applying the terms and provisions of this Agreement, the Parties agree that no presumption will apply against the Party which drafted such terms and provisions.

 

13.14                  Cumulative Rights and Remedies .  The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement and all other rights and remedies available to either Party at law or in equity are, to the extent permitted by law, cumulative and not exclusive of any other right or remedy now or hereafter available at law or in equity.  Neither asserting a right nor employing a remedy shall preclude the concurrent assertion of any other right or employment of any other remedy, nor shall the failure to assert any right or remedy constitute a waiver of that right or remedy.

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

59



 

13.15                  Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

60


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, have caused this Collaboration and License Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives.

 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC

 

BAYER HEATHCARE, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas R. Beck

 

By:

/s/ Habib Dable

Name:

Thomas R. Beck

 

Name:

Habib Dable

Title:

President and CEO

 

Title:

EVP, Global Head, Specialty Medicine

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 



 

Exhibit A
Sublicensed Patents & Dimension Patents

 

Sublicensed Patents:

 

App #

 

Title

 

Inventors

 

Nos.

 

Penn Docket #

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

Dimension Patents :  […***…]

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 



 

Exhibit B
Licensed Treatment Sales

 

The following are examples (not intended to be exhaustive) of the calculation of Licensed Treatment Sales.  In principle the Parties have agreed upon two payment mechanisms for the commercialization of Licensed Treatments; these are:

 

1.                                       Annuity Payment Scheme (the figures mentioned below are hypothetical and do not reflect actual or anticipated prices):

 

·                   […***…]

·                   […***…]

·                   […***…]

·                   […***…]

·                   […***…]

 

Table 1 :  […***…] (which rolls up into the definition of Net Sales) for purposes of determining royalty payments to Dimension in relation to the amount of […***…] figures picked at random (and represent an example only):

 

Retail price of […***…] (as a % of
Licensed Treatment Monitoring
Sales for such patient)

 

% of […***…] Licensed
Treatment Monitoring Sales to
be included in Licensed
Treatment Sales/Net Sales for
royalty purposes

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

2.                                       One-time (lump sum) Payment Scheme :

 

·                   […***…]

·                   […***…]

·                   […***…]

·                   […***…]

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 



 

Exhibit C
Sublicensed Technology Retained Rights

 

Bayer acknowledges and understands that ReGenX and its direct and indirect licensors under the Existing Licenses retain certain rights under the Sublicensed Technology, whether inside or outside the Field, as further set forth below:

 

1.                                       Retained Rights .  ReGenX’s direct and indirect licensors retain the following rights with respect to the Sublicensed Technology:

 

(a)                                  A non-exclusive, sublicensable right under the Sublicensed Technology to make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, and import products that deliver RNA interference and antisense drugs using an adeno-associated vector; and

 

(b)                                  A non-exclusive right for ReGenX’s direct and indirect licensors (which right is sublicensable by such licensors) to use the Sublicensed Technology for non-commercial research purposes and to use the Sublicensed Technology for such licensors’ discovery research efforts with non-profit organizations and collaborators.

 

2.                                       Domain Antibodies .  The rights and licenses granted in Section 5.1 shall not include any right (and Dimension’s direct and indirect licensors retain the exclusive (even as to Dimension and Bayer), fully sublicensable right) under the Sublicensed Technology to make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, and import Domain Antibodies (as defined in the ReGenX Agreement) that are expressed by an adeno-associated vector.

 

3.                                       Hemophilia B .

 

a.                                       The rights and licenses granted in Section 5.1 shall not include any right (and ReGenX’s direct and indirect licensors retain the exclusive (even as to Dimension and Bayer), fully sublicensable right) under the Sublicensed Technology that covers the rAAV serotype 8, to make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale, and import products for the treatment of all forms of hemophilia B (notwithstanding Bayer’s rights under Section 5.10).

 

b.                                       ReGenX’s direct and indirect licensors retain the following rights (even as to Dimension) with respect to the Sublicensed Technology:  a non-exclusive, sublicensable right to make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale, and import all of the various serotypes of any adeno-associated vector that is the subject of at least one claim in the Sublicensed Patents solely for non-commercial research in the area of hemophilia B (notwithstanding Bayer’s rights under Section 5.12).

 

4.                                       Hemophilia A .  ReGenX’s direct and indirect licensors retain the following rights with respect to the Sublicensed Technology:  to the extent Sublicensed Technology pertains to recombinant adeno-associated virus serotype 8, an exclusive, sublicensable right to make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale, and import products for the treatment of hemophilia A.

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 



 

5.                                       Service Businesses .  The rights and licenses granted in Section 5.1 shall not include any right (and ReGenX’s direct and indirect licensors retain the exclusive (even as to Dimension and Bayer), fully sublicensable right) under the Sublicensed Technology:

 

(a)                                  to conduct commercial reagent and services businesses, which includes the right to make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, and import research reagents, including any viral vector construct; provided that, for clarity, such rights retained by ReGenX’s direct and indirect licensors shall not include the right to conduct clinical trials in humans in the Field; or

 

(b)                                  to use the Sublicensed Technology to provide services to any Third Parties; provided that, for clarity, Bayer’s license under Section 5.1 does include the right to administer Licensed GT Products to patients.

 

6.                                       Research Rights .  ReGenX’s direct and indirect licensors retain the fully sublicensable right under the Sublicensed Technology to grant non-exclusive research and development licenses to their Affiliates and Third Parties; provided that such development rights granted by ReGenX’s direct and indirect licensors shall not include the right to conduct clinical trials in humans in the Field or any rights to sell products in the Field.

 

7.                                       Non-Commercial Entities .  The University of Pennsylvania may use and permit other non-profit organizations or other non-commercial entities to use the Sublicensed Technology solely for educational, research, and other non-commercial purposes.

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 



 

Exhibit D-1
Research Plan

 

[see attached]

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 


 

Hem A tasts & timeline

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]  […***…]  […***…]

 

[…***…]  […***…]  […***…]  […***…]

 

[…***…]  […***…]  […***…]  […***…]

 

[…***…]  […***…]  […***…]  […***…]

 

[…***…]  […***…]  […***…]  […***…]

[…***…]

[…***…]

[…***…]

[…***…]

[…***…]

[…***…]

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 


 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 



 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 



 

Exhibit D-2
Operating Plan

 

[to be finalized and attached within […***…] after the Effective Date]

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 


 

Exhibit D-3
Research Budget

 

[see attached]

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 



 

Overall Hem A Project Budget

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

Budget Estimates with greatest uncertainty include:

 

·                   […***…]

·                   […***…]

·                   […***…]

 

Not Included at this time:

 

·                   […***…]

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 



 

2014 — 2015 Budget

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

[…***…]

 

2014 — 2015 Activities included are the following:

 

·                   […***…]

·                   […***…]

·                   […***…]

·                   […***…]

·                   […***…]

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 



 

Exhibit E
Demonstration of Clinical POC

 

The Clinical Proof of Concept will be considered having been achieved when all of the following criteria are met:

 

·                   Efficacy and Safety

 

·                   […***…]

·                   […***…]

·                   […***…]

 

·                   Pre-existing antibodies against […***…]

 

·                   […***…]

·                   […***…]

 

·                   Feasibility of highest dose level tested

 

·                   […***…]

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 



 

Exhibit F

 

Press Releases

 

[see attached]

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 



 

 

 

Press release

Not intended for US or UK media

Bayer HealthCare AG

Communications

51368 Leverkusen

Germany

Phone:  +49 214 30-1

www.bayerhealthcare.com

 

Bayer HealthCare Press release Not intended for US or UK media Bayer HealthCare and Dimension Therapeutics to Develop Novel Gene Therapy for Hemophilia A

 

Leverkusen, June 23, 2014 - Bayer HealthCare (Bayer) and Dimension Therapeutics, a company focused on developing novel adeno-associated virus (AAV) gene therapy treatments for rare diseases, have entered into a collaboration for the development and commercialization of a novel gene therapy for the treatment of hemophilia A.

 

“Bayer is a worldwide leader in the treatment of hemophilia and we are highly committed to advancing innovative treatment options for patients with hemophilia A,” said Prof.  Dr.  Andreas Busch, Member of the Bayer HealthCare Executive Committee and Head of Global Drug Discovery.  “We are excited to partner with Dimension to jointly harness the power of gene therapy to drive the development of new long-term options in treating this disease.”

 

“Currently available replacement therapies for hemophilia A are often administered intravenously multiple times a week and may be required for life, depending on the severity of a patient’s disease,” said Thomas R.  Beck, M.D., chief executive officer of Dimension Therapeutics.  “Gene therapy offers the potential to transform the treatment of hemophilia by inserting a correct version of the faulty gene responsible for the disease.  We are proud to partner with Bayer, a leader in the treatment of hemophilia A, to develop a therapy with the potential to significantly change the treatment landscape and improve quality of life for patients.”

 

Under the terms of the agreement, Dimension will receive an upfront payment of $20 million and will be eligible for development and commercialization milestone payments of up to $232 million.  Dimension will be responsible for all pre-clinical development activities and the Phase I/IIa clinical trial, with funding from Bayer.  Depending on the results of the Phase I/IIa clinical trial, Bayer will conduct the confirmatory Phase III trial, make all regulatory submissions, and will have worldwide rights to commercialize the potential future product for the treatment of hemophilia A.  Dimension is eligible to receive tiered royalties based on product sales.

 

Dimension’s AAV vector technology allows for systemic intravenous administration of the clotting factor gene in vivo, which has been shown in preclinical studies to target the liver

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

1



 

resulting in long lasting expression of FVIII protein at therapeutic levels.  Dimension’s vectors are enabled by REGENX Biosciences’ proprietary NAV® technology.

 

About Hemophilia A

 

Hemophilia A, also known as factor VIII deficiency or classic hemophilia, is a largely inherited bleeding disorder in which one of the proteins needed to form blood clots in the body is missing or reduced.  Hemophilia A, the most common type of hemophilia, is caused by a deficient or defective blood coagulation protein, known as factor VIII.  Hemophilia A is characterized by prolonged or spontaneous bleeding, especially into the muscles, joints, or internal organs.

 

About Hematology at Bayer

 

Bayer is committed to delivering science for a better life by advancing a portfolio of innovative treatments.  Bayer Hematology includes an approved treatment for hemophilia A and compounds in development for hemophilia A, sickle cell anemia, and other blood and bleeding disorders.  Together, these compounds reflect the company’s commitment to research and development in these disease states.

 

About Dimension Therapeutics

 

Dimension Therapeutics is a gene therapy company focused on developing novel therapies to treat rare diseases.  Formed in 2013, the Dimension team comprises biotech industry veterans and renowned thought leaders in gene therapy and rare diseases.  The company is focused on building its adeno-associated virus (AAV) therapeutic discovery platform and advancing multiple gene therapy programs in rare diseases, and is advancing a wholly-owned hemophilia B program towards clinical development.  Dimension’s partnerships with REGENX Biosciences and the University of Pennsylvania provide Dimension with exclusive gene therapy intellectual property and preferred access to multiple best-in-class AAV vector systems.  Dimension has been funded by Fidelity Biosciences and OrbiMed Advisors.  For more information, please visit www.dimensiontx.com.

 

About Bayer HealthCare

 

The Bayer Group is a global enterprise with core competencies in the fields of health care, agriculture and high-tech materials.  Bayer HealthCare, a subgroup of Bayer AG with annual sales of EUR 18.9 billion (2013), is one of the world’s leading, innovative companies in the healthcare and medical products industry and is based in Leverkusen, Germany.  The company combines the global activities of the Animal Health, Consumer Care, Medical Care and Pharmaceuticals divisions.  Bayer Healthcare’s aim is to discover, develop, manufacture and market products that will improve human and animal health worldwide.  Bayer HealthCare has a global workforce of 56,000 employees (Dec.  31, 2013) and is represented in more than 100 countries.  More information is available at http://www.healthcare.bayer.com.

 

Our online press service is just a click away:  press.healthcare.bayer.com

 

Contact :

 

Diana Scholz, Tel.  +49 30 468 193183

E-Mail:  diana.scholz@bayer.com

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

2



 

Folgen Sie uns auf Facebook:  http://www.facebook.com./healthcare.bayer

 

ds                                     (2014-0267E)

 

Forward-Looking Statements

 

This release may contain forward-looking statements based on current assumptions and forecasts made by Bayer Group or subgroup management.  Various known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors could lead to material differences between the actual future results, financial situation, development or performance of the company and the estimates given here.  These factors include those discussed in Bayer’s public reports which are available on the Bayer website at www.bayer.com.  The company assumes no liability whatsoever to update these forward-looking statements or to conform them to future events or developments.

 

News Release Tweet

 

Text (max.  110 characters incl.  spaces):
Bayer HealthCare and Dimension Therapeutics to Develop Novel Gene Therapy for Hemophilia A

BHC NEWS:  >> more information about XY

 

*** Confidential Treatment Requested ***

 

3




Exhibit 10.12

 

INDENTURE OF LEASE

 

by and between

 

RIVERTECH ASSOCIATES II, LLC

 

(“LESSOR”)

 

and

 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

(“LESSEE”)

 

RIVERSIDE TECHNOLOGY CENTER

 

840 Memorial Drive
Cambridge, Massachusetts

 



 

RIVERSIDE TECHNOLOGY CENTER

 

COMMERCIAL LEASE

 

BETWEEN

 

RIVERTECH ASSOCIATES II, LLC

 

AND

 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

Agreement entered into this 11 th  day of March, 2014 in consideration of the covenants and other benefits herein contained the receipt and sufficiency of said consideration being hereby acknowledged.

 

Rivertech Associates II, LLC, a Massachusetts limited liability corporation, c/o The Abbey Group, 575 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02116 (herein “ LESSOR ”), does hereby lease to LESSEE, and Dimension Therapeutics, Inc. a Delaware corporation duly qualified to conduct business in Massachusetts, having a principal place of business at 850 Winter Street, Gunderson Dettner Waltham, MA 02451 (herein “ LESSEE ”), does hereby lease from said LESSOR, certain space located at 840 Memorial Drive, Cambridge, Massachusetts (herein “ Building ”) being that portion of the fourth (4 th ) floor of the Building consisting of approximately 8,060 rentable square feet of space as shown on Exhibit A-1 (the “ Lease Plan ”) attached hereto, and an additional approximately 50 rentable square feet of space serving as an “acid neutralization room on the third (3 rd ) floor of the Building as shown on the Lease Plan, totaling approximately 8,110 rentable square feet of space (herein, collectively the “ Leased Premises ” or “ Premises ”); with the right in common with others in the Building to use such common areas of the Building and the property on which the Building is located as are designated by the LESSOR, from time to time including but not limited to the fourth floor common lavatories; shared loading dock; shared passenger and freight elevators; and common stairways, corridors, walkways, driveways and lobbies.

 

1.                                       Bluebird Bio, Inc. Sublease Term, and Direct Lease Term.

 

(a)                                  Bluebird Bio, Inc. Lease .  Bluebird Bio, Inc., is the current tenant under a certain lease for space in the Building as follows:  Rivertech Associates, LLC and Genetix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. entered into a certain lease agreement dated February 18, 2000 (the “ Original Lease ”); which was amended by a certain Amended and Restated Lease Agreement dated May 18, 2007 (the “ First Amended Lease Agreement ”); which was further amended by a certain Lease Extension and Modification Agreement dated November 24, 2009 (the “ First Lease Extension Agreement ”); which was further amended by a certain Second Amended and Restated Lease Agreement dated October 19, 2010 (the “ Second Amended Lease Agreement ”); and which was most recently further amended by a Second Lease Extension Agreement dated September      ,2012 (the “ Second Lease Extension Agreement ”); all now collectively referred to herein as the “ Bluebird Lease .”

 



 

Under the Bluebird Lease, Bluebird Bio., Inc. currently leases and currently occupies approximately 8,060 rentable square feet of space located on the fourth (4 th ) floor of the Building, in addition to approximately fifty (50) rentable square feet of space on the third (3 rd ) floor of the Building, for a total of approximately 8,110 rentable square feet of space in the Building, being the same space as is identified herein alternatively as the “ Bluebird / Dimensions Subleased Space, and also as the “ Leased Premises ” under this Lease, as the context so permits.  Additionally, under the Bluebird Lease, Bluebird Bio, Inc. also currently leases and currently occupies approximately 9,488 rentable square feet of space located on the fourth (4 th ) floor of the Building, in addition to approximately fifty (50) rentable square feet of space on the third (3 rd ) floor of the Building, for a total of approximately 9,538 rentable square feet in the Building, which Bluebird has subleased as of the date hereof to another tenant (KEW Group, Inc.) which additional space is herein identified as the “ Bluebird / KEW Space ”.  LESSOR hereunder has also entered into a separate lease agreement with KEW Group, Inc. dated February 20, 2014 (the “ KEW Group Lease ”), governing KEW Group Inc.’s occupancy and certain other rights upon expiration of a certain sublease between Bluebird and KEW Group, Inc., dated as of February 6, 2014 (the “ KEW Group Sublease ”) as of the Bluebird Lease Termination Date (as defined below).

 

The Bluebird Lease terminates, and all space leased to Bluebird Bio, Inc. thereunder (i.e. the Bluebird / Dimensions Subleased Space and the Bluebird / KEW Space) is to be surrendered and vacated by March 31, 2015 (the “ Bluebird Lease Termination Date ”).

 

(b)                                  Sublease from Bluebird Bio, Inc. - Initial Occupancy - LESSOR Approval .  The LESSEE, contemporaneously with the execution of this Lease, has entered into a certain sublease agreement with Bluebird Bio, Inc., a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A - 2 , to sublease the Bluebird / Dimensions Subleased Space (i.e. the Leased Premises as defined herein) from Bluebird Bio, Inc., commencing on March 11, 2014, and ending on March 31, 2015 (the “ Bluebird / Dimensions Sublease ”).  Consequently, LESSEE will commence its use and occupancy of the Leased Premises under the Bluebird Dimensions Sublease, and will continue its use and occupancy of the Leased Premises on that basis up to the Bluebird Lease Termination Date.

 

The LESSOR hereby approves LESSEE’s use and occupancy of the Leased Premises under the terms and conditions of the Bluebird Dimensions Sublease.  LESSOR’s approval is expressly conditioned upon the following:  (i) LESSEE’s acknowledgment, hereby given by its execution of this Lease, that it accepts the Leased Premises in an AS/IS condition as of the date hereof, subject only to the provisions of Section 32 hereof, and without LESSOR’s representation or warranty of any kind or nature; (ii) the LESSEE’s actual use and occupancy of the Leased Premises and the conduct of its operations therein, is to be consistent in all respects with the terms and conditions of this separate Lease, during the term of the Bluebird / Dimensions Sublease, notwithstanding any contrary provisions of the Bluebird / Dimensions Sublease; (iii) the LESSEE shall adhere to the terms and conditions of the Bluebird / Dimensions Sublease (to the extent not inconsistent with this Lease, provided however that all of Lessee’s rental obligations shall be governed by the Bluebird / Dimensions Sublease until the Bluebird Lease Termination Date); and, (iv) the LESSEE hereby agrees, effective upon execution of this Lease, that upon the occurrence of any material default by Bluebird Bio, Inc., under the Bluebird Lease, LESSEE shall directly attorn to LESSOR hereunder and continue its use and occupancy

 

2



 

of the Leased Premises under the terms and conditions of the Bluebird/Dimensions Sublease, paying all rent and other payments dues under said Bluebird/ Dimensions Sublease to the LESSOR hereunder upon the receipt of a written notice from LESSOR (the “ Bluebird Default Notice ”) advising of the Bluebird default and directing such payments to itself (notwithstanding any proceedings against Bluebird Bio, Inc. as may be brought by LESSOR against it under the terms and conditions of the Bluebird Lease and/or any termination of said Bluebird Lease on account of said default and/or proceedings).  Upon delivery of the Bluebird Default Notice to LESSEE, the Bluebird/ Dimensions Sublease shall convert to a direct lease arrangement as between LESSOR and LESSEE up to and through March 31, 2015; and from after the delivery of the Bluebird Default Notice, but only if required under the Bluebird / Dimensions Sublease, LESSEE shall additionally be required to pay to LESSOR its Allocable Percentage for (x) Additional Operating Expense Rent per Section 3 hereof (y) Additional Real Estate Tax Rent per Section 4 hereof, and (z) Utilities per Section 7 hereof, and for Lessee’s use of any shared equipment then under the Bluebird Lease from and after such conversion date; Bluebird Bio, Inc. relinquishing and waiving any and all claims for rent or other sums under the Bluebird/ Dimensions Sublease as of the date of its default under the Bluebird Lease.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, LESSOR shall not be liable to LESSEE on account of any claims LESSEE may have against Bluebird Bio, Inc. arising from any breach by Bluebird Bio, Inc. under the Bluebird/ Dimensions Sublease, LESSEE hereby waiving any and all such claims, directly as against LESSOR, or as grounds for LESSEE’s non-performance thereunder or any defense or offset to LESSEE’s performance hereunder; however, LESSOR shall be entitled to enforce the Bluebird/ Dimensions Sublease directly as against LESSEE for any claims against LESSEE arising from any breach by LESSEE under the Bluebird/ Dimensions Sublease, from and after any conversion of said Bluebird Dimensions Sublease to a direct lease relationship as contemplated above.  LESSOR reserves for itself any and all rights and remedies it may have as against Bluebird Bio, Inc., on account of any default under the Bluebird Lease, including claims for any incremental sums owed by Bluebird Bio, Inc., under the Bluebird Lease representing the differential in the rent paid by LESSEE to LESSOR as contemplated above under the terms of the Bluebird Dimensions Sublease, and the sums owed to LESSOR as Annual Base Rent and Additional Rent under the Bluebird Lease.  LESSEE shall have no liability to LESSOR for any default or amounts owed by Bluebird under the Bluebird Lease.

 

(c)                                   Direct Lease Term .  As of the Commencement Date as defined below, LESSEE will already be in possession of the Leased Premises under its prior occupancy under the Bluebird Dimensions Sublease.  Consequently, there is no actual delivery date for the Leased Premises, and the “ Commencement Date ” of the LESSEE’s tenancy under this direct Lease shall be April 1, 2015, the date immediately following expiration of the Bluebird Lease.  LESSEE leases the Leased Premises for an original Term commencing as of the Commencement Date, and thereafter running twenty four (24) consecutive calendar months (herein, “ Lease Term ” or “ Term ”).  Therefore, the Term of this direct Lease shall end on March 31, 2017 (the “ Termination Date ”).

 

2.                                       Annual Base Rent and Additional Rent.

 

Subject to the provisions hereof, commencing on the Commencement Date, LESSEE shall pay to LESSOR an Annual Base Rent pursuant to the schedule below during each Lease Year (or portion thereof as the case may be) of the Term hereof, (herein, “ Annual Base Rent ”).

 

3



 

Annual Base Rent shall be payable in advance, in equal monthly installments, due on the first day of each calendar month, pursuant to the schedule below.

 

LESSEE’s first payment of Annual Base Rent for the first month of the first Lease Year shall be due on the Commencement Date.

 

All payments of Annual Base Rent (and any Additional Rent or other sums due LESSOR) shall be made to LESSOR at 575 Boylston Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116 or to such other agent or at such other place as LESSOR may designate in writing.  The covenants to pay all Annual Base Rent and all Additional Rent hereunder (collectively, “ Rent ”) shall be independent from any and all other covenants of LESSOR to LESSEE hereunder; and all Rent shall be promptly paid when due stated hereunder.

 

LESSEE shall pay interest from the date due, at annual rate of fourteen (14%) percent of any installments of Annual Base Rent, or Additional Rent or other payments which are not received by LESSOR within ten days after written notice from LESSOR that any such Rent was not received.

 

SCHEDULE OF ANNUAL BASE RENT

 

Lease Year

 

Annual Base Rent

 

Monthly Installment

 

First Lease Year

 

$

369,005.00

 

$

30,750.42

 

Second Lease Year

 

$

381,170.00

 

$

31,764.17

 

 

This Lease is intended to be a triple net lease, and as such LESSEE shall also be responsible for payment of its pro rata share of Operating Expenses (see Section 3 herein), real estate taxes (see Section 4 herein) and utilities (see Section 7 herein), all in accordance with the terms and conditions herein.  All payments due to LESSOR hereunder in addition to those under Section 2 shall be deemed to be “ Additional Rent ”.  All LESSEE’s obligations to pay any Annual Base Rent or Additional Rent hereunder shall be independent covenants from any other obligations under this Lease.

 

LESSEE’s allocable pro rata share is 6.26 % (the LESSEE’s “ Allocable Percentage ”) as that concept is applicable and used herein.

 

3.                                       Additional Rent (Operating Expenses).

 

LESSEE, in addition to the sums payable to LESSOR as Annual Base Rent as determined in Section 2 hereof shall pay to LESSOR for each year (or portion thereof, as applicable) of the Lease Term, as Additional Rent, LESSEE’s Allocable Percentage of any and all Operating Expenses attributable to the Building for said year of the Lease Term (herein, “ Additional Operating Expense Rent ”).  Operating Expenses as set forth in Exhibit B hereto (provided for illustration) are the unaudited expenses for calendar year 2012.  Actual Operating Expenses will be subject to change based on actual costs and expenses incurred for each of the categorized Exhibit B costs and expenses actually incurred in 2015 and for each subsequent calendar year during the Lease Term, and through the Extended Term (if any).

 

4



 

Operating Expenses ” means the costs incurred by the LESSOR in connection with the operation, management and maintenance of the Building.  “Operating Expenses” shall not include the following:  the costs of LESSEE’s or any other tenant’s improvements and services for which LESSEE or any tenant directly reimburses LESSOR, or pays third persons at LESSOR’s directions; Taxes and any income, excise, transfer or franchise taxes of the LESSOR; the costs incurred in any rehabilitation, reconstruction or other work occasioned by any insured casualty (i.e. as to which LESSOR is required to carry insurance hereunder), or by the exercise of the right of eminent domain (except to the extent of any so-called “deductible” amount under policies of insurance or any costs actually incurred for which any insurance company does not reimburse or compensate LESSOR or Owner); depreciation or interest payments on the Building; general corporate overhead of the LESSOR entity (including salaries of executives and owners not directly employed in the management/operation of the Building, and any penalties or damages that LESSOR may pay to LESSEE or any other tenant of the Building under their respective leases); expenses incurred in any direct dispute with any particular tenant (other than those incurred which are of benefit to or protect the rights of other tenants in the Building, generally); costs of renovations to vacant or other tenants’ spaces; costs of capital improvements to the Building its systems and appurtenances (but not including maintenance, repairs or replacements), and any rental payments for equipment which, if purchased, would be excluded as a capital improvement under generally accepted accounting standards in LESSOR’s reasonable judgment; brokerage and advertising costs in seeking or leasing to new tenants; and penalties incurred due to LESSOR’s violation or any violation of any government order; any ground or underlying lease rental; bad debt expenses and interest, principal, points and fees on debts or amortization on any mortgage or other debt instrument encumbering the Building or the property; costs arising from LESSOR’s charitable or political contributions; costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of LESSOR’s interest in the Building; management fees paid or charged by LESSOR in connection with the management of the Building other than a management fee based on five (5%) percent of income which is the management fee uniformly and customarily charged to other tenants in the Building by LESSOR; costs and expenses (including taxes) to operate the parking garage, valet and other parking services for the Building, costs for sculptures, paintings, fountains or other objects of art or the display of such item, and any replacement garages or parking facilities and any shuttle services as may be placed in service, including any capital improvements to the parking areas; and remediation of hazardous materials in the Building or on the land parcels on which it is located.

 

LESSEE shall pay its Allocable Percentage of Additional Operating Expense Rent to LESSOR based on a prospective annual schedule prepared by the LESSOR, in monthly increments based on said schedule, with each monthly payment of Annual Base Rent due hereunder.  LESSOR, at its discretion, may assess LESSEE for any extraordinary item of cost or expense which may actually occur as a direct result of LESSEE’s own distinct uses or activities which shall be itemized, invoiced separately, and paid by LESSEE within thirty (30) days of its receipt of the invoice.  Within one hundred twenty (120) days of the close of each calendar year, LESSOR shall adjust the prior year’s schedule of Additional Operating Expense Rent to account for actual and properly accrued costs, expenses, and liabilities, and shall issue LESSEE a refund or deficiency statement for that year, as appropriate (the “ Operating Statement ”).  LESSEE shall pay any deficiency shown thereon within thirty (30) days of its receipt of said Operating Statement.  Any rebates due LESSEE (not contested by LESSOR) shall, in LESSOR’s

 

5



 

reasonable discretion, be credited toward current monthly Additional Operating Expense Rent or paid to LESSEE within thirty (30) days.

 

LESSEE shall have the right to audit the applicable records of LESSOR to confirm that the charges billed to LESSEE under Sections 3 and 4 herein are proper and conform to the provisions of such Sections.  Such right shall be exercisable by LESSEE within six (6) months after LESSEE’s receipt of LESSOR’s Operating Statement for the subject Lease Year.  LESSOR shall cooperate with LESSEE in providing LESSEE reasonable access to LESSOR’s books and records during normal business hours to enable LESSEE to audit LESSOR’s books and records as they relate to any costs or expenses passed through to LESSEE pursuant to any provisions of this Lease.  If the audit discloses any overpayment on the part of LESSEE, then LESSEE shall be entitled to a credit on the next succeeding installment of Rent for an amount equal to the overcharge plus interest on the amount of such overcharge from the date on which same was paid by LESSEE until the date refunded by LESSOR at the prime rate then published in The Wall Street Journal, and such credit shall be extended to succeeding installments of Rent in the event such overcharge exceeds the amount of the next succeeding such installment and, in the event the term of this Lease has expired or been earlier terminated, then LESSEE shall be entitled to a refund of such excess from LESSOR within thirty (30) days after such date or expiration or earlier termination.  If the audit discloses any undercharge or underpayment on the part of LESSEE, then LESSOR shall be entitled payment of that difference, to be paid with the next succeeding installment of Rent, in the amount equal to the undercharge or underpayment.  If the audit discloses any overpayment on the part of the Lessee, then subject to the LESSOR’s rights to arbitration of the disputed issues as set forth below (in which case payment shall be tolled to the end of such proceedings), the LESSOR shall reimburse LESSEE for the actual third party costs of such audit, but in no event shall such cost reimbursement exceed a sum equal to the overpayment amount due to LESSEE.

 

If there are disputes regarding the results of the audit, the parties will attempt to resolve such disputes in good faith.  Any unresolved dispute may be referred for final and binding arbitration before JAMS Inc., (the alternative dispute resolution company located in Boston, Mass.) on terms and conditions to be established by the arbitrator, the hearings thereon not to proceed longer than one (1) day.  The arbitrator will be an individual selected by agreement of the parties consistent with the procedures and practices of JAMS, Inc., with knowledge of commercial real estate in the greater Boston area, and who is a “disinterested person” with respect to the LESSOR and LESSEE.  All costs of arbitration shall be shared equally by LESSOR and LESSEE.

 

4.                                       Additional Rent (Real Estate Taxes).

 

LESSEE, in addition to the sums payable to LESSOR as Annual Base Rent as determined in Section 2 hereof, shall pay to LESSOR for each year (or portion thereof, as applicable) of the Lease Term, as Additional Rent, LESSEE’s Allocable Percentage of all sums attributable to the municipal real estate taxes on the Building and land on which it is situated (“ Taxes ”) allocable to said year) (herein the “ Additional Real Estate Tax Rent ”).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, LESSOR shall be under no obligation to file for any abatement of taxes for FY 2014 or any other fiscal year, and LESSEE shall pay all amounts as

 

6



 

invoiced by LESSOR, receiving a rebate based on its Allocable Percentage only if an abatement is sought and received by LESSOR.

 

LESSEE shall pay its Allocable Percentage of Additional Real Estate Tax Rent to LESSOR based on a prospective annual schedule prepared by the LESSOR, in monthly increments based on said schedule, with each monthly payment of Annual Base Rent due hereunder.  Within one hundred twenty (120) days of the close of each tax year, LESSOR shall adjust the prior year’s schedule of Additional Real Estate Tax Rent to account for actual and properly accrued costs, expenses, and liabilities, and shall issue LESSEE a refund or deficiency statement for that year, as appropriate.  LESSEE shall pay any deficiency shown thereon within thirty (30) days of its receipt of said Operating Statement.  Any rebates due LESSEE (not contested by LESSOR) shall, in LESSOR’s reasonable discretion, be credited toward current monthly Additional Real Estate Tax Rent or paid to LESSEE within thirty (30) days.

 

LESSOR shall keep complete books and records regarding Operating Expenses and Taxes at LESSOR’s principal offices, as to which LESSEE shall be given access as contemplated below during LESSOR’s normal business hours for the purpose of reviewing and copying (at LESSEE’s expense except as otherwise set forth herein).  LESSOR shall retain all records of Operating Expenses and Taxes for at least three (3) years.

 

5.                                       Security Deposit.

 

No later than Commencement Date, LESSEE shall post with LESSOR (and maintain at all times during the Original and Extended Term, if any), a Security Deposit in the amount of Ninety Two Thousand Two Hundred Fifty One and 26/100 ($92,251.26) Dollars (the “ Security Deposit Amount ”) as described below; which shall be held as security for LESSEE’s performance as herein provided, to be returned to LESSEE at the end of this Lease Term (as may be earlier terminated or extended), unless applied by LESSOR prior thereto in the event of any uncured default by LESSEE hereunder beyond applicable notice and cure periods.  The Security Deposit shall be delivered to Landlord in two installments:  (i) the sum of Sixty One Thousand Five Hundred 67/100 ($ 61,500.67) Dollars to be tendered by LESSEE upon execution of this Lease; and (ii) an additional sum of Thirty Thousand Seven Hundred Fifty 33/100 ($ 30,750.33) Dollars to be tendered by LESSEE on the Commencement Date (i.e.  on or before April 1, 2015) hereunder.  Failure to deliver the Security Deposit within five (5) days after written notice by LESSOR shall result in breach of this Lease and at Landlord’s election, termination of this Lease, time being of the essence.

 

The Security Deposit Amount shall be delivered to LESSOR, as set forth above, either by:

 

(a)                                  bank check (which sum, plus any interest thereon, LESSOR shall be entitled to commingle and use with LESSOR’s own funds); or

 

(b)                                  irrevocable stand-by Letter of Credit, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C from a commercial bank in Massachusetts reasonably acceptable to LESSOR.

 

If available to LESSEE, the Letter of Credit shall be the full term of this Lease.  However, the Letter of Credit may be written on an annual basis with a provision that it may be

 

7



 

drawn upon if LESSEE fails to provide a renewal or replacement therefor forty-five (45) days prior to the expiration of the then existing Letter of Credit.

 

The Letter of Credit shall:  (i) name LESSOR as beneficiary; (ii) be cancelable only with a minimum 30 days prior notice to LESSOR; and (iii) be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C and in all respects in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to LESSOR

 

LESSOR reserves the right, at any time at which the LESSOR has reasonable grounds to question the economic viability of the bank issuing the then existing Letter of Credit to require that the original Letter of Credit be replaced by another Letter of Credit issued by another commercial bank reasonably acceptable to LESSOR.  LESSEE shall be required to make its substitution within fifteen (15) days from receipt of LESSOR’s notice.  Failure to provide said replacement Letter of Credit shall entitle LESSOR to draw on the existing Letter of Credit and hold the cash proceeds thereof as the Security Deposit hereunder.

 

LESSOR agrees that it shall not draw on the Security Deposit Amount hereunder except to the extent necessary to cure a default beyond applicable notice and cure periods of LESSEE hereunder, or upon failure to LESSEE to tender a replacement or renewal Letter of Credit as contemplated above.  LESSOR agrees that it shall deliver the Security Deposit to any successor in interest to LESSOR’s rights hereunder.  Provided that LESSEE is not then in default under this Lease, the Security Deposit shall be refunded to LESSEE (or the original Letter of Credit returned) within thirty (30) days after the end of the Lease Term.

 

6.                                       Use of Leased Premises.

 

LESSEE shall use the leased premises for general office, research and development and laboratory use, and any other use ancillary thereto only (the “ Permitted Uses ”), which uses LESSOR warrants and represents are currently allowed under local zoning regulations (subject to compliance with federal, state and municipal safety, healthy, building, and sanitary codes), and any encumbrance and restrictive instruments and agreements affecting the Building The LESSEE will use the Leased Premises in a safe manner and will not do or permit any act or thing which is contrary to any legal or insurance requirement referred to in Section 17 hereof or which constitutes a risk to the safety, health or well-being of other lessees in the Building, or the community, or creates a public or private nuisance or waste.

 

Except for the Permitted Items (as defined hereafter), LESSEE shall not be entitled, for research or testing purposes, to bring any animals (including without limitation laboratory mice, rats or other mammals or primates, reptiles or aquatic life); micro-organisms; or bacteriological, biological, or pathological agents; (collectively, “ Biological Items ”) into the Building or the Leased Premises without prior written notice to LESSOR and LESSOR’s express written consent; which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  LESSEE, at its sole cost and expense, shall comply with all applicable local, state and federal governmental statutes, regulations, rulings and orders applicable thereto (including procuring any required permits or authorizations) as to any of the foregoing Biological Items allowed under this Section 6 .  LESSOR may condition its consent to the presence of such animals based on quantity, type, arrangements for storage, sanitation, transportation, and other physical and logistical considerations as LESSOR may reasonably determine in each instance and from time

 

8


 

to time as circumstances may require.  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, LESSOR hereby consents and agrees that LESSEE may keep the “ Permitted Items ” described on Exhibit D hereto at the Leased Premises and utilize them for the Permitted Uses hereunder, provided however , such consent by LESSOR does not relieve LESSEE from identifying, procuring in advance, and maintaining any and all municipal, state and federal permits or authorizations therefor (including without limitation the transport, storage and handling thereof), which shall be LESSEE’s sole responsibility and the absence of which shall not in manner abrogate this Lease or reduce any of LESSEE’s obligations to pay all Rent due hereunder or otherwise perform hereunder.  Any material additions or changes to the Permitted Items shown on Exhibit D shall require LESSOR’s further consent per the standards set forth above in this Section 6 and upon the giving of such further consent Exhibit D shall be deemed to be amended accordingly.  LESSEE hereby indemnifies and holds harmless LESSOR from and against any and all damages, liabilities, claims, demands, actions or other losses arising from LESSEE’s noncompliance with this clause, except to the extent the same results or arises from the negligence or willful misconduct of LESSOR.  Other than for research and testing purposes as conditioned and set forth above, LESSEE shall not permit any other animals on the Leased Premises (with exception only for bona fide “service animals” subject to advance prior approval by LESSEE on a case by case basis).

 

LESSEE shall have access to the Leased Premises for LESSEE’s use seven days per week and twenty four hours per day for each day of the Term, subject to the provisions of Section 7 hereof relative to overtime heat and air-conditioning.  LESSEE shall keep the Leased Premises and adjacent areas in a clean and good condition equivalent to the standards reasonably set by LESSOR for the Building, reasonable wear and tear and casualty excepted.  LESSEE shall be solely responsible to provide its own cleaning and janitorial services to the Leased Premises, at its sole cost and expense.

 

LESSEE shall be responsible for the prompt and proper disposal of all garbage, refuse, debris and other waste as mandated by reasonable and uniform Building regulations.  LESSOR shall provide and maintain a trash dumpster and/or compactor at the Building loading dock, for the non-exclusive use of all tenants for disposal of non-hazardous/non controlled materials and substances.  LESSEE may, but shall not be obligated to implement a recycling program, but its implementation, maintenance, or operation shall be without any cost or expense to LESSOR or any other tenants of the Building.  LESSOR is not obligated to coordinate any such program in any respect.

 

7.                                       Utilities.

 

LESSOR shall provide to the Leased Premises and also to the common areas and facilities which LESSEE enjoys the right to use in accordance with standards reasonably determined by LESSOR for the Building and set forth herein, the following services:  (1) hot and cold running water from points of supply to the water faucets or taps in the Leased Premises for use by LESSEE, the cost of which shall be paid by LESSEE per the readings of the submeter(s) for the Leased Premises; (2) heat and air conditioning (as applicable) during Normal Business Hours (and at such other times requested by LESSEE in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7 set forth below); which heating and air conditioning systems (i) LESSEE controls (as to temperature settings in LESSEE’s laboratory space above the base system settings); (ii)

 

9



 

LESSOR controls (as to temperature settings for the base system serving LESSEE’s office space); and (iii) LESSOR shall repair and maintain (with direct separate charges passed on to the LESSEE) with respect to the supplemental laboratory systems); (3) ventilation and exhaust, and electricity (payable by LESSEE), sufficient for the Permitted Uses as they are generally stated; (4) maintenance and repair of the Building, Premises and Common Areas as set forth in Section 11 below; and (5) elevator service; (items (1) through (5) above are collectively referred to herein as “ Services ”).  “ Normal Business Hours ” shall mean 8 AM to 6 PM Monday through Friday, except for the following holidays, only:  Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Fourth of July, and Labor Day.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, LESSEE shall pay all charges for electricity used on the Leased Premises per the existing submeter(s) for the Leased Premises (or alternatively, any submeters that need to be installed, which shall be installed at LESSOR’s sole cost and expense), and as set forth below.  LESSOR shall provide monthly estimates of use that are based upon actual use for the prior year (i.e. the estimates to be reset annually), to be confirmed by periodic check meter readings for the Leased Premises itself.  LESSEE shall pay for such electrical charges upon receipt of its monthly invoice from LESSOR, to be rendered and paid based on those estimates within thirty (30) days of LESSEE’s receipt of the invoice.  Within one hundred twenty (120) days of the close of each calendar year, LESSOR shall adjust the LESSEE’s prior year’s electrical payments to account for the actual and properly accrued charges reflective of the actual check meter readings for such year, and shall issue LESSEE a refund or deficiency statement for that year, as appropriate.  LESSEE shall pay any deficiency shown thereon within thirty (30) days of its receipt of said invoice.  Any rebates due LESSEE (not contested by LESSOR) shall be credited toward then current monthly electrical charge invoices or paid to LESSEE within thirty (30) days

 

LESSOR shall maintain (a) an average temperature in the useable common areas of the Building generally between 65 degrees Fahrenheit and 75 degrees Fahrenheit at all times, and (b) an average temperature in the office portions of the Leased Premises generally between 65 degrees Fahrenheit and 75 degree Fahrenheit during Normal Business Hours (the “ HVAC Criteria ”).  LESSEE hereby acknowledges that LESSEE controls the temperature in its own laboratory spaces; there shall be no requirement for LESSOR to maintain the foregoing standards with respect thereto; and LESSOR shall not be responsible for coordination of the relative temperatures within the Leased Premises, given LESSEE’s control over such systems (however LESSOR shall be responsible for the balancing of the HVAC systems servicing the Leased Premises as of the beginning of LESSEE’s occupancy under its Bluebird / Dimensions Sublease, with no obligation to do so thereafter) provided , however , that LESSOR shall be responsible for providing electricity and water to the HVAC equipment serving the laboratory spaces 24-hours per day, 7 days per week, such usual and customary electrical capacity and water volume to be in same quantities as are sufficient for the average office/laboratory tenant in the building without regard to any special requirements or specialized equipment (it being LESSEE’s responsibility to make separate arrangements with LESSOR, at LESSEE’s cost and expense, for any greater or more intense requirements).  At any time, upon no less than thirty two (32) hours prior notice by LESSEE, LESSOR shall make available overtime heat and air-conditioning to LESSEE at the Premises in accordance with clause (b) of the HVAC criteria, and LESSEE shall pay as additional rent, overtime heat and air-conditioning for the office portions of the Leased Premises as may be requested by LESSEE for the Leased Premises on the basis of $150.00 per zone per

 

10



 

hour (subject to increase by the same percentage amount by which the standard electric rates are increased), as billed by LESSOR.  LESSEE shall give LESSOR thirty two (32) hours prior notice of any requirements for specialized overtime heating and air-conditioning.  LESSOR shall not be liable to LESSEE for any interruption, interference, damage or loss to LESSEE’s research or experimentation occasioned as a result of any failure in the heating, ventilation, air conditioning, or electrical services or other utilities servicing the Building or the Leased Premises.  No plumbing or electrical work of any type shall be done without LESSOR’s approval which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and, if applicable, the appropriate municipal permit and/or inspector’s approval.  Water for domestic type sanitary purposes (only) shall be supplied at LESSOR’s expense.  There shall be separately metered and separately paid for by LESSEE, non-potable laboratory water and water for other particularized uses in the Leased Premises.

 

An “ Abatement Event ” shall be defined as an event or circumstance (other than those addressed in Section 18 , or subject to Section 27 herein) caused by any of (i) LESSOR’s negligence; (ii) LESSOR’s willful misconduct; or (iii) any act or failure to act that is solely within LESSOR’s control; that prevents LESSEE from accessing or using the Premises or any substantial portion thereof (other than temporary interruptions necessitated by LESSOR’s performance of its obligations for maintenance and repairs as contemplated in Section 10 hereof).  LESSEE shall give LESSOR notice (“ Abatement Notice ”) of any such Abatement Event, and if such Abatement Event continues beyond the “Eligibility Period” (as that term is defined below), then the Annual Base Rent and LESSEE’s other monetary obligations to LESSOR hereunder shall be abated entirely or reduced, as the case may be, after expiration of the Eligibility Period for such time that LESSEE continues to be so prevented from using the affected portion of the Premises in the proportion that the affected area of the Premises bears to the total rentable area of the entire Premises.  The term “ Eligibility Period ” shall mean a period of five (5) consecutive business days after LESSOR’s receipt of any Abatement Notice(s).  In addition, but subject to the provisions of Section 18 hereof (which take precedence), if an Abatement Event continues for ninety (90) consecutive days after any Abatement Notice, LESSEE may terminate this Lease by written notice to LESSOR at any time prior to the date such Abatement Event is cured by LESSOR.

 

8.                                       Compliance with Laws.

 

LESSEE acknowledges that no trade, occupation, or activity shall be conducted in the Leased Premises or use made thereof which will be unlawful, improper, noisy, offensive, or contrary to any federal or state law or administrative regulations, or any municipal ordinance or regulations in force at any time in Cambridge.  LESSEE shall keep all employees working in the Leased Premises covered with Worker’s Compensation Insurance, as applicable.  Specifically, LESSEE shall be responsible for causing the Premises and any work conducted therein to be in full compliance with the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 and any amendments thereto.  LESSEE shall strictly adhere to any and all federal, state, and municipal laws, ordinances, and regulations governing the use of LESSEE’s laboratory scientific experimentation.  LESSEE shall be solely responsible for procuring and complying at all times with any and all necessary permits directly relating or incident to:  the conduct of its office and research activities on the Premises; its scientific experimentation on the Premises; any transportation; storage; handling; use and disposal of any low level radioactive or bacteriological

 

11



 

or pathological substances or organisms or other hazardous wastes or environmentally dangerous substances or materials.  LESSEE shall immediately give notice to LESSOR of any written warnings or violations relative to the above received from any federal, state, or municipal agency or by any Court of Law, and shall immediately take steps to cure the conditions causing any such violations; and LESSOR shall permit LESSEE to cure said harm or hazard prior to any active intervention by LESSOR (except where such intervention is necessitated by the emergency nature of the harm or hazard; or where the harm or hazard impairs the value of the Building, (directly or as collateral on any debt); interests with any other tenant’s rights; or is required by any governmental agency or authority.

 

LESSEE shall fully indemnify and hold harmless in all respects LESSOR from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, and damages (including all necessary and reasonable expenses for contractors, consultants, environmental engineers, attorneys, and other professionals utilized by LESSOR to evaluate and remediate any hazard or harm caused by LESSEE and which LESSEE has failed to cure; and further including any and all fines or fees assessed by any governmental agency relative to any hazard or harm), directly arising from the conduct of its research on the Leased Premises (especially relating to research involving hazardous substances), or LESSEE’s obligations and responsibilities as set forth above and herein, and excepting liability for any claims and damages resulting from the acts or negligence of LESSOR or its agents or employees.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Lease, however, LESSEE shall not be responsible for compliance with any such laws, regulations, or the like requiring (i) structural repairs or modifications or (ii) repairs or modifications to the base Building utilities running to the Leased Premises or (iii) installation of new Building service equipment, such as fire detection or suppression equipment, unless such repairs, modifications, or installations shall be due to LESSEE’s particular manner or intensity of use of the Leased Premises (in contrast to the general office/laboratory use allowed under the Permitted Uses), or LESSEE’s negligence or willful misconduct or that of its employees, agents or independent contractors.

 

9.                                       Fire and General Insurance Requirements.

 

LESSEE shall not permit any use of the Leased Premises which will make voidable, increase any premium, or decrease any insurance on the Building and property of which the Leased Premises are a part, or on the contents of said Building, or which shall be contrary to any law, regulation, or order from time to time to established or issued by the local Fire Department, or any similar body, or any restriction contained in any of LESSOR’s insurance policies as to the Building and property provided , however that LESSOR hereby represents and warrants that the Permitted Uses contemplated hereunder shall not violate any of the foregoing regulations or restrictions as of the Delivery Date.  LESSEE shall, within ten (10) days of demand, reimburse LESSOR all extra insurance premiums caused by LESSEE’s particular use of the Leased Premises (as opposed to Permitted Uses generally).  After prior notice to LESSEE and an opportunity to cure, LESSEE shall pay LESSOR if LESSOR incurs any extraordinary costs or expenses to maintain the Leased Premises or any Building equipment servicing the same incurred as a direct result of LESSEE’s vacating the Leased Premises or allowing the same to remain unoccupied for any extended periods of time during the Lease Term.

 

12



 

10.                                Maintenance of Leased Premises.

 

LESSOR shall be responsible for all exterior and structural maintenance of the Leased Premises (including without limitation exterior plate glass), the maintenance and repair of the Building, including without limitation the roof and foundation of the Building of which the Leased Premises are a part, and for the maintenance, repair and replacement of all common areas serving the Premises, and LESSOR’s heating and cooling equipment, doors, locks, plumbing, and electrical wiring, and other Building systems serving the Premises and common areas of the Building; except for damage caused by the malicious, willful, or negligent acts of LESSEE, and chemical, water or corrosion damage from any source within the control of LESSEE (subject to the last paragraph of Section 17 ).  Additionally, LESSOR warrants to repair or replace (in LESSOR’s discretion in each instance) major components of the “ Premises Specific Mechanical Equipment ”, which consists of:  (i) the make-up air units in the laboratory area of the Leased Premises, and (ii) the exclusive supplemental HVAC units in the laboratory and office areas; from the Commencement Date forward ( provided the same remain in good working order and condition during and at the end of the Bluebird / Dimensions Sublease; responsibility for which to be as determined under the Bluebird Lease up to the Commencement Date).  In the discharge of LESSOR’s responsibility for the Premises Specific Mechanical Equipment, LESSOR shall have the option to contract with a reputable service provider for a comprehensive preventative maintenance service plan, the cost and expense of which (as relates to the Leased Premises) shall be borne by LESSEE and promptly paid upon separate invoicing by LESSOR.  Consequently, LESSOR’s only warranty as to the Premises Specific Mechanical Equipment shall be for extraordinary major component failure and repair, and not for usual and ordinary maintenance and repairs.

 

LESSEE agrees to maintain at its expense all other elements and components of the Leased Premises in the same condition as they are at the Delivery Date, normal wear and tear and damage by fire or casualty only excepted, and whenever necessary, to replace light bulbs, interior plate glass and other glass therein, acknowledging that the Leased Premises upon delivery under the Bluebird / Dimensions Sublease, the Leased Premises) are in good order and repair and the light bulbs and glass whole.  LESSOR shall be responsible for the periodic inspection, maintenance and repair of all Premises Specific Mechanical Equipment in the Leased Premises throughout the Lease Term (with direct separate charges passed on to the LESSEE), and LESSOR may retain the services of an outside third party maintenance contractor toward this end.  LESSEE will properly control or vent all solvents, degreasers, and the like and shall not cause the area surrounding the Leased Premises to be in anything other than a neat and clean condition, depositing all waste in appropriate receptacles.  LESSEE shall not permit the Leased Premises to be overloaded, damaged, stripped or defaced, suffer any waste of the Leased Premises.  Any maintenance which is the responsibility of LESSOR and which is necessitated by some specific aspect of LESSEE’s negligent or reckless use of the Leased Premises shall be at LESSEE’s expense (subject to the last paragraph of Section 17 ).

 

All maintenance provided by LESSOR shall be performed as reasonably required at LESSOR’s discretion and except for emergencies, during LESSOR’s normal business hours.  LESSEE shall be solely responsible for maintenance and operation of any and all of its systems installed by the LESSEE and shall waive any and all claims against LESSOR for any damage, impairment, or loss relative to these systems unless such damage is caused by the acts or

 

13



 

negligent or reckless acts of LESSOR.  Specifically, LESSEE shall maintain, at its sole expense, and pay all charges for electrical service and use of all LESSEE’s equipment associated with its operation.

 

LESSOR shall provide:  (a) for maintenance, repair and upkeep for the landscaping on the property; (b) janitorial services in the common areas; (c) hot and cold water for lavatories, restrooms, kitchenettes and potable water; and (d) its standard security system into the Building, with LESSEE to be responsible for the installation, monitoring, maintenance and repair of its own security system into the Leased Premises from the adjacent common areas, and to coordinate the means of emergency access/egress to and from the Leased Premises with LESSOR, and with LESSOR to reasonably cooperate with LESSEE to the extent practicable (without any additional cost to LESSOR).

 

11.                                Delivery of Leased Premises to LESSEE - LESSEE’s Alterations to Leased Premises - LESSEE’s Rights to Certain Systems and Equipment.

 

(a)                                  Initial Delivery, Possession and Occupancy of the Leased Premises .  The Leased Premises are to be delivered to LESSEE initially under the Bluebird Dimensions Sublease as contemplated in Section 1 hereof.  Consequently, LESSEE will be in possession and occupation thereof as of the Commencement Date of this Lease.  LESSOR shall not have any obligations to make any improvements to the Leased Premises as of the Commencement Date hereof.

 

(b)                                  LESSEE Improvements to the Leased Premises .  LESSEE, whether during the time it is in possession and occupation of the Leased Premises under the Bluebird / Dimensions Sublease or after the Commencement Date, shall not make any structural alterations or additions of any kind to the Leased Premises, but may make nonstructural alterations provided LESSOR consents thereto in writing, said consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, LESSEE may make alterations within the Leased Premises which are solely cosmetic in nature without LESSOR’s consent.  Plans and specifications for any of LESSEE’s potential improvements requiring LESSOR’s consent shall be submitted by LESSEE to LESSOR in each instance, in advance of any proposed work, in sufficient detail and scope to enable LESSOR to make a reasonable determination thereon.  All such allowed alterations (“ LESSEE’s Improvements ”) shall be at LESSEE’s expense and shall be in quality at least equal to the present construction.  If LESSOR performs any services for LESSEE in connection with such alterations or otherwise, LESSEE shall reimburse LESSOR for LESSOR’s actual and reasonable out-of-pocket costs for such services and any invoice therefor will be promptly paid.  LESSEE shall be responsible to use such contractors as will ensure harmonious labor relations in the Building and on the site; and to prevent strikes, work stoppages, picketing and other labor actions.  LESSEE shall submit a list of its contractors to LESSOR in advance.  LESSEE shall provide LESSOR with acceptable general liability and builder’s risk insurance certificates naming LESSOR and its lender as additional named insureds prior to the commencement of any work by LESSEE.  LESSEE shall not permit any mechanics liens, or similar liens, to remain upon the Leased Premises in connection with work of any character performed or claimed to have been performed at the direction of LESSEE and shall cause any such lien to be released, removed or bonded forthwith without cost to LESSOR.  Any alterations completed by LESSEE, including, without limitation, window blinds or other window treatment, shall be building standard unless LESSOR expressly agrees otherwise.  Any and all

 

14



 

installations by LESSEE shall become a part of the Leased Premises and LESSEE shall not remove the same either during the Term or at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, unless directed to do so by LESSOR at the time such Alterations are approved; except that LESSEE shall have the right to remove any hardwired or hard-plumbed equipment purchased, paid for and installed by LESSEE itself, such as chemical fume hoods, as long as LESSEE restores the Leased Premises to the condition that it was in prior to the installation of such equipment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision to the contrary contained herein LESSEE shall retain title to and be entitled to remove any movable office furniture, equipment, trade fixtures, and other personal property at the Premises, provided the Leased Premises and any common areas impacted thereby are restored to their original condition prior to such installations.  LESSOR shall have the right at any time to change the arrangement of parking areas, stairs, walkways or other common areas of the Building of which the Leased Premises are a part, provided such changes do not interfere with LESSEE’s use of the Leased Premises or access to such areas and facilities (including, without limitation, the Building and the Premises), or any other right of LESSEE hereunder.

 

(c)                                   Shared Use of Certain Laboratory Support Systems .  LESSEE shall have the right to share in the use of certain existing laboratory support systems (owned by LESSOR), including the compressed air/vacuum, during LESSEE’s occupancy under the Bluebird / Dimensions Sublease and during the Lease Term, as they are currently servicing, shared, and used by other tenant(s) on the fourth and fifth floors of the Building.  If LESSEE elects to use said systems:  (i) LESSEE shall be responsible to share in the costs and expenses of repairs, maintenance, servicing and operation thereof, pro rata with other actual users; (ii) LESSOR shall replace capital components of such laboratory support systems so provided (duly depreciated by LESSOR over the useful life of said equipment, with the annual depreciation to be passed on to the users thereof during that year and allocated pro rata to them, payable separately to LESSOR upon invoice) and (iii) LESSEE shall enter into LESSOR’s standard side agreement with respect thereto (attached hereto as Exhibit E) .  LESSOR shall ensure that said shared laboratory systems remain available to LESSEE for its shared use during LESSEE’s occupancy under the Bluebird / Dimensions Sublease and throughout the Lease Term.  LESSOR does not provide any representations or warranties relative to LESSEE’s election to use or not use any of the shared laboratory support systems above, nor shall LESSOR be responsible, directly or indirectly, for any consequences arising from LESSEE’s actual use of said systems or the suitability or performance of any of the equipment comprising said systems or related thereto, LESSEE to be solely responsible therefor at its sole risk.

 

(d)                                  LESSEE’s Option to Locate, Install and Use Certain Equipment and Systems .  During the Lease Term LESSEE shall have the option to procure and install, at its sole cost and expense in all instances, additional HVAC equipment, antennas, satellite dishes and related accessory equipment and connections on the roof of the Building, in locations that LESSOR deems acceptable in its discretion, and to tie-in said equipment to the Leased Premises through areas of the Building that LESSOR deems acceptable in its discretion.  LESSOR does not provide any representations or warranties relative to LESSEE’s determination as to the foregoing, nor shall LESSOR be responsible, directly or indirectly, for any consequences arising from LESSEE’s selection, placement, use or operation of the same, or the suitability or performance of any of such equipment or installations; LESSEE to be solely responsible therefor at its own risk.

 

15



 

(e)                                   LESSEE’s Shared Use of Emergency Generator .  LESSEE shall have the right to share in the use of the existing gas fired emergency generator and controller currently installed and covering the Leased Premises, with other users on the fourth and fifth floors of the Building, during LESSEE’s occupancy under the Bluebird / Dimensions Sublease and during the Lease Term.  If LESSEE elects to use said emergency generator:  (i) LESSEE shall be responsible to share in the costs and expenses of repairs, maintenance, servicing and operation thereof, pro rata with other actual users; (ii) LESSOR shall replace capital components of said emergency generator so provided (duly depreciated by LESSOR over the useful life of said equipment, with the annual depreciation to be passed on to the users thereof during that year and allocated pro rata to them, payable separately to LESSOR upon invoice) and (iii) LESSEE shall enter into LESSOR’s standard side agreement with respect thereto (attached hereto as Exhibit E-l ).  LESSOR does not provide any representations or warranties relative to the foregoing, nor shall LESSOR be responsible, directly or indirectly, for any consequences arising from LESSEE’s actual use of said emergency generator or the suitability or performance of said emergency generator; LESSEE to be solely responsible therefor at its sole risk, and LESSEE confirming that it has inspected the emergency generator to its satisfaction prior to the execution of this Lease and accepts the same in its current operating condition.  LESSEE shall be solely responsible for the maintenance and operation of the emergency generator (on the shared basis stated above) during LESSEE’s occupancy under the Bluebird / Dimensions Sublease and during the Lease Term.  Alternatively, upon written request from LESSEE, LESSOR shall designate a location, to be mutually agreeable to LESSOR and LESSEE, for LESSEE to install, maintain, repair and operate its own separate emergency generator at LESSEE’s sole cost and expense.

 

(f)                                    LESSEE’s Exclusive Use of Acid Neutralization System .  LESSEE shall have the exclusive right to the use of the acid neutralization system currently installed for the Leased Premises, during LESSEE’s occupancy under the Bluebird / Dimensions Sublease and during the Lease Term.  LESSOR does not provide any representations or warranties relative to the foregoing, nor shall LESSOR be responsible, directly or indirectly, for any consequences arising from LESSEE’s actual use of said acid neutralization system, or the suitability or performance of said acid neutralization system; LESSEE to be solely responsible therefor at its sole risk, and LESSEE confirming that it has inspected the acid neutralization system to its satisfaction prior to the execution of this Lease and accepts the same in its current operating condition.  LESSEE shall be solely responsible for the maintenance and operation of the acid neutralization system during LESSEE’s occupancy under the Bluebird / Dimensions Sublease and during the Lease Term.

 

(g)                                   LESSEE’s Responsibility for Permits .  During the Lease Term LESSEE shall be solely responsible to apply for and procure and maintain any and all permits and government authorizations for its installation, operation and use of any of the equipment and systems set forth above in this Section 11 (e.g. MWRA permit for the acid neutralization system, etc.); and shall indemnify the LESSOR for any and all damages arising from its failure to do so.

 

12.                                Assignment and Subletting.

 

LESSEE covenants and agrees that neither this Lease nor the Term and estate hereby granted, nor any interest therein will be assigned, mortgaged, pledged, encumbered or otherwise transferred, and that neither the Leased Premises, nor any part thereof, will be encumbered in any

 

16



 

manner by reason or by act or omission of LESSEE, or used or occupied, or permitted to be used or occupied, by anyone other than LESSEE, its servants, agents, contractors and employees, or for any use or purpose other than as above stated, or be sublet, without in each case LESSOR’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, LESSOR’s prior written consent shall not be required for any assignment or sublet to a wholly or majority owned affiliate or subsidiary of the LESSEE, or any entity succeeding to LESSEE as a direct result of a merger or consolidation, acquisition, asset or stock transfer, or issuance of stock by LESSEE (“ Permitted Transfer ”).

 

The grounds upon which LESSOR may reasonably withhold its consent are as follows:

 

(i)                                      The prospective assignee’s or sub-lessee’s intended use of the Premises does not conform to the permitted uses set forth in the Lease; or,

 

(ii)                                   The nature, character, class and standards of the prospective assignee’s or sublessee’s business will not be consistent with those of other lessees in the Building or will not conform to the mix of other lessees in the Building at that time; or,

 

(iii)                                The financial strength and reliability of the prospective assignee or sublessee, excluding any additional personal or corporate guarantees, is not sufficient, in LESSOR’s reasonable business judgment, to meet all of such prospective assignee’s or sublessee’s obligations to be performed as of and from the date of said assignment or sub-letting.  The prospective assignee or sub-lessee must produce to LESSOR’s accountants a verified and current audited financial statement, (or if none has been prepared by said prospective assignee within the past three years, a CPA certified current financial statement), and such other documentation as is material in making such determination; which shall be kept confidential by them; or,

 

(iv)                               The operations of the prospective assignee or sub-lessee will violate any exclusive or other rights given any other lessees in the Building; or

 

(v)                                  The failure of LESSOR’s mortgage lender(s) to consent, if such consent is required under LESSOR’s financing documents.

 

Except in the case of a Permitted Transfer, LESSOR, in addition to Annual Base Rent and all Additional Rent hereunder, shall be entitled to fifty (50%) percent of the full amount of any and all sums actually collected by LESSEE, in whatever form, attributable to or arising from the permitted subletting or assignment, after deduction for LESSEE’s reasonable costs incurred in connection with the subletting or assignment, including alterations or improvements, marketing costs and reasonable brokerage commissions and/or reasonable legal costs actually incurred, (herein, “ Rent Mark-Up ”).

 

Notwithstanding LESSOR’s consent to the assignment or subletting, as contemplated above, LESSEE shall remain primarily liable to LESSOR for the payment of all Rent and for the full performance of the covenants and conditions of this Lease; and, upon a default by LESSEE hereunder, LESSOR may collect all sums due as Rent directly from the assignee/subtenant.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that LESSEE desires to sublet the Leased Premises, other than in connection with a Permitted Transfer, it shall in each instance notify the

 

17



 

LESSOR in writing, stating the intended effective date of the proposed sublet (which shall not be less than 60 days from the date of said notice to LESSOR).  Subject to the preceding sentence, if the proposed sublease itself (or cumulatively with other approved subleases) accounts for the sublease of greater than fifty (50%) percent of the area of the Leased Premises, then LESSOR shall have a period of fifteen (15) days from the date it receives such notice to exercise an election to take back the Leased Premises being offered for sublease, in LESSOR’s sole discretion and without any obligation to so elect, whatsoever, notwithstanding the circumstances, and without prejudice to or waiver of any of LESSOR’s rights or LESSEE’s continuing obligations hereunder.  LESSEE shall provide LESSOR with all reasonably material information relative to LESSOR making an informed decision concerning said sublet, immediately upon LESSOR’s request.  If LESSOR elects to take back the Leased Premises so offered for sublease, it shall send written notice thereof to LESSEE within such fifteen (15) day period; and LESSEE shall be irrevocably bound to surrender and vacate the Leased Premises as if the Term of the Lease had expired on the date LESSEE had set to vacate as appears in the LESSEE’s initial notice to LESSOR; and provided LESSEE vacates and surrenders on said date, without being in default (of which LESSEE has been provided written notice) of any provision hereof as of said date, this Lease shall be null and void and without recourse to either party hereto with respect to the Leased Premises (but for terms and conditions contemplated herein to survive termination of this Lease).  LESSEE shall not be entitled to any payments, commissions, credits, offsets, or any kind or nature arising from said sublet, nor shall any individual or entity acting by, through, or under LESSEE be so entitled.  Once an election is made by LESSOR, LESSEE shall be subject to the penalties for holding over set forth in this Lease, if it fails to vacate and surrender the leased Premises by the date LESSEE had set to vacate as appears said notice, or if it fails to discharge (or cause its lenders or others with which LESSEE has dealt to discharge) any and all recorded liens or other encumbrances, notices, or restrictions on its leasehold or contractual interest in and to the affected portion of the Premises as of said date.  Nothing in this paragraph shall require LESSOR to make an election to take back the Leased Premises and nothing in the aforesaid process shall relieve LESSEE of its liability under this Lease should LESSOR elect not to take back the Leased Premises.

 

13.                                Subordination.

 

This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to any and all mortgages and related documents placed on the Building, Leased Premises or the real property in existence as of the date hereof or coming into existence at any time hereafter, without necessity for any confirming documentation.  LESSOR shall use commercially reasonable efforts (which shall not be deemed to include the payment or expenditure of any sums whatsoever) to obtain a Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement from its present and future mortgagees, in form and substance as typically issued by each such mortgage lender(s); but LESSOR shall not be liable to LESSEE in any manner (nor shall any of LESSEE’s full and timely performance under this Lease be conditioned, waived, excused or altered in any manner whatsoever) if no SNDA is forthcoming, or if any of the terms and conditions of the same are not deemed acceptable.

 

14.                                LESSOR’s Access to Leased Premises.

 

LESSOR or agents of LESSOR may at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice (except in case of emergency) enter to view the Leased Premises and may remove any signs not

 

18


 

approved and affixed as herein provided, and may make repairs and alterations as LESSOR is permitted to perform under this Lease and repairs which LESSEE is required but has failed to do (but only after notice and an opportunity to repair being provided to LESSEE), and may show the Leased Premises to prospective mortgagees and appraisers, and during the last nine (9) months of the Term to brokers, and others and to prospective tenants.  Additionally, to the extent necessary to service other portions of the Premises or the common areas or other tenant spaces in the building; LESSOR may add, relocate, or maintain a chase, pipes, conduits, or ducts, within the Premises provided the aforesaid do not materially interfere with LESSEE’s use of the Premises or its aesthetics.  If any such addition or relocation reduces the space available for use by LESSEE, the amount of Annual Base Rent and LESSEE’s Allocable Percentage for Operating Expenses and Taxes shall be reduced accordingly.  Any entry by LESSOR onto the Premises for this purpose shall be done in such manner as to minimally interfere with the business conducted thereon by LESSEE, and undertaken with reasonable steps to protect LESSEE’s property.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, except in cases of emergency, LESSOR or any of its agents or employees shall not enter the laboratory portion of the premises unless accompanied by an authorized representative of LESSEE (except LESSOR may enter at reasonable times during the last nine (9) months of the tenancy to show the Leased Premises to prospective tenants, and may enter at reasonable times throughout the Term of this Lease to show the premises to prospective lenders or purchasers; and in each case LESSEE shall reasonably accommodate such requests).  LESSEE shall comply with all security and safety measures enacted by LESSEE in connection with the laboratory space.

 

15.                                Snow Removal.

 

LESSOR will be responsible for the removal or other treatment of snow and ice on walkways, sidewalks, entryways and parking areas.  Notwithstanding the foregoing however, LESSEE shall hold LESSOR harmless from and against claims by LESSEE’s agents, representatives, employees or business invitees for damage or personal injury resulting in any way from snow or ice on any area serving the Building, provided LESSOR has performed this obligation absent LESSOR’s negligence or willful misconduct.

 

16.                                Access and Parking.

 

LESSEE shall be granted the right, at current market rates (which may be increased from time to time to reflect market increases), to park up to twelve (12) motor vehicles in the Building’s on-site indoor parking lot or facility on an unassigned and unreserved basis, in single or tandem spaces, or on a valet basis, which LESSOR in its sole discretion shall designate from time to time.  LESSEE may, by providing thirty (30) days prior written notice (which must be effective as of the first calendar day of the next successive month after notice is given), increase or decrease the number of spaces it uses (up to the maximum of twelve (12) from time to time.  The initial parking rate therefor shall be $ 225 per month, per car, which monthly rate may be changed by LESSOR in its discretion subject to and reflective of periodic market changes in accordance with this paragraph.  All payments for these parking rights shall be considered to be Additional Rent under this Lease.  The Building garage, plus any stairs, walkways or other means of ingress or egress controlled by the LESSOR shall not in any case be considered extensions of the Leased Premises.  LESSEE will not obstruct in any manner any portion of the Building or the walkways or approaches to the Building, and will conform to all reasonable and

 

19



 

nondiscriminatory rules now or hereafter made by LESSOR for parking, and for the access and egress, security, care, use, or alteration of the Building, its facilities and approaches in connection with such parking, provided the same do not decrease LESSEE’s parking rights hereunder.  LESSEE further agrees that LESSEE will use reasonable efforts to not permit any employee or visitor to violate this or any other covenant or obligation to LESSEE.  No vehicles shall be stored or left in any parking area for more than three nights without LESSOR’s written approval.  Unregistered or disabled vehicles, or storage trailers of any type, may not be parked overnight at any time.  LESSEE agrees to assume all expense and risk for the towing of any misparked vehicle belonging to LESSEE or LESSEE’s agents, employees, business invitees, or callers, at any time.  For the purpose of this section the term “space” shall mean general access for one motor vehicle.  All vehicles shall be parked and left on the premises at their owners’ sole risk and LESSOR shall not be liable for any damages caused to said vehicles while they are parked or left on the premises, unless caused by its negligence or willful misconduct.

 

17.                                Liability Insurance.

 

Except to the extent caused by or arising as a result of the negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor or its agents, contractors or employees, LESSEE shall be solely responsible as between LESSOR and LESSEE for deaths or personal injuries to all persons whomsoever occurring in or on the Leased Premises from whatever cause arising, and damage to property to whomsoever belonging arising out of the use, control, condition or occupation of the Leased Premises by LESSEE; and LESSEE agrees to indemnify and save harmless LESSOR from any and all liability, reasonable expenses, damage, causes of action, suits, claims or judgments caused by or in any way growing out of any matters aforesaid.  LESSOR shall be solely responsible as between LESSOR and LESSEE for deaths or personal injuries to all persons whomsoever occurring in or on the Leased Premises, Building, or the property on which the Building is located resulting or arising from any negligent act or omission by LESSOR, and damage to property to whomsoever belonging arising out of any negligent act or omission by LESSOR; and LESSOR agrees to indemnify and save harmless LESSEE from any and all liability, reasonable expenses, damage, causes of action, suits, claims or judgments caused by or in any way growing out of any matters aforesaid.  LESSEE will secure and carry at its own expense a commercial general liability policy insuring LESSEE, LESSOR (and its lenders and any other entity reasonably requested in writing by LESSOR) against any claims based on bodily injury (including death) arising out of the condition of the Leased Premises or their use by LESSEE, such policy to insure LESSEE, LESSOR and said other entities against any claim up to Two Million ($2,000,000.00) Dollars per occurrence for personal injury or damage to property.  LESSOR and its lenders shall be included in such policy as additional insureds.  LESSEE will promptly file with LESSOR certificates showing that such insurance is in force, and thereafter will file renewal certificates prior to the expiration of any such policies.  All such insurance certificates shall provide that such policies shall not be canceled without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice, except in the event of cancellation for non payment of premium, whereby ten (10) days’ prior notice will be provided to each insured named therein.

 

LESSOR shall maintain in full force from the date upon which LESSEE first enters the Premises for any reason, throughout the Term, a policy of insurance upon the Building insuring against all risks of physical loss or damage under an All Risk coverage endorsement in an amount at least equal to the full replacement value of the Building insured, with an Agreed

 

20



 

Amount endorsement to satisfy co-insurance requirements, as well as insurance against breakdown of boilers and other machinery as customarily insured against.  LESSOR shall supply to LESSEE from time to time upon request of LESSEE certificates of all such insurance issued by or on behalf of the insurers named therein by a duly authorized agent.

 

LESSOR and LESSEE waive all rights of recovery against the other and its respective officers, partners, members, managers, agents, representatives, and employees for loss or damage to its real and personal property kept in the Building which is required to be insured by such party hereunder.  Each party shall notify the insurance carrier that the foregoing waiver is contained in this Lease and shall obtain an appropriate waiver of subrogation provision in the policies.

 

18.                                Fire, Casualty, Eminent Domain.

 

Should a substantial portion of the Leased Premises, or of the property of which they are a part, be substantially damaged by fire or other casualty, or be taken by eminent domain (in either case such that restoration of the Premises within six (6) months after such event is not practicable), LESSOR or LESSEE may elect to terminate this Lease by written notice.  When such fire, casualty, or taking renders the Leased Premises substantially unsuitable for their intended use and no termination has been elected, a just and proportionate abatement of rent shall be made, and LESSEE may elect to terminate this Lease if: (a) LESSOR fails to give written notice within ninety (90) days of intention to restore Leased Premises, or (b) LESSOR fails to restore the Leased Premises to a condition substantially suitable for their intended use within one hundred eighty (180) days of said fire, casualty or taking.  LESSOR reserves all rights for all damages or injury to the Leased Premises for any taking by eminent domain; except for damage to LESSEE’s moveable fixtures, property or equipment, or moving expenses, which are specifically allocated to LESSEE by the taking authority or arbitrators.

 

19.                                Brokerage.

 

LESSEE and LESSOR each warrants and represents to the other that they have dealt with no broker or third person with respect to this Lease or the Leased Premises or Building entitled to a commission as a result of this Lease, other than Transwestern RBJ as LESSEE’s representatives, whose fees shall be paid by LESSOR pursuant to a separate written agreement with LESSOR; and LESSOR and LESSEE each agree to indemnify and hold harmless the other from any fees, expenses, or damages arising from breach of the above warranty.

 

20.                                Signage.

 

LESSEE shall have the right to have its name included at LESSOR’s expense in any central directory maintained by LESSOR listing the Building’s other tenants.  LESSOR authorizes LESSEE, if desired, to display one sign on LESSEE’s office entrance door (at LESSEE’s expense) consistent with similar signs of other tenants, and one sign at a mutually determined and agreed location off the elevator on the fourth (4 th ) floor consistent with similar signs in the Building.

 

21



 

21.                                Default.

 

In the event that: (a) LESSEE shall default in the payment of the Security Deposit Amount or any installment of Annual Base Rent or any Additional Rent, and such default shall continue for five (5) days after written notice thereof; or (b) LESSEE shall default in the observance or performance of any other of LESSEE’s covenants, agreements, or obligations hereunder and such default shall not be corrected within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof; provided , however , that if such failure cannot reasonably be cured within such 30-day period, then LESSEE shall not be in default if, and so long as, LESSEE commences such cure within such 30-day period and thereafter diligently pursues such cure to completion ( provided there is no material interference with the operations of the Building or any tenant therein during such protracted cure period); (c) LESSEE shall be declared bankrupt or insolvent according to law, or if any voluntary or involuntary petition for bankruptcy is filed against LESSEE and not discharged within ninety (90) days from filing; or if any assignment shall be made of LESSEE’s property for the benefit of creditors; then, while such default continues, and without demand or further notice (other than as may be required by law), LESSOR shall have the right to reenter and take complete possession of the Leased Premises, to declare the term of this Lease ended, and to remove LESSEE’s effects, without being guilty of any manner of trespass and without prejudice to any remedies which might be otherwise used for arrears of rent and other default of breach of covenant.  LESSEE shall indemnify LESSOR against all loss of Rent and other payments, which LESSOR may incur by reason of such termination during the remainder of the term, it being expressly understood that LESSOR shall use reasonable efforts to relet the Leased Premises and collect all rents from such reletting.  If LESSEE shall default, after reasonable notice thereof, in the observance or performance of any conditions or covenants on LESSEE’s part to be observed or performed under or by virtue of any one of the provisions in any section of this Lease, LESSOR, without being under any obligation to do so and without thereby waiving such default, may after the expiration of any applicable cure period, remedy same for the account and at the expense of LESSEE, (including but not limited to application of any or all of the Security Deposit held by LESSOR).  If LESSOR pays or incurs any obligations for the payment of money in connection therewith, including but not limited to reasonable attorney’s fees in instituting, prosecuting or defending any action or proceeding, such sums paid or obligations incurred, with interest at the rate of eight (8%) percent per annum and costs, shall be paid to LESSOR by LESSEE as additional rent.  Upon default of this Lease by LESSEE (after the expiration of any applicable grace or cure period), and because the payment of Rent in Monthly installments is for the sole convenience of LESSEE, the entire balance of Rent which would accrue hereunder shall, at the option of the LESSOR, become immediately due and payable; subject however to LESSOR’s obligation to use reasonable efforts to mitigate its damages occasioned by said default.  LESSEE shall be responsible to pay reasonable attorneys fees incurred by LESSOR in any successful action by LESSOR for delinquent Rent or in the case of liquidated damages as aforesaid; and otherwise both LESSOR and LESSEE shall be entitled to such reasonable attorneys fees as a court of competent jurisdiction may award as part of its final judgment in the event of any dispute involving damages, injunctive relief or specific performance by either.

 

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein, (i) in no event shall LESSEE be responsible for punitive or consequential damages incurred by LESSOR as a result of any act (or failure to act) by LESSEE, and (ii) in no event shall LESSOR be responsible for

 

22



 

punitive or consequential damages incurred by LESSEE as a result of any act (or failure to act) by LESSOR.

 

22.                                Notices.

 

Any notice from LESSOR to LESSEE relating to the Leased Premises or to the occupancy thereof shall be deemed duly served if sent to the Leased Premises by either certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or by recognized overnight commercial delivery service (e.g. FedEx), addressed to LESSEE at the Leased Premises.  Any notice from LESSEE to LESSOR relating to the Leased Premises or to the occupancy thereof shall be deemed duly served if delivered to LESSOR by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or by recognized overnight commercial delivery service (e.g. FedEx), addressed to: Rivertech Associates II, LLC (Attn: Dan Garvey, CFO) c/o The Abbey Group 575 Boylston Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116, with a copy to Christopher C. Tsouros, Esq., Posternak Blankstein & Lund LLP Prudential Tower 800 Boylston Street Boston, Mass. 02199.  Notices shall be deemed given at the earlier of the date of actual delivery, or if by certified mail, three (3) business days after posting with the U.S. Postal Service.  Time is of the essence in delivery of any notice, and the performance of any obligations relating thereto.  Either party may designate a different address to which notice is to be sent by providing a notice of address change to the other in accordance with this Section 22 .  Prior to the Delivery Date, LESSEE’s notice address shall be LESSEE’s address set forth at the beginning of this Lease.

 

23.                                Lessee’s Occupancy.

 

In the event that LESSEE remains in any part of the Leased Premises after the agreed termination date of this Lease without the written permission of LESSOR, then all other terms of this Lease shall continue to apply during such holdover, except that LESSEE shall be liable to LESSOR for any loss, damages or expenses incurred by LESSOR, and all Annual Base Rent shall be due in monthly installments at a rate if two hundred (200%) percent of that which would otherwise be due under this Lease, it being understood between the parties that such extended occupancy as a tenant at sufferance.

 

24.                                Rules and Regulations.

 

LESSEE and LESSEE’s servants, employees, agents, invitees and licensees shall observe faithfully and comply strictly with such reasonable and non-discriminatory rules and regulations governing the use of the Building and site and all common areas as LESSOR may from time to time, adopt, provided that a copy of such rules and regulations has been delivered to LESSEE.

 

25.                                Outside Area Limitations.

 

No goods or things of any type or description shall be held or stored outside the Leased Premises at any time without the express written approval of LESSOR, except bicycles which shall be stored only in the bicycle rack to be provided by LESSOR.

 

23



 

26.                                Environmental Compliance.

 

LESSEE will so conduct and operate the Leased Premises as not to interfere in any way with the use and enjoyment of other portions of the same or neighboring buildings by others, by reason of offensive odors, smells, noise, accumulation of garbage or trash, vermin or other pests or otherwise and will, at its expense, employ a professional pest control service if necessary as a result of LESSEE’s operations.  LESSEE agrees to maintain efficient and effective device for preventing damage to heating equipment from harmful solvents, degreasers, cutting oils, and the like, which may be used within the premises.  Except in accordance with applicable laws and except as otherwise provided herein, no hazardous wastes, radioactive materials or chemical or harmful biological agents or materials of any sort shall be stored or allowed to remain within the Leased Premises at any time, without LESSOR’s prior notice and consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

Prior to vacating the Leased Premises at the end of the Term (or any applicable extension), or sooner in the event of a default hereunder, LESSEE at its sole cost and expense shall provide LESSOR and Owner with an environmental audit by qualified environmental engineering firm reasonably satisfactory to LESSOR (the “ Exit Study ”), showing the then existing environmental condition of the Leased Premises to be free from any harmful hazardous materials or contaminants, for which LESSEE is responsible (predicated upon LESSOR’s and LESSEE’s receipt of an acceptable exit study from Bluebird Bio, Inc. with the date of Bluebird Bio Inc.’s report marking the start of LESSEE’s responsibilities.

 

27.                                Responsibility.

 

Neither LESSOR nor LESSEE shall be held liable to anyone for loss or damage caused in any way by the use, leakage or escape of water or, except as otherwise provided herein, for cessation of any service rendered customarily to said Leased Premises or buildings or agreed to by the terms of this Lease, due to labor difficulties, weather conditions, or mechanical breakdowns, to trouble or scarcity in obtaining fuel, electricity, service or supplies from the sources from which they are usually obtained for said Building, or to any cause beyond such party’s reasonable control.

 

28.                                Surrender.

 

Subject to and without limiting Section 11 above, LESSEE shall at the expiration or other termination of this Lease remove all of LESSEE’s goods and effects from the Leased Premises.  Subject to and without limiting Section 11 above, LESSEE shall deliver to LESSOR the Leased Premises and all keys, locks, thereto, and other fixtures and equipment connected therewith, and all alterations, additions and improvements made to or upon the Leased Premises, including but not limited to any offices, partitions, cold room, plumbing and plumbing fixtures, air conditioning equipment and ductwork of any type, exhaust fans or heaters, burglar alarms, telephone wiring, wooden or metal shelving which has been bolted, welded or otherwise attached to any concrete or steel member of the Building, compressors, air or gas distribution piping, cabinetry, overhead cranes, hoists, trolleys or conveyors, counters or signs attached to walls or floors, and all electrical work, including but not limited to lighting fixtures of any type, wiring, conduit, EMT, distribution panels, bus ducts, raceways, outlets and disconnects, and excluding

 

24


 

the compressors, and any built-in component work stations that LESSEE may install during the term, but excluding any Alterations designated under Section 11 at the time of their approval to be removed by LESSEE and further excluding any hard-wired or hard-plumbed equipment purchased, paid for and installed by LESSEE, such as chemical fume hoods, as long as LESSEE restores the Leased Premises to the condition that it was in prior to the installation of such equipment.  LESSEE shall deliver the Leased Premises reasonable wear and tear and damage by fire or other casualty only excepted.  In the event of LESSEE’s failure to remove any of LESSEE’s property from the premises, LESSOR is hereby authorized, without liability to LESSEE for loss or damage thereto and at the sole risk of LESSEE to remove and store any such property at LESSEE’s expense, or to retain same under LESSOR’s control or to sell at public or private sale, without notice, any or all of the property not so removed and to apply the net proceeds of such sale to the payment of any sum due hereunder, or to destroy such property which shall be conclusively deemed to have been abandoned.

 

29.           Quiet Enjoyment.

 

So long as this Lease is in full force and effect, LESSEE shall quietly enjoy the Leased Premises without hindrance or molestation by LESSOR or any party claiming by, through or under LESSOR or any party claiming a superior interest to the LESSOR.

 

30.           Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Lease shall not affect or render invalid or unenforceable any other provision hereof.  The obligations of this Lease shall run with the land, and this Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, except that LESSOR shall be liable only for obligations occurring while LESSOR is landlord hereunder.  The obligations of LESSOR and LESSEE hereunder shall not be binding upon any director, officer, shareholder, partner, Trustee or beneficiary of such party.  Notwithstanding the definition herein of “ Commencement Date ”, “ Termination Date ”, or “ Term ”, or LESSOR’s obligations to deliver the Premises, this Lease shall be binding and enforceable as against the parties hereto as of the date of its execution.

 

31.           Waivers and Legal Limitations.

 

No consent or waiver, express or implied, by LESSOR or LESSEE, to or of any other breach of the other party of any covenant, condition or duty of that party shall be construed as a consent or waiver to or of any other breach of the same or any other covenant, condition or duty.  If LESSEE is several persons or a partnership, LESSEE’s obligations are joint or partnership and also several.  “ LESSOR ” and “ LESSEE ” mean the person or persons, natural or corporate, named above as LESSOR and as LESSEE respectively, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.  In any case where either party is required to do any act other than the payment of Rent, delays caused by or resulting from acts of god, war, civil commotion, acts of terrorism, fire, flood or other casualty, labor strikes or picketing, shortages of labor, materials or equipment, unusual or onerous government regulations, unusually severe weather or other causes beyond such party’s reasonable control shall not be counted in determining the time during which such act shall be completed, whether such time be designated

 

25



 

as a fixed date, a fixed time, or a “reasonable time” and such time shall be deemed to be extended by the period of such delay.

 

32.           LESSEE’s Acceptance of the Lease Premises, LESSEE’s Initial Improvements, and LESSOR’s Payment of a Tenant Allowance for LESSEE’s Initial Improvements

 

LESSEE is accepting the Leased Premises as of the date hereof under the Bluebird / Dimensions Sublease, and consequently LESSEE accepts the Leased Premises in its “AS/IS” condition in all respects and without representations or warranties of any kind or nature both now and as of the Commencement Date; except (i) LESSOR represents the Leased Premises currently, as of the execution of this Lease, conforms to LESSOR’s standard Building specifications and complies with applicable laws, codes and ordinances, including without limitation the Americans with Disabilities Act; (ii) all systems serving the Premises, including all shared equipment and systems, to the best of LESSOR’s knowledge are in good working condition as of the execution of this Lease and (iii) there shall be code compliant demising walls and common area corridors appurtenant to the Leased Premises (which are to be completed under the terms of the Bluebird / Kew Sublease), for which Bluebird shall be solely responsible to LESSEE.

 

Prior to taking occupancy of the Bluebird Dimensions Sublease Space, LESSEE shall deliver to LESSOR, Bluebird’s environmental exit report (as is required under the Bluebird Lease) showing that the Bluebird Dimensions Sublease Space is not in violation of any environmental laws or regulations and is free of any hazardous contaminants.

 

LESSEE shall have the right, at any time and from time to time during the period of the Bluebird Dimensions Sublease and up to the Commencement Date hereunder, to commence the design, construction and installation of certain initial improvements to the Leased Premises (“ LESSEE’s Initial Improvements ”), pursuant to the provisions and procedures governing LESSEE’s Improvements as set forth in Section 11 of this Lease.

 

Should LESSEE elect to perform any LESSEE’s Initial Improvements, it will notify LESSOR and follow the procedures for approval under Section 11 of this Lease.  Additionally, as to any such LESSEE’s Initial Improvements, LESSEE shall be entitled to an allowance of up to Twenty Four Thousand Three Hundred Thirty ($24,330.00) Dollars (the “ Tenant Improvement Allowance ”), provided LESSEE submits a budget for LESSEE’s Initial Improvements in reasonable detail and acceptable to the LESSOR as of the LESSOR’s approval of LESSEE’s plans under Section 11 hereof (“ LESSEE’s Budget ”).

 

When LESSEE has incurred actual third party costs for the LESSEE’s Initial Improvements (inclusive of reasonable third party design, architectural, engineering and construction costs), LESSEE shall submit to LESSOR from time to time (but not more frequently than monthly, and not later than six (6) months after the Commencement Date, referred to herein as the “ TI Requisition Period ”) copies of all third party requisitions for payment received by LESSEE for which LESSEE seeks reimbursement (in each instance, the “ Requisitioned Work ”), together with a partial lien waiver executed by LESSEE’s general contractor (as applicable).  LESSOR, within thirty (30) days following its receipt thereof, absent dispute, shall pay to LESSEE, from the Tenant Improvement Allowance an amount (the “ Tenant

 

26



 

Allowance Payment ”) attributable to the ratio that the Requisitioned Work bears to the total LESSEE’s Budget.  For example, if the amount of the Requisitioned Work is twenty (20%) percent of the LESSEE’s Budget, then the Tenant Allowance Payment on the Requisitioned Work shall represent twenty (20%) percent of the Tenant Improvement Allowance.  This process shall repeat as LESSEE submits for Requisitioned Work up to the total amount of the Tenant Improvement Allowance, but LESSOR shall incur no liability to LESSEE (or any other party) for any sums above the Tenant Improvement Allowance (as defined above).  If any lien is filed arising out of or in connection with LESSEE’s Initial Improvements and such lien or encumbrance is not discharged, insured or bonded over or otherwise disposed of to LESSOR’s reasonable satisfaction within ten (10) days after LESSEE shall have actual knowledge of the filing or establishment thereof, then LESSOR shall have no further obligation to disburse any funds from the Tenant Improvement Allowance to LESSEE unless and until the same is so discharged or otherwise disposed, in addition to and not in lieu of LESSORS rights and remedies and LESSEE’s obligations on account thereof.  LESSEE shall not be entitled to any unused portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance that is not properly requisitioned or obligated to be paid as contemplated above.

 

33.           Estoppel Certificates.

 

Upon not less than fifteen days prior written request by either party, the other party shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the requesting party a statement in writing certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect and that LESSEE has at the time of such statement no defenses, offsets or counterclaims against its obligations to pay Annual Base Rent and Additional Rent and any other charges (in the case of any such certificate to be delivered by LESSEE) and to perform its other covenants under this Lease (or, if there have been any modifications that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications and, if there are any defenses, offsets or counterclaims, setting them forth in reasonable detail), and the dates to which the Annual Base Rent and Additional Rent and other charges have been paid.  Any such statement delivered pursuant to this Section may be relied upon by any prospective purchase or mortgagee of the Premises, or any prospective assignee of any such mortgagee or, as applicable the LESSOR or LESSEE.

 

34.           Governing Law.

 

This Lease constitutes the full and complete agreement between the parties shall be construed under and according to the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.  Any provision of this Lease which is deemed void or unenforceable shall not invalidate or render void or unenforceable the entire Lease.

 

35.           LESSEE’s Extension Option.

 

LESSEE, provided there is then no outstanding default under this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods (nor have there been any such defaults (even if cured) more than two (2) times within any twelve (12) month period), shall have the option to extend the Term of this Lease as to the Leased Premises, on the terms and conditions herein, for one (1) additional period of twenty four (24) months (herein, the “ Extended Term ”) at the then current “Market Rent” (including annual escalations thereon for each year of the extended term based on

 

27



 

increases in the Consumer Price Index or fixed increases, as the case may be, as determined by then prevailing market forces), but no less than an amount equal to the Annual Base Rent per rentable square foot of Leased Premises space as of the end of the second Lease Year under this direct Lease (the “ Extension Rent Floor ”).  Said Extended Term shall commence, subject to proper exercise of LESSEE’s option hereunder, on the Termination Date of the original Term (i.e. twenty four (24) full months from the Commencement Date), and shall terminate on that date which is twenty four (24) consecutive months after the original Termination Date.  LESSEE shall exercise its option by delivering to LESSOR its written notice not later than nine (9) full months prior to the original Termination Date, time being of the essence (the “Extension Notice”).  Once delivered, written notice to extend is irrevocable.

 

Market Rent ” as used herein shall be that rent charged for comparable first class research laboratory and office space in the mid-Cambridge submarket as of the end of the original Term.  If, after good faith attempts prior to the expiration of the original Term, the LESSOR and LESSEE cannot agree on a figure representing Market Rent within thirty (30) days after LESSEE has delivered the Extension Notice, either party, upon written notice to the other, may request appraisal and arbitration of the issue as provided in this section.  Within fourteen (14) days of the request for arbitration, each party shall submit to the other the name of one unrelated individual or entity with proven expertise in the leasing of commercial real estate in greater Boston/Cambridge to serve as that party’s appraiser.  Each appraiser shall be paid by the party selecting him or it.  The two appraisers shall each submit their final reports to the parties within thirty (30) days of their selection making their determination as to Market Rent (subject however, to the Extension Rent Floor).  The two appraisers shall meet within the next fourteen (14) days to reconcile their reports and collaboratively determine the Market Rent.  They shall each make their determination in writing (subject however, to the Extension Rent Floor), including a statement if such is the case, that they are at an impasse.  Such a statement of impasse shall be submitted to the parties along with the Market Rent figure which each appraiser has selected and his reasons and substantiation therefor.  The appraisers, in case of an impasse, shall also agree on one unrelated individual or entity with expertise in commercial real estate in greater Boston, who shall evaluate the reports of the two original appraisers and within fourteen (14) days of submission of the issue to him, make his own determination as to a figure representing Market Rent (subject however, to the Extension Rent Floor).  The determination of this individual or entity (i.e. arbitrator) absent, fraud, bias or undue prejudice shall be binding upon the parties.

 

Annual Base Rent and Additional Rent during any Extended Term shall be payable in advance, in equal monthly installments on the first day of each calendar month.

 

LESSEE in addition to the sums payable annually to LESSOR as Annual Base Rent, shall pay to LESSOR for each year of any Extended Term, as Additional Rent, LESSEE’s Allocable Percentage (as determined by the approximate total rentable space leased) for Operating Expenses, Real Estate Taxes and Utilities as contemplated in Sections 3 , 4 and 7 hereof.

 

36.           Right of First Offer as to Contiguous Fourth Floor Space.

 

LESSEE, provided it is not then in default after notice and the expiration of any applicable cure period (and provided there have not been any such defaults (even if cured) more

 

28



 

than two (2) times within any twelve (12) month period), is hereby entitled to receive advance written notice from LESSOR during the Term of this Lease (as it may be extended) that certain contiguous space on the fourth (4th) floor of the Building (the “ Expansion Space ”) will be offered to third parties for leasing (the “ ROFO Notice ”), which ROFO Notice shall set forth the “ Expansion Space Market Rent ” and other economic terms at which such space will be so offered.

 

LESSEE shall be entitled to receive a ROFO Notice and to exercise its ROFO Rights as set forth below, which exercise by LESSEE shall be pre-empted and superseded only by: (x) the exercise of any existing ROFO or expansion rights as to the Expansion Space (including rights to renew or extend its lease) that have been given to other tenants in the Building; or (y) LESSOR’s right (hereby reserved to LESSOR) to lease said Expansion Space to any third parties in conjunction with the leasing of any other space in the Building.

 

LESSEE shall have the right, within thirty (30) days from the delivery of LESSOR’s ROFO Notice, to elect to lease the Expansion Space, at the Expansion Space Market Rent and other economic terms specified in LESSOR’s notice, and otherwise on the terms of this Lease for a lease term coterminous with the Term governing the Leased Premises (but not less than thirty six (36) months) , or to negotiate with LESSOR and to execute a binding letter of intent to lease said space at a Rent and on other terms and conditions mutually agreeable to LESSOR and LESSEE (the LESSEE’s “ ROFO Rights ”).  If LESSEE shall not elect to lease such space or if no binding letter of intent with alternate Rent and terms is executed by LESSOR and LESSEE during that thirty (30) day period, for whatever reason, then LESSOR shall be free to market and lease the space offered by the ROFO Notice to any third party, in its sole discretion and without any continuing obligation to LESSEE under this Section 36 except as set forth below.

 

If LESSEE shall fail to elect to lease the Expansion Space offered by the ROFO Notice as aforesaid, then notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the preceding paragraph LESSOR may thereafter lease such space to any third party at a rent of not less than 90% of the Expansion Space Market Rent proposed to LESSEE in the applicable ROFO Notice; but if the proposed lease to any third party is less than 90% of the Expansion Space Market Rent proposed in the applicable ROFO Notice, or if LESSOR does not enter into a third party lease within three hundred sixty (360) days from the delivery of the ROFO Notice, then LESSOR shall be required to re-offer the space to LESSEE pursuant to this section.

 

Time is of the essence in the exercise of LESSEE’s ROFO Rights as set forth above.

 

[ Execution Pages Follow ]

 

29



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, LESSOR AND LESSEE have hereunto set their hands and seals and intend to be legally bound hereby as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

LESSOR

 

 

 

RIVERTECH ASSOCIATES II, LLC

 

By Rivertech Associates II, Inc.,

 

its duly authorized Manager

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert Epstein, President

 

 

Robert Epstein, President

 

 

 

 

 

LESSEE

 

 

 

DIMENSIONTHERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas Beck

 

 

President

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Treasurer

 


 

RIVERSIDE TECHNOLOGY CENTER

 

FIRST LEASE AMENDMENT

 

TO THE LEASE BETWEEN

 

RIVERTECH ASSOCIATES II LLC AND DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

This First Lease Amendment entered into this 22 nd  day of October, 2014 (the “ First Amendment ”) by and between Rivertech Associates II LLC, a Massachusetts limited liability company with a principal address c/o The Abbey Group, 575 Boylston Street Boston, Massachusetts 02116, (the “Lessor ”); and Dimension Therapeutics, Inc., with a business address at 840 Memorial Drive Cambridge, Massachusetts (the “ Lessee ”); relative to a certain Lease between Lessor and Lessee dated March 11, 2014,referred to herein as the “ Existing Lease ”), for certain research and development, laboratory and office space in the building at 840 Memorial Drive Cambridge, Massachusetts as identified in the Existing Lease (the “ Leased Premises ”). The Existing Lease, as modified by this First Amendment, hereafter shall be referred to herein as the “ Lease ” (as the context so permits).

 

WHEREAS, the Lessee desires to add certain additional space to the current Leased Premises which presently consists of approximately 8,110 rentable square feet consisting of approximately 8,060 rentable square feet located on the fourth (4 th ) floor of the Building, and approximately 50 rentable square feet located on the third (3 rd ) floor of the Building (herein, the “ Existing Space ”);

 

WHEREAS, the additional space to be added to the current Leased Premises is approximately 6,839 rentable square feet consisting of approximately 6,814 rentable square feet located on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto, and approximately 25 rentable square feet in a space suitable for an acid neutralization room to be exclusively used by Lessee in an area to be mutually agreed upon between the parties, on a lower floor in the Building (herein, the “ Expansion Space ”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Lessee desires to extend the current term of the Existing Lease, which is to expire on March 31, 2017, such that there is a single coterminous end of Term covering both the Existing Space and the Expansion Space under Lease as modified by this First Amendment.

 

THEREFORE, in consideration of One ($1.00) Dollar and the other good and valuable consideration recited herein, effective and irrevocable as of the date hereof, the Lessor and Lessee hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Modification to Existing Lease / Extension of Lease Term

 

Lessee agrees to extend its lease and occupancy of the Leased Premises, commencing as of the end of the Term as stated under the Existing Lease, i.e. from April 1, 2017 (herein, the “First Extension Commencement Date ”), which extended term as to the Leased Premises will expire thirty six full calendar (36) months from the Expansion Space Commencement Date as

 



 

determined in Section 3 below (the “ First Extension Termination Date ”). The period from the First Extension Commencement Date through the First Extension Termination Date is referred to as the “ First Extended Term ”.

 

Further, Lessee agrees to lease the Expansion Space (in addition to the Leased Premises), commencing on the Expansion Space Commencement Date (as defined herein below) through and to the First Extension Termination Date. As of the Expansion Space Commencement Date, the Expansion Space shall be considered to be included in the term “Lease Premises” as used in the Lease.

 

Notwithstanding the Expansion Space Commencement Date, this First Amendment is to be considered a valid and binding obligation of the parties effective as of the date of execution of this First Amendment by the parties, with the Existing Lease to continue to govern the Lessee’s use and occupancy of the Leased Premises hereunder up to the Expansion Space Commencement Date hereunder.

 

2.                                       Expansion Space Added to the Leased Premises

 

Lessor shall deliver the Expansion Space for lease by Lessee (to be added to the space currently leased by Lessee under the Existing Lease and, once so delivered, as of the Expansion Space Commencement Date, in the aggregate to constitute the Leased Premises), upon Substantial Completion of Lessor’s Work as defined herein below (which date of delivery shall be the “ Expansion Space Commencement Date ”); said space to be vacant and free of all personal property (consistent with Exhibits A, B and C hereto) and debris; with Lessor’s Work having been performed in a good and workmanlike manner with all necessary municipal approvals and Cambridge building department “sign-offs” consistent with Lessor’s certificate of occupancy; broom clean; and otherwise “AS/IS” in its current condition in all other respects. “ Substantial Completion ” shall mean that Landlord’s Work has been completed (other than punchlist items) such that Lessee may conduct its business in the Expansion Space.

 

The target date for Lessor’s delivery of the Expansion Space shall be approximately one hundred five (105) days from the full execution and delivery of this First Amendment; the actual date of delivery being referred to herein as the “ Expansion Space Commencement Date ”. Lessor shall not be liable for any delay in delivery beyond the target date for the Expansion Space Delivery Date, provided Lessor undertakes reasonable and diligent efforts to meet that target date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Expansion Space Commencement Date shall not have occurred by that date which is one hundred thirty five (135) days from the date this Lease is fully executed and delivered by the parties (the “ Expansion Space Commencement Date Deadline ”) the Lessee shall be entitled to a waiver of Annual Base Rent and Additional Rent, on a day for day basis for each day of delay in the actual delivery of the Expansion Space beyond the Expansion Space Commencement Date Deadline, said waiver being Lessee’s sole and exclusive remedy for any such delays in actual delivery. The foregoing waiver shall not apply to any delays caused by any Force Majeure occurrences. As used in Section 3 below, the term “ Interim Period ” shall mean that period of time from the Expansion Space Commencement Date up to the end of the calendar month in which such Expansion Space Commencement Date occurs.

 

2



 

All Lessee’s Rent payments and other Lease obligations relating to the Expansion Space shall commence as of the Expansion Space Commencement Date; however all Lessee’s Rent payments and other Lease obligations as to the Existing Space shall continue to run as per the Existing Lease. All terms and conditions of the Lease shall govern the Lessee’s use and occupancy of the Expansion Space commencing as of the Expansion Space Commencement Date.

 

Lessor’s delivery of the Expansion Space shall be evidenced by a written notice of delivery (“ Lessor’s Delivery Notice ”) given to Lessee on the actual date the Expansion Space is provided to Lessee. Lessee shall have five (5) business days to contest delivery if it does not conform with the foregoing paragraph by delivering its notice thereof in writing to Lessor; however, any listed items of a “punchlist” nature shall be agreed to by Lessor and Lessee and shall not be grounds to contest delivery, but nevertheless shall obligate Lessor to complete such punchlist items at the earliest practicable time under the circumstances, but completion shall not extend beyond thirty (30) days (subject to the availability of labor and materials).

 

The following conditions to the delivery of the Expansion Space to the Lessee by the Lessor shall be met by the Lessor, at its sole cost and expense, prior to the Expansion Space Commencement Date. The Lessor shall perform, at its sole cost and expense, such design and construction work as is necessary to deliver the Expansion Space to the Lessee in accord with: (i) the plan entitled “Revised Final Scope of Work — October 17, 2014” attached hereto as Exhibit A; (ii) the document entitled “Scope of Landlord’s Work” dated October 20, 2014 attached hereto as Exhibit B; and (iii) the document entitled “Additional Costs” attached hereto as Exhibit C(collectively, the “ Lessor’s Work ”), with demising walls and common area corridors to be compliant with state and municipal building codes; it being the intention of the parties that the Expansion Space be delivered in a “turnkey’ condition as per the parameters for Lessor’s Work. All utilities for the Expansion Space shall be in place and separately metered. The base building systems serving the Expansion Space shall be delivered in good operating condition and repair and suitable for office and laboratory use. The Building and the Expansion Space as delivered to the Lessee will be compliant with the Americans with Disabilities Act. Subject to the foregoing, Lessor shall not be responsible for any other design or construction work with respect to either the Leased Premises under the current Existing Lease, or the Expansion Space.

 

The work, equipment, fixtures and installations appearing on Exhibit C (the “ Exhibit C Work ”) is included in Lessor’s Work, and Lessee shall reimburse Lessor the sum of Twenty Thousand ($ 20,000) Dollars toward the costs of said Exhibit C Work. Said reimbursement for Exhibit C Work shall be paid to Lessor upon execution of this First Lease Amendment.

 

If and to the extent Lessee desires that Lessor perform any additional demolition, construction or installation beyond Lessor’s Work, then it shall so inform Lessor in sufficient time and with sufficient detail to enable Lessor to evaluate the impact of the same on its Lessor’s Work. Lessor shall be under no obligation to perform any such additional work beyond Lessor’s Work, unless paid for by Lessee and provided performance thereof will not cause extension of the Expansion Space Commencement Date. Further, if the performance of any such additional work by the Lessor as contemplated above causes the Lessor to deliver the Expansion Space later than the

 

3



 

Expansion Space Commencement Date Deadline, there shall be no abatement of Annual Base Rent and Additional Rent as contemplated above, provided the Expansion Space is thereafter delivered in a reasonable time given the nature and scope of the additional work.

 

The Lessee shall be solely responsible, at its sole cost and expense, to perform such other specific design and construction work on the Expansion Space as it desires for its use and occupancy (“ Lessee’s Work ”). Lessee shall be provided with access to the Expansion Space commencing upon execution of this First Amendment, coordinated through the Lessor, for the purpose of performing Lessee’s Work and any preliminary work toward the installation of its equipment and wiring, provided such access, Lessee’s Work and preliminary work does not materially interfere with Lessor’s ability to perform and complete its Lessor’s Work, which shall take precedence in all respects. Lessee’s Work and all subsequent Lessee alterations to the Leased Premises that are performed by Lessee on or affecting the fire, life safety and/or sprinkler systems of the building shall be made in such a manner and under such conditions as to pose no adverse impact or interruption to such fire, life safety, and sprinkler systems, and so as not to delay, impair, or jeopardize the legal occupancy of other Lessees in the Building as determined by Lessor and municipal fire and building inspection officials.

 

3.                                       Annual Base Rent and Additional Rent


Base Rent during the Term shall be as set forth below:

 

A.                                     Existing Space - Annual Base Rent

 

As applied to the Existing Space, i.e. the current 8,110 rentable square feet) Annual Base Rent shall be as follows:

 

(i)                                      for the balance of the Term prior to the First Extension Commencement Date, Annual Base Rent shall remain unchanged and shall be $ 369,005.00 per annum payable in monthly installments of $ 30,750.42, from April  1, 2015 to March 31, 2016; and $ 381,170.00 per annum payable in monthly installments of $ 31,764.17, from April 1, 2016 to March 31, 2017 as stated in the Existing Lease; and,

 

(ii)                                   for the portion of the Term commencing on April 1, 2017, Annual Base Rent shall be $ 393,335.00 per annum, payable in monthly installments of $ 32,777.92 each calendar month up to the First Extension Termination Date.

 

B.                                     Expansion Space — Annual Base Rent

 

As applied to the Expansion Space i.e. the additional 6,839 rentable square feet) Annual Base Rent shall be as follows:

 

(i)                                      For the first twelve (12) full calendar month period from the Expansion Space Commencement Date (including pro rata for any partial month in the Interim

 

4



 

Period), Annual Base Rent shall be $ 324,852.50 per annum, payable in monthly installments of $ 27,071.04 each calendar month; and,

 

(ii)                                   For the second twelve (12) full calendar month period, Annual Base Rent shall be $ 335,111.00 per annum, payable in monthly installments of $ 27,925.92; and,

 

(iii)                                For the third twelve (12) full calendar month period, Annual Base Rent shall be $ 345,369.50 per annum, payable in monthly installments of $ 28,780.79.

 

In all instances under A and B above, Annual Base Rent shall be payable in the corresponding monthly installments set forth above, due on the first of each month, in advance, and in all other respects shall be subject to the same provisions relating to Annual Base Rent as set forth under the Existing Lease.

 

C.                                Additional Rent

 

In addition to Annual Base Rent, Lessee shall continue to be responsible to pay all Additional Rent (Operating Expenses) under Section 3 of the Existing Lease, and all Additional Rent (Taxes) under Section 4 thereof, as applicable to both the Existing Space and, commencing on the Expansion Space Commencement Date, the Expansion Space, up to the First Extension Termination Date as invoiced by Lessor.

 

As the concept is used in the Lease to compute Additional Rent, Lessee’s allocable pro rata share (“ Allocable Percentage ”) shall be as follows:

 

(a)                                  Allocable Percentage for the Existing Space shall remain at 6.26%.

 

(b)                                  Allocable Percentage for the Expansion Space, starting on the Expansion Space Commencement Date shall be 5.28%.

 

To the extent that the Expansion Space Commencement Date does not fall on the first calendar day of a month, then the first month in which the Expansion Space Commencement Date occurs will have Additional Rent attributable to the Expansion Space prorated on a per diem basis for that Interim Period.

 

D.                                Rent and other Costs and Expenses

 

All Annual Base Rent, Additional Rent and other sums due as Rent shall be payable and in all other respects shall be governed during the remainder of the Term under the Existing Lease and the First Extended Term as contemplated under the Existing Lease, except to the extent modified above. All other costs and expenses for utilities and services and attendant to operation of the Leased Premises, as applicable to both the current Leased Premises and the Expansion Space, shall continue to be borne by the respective parties during the First Extended Term as set forth in the Existing Lease.

 

5



 

E.                                     Security Deposit

 

The Security Deposit, from the date of this First Amendment, shall consist of the following amounts: (a) The Security Deposit currently held by the Lessor in the amount of Sixty One Thousand Five Hundred and 67/100 ($ 61,500.67) Dollars; (b) with an additional payment installment due by Lessee on April 1, 2015 of Thirty Thousand Seven Hundred Fifty and 33/100 ($ 30,750.33) Dollars, as (a) and (b) are stated in the Existing Lease; and (c) with an additional payment to Lessor upon execution of this First Amendment in the additional amount of Eighty One Thousand Two Hundred Thirteen ($ 81,213.00) Dollars ; all to be held as the Security Deposit under the Lease. The additional amounts due above may be deposited by Lessee by check or in the form of a letter of credit (for that additional amount or the total amount).

 

4.                                            Permitted Uses

 

The Permitted Uses in the Basic Data of the Existing Lease and all conditions attached thereto are hereby restated and affirmed and shall govern the use and occupancy of the entire Leased Premises from the Expansion Space Commencement Date through the First Extension Termination Date, as the same may be further extended in accordance with this First Amendment.

 

5.                                            Leased Premises in “AS/IS” Condition — No Defaults

 

Lessee hereby acknowledges it is currently in possession of the Existing Space and accordingly accepts the same for the First Extended Term in its current “AS/IS” condition, without representation or warranty of any kind or nature arising from the extension of the Lease by Lessor and Lessee.

 

Lessor and Lessee each acknowledge that to the best of each of their respective knowledge, there are no material defaults by either presently existing under the Lease.

 

6.                                            Brokers

 

The parties hereby agree there are no brokerage or other third party fees or costs involved in this transaction and each agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other from and against any claims for brokerage fees, commissions or other such payments arising from this transaction.

 

7.                                            Parking

 

LESSEE shall be granted, at current rates (which may be increased for all tenants of the Building from time to time to reflect market increases, except in the event of any separately bargained for parking provisions contained in any lease, in which case said increases need not be uniform), the right (but not the obligation) to park up to twenty two (22) cars in total in the Building’s on-site indoor parking lot or facility on an unassigned and unreserved basis, in single or tandem spaces

 

6



 

or on a valet basis which LESSOR in its sole discretion shall designate from time to time. The initial parking rate therefor shall be $ 225 per month, per car, which monthly rate may be changed by LESSOR in its discretion subject to and reflective of periodic market changes. All payments for these parking rights shall be considered to be Additional Rent under this Lease. This provision supersedes any contrary provisions in Section 16 of the Existing Lease and the specific numeric rights set forth above supplant the numeric rights set forth in Section 16 of the Existing Lease as of the Expansion Space Commencement Date; Lessee retaining however all parking rights under said Section 16 from the date of execution of this First Lease Amendment up to the Expansion Space Commencement Date.

 

8.                                       Right of First Offer — Contiguous Second Floor Space

 

In addition to its ROFO Rights with respect to contiguous space on the fourth floor of the Building as set forth in Section 36 of the Lease (the “ 4 th  Floor ROFO Rights ”), Lessee, provided it is not then in default after notice and the expiration of any applicable grace or cure periods, and further provided it shall not have defaulted beyond any applicable notice, grace and cure periods more than twice within any twelve (12) month period, is hereby entitled, fully subject and subordinate to any existing expansion rights held by other tenant’s in the Building, to receive advance written notice from LESSOR during the Term of this Lease (as it may be extended) that any contiguous space on the second (2 nd ) floor (only) of the Building (the “ ROFO Space ”) will be offered to third parties for leasing (the “ ROFO Notice ”). The Lessor’s ROFO Notice to Lessee shall set forth the Annual Base Rent and other economic terms at which such space will be so offered, which shall be at Market Rent (as defined below) and incorporating market concessions and market tenant improvement allowances) as determined by Lessor and stated in the ROFO Notice (subject to Lessee’s rights to appraisal and arbitration of Market Rent as set forth below).

 

Lessee shall have the right within thirty (30) days from the delivery of Lessor’s ROFO Notice (the “ROFO Acceptance Period”), to elect to lease the ROFO Space by providing Lessor with a written notice accepting the ROFO Space (the “ ROFO Acceptance ”) delivered prior to the expiration of said thirty (30) day period. If Lessee shall not elect to lease the ROFO Space, i.e. if no ROFO Acceptance notice electing to do so is delivered to Lessor during that thirty (30) day period, then Lessor shall be free to market and lease the space offered by the ROFO Notice to any third party, in its sole discretion and without any continuing obligation to Lessee under this Section 8; provided however that if Lessor does not enter into a lease with a thirty party within three hundred sixty (360) days from the delivery of the ROFO Notice (the “ Reoffer Period ”), or is not then engaged in any pending lease negotiations with a third party as of the expiration of said Reoffer Period, then Lessor shall be required to re-offer the space to Lessee pursuant to this Section 8. Once delivered to Lessor, Lessee’s election to accept the ROFO Space shall be irrevocable, notwithstanding the determination of Market Rent as contemplated below. Time is of the essence in the exercise of Lessee’s rights as set forth above.

 

If Lessee elects to exercise its rights to the ROFO Space (and/or for the 4 th  Floor ROFO Space), then the Term for such space will start as stated in the ROFO Notice, and shall be for a term coterminous with the Term (as it may have been extended) governing the Leased Premises but not less than three (3) years (including the Second Extension Term, if there is less than three

 

7



 

years left in the First Extended Term and Lessee agrees to exercise its option for the Second Extension Period, unless a longer term is requested by Lessee and agreed to by Lessor.

 

To the extent Lessee disagrees with the Lessor’s determination of Market Rent as set forth in the ROFO Notice, then within the ROFO Acceptance Period, Lessee may: (i) negotiate a Market Rent and other terms and conditions mutually agreeable to Lessor and Lessee, or failing to reach agreement with Lessor; (ii) elect to determine Market Rent by an appraisal and arbitration process as set forth in Section 9 of this First Amendment, communicated to the Lessor in the Lessee’s ROFO Acceptance (which, if not elected in said ROFO Acceptance, shall be deemed waived by Lessee). That process will be commenced by the selection of the contemplated appraiser by each party within fourteen (14) days of the delivery of the ROFO Acceptance notice, bypassing the requirement for good faith negotiations (which can occur but which are not required to occur). Additionally, the Extension Rent Floor concept shall not be applicable to the ROFO Space (except during the determinations of Annual Base Rent for the Second Extension Period), but instead Annual Base Rent for such ROFO Space during and up to the First Extension Termination Date shall not be less than Annual Base Rent per rentable square foot for the highest rent for other Leased Premises space under this Lease during such time.

 

9.                                       Lessee’s Option to Extend

 

Section 35 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following language:

 

Section 35. Lessee’s Option to Extend.

 

Lessee, provided it is not then in default after notice and the expiration of any applicable grace or cure periods, and further provided it shall not have defaulted beyond any applicable notice, grace and cure periods more than twice within any twelve (12) months period, shall have the option to further extend the Term of this Lease as to the Leased Premises (i.e. inclusive of the Expansion Space and any additional space taken on by Lessee under Section 36 and under Section 8 of this First Amendment, but only as to the entirety of said Leased Premises and additional space taken, which shall be deemed included in the definition of Leased Premises as and when taken) on the terms and conditions herein, for one additional period of twenty four (24) months (herein, the “ Second Extension Period ”), at the then current “Market Rent” (including annual escalations thereon for each year of the extended term based on increases in the Consumer Price Index or fixed increases, as the case may be, as determined by then prevailing market forces), but no less than an amount equal to the Annual Base Rent per rentable square foot of highest rent for Leased Premises space during the final Lease Year hereunder (the “ Extension Rent Floor ”). Said Second Extension Period shall commence, subject to proper exercise of Lessee’s option hereunder, at the end of the First Extension Termination Date and shall terminate on that date which is twenty four (24) consecutive months thereafter. Lessee shall exercise its option by delivering to Lessor its written notice not later than nine (9) full months (but not sooner than fifteen (15) full months, unless exercised earlier than said fifteen (15) months (in order to exercise its ROFO rights under the Lease) prior to the end of the First Extended Term. Once delivered, written notice to extend is irrevocable.

 

8



 

Market Rent ” as used herein, shall be that rent charged for comparable research laboratory and office space of similar age and condition in laboratory buildings in the mid-Cambridge submarket as of the end of the First Extended Term. If, after good faith attempts, the Lessor and Lessee cannot agree on a figure representing Market Rent within thirty (30) days after Lessee has delivered the Extension Notice, then either party, upon written notice to the other, may request appraisal and arbitration of the issue as provided in this section. Within fourteen (14) days of the request for arbitration, each party shall submit to the other the name of one unrelated individual or entity with proven expertise in the leasing of commercial real estate in greater Boston/Cambridge to serve as that party’s appraiser. Each appraiser shall be paid by the party selecting him or it. The two appraisers shall each submit their final reports to the parties within thirty (30) days of their selection making their determination as to Market Rent (subject however, to the Extension Rent Floor). The two appraisers shall meet within the next fourteen (14) days to reconcile their reports and collaboratively determine the Market Rent. They shall each make their determination in writing (subject however, to the Extension Rent Floor), including a statement if such is the case, that they are at an impasse. Such a statement of impasse shall be submitted to the parties along with the Market Rent figure which each appraiser has selected and his reasons and substantiation therefor. The appraisers, in case of an impasse, shall also agree on one unrelated individual or entity with expertise in commercial real estate in greater Boston, who shall evaluate the reports of the two original appraisers and within fourteen (14) days of submission of the issue to him, make his own determination as to a figure representing Market Rent (subject however, to the Extension Rent Floor). The determination of this individual or entity (i.e. arbitrator) absent, fraud, bias or undue prejudice shall be binding upon the parties.

 

Annual Base Rent and Additional Rent during any Extended Term shall be payable in advance, in equal monthly installments on the first day of each calendar month.

 

Lessee, in addition to the sums payable annually to Lessor as Annual Base Rent, shall pay to Lessor for each year of the Second Extension Period, as Additional Rent, Lessee’s Allocable Percentage (as determined by the approximate total rentable space leased) for Operating Expenses, Real Estate Taxes and utilities as contemplated in Section 4 hereof (and as may be impacted by Section 8 hereof).

 

10.                                Subordination

 

The Lease, as extended and modified by this First Amendment, shall be subject and subordinate to any and all mortgages and related documents placed on the Building, Leased Premises or the real property in existence as of the date hereof or coming into existence at any time hereafter, without necessity for any confirming documentation. Lessor shall use commercially reasonable efforts (which shall not be deemed to include the payment or expenditure of any sums whatsoever) to obtain a Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement from its present and future mortgagees, in form and substance set forth as Exhibit D_hereto; but Lessor shall not be liable to Lessee in any manner (nor shall any of Lessee’s full and timely performance under this Lease be conditioned, waived, excused or altered in any manner whatsoever) if no SNDA is forthcoming, or if any of the terms and conditions of the same are not

 

9



 

deemed acceptable. This provision supersedes any contrary provisions in Section 13 of the Existing Lease.

 

11.                                     Shared Use of Laboratory Support Systems and Emergency Generator.

 

In addition to Lessee’s rights to use the shared laboratory support systems and emergency generator and controller with other users on the fourth and fifth floor, Lessee shall have the right, in connection with its lease of the Expansion Space, to use the shared laboratory support systems and emergency generator and controller with other users on the second floor of the Building. Lessee’s use of such shared systems shall be governed by the provisions of Section 11 (c) and (e).

 

12.                  Additional Signage

 

In addition to Lessee’s signage rights under Section 20 of the Lease, Lessee shall have the right to display one sign at the entrance of the Expansion Space and one sign at a mutually determined and agreed location off the elevator on the 2 nd  floor, consistent with similar signs in the Building.

 

13.                                     Integration of Documents; Supremacy

 

This First Amendment contains the full understanding and agreement between the parties. The parties hereto intend that this First Amendment operates to amend and modify the Existing Lease, and that those two documents shall be interpreted conjunctively; with any express conflict between the two to be resolved in favor of the stated terms of this First Amendment. Except as modified hereby, all other terms and conditions of the Existing Lease shall remain unchanged and enforceable in a manner consistent with this First Amendment, including Lessee’s right to assignment and subletting of the Expansion Space as set forth therein.

 

This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. Any provisions deemed unenforceable shall be severable, and the remainder of this First Lease Amendment and the Existing Lease shall be enforceable in accordance with their terms.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

10


 

LESSOR

 

RIVERTECH ASSOCIATES II, LLC

 

By:

Rivertech Associates II, Inc.,

 

 

its Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert Epstein

 

Name:

Robert Epstein

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

LESSEE

 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

By:

/s/ Annalisa Jenkins

 

 

its duly authorized, Chief Executive Officer

Name: Annalisa Jenkins

Title: CEO

 

11



 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC. FIRST LEASE AMENDMENT

 

EXHIBIT A

 

 



 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC. FIRST LEASE AMENDMENT

 

EXHIBIT B

 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS
Floor Two

840 Memorial Drive

Cambridge, MA

October 20, 2014      Final changes in bold.

 

SCOPE OF LANDLORDS WORK FOR LAB AND OFFICES ON FLOOR TWO

 

Administrative Area

Partitions: Partitions for three new offices are to be added as indicated on the plans. Walls of new offices shall be insulated and extend to approximately 6” above the existing suspended ceiling.

 

Existing office walls are comprised of gwb over steel studs and extend from floor to the underside of the suspended ceiling.

 

The walls demising the Administrative areas from adjacent tenancies and R&D areas extend to the underside of the deck above and are constructed to have a one hour fire rating.

 

All new walls will be finished with two coats water based paint. Existing walls shall be patched and repainted as necessary but maintain existing paint color.

 

A new partion will be constructed approximately 8’ from the existing main glass entry, extend 6” above the suspended ceiling, have three approximately 24”x24” clear glass vision panel insets and extend approximately 10’ from the existing demising wall.

 

Glass Panels: Where they exist, glass panels to remain.

 

Entry: Existing glass entry to remain.

 

Doors: All hardware are lever handles with brushed stainless finish. New doors in offices 111, 112, & 113 will be solid oak to match building standard. New office door hardware will consist of passage function latchsets with brushed stainless finish.

 

Floors: All carpeted areas in the administrative which are affected by construction will be protected and reused. 4” vinyl cove base will be installed at intersection of new walls and carpet/vct in new offices. VCT will be installed in an area adjacent to the new kitchenette.

 

Ceilings: All existing ceiling tiles will remain or be replaced as necessary. Any damaged ceiling tiles will be replaced with matching ceiling tiles. Any damage to ceiling grid will be repaired.

 

Lighting: Existing fluorescent lights will remain and be relocated and supplemented as necessary to accommodate the new configuration. All existing fluorescent lights will be inspected to insure proper functioning and be repaired or replaced as necessary.

 



 

HVAC: The base building HVAC distribution system will be inspected and adjusted as necessary to assure distribution, airflow, and proper operation of thermostats and variable air volume (VAV) boxes. There will be an adjustment of the system to accommodate the three new offices which shall be provided with a separate VAV and thermostat.

 

The premises will conform to the obligations with the Lease regarding temperatures within the office environment.

 

The existing supplemental ac unit feeding the conference room shall be inspected by the landlord and put in working order. The tenant will be responsible for maintaining and repairing all tenant specific supplemental mechanical equipment beyond a 6 month warranty period.

 

Kitchenette: A new kitchenette will be constructed as indicated in the drawings and consist of p.lam cabinets and counters, stainless steel sink and four (4) gfi 110v outlets on two 20amp circuits located above the counter. A copper water line will be provided for tenant to connect their coffee machine in a location on the counter tbd by tenant.

 

Electrical: Existing electrical outlets throughout the administration area and the office space in the R&D area in the form of existing and new 110v outlets to remain. All utilities servicing the tenant’s premises and equipment are separately metered and will be read monthly by the landlord for reimbursement by the tenant. New outlets will be installed to accommodate the new layout. Each new office will have a minimum of 3 120/20a 5-20R receptacles. All electrical circuits will be labeled via labels at the outlet, junction box, safety switch, or other corresponding electrical equipment and a corresponding label on the electrical panel indicating the appropriate circuit breaker.

 

Furnishings: No reception desk cubicles, work stations or furniture of any sort shall be provided by the landlord.

 

Fire Protection: Fire protection will be added as needed and required by Massachusetts Building code, NFPA and local Fire Code.

 

Work included in this scope will comply with the Massachusetts Building Code, ASHRAE and NFPA.

 

R&D AREA

 

Demolition: Existing doors and walls required to be removed to accommodate new plan will be removed.

 

Partitions: Partitions enclosing laboratory from administrative & support spaces and laboratory from the three tissue culture suites shall consist of existing walls extending from floor to the underside of the deck and will be constructed to have a one hour fire rating. Walls and trim will be finished with two coats water based paint. Paint

 



 

finish in tissue culture rooms to be semi gloss.

 

Doors: New two piece oak doors of 4’ and 4’6” shall be installed as indicated on the plans. The existing metal door leading to tissue culture room #104 shall be relocated/ replaced as indicated in the plans.

 

Floors: Existing seamless vinyl in the lab areas shall remain and be repaired where the surface is compromised as reasonably requested by the tenant. In the rear of lab #101, the area where carpet has been removed shall be replaced by seamless vinyl in a style and color most compatible with the existing, being aware that the existing seamless vinyl is no longer manufactured.

 

The equipment room #103 shall be replaced with vct.

 

The cubicle area floor shall have carpet with vinyl base to match that in the administrative area of the premises.

 

Ceilings: Existing ceiling grid and act shall be removed and replaced along with solid surface ceiling tiles in the support area room #103.

 

The cubicle area shall have existing grid where salvagable along with act.

New grid and washable ceiling tiles by Teknotile or equal shall be installed in the main laboratory and tissue culture areas.

 

Lighting: Existing 2x4 and 2x2 fluorescent lights will be relamped and be solid surface type.

 

New solid surface lens type fluorescent lights will be used in the main laboratory #101.

 

BENCHES: A new p.lam bench with p.lam counter shall be provided in the main lab #101near the glasswash/autoclave area as shown in the plan. The new lab sink will have protected hot and cold water and deck mounted emergency eyewash stations.

 

HVAC: The base building HVAC distribution system will be inspected and adjusted as necessary to assure good operating condition and repair, distribution, airflow, and proper operation of thermostats and variable air volume (VAV) boxes. One house system VAV system shall serve the cubicle area and the lab services room #103. Perimeter constant volume heating/cooling shall remain in the cubicle area. The laboratory mechanical system shall consist of a self contained electric/natural gas fired 10ton make-up air unit located on the second floor roof ducted to the laboratory. A wall mounted gas fired boiler shall be located in room #103 and shall provide hot water to 5 sets of heating coils comprising 5 zones within the lab (one each to #104, #105, #106 and two ((interior and perimeter)) to #101). This system shall provide make up air to the labs at a constant volume of 1.1cfm/sft (approximately 6 air changes/hour) at approximately 55°F and be reheated as requested by the thermostats. All air to the laboratories spaces shall be introduced via 95% HEPA filters.

 



 

If determined by engineer to be needed, a supplemental 3 Ton air conditioning unit shall be located in the main laboratory #101 to provide additional cooling should it be necessary during peak cooling load periods. Should such a unit be required, it shall be paid for by tenant and Lessor shall warrant that its presence shall assure the lab environment conforms to ASHRAE requirements.

 

The landlord’s engineer will perform load calculations to take into account insulation, square footage, occupancy and equipment heat loss to determine heating and cooling loads.

 

Expected equipment and occupant load shall be provided to the landlord’s engineer for analysis and design of the HVAC system. The space will be balanced according to these calculations. All balancing will be conducted by a NEBB certified balancing technician.

 

All tenant specific mechanical systems shall be warranted for proper operation for a period of six months provided tenant enters into an appropriate preventive maintenance agreement for this equipment. Tenant specific mechanical equipment will be delivered in good operating condition.

 

All Tenant-specific mechanical equipment shall be put on a preventive maintenance agreement by the tenant and at Tenant’s expense for the duration of the Lease. The tenant will be responsible for maintaining and repairing all tenant specific supplemental mechanical equipment beyond the 6 month warranty period.

 

Room #104 shall be negative to room #101 while room #105 shall be negative to room #104. Room #106 negative to room #101

 

Plumbing and Waste: The main cold water supply to the lab will be located in the “Lab support” room #103 which will also contain a hot water heater/storage tank, a water check meter and required backflow prevention devices. All lab waste will be contained in polyethylene piping and will lead to an acid waste system consisting of a 55 gallon tank with limestone chips located in an accessible location on the first floor directly below the premises.

 

The laboratory wastewater system will be maintained by the tenant who shall also be responsible for required municipal discharge permits, sampling and testing.

 

Safety showers will be added in rooms #104, #105 & #106. Requirements for safety showers and eyewash stations throughout the lab space will be made to comply with requirements of the City of Cambridge Plumbing Inspector. Showers and eye wash will be from the existing circulating protected tempered water line servicing the first and second floor of the building.

 

Autoclave, ice and glass-wash: The landlord will provide an area in lab #101 in which this equipment will be located. Water and drain will be provided. The actual equipment will be provided by the tenant as will the responsibility of final installation. The existing laboratory sink with protected hot and cold water and eyewash shall remain.

 



 

Electrical: Power to various locations within the laboratory exists or will be installed in the form of existing 110v and 208v outlets as required in the latest equipment matrix. Four (4) additional 208v15A outlets shall be provided as indicated in the plans.

 

A 100A 208v 3wire service panel from the existing back up generator located in the lower level of the garage shall be provided. In addition, the motor driving the roof mounted exhaust fan shall be placed on emergency backup.

 

Tenant shall share the cost of maintenance and repairs of the back up generator with any other tenants who are also connected to it.

 

All electrical power, natural gas and water to the tenant’s premises and equipment will be separately metered and read monthly by the landlord for reimbursement by the tenant. All electrical circuits will be labeled via labels at the outlet, junction box, safety switch, or other corresponding electrical equipment and a corresponding label on the electrical panel indicating the appropriate circuit breaker.

 

CO2 Piping: Piping for tenants CO2 shall be brought to the premises from tenant’s existing service located on the 4th floor. Gas regulators, if required, shall be provided by the tenant.

 

Existing vacuum air will be provided from the building system to existing turrets and three biosafety cabinets.

 

All new CO2 and vacuum piping shall consist of copper type ‘L’ with braised connections.

 

Fire Protection: Fire protection will be added as needed and required by Massachusetts Building Code, NFPA and local Fire Officials.

 

Dimension Therapeutics or their designee will have access to the space during renovation to inspect the progress and that the work being done conforms to this scope.

 

Work included in this scope will comply with both the Massachusetts Building Code and NFPA.

 

Drawings included in this scope of work are diagrammatic in nature. All pre-existing construction and new construction will be reviewed by the landlord’s architect and engineer to insure indicated changes are made in accordance with Massachusetts Building Code and the NFPA. Stamped architectural and engineering drawings will be provided along with a “one line” electrical diagram indicating the power feed from the street into the tenant space.

 

All components of Lessor’s Work will be completed in accordance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including but not limited to the latest requirements of NFPA, ANSI Standards, ASHRAE Standards, National Electrical Code, Massachusetts State Building Code, and regulations of the City of Cambridge. Lessor shall deliver the Expansion Space with the base Building systems serving the same and with Lessee’s specific mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems as required in Lessor’s Scope of Work (i.e. Exhibit A hereto), in good operating condition and repair, and suitable for their intended uses. All utilities for the Expansion Space shall be in place and separately metered. The

 



 

Building and the Expansion Space as delivered to the Lessee will be compliant with the Americans with Disabilities Act; NFPA compliant pursuant to the Massachusetts State Building Code; and with code compliant demising walls and common area corridors. Lessor shall provide Lessee with the environmental close-out report prepared by the former tenant for the Expansion Space, and said report shall not disclose any conditions as would materially impair Lessee’s use of the Expansion Space. Subject to the foregoing, Lessor shall not be responsible for any other design or construction work with respect to either the Existing Premises under the Existing Lease, or the Expansion Space.

 


 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

FIRST LEASE AMENDMENT

 

EXHIBIT C

 

Dimension Added Costs

10/17/14

 

 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS

FLOOR 2

Additional Costs

 

Additional HEPA filters 8@ $350

 

$

2,800

 

 

 

Additional sink, eyewash & plumbing for autoclave area

 

$

7,500

 

 

 

Additional cabinetry for autoclave area

 

$

2,500

 

 

 

Additional water line and floor drain for autoclave/ice machine

 

$

3,500

 

 

 

Additional hw heater for lab sinks w/electric

 

$

3,000

 

 

 

Additional 3ton supplemental ac unit to provide ac not provided by house perimeter system designed by bldg engineer on original plan

 

$

15,000

 

 

 

Relocate door into BL2 lab #104

 

$

750

 

 

 

Place exhaust fan on backup power

 

$

2,500

 

 

 

Increase chip tank from 35 (code required) to 55 gallon plus 6 additional bags of limestone chips

 

$

375

 

 

 

Added engineering cost to redesign mech systems

 

$

1,000

 

 

 

Additional wall with 3 glass panels at entry to administrative area

 

$

3,000

 

 

 

Add 4 208v outlets in labs

 

$

2,000

 

 

 

Add copper water line in kitchenette

 

$

500

 

 

 

Add approx. 150sft vinyl floor at kitchenette

 

$

500

 

 

 

EXTRA COSTS

 

$

44,925

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit for not building 5 offices (resusing doors, glass & hardware)

 

($17,500

)

 

 

ADDITIONAL COST

 

 

 

$

27,425

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AGREED UPON DUE FROM TENANT

 

 

 

$

20,000

 

 



 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

FIRST LEASE AMENDMENT

 

EXHIBIT D

 

NON-DISTURBANCE, ATTORNMENT AND SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

 

THIS NON-DISTURBANCE, ATTORNMENT AND SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of this        day of        , 2014, by and among SANTANDER BANK, N.A. (hereinafter called the “ Agent ”), as administrative agent on behalf of itself and certain lenders (collectively, the “ Lenders ”), having an address at 75 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109,                   a                   corporation (hereinafter called the “ Tenant ”), having an address at 840 Memorial Drive, Cambridge, MA 02139, and RIVERTECH ASSOCIATES II, LLC, a Massachusetts limited liability company (hereinafter called the “ Landlord ”), having an address at 575 Boylston Street, c/o The Abbey Group, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, Landlord owns certain real property commonly known as Riverside Technology Center located at 840 Memorial Drive, Cambridge, Massachusetts and more particularly described in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof (said property being hereinafter called the “ Property ”); and

 

WHEREAS, Landlord (or Landlord’s predecessor interest) made and entered into that certain Lease. dated the 10 th  day of June, 2011, with respect to certain premises constituting a portion of the Property therein described (said Lease, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, hereinafter called the “ Lease ”. and said premises hereinafter called the “ Leased Premises ”); and

 

WHEREAS, Landlord has entered into and delivered that certain Mortgage and Security Agreement in favor of Agent on behalf of Lenders and recorded, or to be recorded, with the Middlesex County Registry of Deeds (said Mortgage and Security Agreement, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, being hereinafter called the “ Mortgage ”), to secure the payment of a certain loan made by Lenders to Landlord (the “ Loan ”); and

 

WHEREAS, Landlord has entered into and delivered that certain Assignment of Leases and Rents in favor of Agent on behalf of Lenders and recorded, or to be recorded, with the Middlesex County Registry of Deeds (said Assignment of Leases and Rents, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, being hereinafter called the “ Assignment of Rents ”), assigning all of Landlord’s right, title and interest as lessor under the Lease to further secure the Loan; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Agent, Tenant, and Landlord each hereby covenants and agrees as follows:

 



 

1.                                  Estoppel . Tenant hereby certifies to Agent that (i) the Lease, as described above, is the true, correct and complete Lease, and has not been modified or amended and constitutes the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant, and (ii) as far as is known to Tenant, there are no defaults of Landlord under the Lease and there are no existing circumstances which with the passage of time, or giving of notice, or both, would give rise to a default under the Lease and/or allow Tenant to terminate the Lease.

 

2.                                  Non-Disturbance . So long as no default exists, nor any event has occurred which has continued to exist for such period of time (after notice, if any, required by the Lease) as would entitle the lessor under the Lease to terminate the Lease or would cause, without any further action on the part of such lessor, the termination of the Lease or would entitle such lessor to dispossess the lessee thereunder, the Lease shall not be terminated, nor shall such lessee’s use, possession or enjoyment of the Leased Premises or rights under the Lease be interfered with in any foreclosure or other action or proceeding in the nature of foreclosure instituted under or in connection with the Mortgage or in the event that Agent takes possession of the Property pursuant to any provisions of the Mortgage or the Assignment of Rents, unless the lessor under the Lease would have had such right if the Mortgage or the Assignment of Rents had not been made, except that neither the person or entity acquiring the interest of the lessor under the Lease as a result of any such action or proceeding or deed in lieu of any such action or proceeding (hereinafter called the “ Purchaser ”) nor Agent if Agent takes possession of the Property shall be (a) liable for any act or omission of any prior landlord (including the Landlord); or (b) liable for or incur any obligation with respect to the construction of the Property or any improvements of the Leased Premises or the Property, including, without limitation, the payment of any construction allowance pursuant to the Lease; or (c) subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant might have against any prior landlord (including the Landlord); or (d) bound by any rent or additional rent which Tenant might have paid for more than the then current rental period to any prior landlord (including the Landlord); or (e) bound by any amendment or modification of the Lease, made without Agent’s prior written consent; (f) except any assignment or sublet permitted under the Lease as to which Landlord’s consent is not required, bound by any assignment or sublet, made without Agent’s prior written consent; (g) bound by or responsible for any security deposit not actually received by Agent; (h) liable for or incur any obligation with respect to any breach of warranties or representations of any nature under the Lease or otherwise including without limitation any warranties or representations respecting use, compliance with zoning, Landlord’s title, Landlord’s authority, habitability and/or fitness for any purpose, or possession; (i) liable for consequential damages; or (j) personally liable for any default under the Lease or any covenant or obligation on its part to be performed thereunder as lessor, it being acknowledged and agreed that Tenant’s sole remedy in the event of such default shall be to proceed against Purchaser’s or Agent’s interest in the Property. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to be contrary, Agent shall have absolutely no obligation to perform any of Landlord’s construction covenants under the Lease, provided that if Agent shall not perform such covenants in the event of foreclosure or deed in lieu thereof and within a reasonable time following taking of possession by Agent, then Tenant shall have

 

2



 

the right to terminate its obligations under the Lease and to pursue any and all legal remedies it may have against Landlord and any third parties other than Agent.

 

3.                                       Attornment . Unless the Lease is terminated in accordance with Paragraph 2, if the interests of the lessor under the Lease shall be transferred by reason of the exercise of the power of sale contained in the Mortgage (if applicable), or by any foreclosure or other proceeding for enforcement of the Mortgage, or by deed in lieu of foreclosure or such other proceeding, or if Agent takes possession of the Property pursuant to any provisions of the Mortgage or the Assignment of Rents, the lessee thereunder shall be bound to the Purchaser or Agent, as the case may be, under all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease for the balance of the term thereof and any extensions or renewals thereof which may be effected in accordance with any option therefor in the Lease, with the same force and effect as if the Purchaser or Agent were the lessor under the Lease, and Tenant, as lessee under the Lease, does hereby attorn to the Purchaser and Agent if it takes possession of the Property, as its lessor under the Lease. Such attornment shall be effective and self-operative without the execution of any further instruments upon the succession by Purchaser to the interest of the lessor under the Lease or the taking of possession of the Property by Agent. Nevertheless, Tenant shall, from time to time, execute and deliver such instruments evidencing such attornment as Purchaser or Agent may require. The respective rights and obligations of Purchaser, Agent and of the lessee under the Lease upon such attornment, to the extent of the then remaining balance of the term of the Lease and any such extensions and renewals, shall be and are the same as now set forth in the Lease except as otherwise expressly provided in Paragraph 2.

 

4.                                       Subordination . Subject to the other terms of this Agreement, Tenant hereby subordinates all of its right, title and interest as lessee under the Lease to the right, title and interest of Agent under the Mortgage, and Tenant further agrees that the Lease now is and shall at all times continue to be subject and subordinate in each and every respect to the Mortgage and to any and all increases, renewals, modifications, extensions, substitutions, replacements and/or consolidations of the Mortgage.

 

5.                                       Assignment of Rents . Tenant hereby acknowledges that all of Landlord’s right, title and interest as lessor under the Lease is being duly assigned to Agent pursuant to the terms of the Mortgage and the Assignment of Rents, and that pursuant to the terms thereof all rental payments under the Lease shall continue to be paid to Landlord in accordance with the terms of the Lease unless and until Tenant is otherwise notified in writing by Agent. Upon receipt of any such written notice from Agent, Tenant covenants and agrees to make payment of all rental payments then due or to become due under the Lease directly to Agent or to Agent’s agent designated in such notice and to continue to do so until otherwise notified in writing by Agent. Landlord hereby irrevocably directs and authorizes Tenant to make rental payments directly to Agent following receipt of such notice, and Landlord covenants and agrees that Tenant shall have the right to rely on such notice without any obligation to inquire as to whether any default exists under the Mortgage or the Assignment of Rents or the indebtedness secured thereby, and notwithstanding any notice or claim of Landlord to the contrary, and that Landlord shall

 

3



 

have no right or claim against Tenant for or by reason of any rental payments made by Tenant to Agent following receipt of such notice. Tenant further acknowledges and agrees: (a) that under the provisions of the Mortgage and/or the Assignment of Rents, the Lease cannot be terminated (nor can Landlord accept any surrender of the Lease) or modified in any of its terms, or consent be given to the waiver or release of Tenant from the performance or observance of any obligation under the Lease, without the prior written consent of Agent, and without such consent no rent may be collected or accepted by Landlord more than one month in advance; and (b) that the interest of Landlord as lessor under the Lease has been assigned to Agent for the purposes specified in the Mortgage and the Assignment of Rents, and Agent assumes no duty, liability or obligation under the Lease, except only under the circumstances, terms and conditions specifically set forth in the Mortgage and/or the Assignment of Rents.

 

6.                                       Notice of Default by Lessor . Tenant, as lessee under the Lease, hereby covenants and agrees to give Agent written notice properly specifying wherein the lessor under the Lease has failed to perform any of the covenants or obligations of the lessor under the Lease, simultaneously with the giving of any notice of such default to the lessor under the provisions of the Lease, Tenant agrees that Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, within thirty (30) days after receipt by Agent of such notice (or within such additional time as is reasonably required to correct any such default) to correct or remedy, or cause to be corrected or remedied, each such default before the lessee under the Lease may take any action under the Lease by reason of such default. Such notices to Agent shall be delivered in duplicate to:

 

SANTANDER BANK, N.A.

75 State Street

Mail Code: MA1 SST 0412

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

Attention:                                John Everly

Telephone:                          617-346-7297

 

With a copy to:

 

RIEMER & BRAUNSTEIN LLP

Three Center Plaza

Boston, MA 02108

Attention: Kevin J. Lyons, Esq.

Telephone:                          617-880-3433

 

or to such other address as the Agent shall have designated to Tenant by giving written notice to Tenant at 840 Memorial Drive, Cambridge, MA 02139, Attention: Patrick Beattie, or to such other address as may be designated by written notice from Tenant to Agent.

 

4



 

7.                                       No Further Subordination . Except as expressly provided to the contrary in Paragraph 4 hereof, Landlord and Tenant covenant and agree with Agent that there shall be no further subordination of the interest of lessee under the Lease to any lender or to any other party without first obtaining the prior written consent of Agent. Any attempt to effect a further subordination of lessee’s interest under the Lease without first obtaining the prior written consent of Agent shall be null and void.

 

8.                                       As to Landlord and Tenant . As between Landlord and Tenant, Landlord and Tenant covenant and agree that nothing contained herein nor anything done pursuant to the provisions hereof shall be deemed or construed to modify the Lease.

 

9.                                       As to Landlord and Agent . As between Landlord and Agent, Landlord and Agent covenant and agree that nothing contained herein nor anything done pursuant to the provisions hereof shall be deemed or construed to modify the Mortgage or the Assignment of Rents.

 

10.                                Title of Paragraphs . The titles of the paragraphs of this Agreement are for convenience and reference only, and the words contained therein shall in no way be held to explain, modify, amplify or aid in the interpretation, construction or meaning of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

11.                                Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

12.                                Provisions Binding. The terms and provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns, respectively, of Agent, Tenant and Landlord. The reference contained to successors and assigns of Tenant is not intended to constitute and does not constitute consent by Landlord or Agent to an assignment by Tenant, but has reference only to those instances in which the lessor under the Lease and Agent shall have given written consent to a particular assignment by Tenant thereunder.

 

[Signature page to follow]

 

5


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have hereunto set their respective hands and seals as of the day, month and year first above written.

 

 

 

AGENT:

 

 

 

 

 

SANTANDER BANK, N.A., as Agent on behalf of Lenders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

John Everly

 

 

Title:

Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STATE OF

 

)

 

 

 

 

) ss.:

 

 

COUNTY OF

 

)

 

 

 

On the             day of                            in the year 2014, before me, the undersigned, a notary public in and for said state, personally appeared John Everly, personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument, the individual, or the person upon behalf of which the individual acted, executed the instrument.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notary Public

 

 

 

My Commission Expires:

 

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SNDA]

 



 

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

STATE OF

 

COUNTY OF

 

On the                  day of                                   in the year 2014, before me, the undersigned, a notary public in and for said state, personally appeared                                                                 personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument, the individual, or the person upon behalf of which the individual acted, executed the instrument.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notary Public

 

 

 

My Commission Expires:

 

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SNDA]

 



 

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

 

 

RIVERTECH ASSOCIATES II, LLC, a Massachusetts limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STATE OF

 

)

 

 

 

 

) ss.:

 

 

COUNTY OF

 

)

 

 

 

On the                  day of                                   in the year 2014, before me, the undersigned, a notary public in and for said state, personally appeared                                   , personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument, the individual, or the person upon behalf of which the individual acted, executed the instrument.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notary Public

 

 

 

My Commission Expires:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SNDA]

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

Property Legal Description

 

The land and the buildings thereon known as 840 Memorial Drive (a/k/a 18 Blackstone Street) situated in Cambridge, Middlesex County, Massachusetts, more particularly described as follows:

 

WESTERLY:                                                by the Easterly line of Memorial Drive (formerly Charles River Road) twenty six and 21/100 feet;

 

NORTHERLY:                                      by the Southerly line of said Road, three and 96/100 feet;

 

WESTERLY:                                                by the Easterly line of said Road, one hundred twenty six and 59/100 feet;

 

NORTHERLY:                                      by the Southerly line of Albro Street, three hundred thirty two and 31/100 feet;

 

EASTERLY:                                                   by the Westerly line of Blackstone Street, one hundred and fifty three feet; and

 

SOUTHERLY:                                        by lot 2 as shown on plan hereinafter mentioned, three hundred fifty one and 45/100 feet.

 

Said parcel is shown as Lot 1 on the plan filed as Plan No. 8817C, with Certificate 154579 in Book 903, Page 29 of the Middlesex South Registry District of the Land Court.

 

Containing an area of 52,062 square feet.

 

The above described land is subject to and has the benefit of the provisions of an indenture dated September 20, 1922, recorded in Book 4564, Page 561, affected by Releases, filed as Document Nos. 598776 and 598777.

 




Exhibit 10.13

 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

FORM OF DIRECTOR INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This Indemnification Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of                  by and between Dimension Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and              (“ Indemnitee ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve the Company;

 

WHEREAS, in order to induce Indemnitee to provide or continue to provide services to the Company, the Company wishes to provide for the indemnification of, and advancement of expenses to, Indemnitee to the maximum extent permitted by law;

 

WHEREAS, the Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Charter ”) and the Bylaws (the “ Bylaws ”) of the Company require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company, and Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Charter, the Bylaws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining highly qualified persons such as Indemnitee is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders;

 

WHEREAS, it is reasonable and prudent for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, regardless of any amendment or revocation of the Charter or the Bylaws, so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Charter, the Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and

 

[WHEREAS, Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by [Name of Fund/Sponsor] which Indemnitee and [Name of Fund/Sponsor] intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided in this

 

1



 

Agreement, with the Company’s acknowledgment and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve or continue to serve on the Board.]

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

Section 1.                                            Services to the Company .  Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director of the Company.  Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position.  This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee.

 

Section 2.                                            Definitions .

 

As used in this Agreement:

 

(a)                                  Change in Control ” shall mean (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (ii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation pursuant to which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power and outstanding stock immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power and outstanding stock or other equity interests of the resulting or successor entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable) immediately upon completion of such transaction, (iii) the sale of all of the Stock of the Company to an unrelated person, entity or group thereof acting in concert, or (iv) any other transaction in which the owners of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the Company or any successor entity immediately upon completion of the transaction other than as a result of the acquisition of securities directly from the Company.

 

(b)                                  Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person as a current or former director of the Company or current or former director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any other Enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

 

(c)                                   Enforcement Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other out-of-pocket disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with an action to enforce indemnification or advancement rights, or an appeal from such action.  Expenses, however, shall not include fees, salaries, wages or benefits owed to Indemnitee.

 

(d)                                  Enterprise ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company), partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, limited liability company, or other legal entity of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee.

 

2



 

(e)                                   Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other out-of-pocket disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding or an appeal resulting from a Proceeding.  Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee, the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee or fees, salaries, wages or benefits owed to Indemnitee.

 

(f)                                    Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a partner (or, if applicable, member or shareholder) of such a law firm, that is experienced in matters of Delaware corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, any Enterprise or Indemnitee in any matter material to any such party; or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.  The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

 

(g)                                   The term “ Proceeding ” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory or investigative nature, and whether formal or informal, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any Enterprise or by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee or of any action taken on his or her part while acting as a director of the Company or while serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement; provided , however , that the term “Proceeding” shall not include any action, suit or arbitration, or part thereof, initiated by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement as provided for in Section 12(a) of this Agreement.

 

Section 3.                                            Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings .  The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent set forth in this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor.  Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection

 

3



 

with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

Section 4.                                            Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company .  The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent set forth in this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor.  Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company.  No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery (the “ Delaware Court ”) shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court shall deem proper.

 

Section 5.                                            Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful .  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement and except as provided in Section 7, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in any Proceeding and is successful in such Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.  If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter.  For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

Section 6.                                            Reimbursement for Expenses of a Witness or in Response to a Subpoena .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, (i) is a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party and is not threatened to be made a party or (ii) receives a subpoena with respect to any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party and is not threatened to be made a party, the Company shall reimburse Indemnitee for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.

 

Section 7.                                            Exclusions .  Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement:

 

(a)                                  to indemnify for amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise[; provided

 

4



 

that the foregoing shall not affect the rights of Indemnitee or the Fund Indemnitors as set forth in Section 13(c)];

 

(b)                                  to indemnify for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law;

 

(c)                                   to indemnify with respect to any Proceeding, or part thereof, brought by Indemnitee against the Company, any legal entity which it controls, any director or officer thereof or any third party, unless (i) the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding or part thereof and (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law; provided , however , that this Section 7(d) shall not apply to (A) counterclaims or affirmative defenses asserted by Indemnitee in an action brought against Indemnitee or (B) any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company in the suit for which indemnification or advancement is being sought as described in Section 12; or

 

(e)                                   to provide any indemnification or advancement of expenses that is prohibited by applicable law (as such law exists at the time payment would otherwise be required pursuant to this Agreement).

 

Section 8.                                            Advancement of Expenses .  Subject to Section 9(b), the Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances (including any invoices received by Indemnitee, which such invoices may be redacted as necessary to avoid the waiver of any privilege accorded by applicable law) from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding.  Advances shall be unsecured and interest free.  Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement.  Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement which shall constitute an undertaking providing that Indemnitee undertakes to the fullest extent required by law to repay the advance if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.  The right to advances under this paragraph shall in all events continue until final disposition of any Proceeding, including any appeal therein.  Nothing in this Section 8 shall limit Indemnitee’s right to advancement pursuant to Section 12(e) of this Agreement.

 

Section 9.                                          Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim .

 

(a)                                  To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor specifying the basis for the claim, the amounts for which Indemnitee is seeking payment under this Agreement, and all documentation related thereto as reasonably requested by the Company.

 

5



 

(b)                                  In the event that the Company shall be obligated hereunder to provide indemnification for or make any advancement of Expenses with respect to any Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, or any claim, issue or matter therein, with counsel approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of the Company’s election to do so.  After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees or expenses of separate counsel subsequently employed by or on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding; provided that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense and (ii) if (A) the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of such defense, or (C) the Company shall not continue to retain such counsel to defend such Proceeding, then the fees and expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee with respect to his or her separate counsel shall be Expenses hereunder.

 

(c)                                   In the event that the Company does not assume the defense in a Proceeding pursuant to paragraph (b) above, then the Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

 

(d)                                  The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without its prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).  The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), enter into any settlement which (i) includes an admission of fault of Indemnitee, any non-monetary remedy imposed on Indemnitee or any monetary damages for which Indemnitee is not wholly and actually indemnified hereunder or (ii) with respect to any Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee may be or is made a party or may be otherwise entitled to seek indemnification hereunder, does not include the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Proceeding.

 

Section 10.                                     Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification .

 

(a)                                  Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a), a determination, if such determination is required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification hereunder shall be made in the specific case by one of the following methods:  (x) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board; or (y) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred: (i) by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum; (ii) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum; or (iii) if there are no disinterested directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board.  For purposes hereof, disinterested directors are those members of the Board who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought.  In the case that such

 

6



 

determination is made by Independent Counsel, a copy of Independent Counsel’s written opinion shall be delivered to Indemnitee and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within thirty (30) days after such determination.  Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Independent Counsel or the Company, as applicable, in making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such counsel or the Company, upon reasonable advance request, any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination.  Any out-of-pocket costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Independent Counsel or the Company shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

 

(b)                                  If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(a), the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board if a Change in Control shall not have occurred or, if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Indemnitee.  Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after written notice of such selection, deliver to the Company or Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion.  Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel.  If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or the Delaware Court has determined that such objection is without merit.  If, within twenty (20) days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a), and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected without objection, either Indemnitee or the Company may petition the Delaware Court for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by Indemnitee or the Company to the selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate.   The person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(a) hereof.  Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

 

7



 

Section 11.                                   Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

 

(a)                                  To the extent permitted by applicable law, in making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, it shall be presumed that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 9(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making of any determination contrary to that presumption.

 

(b)                                  The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of guilty, nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

(c)                                   The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, or any Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

 

Section 12.                                     Remedies of Indemnitee .

 

(a)                                  Subject to Section 12(f), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification for which a determination is to be made other than by Independent Counsel, (iv) payment of indemnification or reimbursement of expenses is not made pursuant to Section 5 or 6 or the last sentence of Section 10(a) of this Agreement within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor (including any invoices received by Indemnitee, which such invoices may be redacted as necessary to avoid the waiver of any privilege accorded by applicable law) or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3 or 4 of this Agreement is not made within thirty (30) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by the Delaware Court of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement.  Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association.  Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided , however , that the foregoing time limitation shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 5 of this Agreement.  The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

 

8



 

(b)                                  In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination.  In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement, as the case may be.

 

(c)                                   If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

(d)                                  The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(e)                                   The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law against any and all Enforcement Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such Enforcement Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company in the suit for which indemnification or advancement is being sought.  Such written request for advancement shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Enforcement Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditures made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law need not be included with the invoice.

 

(f)                                    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein.

 

Section 13.                                   Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; [Primacy of Indemnification;] Subrogation .

 

(a)                                  The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Charter, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise.  No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her

 

9



 

Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.  To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement than would be afforded currently under the Charter, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.  No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

(b)                                  To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, managers, partners, officers, employees, agents or trustees of the Company or of any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee under such policy or policies.  If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.

 

(c)                                   [The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by [Name of Fund/Sponsor] and certain of [its][their] affiliates (collectively, the “ Fund Indemnitors ”).  The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort ( i.e. , its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Charter and/or Bylaws (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof.  The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company.  The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 13(c).]

 

(d)                                  [Except as provided in paragraph (c) above,] [I/i]n the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee [(other than against the Fund Indemnitors)], who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

10


 

(e)                                   [Except as provided in paragraph (c) above,] [T/t]he Company’s obligation to provide indemnification or advancement hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement from such other Enterprise.

 

Section 14.                                     Duration of Agreement .  This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director of the Company or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement relating thereto.  This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his or her heirs, executors and administrators.  The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

 

Section 15.                                     Severability .  If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

 

Section 16.                                     Enforcement .

 

(a)                                  The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director of the Company.

 

(b)                                  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided , however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Charter, the Bylaws and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

 

11



 

Section 17.                                     Modification and Waiver .  No supplement, modification or amendment, or waiver of any provision, of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.  No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee prior to such supplement, modification or amendment.

 

Section 18.                                     Notice by Indemnitee .  Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification, reimbursement or advancement as provided hereunder.  The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.

 

Section 19.                                     Notices .  All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (iii) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (iv) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received:

 

(a)                                  If to Indemnitee, at such address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.

 

(b)                                  If to the Company to:

 

 

Attention:

 

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

 

Section 20.                                     Contribution .  To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any Proceeding in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee in connection with the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving rise to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transactions.

 

12



 

Section 21.                                     Internal Revenue Code Section 409A .  The Company intends for this Agreement to comply with the Indemnification exception under Section 1.409A-1(b)(10) of the regulations promulgated under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), which provides that indemnification of, or the purchase of an insurance policy providing for payments of, all or part of the expenses incurred or damages paid or payable by Indemnitee with respect to a bona fide claim against Indemnitee or the Company do not provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Section 409A of the Code, where such claim is based on actions or failures to act by Indemnitee in his or her capacity as a service provider of the Company.  The parties intend that this Agreement be interpreted and construed with such intent.

 

Section 22.                                     Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction .  This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules.  Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) consent to service of process at the address set forth in Section 19 of this Agreement with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

 

Section 23.                                     Headings .  The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

Section 24.                                     Identical Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.  Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

13



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Name of Indemnitee]

 




Exhibit 10.14

 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

FORM OF OFFICER INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This Indemnification Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of                  by and between Dimension Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and              (“ Indemnitee ”).(1)

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve the Company;

 

WHEREAS, in order to induce Indemnitee to provide or continue to provide services to the Company, the Company wishes to provide for the indemnification of, and advancement of expenses to, Indemnitee to the maximum extent permitted by law;

 

WHEREAS, the Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Charter ”) and the Bylaws (the “ Bylaws ”) of the Company require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company, and Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Charter, the Bylaws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining highly qualified persons such as Indemnitee is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders;

 

WHEREAS, it is reasonable and prudent for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, regardless of any amendment or revocation of the Charter or the Bylaws, so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified; and

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Charter, the Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 


(1)  To be entered into with all C-level officers and Section 16 officers.

 



 

Section 1.                                            Services to the Company .  Indemnitee agrees to serve as [a director and] an officer of the Company.  Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from [any] such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position.  This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee.

 

Section 2.                                            Definitions .

 

As used in this Agreement:

 

(a)                                  [“ Change in Control ” shall mean (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (ii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation pursuant to which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power and outstanding stock immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power and outstanding stock or other equity interests of the resulting or successor entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable) immediately upon completion of such transaction, (iii) the sale of all of the Stock of the Company to an unrelated person, entity or group thereof acting in concert, or (iv) any other transaction in which the owners of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the Company or any successor entity immediately upon completion of the transaction other than as a result of the acquisition of securities directly from the Company.](2)

 

(b)                                  Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person as a current or former [director or] officer of the Company or current or former director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any other Enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

 

(c)                                   Enforcement Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other out-of-pocket disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with an action to enforce indemnification or advancement rights, or an appeal from such action.  Expenses, however, shall not include fees, salaries, wages or benefits owed to Indemnitee.

 

(d)                                  Enterprise ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company), partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, limited liability company, or other legal entity of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee.

 

(e)                                   Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other out-of-pocket disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing

 


(2)  For CEO Director version only

 

2



 

to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding or an appeal resulting from a Proceeding.  Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee, the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee or fees, salaries, wages or benefits owed to Indemnitee.

 

(f)                                    Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a partner (or, if applicable, member or shareholder) of such a law firm, that is experienced in matters of Delaware corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, any Enterprise or Indemnitee in any matter material to any such party; or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.  The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

 

(g)                                   The term “ Proceeding ” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory or investigative nature, and whether formal or informal, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was [a director or] an officer of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any Enterprise or by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee or of any action taken on his or her part while acting as [a director or] an officer of the Company or while serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement; provided , however , that the term “Proceeding” shall not include any action, suit or arbitration, or part thereof, initiated by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement as provided for in Section 12(a) of this Agreement.

 

Section 3.                                            Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings .  The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent set forth in this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor.  Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

3



 

Section 4.                                            Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company .  The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the extent set forth in this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor.  Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company.  No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery (the “ Delaware Court ”) shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court shall deem proper.

 

Section 5.                                            Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful .  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement and except as provided in Section 7, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in any Proceeding and is successful in such Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.  If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter.  For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

Section 6.                                            Reimbursement for Expenses of a Witness or in Response to a Subpoena .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, (i) is a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party and is not threatened to be made a party or (ii) receives a subpoena with respect to any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party and is not threatened to be made a party, the Company shall reimburse Indemnitee for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.

 

Section 7.                                            Exclusions .  Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement:

 

(a)                                  to indemnify for amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise;

 

(b)                                  to indemnify for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law;

 

4



 

(c)                                   to indemnify for any reimbursement of, or payment to, the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of SOX or any formal policy of the Company adopted by the Board (or a committee thereof), or any other remuneration paid to Indemnitee if it shall be determined by a final judgment or other final adjudication that such remuneration was in violation of law;

 

(d)                                  to indemnify with respect to any Proceeding, or part thereof, brought by Indemnitee against the Company, any legal entity which it controls, any director or officer thereof or any third party, unless (i) the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding or part thereof and (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law; provided , however , that this Section 7(d) shall not apply to (A) counterclaims or affirmative defenses asserted by Indemnitee in an action brought against Indemnitee or (B) any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company in the suit for which indemnification or advancement is being sought as described in Section 12; or

 

(e)                                   to provide any indemnification or advancement of expenses that is prohibited by applicable law (as such law exists at the time payment would otherwise be required pursuant to this Agreement).

 

Section 8.                                            Advancement of Expenses .  Subject to Section 9(b), the Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances (including any invoices received by Indemnitee, which such invoices may be redacted as necessary to avoid the waiver of any privilege accorded by applicable law) from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding.  Advances shall be unsecured and interest free.  Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement.  Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement which shall constitute an undertaking providing that Indemnitee undertakes to the fullest extent required by law to repay the advance if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.  The right to advances under this paragraph shall in all events continue until final disposition of any Proceeding, including any appeal therein.  Nothing in this Section 8 shall limit Indemnitee’s right to advancement pursuant to Section 12(e) of this Agreement.

 

Section 9.                                          Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim .

 

(a)                                  To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor specifying the basis for the claim, the amounts for which Indemnitee is seeking payment under this Agreement, and all documentation related thereto as reasonably requested by the Company.

 

5



 

(b)                                  In the event that the Company shall be obligated hereunder to provide indemnification for or make any advancement of Expenses with respect to any Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, or any claim, issue or matter therein, with counsel approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of the Company’s election to do so.  After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees or expenses of separate counsel subsequently employed by or on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding; provided that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense and (ii) if (A) the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of such defense, or (C) the Company shall not continue to retain such counsel to defend such Proceeding, then the fees and expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee with respect to his or her separate counsel shall be Expenses hereunder.

 

(c)                                   In the event that the Company does not assume the defense in a Proceeding pursuant to paragraph (b) above, then the Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

 

(d)                                  The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without its prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).  The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), enter into any settlement which (i) includes an admission of fault of Indemnitee, any non-monetary remedy imposed on Indemnitee or any monetary damages for which Indemnitee is not wholly and actually indemnified hereunder or (ii) with respect to any Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee may be or is made a party or may be otherwise entitled to seek indemnification hereunder, does not include the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Proceeding.

 

Section 10.                                     Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification .(3)

 

(a)                                  Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a), a determination, if such determination is required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification hereunder shall be made in the specific case by one of the following methods: [(x) if a Change in Control shall have occurred and indemnification is being requested by Indemnitee hereunder in his or her capacity as a director of the Company, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board; or (y) in any other case,] (i) by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum; (ii) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum; or (iii) if there are no disinterested directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board.  For purposes hereof, disinterested directors are those members of the Board who are not parties to the action, suit or

 


(3)  Bracketed portions for CEO Director version only

 

6



 

proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought.  In the case that such determination is made by Independent Counsel, a copy of Independent Counsel’s written opinion shall be delivered to Indemnitee and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within thirty (30) days after such determination.  Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Independent Counsel or the Company, as applicable, in making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such counsel or the Company, upon reasonable advance request, any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination.  Any out-of-pocket costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Independent Counsel or the Company shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

 

(b)                                  If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(a), the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board[; provided that, if a Change in Control shall have occurred and indemnification is being requested by Indemnitee hereunder in his or her capacity as a director of the Company, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee].  Indemnitee [or the Company, as the case may be,] may, within ten (10) days after written notice of such selection, deliver to the Company [or Indemnitee, as the case may be,] a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion.  Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel.  If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or the Delaware Court has determined that such objection is without merit.  If, within twenty (20) days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a), and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected without objection, either Indemnitee or the Company may petition the Delaware Court for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by Indemnitee or the Company to the selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate. The person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(a) hereof.  Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

 

Section 11.                                   Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

 

(a)                                  To the extent permitted by applicable law, in making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, it shall be presumed that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 9(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have

 

7



 

the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making of any determination contrary to that presumption.

 

(b)                                  The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of guilty, nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

(c)                                   The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, or any Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

 

Section 12.                                     Remedies of Indemnitee .

 

(a)                                  Subject to Section 12(f), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification for which a determination is to be made other than by Independent Counsel, (iv) payment of indemnification or reimbursement of expenses is not made pursuant to Section 5 or 6 or the last sentence of Section 10(a) of this Agreement within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor (including any invoices received by Indemnitee, which such invoices may be redacted as necessary to avoid the waiver of any privilege accorded by applicable law) or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3 or 4 of this Agreement is not made within thirty (30) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by the Delaware Court of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement.  Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association.  Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided , however , that the foregoing time limitation shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 5 of this Agreement.  The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

 

(b)                                  In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination.  In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced

 

8



 

pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement, as the case may be.

 

(c)                                   If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

(d)                                  The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(e)                                   The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law against any and all Enforcement Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such Enforcement Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company in the suit for which indemnification or advancement is being sought.  Such written request for advancement shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Enforcement Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditures made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law need not be included with the invoice.

 

(f)                                    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein.

 

Section 13.                                   Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation .

 

(a)                                  The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Charter, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise.  No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.  To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement than would be afforded currently under the Charter, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.  No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law

 

9



 

or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

(b)                                  To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, managers, partners, officers, employees, agents or trustees of the Company or of any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee under such policy or policies.  If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.

 

(c)                                   In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

(d)                                  The Company’s obligation to provide indemnification or advancement hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement from such other Enterprise.

 

Section 14.                                     Duration of Agreement .  This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as [both a director and] an officer of the Company or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement relating thereto.  This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his or her heirs, executors and administrators.  The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

 

Section 15.                                     Severability .  If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and

 

10


 

(c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

 

Section 16.                                     Enforcement .

 

(a)                                  The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as [a director and] an officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as [a director and] an officer of the Company.

 

(b)                                  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided , however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Charter, the Bylaws and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

 

Section 17.                                     Modification and Waiver .  No supplement, modification or amendment, or waiver of any provision, of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.  No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee prior to such supplement, modification or amendment.

 

Section 18.                                     Notice by Indemnitee .  Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification, reimbursement or advancement as provided hereunder.  The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.

 

Section 19.                                     Notices .  All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (iii) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (iv) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received:

 

(a)                                  If to Indemnitee, at such address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.

 

11



 

(b)                                  If to the Company to:

 

 

Attention:

 

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

 

Section 20.                                     Contribution .  To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any Proceeding in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee in connection with the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving rise to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transactions.

 

Section 21.                                     Internal Revenue Code Section 409A .  The Company intends for this Agreement to comply with the Indemnification exception under Section 1.409A-1(b)(10) of the regulations promulgated under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), which provides that indemnification of, or the purchase of an insurance policy providing for payments of, all or part of the expenses incurred or damages paid or payable by Indemnitee with respect to a bona fide claim against Indemnitee or the Company do not provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Section 409A of the Code, where such claim is based on actions or failures to act by Indemnitee in his or her capacity as a service provider of the Company.  The parties intend that this Agreement be interpreted and construed with such intent.

 

Section 22.                                     Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction .  This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules.  Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) consent to service of process at the address set forth in Section 19 of this Agreement with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

 

12



 

Section 23.                                     Headings .  The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

Section 24.                                     Identical Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.  Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

13



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Name of Indemnitee]

 




Exhibit 10.15

 

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of August 21, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”) between SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation with a loan production office located at 275 Grove Street, Suite 2-200, Newton, Massachusetts 02466 (“ Bank ”), and DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), provides the terms on which Bank shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay Bank.  The parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                       ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

 

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP.  Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, all financial covenant calculations shall be computed with respect to the Borrower only, and not on a consolidated basis.  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13 .  All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.

 

2.                                       LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

 

2.1          Promise to Pay .  Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

 

2.1.1       Equipment Advances .

 

(a)           Availability .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during the Draw Period, Bank shall make advances (each, an “ Equipment Advance ” and, collectively, “ Equipment Advances ”) not exceeding the Equipment Line.  Equipment Advances may only be used to finance Eligible Equipment purchased within ninety (90) days (determined based upon the applicable invoice date of such Eligible Equipment) before the date of each Equipment Advance.  No Equipment Advance may exceed one hundred percent (100.0%) of the total invoice for Eligible Equipment (excluding taxes, shipping, warranty charges, freight discounts and installation expenses relating to such Eligible Equipment except to the extent such are allowed to be financed pursuant hereto as Other Equipment).  Unless otherwise agreed to by Bank, not more than twenty-five percent (25.0%) of the proceeds of the Equipment Line shall be used to finance Other Equipment.  Each Equipment Advance must be in an amount equal to the lesser of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) or the amount that has not yet been drawn under the Equipment Line.  Borrower may only request three (3) Equipment Advances hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the initial Equipment Advance (the “ Initial Equipment Advance ”) hereunder may be used to reimburse Borrower for Eligible Equipment purchased within one hundred eighty (180) days (determined based upon the applicable invoice date of such Eligible Equipment) before the Effective Date, provided such Initial Equipment Advance is made within ten (10) Business Days of the Effective Date.  After repayment, no Equipment Advance may be reborrowed.

 



 

(b)           Interest Period .  Commencing on the first Payment Date of the month following the month in which the Funding Date of the applicable Equipment Advance occurs and continuing on each Payment Date thereafter, Borrower shall make monthly payments of interest, in arrears, on the principal amount of each Equipment Advance at the rate set forth in Section 2.2(a) .

 

(c)           Repayment .  Commencing on the applicable Amortization Date, and continuing on the Payment Date of each month thereafter, Borrower shall repay each Equipment Advance in (i) thirty-six (36) equal monthly installments of principal, plus (ii) monthly payments of accrued interest at the rate set forth in Section 2.2(a) .  All outstanding principal and accrued interest under each Equipment Advance, and all other outstanding Obligations with respect to each Equipment Advance, is due and payable in full on the applicable Equipment Maturity Date.

 

(d)           Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration .  If repayment on an Equipment Advance is accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank an amount equal to the sum of: (i) all outstanding principal plus accrued and unpaid interest, (ii) the Prepayment Premium, plus (iii) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

 

(e)           Permitted Prepayment of Equipment Advances .  Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the Equipment Advances advanced by Bank under this Agreement, provided Borrower (i) provides written notice to Bank of its election to prepay the Equipment Advances at least ten (10) days prior to such prepayment, and (ii) pays, on the date of such prepayment (A) all outstanding principal plus accrued and unpaid interest, (B) the Prepayment Premium, plus (C) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

 

2.2          Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions.

 

(a)           Interest Rate .  Subject to Section 2.2(b) , the principal amount outstanding for each Equipment Advance shall accrue interest at a fixed per annum rate equal to two and one quarter of one percent (2.25%) above the Prime Rate, which interest shall be determined by Bank on the Funding Date of the applicable Equipment Advance and shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.2(c)  below.

 

(b)           Default Rate .  Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is five percent (5.0%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto (the “ Default Rate ”).  Fees and expenses which are required to be paid by Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, Bank Expenses) but are not paid when due shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to the Obligations.  Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.2(b)  is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.

 

2



 

(c)           Payment; Interest Computation .  Interest is payable monthly on the Payment Date and shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed.  In computing interest, (i) all payments received after 12:00 p.m.  Eastern time on any day shall be deemed received at the opening of business on the next Business Day, and (ii) the date of the making of any Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however , that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension.

 

2.3          Fees .  Borrower shall pay to Bank:

 

(a)           Commitment Fee .  A fully earned, non-refundable commitment fee of Five Thousand Dollars (5,000.00), on the Effective Date;

 

(b)           Prepayment Premium .  The Prepayment Premium, when due hereunder; and

 

(c)           Bank Expenses .  All Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due (or, if no stated due date, upon demand by Bank).

 

(d)           Fees Fully Earned .  Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or in a separate writing by Bank, Borrower shall not be entitled to any credit, rebate, or repayment of any fees earned by Bank pursuant to this Agreement notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement or the suspension or termination of Bank’s obligation to make loans and advances hereunder.  Bank may deduct amounts owing by Borrower under the clauses of this Section 2.3 pursuant to the terms of Section 2.4(c) .  Bank shall provide Borrower written notice of deductions made from the Designated Deposit Account pursuant to the terms of the clauses of this Section 2.3 .

 

2.4          Payments; Application of Payments; Debit of Accounts.

 

(a)           All payments to be made by Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available funds in Dollars, without setoff or counterclaim, before 12:00 p.m. Eastern time on the date when due.  Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m. Eastern time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day.  When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.

 

(b)           Bank has the exclusive right to determine the order and manner in which all payments with respect to the Obligations may be applied.  Borrower shall have no right to specify the order or the accounts to which Bank shall allocate or apply any payments required to be made by Borrower to Bank or otherwise received by Bank under this Agreement when any such allocation or application is not specified elsewhere in this Agreement.

 

(c)           Bank may debit any of Borrower’s deposit accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank when due.  These debits shall not constitute a set-off.

 

3



 

3.                                       CONDITIONS OF LOANS

 

3.1          Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension .  Bank’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

 

(a)           duly executed original signatures to the Loan Documents;

 

(b)           duly executed original signatures to the Control Agreement(s);

 

(c)           the Operating Documents and long-form good standing certificates of Borrower certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of Borrower’s jurisdiction of organization or formation and each jurisdiction in which Borrower is qualified to conduct business, each as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

 

(d)           duly executed original signatures to the completed Borrowing Resolutions for Borrower;

 

(e)           certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Bank may request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;

 

(f)            the Perfection Certificate of Borrower, together with the duly executed original signature thereto;

 

(g)           a landlord’s consent in favor of Bank for each of Borrower’s leased locations by the respective landlord thereof, together with the duly executed original signatures thereto;

 

(h)           evidence satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies and endorsements required by Section 6.5 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing lender loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Bank; and

 

(i)            payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.3 hereof.

 

3.2          Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions .  Bank’s obligations to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)           timely receipt of an executed Payment/Advance Form;

 

4



 

(b)           the representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true, accurate, and complete in all material respects on the date of the Payment/Advance Form and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however , that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension.  Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in this Agreement remain true, accurate, and complete in all material respects; provided, however , that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and

 

(c)           There has not been any material impairment in the general affairs, management, results of operation, financial condition or the prospect of repayment of the Obligations, or any material adverse deviation by Borrower from the most recent business plan of Borrower presented to and accepted by Bank.

 

3.3          Covenant to Deliver .  Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension.  Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank’s sole discretion.

 

3.4          Procedures for Borrowing .  Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of a Credit Extension set forth in this Agreement, to obtain a Credit Extension, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 p.m. Eastern time two (2) Business Days before the proposed Funding Date of the Credit Extension.  Together with any such electronic or facsimile notification, Borrower shall deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Payment/Advance Form executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee.  Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank believes is a Responsible Officer or designee.  Bank shall credit the Credit Extensions to the Designated Deposit Account.  Bank may make Credit Extensions under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Credit Extensions are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.

 

4.                                       CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

 

4.1          Grant of Security Interest .  Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof.

 

5



 

Borrower acknowledges that it previously has entered, and/or may in the future enter, into Bank Services Agreements with Bank.  Regardless of the terms of any Bank Services Agreement, Borrower agrees that any amounts Borrower owes Bank thereunder shall be deemed to be Obligations hereunder and that it is the intent of Borrower and Bank to have all such Obligations secured by the first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral granted herein (subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to have superior priority to Bank’s Lien in this Agreement).

 

If this Agreement is terminated, Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash.  Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) and at such time as Bank’s obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Bank shall, at the sole cost and expense of Borrower, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower.  In the event (x) all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), except for Bank Services, are satisfied in full, and (y) this Agreement is terminated, Bank shall terminate the security interest granted herein upon Borrower providing cash collateral acceptable to Bank in its good faith business judgment for Bank Services, if any.  In the event such Bank Services consist of outstanding Letters of Credit, Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to (x) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in Dollars, then at least one hundred five percent (105.0%); and (y) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in a Foreign Currency, then at least one hundred ten percent (110.0%), of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit.

 

4.2          Priority of Security Interest .  Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement).  If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

 

4.3          Authorization to File Financing Statements .  Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by either Borrower or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Bank under the Code.  Such financing statements may indicate the Collateral as “all assets of the Debtor” or words of similar effect, or as being of an equal or lesser scope, or with greater detail, all in Bank’s discretion.

 

6



 

5.                                       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

 

5.1          Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority .  Borrower is duly existing and in good standing as a Registered Organization in its jurisdiction of formation and is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.  In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank a completed certificate signed by Borrower, entitled “Perfection Certificate”.  Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that (a) Borrower’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement) in all material respects.  If Borrower is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of such occurrence and provide Bank with Borrower’s organizational identification number.

 

The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect), or (v) conflict with, contravene, constitute a default or breach under, or result in or permit the termination or acceleration of, any material agreement by which Borrower is bound.  Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

 

5.2          Collateral .  Borrower has good title to, rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens.  Borrower has no Collateral Accounts at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates except for the Collateral Accounts described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith and which Borrower has taken such actions as are necessary to give Bank a perfected security

 

7



 

interest therein, pursuant to the term of Section 6.6(b) .  The Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.

 

The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate.  None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2 .

 

All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects.

 

Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own except for (a) non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course of business, (b) (i) pursuant to that certain Collaboration and License Agreement by and between Borrower and Bayer HealthCare LLC, dated as of June 18, 2014 and (ii) pursuant to that certain Licensee Agreement by and between Borrower and ReGenX Biosciences, LLC, dated as of October 30, 2013, (c) over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public, and (d) material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower and noted on the Perfection Certificate.  Each Patent which it owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property which Borrower owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part.  To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

 

Except as noted on the Perfection Certificate, Borrower is not a party to, nor is it bound by, any Restricted License.

 

5.3          Litigation .  There are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving more than, individually or in the aggregate, One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00).

 

5.4          Financial Statements; Financial Condition .  All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank fairly present (subject to normal fiscal year-end adjustments) in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations.  There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.

 

5.5          Solvency .  The fair salable value of Borrower’s consolidated assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of Borrower’s liabilities; Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

 

5.6          Regulatory Compliance .  Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.  Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for

 

8



 

margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors).  Borrower (a) has complied in all material respects with all Requirements of Law, and (b) has not violated any Requirements of Law the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business.  None of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally.  Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Government Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted.

 

5.7          Subsidiaries; Investments .  Borrower does not own any stock, partnership, or other ownership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

 

5.8          Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions .  Borrower has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except (a) to the extent such taxes are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, so long as such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor, or (b) if such taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions do not, individually or in the aggregate, exceed Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00).

 

To the extent Borrower defers payment of any contested taxes, Borrower shall (i) notify Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, and (ii) post bonds or take any other steps required to prevent the governmental authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien.” Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower.  Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

 

5.9          Use of Proceeds .  Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions as working capital, to purchase Eligible Equipment, and to fund its general business requirements and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

 

5.10        Full Disclosure .  No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that

 

9



 

actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

 

5.11        Definition of “Knowledge .   For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, to the “best of Borrower’s knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of any Responsible Officer.

 

6.                                       AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

Borrower shall do all of the following:

 

6.1          Government Compliance.

 

(a)           Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations.  Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, in all material respects, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject.

 

(b)           Obtain all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the grant of a security interest to Bank in all of its property.  Borrower shall promptly provide copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Bank.

 

6.2          Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates .  Provide Bank with the following:

 

(a)           Monthly Financial Statements .  As soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower’s consolidated operations for such month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank (the “ Monthly Financial Statements ”);

 

(b)           Monthly Compliance Certificate .  Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month and together with the Monthly Financial Statements, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that as of the end of such month, Borrower was in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and setting forth calculations showing compliance with the financial covenant set forth in this Agreement and such other information as Bank may reasonably request;

 

(c)           Board Projections .  Within sixty (60) days following the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, and contemporaneously with any updates or changes thereto, annual Board-approved projections (reflecting projections on a quarterly or monthly basis), in a form acceptable to Bank;

 

10


 

(d)           Annual Audited Financial Statements .  As soon as available, but no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Bank;

 

(e)           Other Statements .  Within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to Borrower’s security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt;

 

(f)            SEC Filings .  In the event that Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act within five (5) days of filing, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by Borrower with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be.  Documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Borrower’s website on the Internet at Borrower’s website address; provided, however , Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in writing (which may be by electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents;

 

(g)           Legal Action Notice .  A prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually or in the aggregate, Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) or more; and

 

(h)           Other Financial Information .  Other financial information reasonably requested by Bank.

 

6.3          Inventory; Returns .  Keep all Inventory in good and marketable condition, free from material defects.  Returns and allowances between Borrower and its Account Debtors shall follow Borrower’s customary practices as they exist at the Effective Date.  Borrower must promptly notify Bank of all returns, recoveries, disputes and claims that involve more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00).

 

6.4          Taxes; Pensions .  Timely file, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required tax returns and reports and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely pay, all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, except for deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8 hereof, and shall deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.

 

11



 

6.5          Insurance .

 

(a)           Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s industry and location and as Bank may reasonably request.  Insurance policies shall be in a form, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies that are not Affiliates of Borrower, and in amounts that are satisfactory to Bank.  All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Bank as lender loss payee.  All liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured.  Bank shall be named as lender loss payee and/or additional insured with respect to any such insurance providing coverage in respect of any Collateral.

 

(b)           Ensure that proceeds payable under any property policy are, at Bank’s option, payable to Bank on account of the Obligations.

 

(c)           At Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of insurance policies and evidence of all premium payments.  Each provider of any such insurance required under this Section 6.5 shall agree, by endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it or by independent instruments furnished to Bank, that it will give Bank thirty (30) days prior written notice before any such policy or policies shall be materially altered or canceled.  If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.5 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.5 , and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.

 

6.6          Operating Accounts .

 

(a)           Maintain a portion of its and its Subsidiaries’ operating, depository and securities accounts with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates; provided further that the aggregate cash balances maintained in such accounts in the name of Borrower shall at all times be in an amount equal to or greater than the Required Amount.

 

(b)           Provide Bank five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates.  For each Collateral Account that Borrower at any time maintains, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder which Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Bank.  The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such.

 

6.7          Protection of Intellectual Property Rights .

 

(a)           (i) Protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Intellectual Property; (ii) promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements or any other event that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of its

 

12



 

Intellectual Property; and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank’s written consent.

 

(b)           Provide written notice to Bank within ten (10) days of entering or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public).  Borrower shall take such steps as Bank requests to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (i) any Restricted License to be deemed “Collateral” and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such Restricted License, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (ii) Bank to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

6.8          Litigation Cooperation .  From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.

 

6.9          Access to Collateral; Books and Records .  Allow Bank, or its agents, at reasonable times, on three (3) Business Days’ notice ( provided no notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to inspect the Collateral and audit and copy Borrower’s Books.  The foregoing inspections and audits shall be at Borrower’s expense.

 

6.10        Further Assurances .  Execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement.  Deliver to Bank, within five (5) days after the same are sent or received, copies of all correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority regarding compliance with or maintenance of Governmental Approvals or Requirements of Law or that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on any of the Governmental Approvals or otherwise on the operations of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

7.                                       NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

Borrower shall not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:

 

7.1          Dispositions .  Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “ Transfer ”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn-out or obsolete Equipment (that does not constitute Financed Equipment) that is, in the reasonable judgment of Borrower, no longer economically practicable to maintain or useful in the ordinary course of business of Borrower; (c) consisting of Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; (d) consisting of the sale or issuance of any stock of Borrower permitted under Section 7.2 of this Agreement; (e) consisting of Borrower’s use or transfer of money or Cash Equivalents in a manner that is not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; and (f) of non-exclusive licenses, partnerships and joint ventures for the use of the

 

13



 

property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and non-perpetual exclusive licenses that may be exclusive in some respects, such as, by way of example with respect to field of use or geographic territory, but that do not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property.

 

7.2          Changes in Business, Management, Ownership, or Business Locations .  (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) (i) fail to provide notice to Bank of any Key Person departing from or ceasing to be employed by Borrower within five (5) days after such Key Person’s departure from Borrower; or (ii) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions in which the stockholders of Borrower who were not stockholders immediately prior to the first such transaction own more than forty-nine percent (49.0%) of the voting stock of Borrower immediately after giving effect to such transaction or related series of such transactions (other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering or to venture capital or private equity investors so long as Borrower identifies to Bank the venture capital or private equity investors at least seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the transaction and provides to Bank a description of the material terms of the transaction).

 

Borrower shall not, without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Bank: (1) add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00) in Borrower’s assets or property) or deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00) to a bailee at a location other than to a bailee and at a location already disclosed in the Perfection Certificate, (2) change its jurisdiction of organization, (3) change its organizational structure or type, (4) change its legal name, or (5) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization.  If Borrower intends to deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00) to a bailee, and Bank and such bailee are not already parties to a bailee agreement governing both the Collateral and the location to which Borrower intends to deliver the Collateral, then Borrower will first receive the written consent of Bank, and such bailee shall execute and deliver a bailee agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank.

 

7.3          Mergers or Acquisitions .  Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person (including, without limitation, by the formation of any Subsidiary).  A Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower.

 

7.4          Indebtedness .  Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

 

7.5          Encumbrance .  Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein, or enter into any agreement,

 

14



 

document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property, except as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein.

 

7.6          Maintenance of Collateral Accounts .  Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.6(b)  hereof.

 

7.7          Distributions; Investments .  (a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock; provided that (i) Borrower may convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof, (ii) Borrower may pay dividends solely in common stock; and (iii) Borrower may repurchase the stock of former employees, directors or consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase; provided that the aggregate amount of all such repurchases does not exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) per fiscal year; or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment (including, without limitation, by the formation of any Subsidiary) other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

 

7.8          Transactions with Affiliates .  Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for (a) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person, (b) sales by Borrower of shares of its capital stock in venture capital financings, (c) amendments, modification or restatements to, or transactions contemplated by, the Borrower’s existing shareholder agreements as each may be amended or modified from time to time, (d) compensation arrangements, including equity grants, for services provided to the Borrower or any Subsidiary by any employee, consultant, director or otherwise, (e) repurchases of capital stock of the Borrower or any Subsidiary from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Borrower or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which the Borrower has the option to repurchase such shares upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment or service, or pursuant to a right of first refusal, in each case ((a)-(e)), pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

7.9          Subordinated Debt .  (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof, provide for earlier or greater principal, interest, or other payments thereon, or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank.

 

7.10        Compliance .  Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the

 

15



 

proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to (a) meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, (b) prevent a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, from occurring, or (c) comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act, the failure of any of the conditions described in clauses (a) through (c) which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business; or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

 

8.                                       EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “ Event of Default ”) under this Agreement:

 

8.1          Payment Default .  Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension when due, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the applicable Equipment Maturity Date).  During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

 

8.2          Covenant Default .

 

(a)           Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2 , 6.4 , 6.5 , 6.6 , 6.7 , or 6.8(b) , or violates any covenant in Section 7 ; or

 

(b)           Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8 ) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however , that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period).  Cure periods provided under this Section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in clause (a) above;

 

8.3          Material Adverse Change .  A Material Adverse Change occurs;

 

16



 

8.4          Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business .

 

(a)           (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or of any entity under the control of Borrower (including a Subsidiary), or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is filed against any of Borrower’s assets by any Governmental Authority, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however , no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) day cure period; or

 

(b)           (i) any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower from conducting all or any material part of its business.

 

8.5          Insolvency .  (a) Borrower is unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due or otherwise becomes insolvent; (b) Borrower begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower and is not dismissed or stayed within thirty (30) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

 

8.6          Other Agreements .  There is, under any agreement to which Borrower is a party with a third party or parties, (a) any default resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount individually or in the aggregate in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00); or (b) any breach or default by Borrower, the result of which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business;

 

8.7          Judgments; Penalties .  One or more fines, penalties or final judgments, orders or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower by any Governmental Authority, and the same are not, within ten (10) days after the entry, assessment or issuance thereof, discharged, satisfied, or paid, or after execution thereof, stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay ( provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction, payment, discharge, stay, or bonding of such fine, penalty, judgment, order or decree);

 

8.8          Misrepresentations .  Borrower or any Person acting for Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made; or

 

8.9          Subordinated Debt .  Any document, instrument, or agreement evidencing any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, any Person shall be in breach thereof or contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the

 

17



 

Obligations shall for any reason be subordinated or shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement; or

 

8.10        Governmental Approvals .  Any Governmental Approval shall have been (a) revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in an adverse manner or not renewed in the ordinary course for a full term or (b) subject to any decision by a Governmental Authority that designates a hearing with respect to any applications for renewal of any of such Governmental Approval or that could result in the Governmental Authority taking any of the actions described in clause (a) above, and such decision or such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal (i) cause, or could reasonably be expected to cause, a Material Adverse Change, or (ii) adversely affects the legal qualifications of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to hold such Governmental Approval in any applicable jurisdiction and such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal could reasonably be expected to affect the status of or legal qualifications of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to hold any Governmental Approval in any other jurisdiction.

 

9.                                       BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

 

9.1          Rights and Remedies .  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:

 

(a)           declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

 

(b)           stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

 

(c)           demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to at least (A) one hundred five percent (105.0%) of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars remaining undrawn, and (B) one hundred ten percent (110.0%) of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit denominated in a Foreign Currency remaining undrawn, (plus, in each case, all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment)), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit;

 

(d)           terminate any FX Contracts;

 

(e)           verify the amount of, demand payment of and performance under, and collect any Accounts and General Intangibles, settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, and notify any Person owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds;

 

(f)            make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral.  Borrower shall

 

18



 

assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates.  Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred.  Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies;

 

(g)           apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;

 

(h)           ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral.  Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;

 

(i)            place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

 

(j)            demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books; and

 

(k)           exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).

 

9.2          Power of Attorney .  Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits.  Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations have been satisfied in full and Bank is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder.  Bank’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Bank’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

 

19



 

9.3          Protective Payments .  If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.5 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or which may be required to preserve the Collateral, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest rate applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral.  Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter.  No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.

 

9.4          Application of Payments and Proceeds Upon Default .  If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank shall have the right to apply in any order any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations.  Bank shall pay any surplus to Borrower by credit to the Designated Deposit Account or to other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency.  If Bank, directly or indirectly, enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.

 

9.5          Bank’s Liability for Collateral .  So long as Bank complies with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person.  Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

 

9.6          No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative .  Bank’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith.  No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given.  Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative.  Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity.  Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Bank from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver.  Bank’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

 

9.7          Demand Waiver .  Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.

 

20


 

10.                  NOTICES

 

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below.  Bank or Borrower may change its mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10 .

 

If to Borrower:

Dimension Therapeutics, Inc.
840 Memorial Drive
Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139
Attn:
Fax:
Email:

 

 

If to Bank:

Silicon Valley Bank
275 Grove Street, Suite 2-200
Newton, Massachusetts 02466
Attn: Bill Howell
Fax:
Email: bhowell@svb.com

 

 

with a copy to

Riemer & Braunstein LLP
Three Center Plaza
Boston, Massachusetts 02108
Attn: David A. Ephraim, Esquire
Fax: (617) 692-3455
Email: DEphraim@riemerlaw.com

 

11.                                CHOICE OF LAW.  VENUE.  AND JURY TRIAL WAIVER

 

Except as otherwise expressly provided in any of the Loan Documents, Massachusetts law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law.  Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Boston, Massachusetts; provided, however , that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank.  Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed

 

21



 

appropriate by such court.  Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

 

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS.  THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT.  EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

 

This Section 11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

12.                                GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

12.1                         Termination Prior to Equipment Maturity Date; Survival .  All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations have been satisfied.  So long as Borrower has satisfied the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations, and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement, and any Obligations under Bank Services Agreements that are cash collateralized in accordance with Section 4.1 of this Agreement), this Agreement may be terminated prior to the Equipment Maturity Date by Borrower, effective three (3) Business Days after written notice of termination is given to Bank.  Those obligations that are expressly specified in this Agreement as surviving this Agreement’s termination shall continue to survive notwithstanding this Agreement’s termination.

 

12.2                         Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party.  Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Bank’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Bank’s discretion).  Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrant, as to which assignment, transfer and other such actions are governed by the terms thereof).

 

12.3                         Indemnification .  Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) harmless against: (i) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “ Claims ”) claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (ii) all losses or

 

22



 

expenses (including Bank Expenses) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as a result of, following from, consequential to, or arising from transactions between Bank and Borrower contemplated by the Loan Documents (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

This Section 12.3 shall survive until all statutes of limitation with respect to the Claims, losses, and expenses for which indemnity is given shall have run.

 

12.4                         Time of Essence .  Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

 

12.5                         Severability of Provisions .  Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

 

12.6                         Correction of Loan Documents .  Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties.

 

12.7                         Amendments in Writing; Waiver; Integration .  No purported amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be enforceable or admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing signed by the party against which enforcement or admission is sought.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any other effect on any Loan Document.  Any waiver granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver.  The Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements.  All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of the Loan Documents merge into the Loan Documents.

 

12.8                         Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

 

12.9                         Confidentiality .  In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to Bank’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates (such Subsidiaries and Affiliates, together with Bank, collectively, “ Bank Entities ”); (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions ( provided, however , Bank shall use its best efforts to obtain any prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Bank’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit; (e) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third-party service providers of Bank so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality

 

23



 

agreement with Bank with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein.  Confidential information does not include information that is either: (i) in the public domain or in Bank’s possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain (other than as a result of its disclosure by Bank in violation of this Agreement) after disclosure to Bank; or (ii) disclosed to Bank by a third party, if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

 

Bank Entities may use anonymous forms of confidential information for aggregate datasets, for analyses or reporting, and for any other uses not expressly prohibited in writing by Borrower.  The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive termination of this Agreement.

 

12.10                  Right of Set Off .  Borrower hereby grants to Bank, a lien, security interest and right of set off as security for all Obligations to Bank, whether now existing or hereafter arising upon and against all deposits, credits, collateral and property, now or hereafter in the possession, custody, safekeeping or control of Bank or any entity under the control of Bank (including a Bank subsidiary) or in transit to any of them.  At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without demand or notice, Bank may set off the same or any part thereof and apply the same to any liability or obligation of Borrower even though unmatured and regardless of the adequacy of any other collateral securing the Obligations.  ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO REQUIRE BANK TO EXERCISE ITS RIGHTS OR REMEDIES WITH RESPECT TO ANY OTHER COLLATERAL WHICH SECURES THE OBLIGATIONS, PRIOR TO EXERCISING ITS RIGHT OF SETOFF WITH RESPECT TO SUCH DEPOSITS, CREDITS OR OTHER PROPERTY OF BORROWER ARE HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVED.

 

12.11                  Electronic Execution of Documents .  The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

 

12.12                  Captions .  The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

12.13                  Construction of Agreement .  The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement.  In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.

 

12.14                  Relationship .  The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement.  The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm’s-length contract.

 

24



 

12.15                  Third Parties .  Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement.

 

13.                                DEFINITIONS

 

13.1                         Definitions .  As used in the Loan Documents, the word “shall” is mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, the word “or” is not exclusive, the words “includes” and “including” are not limiting, the singular includes the plural, and numbers denoting amounts that are set off in brackets are negative.  As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

 

Account ” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

 

Account Debtor ” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

Affiliate ” is, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

 

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

 

Amortization Date ” means the first Payment Date following the six (6) month anniversary of the Funding Date of such Equipment Advance.

 

Authorized Signer ” is any individual listed in Borrower’s Borrowing Resolution who is authorized to execute the Loan Documents, including any Credit Extension request, on behalf of Borrower.

 

Bank ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

 

Bank Entities ” is defined in Section 12.9 .

 

Bank Expenses ” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrower.

 

Bank Services ” are any products, credit services, and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by Bank or any

 

25



 

Bank Affiliate, including, without limitation, any letters of credit, cash management services (including, without limitation, merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit cards, and check cashing services), interest rate swap arrangements, and foreign exchange services as any such products or services may be identified in Bank’s various agreements related thereto (each, a “ Bank Services Agreement ”).

 

Bank Services Agreement ” is defined in the definition of Bank Services.

 

Board ” means Borrower’s board of directors.

 

Borrower ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

 

Borrower’s Books ” are all Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

 

Borrowing Resolutions ” are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions adopted by such Person’s board of directors (and, if required under the terms of such Person’s Operating Documents, stockholders) and delivered by such Person to Bank approving the Loan Documents to which such Person is a party and the transactions contemplated thereby, together with a certificate executed by its secretary on behalf of such Person certifying (a) such Person has the authority to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (b) that set forth as a part of or attached as an exhibit to such certificate is a true, correct, and complete copy of the resolutions then in full force and effect authorizing and ratifying the execution, delivery, and performance by such Person of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) the name(s) of the Person(s) authorized to execute the Loan Documents, including any Credit Extension request, on behalf of such Person, together with a sample of the true signature(s) of such Person(s), and (d) that Bank may conclusively rely on such certificate unless and until such Person shall have delivered to Bank a further certificate canceling or amending such prior certificate.

 

Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed, and if any determination of a “Business Day” shall relate to an FX Contract, the term “Business Day” shall mean a day on which dealings are carried on in the country of settlement of the Foreign Currency.

 

Cash Burn ” means, as of any date of determination, net cash used in operations, as defined in GAAP and calculated consistent with the methodology and standards employed by the Borrower in the preparation of Borrower’s Board approved plan dated as of February 18, 2014.  Any subsequent Board approved plans or amendments thereto shall not deviate from those methods and practices.

 

Cash Equivalents ” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings

 

26



 

Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; and (c) Bank’s certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after issue.

 

Claims ” is defined in Section 12.3 .

 

Code ” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts; provided , that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further , that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Bank’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

 

Collateral ” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A .

 

Collateral Account ” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

 

Commodity Account ” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

Compliance Certificate ” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

 

Contingent Obligation ” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation, in each case, directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business.  The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

 

Control Agreement ” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

 

27



 

Copyrights ” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

 

Credit Extension ” is any Equipment Advance or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.

 

Currency ” is coined money and such other banknotes or other paper money as are authorized by law and circulate as a medium of exchange.

 

Default Rate ” is defined in Section 2.2(b) .

 

Deposit Account ” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

Designated Deposit Account ” is the multicurrency account denominated in Dollars, account number           , maintained by Borrower with Bank.

 

Dollars ,” “ dollars ” or use of the sign “ $ ” means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency uses the “$” sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States.

 

Dollar Equivalent ” is, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount therefor in Dollars as determined by Bank at such time on the basis of the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.

 

Draw Period ” means the period of time commencing upon the Effective Date and continuing through the earlier to occur of (a) January 31, 2015, or (b) an Event of Default.

 

Effective Date ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

 

Eligible Equipment ” is the following to the extent it complies with all of Borrower’s representations and warranties to Bank, is acceptable to Bank in all respects, is located at 840 Memorial Drive, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139 or such other location of which Bank has approved in writing, and is subject to a first priority Lien in favor of Bank: (a) new and used general purpose equipment, computer equipment, office equipment, test and laboratory equipment, furnishings, subject to the limitations set forth herein, and (b) Other Equipment.

 

Equipment ” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

 

Equipment Advance ” is defined in Section 2.1.1(a) .

 

Equipment Line ” is an Equipment Advance or Equipment Advances in an aggregate amount of up to One Million Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($1,750,000.00).

 

28



 

Equipment Maturity Date ” is the date which is thirty-five (35) months after the first Payment Date with respect to such Equipment Advance.

 

ERISA ” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.

 

Event of Default ” is defined in Section 8 .

 

Exchange Act ” is the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Financed Equipment ” is all present and future Eligible Equipment in which Borrower has any interest which is financed by an Equipment Advance.

 

Foreign Currency ” means lawful money of a country other than the United States.

 

Funding Date ” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or for the account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

 

FX Contract ” is any foreign exchange contract by and between Borrower and Bank under which Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency on a specified date.

 

GAAP ” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

 

General Intangibles ” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all Intellectual Property, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, payment intangibles, contract rights, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

 

Governmental Approval ” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

 

Governmental Authority ” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

 

Indebtedness ” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit,

 

29



 

(b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.

 

Indemnified Person ” is defined in Section 12.3 .

 

Initial Equipment Advance ” is defined in Section 2.1.1(a) .

 

Insolvency Proceeding ” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

 

Intellectual Property ” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

 

(a)                                  its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

 

(b)                                  any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals;

 

(c)                                   any and all source code;

 

(d)                                  any and all design rights which may be available to such Person;

 

(e)                                   any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

 

(f)                                    all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

 

Inventory ” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

 

Investment ” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

 

Key Person ” is each of Borrower’s (a) Chief Executive Officer, who is Thomas Beck as of the Effective Date, and (b) Chief Financial Officer, who is James Murphy as of the Effective Date.

 

Letter of Credit ” is a standby or commercial letter of credit issued by Bank upon request of Borrower based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity, or similar agreement.

 

30


 

Lien ” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

 

Loan Documents ” are, collectively, this Agreement and any schedules, exhibits, certificates, notices, and any other documents related to this Agreement, the Warrant, the Perfection Certificate, any Bank Services Agreement, any subordination agreement, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower, and any other present or future agreement by Borrower with or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement or Bank Services, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

 

Material Adverse Change ” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower; and (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations.

 

Monthly Financial Statements ” is defined in Section 6.2(a) .

 

Net Income ” means, as calculated on a consolidated basis for Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any period as at any date of determination, the net profit (or loss), after provision for taxes, of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period taken as a single accounting period.

 

Obligations ” are Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, fees, Bank Expenses, the Prepayment Premium, and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrant), or otherwise, including, without limitation, any interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and to perform Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents (other than the Warrant).

 

Operating Documents ” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of such Person’s jurisdiction of organization on a date that is no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

 

Other Equipment ” is leasehold improvements, transferable software licenses, and other soft costs approved by Bank, including taxes, shipping, warranty charges, freight discounts and installation expenses.

 

Patents ” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

 

Payment/Advance Form ” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

 

Payment Date ” is the first (1 st ) Business Day of each month.

 

31



 

Perfection Certificate ” is defined in Section 5.1 .

 

Permitted Indebtedness ” is:

 

(a)                                  Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

 

(b)                                  Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

 

(c)                                   Subordinated Debt;

 

(d)                                  unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(e)                                   Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

 

(f)                                    Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under clauses (a) and (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” hereunder; and

 

(g)                                   extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (f) above; provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

 

Permitted Investments ” are:

 

(a)                                  Investments (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

 

(b)                                  Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents;

 

(c)                                   Investments permitted by Borrower’s investment policy, as amended from time to time; provided that such investment policy (and any such amendment thereto) has been approved in writing by Bank;

 

(d)                                  Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s Board;

 

(e)                                   Investments consisting of deposit accounts in which Bank has a first priority perfected security interest; and

 

(f)                                    other Investments not otherwise permitted by Section 7.7 not exceeding Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) in the aggregate outstanding at any time.

 

32



 

Permitted Liens ” are:

 

(a)                                  Liens existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

 

(b)                                  Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books; provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

 

(c)                                   purchase money Liens or capital leases (i) on Equipment (other than Financed Equipment) acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment (other than Financed Equipment) when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;

 

(d)                                  Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower’s deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions; provided that Bank has a first priority perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit and/or securities accounts;

 

(e)                                   Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, securing liabilities in the aggregate amount not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

 

(f)                                    Liens on cash collateral securing reimbursement obligations to Bank under letters of credit in an amount not to exceed One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00).

 

(g)                                   Easements, reservations, rights-of-way, restrictions, minor defects or irregularities in title and other similar charges or encumbrances affecting real property not likely to result in a Material Adverse Change;

 

(h)                                  non-exclusive licenses, partnerships and joint ventures for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and other non-perpetual licenses that may be exclusive in some respects, such as, by way of example with respect to field of use or geographic territory, but that do not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property; and

 

(i)                                      Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (h), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase.

 

33



 

Person ” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

 

Prepayment Premium ” is an additional fee payable to the Bank in amount equal to:

 

(a) for a prepayment of an Equipment Advance made on or prior to the first (1 st ) anniversary of the Funding Date of such Equipment Advance, three quarters of one percent (0.75%) of the principal amount of such Equipment Advance outstanding as of the date immediately and prior to such prepayment;

 

(b)                                  for a prepayment of an Equipment Advance made after the first (1 st ) anniversary of the Funding Date of such Equipment Advance, but on or prior to the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the Funding Date of such Equipment Advance, one half of one percent (0.50%) of the principal amount of such Equipment Advance outstanding as of the date immediately and prior to such prepayment; and

 

(c)                                   for a prepayment of an Equipment Advance made after the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the Funding Date of such Equipment Advance, zero percent (0.0%) of the principal amount of such Equipment Advance outstanding as of the date immediately and prior to such prepayment.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank agrees to waive the Prepayment Premium if Bank agrees to refinance and redocument this Agreement (in its sole and absolute discretion) prior to the Equipment Maturity Date.

 

Prime Rate ” is the greater of (a) three and one quarter of one percent (3.25%), or (b) the rate of interest per annum from time to time published in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal or any successor publication thereto as the “prime rate” then in effect; provided that if such rate of interest, as set forth from time to time in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal , becomes unavailable for any reason as determined by Bank, the “Prime Rate” shall mean the rate of interest per annum announced by Bank as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in the State of California (such Bank announced Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by Bank in connection with extensions of credit to debtors).

 

Registered Organization ” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

Required Amount ” means unrestricted and unencumbered cash maintained in accounts in the name of Borrower at Bank and Bank’s Affiliates in an amount equal to at least (i) the Twelve Month Cash Burn Amount, plus (ii) fifty percent (50%) of all of Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ unrestricted and unencumbered cash above the Twelve Month Cash Burn Amount.

 

Requirement of Law ” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

 

34



 

Responsible Officer ” is any of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer and Controller of Borrower.

 

Restricted License ” is any material license or other agreement with respect to which Borrower is the licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property, or (b) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with the Bank’s right to sell any Collateral.

 

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous Governmental Authority.

 

Securities Account ” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

Subordinated Debt ” is indebtedness incurred by Borrower subordinated to all of Borrower’s now or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank.

 

Subsidiary ” is, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person.  Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of Borrower.

 

Trademarks ” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

 

Transfer ” is defined in Section 7.1 .

 

Twelve Month Cash Burn Amount ” means, the projected Cash Burn for the following twelve (12) months as of any date of determination and based upon Borrower’s Board-approved plan consistent with the requirement in Section 6.2(c)  of this Agreement.

 

Warrant ” is that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of the Effective Date between Borrower and Bank, as amended, modified, supplemented, or restated from time to time.

 

[ Signature page follows. ]

 

35



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as a sealed instrument under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts as of the Effective Date.

 

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas Beck

 

 

Name: Thomas Beck

 

 

Title: CEO and President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BANK:

 

 

 

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Griffiths

 

 

Name: Matthew Griffiths

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Loan and Security Agreement]

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION

 

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

 

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as provided below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and all Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include any Intellectual Property; provided, however , the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property.  If a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Bank’s security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property.

 

Pursuant to Section 7.5 of this Agreement and subject to any exceptions set forth herein, Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property without Bank’s prior written consent.

 

A- 1


 

EXHIBIT B

 

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:

SILICON VALLEY BANK

Date:

 

FROM:

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 

The undersigned authorized officer of DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC. (“ Borrower ”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “ Agreement ”):

 

(1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                  with all required covenants except as noted below; (2) there are no Events of Default; (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however , that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8 of the Agreement; and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank.

 

Attached are the required documents supporting the certification.  The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes.  The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered.  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

 

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenants

 

Required

 

Complies

 

 

 

 

 

Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate

 

Monthly within 30 days

 

Yes

No

Annual financial statement (CPA Audited)

 

FYE within 180 days

 

Yes

No

10-Q, 10-K and 8-K

 

Within 5 days after filing with SEC

 

Yes

No

Board-approved Projections

 

FYE within 60 days

 

Yes

No

 

B- 1



 

Other Matters

 

 

 

Have there been any amendments of or other changes to the capitalization table of Borrower and to the Operating Documents of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries? If yes, provide copies of any such amendments or changes with this Compliance Certificate.

 

Yes

No

 

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

 

 

B- 2



 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

BANK USE ONLY

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Received by:

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNER

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Verified:

 

 

 

 

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compliance Status:

Yes

No

 

B- 3



 

EXHIBIT C

 

LOAN PAYMENT/ADVANCE REQUEST FORM

 

DEADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS NOON EASTERN TIME

 

Fax To:

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

LOAN PAYMENT:

 

DIMENSION THERAPEUTICS, INC.

From Account #

 

 

To Account #

 

 

(Deposit Account #)

 

 

(Loan Account #)

 

 

 

 

 

Principal $

 

 

and/or Interest $

 

Authorized Signature:

 

 

Phone Number:

 

Print Name/Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LOAN ADVANCE:

 

 

Complete Outgoing Wire Request section below if all or a portion of the funds from this loan advance are for an outgoing wire.

From Account #

 

 

To Account #

 

 

(Loan Account #)

 

 

(Deposit Account #)

Amount of Advance $

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All Borrower’s representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date of the request for an advance; provided, however , that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date:

 

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signature:

 

 

Phone Number:

 

Print Name/Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OUTGOING WIRE REQUEST:

 

 

Complete only if all or a portion of funds from the loan advance above is to be wired.

Deadline for same day processing is noon, Eastern Time

 

 

 

 

 

Beneficiary Name:

 

 

Amount of Wire:  $

 

Beneficiary Bank:

 

 

Account Number:

 

City and State:

 

 

 

 

Beneficiary Bank Transit (ABA) #:

 

 

Beneficiary Bank Code (Swift, Sort, Chip, etc.):

 

 

 

 

(For International Wire Only)

Intermediary Bank:

 

 

Transit (ABA) #:

 

For Further Credit to:

 

 

 

 

Special Instruction:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By signing below, I (we) acknowledge and agree that my (our) funds transfer request shall be processed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the agreements(s) covering funds transfer service(s), which agreements(s) were previously received and executed by me (us).

 

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signature:

 

 

2 nd  Signature (if required):

 

Print Name/Title:

 

 

Print Name/Title:

 

Telephone #:

 

 

Telephone #:

 

 

C- 1




Exhibit 21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Dimension Therapeutics, Inc.

 

None.

 




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 23.1


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

          We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Dimension Therapeutics, Inc. of our report dated July 17, 2015 relating to the financial statements of Dimension Therapeutics, Inc., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
September 14, 2015




QuickLinks

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM